THOMAS LINCOLN
CASEY
LIBRARY
1925
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF
LONDON.
7 \ 54% Ff
o''* Wath, de 7%
THE
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF
LONDON
FOR THE -YEAR
1899.
LONDON:
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY RICHARD CLAY AND SONS, LIMITED,
LONDON AND BUNGAY.
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET,
CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.,
AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,
PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C. ; AND NEW YORK.
1899-1900.
DATES OF PUBLICATION IN PARTS.
Part I. (Trans., pp. 1-220, Proc., i-vili) was published 15th April, 1899.
typ tek Girma 221-276, _———-———) » 22nd June, ,,
5; PELoo( * 277-368, © —————-——) » 930th Sept.,
”
aL V.:\( 3 369-500, ,, ix—xxiv) ye eObh Dec ae
»» xXxv-lvili) 5, LOth March, 1900.
Cy)
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
FOUNDED, 1833.
INCORPORATED BY Roya CHARTER, 1885.
OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the Session 1899-1900.
President.
GEORGE HENRY VERRALL.
Vice-Presidents,
THE Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., F.L.S.
EDWARD SAUNDERS, F.L.S.
ROLAND TRIMEN, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S.
Treasurer,
ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.S.
Secretaries,
JAMES J. WALKER, R.N., F.L.S.
CHARLES JOSEPH GAHAN, M.A.
Librarian.
GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, F.ZS.
Council,
WALTER F. H. BLANDFORD, M.A., F.ZS.
GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, F.ZS.
THOMAS ALGERNON CHAPMAN, M.D., F.Z.S.
HORACE Sr. J. K. DONISTHORPE, F.ZS.
THe Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., F.L.S.
CHARLES JOSEPH GAHAN, M.A.
ALBERT HUGH JONES.
ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.LS.
FREDERIC MERRIFIELD.
EDWARD SAUNDERS, F.L.S.
ROLAND TRIMEN, M.A., F.RS., F.LS.
JAMES WILLIAM TUTT.
GEORGE HENRY VERRALL.
JAMES J. WALKER, R.N., F.L.S.
CHARLES OWEN WATERHOUSE.
Resident Librarian.
W, RB. HALL.
(e-vie
THE
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
1833—1899.
The Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows
at the following reduced prices :—
PUBLIC, FELLOWS.
First Series, 4 volumes (1884—1849) ......... Price £4 13 0 £3 10 0
Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861)......... 80) 50 515 0
Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869) ......... 11 0 0 410 0
The Transactions for the year 1868 ............ Om
= _ USC ONensnsesrse L230
= =. THY keeceecnanece 1 850 25 0
a ¥ US ifleecescescese 1 5 0
as a Siz eceesneteees 120
i s 1979 e.fas es 116 0
a * STA gece scecnees 112 0
= 6 USTOls.ccsrcceree L210 30730
“ Si(Gieesoscessone 112 0
£ ieee ene 140
a 5 UST Sicsceeeeseoes 1 ORO 015 O
ss be TIBI) ceocoacooo=c 1 24 £0 016 6
me ‘5 THS43{0) soccogccoonc O19 0 014 3
Bs : 168L Goce Ges 116 0 127 20
A % ibs tePd cob oancotenn 110) 10 2 6
fs i TS5A3 -schoc 1-<% 0 1 OS
a s THES escnacapeos We spe Ww it 0
a A 1SG5 sete 16: 10 019 6
* ; TSfSNG) snscnoosbecc io @ 019 6
x a Ist eee paecodce 1 46 019 O
of if Tite! s aaa tae 115 0 1 023
5 a UBB OW.Eeesseeee-e 116 6 ik
a _ TNE} 0) aeeacoceande L519) 10 1) 0)
i = POO U eseces eens 1G O LE ien0
- ‘ SOD eeeeereeeas 1910 L, e8
A Ueto BD oedearshctic Io. 6 019 3
i, % [ROAR eee 2 110 6 Loh
a 33 lft 5Y panceeeaaeee Lie 6 i Oy
s i USOG.cescceees<= 110 0 ie PA wit
= a LS Oiieec-se sco 14:0 018 0
3 e EROS tweet toes ee iin lees
SOO eeccsnesees ORO ee eG
” ”
Any single volume from 1862 to 1877 half-price to Fellows.
First Series, vol. v., is out of print. First Series, vols. i.—iv., and
Second Series, vol. iv., cannot be sold separately.
The other volumes may be obtained separately, also the following :
Pascoe’s ‘ Longicornia Malayana’.........002+00000 £2 12 0 £119 0
Baly’s ‘ Phytophaga Malayana, Pt. 1., Aposta-
SUGEN Minis cata snectes assests cosets cnse ree snete ane neeees 016 0 012 0
Saunders’ ‘British Heterogyna and Fossorial
EX UINEN ODUCT. C4 fovea sc aaneene-eenearacesrareaeen sess 0 4 6 0 3 4
Saunders’ ‘ Synopsis of British Hymenoptera,’
WParb: Diaz sssevcssnss<cvesacetsseunsmnemersctseeee teens 0 6 O 0 4 6
Newport’s ‘ Athalia centifolix’ (Prize Essay) vik © Ole te,
The JouRNAL OF PROCEEDINGS is bound up with the TRANSACTIONS.
Fellows who have paid their Subscription for the current year, are
entitled, without further payment, to receive the Transactions for the year,
which will be forwarded free, by post, to any address,
Coteus)
CONTENTS,
PAGER
Explanation of the plates... 5: a BS as we rs) a
Errata and Addenda... sr om oth on ns oon cose AL
List of Fellows... a “05 es Es = nie acc ee ix
Additions to the Library ee He “ ae or are eo MLL
MEMOIRS.
I. A Monograph of British Braconide. By the Rev. T. A. MARSHALL,
IMR AC BH Sales 1
II. Asilide from en anil ce Neceiborehoed By F. M. VAN DER
WULP "A; 81
III. Lepidoptera Heeedeers a Northern China par al Qin:
Part II. By Joun Henry Leecu, B.A., F.L.S.,F.Z8.,eTc. ... 99
IV. A Monograph of the Genus Calisto, Hien By Prrcy IL. Latuy 221
VY. (1) Illustrations of specific characters in the armature and ulti-
mate ventral segments of Andrena 6... 38 . 229
(2) Notes on Andrena taraxacit, Giraud, and the species most
resembling it, with synoptic tables, and descriptions of two
new species. By the Rey. F. D. Moricx, M.A., F.ES. .. 243
VI. A Contribution to the Life-history of MWicropteryx (Eriocephala)
ammanella, Hb. By THomas ALGERNON CHAPMAN, M.D.,F.Z.S. 253
VII. On Sexual Dimorphism in Beetles of the family Ricci By
GitBerT J. Arrow, F.E.S. ... : . 255
VIII. Notes on the Rutelid genera Paeriaia Manta, Cepeda and
Strigoderma. By GirBertT J. Arrow, F.E.S._... . 271
IX. The Development of Ceroplastes roseatus, Towns. and Ckll. By
Cuas. H. Dotsy-Tyter, F.E.S., British Consul, Panama ceo PAE
X. A second Asiatic species of Coi a alis. By RoBert McLAcHan,
Sey TCs cs Sn Pei
XI. An annotated List of ihe Ephemera of New Ficalands By the
Rev. A. E. Eaton, M.A.,F.Z.S. ... . 285
XII. On the Lepidoptera of ae Altai eases! (idicnalocen ae By
Henry JouN ELweEs, F.R.S., F.L.S., Etc. . 295
XII. The Colour-relation between fle anaes of eines huchaens Pins
napt and many other species, and the surroundings of the larve
preparing to pupate, etc. By F. Merririeip, F.E.S., and
Professor Epwarp B. Poutton, M.A., F.R.S., Ere. oe . 369
XIV. Notes and Descriptions of some Snecies of Western eensnes
Coccide. By CLauDE FULLER, F.E.S. _... . 435
XV. Descriptions of four new species of Cicadide. By w. L. ier 475
XVI. On Sexual Dimorphism in the Rutelid genus Parastasta, with
Descriptions of new species. By Girsert J. Arrow, F.E.S. ... 479
Proceedings for 1899 Pap eos Ses <a a5 oh eo aay
Annual Meeting ... Js At nec Stic due Eos Bes XXVill
President’s Address ee sc ae ve sit ee ia XX&X1li
Index a oe ao Pr es a ae ay ake li
a
( viii )
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Plate I. See pages 1—80 Plate X. See pages 285—293
Plates II & III. 3 81—98 | Plates XI—XIV. 5 295—367
Plate IV. of 221—228 | Plate XV. . 435—473
Plates V—VII. 5 229—252 | Plate XVI. Pe 475—AT7
Plate VIII. a 277—280 | Plate XVII. + 479—499
Plate IX. SS 281—283
ERRATA AND ADDENDA.
TRANSACTIONS.
Page 104, line 12,for Hereogenea read Heterogenea.
Page 126, line 1, for Mardaria read Mardara.
Page 164, line 2 from bottom, for Mumens read Numenes.
Page 269, line 9, for cinnabarina, spn., read cinnabarina, Fairm.
Page 286, as a Footnote to line 19, add:—These two nymphs form the
subject of an article by Mr. Lillie, in Trans. New Zeal. Instit. (vol. xxxi., pp.
164—169, pls. xiv.—xix.). Deleatidium (referred to Atalophlebia scita) has
the tracheal branchiz of the 1st abdominal segment reniform, unlike those
of the other segments. They are missing in the specimen received.
Page 353, lines 16 and 15 from bottom, for the south-western part of the
Altai (near Semipalatinsk) read Mt. Chaman, south of Minusinsk on the
Mongolian frontier.
Page 358, line 12, for Iris, viii. read Iris, vii.
Page 364, after line 1 insert:—I found this species first in the Tchuya
valley on June 18th. It was abundant in the Kurai steppe on June 20th, and
was common also in the high mountains up to nearly 8000 feet in July. It
has a peculiar weak, low flight, and always settles on grass.
Page 444, last line, for Ayr read Agricultural.
Page 450, line 12, for tormentosus read tomentosus.
Page 461 line 22, for <Apimorpha read <Apiomorpha.
Vist of Fellotws
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON
Date of HONORARY FELLOWS.
Election.
1894 Foret, Professor Auguste, M.D., Chigny, prés Morges, Switzerland,
1898 Grassi, Professor Battista, The University, Rome.
1884 OstEN SACKEN, Baron C, R., Heidelberg.
1884 PackarpD, Dr. AlpheusS., Providence, Rhode Island, U.S.A.
1872 Saussure, Henri F. de, Tertusse, 2, Geneva.
1895 ScuppER, Samuel Hubbard, Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A.
1871 Srtys-Lonecuamps, Baron M. E. de, Liége.
1885 SNELLEN, Pieter Carl T., Rotterdam.
1893 WartenwyL, Hofrath Dr. Carl Brunner Von, Trautsohngasse,
6, Vienna.
1898 WetsMANN, Dr. August, Freiburg.
FELLOWS.
Marked * is an Original Member.
Marked + have compounded for theirAnnual Subscriptions.
Date of
Election.
1877 Apams, Frederick Charlstrom, F.Z.8., 50, Ashley-gardens, Victoria-
street, S.W.
1877 Apams, Herbert J., Roseneath, London-road, Enfield, N.
1885 ApkKIN, Robert, Wellfeld, Lingards-road, Lewisham, 8.5.
1897 A.peERsoN, Hope, Hilda Vale, Farnborough, R.S.O., Kent.
1899 Anprews, Henry W., 9, Victoria-road, Eltham.
1899 + Arrow, Gilbert J., 87, Union-grove, Clapham, S.W.; and British
Museum (Natural History), Cromwwell-road, S.W.
1886 Armors, E. A., 48, High-street, King’s Lynn.
1850 + AveBury, The Right Honble. Lord, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
ete., High Elms, Farnborough, Kent.
1894 Baker, Walter F., Trent House, Gainsborough.
1886 Bankes, Eustace R., M.A., Norden, Corfe Castle, Wareham,
1890
1886
1895
1887
1884
1897
-
C=)
Barcuay, Francis H., F.G.8., Tie Warren, Cromer.
BarGaGut, Marchese Piero, Piazza S. Maria, Palazzo Tempi No. 1,
Florence, Italy.
BarkKeER, Cecil W., Rownham, Malvern, Natal, South Africa.
BarkeEr, H. W., 147, Gordon-road, Peckham, S.E
Barrett, Charles Golding, Tremont, Peckham Rye, 8 E.
Batrs, F., 417, High-road, Chiswick, W.
1894 + Bateson, William, M.A., F.R.S., Fellow of St. John’s College,
Cambridge, Merton House, Grantchester, Cambridge.
1896 + BEARE, Prof. T. Hudson, B.Sc., F.R.S.E., Park House, King’s-road,
Richmond, Surrey.
1851 + Beaumont, Alfred, The Red Cottage, Pond-road, Blackheath, S.E.
1893
1899
1898
1897
1882
1885
1895
1886
1880
1879
1895
1897
1891
BEeDDARD, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Zoological Gardens, Regent’s
Park, N.W.
BreDWELL, Ernest C., 203, Isledvun-road, Finsbury Park, N.
Bennett, Dr. A. L., 1463, Pearl-street, Denver, Colorado, U.S.A.
Bennett, W. H., 15, Wellington-place, Hastings.
Bere, Prof. Dr. Carlos, Director del Museo Nacional, Buenos
Aires.
BretHUNE-BAKER, George T., F.L.8., 19, Clarendon-road, Edgbaston,
Birmingham.
BevAN, Lieutenant H. G. R., R.N., H.M.S. “Excellent,” Portsmouth.
Brppie, F. W., M.A., 3, Knole Paddock, Sevenoaks.
BIGNELL, George Carter, The Ferns, Homepark-road, Saltash.
Bituvups, T. R., 20, Swiss Villas, Coplestone-road, Peckham, 8.E.
BincHam, Lieut.-Col. C. T., F.Z.S., Bombay Staff Corps, c/o Messrs.
King & Co., 65, Cornhill, E.C.
BirD, George W., The Manor House, West Wickham, Beckenham.
BuaBer, W. H., F.L.S., 34, Cromwell-road, West Brighton.
1894 + BhackBuRNE-Mazpr, W. P., Shaw House, Newbury.
1889
1890
1885
1886
1876
1875
1891
1892
1888
BLANDFORD, Walter F. H., M.A., F.Z.S., 48, Wimpole-street, W.
Buatcu, W. G., Knowle, near Birmingham.
Buiatuwayt, Lieut.-Col. Linley, F.L.S8., Kagle House, Batheaston,
Bath.
BLooMFIELD, The Rey. Edwin Newson, M.A., Guestling Rectory,
Hastings.
Borre, Alfred Preudhomme de, Villa la Fauvette, Petit Saconnex,
Geneva.
BorrerR, Wm., F.G.8S., Pakyns Manor House, Hurstpierpoint,
Hassocks, R.S.O., Sussex.
Bootu, George A., Fern Hill, Grange-over-Sands, Carnforth.
BouskE.LL, Frank, Sandown-road, Knighton, Leicester.
Bower, B.A., Langley, Eltham-road, Lee, 8.E.
1894 + Bowugs, E. Augustus, M.A., Myddelton House, Waltham Cross.
1852 f Boyp, Thos., Woodvale Lodge, South Norwood Hill, S.K,
1893
1894
1877
1870
1894
1897
1890
1878
1897
1886
1892
( =)
BraBant, Kdouard, Chateau de Morenchies, par Cambrai (Nord),
France.
Breyer, Professor H. G., M.D., Gymnasium, Pretoria, Transvaal.
Briaa@s, Charles Adolphus, Rock House, Lynmouth, Barnstaple.
Briaes, Thomas Henry, M.A., Rock House, Lynmouth, Barnstaple.
Bricut, Percy M., Langton Dene, Portarlington-road, Bournemouth,
BrRIGHTWEN, Mrs. E., The Grove, Great Stanmore.
Bristow#, B. A., Durlstone, Champion Hill, S.E.
Brown, Capt. Thomas, Drury, Auckland, New Zealand.
Brown, F.N., M.R.C.S., The Elms, Chobham, Woking ; and Natal.
Brown, John, 5, King’s Parade, Cambridge.
Browne, Major Clement Alfred Righy, R.E., Lahore, India.
1898 + BucHan-HEPBURN, Sir Archibald, Bart., Smeuton- Hepburn, Preston-
1883
1898
kirk.
Bucxton, George Bowdler, F.R.S., F.L.S., Weycombe, Haslemere,
S.0., Surrey.
Buregss-Sorp, Erasmus John, Saxholme, Hoylake, 8.0., Cheshire.
1896 + Burr, Malcolm, F.Z.S., Dorman’s Park, East Grinstead.
1868 + Butter, Arthur G., Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., British Museum (Natural
1883
1886
1885
1898
1880
1889
1890
1894
1892
1895
1898
1868
1890
1895
History), Cromwell-road, S.W.; and The Lilies, Penge-road,
Beckenham.
ButweER, Edward Albert, B.A., B.Sc., 39, A shley-road, Crouch Hill, N.
CaLVERT, Wm. Bartlett, Liceo de Quillota, Quillota, Chili.
CAMPBELL, Francis Maule, F.L.8., F.ZS., &e., Brynllwydwyn,
Machynlleth, Montgomeryshire.
CanpDhzE, Léon, 64, Rue de ? Ouest, Liége.
CansDALE, W. D., Sunny Bank, South Norwood, 8.E.
Cant, A., c/o Fredk. Du Cane Godman, Esq., F.R.S., 10, Chandos-
street, Cavendish-square, W.
Capper, Samuel James, F.L.S. (President of the Lancashire and
Cheshire Entomological Society), Huyton Park, near Liverpool.
CaraccioLo, H., H.M. Customs, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British
West Indies.
CARPENTER, The Honble. Mrs. Beatrice, Kiplin, Northallerton.
CARPENTER, G. H., B.Sc., Museum of Science and Art, Dublin.
CARPENTER, J. H., Shirley, St. James’-road, Sutton, Surrey.
CaRRINGTON, Charles, Carylls, Fay Gate, Horsham.
CarTER, George Wm., M.A., F.L.S., Cliff End House, Scarboro’.
Carter, Sir Gilbert, K.C.M.G., 43, Charing Cross, W.C.; and
Government House, Nassau, Bahamas.
1889 t Cave, Charles J. T., Binstead, Cambridge.
1871
CHamrion, George C., F.Z.S., Lrprarian, Heatherside, Horsell,
Woking ; and 10, Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.
1891
1890
1897
1898
al
( xii )
CHAPMAN, Thomas Algernon, M.D., Betula, Reigate.
CHATTERTON, Frederick J. 8., 78, Clissold-road, Stoke Newington, N.
CHAWNER, Miss Ethel F., Forest Bank, Lyndhurst, R.S.O., Hants.
Cuawner, Lawrence C., Forest Bank, Lyndhurst, R.S.O., Hants,
1891 + Currry, Arthur J., M.A., 27, Hereford-square, S.W.
1890 CuHortEy, Mrs. H. 8., Moorville Cottage, Burley-in-Wharfedale,
1889
Leeds.
Curisty, W. M., M.A., F.L.S., Watergate, Emsworth.
1886 + CuaRk, John Adolphus, 57, Weston Park, Crouch End, N.
1867
1886
1891
1874
1873
1899
1899
1892
1886
1867
1895
1888
1890
CLARKE, Alex. Henry, 109, Warwick-road, Earls Court, S.W.
CuarKE, Charles Baron, M.A., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S8., 18, Kew
Gardens-road, Kew, S.W.
CuaRKE, Henry Shortridge, 2, Osborne-terrace, Douglas, Isle of
Man.
Cock1E, Major George, M.A., B.Mus., Oxon., 9, Bolton-gardens, S.W.
Coxe, William, F.L.S., 7, Knighton Villas, Buckhurst Hill, Essex.
CoLLin, James E., Sussex Lodge, Newmarket.
Cotuins, C. E., Stoneham, Calcot, Reading.
Cowan, Thomas William, F.L.S., F.G.S., F.R.M.S., Loomis, Placer
Co., California.
CowetL, Peter (Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public Library),
William Brown-street, Liverpool.
Cox, Herbert Ed., c/o Mrs. Eve, 125, Harley-street, W.
CRABTREE, Benjamin Hill, The Oaklands, Levenshulme, Manchester.
CreGor, J. P., Fredinick, Mayow-road, Sydenham, 8.E.
OreEwE, Sir Vauncey Harpur, Bart., Calke Abbey, Derbyshire.
1880 + Crisp, Frank, LL.B., B.A., J.P., Treasurer L.S., 17, Throgmorton-
1895
1883
1873
1887
1886
1898
1885
1886
1875
1887
1898
1895
avenue, E.C., and Friar Park, Henley-on-Thames.
CroMPTOoN, Sidney, Salamanca, Santa Cruz, Teneriffe, Canary Islands.
Crow ey, Philip, F.L.8., F.Z.8., Waddon House, Croydon.
Dats, C. W., Glanville’s Wootton, Sherborne, Dorset.
Datrry, The Rev. Thomas W., M.A., F.L.S., Madeley Vicarage,
Newcastle, Staffordshire.
Dannatt, Walter, Donnington, 75, Vanbrugh Park, Blackheath, S.E.
Day, G. O., Parr’s Bank-house, Knutsford.
Dent, Hastings Charles, C.E., F.L.S., 20, Thurloe-square, S.W.
Dickson, The Rev. Prof. William Purdie, D.D., LL.D., Professor of
Divinity in the University of Glasgow, Glasgow.
Distant, Wm. Lucas, Highfield, Upper Warlingham, Surrey.
Dixey, Frederick Augustus, M.A., M.D., Fellow and Bursar of
Wadham College, Wadham College, Oxford.
Dixon, G. B., St. Peter’s-road, Leicester.
Dosson, H. T., Jey House, Acacia Grove, New Malden, 8S.O.,
Surrey,
1891
1885
1873
1886
1845
1898
1899
1884
1867
1894
1883
1890
1865
1886
1884
1886
1878
1886
1899
1890
1861
1886
1889
1898
1878
1874
1886
1865
1898
( xiii)
DonistHoRPH, Horace St. John K., F.Z.S., 58, Kensington-mansions,
South Kensington, 8.W., and Deurandesthorpe, Chiddingfold,
Godalming.
Donovan, Captain Charles, M.D., R.A.M.C., Rose Cottage,
Nunjumbankum, Madras, India.
Doria, Marchese Giacomo, Strada Nuova, Genoa.
Dormer, The Right Honble. Lord, Cox’s Hotel, Jermyn-street, S.W.
Dovatas, John Wm., 39, Craven Park-road, Harlesden, N.W.
Downina, John W., 152, Trevelyan-road, T'ooting Graveney, S.W.
Drewitt, Frederick G. Dawtrey, M.A., M.D., F.R.C.P., F.ZS.,
2, Manchester-square, W.
Drucr, Hamilton H. C. J., F.Z.S., 43, Circus-road, St. John’s
Wood, N.W.
Druce, Herbert, F.L.S., F.Z.S., 43, Circus-road, St. John’s Wood,
NW.
Dupvexon, G. C., Holta, Kangra Valley P.O., Palimpur, Punjab,
India.
Durrant, John Hartley, The Cottage, Merton Hall, Thetford.
Eastwoop, John Edmund, Enton Lodge, Witley, Godalming.
Eaton, The Rev. Alfred Edwin, M.A., Woodlands, Seaton, Awminstzr,
Epwarps, James, Colesborne, Andoversford, R.S.O., Gloucestershire.
Epwarps, Stanley, F.L.S., F.Z.S8., Kidbrook-lodge, Blackheath, S.E
Exuis, John W., M.B., L.R.C.P., 18, Rodney-street, Liverpool.
Etwes, Henry John, J.P, F.RS. F.LS., F.Z.8., Colesborne
Andoversford, R.S.O., Gloucestershire.
Enock, Frederick, F.L.S., 13, Tufnell Park-road, Holloway, N.
FarMBorovuGH, Percy W., F.Z.S., Lower Edmonton, N.
Farn, Albert Brydges, Mount Nod, Greenhithe, Kent ; and Medical
Department, Local Government Board, Whitehall, S.W.
Fenn, Charles, Hversden House, Burnt Ash Hill, Lee, 8.E,
Fenwick, Nicolas Percival, The Gables, New-road, Esher.
FERNALD, Prof. C. H., Amherst, Mass., U.S.A.
Fier, F. E., 58, Southwark Bridge-road, 8.E.
Finzi, John A., 53, Hamilton-terrace, N.W.
Fircu, Edward A., F.L.S., Brick House, Maldon.
Frrcu, Frederick, Hadleigh House, Highbury New Park, N.
FuercHer, J. E., 15, Bedwardine-roud, St. Johns, Worcester.
Fietcasr, T. B., R.N., H.M.S. “ Centurion,” China Station.
1883 + FLercHER, William Holland B., M.A., Aldwick Manor, Bognor.
1892
1885
1898
FLEvTIAUX, Edmond, 6, Avenwe Suzanne, Nogent-sur-Marne, France.
Foxker, A. J. F., Zierikzee, Zeeland, Netherlands.
FountaIneE, Miss Margaret, 7, Lansdowne-place, Bath.
1880
1883
1896
1888
1891
1855
1884
1898
1887
1887
1892
1890
1899
1899
al
(Re)
Fowtrr, The Rey. Canon, M.A., F.L.S., Vice-Presmint, The
School House, Lincoln.
FREEMAN, Francis Ford, Abbotsfield, Tavistock.
Freke, Percy Evans, 7, Lime-road, Folkestone.
FReEMLIN, H. Stuart, M.R.CS., L.R.C.P., Mereworth, Maidstone.
FroHAwWK, F. W., 34, Widmore-road, Bromley, Kent.
Fry, Alexander, F.L.S., Thornhill House, Dulwich Wood Park,
Norwood, 8.E.
Futter, The Rey. Alfred, M.A., The Lodge, 7, Sydenham-hill,
Sydenham, 8.E.
FuLuer, Claude, Government Entomologist, Pietermaritzburg,
Natal.
GAHAN, Charles Joseph, M.A., Secrerary, Whyola, Lonsdale-road,
Bedford Park, W.; and British Museum (Natural . History),
Cromwell-road, 8.W.
Gatton, Francis, M.A., D.C.L., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., 42, Rutland
Gate, S.W.
GARDE, Philip de la, R.N., H.M.S. ‘“ Waterwitch,” Australian
Station,
GarRDNER, John, 6, Friars-gate, Hartlepool.
GAYNER, Francis, 20, Q@ueen-square, W.C.
GeLpART, William Martin, M.A., 15, Park-road, Norbiton.
1865 + GopMaAN, Frederick Du Cane, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S., South
1890
Lodge, Lower Beeding, Horsham, Sussex ; 7, Carlos-place, Grosvenor-
square ; and 10, Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.
Gotptuwalt, Oliver C., The Gables, 29, South Norwood-hill, S.E.
1886 + GoopricH, Captain Arthur Mainwaring, Lennox Lodge, Malvern
1898
1898
1855
1874
1886
1891
1894
1865
1898
1899
Link, Malvern.
Gorpon, J. G. McH., Corsemalzie, Whauphill, R.S.O., Wigtownshire.
Gorpon, R. 8. G. McH., Corsemalzie, Whauphill, R.S.O., Wigtown-
shire.
GornaM, The Rev. Henry Stephen, F.Z.S., The Chestnuts, Shirley
Warren, Southampton.
Goss, Herbert, F.L.S., F.G.S., The Avenue, Surbiton-hill, Kingston-
on-Thames.
GREEN, A. P., Colombo, Ceylon.
GREEN, E. Ernest, Eton Estate, Punduluoya, Ceylon.
GREEN, Joseph F., F.Z.S., West Lodge, Blackheath, 8.E.
GREENE, The Rev. Joseph, M.A., Rostrevor, Clifton, Bristol.
GREENSHIELDS, Alexander, 38, Blenheim-gardens, Willesden, N.W.
GREENWOOD, Edgar, Frith Knowl, Elstree, Herts,
1893 + GREENWOOD, Henry Powys, F.L.S., Sandhill Lodge, Fordingbridge,
1888
Hants.
GrirFitTns, G, C., F.Z.S., 43, Caledonian-place, Clifton, Bristol,
1894
1869
1899
1897
€ > avers}
GrimsHaw, Percy H., Natural History Department, Museum of
Science and Art, Edinburgh.
Grosr-SmitH, Henley, J.P., B.A., F.Z.8.,5, Bryanston-square, Hyde
Park, W.
Gunnine, Montague, Narborough, Leicester.
Hacur, Henry, 2, First-place, Brooklyn, U.S.A.
1890 + Hatt, A. E., Norbury, Pitsmoor, Shefjield.
1885
1898
1891
1891
1877
Hatt, Thomas William, Stanhope, The Crescent, Croydon,
Hamuyn-Harris, R., F.Z.8., Villa Rominger, Tiibingen, Germany.
Hampson, Sir George Francis, Bart., B.A., 62, Stanhope-gardens,
S.W.
Hansury, Frederick J., F.L.S., Stainforth House, Upper Clapton,
N.E.
Harpine, George, 9, Bellevue, Clifton, Bristol.
1897 + Harrison, Albert, F.L.S., F.C.S., 72, Windsor-road, Forest Gate, E.
1889
1892
1881
1898
1888
HarrRIson, John, 7, Gawber-road, Barnsley.
Heapty, Charles Burnard, Two Elms, Alexandra-road, Stoneygate,
Leicester.
Henry, George, 38, Wellington-square, Hastings.
Heron, Francis A., B.A., British Museum (Natural History),
Cromwell-road, S.W.
Hiaas, Martin Stanger, F.C.S., F.G.S., Sheba G.M. Co., Eureka
City, Transvaal.
1876 + HitimMan, Thomas Stanton, Kastgate-street, Lewes.
1896
1888
1887
1898
1897
Hockine, The Rev. John, M.A., Copdock Rectory, Ipswich.
Hopson, The Rev. J. H., B.A, B.D., 5, Hurle-road, Clifton,
Bristol.
Hotianp, The Rev. W. J., D.D., Ph.D., 5th Avenue, Pittsburg,
Penn., U.S.A.
Hotman-Hunt, C. B., Weddecombra, Watagoda, Ceylon.
Horne, Arthur, Ugie Bank, Aberdeen.
1876 | Horniman, Fredk. John, M.P., F.LS., F.Z.S., &., Surrey Mount,
Forest Hill, 8.E.
1865 + Hupp, A. E., “ Clinton,” Pembroke-road, Clifton, Bristol,
1888
1897
1893
1891
1886
1892
Hupson, George Vernon, The Post Office, Wellington, New Zealand.
ImaGE, Selwyn, M.A., 6, Southampton-street, W.C.
Irpy, Lieutenant-Colonel Leonard Howard Loyd, F.L.S., F.Z.S.,
14, Cornwall-terrace, Regent's Park, N.W.
IsaBELL, The Rev. John, c/o Rev. Charles Courteney, St. Peter's
Vicarage, Tunbridge Wells.
Jacopy, Martin, 7, Hemstall-road, West Hampstead, N.W.
JAFFREY, Francis, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 8, Queen’s-ride, Barnes, S.W.
(Say
1869 Janson, Oliver E., Cestria, Claremont-road, Highgate, N ; and 44,
Great Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C.
1898 Janson, Oliver J., Cestria, Claremont-road, Highgate, N.
1886 JENNER, James Herbert Augustus, Kastgate-house, Lewes.
1899 Jennines, F. B., 152, Silver-street, Upper Edmonton, N.
1886 Joun, Evan, Llantrisant, Pontyclun, R.S.O., Glamorganshire,
1889 Jounson, The Rev. W. F., M.A., Acton Rectory, Poyntz Pass,
Co. Armagh.
1888 Jones, Albert H., Shrublands, Eltham.
1894 Jones, Frederic Whitworth, Cleef, Vryburg, British Bechuanaland,
Africa.
1894 + Jorpan, Dr. K., The Museum, Tring.
1884 Kane, W. F. de Vismes, M.A., M.R.ILA., Drumleaske House,
Monaghan.
1884 Kappen, A. W., F.L.S., Wilden, 18, Sutton Court-road, Chiswick, W.
1876 — Kay, John Dunning, Leeds.
1896 + Kayr, William James, Worcester Court, Worcester Park, Surrey.
1884 Kerays, F. Lovell, F.L.S., 26, Charles-street, St. James’s, S.W.
1890 Kenrick, G. H., Whetstone, Somerset-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham.
1898 KerrsHaw,J.A., Morton Banks, Lewisham-road, Windsor, Melbourne,
Victoria.
1889 Kune, J. J. F. X., 207, Sauchiehall-street, Glasgow.
1861 Kuirpy, William F., F.L.S., Hilden, 18, Sutton Court-road, Chis-
wick, W.
1893 KrrKaupy, George Willis, St. Abbs, Worple-road, Wimbledon,
S.W.
1889 KuapdALEeK, Professor Franz, Karlins Palacky-str. 20, Prague,
Bohemia.
1887 | Kuurn, Sydney T., F.LS., F.R.AS., Hatherlow, Raglan-road,
Reigate.
1876 Kraatz, Dr. G., 28, Link-strasse, Berlin.
1895 Krantz, Paul, Box 413, Pretoria, Transvaal, South Africa.
1868 Lana, Colonel A.M., R.E., Box Grove Lodge, Guildford.
1895 Larrer, Oswald H., M.A., Charterhouse, Godalming.
1899 Lea, Arthur M., Government Entomologist, Hobart, Tasmania.
1887 | Lexcu, John Henry, B.A., F.LS., F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., &€., Bulbridge
House, Wilton, Salisbury.
1883 Lemann, Fredk. Charles, Blackfriars House, Plymouth.
1892 Lesuiz, J. H., Bryn Glas, 33, Streathbourne-road, Upper Tooting,
S.W.
1898 LetHBRipGE, Ambrose G., Glynde Place, Lewes.
1898 Lewis, E. T., 4, Elwick-road, Ashford.
1876 Lewis, George, F.L.S., St. Regulus, Archer’s-road, Southampton.
ae
( eye)
1892 Ligurroot, R. M., Bree-st., Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope.
1886 Livert, H. W., M.D., Wells, Somerset.
1865 | LLEWELYN, Sir John Talbot Dillwyn, Bart., M.A., M.P., F.L.S.,
Penllergare, Swansea.
1881 + Luoyp, Alfred, F.C.S., The Dome, Bognor.
1885 ¢ Luoyp, Robert Wylie, St. Cuthberts, Thurleigh-road, Balham, S.W.
1899 Lounssury, Charles P., B.Sc., Government Entomologist, Cape
Town, S. Africa.
1894 Lowe, The Rev. Frank E., M.A., St. Stephen’s Vicarage, Guernsey.
1850 Lown, W. H., M.D., Woodcote Lodge, Inner Park-road, Wimbledon
Park, 5.W.
- 1893 Lower, Oswald B., Bleak House, Park Side, Adelaide, South
Australia.
1898 Lucas, W. J., B.A., 12, Caversham-road, Kingston-on-Thames.
1880 Lupron, Henry, Lyndhurst, North Grange-road, Headingley, Leeds,
1887 M‘DovuaGatt, James Thomas, Dunolly, Morden-road, Blackheath, S.E.
1851 + M‘Invosn, J.
1888 Mackinnon, P. W., Lynndale, Mussoorie, N.W.P., India.
1858 McLacuuan, Robert, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., TREaAsuRER, Westview,
23, Clarendon-road, Lewisham, S.E.
1898 Mappison, T., South Bailey, Durham.
1899 + Matn, Hugh, B.Sc., 45, The Village, Old Charlton, Kent.
1887 Manpvers, Captain Neville, R.A.M.C., Colombo, Ceylon.
1892 Manssrinar, William, Colgate, Horsham,
1894 f MarsHatLt, Alick, Auchinraith, Bexley, S.O., Kent.
1895 Marswatt, G. A. K., The Master's Office, Salisbury, Mashonaland,
South Africa.
1896 Marswatt, P., M.A., B.Sc., F.G.S., Grammar School, Auckland, New
Zealand.
1865 MarsHatu, The Rey. Thos. Ansell, M.A., Ucciani, Ajaccio, Corsica.
1856 + MarsHatt, William, Auchinraith, Bexley, S.O0., Kent.
1897 Martineau, Alfred H., Solihull, Birmingham.
1874 + Mason, Philip Brookes, M.R.C.S., F.L.S., Trent House, Burton-on-
Trent.
1895 Massry, Herbert, Zvy-Lea, Burnage, Withington, Manchester.
1865 Marnew, Gervase F., R.N., F.L.S., F.Z.8S., F.R.G.S., Lee House,
Dovercourt, Harwich.
1887 Marrnews, Coryndon, Stentaway, Plymstock, Plymouth.
1899 May, Harry Haden, Redlands, Hillbwry-road, Upper Tootiny, S.W.
1860 May, John William, K.N.L., Blenheim House, Parson's Green-lane,
Fulham, 8.W.
1872 + Menpona, Professor Raphael, F.R.S., F.C.S., 6, Brunswick-square
W.¢,
b
1885
1887
1888
1880
1894
1883
1896
1879
1853
1899
1886
oe
(> vii 2)
Metyitt, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.8., Brook House, Prestwich,
Manchester.
MERRIFIELD, Frederic, 24, Vernon-terrace, Brighton.
Meyer-Darcis, G., c/o Sogin and Meyer, Wohlen, Switzerland.
Meyrick, Edward, B.A., F.Z.8., Elmswood, Marlborough.
Mra, Professor Louis Compton, F.R.S., 8, Spring-road, Headingley,
Leeds.
Mies, W. H., The New Club, Calcutta.
Moserty, J. C., M.A., 9, Rockstone-place, Southampton.
Monreiro, Dr. Antonio Augusto de Carvalho, 70, Rua do Alecrinar,
Lisbon.
Moors, Frederic, D.Sc., A.L.S., F.Z.S., 17, Maple-road, Penge, 8.E.
Moore, Harry, 12, Lower-road, Rotherhithe.
Morean, A. C. F., F.L.S., 24, Leinster-square, W.
1889 + Moricr, The Rev. F. D., M.A., Fellow of Queen’s College, Oxford,
Brunswick, Mount Hermon, Woking.
1895 + Morury, Claude, Zpswich.
1893
1882
1898
Morton, Kenneth J., 138, Blackford-road, Edinburgh.
Mostury, 8. L., Beaumont Park, Huddersfield.
Mousey, H., 10, Sedborne-terrace, Manningham, Bradford.
1869 + Méuuer, Albert, F.R.G.S.
1872 + Murray, Lieut.-Col. H., 43, Cromwell Houses, Cromwell-road, S.W.
1896
1889
1890
1882
1895
1886
1893
1897
1886
1878
1895
1869
1877
NesuHam, Robert, Utrecht House, Queen’s-road, Clapham Park, S.W.
Nevinson, Basil George, M.A., F.Z.8., 3, Tedworth-square,
Chelsea, S.W.
NeEwsteaD, R., The Museum, Chester.
Nic&viti5, Lionel de, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Indian Museum ; and 1,
Sudder-street, Calcutta.
NicHouson, Charles, 202, Evering-road, Clapton, N:E.
Nicuo.son, William E., School Hill, Lewes.
NonFRrizD, A. F., Rakonitz, Bohemia.
Norris, Albert, Church-lane, Napier, New Zealand.
Norris, Herbert E., 15, Market-place, Cirencester.
Norrimer, Thomas, Ashford, Kent.
Norse, Captain C. G., F.R.G.S., Indian Staff Corps, Deesa, India.
OBERTHUR, Charles, Rennes (Ille et Vilaine), France.
OBERTHUR, René, Rennes (Ille et Vilaine), France.
1893 + OaiE, Bertram 8., Steeple Aston, Oxfordshire.
1883
1893
1873
1878
OLDFIELD, George W., M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., 21, Longridge-road,
Earls Court, S.W.
OxiveR, John Baxter, 12, Avenue-road, St. John’s Wood, N.W.
OuiviER, Ernest, Ramillons, prés Moulins (Allier), France.
ORMEROD, Miss Eleanor A., F.R.Met.S., Torrington House, St. Albans,
|
( az)
1895 Paax, Herbert E., Bertrose, Gellatly-road, St. Catherine's Park, S.E.
1898 Patuiser, H. G., Chief Engineer, P.W.D., Karachi, India.
1893 Pavucxe, Wilhelm, 4, Marienstrasse, Freiburg im Breisgau, Ger-
many.
1897 Prmrs, C. R., M.A., 107, Grosvenor-road, S.W.
1883 PéRINGUEY, Louis, South African Museum, Cape Town, South Africa.
1879 PrrxKins, Vincent Robt., Wotton-under-Edge.
1897 Puiuures, Hubert C., M.R.C.S., 262, Gloucester-terrace, Hyde Park,
W.
1891 Pierce, Frank Nelson, 1, The Elms, Dingle, Liverpool.
1885 Pout, J. R. H. Neerwort van de, Heerengracht 476, Amsterdam.
1870 + Porrirt, Geo. T., F.L.S., Crosland Hall, Huddersjield.
1884 + Poutton, Professor Edward B., M.A., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., F.Z.S.,
Hope Professor of Zoology in the University of Oxford, Wykeham
House, Banbury-road, Oxford.
1851 Preston, The Rev. Thomas Arthur, M.A., F.L.S., Thurcaston
Rectory, Leicester.
1878 Pricr, David, 48, West-street, Horsham.
1893 Prout, Louis Beethoven, 246, Richmond-road, Dalston, N.E.
1898 Quart, Ambrose, Palmerston North, New Zealand.
1874 Reep, Edwyn C., C.M.Z.S., Rancagua, Chili.
1893 Ret, Captain Savile G., late R.E., The Elms, Yalding, Maidstone.
1891 Ret, William, Pitcaple, R.S.O., Aberdeenshire.
1898 Retton, R. H., c/o Perkins and Co., Ltd., Brisbane, Queensland.
1890 RenpiEsHAM, The Right Honble. Lord, Rendlesham Hall, Wood-
bridge.
1898 ReuteER, Professor Enzio, Helsingfors, Finland.
1886 Ruopss, John, 360, Blackburn-road, Accrington.
1891 RicHarpson, Nelson M., B.A., Monte Video, Weymouth.
1894 Rrpine, William Steer, B.A., M.D., Buckerell Lodge, Honiton.
1853 Ripon, The Most Noble the Marquis of, K.G., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S.,
etc., 9, Chelsea Embankment, 8.W.
1892 Ropinson, Sydney C., Goldsmith’s Hall, E.C.
1869 + Roprnson-Dovetas, William Douglas, M.A. F.L.S., F.R.G.S.,
Orchardton, Castle Douglas.
1890 Rosson, John Emmerson, Hartlepool.
1886 Rose, Arthur J., Sharrow House, Hatherley Crescent, Sidcup.
1868 RorHney, George Alexander James, 8, Versailles-road, Anerley, S.E.
1894 + RorascarLp, The Honble. Nathaniel Charles, F.Z.S., 148, Piccadilly,
W. ; and Tring Park, Tring.
1888 ¢ RorHscHILp, The Honble. Walter, D.Sc., M.P., F.Z,S., 148, Picca-
dilly, W,; and Tring Park, Tring.
-
( xx )
1890 Rouriepesr, G. B., Tarn Lodge, Heads Nook, Carlisle.
1887 Row1ianp-Browny, Henry, M.A., 3, Pump-court, Temple, E.C.
1898 Russe, A., The Limes, Southend, Catford, 8.E.
1892 RussEuu, 8. G. C., 19, Lombard Street, E.C.
1894 Rytanps, Thos. Glazebrook, F.L.S., F.G.S., Highfields, Thelwall,
Warrington.
1899 Rytes, William E., B.A., 11, Waverley Mount, Nottingham.
1886 Sauwey, Reginald E., Sungate, Hook-road, Kingston-on- Thames.
1865 | SaunpERS, Edward, F.L.S., Vick-Prestpent, St <Ann’s, Mount
Hermon, Woking.
1861 + SaunpERS, G. 8., 20, Dents-road, Wandsworth Common, S.W.
1886 Saunpers, Prof. Wm., Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Canada.
1881 Scounick, A. J., Boldrewood, Ditton Hill, Surbiton, Kingston-on-
Thames.
1864 Srmpsmr, George, c/o Bernhard Beer, Esq., 10, Newgate-street, E.C.
1862 SwHarp, David, M.A., M.B., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Hawthorndene,
Hills-road, Cambridge ; and University Museum of Zoology and
Comparative Anatomy, Cambridge.
1883 SuHaw, A. Eland, M.R.C.S., Althorpe, Doncaster.
1883 | SHELLEY, Capt. George Ernest, F.G.S., F.Z.S., 10, Thurloe-square,
S.W.
1887 Sicu, Alfred, Brentwood, 65, Burrowgate-road, Chiswick, W.
1887 Srtpewick, Arthur, M.A., Fellow of Corpus Christi College, Oxford,
64, Woodstock-road, Oxford.
1895 Smita, W. W., Ashburton, Canterbury, New Zealand.
1885 Sourn, Richard, 96, Drakefield-road, Upper Tooting, 8.W.
1897 Sparkg, E. G. J., B.A., 1, Christchurch-Villas, Tooting Bec-road,S.W.
* + Spence, William Blundell, Florence, Italy.
1889 SranpEN, Richard 8., F.L.S., Thorpe-hall, near Colchester.
1898 Srargs, C. L. B., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., The Infirmary, Wandsworth,
S.W.
1890 Srmarns, A. E., 99, Gloucester-terrace, Hyde Park, W.
1897 Srepsine, E. P., Indian Forest Service, c/o King, Hamilton and
Co., Calcutta.
1898 Sreppine, Henry, The Shawe, Jarvis Brook, Tunbridge Wells.
1862 STEVENS, John §., 4, Pope’s Grove, Twickenham.
1889 Srraton, C. R., F.R.C.S., West Lodge, Wilton, Salisbury.
1896 SrRIcKLAND, A. Gerald, 28, Elm Park-gardens, 8.W.
1895 Srupp, E. F., M.A., B.C.L., Oxton, Exeter.
1882 Swanzy, Francis, Stanley House, Granville-road, Sevenoaks.
1884 SwinHog, Colonel Charles, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Avenue House,
Oxford.
1894 SwinHoER, Ernest, Avenue House, Oxford.
1876 Swinton, A, H., c/o General Callender, Vineyard, Totnes.
Pape eS
("xox 7)
1893 Taytor, Charles B., Rae-street, Rae Town, Kingston, Jamaica.
1892 Taytor, The Rev. George W., F.R.S. (Canada), St. Alban’s Rectory,
Nanaimo, British Columbia.
1886 THeEopaLp, F. V., M.A., Lecturer in Economic Entomology and
Zoology to the South Eastern Agricultural College, Wye Court,
near Ashford, Kent.
1892 THoRNLEY, the Rev. A., M.A., F.L.S., South Leverton Vicarage,
Lincoln.
1897 Tomy, B., West Lodge, Stancliffe Hall, Matlock.
1893 TownsEND, Professor C. H. Tyler, Las Cruces, New Mexico, U.S.A.
1859 ¢ Trimen, Roland, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., Vick-PREsIDENT, 22, Upper
Gloucester-place, N.W.
1895 Tunatery, Henry, 30, Fairmont-road, Brixton Hill, 8.W.
1897 TunstatL, Wilmot, Brook House, Meltham, Huddersfield.
1898 Turner, Dr. A. J., Widsham-terrace, Brisbane, Queensland.
1893 TurNER, Henry Jerome, 13, Drakefell-road, St. Catharine’s Park,
Hatcham, 8.E.
1894 Turner, Thomas, Cullompton.
1886 Tort, J. W., Rayleigh Villa, Westcombe Hill, S.E.
1893 Uricn, Frederick William, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British West
Indies.
1899 Varty, H. A., 61, Quween’s-road, Aberdeen.
1866 VERRALL, George Henry, PRESIDENT, Sussex Lodge, Newmarket.
1897 Vick, William A., M.B., 5, Belvoir-street, Leicester.
1889 Vivian, H. W., M.A., Glenafon, Taibach, Port Talbot.
1895 WacueEr, Sidney, F.R.C.S., Dane John, Canterbury.
1899 Wang, Albert, 1, Latham-street, Preston, Lancashire.
1897 Warnwricut, Colbran J., 2, Handsworth Wood-road, Handsworth,
Birmingham.
1876 WAKEFIELD, Charles Marcus, F.L.S., Belmont, Uxbridge.
1870 WatkeEr, The Rey. Francis Augustus, D.D., F.L.S., Dun Mallard,
Cricklewood, N.W.
1878 WALKER, James J., R.N., F.L.S., Secrerary, H.M.S. “ Katoomba,”
Sydney, N.S.W.
1863 | Wauuace, Alfred Russel, D.C.L., Oxon., F.R.S., F.LS., F.ZS.,
Corfe View, Parkstone, Dorset.
1866 | WaLsincHAM, The Right Honble. Lord, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.,
F.Z.S., High Steward of the University of Cambridge, Merton
Hall, Thetford ; and 66a, Eaton-square, S.W.
1886 WarrEN, Wm., M.A., 80, Frithville-gardens, Shepherd’s Bush, W.
1869 WarterHousE, Charles O., Ingleside, Avenue-gardens, Acton, W. ;
and British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell-road, S.W.
1893
all
( xx )
Wess, John Cooper, 218, Upland-road, Dulwich, S.E.
1876 + WestERN, E. Young, 36, Lancaster Gute, Hyde Park, W.
1886 WHEELER, Francis D., M.A., LL.D., Paragon House School,
1884
1896
1894
1894
1881
1899
1891
1888
1892
Norwich,
Wuirr, William, The Ruskin Musewm, Meersbrook Park, Sheffield.
WiteMAy, A. E., c/o H.B.M.’s Consul, Kobe, Japan.
Wiuson, Edwin, Post Office-terrace, Cambridge.
Wottey-Dop, F. H., Box 225, Calgary, Alberta, N.W.T., Canada.
Woop, The Rev. Theodore, 157, Trinity-road, Upper Tooting, S.W.
Wootry, H. S., 1, Park-road, Greenwich, S.E.; and 68, Third-
place, Brooklyn, N. Y., U.S.A.
WrovueutTon, R. C., Conservator of Forests, Indian Forest Service,
Poona, Bombay Presidency, India; and c/o Army and Navy
Co-operative Society, Ltd., 105, Victoria-street, S.W.
YersBury, Colonel John W., late R.A., F.Z.S., Army and Navy
Club, Pall Mall, S.W.
YoupateE, William Henry, F,R.ML.S., 29, Market Place, Cockermouth.
Cpseaiyr’)
ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY
DuRING THE YEAR 1899.
Barrer (C.G.). Lepidoptera of the British Isles. Vol. V., Heterocera:
Noctuz. 8vo, London, 1899. The Publishers.
BEcKER (L.). Les Arachnides de Belgique. 4 vols., fol., Bruxelles, 1896,
Mus. d@ Hist. Nat. Belgique.
Bere (C.). Dus species nove Argentine Gyponx generis.
[An. Soc. Cien. Argentina, Tomo XLVILI., 1899.]
Observaciones sobre TLepidopteros Argentinos y otros Suda
Americanos.
[An. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, Tomo VI., 1899.]
Brenthis Cytheris y Brenthis Dexamene.
Apuntes dipterologicos.
[Com. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, Tomo I., 1899.] The Author.
Sobre les enemigos pequeios de la Langosta peregrina, Schistocerca
m= o 5]
paranensis (Burm.).
Sobre el Thelyphonus maximus, Tarnani.
Descriptio novi generis Cerambycidarum Reipublicee Argentine.
[Com. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, Tomo I., 1898.] The Author.
BiGNELL (G.C.). The Ichneumonide (Parasitic Flies) of the South of Devon,
[Trans. Devon. Assoc. Sci. Lit. and Art, Vol. XXX., 1898.]
The Author.
Burr (M.) Further new Species of Forficularia.
[Ann. and Mag. N. H., Ser. 7, Vol. III., 1899.]
Notes on the Forficularia.
[Ann. and Mag. N. H., Ser. 7, Vol. IV., 1899. ] The Author.
CampripcE (F.O.P.). [SeeGopman(F.D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. |
CamBRIDGE (O. P.). [See Gopman (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. ]
CamBripGE Narurat History, Vol. VI. Insects, Part II. By Dr. D. Sharp,
Cambridge, 1899. The Author.
CaNnDEZE (E.) Obituary Notice of [see Lameere}.
Cuampion (G. C.). Supplementary Lists to the Munich Catalogue of
Coleoptera :—Lagriidee, Othniide, Nilionide, Petriidze, Pythidee,
Melandryide, Pedilidz (part), Pyrochroide, Mordellidz, Rhipi-
dophoridz, idemerid, and Cantharidee.
[Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, Tomes XLII., XLIII., 1898-9.] The Author
[See Gopman (F.D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. ]
a
( -aiv ©)
Cuarmoy (D. d’E.). Notes sur les Cochenilles.
[Soc. Amicale Scientifique, 1899.]
CuITTENDEN (F. H.). Some Insects injurious to Garden and Orchard Crops
U.S. Dep. Agric., Div. Ent., Bull. No. 19, N. 8. 1899.]
The U.S. Dept. Agric.
CockErELL (T.D. A.). First Supplement to the Check-list of the Coccide.
[Bull. Illinois St. Laboratory N. H., Vol. V., 1899. ]
Catalogo de las Abejas de Mexico, 1899.
The Zonal Distribution of Coleoptera.
[Agric. Exp. Stn. Mesilla Park, N. M., Bull. No. 28, 1898.]
; The Author.
[See GopMAN (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. ]
CockrErELt (T. D. A.) and Parrorr (P. J.). Contributions to the Knowledge
of the Coccide.
[The Industrialist, 1899. ] The Author.
Dirrck (Fr.). Etude comparei des Glandes Pygidiennes chez les Carabides
et les Dytiscides, avee quelques remarques sur le classement des
Carabides.
{La Cellule, Tom. xvi, 1899.] The Author.
Distant (W. L.). Description of a new Species of the Genus Pecilopsaltria
belonging to the Family Cicadide.
[Ann. and Mag. N. H., Ser. 6, Vol. XIX., 1897.]
Cicadidz from the North Chin Hills, Burma.
Cicadide from the Malay Archipelago.
On a Collection of Heterocera made in the Transvaal.
[Ann. and Mag. N. H., Ser. 6, Vol. XX., 1897. ]
Coleoptera collected in the Transvaal.
Description of two new Species of Oriental Cicadide.
The Butterflies of the Transvaal.
Heterocera from the Transvaal.
[Ann. and Mag. N. H., Ser. 7, Vol. I., 1898.]
Hemiptera-Heteroptera.
Rhynchota from the Transvaal, Mashonaland, and British Nyasa-
land, Part I.
[Ann. and Mag. N. H., Ser. 7, Vol. II., 1898.]
On some South African Insects.
[Ann. and Mag. N. H., Ser. 7, Vol. IIT., 1899.]
Some apparently undescribed species of Heterocera from the
Transvaal.
Rhynchotal Notes, I. and II.
Some apparently undescribed Neotropical Homoptera.
On some South African Homoptera.
[Ann, and Mag. N. H., Ser. 7, Vol. IV., 1899.]
Additions to our knowledge of the Cicadidze of New Guinea.
Description of a new Genus and Species of Cicadidze collected by
Dr. Modigliani at Mentawei Island.
[Ann. Mus. Civ. St. Nat. Genova, Ser. 2, Vol. XVII., 1897.]
The Author.
Crave)
Druce (Herbert). Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from
Tropical America, Africa, and the Eastern Islands. I. and II.
[Ann. and Mag. N. H., Ser. 7, Vol. III., 1899.]
Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from Tropical
America.
[Ann. and Mag. N. H., Ser. 7, Vol. III., 1899.]
Description of some new Species of Heterocera.
[Ann. and Mag. N. H., Ser. 7, Vol. IV., 1899. ] The Author.
[See Gopman (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. ]
Eaton (A. E.). Ephemeridz taken by Mr. McLachlan in the District of the
Lac de Joux (Swiss Jura) in 1898.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 2 Ser., Vol. IX., 1898.]
List of Ephemeridz hitherto observed in Algeria, with localities.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 2 Ser., Vol. X., 1899.] The Author.
Ericuson (W. F.). Naturgeschichte der insecten Deutsehlands Coleoptera.
Band V., Halfte 2, Lief. 2 and 3. By G. Seidlitz.
Purchased.
FarrmMarre (L.) et Lasourpine (A.). Faune Entomologique Frangaise.
Tome I., Coléoptéres. 8vo., Paris, 1854. Purchased.
Fext (E. P.). Collection, Preservation and Distribution of New York
Insects.
Shade Tree Pests in New York State.
[Bull. N. Y. State Mus., Vol. VI., Nos. 26 and 27, 1899. ]
Tie Museum.
Firper (F. X.). Les Cicadines @’Europe. Traduit de Vallemand, par Ferd.
Reiber, avec des additions par L. Lethierry. 8vo, Paris, 1875
—1880. Caen, 1884—1885. Purchased.
Foret (A.) La Parabiose chez les Fourmis.
[Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sc. Nat., Vol. XXXIV., 1899.]
Trois notices Myrmécologiques.
[Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge., Tom. XLIII., 1899.] The Author.
[See Gopman (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-Americani.]
Fow.er (W. W.) [See Gopman (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-Americani. ]
GANGLBAUER (L.). Die Kafer von Mitteleuropa. Bd. III. 8vo, 1899.
Purchased.
Gopman (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana.
Araneidea, by O. and F. O. P.-Cambridge.
Insecta, by G. C. Champion, T. D. A. Cockerell, H. Druce, A. Forel,
W. W. Fowler, F. D. Godman, H. 8. Gorham, A. Pictet, H. de
Saussure, D. Sharp, and F. M. van der Wulp. Parts CX LVI.—
CLI. The Editor.
Goruam (H.8.). [See Gopman (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. ]
Green (E. Ernest). The Coccide of Ceylon. Part III., 8vo, London, 1899.
The Author.
Grimsuaw (P. H.). Lincolnshire Diptera—a Preliminary List.
Nottinghamshire Diptera—a Preliminary List.
[Naturalist, 1898. ] Rev. A. Thornley.
ca
(| xxvi_ )
Grote (A, Radcliffe). Specializations of the Lepidopterous Wing, the
Parnassi-Papilionid. I., IT.
[Proc. Am, Phil. Soc., Vol. XXXVIIL, 1899.]
Smithsonian Inst.
Hampson (Sir George F.). Catalogue of the Syntomide in the collection
of the British Museum. Vol. I., Lepidoptera Phalenz. Text
and Plates. 8vo, London, 1898. B. M, Trustees.
Hansory (F. J.) and Marswatt (E. 8.). Flora of Kent. 8vo, London, 1899.
F. J. Hanbury.
Homme tt (R.). L’Apiculture par les méthodes simples. 8vo, Paris, 1898.
The Author.
Jacony (M.). Additions to the Knowledge of the Phytophagous Coleoptera
of Africa. Part II.
[Proc. Z. 8. Lond., 1899.] The Author.
JANET (C.). Etudes sur les Fourmis, les Guépes et les Abeilles. Notes 16—
18. Lille et Paris, 1897-8.
Sur l’emploi de Desinences caracteristiques dans les denominations des
groupes établis pour les classifications zoologiques. Beauvais,
1898.
Sur un cavité du tégument servant chez les Myrmicinal a étaler, au
contact de Vair, un produit de sécrétion.
Réaction alkaline des chambres et galeries des Nids de Fourmis. Durée
de la vie des Fourmis de capitées.
[C. R. Acad. Sci., Paris, 1898.] The Author.
Ketuicorr (D.8.)._ The Odonata of Ohio.
[Ohio Acad. Sci., Special Papers, No. 2, 1899.] Ohio State Univ.
Kexioae (V.L.). <A List of the Biting Lice (Mallophaga) taken from Birds
and Mammals of North America.
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXII., 1899.] U.S. Nat, Museum.
Krrxarpy (G. W.). List of Rhynchota-Heteroptera collected by Dr.
Chapman at Cannes.
[Ent. Rec. and Journ. Var., Vol. TX., 1897.]
On the Specific distinctions of Corixa carinata and C. Germari, and
the Restoration of the latter to the list of British Rhynchota.
[Entomologist, 1898. ]
On some Aquatic Rhynchota from Jamaica.
[Entomologist, 1899. ]
Coriza Saundersi, anew Species of Aquatic Rhynchota from England.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 1899.]
Note sopra alcuni Rincoti Acquatici Africani del Mus. Civ. di Storia
Nat. di Genova.
[Ann, Mus. Civ. 8. N. Genova, Vol. XTX., 1898.]
On some Aquatic Rhynchota from South America.
— Darien and Venezuela.
Herne aA Ecuador.
== ——-— Argentina and Paraguay.
> Argentina and Bolivia.
[ Boll. Mus. Zool. ed Anat. comp. Torino, 1899.]
Descriptions of ten new Species of Hemiptera from the Islands of
Abd-el-Kuri and Sokotra.
[Bull. Liverp. Mus., No. 2, 1899.]
( =m j
Kirxatpy (G. W.). Notes and Descriptions of Aquatic Rhynchota in the
Royal Museum of Belgium.
[Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, 1899. ] The Author.
Kriecer (R.). Uber einige:mit Pimpla verwandte Ichneumonidengattungen.
[Ber. Naturf. Ges., Leipzig, 1897-8. ] The Author.
Kun (H.). [See Nic&viixe (L. de). ]
LABOULBENE (A.). [See Farrmarre (L.).]
LAMEERE (Aug.). Notice sur le Dr. Ernest Candéze.
[Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, 1898. | The Author.
LowE (V.H.). The Raspberry Straw Fly.
The Grape-Vine Flea-Beetle.
The Apple-Tree Tent Caterpillar.
Spraying Experiments against the Spring Canker Worm.
[N. Y. Agric. Expt. Stn., Bulls. No. 150 and 152, 1898.]
The Station.
McLacutan (R.). Thaumatoneura inopinata, a new genus and species of
Calopterygine.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 2 Ser., Vol. VIII., 1897. ]
ZEschna borealis, Zett. (1840) = Al. cerulea, Strom. (1783), but not
Ai. squamata, Miller (1764).
What is Libellula enea, Linné?: a Study in nomenclature.
On Neuroptera collected by Mr. Malcolm Burr in Wallachia, Bosnia,
Herzegovina, etc. in 1898.
On two Species of Calopteryginz from the Island of Lombock, with
varietal notes.
A few Psocide from the Eastern Pyrenees.
Hyperetes questfalicus, Kolbe, a Genus and Species of A pterous
Psocidz new to Britain.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 2 Ser., Vol. IX., 1898. ]
Neuroptera-Planipennia collected in Algeria by Rev. A. E. Haton.
Considerations on the Genus Tetracanthagyna, Selys.
[Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1898.]
Descriptions de deux espéces nouvelles de Nemopteres du genre Croce,
McLach.
[Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1898.]
Trichoptera, Planipennia, and Pseudo-Neuroptera, collected in the
district of the Lac de Joux (Swiss Jura) in 1898.
Trichoptera, Planipennia, and Pseudo-Neuroptera, collected in Fin-
mark in 1898 by Dr. T. A. Chapman and Mr. R. W. Lloyd.
Notes on certain Palearctic Species of the Genus Hemerobius :
(1) Introductory remarks, and on the group of H. nervosus.
(2) H. marginatus, H. lutescens, H. humuli, and H. orotypus.
(3) H. stigma (limbatus) and the group of H. pini.
(4) H. nitidulus and H. micans.
[Ent. Monthly Mag., 2 Ser., Vol. X., 1899.]
Remarques sur quelques Odonates de l’Asie Mineure Meridional
comprenant une espéce nouvelle pour la faune paléarctique.
[Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, Tom. XLIII., 1899.] The Author.
( xxvii 4)
Martarr (C. L.) Japanese Hymenoptera of the Family Tenthredinidz.
[Proc. U. 8. N. Mus., Vol. XXI., 1898.] Smithsonian Inst.
Marserut (S. A. de). Essai Monographique sur la Famille des Histérides : 2
vols., Paris, 1853-57.
[Extr. des Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 3 Ser., Tom. I.—IV.]
eo Supplement ————-——Paris, 1859.
[Extr. des Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 3 Ser., Tom. VIII., 4 Ser., Tom.
1a fl il G. Lewis.
MarsuHatu. (E.S.) [See Hanzury (F. J.).]
Moore (F.). Lepidoptera Indica, 24 pts. (Vols. I., II.). 4to, London, 1890.
Col. J. W. Yerbury.
Mortey (Claude). Coleoptera of Suffolk. S8vo, Plymouth, 1899.
The Author.
Morris (F.0O.). British Butterflies. 8vo, London, 1853.
British Moths. 4 vols., 8vo, London, 1872.
Col. J. W. Yerbury.
Moutsanr (E.) and Rey (C.). Histoire Naturelle des Punaises de France.
2 vols., 8vo, Paris, 1865-70. Purchased.
NickvitieE (L. de). Description of anew Nymphaline Butterfly from Burma.
[Ann. and Mag. N. H., Ser. 6, Vol. XVII., 1896.]
Note on Javan Lepidoptera Rhopalocera,
[Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Bd. XLII., 1897.]
Description of a new Papilio from Bali of the nox group,
[Ann. and Mag. N. H., Ser. 6, Vol. XX., 1897.]
Description of Weptis Praslini, Boisduval, and some species allied
to it.
[Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Vol. LX VI., 1897.]
On new or little-known Butterflies from the Indo- and Austro-
Malayan Regions.
[Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Vol. LX VI., 1897. ]
Descriptions of two new Species of Butterflies from Upper Burma.
[Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc., Vol. X., 1897.]
A Revision of the Pierine Butterflies of the genus Dercas.
[Ann. and Mag. N. H., Ser. 7, Vol. II., 1898. |
On a small collection of Butterflies from Buru in the Moluccas.
[Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Vol. LX VII.,1898.] The Author.
Nickvitie (L. de) and Kunn (H.). An Annotated List of the Butterflies
of the Ké Isles.
[Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Vol. LXVIT., 1898.] L. de Nicéville.
Ormerop (Eleanor A.). Report of Observations of Injurious Insects and
Common Farm Pests for 1897. 8vo, London, 1898.
— for 1898. 8vo, London, 1899.
General Index to Reports on Injurious Insects, from 1877—1898.
The Author.
Osporn (H.). The Hessian Fly in the United States.
[U.S. Dept. Agric., Div. Ent., Bull. No. 16, N.S., 1898.]
U.S. Dept. Agric.
PAGENSTECHER (Arnold). Die Lepidopteren fauna des Bismarck-Archipels.
Thiel I: Die Tagfalter (Rhopalocera). 4to, Stuttgart, 1899.
The Author.
ie. “hd jig a
( xx.)
Parrot (P. J.). [See Cockrerett (T. D. A.).]
Prckuam (G. ne and (Eliz.G.). The Instincts and Habits of the Solitary
Was
waeeeneis Geol. and N. H. Survey, Sci. Ser. No. 1., 1898.]
The Authors.
PERINGUEY (L.). Descriptive Catalogue of the Coleoptera of South Africa :
Cicindelide (2nd Suppl.); Carabidz (1st Suppl.); Paussidz
(1st Suppl.).
[Trans. 8. Afr. Philos. Soc., Vol. X., 1898. ]
Fifth Contribution to the South African Coleopterous Fauna.
A Contribution to the Knowledge of South African Mutillida.
[Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., Vol. I., 1899.] The Author,
Picret (A.). [See Gopman (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. ]
Pocock (R. L.). Musical Boxes in Spiders.
[Nat. Sci., Vol. VI., 1895.] Col. J. W. Yerbury.
Pryerr (H.). Rhopalocera Nihonica, Pts. 1—3. Col. J. W. Yerbury.
Reuter (O. M.). Monographia Anthocoridarum orbis terrestris.
[Acta Soc. Sci. Fennicze, Tomo XIV., 1884. ] Purchased.
Hemiptera Gymnocerata Europe, Parts iv. and v.
[Act. Soc. Sci. Fennicz, Tomo XXIII., Nos. 1 and 2 (1891, 1896). ]
The Meteorological Socrety.
Monographia generis Reduvius, Fabr., Lam.
[Acta Soc. Sci. Fennicze, Tomo Me, 1892. | Purchased.
Rey (Cl.). [See Mursant (E.). ]
Rosson (J. E.). A Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Northumberland, Dur-
ham, and Neweastle-on-Tyne. Pt. 1, 1899. The Author.
SaussurkE (H. de). Un Genero Nuevo de Orthopteros.
[ An. Inst. Fisico-geogr. nac. Costa Rica, 1897. ] The Author.
Analecta Entomologica. I. Orthopterologica.
[Rev. Suisse Zool., Tome V., 1898. ] The Author.
Orthoptera (Voeltzkow, Wissenschaftliche Erzebnisse der Reisen in
Madagaskar und Ost-Afrika).
[Abhand. Senck. Nat. Gesellschaft, F.a’ M., Bd. XXI., Hft. IV.,
1899. ] The Author.
Saussure (H. de) and Picter(A.). [See GopMan(F.D.). Biologia Centrali-
Americana. |
ScuppEr (S. H.). Supplement to a Revision of the Melanopli.
[ Proc. Davenport Acad. N. Sci., Vol. VII., 1899.]
The Orthopteran Genus Schistocerca.
[Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., Vol. XX XIV., No. 17, 1899.]
Everyday Butterflies. Svo, 1899.
The North American Species of Orphulella.
{Canadian Entom., Vol. XX XI., 1899.]
Short Studies of North American Tryxaline.
[Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., Vol XXXV., 1899.]
Two Genera of North American Decticine.
[Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., Vol. XXXV., 1899.]
The Author.
€ ° Exe)
Serpuitz (G.). [See Ericuson. Insecten Deutschlands, Coleoptera.]
Semper (G.). Die Schmetterlinge der Philippinischen Inseln. Band IL.,
lief. 3. 4to, Wiesbaden, 1899. The Author.
Suarp (D.). [See Cambridge Natural History. ]
[See GopMAN (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. ]
SrrrinkE (F. A.). Combating the Striped Beetle on Cucumbers.
[N. Y. Agric. Expt. Stn., Bull. No. 158, 1899.] The Station.
SKINNER (H.). Synonymic Catalogue of the North American Rhopalocera.
Philadelphia, 1898. The Author.
Smirxe (John B.). New Species of Nocturnal Moths of the Genus Cam-
pometra, and Notes.
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXII., 1899. ] The Author.
srau (C.).. Synopsis Hydrobatidum Sueciz.
LOfvers. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh., 1898.] G. W. Kirkaldy.
THEOBALD (F. V.). Text Book of Agricultural Zoology. 8vo, 1899.
Tabulated List of Orchard ‘‘ Insect Pests” affected by spraying.
Ato, 1899.
Notes on Insect Pests for 1898 (2nd Report).
[Journal 8. E. Agric. Coll., No. 8, 1899. ] The Author.
THORNLEY (Rey. A.). Nottinghamshire Diptera: Additions and corrections
to Mr. P. H. Grimshaw’s Preliminary List.
Lincolnshire Diptera: Additions and corrections to Mr. P. H.
Grimshaw’s Preliminary List.
[ Naturalist, 1899. ] The Author.
TurNER (Dr. A. J.). The Xyloryctide of Queensland.
[Annals of Queensland Museum, No. 4, 1899. | The Museum.
UnirEep Srares DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE (Division oF ENTOMOLOGY),
Butetins (New Series), 1898.
No. 15. The Chinch Bug. (IF. M. Webster.)
No. 16. The Hessian Fly in the United States. (H. Osborn.)
No. 17. Proceedings of the Tenth Annual Meeting of the Associa-
tion of Economic Entomologists.
No. 18. Some miscellaneous results of the work of the Division of
Entomology, ITT.
No. 13. Some insects injurious to Garden and Orchard Crops. (F.
H. Chittenden.) U.S. Dept. Agriculture.
Bibliography of the more important contributions to American
Economie Entomology. (N. Banks.)
Part VI., 1888—1896. Washington, 1898. Smithsonian Inst.
Waker (J. J.). List of the Coleoptera of the Rochester District.
| Rochester Naturalist, 1899. ]
Practical Hints on the Formation of a Collection of Coleoptera.
[Trans. 8, E. Union of Sci. Socs., 1899. ] The Author,
¢ *xee8
WarREN (W.). List of the Geometride, Epiplemide, Drepanulide, and
Thyrididz collected on the Key Islands by Mr. H. Kiihn.
New Species and Genera of the families Thyrididee, Uraniide,
Epiplemidz and Geometridz from the Old World regions.
New Species and Genera of the families Drepanulide, Thyridide,
Uraniide, Epiplemidz and Geometridee from the Old World
regions.
[Novitates Zoologice, Vol. V., 1898.] The Author.
Warson (EH. Y.). Notes on some Butterflies from Myingyan, Central Burma.
[ Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Vol. LX VI.,1897.] ZL. de Wicéville.
Wesster (F'.M.). The Chinch Bug.
[U 8. Dept. Agric., Div. Ent., Bull. No. 15, N.8., 1898.]
U.S. Dept. Agriculture.
Wotp (F. M. van der). [See Gopman (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. ]
Yersury (Col. J. W.). The Butterflies of Aden and Neighbourhood, with
some notes on their habits, food-plants, etc.
(Journ, Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 1882.] The Author.
all
( SERTISY)
Periodicals and Publications of Societies.
AFRICA.
CarE Town. South African Philosophical Society. Transactions, Vol. X.
The Society.
South African Museum. Annals. Vol. I., Pt. 2.
Trustees S. Afr. Mus.
AMERICA (NORTH).
CANADA.
Hairax. Nova Scotian Institute of Science. Proceedings and Transactions.
Vol. IX., Pt. 4. The Institute.
Lonpon, Onrario. The Canadian Entomologist. Vol. XXXI., 1899.
By Exchange.
Monrreat. Royal Society of Canada. Proceedings and Transactions.
Ser. 2, Vol. IV., 1898. The Society.
Ontario. Ent. Soc. of Ontario. 29th Report, 1898. The Society.
UNITED STATES.
CamepripcE, Mass. Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College.
Annual Report, 1897-98. The Curator.
New York. N.Y. Entomological Society. Journal,1899. = Purchased.
N.Y. State Musenm. Reports, 1895, 1896. The Museum,
Parcapetpura. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Proceedings,
1899. By Exchange.
Entomological News, 1899. Proceedings of the Entomological
Section. Vol. X. By Exchange.
American Entomological Society. Transactions, 1899.
By Exchange.
WasHINGTON. Entomological Society. Proceedings, 1899. Purchased.
U.S. National Museum. Proceedings, Vol.XXI. The Museum.
Wisconsin. Trans. Acad. Sciences, Arts and Letters. Vol. XI., 1897.
The Academy.
WEST INDIES.
Jamaica. West Indian Bulletin. Vol. I., No. 1. The Dept. of Agric.
AMERICA (SOUTH).
ARGENTINE REPUBLIC.
Burnos Arres. Academia Nacional de Ciencias, Cordova. Boletin.
Tomo XVI. By Exchange.
Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires. ‘Tomo VI. Dr. C. Berg.
La Prats. Revista del Museo. Tomo IX. The Museum.
(° sxx >)
BRAZIL.
Para. Boletim do Museu. Vol. II. The Museum.
ASIA.
INDIA.
BomsBay. Natural History Society. Journal. Vol. XII., Nos. 1—4.
By Exchange.
Catcutra, Indian Museum Notes. Vol. IV. The Trustees.
AUSTRALASIA.
ADELAIDE. Royal Society of South Australia, Transactions, Proceedings
and Reports. Vol. XXII., Pt. II. By Exchange.
BrisBaANE. Queensland Museum. Annals. The Museum.
Sypney. The Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales, 1899.
Agric, Dept.
Linnean Society of New South Wales. Proceedings, 1899.
By Exchange.
NEW ZHALAND.
We titncron. New Zealand Institute. Transactions and Proceedings.
Vol. XXXI., 1898. The Institute.
EUROPE.
AUSTRIA-HUNGARY.
Buparsrst. Termés zetrajzi Fuzetek, kiadja a Magyar nemzeti Muzeum,
Vol. XXII., Pts. 1—4. By Exchange.
Vienna. K.-k. zoologische-botanische Verem (Gesellschaft) in Wien.
Verhandlungen. Band XLIX., 1899. By Exchange.
Wiener entomologische Zeitung, 1899. By Purchase.
BELGIUM.
BrusseEts. Société Entomologique de Belgique. Annales. 1899.
By Exchange.
Académie Royale des Sciences, des lettres et des beaux-arts de
Belgique.
Bulletins. Tomes XXXIV.—XXXVI.
Mémoires. Tome LIII.
Mémoires couronnés. Tomes LY.and LVII. By Exchange.
Annales du Musée du Congo, Ser.-Zoologie. Tome I. Fasc. 1—3.
The Congo Free State.
c
-
( =x 7
FRANCE.
Caen. Société Francaise d’Entomologie. Revue. Tome XVIII., 1899.
By Purchase.
Soc. Linnéenne de Normandie. Annales. 1898. By Exchange.
CHATEAUROUX. Le Frélon, 1899. By Purchase.
Lyon. Soc. Linnéenne de Lyon. Annales. 1898. By Exchange.
Paris. L’Abeille, 1899. By Purchase.
Soc. Entom. de France. Ann. et Bulletin. 1897.
: By Exchange.
GERMANY.
Berwin. Entomologischer Verein in Berlin. Berliner entomologische
Zeitschrift. 1899. By Exchange.
Deutsche entomologische Gesellschaft. Deutsche entomologische
Zeitschrift. 1899. Heft 1. By Exchange.
Dresven. “Iris.” Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift. Bd. XII. Heft 1.
By Exchange.
Frankrort. Senckenbergische naturforschende Gesellschaft. Bericht.
898.
Abhandlungen. Bd. XXI., Heft 2. Bd. XXIV., Heft 2—4.
By Exchange.
Hatie. Abhandlungen der Kaiserlichen Leopoldinisch Carolinischen Deut-
schen Akademie der Naturforscher. Bd. LXX., LX XI., LXXII.,
1898.
Srerrin. Entomologischer Verein. Entomologische Zeitung. Jahrg. LIX.,
Heft 6—12. By Exchange.
WIESBADEN. Nassauischer Verein fiir Naturkunde. Jahrbiicher. Jahrg.
LII. By Exchange.
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.
Bucxuurst Hitut. Essex Naturalist. Vol. XI., Nos. 1—3.
The Essex Field Club.
Dusty. Roy. Dublin Society. Transactions and Proceedings. 1898.
By Exchange.
Leeps. Naturalist (The). 1899. The Yorks. Nat. Union.
Lonpon. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 1899.
By Purchase.
Athenzum. The Publishers.
City of London Entomological and Natural History Society.
Transactions for 1898. The Society.
Entomologist (The). 1899. R. South.
Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine. 1899. The Editors.
Entom. Record and Journal of Variation. Vols. VI.—X.
Purchased.
Linnean Society of London. Transactions, Vol. VII., Pts. 5—8.
Journal, Nos. 173—176. By Exchange.
Linnean Society of London. Proceedings. 1899.
Nature. 1899. The Publishers.
(exaxye
Lonpon. Nature Notes. 1899. The Publishers.
Quekett Microscopical Club. Journal. 1899. The Club.
Royal Agricultural Society. Journal. 3rd Ser., Vol. X.
The Society.
Royal Microscopical Society. Journal. 1899, By Exchange.
Royal Society. Proceedings. Nos. 405—421. By Exchange.
Year Book. 1896-97,1897-98. By Exchange.
Philos. Trans. Ser. B., 190. By Exchange.
South London Entomological and N. H. Society. Proceedings.
1898. . The Society.
Year Book of Scientific Societies. 1899. By Purchase.
Zoological Record for 1898. By Purchase.
Zoological Society. Proceedings, 1899. Transactions, Vol. XV.,
Pt. é By Exchange.
Zoologist (The). 1899. The Publisher.
HOLLAND.
THE Hacuz. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. Jahr. 1899. Nos. 1, 2, 3.
By Exchange.
ITALY.
FLORENCE. Societa Entomologica Italiana. Bullettino, XXX. 1898.
By Exchange.
Genoa. Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova. Annali. Ser. 2.
Vol. XTX. By Exchange.
RUSSIA.
Moscow. Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Bulletin. 1898.
By Exchange.
Sr. PETERSBURG. Societas Entomologicz Rossice. Hore. Tome XXXII.
1898. By Exchange.
SWEDEN.
StockHorm. Entomologisk Tidskrift. 1898. By Exchange.
SWITZERLAND.
GENEVA. Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle. Compte rendu. Tom.
XV. By Exchange.
Soc. Ent. Suisse. Bulletin. Vol. X. Heft 4,5. By Exchange.
ScHAFFHAUSEN. Schweizerische entomologische Gesellschaft. Mitthei-
lungen. Bd. X., Hft. 3—5. By Exchange.
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
LONDON
For THE YEAR 1899.
I. A Monograph of British Braconide. Part VIII. By
the Rev. T. A. MARSHALL, M.A., F.E.S., Member of the
Société Entomologique de France.
{Read October 5th, 1898. ]
Praork 1.
(Continued from Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1897, p. 31.)
VIII. CGZALINIUS, Nees.
Nees, Act. Ac. L.C., 1819, p. 301.
Originally synonymous with genus IX. Chenon, the
two forming a natural group. Their artificial separation
is due to Forster, who retained the name Chenon for the
largest species: see the following genus, under which the
chief characters are detailed. Some slight peculiarities
are distinctive of Calinius, viz. :—head not so prominent
beneath the antennz; face punctate or rugulose, its carina
shortened or wanting ; clypeus more perceptibly discrete,
and more prominent; palpi shorter, 3rd and 4th joints
of the maxillary nearly equal; mandibles bidenticulate ;
antenne with a smaller number of articulations; meso-
sternum flattened, its medial furrow rugose, not reaching
the 2nd pair of coxe ; carina of the metathorax single or
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART I. (APRIL) 1
a
2 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
obsolete. Radial nervure forming a regular curve, not
sinuated, originating beyond the middle of the stigma.
Hind coxze not so much compressed, rugulose at the base.
First abdominal segment more than twice as long as the
hind coxee, punctate-rugose, more or less emarginate
at the extremity; 2nd segment smooth at the base, or
scarcely striolate ; abdomen ¢ not so strongly compressed ;
4th and following segments very short. Size of the
species much inferior to that of Chenon.
The insects are parasitic on the small acalypterous
Muscide of such genera as Chlorops, Hydrellia, ete. Of
the six British species niger is abundant everywhere,
viduus, gracilis, and elegans are less common; podagricus
is doubtful, perhaps an accidentally deformed vidwus ;
procerus is rare.
TABLE OF SPECIES.
(2) 1. Mesothoracic furrows faintly traced,
converging to a point near the middle
of the disc, thence continued in an in-
distinct line to the base of the scutel-
Main as Ss Giese, dace osu piccsl Mice naa eu ees AC URtIB
2. Mesothoracic furrows more distinct,
punctate, converging into a rather
deep fovea before the scutellum
(4) 3. Legs of normal length ..
(3) 4. Legs very short, the hind pair hardly
longer than the abdomen ; hind femora
incrassated, not longer than the tro-
chanters ... .
. Abdomen entirely black, or at most
somewhat piceous at the base of the
2nd segment ... . oy ten) Ge W229 eT INGER,
(5) 6. Abdomen more or less | “rufous, “testa-
ceous, or yellowish in the middle
“—~
—_
~—
b
1S) SS)
bo
podagricus, Hal.
=~
a
Nae
or
7
. procerus, Hal.
(8): “7; “Prothoraxwed! ..../ seis) Sen joes tezesayenes 0
(7) 8. Prothorax black ... 9
(10) 9. Length 23-3 lines; antennz 36- jointed
in the 2, 54- jointed i rhivy Hole yaoieieeae | 5. gracilis, Hal.
(9) 10. Length 14-23 lines; antennz 30-32-
jointed in the ay) 40-45- Leah in
tbe SGA eee os 6. elegans, Hal.
1. Celinius viduus, Curtis.
Chenon viduus, ater, and obscurus, es a E., 289.
Alysia (C.) vidua, Hal. , thym), sprit, 1, 225 7 9.
O. viduus, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Eur. et d’Alg.
Bracon., i ip. MD Lo te ee
2 Black, pubescent. Head rather longer than broad ; posterior
margin of the vertex nearly straight ; front bearing an impression on
each side above the antenna, and in the middle, a small carina ;
British Braconide. 3
mandibles rufescent ; palpi testaceous, fuscous at the tips. Antenne
longer than the head and thorax, stout, rufescent beneath at the base,
29-32-jointed. Mesonotum punctulate, its furrows subobsolete,
converging about the middle of the disc, and prolonged in a faint
linear fovea to the base of the scutellum. Wings dusky hyaline ;
squamulz fuscescent ; nervures and stigma dark fuscous, the latter
narrow. Fore legs rufous, sometimes dark at the base ; 4 posterior
legs black, with piceous tibie and tarsi ; extremities of the trochanters
reddish, as well as the base of the tibize and of the tarsi. Abdomen
compressed, carinated both above and beneath ; 1st segment elongate,
striolate, emarginate at the apex. Terebra very short, somewhat
elevated. ¢ Antenne slender, as long as the body, 42—47-jointed,
the 2nd and 3rd joints equal, the 2nd piceous; stigma and radial
areolet narrower than in the 92; abdomen depressed, sublinear.
Length, 1} lines.
Var. 2 Chenon obscurus, Curt. Antenne rufescent at the base
for some distance ; legs testaceous ; middle femora streaked with
blackish above ; hind cox and femora blackish, as well as the base
of the trochanters ; middle of the abdomen rufescent.
Not uncommon in Ireland, in sandy places, according to
Haliday ; taken in England by Walker, Rudd, and several
times by myself.
2. Celinius podagricus, Haliday.
Alysia (C.) podagrica, Hal., l.c., 2.
C. podagricus, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 516, fg.
3 Similar to vidwus, but less elongate. Mandibles rufescent ;
palpi short, testaceous. Wings narrow ; radial areolet and stigma
more attenuated. Legs very short, the hind pair scarcely exceeding
the abdomen ; femora almost oval, incrassated, not longer than the
trochanters ; legs black, the first pair and the base of all the tibiz
rufescent. 9 Unknown. Length, 23 lines.
Not seen since the time of Haliday, who captured one
@ at the end of July on a sandy shore near Dublin.
3. Celinius niger, Nees.
Stephanus niger, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl., 1811, p. 5.
C. niger, Nees, Mon. i, 10; Curtis, in Morton’s Cyclop.
of Agricult., s. v. Chlorops, pl. clv, ff. 7,8; Farm
Ins., 242, pl. xxxiv, f. 8, and pl. H. frontisp. f. 16;
Marsh: 0; citp: SET, g° 2.
Alysia (C.) nigra, Hal., lab. cit., 24, f 2.
hall
+ Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
Chenon affinis, Curt., B. E., 289.
Chenon nigricans, Westw., Loud. Mag. 1835, p. 177, pl.
xvi, ff,,¢,
Alysia Olivieri, Guér., Mém. Soc. Agric. 1842, p. 26, pl.
Vy deed ae
2 Black, pubescent. Palpi and 4 anterior legs testaceous or
ferruginous, sometimes more or less blackened ; abdomen entirely
black, or at most slightly reddish at the base of the 2nd segment:
Head short for the genus, subcubic, transverse, sloping and emarginate
behind ; front slightly impressed ; mandibles rufescent ; labial palpi
short, attenuated at the tips. Antenne more slender than in other
females of the genus, as long as the body, rufescent at the base, 35-
40-jointed. Mesothoracic furrows converging toa foveola before the
scutellum, from which emanates a short medial channel
between two furrows; metathorax coarsely punctate, rugose.
Wings hyaline with a dusky tinge; squamulz fuscous, nervures and
stigma dark fuscous, the latter broader than usual, like the radial
areolet, which is lanceolate, forming almost a half-oval. Fore legs
testaceous, with the coxe and base of the trochanters black ; femora
streaked with blackish above ; 4 posterior legs black, the tibia and
tarsi somewhat piceous ; tips of the trochanters and base of the tibie
rufescent. Abdomen compressed towards the apex only ; lst segment
coarsely punctate, shorter than in the other species, hardly
emarginate at the extremity. Terebra very short, or concealed. ¢
Antenne entirely black, longer than the body, 44~47-jointed ;
abdomen longer than the head and thorax, depressed, spathuliform.
Length, 14-24 lines ; exp. 2-4 lines.
This is the commonest species, occurring everywhere in
cornfields and hedges. Goureau has reared it from the
dipterous Chlorops lxta, Meig., C. herpini, Guér., C. lineata,
Meig. etc., and Westwood found it in spoiled ears of barley,
which had been infested by some other of the 60 or 70
known species of Chlorops. Curtis, in the works above
referred to, may be consulted for additional information.
4. Celinius procerus, Haliday.
Alysia (C.) procera, Hal., lib. cit., 23, 2.
C. procerus, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 519, §.
C. ruficollis, H. Sch. Fortsetz. v. Pauzer, 154, 22. 2.
2 Black, with rufous prothorax, Similar to the following species,
but larger. Palpi testaceous; mandibles rufescent. Antenne
British Braconide. 5
testaceous at the base, with more than 41 joints (mutilated),
Wings hyaline with a glaucous tinge, infumated in the middle and
in the cubital region ; squamule testaceous ; nervures and stigma
fuscous. Legs testaceous ; 2nd pair of femora with a dark spot in
the middle ; hind coxz and femora fuscescent, as well as their tibiz
and the tips of their tarsi; hind femora testaceous at the extreme
base. Second abdominal segment testaceous, blackish at both ends.
g Unknown. Length, 33 lines.
Taken once in England by Haliday ; unknown to me;
otherwise noticed as captured in Holland and Germany.
5. Coelinius gracilis, Haliday.
Alysia (C.) gracilis, Hal., lib. cit., 28, 2 2.
Chenon gracilis, Curt., B. E., 289.
C. gracilis, Marsh., lab. cit., p. 519, 2 2.
2 Black, pubescent, with the middle of the abdomen ferru-
ginous. Head subcubic, as broad as long, hardly emarginate
posteriorly, wider than the thorax; mandibles and palpi
ferruginous. Antenne shorter than the body, stout, submoniliform,
broadly rufous towards the base, 36-jointed. Wings largely
infumated in the middle; stigma and nervures of the charac-
teristic region fuscous ; base and extremity of the wings whitish,
with yellowish nervures; the fuscescent patch generally extends
across the cubital areolets to the tip of the wing, the radial and
posterior areolets remaining pale; sometimes however the wings
are hardly at all clouded. Legs ferruginous; femora of the 2nd
pair in great part blackish ; hind cox and femora, together with the
tips of the tibiz, blackish, as also are the extremities of all the tarsi.
Abdomen claviform, slightly compressed ; 2nd segment ferruginous,
bright testaceous, or yellow, blackish at the apex ; all the following
segments blackish. Terebra almost concealed. ¢ Antenne
slender, longer than the body, black, with the base piceous, 54-
jointed ; wings infumated, hyaline at the base and in the radial
areolet ; squamule piceous ; legs darker than those of the 9, having
also the intermediate cox and the hind tarsi blackish ; abdomen
very elongate ; Ist segment black; 2nd and 3rd (taken together)
obscurely ferruginous, darker at the base and apex ; 4th and 5th
blackish, or the base of the 4th ferruginous ; the following segments
blackish. 2 Length, 23 ; exp. 3? lines; ¢ length, 3; exp. 44 lines.
Var. ¢ Abdomen black, with only a rufous band across the 2nd
segment.
-
6 Rev. 'T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
The ? may be distinguished from that of the following
species by the clearness of its tints, the greater size, and
more elongated form, especially as regards the head and
the basal segment of the abdomen: but the differences are
less marked in the other sex.
Found very rarely in N. Ireland, according to Haliday :
more common in England, where I have taken 49s and
oo &
6. Ceelinius elegans, Haliday.
Alysia (C.) elegans, Hal., lib. cit., 23, f ¢.
Chenon elegans, cingulatus, similis, rufonotatus, and
brevicornis, Curt., B. E., 289.
C. elegans, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 520, F 2.
? Black, with the middle of the abdomen ferruginous. Head
transverse, as wide as the thorax, or nearly:so. Antenne stout,
longer than the head and thorax, submoniliform, 30-32-jointed,
blackish, ferruginous at the base and sometimes as far as the middle ;
the articulations subquadrate. Wingsslightly infumated, subhyaline
towards the base ; squamulz brownish ; stigma and nervures fuscous
or fusco-ferruginous. Fore legs testaceous ; intermediate coxe, and
greater part of the femora of the same pair, blackish, as well as the
tips of all the tarsi ; hind legs blackish, with the trochanters, the tibize
nearly to the apex, and the base of the tarsi, ferruginous ; the exten?
of the dark colour is liable to vary. First abdominal segment
shorter than in the preceding species ; segments 2-3 rufous or dull
testaceous, the rest black. Terebra almost concealed. ¢ Antenne
rather longer than the body, slender, black, 40-45-jointed ; middle
of the abdomen very obscurely ferruginous or piceous, Length, 14-23
lines ; exp. 24-37 lines.
Var. ¢ Black ; mandibles rufescent ; palpi ferruginous ; base of
the antennz beneath, middlerof the abdomen, ‘and legs, rufous ; 4
posterior coxze, and sometimes the upper edge of the hind femora,
blackish. Length, 24 lines (Haliday). The author adds that having
no @ of this var. he did not venture to set apart the ¢s as a distinct
species. In fact they do not appear to differ, except in coloration.
A common species in Great Britain and Ireland.
IX. CHANON, Curtis.
Curt., B. E., 289 (1829).
Form elongate, sublinear. Maxillary palpi unusually long, with 6
joints ; of which the 3rd is shorter and stouter than the 3 following ;
labial palpi 4-jointed. Head longer than broad, much prolonged.
British Braconide. ri
behind the eyes, depressed, not wider than the thorax ; occiput deeply
excavated ; vertex slightly emarginate posteriorly, traversed by a
fine medial furrow ; a deep fovea at the base of the antennz ; face
horizontal, carinated in the middle ; clypeus discrete ; mandibles 4-
denticulate, the 3rd denticle elongate, acute. Antenne setiform,
multiarticulate, shorter than the bodyin the 2 ,very elongate in the ¢.
Prothorax deeply sunk between the head and the mesothorax, trans-
versely wrinkled ; mesonotum punctate, with inchoate furrows ; an
oblong foveola before the scutellum ; furrow of the mesopleure rugose,
metathorax rugose, reticulate, with two irregular longitudinal carinze.
Stigma elongate-oval, lanceolate, emitting the radial nervure near the
middle ; radial areolet like that of Dacnusa, semi-oval, attenuated
and slightly sinuate before the extremity, which is remote from the
tip of the wing. Hind pair of legs robust, elongate. Abdomen
twice as long as the head and thorax ; Ist segment in the 9 slender,
sublinear, finely striolate ; 2nd and following segments strongly
compressed, like the blade of an oar; hypopygium somewhat
prominent, shewing the blunt extremity of the terebra ; in the ¢ the
2nd and following segments are depressed, forming an elongate club.
Curtis in 1829 published an excellent figure of C. anceps
? , with indications of eleven other British species : he was
not aware that the same genus had been described in 1818
by Nees v. Esenbeck, under the name Cwlinius. The
latter author in his Monograph described two species of
Celinius, of which the first, parvulus, is a synonym of
anceps, but he was not acquainted with the @, and
described two fsas f~ 2; the second 7#, from Vienna,
belongs to an uncertain species. These defects render it
advisable, in spite of priority, to prefer the more
characteristic name anceps, and to avoid the absurdity of
calling the largest species parvulus. Haliday in 1839
suppressed Chenon, and assembled all the cognate species
under the name Celinius. Forster has utilised both names,
attributing to Chenon the large typical species, and all the
others to Celinius. Schiddte and Zetterstedt have con-
tributed to increase the number of synonyms.
Chenon anceps, Curtis.
Stephanus parvulus, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl. 1811, p. 4, ¢
(not of H. Sch.)
Celinius parvulus, Nees, Mon. i, 9, 2.
C. anceps, Curtis, B. E., pl. celxxxix, f 2 ; Marsh., (2d. cit.,
p. 513, fg.
-
8 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
Alysia (Celinius) anceps, Hal., lib. cit., 20, f 2.
2 Ichneumon cultriformis, Latr., Hist. Nat. Cr. et Ins.,
iii (1802).
Celinius flecuosus, H. Sch. Fortsetz. v. Panzer, 156. 138.
2 Black ; abdomen rufous, black at the base. Face clothed with
whitish pubescence; mandibles piceous; clypeus and _ palpi
testaceous; antenne pubescent, shorter than the body, 50-55-
jointed, the 2nd, or more joints, brownish testaceous. Meso-
sternum beset with whitish hairs. Wings slightly infumated ;
squamule rufous; stigma and nervures fuscous; hind wings pro-
portionately broader than in Celinius. Legs rufous, hind tibie and
tarsi black, as well as the tips of the hind femora and of the 4
anterior tarsi ; hind tibize sometimes rufous at the base ; hind coxee
somewhat compressed, punctulate, often fuscescent, scarcely shorter
than the lstabdominal segment. This latter, and the base of the 2nd
segment, black, the 2nd striolate at the extreme base; 3rd and
following rufous with a black streak on the dorsal ridge ; hypopy-
gium and valves of the terebra black. ¢ Antenne longer than the
body, 60-67 jointed; posterior segments infuscated, or at least
cinctured with fuscous. Length, 24-33 ; exp. 34-43 lines.
Var. ¢ Palpi and squamule fuscous ; intermediate coxze blackish
at the base; middle of femora and tips of tibize and of tarsi in the
same pair blackish ; hind legs blackish with the trochanters and the
extreme base of the femora rufous ; abdomen black above, rufous in
the middle. Haliday.
The white cocoon of C. anceps was found by Nees
attached to a dead larva unknown. If this remark of Nees
refers to the present species, the larva in question must
have been dipterous: but there is nothing to shew that
the ¢ intended was not the second specimen sent by
Dahl from Vienna, which could not have been C. anceps.
This species is not very common, but occurs occasionally
in marshy places throughout Great Britain and Ireland,
also in Sweden, Lapland, and France. I have found the
@ in Devonshire, singly, and once captured several of both
sexes in a watery meadow on the banks of the Dee near
Braemar.
X, POLEMON, Giraud.
Giraud, Verh. der zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, 1863, p. 17, sqq.
This genus, now first introduced into the British Fauna,
has many of the characters of Celinius and Chenon, but
British Braconidae. 9
differs in the important structure of the abdomen. Form
elongate, subcylindric. Head subcubic; vertex almost
plane; front depressed; occiput deeply excavated, not
margined ; clypeus broad, transverse, elevated, separated
from the face by a deep suture ; mandibles quadridentate,
one of the median teeth being the largest: maxillary palpi
6-, labial 4~jointed, one half shorter than the maxillary ;
eyes glabrous. Antenne ? shorter than the body, those
of the ¢ rather longer, multiarticulate. Prothorax very
short; mesothorax and scutellum finely but sparingly
punctulate ; mesothoracic furrows wide and deep, converg-
ing to a broad fovea before the scutellum ; furrow of the
mesopleurz broad, crenulate, united anteriorly to a second
furrow, obliquely placed near the insertion of the wings ;
metathorax rugose, irregularly and often indistinctly
canaliculate in the middle longitudinally. Stigma lan-
ceolate, emitting the radial nervure somewhat beyond
the middle ; radial areolet lanceolate, remote from the tip
of the wing; radial nervure faintly sinuated before the
extremity; recurrent nervure distinctly rejected. Abdomen
sessile, depressed, as long as the rest of the body, or longer,
striolate from the base to beyond the middle of the 3rd
segment, moderately compressed at the apex in the ? ;
Ist segment nearly as wide as the metathorax, very little
contracted at the base; 2nd suture well marked. Terebra
hardly exserted. Description slightly abridged from
Giraud.
Only two species of Polemon are known, P. liparx and
P. melas, Giraud, the second of which is suspected of
being a melanic variety of the first. A third species has
been described by Van Vollenhoven as P. albimanus ; this
however has not the sessile abdomen and striolate seg-
ments of Polemon, and manifestly belongs to Cwlinius.
Polemon lipare, Giraud.
P. lypare, Giraud, lib, cit., p. 18; Marsh., lb. cit., p. 524,
GS ple, £ 6,. 2:
? Black ; middle of the abdomen rufous. Head pubescent, rather
wider than the thorax, punctate on the face, and sides of the vertex,
more vaguely above ; clypeus very short, more or less sinuate on the
anterior margin; palpi testaceous, the two first joints of the
-
10 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
maxillary smaller than the rest, the 3rd stoutest, the following elon-
gate, nearly equal. Antenne about 55-jointed. Thorax pubescent;
mesonotum and scutellum rather shining, finely and sparingly
punctulate. Wings more or less infumated or tinged with rufous ;
squamuland stigma black; nervures fuscous or fusco-rufescent, lighter
towards the base ; 2nd discoidal areolet completely closed. Legs
rufous ; hind tarsi and tips of tibie of the same pair blackish.
Abdomen depressed for the greater part of its length, slightly com-
pressed near the ‘apex, sessile; Ist segment one half longer than
broad, hardly contracted at the base, faintly margined, covered with
rugosities which become longitudinal posteriorly, and surmounted by
a medial carina which is effaced before the hind margin ; this
segment is rufous more or less at the apex ; segments 2-3 are also
rufous ; 4 rufous with the hind margin black, or black with the base
rufous, or even entirely black ; the longitudinal strize extend as far
as the middle or two thirds of the 3rd segment, the margin of which,
and the whole of the following segments are smooth, and very
vaguely punctulate ; the ventral surface is of the same colour as the
dorsal, but the red extends over the first segment; a distinct fold
runs throughout the ventral surface; the terebra issues froin the
anal extremity, and not from a ventral fissure. ¢ Similar;
antenne longer, with 65-68 joints ; abdomen not compressed at the
apex, and shewing one more segment than that of the 9 ; apical seg-
ments black. Length, 34 ; exp. 64 lines.
Var. 2 First abdominal segment entirely rufous.
Parasite of the diptera Lipara lucens, Meig., L. tomentosa,
Macq., and ZL. similis, Schiner, all three of which are
abundant in the islands and on the banks of the Danube,
near Vienna, forming galls on Phragmites communis. The
size of P. lipare varies naturally as that of its victim, the
specimens proceeding from JZ. lucens being the largest.
The cocoon is of a deeper rufous than that of the flies,
more strongly compacted and more narrowly cylindric ;
the parasite, in order to escape, perforates the culm of the
reed near the top. The species of Lipara are rare in
Britain, and hence the presence of this parasite was not
suspected until, by the kindness of Mr. Bignell, I was
shewn the unique specimen in Mr. Dale’s cabinet, ticketed
as having been bred from L. lucens. P. lipare is also
recorded by Van Vollenhoven as taken in Holland.
British Braconide. 11
VI. FLEXILIVENTRES.
APHIDIIDES.
Head usually transverse, contracted posteriorly, articu-
lated to the lower part of the anterior face of the thorax ;
occiput margined, at least in part, (except in the
genus Dyscritus), narrow, abruptly truncate ; mandibles
bidenticulate, cuneiform, narrow, hardly curved; palpi
short, the maxillary not so long as the head, 2-4-
jointed; labial palpi 1-3-jointed; clypeus subtriangu-
lar. Antenne filiform or submoniliform, 11—25-27-
jointed, shorter than the body in the ¢s, longer
in the fs. Prothorax short; mesothorax gibbous ;
furrows of the mesonotum generally effaced, but distinct
in Praon and some species of Aphidius ; metathorax short,
sloping from its base, usually areolated. First discoidal
areolet of the fore wings contiguous to the parastigma ;
the rest of the neuration is either tolerably complete,
with 3 cubital areolets (Hphedrus, Toxares), or incomplete
(Praon, Aphidius, Monoctonus, Dyscritus), having but 2
cubital areolets, often only 1, and sometimes none; in
these latter cases the radial and cubital nervures are ab-
ruptly effaced before running half their course, and the
exterior third of the wing is deprived of nervures: inter-
cubital nervures effaced; 1st cubital areolet confounded
with the Ist discoidal (in Praon the separation exists
imperfectly) ; anal nervure interstitial (except in Dyseri-
tus), but feebly expressed or obsolete ; the inferior wings
have only two longitudinal nervures, indicating a costal
areolet which is open at the extremity; the ? of one
species of Aphidius is entirely apterous, the corresponding
} is unknown. Legs of ordinary form. Abdomen sub-
petiolate or subsessile, longer than the head and thorax,
exhibiting 7 segments above, and 6 beneath; the 3 first
segments are loosely articulated, so that the abdomen
curves easily forwards under the thorax, an attitude
necessary for oviposition, originally belonging to the
larva when curled up within the globular body of an
Aphis, and which the perfect insect shews a tendency to
assume occasionally throughout life ; 2nd suture replaced
by an extensible membrane ; hypopygium slightly pro-
jecting beyond the apical dorsal segment of the ?, form-
-
12 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
ing a support to the terebra ; this last briefly exserted, its
valves broad, compressed, of variable form.
The parasitic habits of these insects, differing from those
of the majority of the Braconide, have been known ever
since the year 1695, the date of the “ Arcana Nature” of
Van Leeuwenheek, who first observed them attacking
Aphides. His observations have been repeated and ex-
tended by a number of subsequent writers, so that the
principal facts must be familiar to all entomologists. It
is therefore unnecessary here to enter into many details.
There is nothing remarkable in the process of oviposition,
which is conducted in the manner usual with parasitic
Hymenoptera: the female confides to each puceron a
single egg, which is matured in a few days; the larva
remains generally in the body of the victim till the final
change, making no separate cocoon ; the interior of the
inflated Aphis is however lined with very fine silk. This
is the general rule, to which the genus Praon, so far as is
known, offers the only exception, to be mentioned here-
after in its place. The apterous adult Aphides are gener-
ally chosen by preference, probably because they are
commonly of large size, and supply a greater portion of
nutriment.
No doubt a vast number of these destructive vermin
perish annually from the attacks of their enemies, but it
does not appear that the mischief they cause is ever
effectually controlled. The amateurs of rose-culture
generally find that an infested plant shews strong signs of
deterioration in spite of the industry of the female Aphi-
dius, which, to be effectual, must be supplemented by the
more vigorous measures of human skill. Some of these
parasites, as the common Aphidius avene and A. ervt,
Haliday, are known to attack several different kinds of
Aphis; but in general they are more exclusive, attaching
themselves each to one particular species.
The number of species is certainly very large, but so
little attention has been paid to their distinctions, that it
is impossible to speak with any confidence ; the subject
may almost be regarded as untouched. In fact there exist
only two monographs to which recourse may be had for
detailed information, that of Nees v. Esenbeck, containing
15 species, and that of Haliday, which extends to 44:
the few scattered descriptions occurring in other authors
British Braconide. 13
refer for the most part to species previously published, or
not being conceived upon any fixed plan, they are in
general useless for identification. My own opportunities
of observing these insects have been too few and _ too
desultory to be of much importance in so wide a subject,
and the increased number of species which I am able to
record, as well as the facts relating to their habits, are
largely due to my friend Mr. Bignell, who with his accus-
tomed liberality, entrusted to me his whole collection for
along time. This collection includes the pucerons and
their parasites exhibited together, with the necessary notes
of their origin, and is probably unique in the kingdom.
The Aphides have been named from Buckton’s Monograph,
while they were fresh; the parasites were determined by
me. I need scarcely remark that this operation involves
much difficulty. It appears useless, except in a limited
number of cases, to collect specimens at hap-hazard, as
they can seldom be identified with certainty. The mi-
nute differences which distinguish them, and the dissimi-
larity of the sexes, are serious obstacles, which become
still more intractable after the drying of the specimens.
The only way seems to be, to take from their food-plant a
sufficient number of infested Aphides (easily recognised
by their swollen and motionless bodies), and to keep them
till their parasites come forth: by this means the correct
association of the sexes is insured, and their characters
may be verified or recorded from fresh specimens. A cer-
tain smattering of botanical knowledge is requisite, suffi-
cient to name the wild and garden plants of Great Britain ;
and also the somewhat rarer accomplishment of a know-
ledge of Aphides ; but this latter may always be acquired
‘by the use of Buckton’s Monograph.
A few hyperparasites of the Aphidiides have been ob-
served, the commonest being the minute Cynipids of the
genus Allotria. It is now certain, from the observations
of Bignell, that these are true hyperparasites, depositing
their eggs in the bodies of the Aphidw contained within
the pucerons. Other parasites, of less certain habits,
belong to the Chalcididze and Proctotrypide, respecting
which it still remains doubtful whether their attacks are
directed against the Aphides themselves, or against their
internal devourers. I shall take occasion to mention
these hyperparasites in their proper places.
-
14 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
TABLE OF GENERA.
(2) 1. Prediscoidal areolet separated from the
1st cubital by a nervure which is often
partially, but never wholly, effaced .. 3
(1) 2. Prediscoidal areolet not distinct from
the Ist cubital ... ... 7
(4) 3. No intercubital nervures ; the ‘single
cubital areolet extends to the tip of
the wing... ... i. PRaon.
(3) 4. Intercubital nervures. more or less dis-
tinct; 3 cubital areolets ... ... 5
(6) 5. Abdomen lanceolate, subsessile; an-
tenn 11-jointed in both sexes... ... ii. EPHEDRUS.
(5) 6, Abdomen orbicular, subpetiolate ; an-
tennz with more than 11 joints ... iii. ToxArEs.
(8) 7. Abdomen orbicular ... ... ... ... ... iv. Monocronus.
(7) 8. Abdomen lanceolate 9
(10) 9. Antennz 10-13- jointed ; ; “Ventral valve
of the? furnished with two setiform
apical appanage: longer than the
terebra ... v. TRIoxys.
(9) 10. Antennz with more than 13 “joints
(rarely with 11, 12, or 13 joints, in the
most minute of the genus Aphidius) ;
ventral valve of the ? without appen-
dages ... 11
(12) 11. Head transverse, not produced behind
the eyes;i cheeks not dilated; anal
nervure interstitial... vi. APHIDIUS.
(11) 12. Head longer than broad, much ‘produc2d
behind the eyes ; cheeks dilated ; anal
nervure springing from the middle of
the piece of the teen
areolet ... . . vil. Dyscritus.
I. PRAON, Haliday.
Hal., Ent. Mag., i, 483 (1833).
Head subglobular, flattened anteriorly ; maxillary palpi 4-, labial
3-jointed ; mandibles deeply bidenticulate. Antennz with a variable
number of joints, always greaterin the males. Mesothoracic furrows
distinct ; thorax somewhat downy. Preediscoidal areolet separated
from the 1st cubital by a nervure more or less indistinct ; podis-
coidal widened exteriorly; no intercubital nervures, the radial
nervure forming no angles, the single cubital areolet extending to
the tip of the wing; stigma triangular, short, but prolonged in a
fine line to the parastigma ; costal areolet of the hind wings closed.
Abdomen of the 2 almost sessile, lanceolate, shorter in the ¢, oval
sublinear, first segment short, the spiracular tubercles basal. Terebra
conical, horizontal or slightly curved upwards.
This genus may be recognised (1) by the radial nervure,
which presents no vestige of the anastomoses giving
origin to the intercubital nervures; (2) by the stigma,
which is shorter than in the other genera, but emits
a linear prolongation to the parastigma ; and (3) by the
British Braconide. 15
shortness and width of the 1st segment, giving a sessile
appearance to the abdomen. Eight species have been
described in Europe, and a greater number in America;
the determination of all of them is difficult. Three are
found in the monograph of Nees v. Esenbeck, arranged
by that author under the genus Blacus, but their deserip-
tions are unsatisfactory. The species of Praon, in passing
into the pupal state, depart from the practice adopted by
the other known Aphidians ; the latter, as mentioned above,
remain within the body of the puceron, which serves them
instead of a cocoon. The Praons, on the contrary, pierce
a hole in the belly of the Aphis, and construct for them-
selves a separate shelter on the leaf beneath, resembling a
tent or pavilion, usually surmounted by the empty skin of
the victim ; see a Memoir by Mr. Howard (Insect Life, vol.
iv., p. 196) where is figured the construction made by an
American species, corresponding exactly with those found
in England on currant and other leaves. The Chalcid
hyperparasite Pachycrepis clavata, Walker, was supposed
by Haliday to be the maker of these tent-like cocoons
(Ent. Mag.. 11, p. 99), but, as it appears, erroneously, both
Bignell andmyself having several times obtained Praon,and
not Pachycrepis, from the tents in question. The Chalci-
didz also are not generally known to make cocoons,
availing themselves of the body of their defunct host, or
else changing into a naked pupa on the ground.
TABLE OF SPECIES.
(2) 1. Antennz of the ? 14-jointed (rarely
with 13 or 15-18 joints) ; those of the
6 15-18-jointed ... oun 1. aljectum, Hal.
2. Antenne 6 @? 18-23: jointed 3
(4) 3. Abdomen yellowish rufous ; occiput and
mesonotum black, the rest of the body
testaceous, pubescent roe he 2. exoletum, Nees.
4. Abdomen blackish or fuscous, ‘often
more or less testaceous at the base ... 5
5. Wings infumated below the radial
areolet ... ... “bo, coo tan enn a CHING, IEEE
(5) 6. Wings not infumated
7. Antenne g 2 notably longer than the
pod ye=--e 4. longicorne, Marsh.
8. Antennze of the 9 not or hardly longer
than the body; those of the ¢ a little
lonzene ye. 9
(10) 9. First abdominal ‘segment yeddish testa-
ceous at the extremity, or entirely of
that colour, as well as the base or
the whole of the 2nd segment ...
(9) 10. First abdominal segment fuscous, like
all the following; segments 2-3 with
a slight rufous tinge ... ... ... ... 6. volucre, Hal.
Oo
. flavinode, Hal.
all
16 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
1. Praon abjectum, Haliday.
Aphidius (P.) abjectus, Hal., Ent. Mag., 1, 485, 2.
P. abjectum, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Eur. et d’Alg.,
Bracon. vol. 11, p. 534, f 2.
The smallest species, of shorter form than the rest, and
resembling exoletwm which is distinguished by its rufous
abdomen.
9 Black, abdomen brown, paler at the middle of the base. Oral
parts and palpi brownish. Antenne rather shorter than the body,
14-jointed, rarely with 13- or 15-18-joints, the 3rd joint
testaceous at the base. Metathorax smooth, not areated. Wings
subhyaline ; squamule black; radicles brownish; stigma pale,
cinerous ; basal nervures fuscous, the others almost effaced ; cubital
nervure scarcely perceptible, but reaching to the point where
the 2nd cubital should terminate. Legs ferruginous ; base of the
4 posterior femora, middle of tibiz, coxze and tips of tarsi, fuscescent.
Abdomen somewhat longer than the head and thorax, and in the
middle as broad as the latter; 1st segment clear brown, one half
longer than broad, its tubercles basal, subobsolete ; the following
segments form an oval, lanceolate, and acute at the apex ; 2nd seg-
ment of the same colour, the following becoming gradually darker,
the last black. Valves of the terebra black. ¢ Similar; antenne
entirely black, somewhat longer than the body, 15-18-jointed ; Ist
segment narrower than that of the 9. Length, }-1 line; exp.
13-2 lines.
Common in autumn; a parasite, according to Haliday,
of one of the pucerons of Angelica sylvestris ; also taken
by him on a willow. More recently Bignell reared several
specimens from Aphis epilobii, Kaltenbach, on Lpilobium
hirsutum, hairy willow-herb ; from Aphis hieracit, Kalten-
bach, on Pastinaca sativa, the parsnip; and from Z'ychea
phaseoli, Passerini, on Phaseolus vulgaris, the kidney bean.
It attacks also Siphonophora lactucx, Kalt., on Lactuca
scariola, the lettuce, and from this last aphis, which formerly
infested lettuces in my garden, I bred the two sexes.
2. Praon exoletum, Nees.
Bracon exoletus, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl., 1811, p. 30.
Aphidius exoletus, Nees, Mon. i, 25 ; Wesm., Nouv. Mém.
Ac. Brux. 1835, p. 81; Ratz., Ichn. d. Forst. ii, 63;
Bouche, Naturg. (1834) 162, $ 9.
British Braconide. LZ
Aphidius (P.) exoletus, Hal., lib. cit., 484, 2.
P. exoletwm, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 535, ff.
Abdomen reddish testaceous ; occiput and mesonotum black; the
rest of the body testaceous, pubescent. @ Head wider than the
thorax, testaceous beneath the antennz, black above, almost smooth.
Antenne blackish with the 3 first joints testaceous, 18-23-jointed.
Wings hyaline with an obscure tinge, pubescent; stigma and
nervures pale. Legs testaceous; claws black. First abdominal
segment rectangular, subcylindric, margined, slightly rugulose,
somewhat constricted in the middle ; the following segments almost
flat above, the apical segment bifid at the extremity. Terebra as
long as the two last segments. ¢ Testaceous ; occiput, eyes, and
tips of the antenne, black; mesonotum infuscated ; abdomen
lanceolate, acute at the extremity. Length, 3 line.
Var. Body blackish ; legs rufo-testaceous.
I have not seen this species, described as above by Nees
and others. It has been noticed in several countries of
Europe, viz., Germany, Italy, Belgium, and Russia.
3. Praon dorsale, Haliday.
Aphidius (P.) dorsalis, Hal., lib. cit., 484, 2.
P. dorsale, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 536, 2.
Abdomen fusco-ferruginous, obscure, the Ist segment blackish.
? Blackish, the underside of the thorax rufotestaceous. Clypeus
and oral parts rufotestaceous; palpi paler, elongate. Antenne
20-21-jointed, broadly testaceous at the base. Wings elongate,
ample, hyaline, with a small cloudy space beneath the radial
nervure; stigma pale browu, yellowish during life; nervures
fuscous ; squamule piceous. Legs flavo-ferruginous, slender, longer
than in the other species. First abdominal segment narrowed
posteriorly. Terebra black. g@ Unknown. Length, 1}; exp. 24
lines.
Not common, according to Haliday, who had seen only
three females. The species is distinguished by the
unusual length of the palpi, wings, and legs.
4. Praon longicorne, Marshall.
P. longicorne, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 536, ff.
Antenne ¢ ¢ considerably longer than the body. 9? Head and
thorax black ; abdomen piceous, testaceous at the extremity, Ist
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PARTI. (APRIL) 2
_
18 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
segment rufous, black at the base. Antenne very slender, fili-
form, 22-jointed, black, with the 3 -first joints testaceous, Thorax
black both above and beneath ; metathorax beset with whitish hairs.
Wings ample, very long, hyaline ; squamule and radicles testaceous,
stigma pale yellow; nervures brownish. Legs flavo-testaceous ;
abdomen lanceolate, hardly longer than the head and thorax ; Ist
segment twice as long as broad, longitudinally wrinkled, margined,
with very small tubercles, which are placed before the middle ; the
sides of this segment diverge a little from the base as far as the
tubercles, after which they are parallel to the extremity ; the last
segment, the greater part of the preceding, and the ventral valve
are testaceous. Valves of the terebra black. ¢ Smaller; antennez
one-third longer than the body, 22-jointed, black, with the 2: first
joints testaceous; clypeus and mandibles rufescent; palpi pale
testaceous ; legs more obscure than those of the 2, femora dull
reddish, hind coxe infuscated at the base ; abdomen shorter than
the head and thorax, 1st segment black, 2nd testaceous with a dark
spot on each side ; following segments brown. ? Length,1$; exp.
3 lines; ¢ length, 1 ; exp., 24 lines.
The sexes not having been bred together, there is no
proof that they are correctly paired, nevertheless they
present only the usual difference of sex, while the length
of the antennz renders them distinct from the rest of the
species. I captured the 2 in Wales, and Bignell reared
the g in Devonshire from Siphonophora chelidonit,
Kaltenbach, the puceron commonly found on the greater
celandine, Chelidoniwm majus, but in this instance living
on Rubus ideus, the raspberry bush.
5. Praon flavinode, Haliday.
Aphidius (P.) flavinodis, Hal., lab. cit., 485, 2.
P. flavinode, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 538, 2, pl. xvii, f. 2.
? Blacus emacerator, Nees, Mon.,i, 193, 2 2, teste Curtis
in “ Guide.”
? First abdominal segment rufotestaceous at the extremity, or
entirely of that colour, as well as the base or the whole of the 2nd.
Head and thorax black above ; face, prothorax, and pectus, rufo-
testaceous ; abdomen after the 2nd segment, dark brown. Oral parts
yellowish. Antennze shorter than the body, having 18-19-joints, of
which the 3 first are testaceous. Mesothoracic furrows complete and
distinct ; metathorax rufescent, without a medial carina. Wings
hyaline, less ample than those of dorsale (sp. 3) ; stigma colourless
British Braconide. 19
(yellow during life), the nervures which surround it, as well as those
of the basal region, fuscous, distinct ; 1st discoidal areolet half con-
founded with the Ist cubital ; radial nervure short, arcuate; cubital
nervure nearly effaced. Legs shorter than those of sp. 3, testaceous,
including the coxe. Abdomen compressed from the base of the
3rd segment, carinated above throughout its length ; Ist segment
one half longer than broad, with salient tubercles situated near the
base ; 3rd and following segments black, as well as the short valves
of the terebra.* @¢ Unknown. Length, 1; exp. 2} lines.
Rare; a parasite of Pterocallis tilix, L., the puceron of
Tilia europea, the lime tree; and of Siphonophora
absinthii, L., the puceron of Artemisia absinthiwm, worm-
wood.
6. Praon volucre, Haliday.
Aphidius (P.) volucris, Hal., lib. cit., 484, 2 2.
P. volucre, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 538, 3 2.
? Blacus angulator, Nees, Mon., i. 193, 2.
Abdomen dark-brown, the 2nd and 3rd segments with a rufous
tinge. @Q head and thorax black; prothorax sometimes rufo-
testaceous above. Head subglobular, not wider than the thorax ;
clypeus rufotestaceous ; palpi paler. Antenne very slender, filiform,
as long asthe body, with 19 joints, of which the two basal are rufes-
cent, the 3rd testaceous, and all the rest black ; 3rd joint very long.
Mesothoracie furrows distinct ; prothorax wrinkled transversely,
sometimes black beneath and sometimes rufous ; metathorax smooth,
without a medial carina. Wings hyaline ; squamula, radicles, and
nervures pale brownish testaceous ; stigma very pale, yellowish ; 1st
discoidal areolet not entirely separated from the 1st cubital ; radial
nervure curved without an angle, its external portion (the 3rd
abscissa) traced almost invisibly to the tip of the wing, as also is the
cubital nervure. Legs obscurely testaceous. Abdomen longer than
the head and thorax, lanceolate, brown, black at the extremity, some-
what lighter or rufescent on the 2nd suture and at the base of the
2nd segment ; belly reddish-brown ; ventral valve somewhat sur-
passing the last dorsal segment. Valves of the terebra black. ¢
Similar ; antenne a little longer than the body, stouter than those
ofthe 9, 22-jointed, black with the two basal joints brownish ; 3rd
* The valves of the terebra of Hymenoptera being almost always
black, it seems superfluous to mention their colour ; but as some of
the present group have testaceous valves, the distinction must be
noticed.
a
20 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
joint of the same length as the following ; legs more obscure ; abdo-
men somewhat claviform, not longer than the head and thorax.
Length, 1} ; exp. 2+ lines.
The commonest species of the genus: it seems to be
polypbagous, having been reared from the following
pucerons: Callipterus quercus, Kalt. on Quercus robur, the
oak ; Siphonophora sonchi, L. on sow-thistle, Sonchaus
oleraceus ; S. absinthii, L. on Artemisia absinthiuwm, worm-
wood; SS. chelidonii, Kalt. on the greater celandine,
Chelidonium majus; Aphis pruni, Réaumur, infesting the
apple-tree, Pyrus malus; the plum-tree, Prunus domestica :
the apricot-tree P. armeniaca; and the medlar, Mespilus
germanica. To these may be added some undetermined
pucerons of the garden chrysanthemum, Chrysanthemum
stnense, and of the Reine-Marguerite or China-aster, Aste
chinensis. The pupal state lasts only 11 days; it is
passed in a pyramidal tent-like cocoon constructed on a
leaf, under the empty skin of the aphis, which either
remains in position, or is detached by the wind or other
accident. A gf bred from Callipterus had the Ist
segment rufous, and the dividing nervure between the Ist
cubital and preediscoidal areolets almost extinct. The
hyperparasites observed from this species were Allotria
Wlrichi, Giraud; Jsocratus vulgaris, Walker; and an
indeterminable or new species of Lamprotatus.
II. EPHEDRUS, Haliday.
Hal., Ent. Mag., 1. 485 (1833).
Head as in the last genus, except that the labial palpi are only
2-jointed. Antenne 11-jointed in both sexes, the 3rd joint longest
in the 9, hardly if at all elongate in the ¢. Thorax pubescent or
glabrous; mesothoracic furrows indistinct, converging as usual.
Preediscoidal areolet complete ; 3 cubital areolets, the 2nd longer
than broad, receiving the recurrent nervure near its base; stigma
prolonged and attenuated at both ends ; radial areolet complete ;
cubital nervure inchoate only ; anal nervure almost interstitial ; no
costal areolet in the hind wings. Abdomen subpetiolate or subsessile,
lanceolate, compressed at the extremity in the 2; in the ¢ shorter,
oboval or sublinear; 1st segment :more or less narrow, cylindric,
somewhat arched, its tubercles obsolete.
Four European and two American species have been
described. They are very similar to the genus Aphidius,
British Braconide. 21
but the neuration of tie wings suffices to separate them.
It is difficult to determine any one of the three English
species without possessing the others for the purpose of
comparison. Wesmael, unacquainted with the writings
of Haliday, named this genus Hlassus (1835).
TABLE OF SPECIES.
(2) 1. First abdominal segment subrectangular,
shorter and broader than in the two
following species, twice as long as
broad, gibbous at the base, with spirac-
ular tubercles situated before the
mid dlewe weet -c nese een eae In dedushaliday.
(1) 2. First abdominal segment linear, three
times as long as broad; spiracular
tubercles situated in the middle... ... 3
(4) 3. Stigma narrow, attenuated and much
elongated inwards ... 2... 2... ... ase
(3) 4. Stigma broader, less attenuated and
elongated inwards ... ... ... ... .. 3. plagiator, Nees.
2. lacertosus, Haliday.
1. Ephedrus validus, Haliday.
Aphidius (#.) validus, Hal., lib. cit., 485, 2 9.
E. validus, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 542; f 2, pl. xvii. f. 5.
? Form much shorter than that of the other species; body
pubescent, pitchy black with a paler spot in the middle of the base
of the 2nd segment. Head punctulate. Antenne shorter than those
of sp. 2; 3rd joint testaceous. Thorax punctulate. Wings sub-
hyaline or slightly infumated ; stigma pale brown, narrower than
that of sp. 3, broader and shorter than that of sp. 2. Legs ferru-
ginous. Abdomen oblong, lanceolate ; 1st segment blackish, granu-
lated, not shining. Valves of the terebra stout, black, elevated at
the extremity, in form somewhat resembling a plough-share. ¢
Similar ; antenne entirely black. Length, 1}; exp. 2 lines.
A rare species according to Haliday, described from
three specimens in the old collection of the Ent. Soc. of
London. Reared by Bignell from Myzus cerasi, Fab., the
common black puceron of the cherry tree.
2. Ephedrus lacertosus, Haliday.
Aphidius (#.) lacertosus, Hal., lib. cit., 486, 2 2.
L. lacertosus, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 543, f Q.
? Black, shining, pubescent. Antenne black, with the Ist joint
ferruginous, the 8rd very long. Wings longer than in sp. 3,
slightly infumated ; nervures brown, stigma pale, yellow during
-
22 Rev. T. A. Marshall's Monograph of
life. Legs ferruginous ; hind femora infuseated. Abdomen linear-
lanceolate ; 1st segment linear, blackish ; 2nd and 3rd piceous or
testaceous. Valves of the terebra rather slender, black. ¢ Similar ;
antenn entirely black, not longer than those of the 9. Length,
1} ; exp. 2% lines.
This parasite is rather common in the fields, attacking
certain pucerons which live on the tine-tare, Hrvwm
hirsutum, the pest of corn-fields; the species of these
pucerons has not been determined. Like the preceding,
it also destroys Myzus cerasi, Fab. According to Haliday
the 2, in the act of oviposition, carries the abdomen in
the same manner as the true Aphidii, but she pierces the
back of the puceron, having the terebra somewhat
inclined, for this purpose; the stroke is not so instan-
taneous, being often prolonged for several seconds.
3. Lphedrus plagiator, Nees.
Bracon plagiator, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl. 1811, p. 17.
Aphidius (£.) plagiator, Hal. /. c,; Curtis in Morton’s
Cyclop. Agric., s. v. Aphis, pl. xvii, ff. 7,8; Farm.
Ins. pp..290, 292) pl. xxxix, 14, f
Aphidius parcicornis, Nees, Mon., i, 16; Hlassus parei-
cornis, Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux., p. 86, pl. i
(wing), f @.
E. plagiator, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 544, 2 2.
9 Antenne longer than the head and thorax. Black, shining,
pubescent, abdomen piceous. Oral parts brownish red ; palpi obscure.
Antenne compressed, rather short, the apical joint not longer than
the preceding; Ist joint rufous, the rest black. Metathorax
regularly areated ; the middle compartment generally the most
distinct, pentagonal. Wings hyaline, nervures brown ; stigma rather
large, not much elongated internally, testaceous, Legs dull red, the
middle pair darker, the hind pair darker still, with the trochanters
and the base or the greater part of the tibiz rufescent ; 4 posterior
coxe blackish. Abdomen linear-lanceolate, piceous brown, some-
times obscurely testaceous in the middle of the 2nd segment; Ist
segment narrow, cylindric, rugose, marked before the extremity
with a transverse impression. Valves of the terebra slender, conical,
black, a little longer than the apical segment, truncate at the ex-
tremity, @ Similar, usually smaller, with darker legs ; abdomen
rounded at the extremity. Length, 3-1 ; exp. 1-2 lines.
British Braconide. 23
A supposed parasite of Stphonophora granaria, Kirby,
a puceron infesting several species of grass. Yet the
identification seems doubtful, judging by Buckton’s figure,
(Aphides, vol. i, pl. vii,) which represents an insect very
different from an LHphedrus. However that may be, Mr.
Buckton’s observation is conclusive with regard to the
minute hyperparasite Lygocerus carpentert, Curtis, which
he viewed under the microscope, enclosed with some
Stphonophorx, This was a §, who was observed to de-
posit several eggs in the bodies of those Siphonophorx
previously occupied by Aphidian parasites. It is therefore
no longer to be doubted that the species of Lygocerus, and
probably many others, if not all, of the Ceraphron group in
the Proctotrypidze, are hyperparasites. H. plagiator, though
not very common, is widely spread, having been noticed in
Germany, Italy, Belgium, Holland, and Spain, whence I
have received specimens from Seville.
III. TOXARES, Haliday.
Trionyx,* Hal., Ent. Mag., i, 487 (1833) ; Toxares, Hal.,
in Westw., Int. 11, Synopsis, 65 (1840).
Head transverse, rounded. Palpi rather long, the maxillary 4-,
the labial 3-jointed; mandibles acute, deeply bidenticulate.
Antennee somewhat elongate, 19-22-jointed. Thorax glabrous ;
mesothoracic furrows hardly visible, converging as usual. Neuration
in general similar to that of Ephedrus ; praediscoidal areolet complete ;
3 cubital areolets ; stigma narrow, elongate, lanceolate at both ends ;
radial areolet cultriform, reaching the tip of the wing ; anal nervure
not interstitial; imtercubital nervures sometimes indistinct.
Abdomen of the ? spathulate, or claviform and flattened, sub-
petiolate; that of the ¢ narrower, oblong; 1st segment linear, the
tubercles situated before the middle ; segments 2-3 the longest, the
rest short, transverse. Terebra curved downwards, its valves much
dilated underneath, of deltoid form, trifid at the extremity.
This genus resembles Praon in the palpi, and Ephedrus
in the wings; in other respects it comes nearer to
Monoctonus, the antenn, the Ist segment, the abdomen of
the $, and the general facies, being much the same;
only the Monoctoni have their labial palpi 2-jointed, ac-
cording to Haliday. In order not to mistake a Torares, on
* Trionyx was rejected on account of its preoccupation as a genus
of Chelonian Reptilia.
-
24 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
a merely cursory inspection, for one of the smaller Opi,
(pygmeator, etc.), it is sufficient to observe the length of
the petiole. Only one species occurs in the British fauna,
and another in America. The so-named Tovwres (Trionyz)
rape, Curtis (Farm. Ins. 73), and figured in McIntosh
(Book of the Garden, ii, 194), belongs to the genus
Aphidius.
Toxares deltiger, Haliday.
Aphidius (Trionyx) deltiger, Hal., lc, 2 2.
Toxares deltiger, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 546, 2 ¢,
pl acvii tar:
2 Head and thorax black, shining ; abdomen either testaceous,
infuscated on the sides, or entirely fuscous; the Ist segment
always rufescent. Mouth and palpi yellowish. Antenne about 19-
jointed, longer than the body, blackish with the 5 or 6 basal joints, or
only the 3rd joint, testaceous. Metathorax carinated in the middle,
and divided into regular compartments, like that of Aphidius. Wings
hyaline ; squamule and radicles dull testaceous ; stigma brownish
yellow, nearly of the same form as that of Ephedrus validus. Legs
rufotestaceous. Abdomen of the same colour, more or less darkened
at the sides and posteriorly. Valves of the terebra rufotestaceous. ¢
Similar ; antennz 21-22-jointed, the two basal joints fuscous, the 3rd
testaceous (in my specimen) ; abdomen less rounded than that of
the 2 ; Ist segment more clearly rufous. Length, 14; exp. 25
lines.
Rare in England, and unnoticed elsewhere. I have
never possessed more than a single example.
IV. MONOCTONUS, Haliday.
Hal., Ent. Mag., i, 487 (1833).
Head transverse, rounded, Maxillary palpi 4-jointed ; labial
very short, 2-jointed. Antenne not longer than the body, with a
variable number of joints, greater in the ¢. Mesonotum glabrous,
the furrows obsolete or very indistinct ; metathorax without a medial
carina, not areated. Praediscoidal areolet confounded with the Ist
eubital ; 2 cubital areolets at most, the Ist large, irregular, shorter
than in the genus’ Aphidius, not so long as the stigma, half obsolete ;
stigma narrow, triangular, elongate, emitting the radial nervure from
its middle; 1st abscissa of this nervure straight, placed obliquely ;
2nd as long as the Ist, then suddenly disappearing ; podiscoidal
areolet open on the inner side; anal nervure interstitial. This
British Braconide. 25
description of the wings is made from JM. nervosus ; in the other
species the characteristic part of the neuration is colourless and
indistinct, the cubital and radial areolets entirely disappearing.
Some males having the 2nd cubital areolet badly defined are hardly
distinguishable from those of the following genus, which however
may be separated by the form of the stigma. Abdomen of the 9
spathulate, suborbicular ; or else lanceolate, enlarged in the middle ;
Ist segment slender, linear. Terebra curved downwards, its valves
acutely pointed, and dilated at the base beneath, so as to resemble
somewhat a plough-share.
The three species are far from common, and difficult to
find, occurring on aquatic plants in marshes.
TABLE OF SPECIES.
(2) 1. Second cubital areolet complete and dis-
tinct . 1. nervosus, Hal.
(1) 2. Second cubital areolet obsolete as to its
exterior half, or entirely effaced... .. 3
(4) 3. Face, prothorax, pectus, and tip of the
abdomen, rufotestaceous ; the rest of
the head, and the dise of the thorax,
black ; abdomen brown, testaceous at
both ends . >
(3) 4. Face, prothorax, pectus, ‘and. tip ‘of the
abdomen, black ; the rest of the abdo-
men pale ... ... =. Oo: carecis, Hal.
bo
. paludum, Marsh.
1. Monoctonus nervosus, Haliday.
Aphidius (M.) nervosus, Hal., lib. crt., 488, 2 ; IW. nervosus,
Marsh., lib. cit., p. 548, 2.
Q Black: antennze 16-jointed, testaceous towards the base,
the scape fuscous. Wings obscure; stigma pale brownish ;
nervures stout, fuscous. Legs ferruginous, hind femora infuscated.
First abdominal segment blackish, 2nd pale brown ; the rest blackish.
Valves of the terebra brown. ¢ Unknown. Length, ?; exp. 13
lines.
Only two females were known to Haliday, the author of
the above description; the species has not occurred since.
2. Monoctonus paludum, Marshall.
M. paludum, Marsh., l.¢, 2, pl. xvii, f. 2.
@ Oral parts and palpi testaceous. Antennz shorter than the
body, 13-jointed, black, with the Ist joint ‘and the base of the 2nd
testaceous. Metathorax brown, posteriorly rufescent. Wings hyaline;
-
26 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
squamulz blackish ; radicles testaceous ; stigma pale, almost hyaline ;
basal nervures brown ; all the exterior nervures effaced except the
commencement of the radial. Legs rufotestaceous, including the
coxe ; femora and tibiz infuscated above, or almost entirely, both
ends remaining pale. Abdomen stout in the jmiddle, lanceolate,
acute at the extremity ; lst segment rufescent, nearly linear, 24
times as long as broad, the tubercles situated before the middle ;
2nd in great part pale testaceous, fuscescent at the sides ; segments 3
to 5 brown ; the two apical segments pale testaceous. Valves of the
terebra pale, streaked with fuscous above. g¢ Unknown. Length,
1; exp. 2 lines.
I captured two females in the south of England, probably
Devonshire.
3. Monoctonus caricis, Haliday.
Aphidius (M.) caricis, Hal., l.c., 2 ; Ruthe, Stett. Zeit.,
1859, p. 314.
M. caricis, Marsh.,l.¢., f¢ @.
2 Blackish brown; abdomen pale brown or dull-ferruginous,
black at the extremity. Antenne testaceous at the base ; the scape
blackish. Wings hyaline with an obscure tinge ; stigma pale. Legs
flavorufous or ferruginous. First abdominal segment shorter than
in nervosus. Valves of the terebra brown or testaceous. ¢ Black ;
antenne as long as the body, 16-jointed ; legs piceous or ferru-
sinous at the articulations ; abdomen narrower than that of the 9,
pale piceous, blackish at the extremity, and sometimes on the Ist
segment. A variety occurs in which the colours are paler. Length,
+; exp. 1? lines.
Occurs rarely in swampy places on the fescue-grass,
Festuca pratensis, on sedge, Carex, and various Graminacex.
V. TRIOXYS, Haliday.
Hal., Ent. Mag., 1, 488 (1833).
Head transverse, rounded, more bulky than in the preceding
genera. Maxillary palpi 4-, labial 2-jointed. Antenne of the 9?
short, sometimes incrassated towards the tips, 11-jointed (rarely 10-
or 12-jointed) ; those of the ¢ 13-jointed. Mesothoracic furrows
obsolete. Preediscoidal areolet confounded with the 1st cubital ;
British Braconide. a
2nd cubital entirely effaced ; stigma triangular; radial nervure
curved without an angle, effaced before reaching the tip of the
wing, it is however longer than in the genus Aphidius. Abdo-
men lanceolate, petiolate ; ventral valve of the @ furnished with
two slender appendages or horns longer than the terebra, curved
upwards at the extremity; 1st segment linear, the spiracular
tubercles variously placed. Terebra directed somewhat downwards,
as in Monoctonus.
The females may be distinguished at a glance by the
armature of the abdomen; the males may be easily mis-
taken for such of the genus Aphidius as have the 1st
cubital areolet indistinct, but in the latter the radial ner-
vure is shorter, the antennz have usually more articula-
tions, and the form of the stigma is generally narrower.
Ten species of Zvioxys have been described belonging to
the European fauna, and a greater number in America.
TABLE OF SPECIES.
I have found it impossible to tabulate some of these species in a satisfac-
tory manner, partly for want of specimens, and partly (as in the case of the
three last,) on account of defective descriptions.
(ys Antenne 12-jointed... .. ... 1. auctus, Hal,
(1) 2, Antennze with fewer than 12 joints
(4) 3. Antennz with ll joints... ... ... ... 5
(3) 4. Antenne with 10 joints... ... 2. brevicornis, Hal.
(6) 5. Antennze progressively incrassated from
basextOvapex vc. sess ise eocsy Wrest ices i
(dye GeAmtenmze filiform: Vs, eee a cies lees 11
(8) 7. Face testaceous.. 2. o. heracier, Hal.
(7) 8. Face black; only the oral ‘parts pale 9
(10)9. Intermediate segments of the abdomen
fuscous; the posterior yellow (lst
segment dull testaceous) ... 4. aceris, Hal.
(9) 10. All ‘the segments black, except the Ist,
which is clear yellow
(12) 11. Spiracles of the Ist segment situated
. betulw#, Marsh.
On
behind the middle... ... Bee car 15
(11) 12. Spiracles situated in the middle ... ... 13
(14) 18. Appendages of the ventral valve in the
¢@ black. Length,1lline ... .. 6. centaurex, Hal.
(13) 14. Appendages of the ventral valve in n the
9 testaceous. Length, 4 line os
(16) 15. Last joint of the antennz soldered to
the preceding, and ac oh dis-
cernible ... 8. minutus, Hal.
(15) 16. Last joint of the antenn free... U4
(18) 17. Abdomen pale yellow, the intermediate
segments, and sometimes the Lee
terior, infuscated . 9. pallidus, Hal.
(17) 18. Abdomen indistinctly yellowish. an-
teriorly ; 1st ro infuscated in the
TIN amereteses) tes) Were dices ser weesel LON ceezyer, bal.
=~]
. angelice, Hal.
-
28 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
1. Triovys auctus, Haliday.
Aphidius (T.) auctus, Hal., lib. cit., 489, Z Y ; Marsh.,
hb. ct., p. 550, ¢ &.-
2 Head and thorax black, shining ; abdomen piceous, paler or
even yellowish in the middle of the base ; 1st segment fulvo-rufous.
Antenne 12-jointed, Oral parts rufo-flavescent ; base of the antennz
of the same colour. Wings hyaline, somewhat obscure ; stigma
narrower than in most of the species, rufo-flavescent during life,
afterwards, pale brown, like the nervures. Legs fulvo-rufous ;
coxze of the 4 posterior, middle of their femora and of their tibiz,
and tips of their tarsi, blackish. First abdominal segment rather
stout, having its spiracles between the base and the middle. 2
Antenne slender, elongate, black, 12-jointed ; fore femora infuscated
above, tibiee of the same pair infuscated in the middle ; 4 posterior
legs darker than those of the female. Length, ? ; exp. 2 lines nearly.
Not uncommon on willows in England; taken also in
Holland by Van Vollenhoven.
2. Trioxys brevicornis, Haliday.
Aphidius (T.) brevicorinis, Hal., lib. cit., 491, 2 ; Marsh.,
lab. cit., p. 551, 2.
2 Black; abdomen pale brownish, darker at the sides, dull
testaceous at the extremity. Antenne 10-jointed, very short,
thickened towards the tips : apical joint, large, oblong, 3rd pale at the
base. Legs piceous, all the knees, as well as the underside of the fore
femora and fore tibie, ferruginous. Spiracles of the first segment
indicated by minute denticles, situated near the middle, more or less
indistinct. ¢ Unknown. Length, }; exp. 2 line.
Found by Haliday on Uvyobelliferx, especially the
Angelica sylvestris, but unnoticed since his time.
3. Trioxys heraclei, Haliday.
Aphidius (T.) heraclei, Hal., lib. cit., 490, 2 @.
Aphidius obsoletus, Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux. 1835,
p. 83, 2, pl. i, (wing); Ratz., Ichn. d. Forst., ii, 58 ;
iii, 62, ¢ ¢, pl. ii, f.27 (wing).
T. heraclet, Marsh., lib. cié., p. 552, ¢ @.
2 Black ; face yellowish, abdomen of the same colour, infuscated
in the middle, Antenne 11-jointed, progressively thickened from
British Braconide. 29
the base, which is clear yellow; last joint incrassated. Pro-
thorax yellowish, less frequently brownish. Legs yellowish, 4
posterior femora and tibiz infuscated, except at the base ; hind cox
blackish. First abdominal segment denticulated or crenulate on
each side near the middle ; appendages of the ventral valve more
strongly curved than in the other species. ¢ Almost wholly black ;
antenne of the same colour; fore legs, as well as the trochanters,
tibize, and base of tarsi of the 4 posterior, dull testaceous ; abdomen
blackish brown with the base dull yellowish. Length, ? ; exp. 14 lines.
Parasite of the pucerons of the cow-parsnip, Heracleum
sphondylium; very common in July, afterwards disap-
pearing. Taken in Holland by Van Vollenhoven.
4. Trioxvys aceris, Haliday.
Aphidius (T.) aceris, Hal., lib. cit., 490, 2.
Aphidius cirsii, Curtis, B. E., pl. ecclxxxiii, not of Hali-
day, 2.
T. aceris, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 552, 2, pl. xviii, f. 4.
9 Black ; face of the same colour, except the oral parts, which
are testaceous ; abdomen brown above, yellow posteriorly, the Ist
segment dull testaceous. Antennz 11-jointed, much longer than in
any of the following species, progressively thickened from the base ;
apical joint large, oblong ; 2nd and 3rd joints dull testaceous. Wings
hyaline, pubescent, with a slight dusky tinge ; stigma very pale,
almost hyaline ; nervures brown. Legs rufotestaceous ; 4 posterior
femora, middle of their tibiz, and tips of their tarsi infuscated ; so
also the 4 posterior coxe. Abdomen short, depressed ; tubercles of
the lst segment placed near the base. g¢ Unknown. Length, 1;
exp. 24 lines.
Curtis in 1831 described and figured this insect as
Aphidius cirsit, a supposed parasite of the aphis of
Cirsium arvense, or Carduus arvensis. But Haliday, des-
cribing in 1833 the same specimen, reared by himself from
the puceron of the sycamore, Acer pseudoplatanus, changed
the name cirsiz, as being incorrect. Taken in Holland by
Van Vollenhoven.
5. Trioxys betulx, Marshall.
T. betwle, Marsh., lid. cit., p. 553, 2.
@ Black; head and thorax of that colour, only the oral parts:
testaceous; abdomen black except the lst segment which is clear
-
30 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
yellow. Antennz 11-jointed, thickened towards the tips, shorter
than the body, black with the 3 basal joints testaceous. Metathorax
carinated in the middle, regularly areated. Wings hyaline ;
squamule fuscous ; radicles testaceous ; nervures very slender, those
of the basal region brownish, the radial and border of the stigma
testaceous, the latter very pale, hyaline. Legs flavotestaceous ; the 4
posterior brown with the knees and base of the tarsi pale ; hind coxie
brown. Abdomen longer than the head and thorax, lanceolate,
compressed and pointed at the apex ; 1st segment linear, 25 times as
long as broad, having its tubercles placed before the middle ; 2nd,
reddish brown in the middle, blackish on the sides; following
segments black. Valves of the terebra black, compressed, curved
downwards in form of a stout claw ; appendages of the ventral valve
testaceous. ¢@ Unknown. Length, ?; exp. 1} lines.
A single 2 was bred by Bignell from Callipterus
betularius, the puceron of the birch, Betula alba.
6. Trioxys centaurex, Waliday.
Aphidius (T.) centaurex, Hal., lib. cit., 490, 2.
T. centawrex, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 554, FQ.
9 Appendages of the ventral valve black. Black, shining.
Antennz 11-jointed, filiform, longer than the head and thorax, but
shorter than in auctus, black with the 2nd joint and base of the
3rd testaceous. Palpi brownish. Thorax glabrous ; mesothoracic
furrows distinct. Wings hyaline ; squamule and radicles dull
testaceons ; stigma very pale yellow after death ; nervures slender,
brownish. Legs dull testaceous ; coxe, femora, and tibiz of the 4
posterior in great part infuscated ; trochanters and base of the tibiz
testaceous. Abdomen linear-lanceolate, black ; 1st segment narrow,
testaceous at both ends, or entirely ; 2nd narrowly testaceous at the
extremity ; tubercles situated beyond the middle (a character
peculiar to this species and the following). @ Similar ; antennz
rather shorter than the body, 13-jointed, with the extremity of the
2nd joint and base of the 3rd testaceous ; legs darker than those of
the 2 ; abdomen rounded at the apex. Length, 1; exp. 2 lines.
Not common, according to Haliday. The 9 when
engaged in oviposition behaves like an Aphidius: she
applies the terebra to the belly of the puceron; the stroke
given is instantaneous; the two remarkable processes or
horns of the 6th segment are quite useless in the opera-
tion. Haliday once reared this parasite from the aphis of
British Braconide. 31
the knapweed, Centaurea nigra, but obtained only females ;
in endeavouring to repeat his experiment I had better
success, procuring several specimens of both sexes.
7. Trioxys angelice, Haliday.
Aphidius (T.) angelice, Hal., lab. cit., 489, 2.
T. angelicx, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 555, 2.
Q Appendages of the ventral valve testaceous. Head and thorax
black ; abdomen nigro-fuscous, lighter or approaching to testaceous
on the lst segment and in the middle of the 2nd. Oral parts and
palpi yellowish. Antennz 11-jointed, filiform, longer than the
head and thorax, the two basal joints-yellow. Wings hyaline ;
squamulz black ; radicles dull testaceous ; stigma reddish yellow,
pale brown after death. Legs fulvo-ferruginous ; 4 posterior femora
above, middle of tibiz, and tips of tarsi, infuscated ; hind coxze
blackish, testaceous at the extremity. Abdomen lanceolate, widest
in the middle ; 1st segment slender, bidenticulate on each side a
little beyond the middle, yellowish, more or less infuscated in the
middle. g Unknown. Length almost 4; exp. 1 line.
Haliday considered this species to be parasitic on some
aphis of the Angelica sylvestris, Bred by Bignell from
Siphonophora olivata, Buckton, infesting in autumn the
thistle, Carduus lanceolatus.
8. Trioxys minutus, Haliday.
Aphidius (T.) minutus, Hal., lib. cit., 491, 2.
T. minutus, Marsh., (2b. cit., p. 556, 2
Q Apical joint of the antenne closely united to the preceding,
Head and thorax black ; abdomen piceous, dull testaceous at the
apex. Similar to brevicornis (sp. 2) but with 11-jointed antenne,
the apical joint not elongate. Legs piceous ; knees fulvous ; tarsi
shorter. g Unknown. Length, ?; exp. 14 lines.
Taken once only by Haliday upon a box-bush, Buxus
balearica, crowded with aphides.
9. Trioxys pallidus, Haliday.
Aphidius (TL.) pallidus, Hal., lib. cit., 489, 2.
T. pallidus, Marsh., lb. cit., 556, &
@ Apical joint of antenne free and distinct. Abdomen pale
testaceous, with the intermediate segments, or even the posterior,
—
an Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
infuscated. Head and thorax black; oral parts yellow. Antenne
11-jointed, slender, longer in proportion to the body than in the rest
of the species, fuscous with the 4 basal joints yellow. Wing hya-
line ; stigma pale yellow ; nervures brownish ; radicles and squamulz
dull stramineous. Legs either wholly pale, or with the middle of
the hind femora and tibie slightly infuscated. Abdomen slender.
¢ Unknown. Length, {; exp. 1} lines.
Taken rarely by Haliday on sedge, Carew, and once on
a nut-bush, Corylus avellana.
10. Trioxys letifer, Haliday.
Aphidius (Z.) letifer, Hal., lib. cit., 491, ¢.
T. letifer, Hal., lib. cit., p. 567, 2.
Q Abdomen anteriorly dull yellowish ; 1st segment infuscated in
the middle. Antenne 11-jointed, rather short, with the scape
brown, and the base of the flagellum pale. Similar to heracleé (sp.
3). Head and thorax black. Legs obscure ; tarsi short. ¢ Un-
known. Length almost }; exp. 1 line.
Reared by Haliday from the pucerons of a species of
willow, Salix ulmifolia, in June.
VI. APHIDIUS, Nees.
Nees, Act. Ac. L.C., 1818, p. 302.
Head as wide as the thorax, rarely wider or narrower ; face short ;
mandibles feebly bidenticulate ; palpi with a variable number of
joints, 4, 3, or 2, in the maxillary, 3, 2, or1, in the labial. Antenne
11-27-jointed ; the number is important for specific discrimination, it
is nearly constant in each species, admitting only 1 or 2 joints in excess
or defect ; it is more variable in the species which have 20 joints and
upwards ; only one species is known with 27 joints, which does not
occur in England. Mesothoracic furrows usually effaced, rarely
more or less visible ; metathorax very short, abruptly inclined, often
canaliculate in the middle and regularly areated by raised lines.
First cubital areolet always confounded with the preediscoidal, some-
times open also beneath, owing to the effacement of the cubital
nervure, in which case it ceases to exist ; sometimes limited on the
underside by the same nervure ; intercubital nervures none, or very
indistinct ; the discoidal areolets are also liable to disappear, the 2nd
(when it exists) is closed posteriorly ; anal nervure interstitial ;
prebrachial and pobrachial nervures approximated ; no prebrachial
British Braconidae. . . 33
areolet: in the hind wings. The 9 of A, ephippiwm is apterous,
Abdomen of the 2 subpetiolate, lanceolate, longer than the head and
thorax ;: rounded at the apex, and sometimes a little spathulate in
the $ ; Ist segment linear, occupying at most } or } of the total
length of the abdomen, rarely constricted in the middle by reason of
the prominence of the spiracular tubercles; 2nd suture distinct,
covered with a loose and translucent membrane which allows free-
dom of movement to the abdomen, especially in the act so familiar
to these insects of doubling back the abdomen under the thorax ;
this suture always forms a conspicuous pale mark on the abdomen ;
ventral valve of the 2 without appendages.
This genus, after the dismemberments above described,
still comprises the vast majority of the tribe. Some further
attempts to break up the genus have been made by Forster
(Synopsis, p. 247), but they are too partial and vague to be
really available, and are rendered useless besides. by the
existence of transitional forms of doubtful position. The
number of species cannot be estimated with any approach
to correctness, but it is probably not much less than that
of the Aphid, comprising therefore many different forms
respecting which we have at present no information.
Haliday’s work, which is the most comprehensive, describes
twenty-four species, and the author declares that his only
object was to establish a few sections, by the help of which
future naturalists might make a more considerable advance
in the subject. Most of these sections, converted into
genera, have been detailed above; they constitute the princi-
pal and most obvious divisions into which the tribe can be
separated, and have every appearance of permanence. If
we seek to extend further the system of dismemberment,
we find, so far as I have been able to make out, only more
trifling characters, confined to a single species, and there-
fore improper for the establishment of good genera. The
males of Aphidius differ much from their respective
females, while at the same time they resemble each other
so closely, that their separation by inspection of individuals
captured at random is almost certain to lead to error; it
is necessary therefore to breed both sexes together, which
can generally be done without difficulty. The first table
therefore contains males and females of the correctness of
whose association there can be no doubt, and this category
fortunately comprises the majority of the species; A
second dichotomy will be devoted to a few males not
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PARTI. (APRIL) 3
34
Rey. T, A. Marshall’s Monograph of
contained in the first table, but whose peculiarities are so
marked that they can be recognised apart from their
females ; the number of these is very restricted, doubtful
forms, which are many, having been excluded,
(2) 1
(1) 2
3 3
(3) 4
(6) 5
(7) 8.
(10) 9.
(9) 10.
(12) 11.
(11) 12.
(14) 13.
(13) 12.
(16) 15.
(15) 16.
(18) 17.
(17) 18.
(20) 19.
(19) 20.
(22) 21,
TABLE OF SPECIES.
1. Males and Females.
. Apterous in the female sex, male un-
known
. Winged in both sexes...
. First. cubital areolet limited on the
lower side by the cubital nervure,
sometimes not very distinctly
. First cubital areolet entirely effaced
, Abdomen linear, very slender, three
times as long as the head and thorax..
. Abdomen lanceolate, not remarkably
slender, more or less dilated in the
middle, only a little longer than the
head and thorax
. Antennz of the ? composed of 20-22
joints, those of the g 25-jointed. Large
species (Pinicole, Hal.) attacking
the large pucerons of coniferous trees
(Lachnus, &c.)
Antenne 6 ? with fewer joints. Smaller
species, attacking the typical Aphide
Abdomen yellow, at least posteriorly ...
Abdomen black or fuscous, with the
two first sutures pale; or cinctured
with yellow bands, black posteriorly
Antenne black at the apex ; wings en-
tirely hyaline; Ist segment gradually
dilated from base to apex; terebra
curved, ascending; tubercles of Ist
segment situated before the middle...
Antenne testaceous at the apex; wings
infumated beneath the stigma and
towards the tip; Ist segment linear
as far as the tubercles, which are
placed in the middle, the condylus
dilated ; terebra straight, horizontal...
Abdomen with only the two first sutures
more or lesspale ...
Abdomen cinctured with distinct yel-
low bands, of which the anterior is
broadest . :
First segment linear as far as ” the
tubercles, condylus gradually dilated;
terebra obtuse, horizontal ...
First segment linear, condylus not di-
lated ; terebra acute, ascending ..
Antennz of the 9 17- 20-jointed (in
A. ervi 21-jointed) see
Antenne of the ? 12- 16-jointed ..
Antenne ferruginous ... ... ...
Antenne black or blackish... ha
Abdomen, from the base of the 2nd seg-
ment, entirely testaceous ... ... «.
1. ephippium, Hal.
3
5
65
2, longulus, Marsh.
3. pictus, Hal.
4. infulatus, Hal.
15
5. abietis, Marsh.
on)
. pint, Hal.
7. laricis, Hal.
19
37
8. urtice, Hal.
21
9. gregarius, Marsh.
(21) 22.
(24) 23.
(23) 24.
(26) 25.
(25) 26.
(28) 27.
(27) 28.
(30) 29.
(29) 30.
(32) 31.
(31) 32.
(34) 33.
(33) 34.
(36) 35
(35) 36.
(38) 37.
(37) 38.
(40) 39.
(39) 40.
(42) 41.
(41) 42.
(44) 43.
(43) 44.
(46) 45.
British Braconide.
Abdomen, from the base of the 2nd seg-
ment not entirely testaceous
Abdomen saffron yellow, the anterior
segments banded or epgnes with
brownish..
Abdomen black, “fuscous, or - brown, at
most with some of the sutures, a spot
between the 2nd and 3rd segments,
and sometimes the apex, pale P
First segment brown, rarely testaceous ;
femora and tibie more or less infus-
cated; a dark spot on each side of
segments, 2-5... 0.
First segment and the whole of the legs
yellow ; disc of the anterior segments
more or less infuscated _..
Mesothoracic furrows indicated iby longi
tudinal depressions : :
Mesothoracic furrows effaced...
Prothorax black
Prothorax entirely, or ‘on the “under
side, testaceous....
Antenne 19-21-jointed, almost as s long
as the body; neuration strong and
distinct ; abdomen black with the 2nd
suture pale ; tubercles of the Ist seg-
ment distinct ..
Antenne 18-jointed, much shorter. than
the body ; neuration very fine; abdo-
men brown with the anterior sutures
pale; tubercles of the 1st segment
effaced. a
Length ? line; neuration very fine and
indistinct ; cubital nervure effaced, ex-
cept under the 2nd cubital areolet ...
Length 14-13 lines; neuration distinct ;
cubital nervure visible from its origin
to the end of the 2nd cubital areolet..
. All the legs rufotestaceous ; abdomen
brownish, segments 2-5 carole pale
at the base
Four posterior legs more or less infus-
cated; abdomen dark brown ante-
riorly, segments after the 4th yellow..
Valves of the terebra black, straight,
horizontal :
Valves of the terebra ‘testaceous, curved
downwards
First abdominal segment robust, its
tubercles situated before the middle ..
First abdominal segment slender, its
tubercles situated in the middle
Prothorax black; wings infumated ;
cubital nervure effaced towards its
base, reappearing under the Ist cubital
areolet, after which it is om obso-
leten 50s.
Prothorax testaceous ; wings hyaline ; ;
cubital nervure visible from its eee
to the end of the 1st cubital areolet..
Antenne 16-jointed... ..
Antenne with 15 joints, ‘or fewer than
La Es aes
Antenne with 15 joints .. mpiecry.
10.
ile
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
21.
sonchi,
25
27
rosx, Hal.
lonicerze, Marsh.
29
33
avene, Hal.
31
ervi, Hal.
ulni, Marsh.
pascuorum, Marsh.
35
pterocommez, Marsh.
granarius, Marsh.
41
39
. erepidis, Hal.
. pseudoplatani, Marsh.
. dissolutus, Hal.
43
Marsh.
45
AT
36
(45) 46.
(48) 47.
(47) 48.
(50) 49.
(49. 50.
(52) 51.
(51) 52.
(54) 53.
(53) 54.
(56) 55.
(55) 56.
(58) 57.
(57) 58.
(60) 59.
(59) 60.
(62) 61.
(84) 63
(63) 64.
(66) 65.
(65) 66.
(68) 67.
(67) 68.
(70) 69.
(69) 70.
(72) 71.
. Antenne with 12 joints, the “apical
(71) 72
(74) 73.
(73) 74.
(76) 75.
(75) 76.
_
Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
Antenne with 14 joints, or fewer than
Base and apex of the abdomen tes-
taceous ...
Only the base of the abdomen. testaceous
Hind coxze black won ee
Hind coxze yellow ‘
Prothorax rufotestaceous ; legs “testa-
ceous, hind femora rufescent
Prothorax black or ferruginous ; legs
rufotestaceous with the outer side of
the femora middle of se and tips
of tarsi infuscated... ... ..
Antenne with 14 joints oe
Antenne with 13 joints, or fewer ‘than
13
Abdomen yellow at both ends;
brown in the middle...
Abdomen blackish or infuscated at the
apex..
First abdominal segment ‘yellow « or fer-
ruginous... .
First abdominal " segment blackish,
partly pale...
Cubital nervure visible as s far a as the end
of the Ist cubital areolet
Cubital nervure colourless,
visible beneath the Ist
Antenne with 13 joints ...
Antenne with 12 joints ...
Under side of 1st cubital areolet dis-
tinct; lst abdominal segment brown
or blackish
Under side of 1st cubital areolet indis-
tinct ; 1st segment Aine
Antenne 15-jointed ..
Antenne with 14 joints, or fewer ‘than
14
Wings hyaline : stigma very pale, colour-
less; abdomen pale yellow, infuscated
in the middle... .
Wings whitish ; stigma yellow; ‘abdomen
blackish, including the Ist ae
Antenne with 14 joints ..
Antenne with fewer, 7.¢. with ‘13 or
LZinowtsy-.-) ean aos
Antenne with 13 joints 3
"pale
hardly
formed of two joints soldered together
Abdomen subsessile, lst segment short,
cyathiform ...
Abdomen subpetiolate,
long, linear, or sublinear :
Abdomen brown, Ist segment testa-
ceous; length 4 line ...
Abdomen black with the two ‘Ist sutures
pale ; length 1 line
raat segment
Males whose Females are
. Cubital nervure distinct as far as the
end of the Ist cubital areolet
. Cubital nervure incomplete or none
53
49
51
22. asteris, Hal.
26.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
. salicis,
. ribis, Hal.
. cirsil, Hal.
. eglanterix, Hal,
55
61
hortensis, Marsh.
57
59
. chrysanthemi, Marsh.
28. matricarix, Hal.
. arundinis, Hal,
. cardut, Marsh,
Hal.
. exiguus, Hal.
67
69
scabiose, Marsh.
leucopterus, Hal,
brassice, Hal.
jl
73
fabarum, Marsh.
ambiguus, Hal
75
dauct, Marsh.
polygont, Marsh,
unknown.
British Braconide. 37
(4) 3. Third abscissa of the radial nervure half
completed; nervures very fine; an-
tennze 20-21-jointed, longer than the
body ; length 1} lines ... ... 40. silenes, Marsh.
(3) 4. Third abscissa none ;_ basal nervures
stout; antennz 19-jointed, not longer
than the body;lengthlline ... ... 41. crithmi, Marsh.
(6) 5. Antenne 17-18- ~jointed a 7
(5) 6. Antennz 16-jointed, or 13-jointed _ ar 9
(8) 7. Cubital nervure distinctly traced be-
neath the Ist cubital areolet, else-
where effaced ; antennze 17-jointed . 42. absinthii, Marsh.
(7) 8. Cubital nervure "none, or almost totally
extinct ; antennz 18-jointed ws se 43. euphorbixe, Marsh,
(10) 9. Antenne 16- SJOINGOG: 6 | ssa “hes, ees)! aes 11
3 10. Antennz 13-jointed .. 13
(12) 11. Podiscoidal areolet longer than half the
prebrachial transverse nervure ; wings
of normal size; antenne as long as
the body... . 44. lychnidis, Marsh.
» (11) 12. Podiscoidal areolet shorter than half
the prebrachial transverse; wings
more ample than usual; antenne
rather longer than the body ae 45. cerast, Marsh.
(14) 18. Mesothoracic furrows not entirely ef-
faced ; between them is an additional
longitudinal furrow ; smallest species,
length gline ... ... 46. ucalephx, Marsh,
(13) 14. Mesothoracic furrows effaced : “no addi-
tional longitudinal furrow ; esa
4 line Soe) ese wears) (ees) eee eee Aancallepiene, Marsh
TI. MALES AND FEMALES.
1. Aphidius ephippiwm, Haliday.
A. ephippiwm, Hal., Ent. Mag., 11, 105, 2 ; Marsh.,
Species des Hym. d’Eur. et d’Alg. Bracon., vol. 11,
pe 5095 2.
© Rufotestaceous ; head, metathorax, and posterior portion of the
abdomen infuscated. Antenne fuscous, yellowish at the base, 14-
jointed. Legs ferruginous, 4 posterior cox slightly infuscated, as
well as the middle of the femora and tibiz. Abdomen fuscous, pale
at the base; 1st segment yellow or ferruginous, slender, linear,
Valves of the terebra obtuse, black. Haliday has made a section of this
species, at the same time remarking that except in being apterous,
it differs in no respect from its congeners. Length, ?-14 lines.
Rare ; I possess no specimen myself, but have seen it
occasionally in other collections. Mr. Alfred Beaumont
lately sent me one which he found among wet Sphagnum
near Whitby, in October, 1897.
o
38 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
2. Aphidius longulus, Marshall.
A. longulus, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 560, &.
@ Abdomen linear, very slender, three times as long as the head
and thorax. Head black ; thorax dark brown above, pale testaceous
beneath ; prothorax pale ; abdomen brown with a transverse band
on each suture, and the extremity, pale testaceous. Head somewhat
wider than the thorax ; oral parts and palpi pale. Antenne 18-
jointed, very slender, as long as the abdomen, brownish testaceous
with the Ist and 3rd joints yellow. Thorax blackish above, reddish
in certain lights ; mesothoracic furrows effaced ; metathorax areated,
Wings hyaline with a greyish tinge ; squamule and radicles pale
testaceous; stigma pale yellowish ; basal nervures stout, distinct ;
cubital nervure extending to the end of the 1st cubital areolet. Legs
long, slender, testaceous ; coxee paler ; base of the hind coxe, femora
and tibiz of the same pair, rufotestaceous ; hind tibiz shorter than the
tarsi. First abdominal segment more than three times as long as its
mean width; petiole testaceous, condylus brown, testaceous at the
anterior end, somewhat dilated ; tubercles indistinct, situated below the
middle ; following segments much narrower than the thorax, forming
an elongate cylinder slightly compressed towards the apex ; 2nd seg-
ment testaceous at the extremity ; 3rd and 4th brown, paler on the
sutures ; 5th and following testaceous, tinged with brownish on the
sides ; a small brown patch at the extremity of the apical segment.
Valves of the terebra stout, blunt, black. g Unknown. Length, 1};
exp. 2 lines.
This female has almost the colours of urtice (Sp. 8) but
the differences of form forbid its union withthat species :
the remarkable length of the abdomen suffices to distin-
guish it from all those that follow.
3. Aphidius pictus, Haliday.
A, pictus, Hal., lib. cit. 95 ; Marsh., lib. cit., p. 563, ¢, pl.
KVili..f. ‘7.
9 Luteous; eyes, a spot on the vertex, margin of the occiput,
superior orbits, three patches on the mesonotum, scutellum, meta-
thorax and 1st abdominal segment, black. Antenne black at the
apex. Mesonotum shining, very finely punctulate. Wings hyaline ;
squamule and radicles yellowish, nervures fuscous, stigma, fusco-
ferruginous. Fore legs testaceous ; the 2nd pair slightly infuscated ;
hind legs fuscous with the trochanters, the underside of the femora
British Braconide. 39
and the tibiz at both ends, dull luteous. Abdomen very elongate,
turned up at the extremity ; lst segment granulate, not shining,
gradually dilated from base to apex, though the increase in width is
very small; tubercles scarcely discernible ; anterior segments in-
fuscated above. Terebra slender, its valves black, ascending, curved,
about as long as half the 1st joint of the hind tarsi. g¢ Unknown.
Length nearly 2-23 ; exp. 3 lines.
Found very seldom on Pinus sylvestris, the Scotch fir.
This ‘species, the four following, and doubtless many more
occurring in palearctic forests, form a section apart, distin-
guished by greater size and consequent distinctness of the
generic characters, as well as by their parasitism on the
larger Aphide (Zachnus, etc.) which infest coniferous
trees. These peculiarities, however, are insufficient to
justify the establishment of a new genus. The synonymy
given in the catalogue (1872) p. 110, under A. varius,
which includes pictus, Hal., seems dubious, and is therefore
omitted in this place.
4. Aphidius infulatus, Haliday.
A. infulatus, Hal., lb. cit., 96; Marsh., lab. cit., p.
paced oe
2 Head rufotestaceous ; vertex and eyes black ; thorax black ;
abdomen rufotestaceous. Antenne black, scape testaceous, 5 or 6
apical joints yellow, the terminal joint fuscous at the extremity,
Prothorax luteous beneath ; mesonotum shining, finely and vaguely
punctulate. Wings hyaline, infumated below the stigma and
towards the tip; squamule and radicles stramineous; nervures
fuscous ; stigma fusce-ferruginous. Legs luteous, the 4 posterior in
great part clouded with an obscure tinge ; hind coxe with a fuscous
spot. Anterior segments of the abdomen infuscated above, the
posterior immaculate ; lst segment as in sp. 3, but less dilated at
the apex, black. ¢ Black ; antenne more slender than in the
allied species, entirely black ; wings hyaline ; squamule and radicles
dull stramineous ; nervures and stigma fuscous ; fore legs strami-
neous, duller on the outer side ; 4 posterior legs fuscous with almost
the whole of the trochanters, both ends of the tibiz, and base of the
tarsi stramineous; all the coxe, black ; abdomen piceous with a
luteous patch in the middle above ; 1st segment scarcely dilated at the
extremity. Length nearly 14-13 ; exp. 21-2} lines.
Found rarely upon Abies lavix, the larch.
-
40 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
5. Aphidius abietis, Marshall.
A, abietis, Marsh., 2d. cit., p. 565, 2.
2 Black ; face, prothorax, and furrows of the mesonotum, dull
testaceous ; abdomen piceous, cinctured with distinct yellow bands,
the anterior the broadest. Head somewhat wider than the thorax ;
oral parts and palpi dull testaceous. Antenne nearly as long as
the body, 21-jointed, black with the two basal joints testaceous.
Thorax testaceous beneath ; posterior portion of the pectus black ;
scutellum fuscescent at the extremity ; metathorax beset with white
hairs, and bisected by a wide and deep channel. Wings hyaline ;
squamule and radicles stramineous; stigma large, triangular,
blackish, like the nervures; 2nd intercubital nervure colourless ;
cubital nervure not visible beyond the end of the 1st cubital areolet:
Fore legs testaceous ; 4 anterior coxe of the same colour; hmd
coxe black; all the trochanters testaceous ; intermediate femora
and middle of their tibiz, fuscous ; hind femora and tibie black,
the latter testaceous at the base; their tarsi black. Abdomen
shorter than the head and thorax ; Ist segment slender, linear to
beyond the tubercles, which are situated somewhat before the
middle ; condylus dilated from its base, so that the extremity of the
segment is twice as wide as its base; this segment is black, dull
testaceous at the base ; 2nd segment yellow, infuscated in the
middle towards the base ; 3rd yellow as far as the middle, the rest
piceous ; following segments piceous with a yellow band at the base
of each; aodomen truncate at the extremity. Terebra hardly
exserted, its valves conical, stout, black. ¢ Unknown. Length,
14; exp. 24 lines.
The unique above described was bred by Bignell
out of Lachnus pini, L. infesting Abies excelsa, the spruce
fir, as well as several other kinds of conifers.
6. Aphidius pint, Haliday.
A, pint, Hal., ab. cit., 96; Marsh., ld. eit., p. 566, f 2,
pl. xvii. f. 6.
@ Black ; face and prothorax impure testaceous ; a pale indeter-
minate spot on the 2nd suture. Head very broad ; oral parts and palpi
dull testaceous. Antenne black, with the two basal joints fusco-
testaceous beneath. Mesonotum very finely wrinkled and punctulate,
not shining ; the ordinary furrows distinct, as well as an additional
channel between them, which does not extend to the scutellum ;
British Braconideg. 47
the mesonotum is either entirely black, or marked with testaceous
lines between the lobes ; humeral angles often testaceous ; prothorax
sometimes black above. Wings. slightly infumated, especially
towards the tips, and with a nebulous patch on the 2nd intercubital
nervure ; squamule and radicles yellowish ; nervures and stigma
fuscous, the latter large, triangular. Legs brownish testaceous, the
middle pair more or less infuscated in the middle of the femora and
tibia ; hind legs still darker, with the knees and the base of the
tarsi pale; hind coxe infuscated ; all the trochanters testaceous.
Abdomen black or blackish, longer than the head and thorax,
lanceolate, compressed towards the extremity ; 1st segment linear to
beyond the tubercles, which are placed in the middle; condylus
dilated as in the preceding species. Valves of the terebra obtuse,
broad, not ascending. ¢ Black, with the 2nd suture pale; legs
darker ; all the cox black; wings hyaline, whitish, stigma and
nervures black ; condylus of the Ist segment very little dilated.
Length, 2 ; exp. 3 lines.
Parasite of the species of Zachnus inhabiting Pinus
sylvestris and Abies larix; bred by Bignell out of Lachnus
pin, L. taken on the spruce fir, Adbzes excelsa.
7. Aphidius laricis, Haliday.
A. laricis, Hal., lib. cit., 97 ; Marsh., lid. cit., p. 567, $ Q.
2 Black, with the 2nd suture and less frequently one of the
following, pale brownish. Mesonotum shining, very finely and
vaguely punctulate. Wings hyaline, infumated towards the tip and
below the stigma; squamule and radicles brownish testaceous ;
nervures and stigma blackish. Fore legs yellowish, infuscated on
the outer side, tarsi obscure ; 4 posterior legs infuscated, tips of the
trochanters and both ends of the tibiee dull yellowish ; all the coxe
black. First abdominal segment hardly or not at all widened pos-
teriorly. Terebra short, ascending, the valves acute at the extremity.
gd Wings white, not infumated ; legs darker than those of the ?-
Length about 14-2 ; exp. 2-22 lines.
Reared by Haliday out of some puceron inhabiting
Abves larix.
8. Aphidius urtice, Haliday.
A, urticx, Hal., lib. cit., 100 ; Marsh., lib. cit., p. 568, 2.
2 Slender, elongate, yellow ; head and thorax infuscated or rufes-
cent above ; anterior segments of the abdomen infuscated towards
-
42 Rev. T. A. Marshall's Monograph of
their base, sutures and anal extremity pale. Antenne 18-16-jointed,
almost as long as the body, slender, pale yellow at the base, the
flagellum ferruginous, sometimes rather obscure. Mesonotum either
ferruginous or blackish, the usual furrows often yellow, feebly traced ;
scutellum testaceous ; metathorax rufescent, areated by elevated
lines darker than the ground colour. Wings hyaline ; squamule
and radicles pale yellow ; nervures brownish or testaceous ; stigma
pale yellow, almost colourless ; cubital nervure attaining the end of
the Ist cubital areolet. Legs pale yellow. Abdomen elongate, com-
pressed and carinated towards the extremity ; Ist segment sublinear,
three times as long as broad, infuseated in the middle, its tubercles
situated beyond the middle, scarcely perceptible ; 2nd and 3rd seg-
ments infuscated above, yellow on their ventral surface ; 4th and 5th
with only a small brownish spot on the disc, the rest clear yellow.
Valves of the terebra black. g unknown. Length, 1$; exp. 24
lines.
This species may easily be mistaken for A. rosx (sp.
10), which is occasionally found on nettles, or even for
A. lonicere (sp. 11), but these can be distinguished by
their black antenn, shorter and stouter than those of
urtice. It is anot very abundant parasite of Siphonophora
urtice, Kalt., the puceron of Urtica dioica, but which
infests also Geraniwm robertianum, Malva sylvestris, and
Chelidonium majus. The males have hitherto escaped
observation, though I bred the species with special
reference to them. Some of the Aphides which were
watched for this purpose produced the common hyper-
parasite Lygocerus carpenteri, Curt.; others, the apterous
Cynipid, <Allotria cursor, Hartig. From one of them
Bignell obtained Agonionewrus basalis, Westw., a rare and
little known Chaleid, of which I have given a figure, I
believe for the first time. With wrtice commences the
long series of normal Aphidii,
9. Aphidius gregarius, Marshall.
A, gregarius, Marsh., E.M.M., vol. ix. 1872-78, p. 123;
Spp. des Hym. d’ Eur. et d’ Alg. Bracon., vol. 11.
p.569, ¢ 9s ml ie, foe.
® Abdomen after the 1st segment entirely testaceous. _Rufotes-
taceous ; head black; mesonotum and metathorax red, more or less
brownish or obscure. Head transverse, wider than the thorax ; oral
parts testaceous. Antenne shorter than the body, blackish, 20-
British Braconide. . 43
jointed, the 1st joint testaceous, the 2nd brownish. Mesonotum
without furrows, smooth, trilobate, each lobe marked with a spot of
darker brown than the ground colour ; scutellum brown or rufescent,
preceded by a paler space; metathorax carinated in the middle,
areated, rufescent. Wings hyaline ; squamulae and radicles yellow ;
basal nervures brownish ; stigma and nervures of the characteristic
region pale green during life, afterwards testaceous ; cubital nervure
complete as far as the end of the 1st cubital areolet. Legs testaceous ;
base of hind coxee, with femora and tarsi of the same pair, more or
less infuscated. First abdominal segment brown or blackish, acicu-
lated, three times longer than broad, linear as far as the tubercles,
which are situated below the middle ; condylus somewhat dilated ;
the rest of the abdomen fusiform, pale testaceous, each segment bor-
dered posteriorly with.a darker tint. Valves of the terebra black,
straight, moderately stout. ¢ Similar, but with darker tints ;
antennz longer, about 25-jointed. Length, 14; exp. 25 lines
Parasite of Melanoxanthus salicis, L. a large puceron
infesting willows, Salix viminalis, and poplars. Observed
some years ago by Dr. Knaggs and Mr. McLachlan in a
garden at Kentish Town. The pierced Aphides were
extraordinarily numerous, crowded together around the
base of the leaves on the twigs of willow. One of the
observers remarks that he noticed a mass of them
composed probably of some thousands, of which each
individual must have been stung by an Aphidius. I
possess to this day one of the twigs of willow entirely
covered with empty skins of the pucerons. Lygocerus
carpenteri, Curt. is a hyperparasite of this species.
10. Aphidius rose, Haliday.
Ichneumon aphidum, De Geer, Mém. ii. 866, pl. xxx. ff.
4—13. Not of Linné, Panzer, and Blanchard.
The rest of the older synonymy is uncertain.
A. rosx, Hal., lib. cit., 97 ; Marsh., lib. cit., p. 571, f 2.
A. cancellatus, Buckton, Mon. of Brit. Aphides, fig.
I have not the precise reference at hand,
A rosarum, var. 8, Nees, Mon., i. 19.
Q Saffron yellow ; head above, and mesonotum, blackish ; ab-
dominal segments 2-3, and often 4-5 infuscated on each side, in the
form of interrupted bands or two rows of spots. Oral parts and
palpi pale yellow. Antenne 17-18-jointed, shorter than the body ,
and evidently shorter than those of wrtice (sp. 8), black, testaceous
—
44 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
beneath at the extreme base. Wings hyaline; squamule and
radicles pale yellow ; stigma vellow or pale green during life, after-
wards brownish, like the nervures, which are tolerably stout and
distinct ; cubital nervure complete as far as the end of the 1st cubital
areolet ; 2nd discoidal areolet open internally. Fore legs yellow ;
the middle pair slightly infuscated ; the hind pair still darker, with
the tips of the trochanters and base of tibiz pale ; the tarsi infuscated.
Abdomen much longer than the head and thorax, compressed pos-
teriorly ; 1st segment slightly widened from the base, its tubercles
situated before the middle (which is not the case in wrtice, sp. 8) ;
sometimes yellowish, sometimes brown with the extremity yellowish ;
the dark spots on the intermediate segments are variable in number
and intensity. Valves of the terebra black. ¢ Dissimilar; black ;
oral parts testaceous ; palpi pale brownish ; antenne 20-jointed ;
squamulz and radicles impure testaceous ; fore legs yellow, streaked
with fuscous ; the 4 posterior fuscous with the trochanters and base
of the tibiz yellowish ; all the cox black ; abdomen fuscous with
the sutures pale, a larger pale patch on the 2nd suture. Length, 14 ;
exp. almost 3 lines.
This is the constant parasite of Siphonophora rose,
Réaumur, the well known puceron of several species of
. rose-tree (Rosa canina, gallica, centifolia, etc.) to the
exclusion of R. rubiginosa, the sweet-briar, which nourishes,
according to Haliday, a peculiar Aphis, with its parasite A.
eglanterix (sp. 35). Wild roses of whatever variety are
less frequently attacked by aphides than the cultivated
forms, upon which it is easy to find, in every garden,
specimens of Siphonophora, accompanied by the present
parasite, and another equally abundant, 4. avenx, Hal. or
preipes, Nees (sp. 12), which association of species has
originated some confusion in the older descriptions. A.
ros#, Hal. is not to be confounded with A. vosarum, Nees,
which belongs, at least for the most part, to our sp. 12.
A. Proteus, Wesm. (meant for Proteus), is another notable
example of the confusion of species. A. vosx was probably
the principal subject of the experiments and observations
of the older writers, Frisch, Geoffroy, Schrank, etc. but
their works are valuable rather for generalities than
specific distinctions: the reference to De Geer above given,
however, is not doubtful. Haliday, in a Jong note (Ent.
Mag. 11. 98) has given an able summary of the results
obtainable from these sources.
In breeding the present species of Aphidius I en-
British Braconide. 45
countered only two hyperparasites, Lygocerus carpenters,
Curt, in abundance, and a red-headed Cynipid which I
believe to be the true Allotria victriz, Westw. Other
hyperparasites of the species are mentioned by Haliday,
belonging to the Chalcidide ; their modern names are
Tsocratus vulgaris, Walker, Pachycrepis clavata, Walk.,
Cyrtogaster vulgaris, Walk., and some of the genus
Encyrtus, undetermined.
11. Aphidius lonicere, Marshall.
A. lonicere, Marsh., (4d, cit., p.572, f 9 ; pl. xix, f.2, 2.
2 A. lutescens, Hal., lb. cit., 99, 2. b
Q First abdominal segment and all the legs, yellow ; disc of the
anterior segments more or less infuscated, Head black above ;
meso- and metanotum fusco-rufescent ; the rest of the body pale
saffron yellow, partly white. Mouth, palpi, cheeks, and the whole
underside of the head, white. Antenne very slender, a little shorter
than the body, 18-jointed ; brown, with the radicle, the two basal joints
and the base of the 3rd, white. Scutellum rufotestaceous ;
metathorax rufescent, areated, the compartments separated by black
carine. Wings hyaline; squamule and radicles whitish; stigma
pale yellow, almost colourless; basal nervures rather fine, pale
brownish, the radial and other external nervures pale, much
attenuated, subobsolete. Legs yellow ; coxe and trochanters white.
Abdomen as in the preceding sp., but the faint dorsal bands are not
interrupted, and the colour is paler. 4 Dissimilar ; head black ;
clypeus and palpi testaceous ; antennz 20-jointed, somewhat longer
than the body, stouter than in the ?, black, with the two basal joints
and base of the 3rd rufescent ; thorax black, rufescent beneath ;
prothorax entirely rufescent ; legs testaceous ; hind coxe rufescent
above towards the base ; abdomen nigrofuscous with the two first
sutures pale ; belly rufescent. Length, 17-14 ; exp. 25-3 lines.
Nearly allied to the preceding, but distinguished by
the great tenuity of the antennz and the neuration, as
well as by difference of origin. It may perhaps be
lutescens, Hal. but the author has given no detailed
description : he possessed only one 2, the neuration of
which, he says, resembled that of rosw; this is not the
case with the 10 specimens above described. They were
reared by Bignell, 8 2s and 2 $s, from Stphocoryne
xylostei, Schrank, the puceron of Lonicera xylostewm, tly-
honeysuckle, but in this instance inhabiting LZ, pevicly-
46 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
menum, the common woodbine. Others were reared
out of Siphonophora pisi, Kalt. infesting Silene inflata,
bladder-campion; and a ¢, the smallest of all, out of
Siphonophora urtice, Kalt. taken on a nettle, Urtica
diowa.
12, Aphidius avene, Haliday.
A. avenx, Hal., lib. cit., 99, Z 2 ; Curtis in Morton’s
Cyclop. Agric., s. v. Aphis, pl. xvii, ff. 5,6; Farm
Ins. pp. 290,291, pl’ xxxix, f 12, and pl. J, f. 12;
Marsh., Jib. cit., p. 573, & 2.
A picipes, Nees, Mon.,i. 18, $ &.
2A. infirmus, Nees, le. ¢ 2.
2A. vulgaris, Bouché, Naturg. (1834) 161.
?.A Proteus, Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux. 1835, p.
75; Ratz. Ichn. d. Forst. 111. 62 (partim).
9 Black, with the 2nd suture fulvous or rufous, and the apical
segments testaceous. Head as wide as the thorax: mandibles
testaceous; palpi obscure. Antenne 17-18-jointed, shorter and
stouter than those of the following species, black, with the end of
the 2nd joint and base of the 8rd, narrowly testaceous.
Mesothoracic furrows distinct ; metathorax shining, subrugulose
posteriorly, areated, carinated in the middle. Wings hyaline, with
stout and distinct nervures; squamule and radicles testaceous ;
stigma fulvous, becoming pale brown after death ; nervures fuscous ;
cubital nervure complete to the end of the Ist cubital areolet. Legs
in great part fuscous or blackish ; fore femora and tibie rufescent or
testaceous, sometimes streaked externally with fuscous ; 4 posterior
legs with the 2nd joint of the trochanters, both ends of the tibiz, and
base of the tarsi, testaceous. Abdomen lanceolate, compressed
towards the extremity, black, shining, with a transverse band more
or less pale on the 2nd suture, and segments 5-6 testaceous.
Valves of the terebra black. ¢ similar to the ¢ of rose (sp. 10) ;
palpi blackish ; antennew 20-21-jointed, as long as the body ; legs
darker than those of the @ ; abdomen black at the extremity.
Length, 14; exp. 3 lines,
This and the following are the largest species, after the
Pinicole (spp. 3-7); they are common everywhere, and
polyphagous, preying indiscriminately upon various kinds
of Aphis. The present species has attracted the attention
of several continental describers, and received different
names: there is not much doubt that picipes, Nees, is
British Braconidae. |. 47
identical ; the other synonyms are less certain. Haliday
reared some of his specimens from the pucerons of Avena
sativa, the oat, which pucerons were probably Siphonophora
granaria, Kirby; and others from an unnamed aphis
infesting Hypochxris radicata, cat’s-ear. The numerous
specimens in the Bignell collection were bred out of
Siphonophora urticx, Kalt. infesting Urtica dioica, stinging
nettle.
Siphonophora urtice, Kalt. infesting Urtica dioica, stinging nettle.
55 rubi, Kalt. 5 Rubus fruticosus, bramble.
Siphocoryne xylostei, Schrank. ,, Lonicera periclymenum, wood-
bine.
Aphis scabiosx, Kalt. » Scabiosa succisa, devil’s-bit.
» myosotidis, Koch », Myosotis palustris, forget-me-
not.
» ecrategaria, Walk. » Crategus oxyacantha, white-
thorn.
The only hyperparasite obtained was the apterous
Cynipid Allotria cursor, Hartig.
13. Aphidius ervi, Haliday.
A. ervt, Hal., lib. cté., 100,- $2 ; Marsh., lib.-cié., p. 575,
die Ph. xix, f. 3,) 2s
2A. constrictus, Nees, Mon., i. 20, 9.
2A. Proteus, Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux. 1835, p. 75,
Var. 7, 2. (partim).
Q Very like the preceding. Black, with the 2nd suture pale ;
face and prothorax testaceous or ferruginous; palpi yellowish ;
some females present the more sombre colouring of the males.
Antenne 19-21-jointed, slender, almost as long as the body, black,
with the Ist joint and the base of the 3rd testaceous. Metathorax
carinated in the middle, rugulose posteriorly, indistinctly areated.
Wings hyaline or slightly infumated ; squamule and radicles dull
testaceous ; stigma yellowish, brownish after death; nervures
ferruginous brown, cubital continued to the end of the Ist cubital
areolet. Legs flavo-testaceous ; hind coxe infuscated above at the
base; 4 posterior tarsi slightly infuscated. Abdomen narrow,
lanceolate, compressed towards the apex, somewhat variable in
colour, all the sutures being occasionally pale as well as the whole
of the apical segments, as in the preceding sp.; Ist segment.
nearly linear, three times as long as broad, with tubercles situated
48 Rev. T..A. Marshall’s Monograph of
near the extremity. Valves of the terebra black. ¢ Similar,
black ; oral parts yeliowish; palpi fuscous or black ; antenne
black, about 23-jointed ; 4 posterior coxew, base of intermediate
femora, and outer side of hind femora and tibie infuscated ; or the
legs sometimes almost entirely black. Length, 1}; exp. 3 lines.
Easily confounded with the preceding species, being
equally common, and attacking some of the same species
of Aphides. The antennz of ervi are distinctly longer
and more slender, with one or more additional articula-
tions; the legs also are longer, and usually flavescent ; the
discrimination of the males is more difficult, but the
antenne of evvi are 23-joited. Haliday reared specimens
from some indeterminate pucerons infesting Zrvum
hirsutum, the tine-tare, and some species of Zrifoliwm.
The Bignell collection contains a good number bred out
of Stphonophora urtice, Kalt., S. rubi, Kalt., S.: rose,
Réaumur, Tychea phaseoli, Passerini, and Aphis scabiosex,
Kalt. The only hyperparasite noted was the Chalcid
Isocratus xneus, Nees.
14, Aphidius ulmi, Marshall.
A, ulmi, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 576, ¢ @.
? Black ; prothorax brown above, testaceous beneath ; abdomen
brown with the anterior sutures pale. Oral parts and . palpi
testaceous. Antenne much shorter than the body, 18-jointed,
rather stout, black, with the two basal joints and the base of the 4th
testaceous, Furrows of the mesonotum perceptible ; metathorax
carinated, areated. Wings hyaline ; squamule, radicles and nervures
dull testaceous ; stigma very pale, almost hyaline ; nervures very
fine, scarcely discernible ; cubital nervure continued to the end of
the Ist cubital areolet. Legs testaceous; 4 posterior femora slightly
infuscated ; hind coxee marked above, at the base, with a dusky
spot. Abdomen lanceolate, much longer than the head and thorax ;
lst segment nearly linear, three times as long as broad, testaceous
as far as the middle, thence to the apex, black, its tubercles effaced ;
following segments brown ; 2nd with its hind margin broadly pale ;
3rd more narrowly margined; 4th and following rufescent
posteriorly. Valves of the terebra black. ¢@ Smaller; antenne
stouter, as long as the body, with 20 discrete joints, black, with the
radicle testaceous ; prothorax black ; legs brown with the 2nd joint
of the trochanters and the base of the tibie and of the tarsi, pale ;
British Braconide. 49
hind cox blackish ; abdomen much shorter, lst segment .entirely
black ; the following brown with only the 2nd suture pale.
@ Length, 13 ; exp. 24: 4 length, 14; exp. 2 lines.
Parasite of Schizoneura ulmi, L., the puceron of the elm,
Ulmus campestris. Bignell has reared both sexes.
15. Aphidius pascuorum, Marshall.
A, pascuorum, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 577, 2.
? Black ; abdomen piceous, testaceous above at the apex. Oral
parts and palpi fuscescent. Antenne 17-jointed, shorter than the
body, black, with the two basal joints brown. Mesothoracic furrows
effaced ; metathorax carinated, areated. Wings hyaline, with very
fine and indistinct*neuration ; squamule and radicles impure whitish ;
stigma colourless, hyaline ; nervures pale brownish, but visible only
in the basal region, except the commencement of the radial, and the
fragment of the cubital which forms the underside of the 1st cubital
areolet. Legs fuscous, including all the coxe; trochanters and
knees pale. Abdomen lanceolate, longer than the head and thorax ;
Ist segment piceous, rather stout, twice as long as broad, its tubercles
effaced. Valves of the terebra black. g Unknown. Length, 2;
exp. 1} lines.
Parasite of Stphonophora longipennis, Buckton, the
puceron of Poa annua, annual meadow-grass: reared by
Bignell. In some of his trials he obtained only two red-
headed species of Allotria, one being A. victrix, Westw.,
and. the other ticketed erythrocephala, Jurine ; this latter
is now indeterminable. Both were probably hyperpara-
sites of A. pascworum.
16. Aphidius pterocomme, Marshall.
A. pterocomme, Marsh., lid. cit., p. 578, 2.
? Fuscotestaceous, head and thorax black above ; face and pectus
testaceous, the latter black posteriorly. Head wider than the
thorax; oral parts, palpi, and sometimes the occiput, testaceous ;
palpi white (in one specimen) ; mandibles black at the points.
Antenne almost as long as the body, 19-20-jointed, black, with the
Ist joint, the apex of the 2nd, and the extreme base of the 3rd,
testaceous. Prothorax and sides of the mesothorax rufotestaceous ;
mesothoracic furrows effaced; metathorax carinated, areated.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART I. (APRIL) 4
-
50 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
Wings hyaline; squamule and radicles testaceous ; stigma and
nervures brown, the latter stout and distinct; radial nervure
angulated at the commencement of the 2nd cubital areolet ; 2nd
intercubital nervure sometimes faintly indicated ; cubital nervure
continued as far as the end of the Ist cubital areolet. Legs rufo-
testaceous. Abdomen brownish, with segments 2-5 narrowly pale
at the base; longer than the head and thorax, narrow, lanceolate,
compressed towards the apex; Ist segment somewhat widened
posteriorly, three times as long as its mean width, rufo-fuscous, the
tubercles obsolete. ¢ Unknown. Length, 1}; exp. 25 lines.
Parasite of Pterocomma pilosa, Buckton, puceron of
Salix viminalis, the common osier, on which it lives in
company with Melanozanthus salicis, L. (see sp. 9); Bignell
bred 6 females. On a cursory inspection they resemble
urtice (sp. 8), and rosz (sp. 10).
17. Aphidius granarius, Marshall.
A, granarius, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 579, 2.
9 Head and thorax black above ; face, prosternum and meso-
sternum testaceous, this last black posteriorly; abdomen dark
brown, segments after the 4th yellow above. Clypeus, mandibles
and palpi, testaceous. Antenne shorter than the body, 17-jointed,
black, with the radicle and upper side of the 2nd joint testaceous.
Mesothoracic furrows effaced ; metathorax carinated, areated, the
spaces between the raised lines often rufescent. Wings hyaline ;
squamule and radicles testaceous ; stigma hyaline with a yellowish
tinge ; nervures impure testaceous, moderately distinct; cubital
nervure continued to the end of the Ist cubital areolet; a vestige
remains of the second intercubital nervure. Legs fuscotestaceous ;
coxee, femora, and tibice of the 4 posterior more or less infuscated ;
2nd joint of trochanters, knees, tips of tibia, and base of tarsi,
testaceous. Abdomen longer than the head and thorax, lanceolate,
compressed towards the apex ; 1st segment linear, margined, black,
with no visible tubercles ; 2-4 brown, becoming progressively paler
posteriorly ; a pale band on the second suture, or on the three first
sutures ; the rest of the abdomen pale testaceous above ; beneath,
it is brown to the apex, with only the sutures pale. Valves of the
terebra black. ¢ Antenne longer than the body, 19-jointed
entirely black, except the radicles ; face black ; oral parts, and sides
of prothorax testaceous ; the rest of the thorax black ; legs darker
than those of the 2 ; abdomen as long as the head and thorax,
British Braconide. 51
somewhat spathulate, fuscous to the apex, with the two first
sutures testaceous. Length almost 14; exp. 24 lines.
Parasite of Siphonophora granaria, Kirby, a puceron
infesting an unknown number of Graminacex, both
wild and cultivated, Secale, Triticum, Holcus, Poa, ete.
Bignell bred 11 specimens, including both sexes.
18. Aphidius crepidis, Haliday.
A. creprdis, Hal., lab. cit., 94; Marsh., lab. cit., p. 581, f 2.
A, tuberculatus, Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac. Brux., 1835; p.
80, 2 (where the remarkable colour of the valves
of the terebra is omitted).
2 Fulvo-testaceous, head and thorax black above. Head small,
contracted posteriorly, hardly transverse ; face, oral parts, and apex
of the cheeks, testaceous. Antenne 13-jointed, shorter than the body,
black, with the two basal joints and the base of the 3rd, fulvous,
which colour is sometimes further extended. On the mesosternum
is a large black spot, and another in the middle of the metathorax.
The upper portion of the metathorax is occupied by two aree,
leaving between them a right angle, the apex of which reaches the
base ; this angle forms part of a third area, occupying the middle of
the posterior face of the metathorax. Wings hyaline with a
cinereous tinge ; nervures brown, distinct ; stigma elongate, fulvous
during life, cinereous in dried specimens ; Ist abscissa of the radial
nervure curved, originating before the middle of the stigma ; cubital
nervure continued to the end of the 1st cubital areolet ; 1st inter-
cubital nervure half completed. Legs fulvous, sometimes entirely,
more commonly the 4 posterior femora and tibiz (or even those of
the forelegs) infuscated on the upper edge; tarsi infuscated.
Abdomen lanceolate ; 1st segment fulvous, somewhat rugulose, wider
than usual, twice as long as broad, with salient tubercles, situated
not far from the base; intermediate segments infuscated either on
the whole of the disc, or only at the sides. Valves of the terebra
testaceous, streaked with black above, exserted, curved downwards
and angularly enlarged beneath. ¢ Dissimilar ; black ; antennex
rather longer than the body, 16-jointed ; oral parts fulvous ; wings
cinereous ; legs infuscated, hind cox black; abdomen piceous,
somewhat spathulate ; 1st segment narrow, linear, three times as
long as broad, fulvous at the base and sometimes at the extremity
ca
52 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
also ; a pale patch occupies the 2nd suture and the disc of the 2nd
segment. Length, 1; exp. 2 lines.
This species is easily recognised by its many small
peculiarities ; both sexes may be known at once by the
unusual development of the 1st intercubital nervure ; the
female also by the structure of the terebral valves,
analogous to that which is seen in the genus Monoctonus.
Haliday procured these somewhat rare parasites by keep-
ing the pucerons which infest Crepis virens, hawk’s-beard,
and Cichorium intybus, succory ; and I obtained a fine set
from the pucerons of Lapsana communis, nipple-wort.
19. Aphidius pseudoplatant, Marshall.
A. constrictus, Hal., lib. cit., 95, ® 2 (nec Nees).
A pseudoplatani, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 82, ff.
Q More slender than the preceding. Pale whitish yellow ; head
and thorax infuscated above ; mesosternum sometimes infuscated.
Palpi very long for the genus. Antenne slender, blackish, with the
4 or 5 basal joints yellow, a little shorter than the body, 16-jointed
(rarely 15-jointed). Mesothoracic furrows effaced; metathorax
smooth, faintly carinated and areated. Wings hyaline ; squamule
and radicles yellowish ; nervures pale brown, distinct; stigma
yellow during life, afterwards pale brown ; cubital nervure continued
to the end of the 1st cubital areolet. Legs yellow ; extremities of
the 4 posterior femora and tibic infuscated on the outer side. First
abdominal segment linear, slender, three times as long as broad, with
salient}tubercles, situated in the middle. Terebra further exserted
than that of crepidis, its valves yellow, compressed, conic, not
angulated beneath, curved downwards at the apex only. ¢ Head
and thorax black; palpi pale brown ; antennz 18-jointed, black ;
squamulz and radicles brownish ; legs dull testaceous or brownish,
base of coxze, femora, middle of tibize, and tips of tarsi, infuscated ;
abdomen impure yellowish, clouded with a darker tint, sometimes
entirely infuscated after the lst segment. Length, 1 ; exp. 2 lines.
Bignell has bred 2 2s and a ¢ of this species, out of
Drepanosiphum acerinum, Walk., the puceron of Acer
pseudoplatanus, the sycamore. The pucerons which were
parasitised turned white, and two of them were winged.
The Chalcids Zsocratus xneus, Nees, and vulgaris, Walk.,
are hyperparasites of this Aphidius.
British Braconidez. 5o
20. Aphidius dissolutus, Haliday.
2 Bracon dissolutus, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl., 1811, p. 29 ;
A, dissolutus, Nees, Mon., 1, 23, # @.
2 A. resolutus, Nees, lib. cit., 24, f 2.
A. dissolutus, Hal., lib. cit., 105 ; Marsh., lid. cit., p. 583,
oF.
@ Black, shining ; abdomen piceous, pale at the base. Mandibles
and palpi testaceous; the latter short, maxillary 2-jointed, sub-
claviform, labial consisting of a single joint. Antenne stout, black,
16-jointed, the 3rd joint pale. Mesothoracie furrows obsolete.
Wings narrow, infumated, clearer towards the base ; stigma and
nervures fuscous, the former narrow. Fore legs almost wholly paie
yellowish ; so also the 4 posterior cox, trochanters, knees, and
tarsi, the rest of the legs fuscescent. Abdomen short, oval-lanceolate ;
lst segment short, cyathiform, contracted at the base, dilated and
almost rectangular posteriorly, somewhat rugulose. Terebra sub-
exserted, with obtuse, black valves. ¢ Antenne longer, entirely
black, 16-jointed, the articulations more distinct than in the 9? ;
wings of a lighter tint ; fore femora and tibie infuscated on the
outer side; the 4 posterior infuscated, with yellowish knees and
tarsi; abdomen not so distinctly pale at the base ; Ist segment less
dilated. Length, 1; exp. 2 lines.
There are two descriptions of dissolutus, one by Nees v.
Esenbeck, the other by Haliday, who has assumed the
species of the German writer to be the same as his own.
The identity, however, seems doubtful for the following
reasons, (1) according to Nees the antennz of the 2 have
only 14 (ie. 13) jomts; (2) Nees is silent as to the
peculiarity of the palpi; (8) the cubital nervure is de-
scribed as effaced at the base, reappearing under the Ist
cubital areolet, and then again effaced. There is nothing
special in this character, which is found in many more
species, often, I think, accidentally, and confined to the
individual. It may have appeared a good distinctive
character at a time when few species were known, but is
certainly not so now. Hence the genus Lysiphlebus of
Forster, formed (as the name imports) to include the
Aphidii with an interrupted cubital, and without regard
to any other character, has no certain foundation. The
variety indicated by Nees evidently belongs to a different
species; and the A. obsoletus, Wesmael, which that author
refers doubtfully to dissolutus, Nees, is nothing else than
-
54 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
Trioxys heraclet, Hal. A. dissolutus, Nees, is stated by
that author to occur in hedges and oak-plantations ;
A, dissolutus, Haliday, is found, though rarely, in meadows
overgrown with Ranunculus acris.
21. Aphidius sonchi, Marshall.
A. sonchi, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 585, S 2.
? Black ; prothorax, base and apex of abdomen, clypeus, man-
dibles, and palpi, testaceous. Antenne slender, filiform, shorter
than the body, 16-jointed, the two basal joints and the base of the
3rd testaceous. Mesothoracic furrows obsolete ; metathorax carin-
ated in the middle longitudinally, and crossed lower down by
another and transverse carina. Wings hyaline ; squamule and
radicles testaceous ; stigma colourless ; nervures pale brownish ; all
obsolete beyond the stigma ; cubital nervure very weak at its origin,
but continued to the end of the first cubital areolet. Legs clear
testaceous, including the coxe. Abdomen lanceolate, as wide in the
middle as the thorax; Ist segment nearly linear, three times as
long as broad, clear testaceous, its tubercles placed a little before
the middle ; 2nd brownish with a pale patch in the middle reaching
to the anterior margin; 2nd suture bordered on both sides with
testaceous ; segments 3-4 brownish, the rest testaceous, sometimes
with a brownish spot in the disc of the 5th. Terebra very short,
with black, stout, obtuse valves. ¢ Antenne as long as the body,
18-jointed ; the testaceous portions of the body less clear ; 4 posterior
tibiz and hind femora infuscated ; base of hind coxe marked with
a fuscous spot; Ist abdominal segment brownish towards the ex-
tremity ; 2nd dark brown, leaving the sutures always pale; after
the 2nd suture the abdomen is black. This ¢ resembles so many
others that it can hardly be recognised apart from the other sex.
Length, 13; exp. 23 lines.
Six specimens were reared by Bignell, and eight by
myself, from Siphonophora lactuce, Kalt., the puceron of
Lactuca sativa, lettuce; but in the present instance this
aphis was found infesting Sonchus oleraceus, sow-thistle.
Hyperparasite, Allotria minuta, Hartig.
22. Aphidius asteris, Haliday.
A. asteris, Hal., lib. cit.,100; Marsh., lib. cit., p. 586,
Sf.
The colours are those of rose (sp. 10), but not so clear. Head
and thorax black ; abdomen impure yellow, with the intermediate
British Braconide. 55:
segments infuscated. Clypeus and palpi yellowish, the latter infus-
cated towards the tips. Antenne slender, entirely black, 15-jointed.
Anterior portion of the pectus yellowish. Wings hyaline ; sguamulze
and radicles obscurely yellowish ; stigma impure yellow, becoming
brownish after death ; nervures brownish. Legs impure yellow ;
femora streaked above with fuscous, the hind pair almost wholly
fuscous ; 4 posterior tibiee infuscated except at the base ; tarsi almost
wholly infuscated ; 4 posterior cox black. A yellowish patch on
the 2nd abdominal suture. ¢ Black, with the oral parts impure
yellow ; antennz 18-jointed ; legs brown, fore femora and tibize
ferruginous beneath ; ends of the trochanters, and all the knees,
ferruginous ; abdomen brown, the Ist segment partly yellow ; 2nd.
suture yellowish. (Haliday.) Length, 14; exp. 2} lines.
Parasite of the pucerons of Aster tripoliwm, sea star-
wort.
23. Aphidius ribis, Haliday.
A, ribis, Hal., lib. cit., 101, 2; cf. Réaum., Mém., iil, 286 ;
Marsh., /2d. cit., p. 587, S$ Q.
@ Blackish, or dark brown ; head black ; abdomen yellow at both
ends. Oral parts yellow. Antenne fuscous with the two basal
joints yellow, 15-jointed. Prothorax yellow ; pectus paler than the
dise of the thorax. Wings hyaline ; squamulz and radicles yellowish ;
stigma yellow, becoming brownish after death; nervures pale
brownish, mostly subobsolete ; cubital nervure interrupted in the
middle, reappearing beneath the Ist cubital areolet and one half of
the 2nd, then suddenly effaced; 1st cubital areolet indistinctly
separated from the discoidal. Legs yellow, including all the coxe ;
tips of femora above, middle of tibize, and tarsi at the apex, slightly
infuscated. Abdomen yellow ; base of the 2nd segment and ex-
tremity of the 3rd infuscated, as well as the disc of the following
segments except the apical one, which is yellow. Valves of the
terebra black. ¢ Antenne 15-16-jointed, as long as the body, stout,
black with the two basal joints pale ; prothorax blackish ; abdomen
after the Ist segment brown to the apex ; otherwise like the ?.
Length, 3-3; exp. 15-2f lines.
This small Aphidius is abundant, attacking Myzus ribis,
L., the aphis which infests currant-bushes, both red and
black, Ribis rubra and R. grossularia, causing the well-
known puckering of their leaves. The pucerons pierced
by the parasite become pearly white; they produce the
-
56 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
hyperparasite, Allotria minuta, Hartig, in such numbers
that it is often difficult to procure from them a single
Aphidius.
24, Aphidius cirsii, Haliday.
A, cirsit, Hal., lid. cit., 101, 2 (not of Curtis); Marsh., lid.
cit., p. 588, °.
? Prothorax flavo-ferruginous ; head and thorax black or blackish ;
abdomen piceous, almost black at the apex, with the lst segment
and two first sutures yellow. Face and clypeus black ; palpi
fuscous ; mandibles yellow, infuscated at the points. Antenne 15-
jointed (rarely with 16, and once only with 17 joints, according to
Haliday), shorter than the body, the apical joint largest ; they are
black, with the two basal joints brownish, the 3rd testaceous, black
at the extremity. Mesothoracic furrows obsolete ; metathorax carin-
ated, areated. Wings hyaline, with a dusky tinge ; squamule and
radicles testaceous ; stigma very pale; nervures fine but distinct,
pale brownish ; cubital complete as far as the end of the Ist cubital
areolet. Legs rufotestaceous, coxze and trochanters paler ; hind cox
infumated above at the base ; femora and tibie of the same pair
usually of a deeper red. Abdomen lanceolate, slender, narrower
than the thorax ; lst segment rufotestaceous, slightly widened pos-
teriorly, 24 times as long as its mean breadth, without distinct
tubercles ; the two first sutures and the posterior half of the 2nd
segment pale ; the following segments black. Valves of the terebra
black. g Unknown. Length, ?; exp. 13.
Bignell has reared six females of this species. One
came out of Aphis cardut, L., infesting Carduus lanceolatus,
Pyrethrum maritimum, and some other plants. Buckton
remarks that this Ap/is is subject to the attacks of a
parasite, probably of the present species. On a single
stalk of Pyrethrum, an inch and a half long, he counted
19 parasitised pucerons. Three more of cist were pro-
duced from Aphis tanacetina, Walk., infesting a geranium,
and two from an undetermined puceron found on Galiwm
verum, ladies’ bed-straw. Haliday procured his specimens
from Cirsiwm arvense, creeping thistle, but not by breeding.
25. Aphidius eglanterixv, Haliday.
A, eglanterix, Hal., lib. cit., 102; Marsh., ld. cit., p. 589,
SF.
2 Black ; prothorax sometimes ferruginous ; base of abdomen
yellow. Oral parts and palpi brownish. Antenne black, 14-15-
~
British Braconide. 57
jointed. Legs rufotestaceous, with the outer side of the femora and
extremity of the tarsi infuscated ; hind cox sometimes infuscated.
Abdomen piceous, Ist segment rufo-flavous, less frequently brown ;
middle of the 2nd segment, and anterior sutures, yellowish. S Black ;
legs brown, the fore pair yellowish beneath; all the knees also
yellowish ; abdomen darker than that ofthe 9. Length, 3-1; exp.
15-2} lines. Haliday.
Reared by Haliday from pucerons of Rosa rubiginosa,
sweet-briar; the latter, when pierced, retire to the under-
side of the leaves, and become shining white.
26. Aphidius hortensis, Marshall.
A. hortensis, Marsh., l2b. cit., p. 590, fF 9.
2 Abdomen yellow at base and apex, pale brown in the middle.
Face brown ; clypeus, mandibles, and palpi, whitish. Antenne
shorter than the body, 14-jointed, blackish with the two basal
joints whitish. Mesonotum smooth, without the usual furrows ;
metathorax faintly carinated, areated. Wings hyaline, with a dusky
tint ; stigma and nervures pale cinereous ; cubital nervure almost
effaced, except the portion which forms the lower side of the 1st
cubital areolet. Legs yellow, femora and tibiz of the 4 posterior
somewhat infuscated. Abdomen narrow, compressed towards the
apex ; 1st segment yellow, almost linear, without visible tubercles ;
2nd yellow, dusky in the middle, or with a dusky spot on each side ;
3 5 somewhat obscure above ; the remaining segments yellow.
Valves of the terebra black. ¢ Antenne 16-jointed, as long as the
body, the two basal joints of each yellowish ; posterior femora and
tibiee darker than those of the 2; abdomen wholly pale brown,
except the Ist segment and the extreme base of the 2nd, which are
yellow. Length, 1; exp. 1} lines.
The description is from 9 specimens reared from Aphides
infesting a shrub, the name of which was not communi-
cated to me, perhaps not indigenous. The punctured
pucerons on the same card are pearly white.
27. Aphidius chrysanthemi, Marshall.
A. chrysanthemi, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 591, $ Q.
2 Black ; 1st abdominai segment partly pale; oral parts dull
-testaceous. Antenne somewhat longer than the head and thorax,
-
58 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
rather stout, 14-jointed. Prothorax and pectus black ; metathorax
carinated in the middle, areated. Wings hyaline ; squamule
radicles, stigma and nervures, pale ebrownish ; Ist section of the
cubital nervure faintly traced ; the nervure is more distinct beneath
the Ist cubital areolet. Legs brown, with the trochanters, base and
apex of femora and tibie, and base of tarsi, testaceous. Abdomen
blackish, the two first sutures narrowly pale ; 1st segment linear,
without distinct tubercles. ¢ Similar; antenne 16-jointed ; legs
darker, and Ist segment paler than in the 2. Length, 14; exp. 2
lines,
The specimens in the Bignell collection were bred out
of Aphis tanacetina, Walk., which infests Tanacetum
vulgare, the tansy, Chrysanthemum sinense, the common
garden chrysanthemum, and other plants.
28. Aphidius matricarixv, Haliday.
A, matricariz, Hal., lib. cit., 103, 2; Marsh., lib. cit., p,
592, f 9.
2A. restrictus, Nees, Mon., i, 22; Ratz., Ichn. d. Forst., iii,
63, .
2 A. diminuens, Nees, Mon., 1., 22, &.
2 Black ; abdomen piceous with the 1st segment ferruginous.
Palpi fuscous. Antenne filiform, 14-jointed, either entirely black,
or brownish at the base. Prothorax sometimes ferruginous. Wings
hyaline ; stigma brownish, very pale; nervures brown; cubital
nervure complete as far as the end of the Ist cubital areolet. Legs
ferruginous, the fore pair streaked with fuscous above ; 4 posterior
having their coxee, femora, tibiz in the middle, and tarsi at the apex,.
more or less infuscated. Abdomen lanceolate, rather wide in the
middle ; 1st segment almost linear, twice as long as broad, its tubercles
indistinct, situated in the middle, the colour is very clear, and extends
a little on to the 2nd segment, along the median line ; the following
segments black. Valves of the terebra obtuse. ¢ Similar ; antenne
longer, 16-17-jointed ; legs darker ; abdomen forming a flattened oval,
spathulate ; 1st segment more slender. Length, 3-1; exp. 14-2}
lines,
Found rarely by Haliday on Pyrethrum inodorwm and
P. maritimum. The Bignell collection contains two pairs
of this species, produced from Aphis myosotidis, Koch,
which infests Polygonum aviculare, common knot-grass.
I have also obtained the ? from the pucerons of Raphanus
maritimus,
British Braconide. 59»
29. Aphidius arundinis, Haliday.
A. arwnidinis, Hal., lib. cit., 104; Marsh., lib. cit., p.
592, 9.
? Black or piceous; 1st abdominal segment flavo-ferruginous.
Oral parts and palpi of the same colour. Antennz 14- (or sometimes
15-) jointed, black, with the base yellow. Prothorax flavo-ferruginous.
Wings hyaline ; squamule and radicles stramineous ; stigma almost
hyaline ; nervures for the most part colourless ; cubital nervure
colourless, scarcely perceptible beneath the 1st cubital areolet. Legs
flavo-ferruginous. Haliday had before him some specimens, probably
immature, in which the black parts were replaced by brownish red,
and the scutellum was red; but he regarded them as belonging to-
the same species. g Unknown. Length, 3; exp. 14 lines,
This species was doubtfully referred in the Catalogue of
1872 to matricariw and restrictus (sp. 28); but such a
conjecture should not perhaps have been made without
more information. The insect has never been bred by any
one, and its description leads to no certain conclusion.
Found by Haliday upon reeds, but not common.
30. Aphidius cardui, Marshall.
A, cardwi, Marsh., lib. cit., Pp: 095,'6 ¢.
? Head and thorax black ; abdomen subsessile, brown, with the
Ist segment and the base of the 2nd whitish yellow. Clypeus,
mandibles, and palpi very pale, somewhat rufescent. Antenne 19-
jointed, rather larger than the head and thorax, stout, submoniliform,
black, with the two or three basal joints pale rufous, the apical
joint elongate and larger than the rest. Prothorax often testaceous
beneath ; mesonotum without furrows ; metathorax rufescent, smooth,
without a median carina, and not areated. Wings hyaline ; squa-
mulg, radicles, stigma, and nervures pale brownish, these last
tolerably distinct, except the cubital, which is effaced as to its first
section, reappearing only to form the lower side of the lst cubital
areolet. Fore legs testaceous ; the 4 posterior brownish, with coxee,
trochanters, and knees, pale testaceous. Abdomen rather longer
than the head and thorax, lanceolate, slightly compressed at the apex ;
1st segment short, not more than twice as long as its mean breadth,-
linear as far as the tubercles, which are situated before the middle,
from thence widened to the extremity, which is twice as broad as
the base ; posterior segments gradually becoming darker to the apex
which is nearly black. Valves of the terebra black. 3 Similar ;-
-
60 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
antennz almost as long as the body, entirely black, 14-jointed.
Length, 4 ; exp. 14 lines.
A common parasite, reared in numbers by Bignell from
Aphidius cardui, L., on Cardwus lanceolatus ; from Siphono-
phora olivata, Buckton, also infesting thistles ; from Aphis
jacobea, Schr., on Senecio jacobea, common rag-wort ; and
fron Siphocoryne capree, Fab., a puceron inhabiting
different kinds of willow.
31. Aphidius salicis, Haliday.
A, salicis, Hal., lib. cit., 102; Marsh., lid. cit., p. 594, F ¥-
? Black, with a pale patch on the abdomen; Ist segment some-
times brown. Oral parts dull yellow. Antenne a little longer than
the head and thorax, slightly incrassated towards the apex, 13-jointed.
Wings hyaline ; stigma yellowish, becoming brownish after death ;
nervures paler brown ; lower side of the 1st cubital areolet complete.
Four anterior legs dull ferruginous : 2nd pair with the base of their
femora, the middle of the tibize, and the tarsi, infuscated ; hind pair
brown, with the trochanters and both ends of the tibiz ferruginous ;
all the coxee black. Second abdominal segment pale in the middle ;
the two first sutures also pale; or the abdomen shows in the middle
an indeterminate pale patch. ¢ Antenne 15-16-jointed (rarely
with 17 joints) ; wings whitish ; legs and abdomen darker brown
than in the @. Length, ?-1; exp. 14-2 lines. Haliday.
Like the preceding, this species attacks some of the
pucerons of the willow; those that are wounded may be
recognised by their pale brown colour ; they retire to the
extremities of the leaves. The majority of them nourish,
beside the Aphidius, an Allotvia with a red head ( fulviceps,
Curtis), or some other species which cannot now be deter-
mined. Haliday observed also some still smaller
species of Aphidius on Daucus carota, the carrot, which
seemed to him to be A. salicis. But see no. 38, A. dawet.
32. Aphidius exigwus, Haliday.
A, exiguus, $ Hal., lib. cit., 104, 9; Marsh., l2b. cit., p.
595, ¢ .
2A. fumatus, Hal., lib. cit., 3.
Q Black ; abdomen pale at the base and in the middle ; Ist segment
yellow. Oral parts ochreous. Antenne a little longer than the head
and thorax, slightly incrassated towards the apex, 13-jointed. Wings
British Braconide. 61
obscure; stigma pale brownish ; Ist cubital areolet indistinctly
limited on the lower side. Legs piceous, with pale knees. First
abdominal segment almost linear, but slightly widened posteriorly.
Valves of the terebra obtuse. ¢ The doubtful male (fumatus, Hal.)
resembles Monoctonus caricis, Hal. Blackish brown, with very short
palpi ; antenne a little incrassated, 16-jointed ; wings infumated ;
stigma narrow ; 2nd abscissa of the radius somewhat arcuate ; Ist
cubital areolet indistinct or effaced ; legs piceous, with pale knees and
tarsi ; abdomen brownish, pale at the base, dilated, spathulate ; 1st
segment stout, linear. Length, $; exp. 1} lines, nearly.
The association of the sexes is almost always doubtful,
unless they have been reared together ; in the present
case I have joined fwmatus to eamgwus agreeably to a
conjecture of Haliday. The insects are unknown to me,
unless a ¢ which I captured at large should happen to be
FSumatus ; it agrees pretty well with the diagnosis. Exigwus
and fumatus both occur not uncommonly in marshy
meadows, overgrown with Ranunculus acris.
33. Aphidius scabiosx, Marshall.
A. scabiosx, Marsh., lid. cit., p. 596, F &.
Q Head and thorax black above, all the underside of the body pale
yellow or whitish ; abdomen pale yellow, brownish in the middle.
Face, clypeus, and palpi of the same pale colour. Antenne rather
shorter than the body, 15-jointed, blackish, with the two basal joints
of each yellow. Mesothoracic furrows obsolete ; metathorax
carinated in the middle, areated. Wings hyaline ; cubital areolets and
1st discoidal effaced, no nervures visible beyond the stigma, or
scarcely a trace of them remains ; stigma very pale, decolorous. Legs
pale yellow, cox and trochanters whitish. Abdomen lanceolate,
yery little compressed towards the apex ; Ist segment pale yellow,
linear, narrow, without visible tubercles ; 2nd pale brownish, yellow
in the middle of the base, or yellow with a dusky spot on each side ;
3rd and 4th brownish ; 5th yellow, more or less brownish posteriorly ;
6th with only a small brownish spot at the extremity ; apical seg-
ment yellow. Valves of the terebra blackish. ¢ Antenne as long
as the body, 17-jointed ; 4 posterior femora and tibiz stained with
reddish brown ; abdomen rounded at the apex, entirely brownish
above, after the Ist segment. Length, 1 ; exp. 2 lines.
In coloration this resembles asteris (sp. 22) and hortensis
(sp. 26), but its other characters render it sufficiently
-
62 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
distinct. Parasite of Aphis *scabiose, Kalt., which infests
Scabiosa arvensis. Bignell reared 29 specimens, and
observed others, which he thought were of the same
‘species, on the blossoms of Ballota nigra, stinking hore-
hound.
34, Aphidius leucopterus, Haliday.
A. lewcopterus, Hal., lib. cit., 103; Marsh., lid. cit., p.
Domoote 2
@ Deep black, shining; Ist abdominal segment dark brown.
Antenne black, slender, 15-jointed. Wings whitish ; stigma yellow.
Fore legs yellowish; 4 posterior blackish brown, with the trochanters,
the base of the tibiee and of the tarsi pale. A pale patch in the
middle of the dise of the abdomen. Terebral valves angulated at
the base above, acute at the extremity. ¢ Antennz 16-jointed ;
wings white ; all the legs blackish brown, annulated with pale colour ;
abdomen black, the pale patch in the middle less distinct. Length
nearly #; exp. 1} lines. Haliday.
Forster in his Synopsis (p. 249) has made of this species
a genus Divretus, for which he indicates two characters
not mentioned by Haliday, viz., metathorax not areated,
and pobrachial nervure perceptible. The former pecu-
liarity is shared by several other known species of
Aphidius; the latter is rather a distinction of individuals,
and certainly not of generic value. The present insect is
unknown to me, and found rarely, according to Haliday, on
coniferous trees.
35. Aphidius brassice, Marshall.
A. brassicx, Marsh., lab. cit., p. 597, f 2.
@ Black ;abdomen brown, with the 1st segment more or less pale
towards the base, and the two first sutures pale. Oral parts and
palpi pale. Antenne short, reaching backwards as far as the end of
-the Ist segment, black, with the extremity of the 2nd joint testaceous,
14-jointed. Mesothoracic furrows obsolete ; metathorax carinated,
areated. Wings hyaline ; squamule, radicles, and basal nervures
dull testaceous’; stigma pale yellowish ; cubital areolets and 1st
discoidal effaced ; no visible nervures beyond the stigma. Fore legs
testaceous, their femora sometimes streaked with fuscous ; 4 posterior
fuscous, with the extremity of the cox, the 2nd joint of the
trochanters,'the extremity and the underside of the femora, and the
British Braconide. 63
base of the tibice, dull testaceous ; tarsi infuscated, each articulation
pale at the base. Abdomen lanceolate ; 1st segment linear, three
times as long as wide, without distinct tubercles, pale testaceous
.at the base, fuscous at the extremity ; 2nd fuscous, pale at both
ends; the rest of the segments fuscous. Valves of the terebra black.
6 Similar; antenne almost as long as the body, 17-jointed ;
colours darker than those of the ?, even the forelegs are infuscated,
or streaked with fuscous above ; abdomen elongate oval, rounded
at the apex. Length, 1 ; exp. 2 lines.
A common parasite; I obtained six specimens, com-
prising the two sexes, from Siphocoryne feniculi, Passerini,
the puceron of Faeniculum vulgare, fennel, and Bignell
sent me a male of the same origin. Thirteen others were
reared from the pucerons of Raphanus maritimus, the
stalks of which plant were loaded with dead aphides.
The Bignell collection possesses more than forty speci-
mens, the produce of Aphis brassicx, L., the puceron of
Brassica oleracea, the cabbage, and of some other kindred
plants. TZrionyx Qe. Toxares, afterwards Aphidius) rape,
Curtis, probably belongs to this species.
36. Aphidius fabarum, Marshall.
A, fabarum, Marsh., lib. cit., p.599, @.
2 Head and thorax black.; abdomen dull testaceous as far as the
middle, the two basal segments infuscated on the disc, the apical
half black. Head rather larger than the thorax ; oral parts and palpi
pale brownish, Antennz 12-jointed, filiform, stout, shorter than the
body, black with the two basal joints brown, the apical joint formed
of two closely united. Mesonotum finely punctulate in front, smooth
posteriorly, as also are the scutellum and the metathorax, this last
destitute of a median carina. Wings hyaline; squamule and
radicles pale brownish ; stigma hyaline, except a small patch of
colouring matter in the middle (in my specimen); basal nervures
brown, distinct, the rest effaced, except a faint trace of the radial ;
even the 2nd discoidal areolet is subobsolete, open on the underside.
Fore legs testaceous ; the 4 posterior the same, but with a brown
streak on the femora above, and the tibie brown in the middle;
hind coxze brownish. Abdomen not longer than the head and
thorax, lanceolate, as wide in the middle as the thorax ; Ist segment
unusually stout, much widened posteriorly, where it is twice as broad
as at the base; tubercles median ; 2nd pale brownish, testaceous at.
o
64 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
both ends ; the rest of the abdomen black ; the apex acute; hypo-
pygium prominent. Valves of the terebra broad, conic, black. ¢
dissimilar ; antennz composed of 13 joints, whereof the two apical
ones are discrete ; almost moniliform, brownish at the base ; stigma
hyaline, immaculate ; radial nervure more distinct ; abdomen much
narrower ; Ist segment narrow, linear, margined, suddenly con-
tracted at the extremity ; the testaceous colour of the two basal
segments more obscure ; posterior part of the abdomen narrow,
oblong, sublinear, rounded at the apex. Q Length, ?; exp. 1}:
d length, $; exp. 14 lines.
I obtained the two sexes out of Aphis rumicis, L., a poly-
phagous puceron inhabiting Rwmewx crispus, the curled
dock, and many other plants; found in the present case
on Kaba vulgaris, the broad bean.
37. Aphidius ambiguus, Haliday.
A, ambiguus, Hal., lib. cit., 104; Marsh., lib. cit., p.
600; 2.
Q Abdomen subsessile, lst segment short, cyathiform. Antenne
filiform, black, longer than the head and thorax, 13-jointed. Wings
hyaline ; stigma pale brown ; cubital areolets and exterior nervures
obsolete. Legs pale yellow, coxe and tarsal claws infuscated ; the
4 posterior legs have the middle of the femora and tibie, and the
apex of the tarsi infuscated. Abdomen short, oval, lanceolate, pale
at the base, piceous posteriorly ; tubercles of the Ist segment
visible. Valves of the terebra acute. @¢ Unknown. Length, 2;
exp. 1} lines. Haliday.
Found rarely in marshy places.
38. Aphidius dauci, Marshall.
A. dauct, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 601, f 2.
@ Head and thorax black, abdomen brown, with the Ist
segment testaceous, Clypeus black ; mouth and palpi either dull
testaceous or brownish. Antenne 13-jointed, scarcely longer
than the head and thorax, Ist and 2nd joints brown, base of the
3rd pale. Mesonotum without furrows, but these are sometimes
indicated by two slight longitudinal depressions ; metathorax car-
inated, areated. Wings hyaline; squamule and radicles pale ;.
stigma hyaline, hardly tinged with yellow ; basal nervures tolerably
distinct, brownish testaceous ; 2nd cubital areolet effaced, or only
british Braconide. 65
-a trace of its lower side remains ; radial nervure hardly visible, as long
as the stigma, the rest of the neuration effaced. Fore legs testaceous,
their coxe infuscated ; 4 posterior brown, with the ends of the coxe,
the trochanters, and the knees, testaceous, as well as the base of the
hind tarsi. Abdomen slender, subcylindric, longer than the head
and thorax, lanceolate, somewhat compressed from and after the base
of the 2nd segment ; Ist segment testaceous, linear, three times as
long as broad, with scarcely perceptible tubercles situated in the
middle; 2nd segment brown, testaceous at both ends along the
sutures ; the rest of the abdomen brown, becoming black towards
the apex. Valves of the terebra black. ¢ Similar ; antennew 15-16-
jointed, a little shorter than the body; fore legs brownish, the 4
posterior, and the abdomen, darker than inthe 2. Length less than
4; exp. 1} lines.
This minute species is perhaps the one mentioned by
Haliday as a var. of salicis (sp. 31). After examining a
great number of both species, I have no hesitation in
keeping them apart. A. dawcvisa parasite of Siphonophora
pastinace, which infests Pastinaca sativa, the parsnip, and
Apium graveolens, wild celery. The Bignell collection con-
tains a series bred out of the same pucerons, but taken on
Daucus carota, the carrot, and Crithmum maritimum,
samphire.
39. Aphidius polygoni, Marshall.
A. polygont, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 602, S .
¢@ Black, with only the two first sutures pale. Oral parts and
palpi testaceous. Antenne 13-jointed, hardly longer than the
head and thorax, black with the base of the 3rd joint testaceous.
Mesothoracic furrows obsolete; metathorax carinated, areated.
Wings hyaline with a cinereous tinge ; squamule, radicles, stigma
and neuration cinereous brown ; basal nervures distinct ; no cubital
nervure ; cubital areolets and first discoidal effaced. Fore legs
testaceous, femora fuscous above, tibize in the middle, and tarsi
altogether, except the base ; 4 posterior legs black, with the ex-
tremities of the cox, the 2nd joint of the trochanters, the knees,
and the base of the tarsi, testaceous; 1st joint of the trochanters
brown. Abdomen twice as long as the head and thorax, lanceolate ;
Ist segment a little wider at the apex than at the base, 24 times
longer than its mean breadth, yellowish at both ends, brown in the
middle ; tubercles hardly visible, situated in the middle, Valves of
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART I. (APRIL) 5
—
66 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
the terebra stout, truncate at the apex. ¢ Black, with the two
sutures pale, translucid ; palpi black ; antennz rather shorter tham
the body, 15-jointed, black. Legs black. Length, 1 ; exp. 2 lines.
Bred by Bignell out of Aphis myosotidis, Koch, found
infesting Polygonum aviculare, common knot-grass.
II. MALES WHOSE FEMALES ARE UNKNOWN.
40. Aphidius silenes, Marshall.
A, stlenes, Marsh., 12d. cit., p. 603, f.
gd Black ; pectus rufescent ; abdomen piceous, with the 2nd suture
pale, 1st segment black posteriorly. Clypeus, palpi, and mandibles
pale brown. Antennz stout, 20-21-jointed, longer than the body,
black, with the two basal joints brownish, the 3rd testaceous at the
base ; joints 3-6 angulated on the outer side, subserrate, the rest
nearly filiform. Mesothoracic furrows faintly indicated ; meta-
thorax carinated, areated. Wings hyaline ; squamule and radicles dull
testaceous ; stigma narrow, hyaline or hardly yellowish ; nervures
pale brownish ; 2nd cubital areolet closed on the underside by a very
fine nervure, hardly visible, z.e. cubital nervure about half com-
pleted. Legs testaceous; femora and tibie of the 4 posterior
bifuscated ; coxee, trochanters, and base of the tibie, pale ; hind
cox infuscated at the base; a second specimen hus the legs pale
testaceous with the hind femora streaked with fuscous above.
Abdomen claviform, somewhat longer than the head and thorax ;
Ist segment linear, margined, without visible tubercles. Length,
1g ; exp. 24 lines.
Parasite of Siphonophora pisi, Kalt., the puceron of
different species of pea, Piswm arvense, sativum, etc., also
of Silene inflata, bladder campion, and other plants.
Reared by Bignell.
41. Aphidius erithmi, Marshall.
A. crithmt, Marsh., lz. cit., p. 604, 2.
$ Black ; abdomen piceous, with the extremity of the 2nd seg-
ment, and the 2nd suture, pale. Palpi brown. Antenne 19-jointed,
black, setiform, not longer than the body, Mesothoracic furrows
faintly indicated: metathorax smooth, carinated in the middle,
British Braconide. 67
areated. Wings hyaline; squamulz, radicles, and nervures pale
brownish ; stigma, yellowish, elongate, emitting the 1st abscissa of
the radius obliquely, before the middle; 2nd and 8rd abscissz
effaced ; cubital nervure continued as far as the end of the 1st
cubital areolet, the under side of which is distinctly incrassated.
Legs brown ; trochanters, knees, and base of tarsi, testaceous. First
abdominal segment linear, black, rugulose, with scarcely perceptible
tubercles placed near the extremity. Length, 1; exp. 24 lines,
Reared by Bignell out of Aphis crithmi, Buckton, which
inhabits the samphire, Crithmium maritimum,
42, Aphidius absinthii, Marshall.
A. absinthit, Marsh., lib, cit., p, 605, f.
d Black ; abdomen piceous, the 1st segment pale testaceous. Oral
parts and palpi very pale, whitish. Antenne 17-jointed, as long as
the body, black, with the two basal joints piceous, Mesothoracic
furrows obsolete; metathorax reddish-brown, carinated in the
middle, divided into fourarez., Wings slightly cinereous ; squamule
and radicles impurely whitish ; stigma very pale, cinereous ; basal
nervures brownish, tolerably distinct, the rest effaced, except the
radial, which advances as far as the middle of the stigma, and the
cubital, which is visible beneath the Ist cubital areolet. Legs
blackish ; trochanters and knees testaceous. Abdomen somewhat
longer than the head and thorax ; Ist segment linear, with minute
tubercles, situated before the middle ; 2nd suture and base of the
2nd segment pale testaceous, the rest of the abdomen dark,
Length, $ ; exp. 14 lines.
Bred by Bignell from Stphonophora absinthii, L. the
puceron of Artemisia absinthiwm, wormwood.
43. Aphidius euphorbiw, Marshall.
A, ewphorbixv, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 606, 2.
6 Head and thorax black ; Ist segment testaceous at the base,
reddish on the condylus, two first sutures testaceous, the rest of the
abdomen piceous ; tubercles situated after the middle of the lst
segment. Oral parts rufescent ; palpi darker. Antenne 18-jointed,
stout, black, as long as the body. Prothorax piceous ; mesothoracic
furrows effaced; metathorax carinated, areated. Wings sub-
hyaline ; squamulez, radicles, and stigma, cinereous ; basal nervures
al
68 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
brownish ; cubital almost effaced, only a faint vestige appearing
beneath the Ist cubital areolet. Legs piceous, the hind pair nearly
black ; trochanters and knees testaceous. Abdomen as long as the
head and thorax ; 1st segment linear, at least three times as long as
broad ; tubercles minute, Length, ?; exp. 13 lines.
Two males were reared by Bignell out of a species of
aphis found on Euphorbia paralias, the sea-spurge. This
aphis is perhaps Aphis ewphorbiw of Koch and Kalten-
bach, but I find no mention of it in Buckton’s monograph.
The ¢ Aphidius corresponds very closely with the ? of
sp. 19, psewdoplatani, but there can be no proof of their
relationship without breeding, and considering the differ-
ence of their origin, I have not united them.
44. Aphidius lychnidis, Marshall.
A, lychnidis, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 607, 2.
g Blackish brown, paler on the abdomen; the 1st segment
yellow. Oral parts and palpi very pale brown. Antenne 16-
jointed, as long as the body, piceous, the 2nd joint rufescent. Meso-
thoracic furrows effaced. Wings subhyaline ; stigma and nervures
very pale, the latter indistinct ; radial nervure forming no angle,
shortened ; cubital effaced ; prabrachial transverse more distinct
than the rest; 2nd discoidal areolet longer than half the pra-
brachial transverse ; apical third of the wing entirely nerveless.
Legs fusco-testaceous, including the coxe ; 4 posterior femora, tibiz,
and tarsi, infuscated, except at the base. Abdomen elongate, nar-
rowly oval ; 1st segment linear, its tubercles imperceptible ; extreme
base of the 2nd yellow, like the Ist. Length nearly 1; exp.
2 lines.
Parasite of Aphis lychnidis, L. which infests Lychnis
viscaria, diurna, and vespertina, campion.
45. Aphidius cerasi, Marshall.
A. cerast, Marsh., lid. cit., p. 607, f.
3 Black, with the Ist abdominal segment testaceous ; a long,
pale, irregular patch extends over the following segments. Oral
parts and palpi pale. Antenne rather longer than the body,
slender, filiform, 16-jointed, black, with the two basal joints
brownish. Mesothoracic furrows effaced ; metathorax very short,
divided into 4 areze by two carinz in form of across. Wings with
British Braconide. 69
a slight dusky tinge ; squamule, radicles, and basal nervures very
pale brown ; no vestige of the exterior nervures, except the 1st
abscissa of the radial ; stigma hyaline, elongate, indeterminate on
the under side, emitting the shortened radial from before the
middle ; 2nd discoidal areolet shorter than half the prebrachial
transverse; wings more ample than usual. Legs testaceous ;
4 posterior femora and tibiz slightly infuscated in the middle, hind
cox infuscated above at the base. Abdomen as long as the head
and thorax, and narrower than the latter ; condylus of the Ist seg-
ment somewhat enlarged; tubercles visible, placed before the
middle ; the decolorous patch on the posterior segments is perhaps
no character, but an accident resulting from desiccation. Length, 3 ;
exp. 12 lines.
I reared this species out of Myzus cerast, F. the black
pun of the cherry. Only one specimen was obtained
rom a number of pucerons, all the rest of these being
parasitised in the second degree by the Cynipid Allotria
flavicornis, Hartig.
46. Aphidius acalephe, Marshall.
A. acalephe, Marsh., lib. cit., p. 608, gf.
gd Head and thorax black ; abdomen piceous, with the Ist seg-
ment and the two sutures pale. Head large ; oral parts and palpi
pale. Antennz 13-jointed, stout, longer than the body, somewhat
moniliform, black, with the two basal joints brown. Mesothoracic
furrows not entirely effaced ; an additional longitudinal channel is
traced between the two. Scutellum and metathorax somewhat
piceous, the latter convex, smooth, without carinz or aree. Wings
hyaline ; squamule, radicles, stigma, and nervures pale cinereous ;
basal nervures attenuated, indistinct ; 1st cubital areolet open on
the under side, and so effaced. Legs fuscescent; trochanters and
knees pale. Abdomen as long as the head and thorax, and narrower
than the latter; 1st segment stramineous, three times as long as
broad, linear, with minute tubercles before the middle. Length, 2 ;
exp. 1 line nearly.
Found by Bignell, once only, on a nettle; the smallest
species known.
47, Aphidius callipteri, Marshall
¢ Head and thorax black ; abdomen piceous, with the 1st seg-
ment yellowish white. Oral parts and palpi testaceous. Antennz
_
70 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
13-jointed, as long as the body, blackish, with 3 or 4 of the basal
joints pale brownish. Mesothoracic furrows obsolete ; metathorax
carinated in the middle. Wings hyaline ; squamule and radicles
dull testaceous ; stigma hyaline, slightly cinereous ; basal nervures
brownish, very fine; exterior nervures effaced. Fore legs pale
testaceous, their femora and tibize streaked above with fuscous ; 4
posterior fuscescent ; hind coxe, trochanters, and knees, pale
brownish. Abdomen spathulate, as long as the head and thorax ;
Ist segment linear, 24 times as long as broad, almost white, its
tubercles situated before the middle; 2nd and following segments
piceous, with the 2nd suture and a median line on the 2nd
segment,pale. Length, $; exp. 1} lines.
Reared once by Bignell out of Callipterus quercus, Kalt.,
one of the pucerons of the oak, Quercus robur.
DOUBTFUL SPECIES.
Two more species belonging to this genus have been
published as British, but my attempts to verify them
have not been successful. Their descriptions are here
reproduced for the sake of completeness. That the
number of indigenous Aphidi vastly exceeds the 47
above described, there can be little doubt. I possess a
great quantity taken promiscuously in the course of years,
but the mere description of their external appearance,
without those facts of their economy which alone can give
some interest to such a subject, and in the impossibility
of correctly pairing the sexes, would be both illusory and
wearisome.
Aphidius lutescens, Haliday.
A, lutescens, Hal., Ent. Mag., 11. 99; Marsh., Species des
Hym. d’Eur. et d’Algér. Bracon., vol. ii, p. 614, 2.
© Yellow ; eyes and antennz black, scape yellowish ; vertex, 3
spots on the mesonotum, scutellum, metathorax, 1st abdominal
segment, and transverse spots on some of the following segments,
infuscated, Legs entirely yellow. Size and proportions of A. rose
(sp. 10) ; ef. lonicere (sp. 11). @ Unknown, Length, 14; exp. 3
lines.
The author adds, in a note: “I should have been in-
British Braconide. cL
clined to consider this as an immature variety of A. rosx
but that individuals of this last have assumed their char-
acteristic tints before they are disclosed from the puparium.”
Aphidius rapx, Curtis.
A. (Trionyx) rapx, Curt., Farm. Ins., 73; cf. McIntosh,
Book of the Garden, ii, 194, fig.; Marsh., lib. cit.,
PaOlp, 2
Sex not stated, but the figure representsa 9. Head and thorax
black, shining, abdomen piceous, with pale sutures; Ist segment
yellowish. Oral parts yellow. Antenne shorter than the body, 14-
jointed, the Ist joint yellow beneath ; according to Buckton they
are 16-jointed, and I counted the same number in the specimen
sent to me, which was a 9. Wings hyaline; stigma narrow,
brown ; costal areolet complete ; cubital nervure extending to the
end of the 1st cubital areolet ; radial nervure inchoate; the rest of
the neuration effaced. Legs yellow, diversified with fuscous.
Abdomen lanceolate. ¢ Unknown. Length, 1j; exp. 2} lines.
Curtis himself, as stated in the Book of the Garden, per-
ceived that his insect did not belong to the genus T'rionyx
(i.e. Toxares), and the figure there given clearly represents
an Aphidius. The same is true of the coloured figure
in Buckton’s Monograph of the Aphide. Mr. Buckton
obligingly sent me a specimen of the insect to serve as a
type; but this was a microscopic preparation, colourless,
and flattened between two pieces of glass; it was there-
fore only serviceable in showing the genus. According
to Curtis this parasite destroys the pucerons of Brassica
rapa, the turnip; and we are informed, in Buckton’s
work, that the latter belong to the species Aphis brassice,
L. The same aphis attacks several kinds of cruciferous
plants, especially Brassica oleracea, the cabbage ; the
vermin which swarm upon the leaves of this plant are
often considerably thinned, even to the extent of nine
tenths, by parasites. It will be noticed that there are
indications of a mixture of two species, with similar
habits, in the published accounts of A. rape. The indi-
viduals with 14-jointed antennz may possibly belong to
A, brassice (sp. 35); as to the others, with 16-jointed
antenne, I can offer no opinion.
-
72 Rev. T. A. Marshall's Monograph of
VII. DYSCRITUS, Marshall.
Marsh., /2b. cit., p. 617.
Head semicircular above, hardly wider than the thorax, somewhat:
flattened, much produced behind the eyes ; occiput not margined ;
clypeus not discrete from the face, closing the mouth. Palpi short.
Antenne inserted in the upper part of the face, slender, filiform, as
long as the body ; 3rd joint twice as long as the 4th. Mesothoracic
furrows complete ; a smooth foveola before the scutellum ; meso-
pleurze smooth, their furrow obsolete ; metathorax short, truncate
posteriorly, areated, the disc slightly inclined, separated from the
posterior declivity by a transverse carina ; 5 arez are distinguish-
able, 2 basal, separated by a carina, a postero-median complete,
pointed at the base, and one on each side of the vertical portion.
Wings ample, having the neuration of Praon, except that the 1st
cubital areolet is confounded with the 1st discoidal ; basal nervures
distinct, exterior nervures subobsolete ; no intercubital nervures, so
that there is but a single cubital areolet ; stigma rather large, tri-
angular, attenuated at both ends, emitting the radius from the
middle ; the latter gently curved without any angle, reaching the
tip of the wing, dark and distinct for one third of its length, after-
wards very fine and hardly visible to the extremity ; cubital
nervure very fine; recurrent nervure very oblique ; anal nervure
not interstitial : 2nd discoidal areolet incompletely closed at both
ends. Abdomen sessile, as long as the head and thorax, strongly
compressed posteriorly from the base of the 3rd segment ; 1st seg-
ment rectangular, longer than broad, with well developed tubercles
placed in the middle ; viewed sideways, the abdomen is claviform
and flattened. Terebra very short, its valves stout.
The insect which is here introduced differs from Praon
by the unusual form of the head, the confluence of the
1st cubital and Ist discoidal areolets, the complete area-
tion of the metathorax, and the strong compression of the
abdomen. Although the habits of the single species,
and the corresponding male, are unknown, I have no
hesitation in joining it to the Aphidian group ; its external
forms indeed forbid any other allocation.
Dyscritus planiceps, Marshall, 7.
2? Flavotestaceous ; stemmaticum, dorsum of the thorax and of
the abdomen in the middle, fuscous. Smooth, shining. Mandibles-
British Braconide. 73
blackish at the points ; middle of the occiput black ; palpi yellow.
Antenne 24-jointed, the first five joints yellow, the rest black, the
3rd and 4th narrowly black at the extremity ; the 5th less clearly
yellow than those preceding it. Prothorax yellow; mesonotum
blackish on the 3 lobes, rufescent near the scutellum, in the middle ;
the latter also rufescent, convex, forming an elongate triangle ;
_metathorax brownish at the base, the posterior declivity and the
sides testaceous; it is feebly quadridenticulate posteriorly. Wings
hyaline ; squamule pale yellow; nervures brownish; stigma
yellowish ; radial areolet ample, elongate-oval, reaching the tip of
the wing, {but at first sight appearing incomplete, owing to the
tenuity of the radial nervure. Legs yellow; tips of the tarsi
fuscous. First abdominal segment yellowish, with a median rugulose
elevation, which is infuscated ; 2nd and following segments yellow-
ish, 3-5 surmounted by a large, common, piceous patch ; apical
segments yellow. Valves ofthe terebra black. ¢ Unknown. Length,
1}; exp. 3 lines.
A single specimen was taken by Bignell in the
neighbourhood of Plymouth.
VII. PACHYLOMMATID.
This division was omitted in Trans. Ent. Soc. 1885,
p. 11, as not belonging to the Braconide. I possessed at
that time no specimens, and relied upon the opinions of
some of the best authorities in excluding the single and
remarkable genus Pachylomma from the subject of these
papers. The history of the genus shows how crucially it
has tested the discretion of systematists, and what difter-
ent situations have been assigned to it by some of the
most eminent writers on entomology. De Brebisson, the
author of the genus, referred it to the Ichnewmonide:
Latreille, Westwood, and Haliday, placed it among the
Evaniidxe : Forster, Curtis, Ratzeburg, Nees v. Esenbeck,
Brullé, Giraud, Ashmead, and Haliday himself (in his
later writings), united it to the Braconide. There appears
then to be a preponderance of testimony in favour of this
last opinion, which induces me to introduce Pachylomma
in this place as a supplementary group, remarking at the
same time that its association with any one of the three
families is not wholly free from objections, some of which
may here be briefly stated :
From the Jchnewmonidx it is distinguished by wanting
-
74 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
the 2nd recurrent nervure (an essential and invariable
character of that family), and by the insertion of the
abdomen somewhat above the hind cox: from the
Evaniide, by almost every character available for classi-
fication, except the insertion of the abdomen, which
character however is but feebly represented: from the
Braconidx, by the neuration, nothing similar to which is
found in the entire family, and by the structure of the
abdomen, in which the 2nd suture is diarthrodial or
penetrating, as in the Jchnewmonide. Lastly, the insects
composing the genus Pachylomma are parasites of ants, in
which habit there is nothing to show an affinity to one
more than another of the above-mentioned families,—
except only the case of Hlasmosoma among the Braconide,
also parasitic upon ants, but totally different in external
structure.
It is not worth while to multiply objections, which it
would be easy to do; enough has been stated to show
that Pachylomma represents a very small isolated group,
having no near relation to any other parasitic Hymen-
optera. The connecting links have been lost in long
ages, through some obscure causes which oppose un-
favourable conditions to the propagation of certain forms.
Several of these abortive offshoots from the primitive
type are well known in other orders of insects, and
among the Hymenoptera occur some of the most con-
spicuous; such are* Stephanus, Monomachus, Pelecinus,
Elasmosoma, etc., whose position in any artificial system
has always been, and must continue to be, based upon
fanciful analogies, or altogether indeterminate.
Two species only of the Pachylomma-group are at pre-
sent known in Europe, one of which occurs in the British
islands. In America three more have been made known
by Provancher and Ashmead, viz. Hupachylomma rileyi,
Ashm., #. flavocincta, Ashm., and LRopronia pediculata,
* Nees v. Esenbeck commences his monograph of the Braconidx
with the genus Stephanus. This genus is now regarded as a separate
family. Stephanidxe, to which Schletterer has lately added Steno-
phasmus, Westw., a genus taken from the Braconidx, and allied to
Spathius, of which it has all the forms, with exaggeration, and a
neuration absolutely identical, but widely different from that of
Stephanus. The result of this is that the group of Spathius enjoys
a double representation, figuring among the Braconide as Spathius,
and among the Stephanide as Stenophasmus.
British Braconide. 75
Prov. These insects, or at least two of them, differ
materially from those of Europe by their habits, being
parasites of Aphides; flavocincta is of unknown origin.
It is therefore not without reason that the transatlantic
entomologists have regarded them as generically distinct
from Pachylomma. This genus, to which our attention
must now be confined, has been treated as a near relation
of Aphidius, and this idea seems based upon the fact that
two of the American insects just mentioned are parasites
of pucerons, resembling in that single respect the ex-
tensive tribe represented by Aphidius. Notwithstanding
similarity of parasitism, which by itself is plainly insuff-
cient to prove affinity, I venture to think that, in com-
paring Pachylomma with Aphidius, authors have suffered
themselves to be misled by a merely illusory resemblance.
Admitting that, at first sight, the general form of Pachy-
lomma may possibly suggest that of an Aphidian, yet a
closer inspection of structural details must lead immedi-
ately to the abandonment of the idea. An ordinary lens,
applied to a Pachylomma, reveals the following primary
characters: oral parts produced into a rostrum; wings
equipped with a complete neuration, not only different
from that of Aphidius, but from that of all other Hymen-
optera ; the insertion of the abdomen upon the metathorax,
faintly suggestive of the structure of Hvania; the articu-
lation between the 2nd and 38rd segments, which is
effected by imbrication, and not by juxtaposition ; finally,
the form of the hind legs, elongate, with lengthened coxe
and incrassated tarsi. These peculiarities constitute a
distinct facies, of which not the smallest trace is to be
found in any genus of the Aphidian group. I fail, there-
fore, to perceive any analogy between Pachylomma and
Aphidius. Mr. Ashmead is of a different opinion; he
expresses himself much struck by the similarity of these
two genera,* without however particularising the points
* See Proc, Ent. Soc. Washington, 1894, vol. iii. no. 1, “ Notes on
Pachylommatoide.” According to the description of Hupachylomma
rileyi, it appears that that insect scarcely differs from Pachylomma.
The writer of this interesting memoir has done well in correcting
the original mistake of assigning his Hupachylomma to the tribe
Euphoride and genus Wesmaélia, Forst., which is quite out of the
question, I may remark also that, in speaking of the mode of
insertion of the abdomen of Pachylomma, Mr. Ashmead quotes, as
an example of the same peculiarity, Canocelius, Hal., which is quite
correct ; but he is mistaken in supposing that my genus Promachus
al
76 Rev, T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
of resemblance, which would perhaps be more difficult
than to point out their differences. Wesmael has indeed
attempted the former task, but with very indifferent
success.
The characters of this division are comprised in those
of the single genus Pachylomma.
PACHYLOMMA, De Brebisson.
Paxylomma, De Breb., Enc. Méth., x, p. 23 (1825).
Variously spelt by authors Pawillomma, Paxylomma,
Paxylloma ; first corrected by Forster.
Head ‘large, transverse, wider than the thorax ; eyes and ocelli
very large ; face narrow, somewhat concave ; clypeus carinated,
porrected above the mandibles in form of a rostrum ; palpi short,
the maxillary with 4, the labial with three joints. Antenne ¢ 9?
13-jointed, filiform, shorter than the body inethe 9, nearly as long
as the body in the ¢. Thorax very short and gibbous ; prothorax
concealed above ; mesonotum without visible furrows; a shallow
fovea before the scutellum ; metathorax very short, excavated at
the insertion of the abdomen, which is situated at an appreciable
distance above the hind coxe; sternum gibbous. Neuration of
wings distinct and complete ; 2 cubital areolets ; radial areolet
narrowly triangular, remote from the tip of the wing; stigma
narrow, elongate, lanceolate, emitting the radial nervure near its
base ; Ist abscissa longer than the thickness of the stigma ; 2nd very
short, often punctiform or nullified (P. buccata) or else longer than
the first (P. cremieri) ; cubital nervure springing abnormally either
from the point of junction of the two abscisse (P. buccata) or from
the outer extremity of the 2nd (P. cremieri) ; hence the two cubital
areolets either touch at one point, or are separated by an isthmus ;
no intercubital nervures ; lst cubital areolet confounded with the
1st discoidal ; 2nd discoidal almost as large as the 1st ; anal nervure
not interstitial ; recurrent nervure considerably rejected ; no re-
current nervure in the hind wings. Four anterior legs long and
slender ; the hind pair very long, their coxw elongate, the tarsi
dilated, flattened, the 1st joint as long as, or longer than, the others
united. Abdomen much longer than the head and thorax, falciform,
was a synonym of Cexnocelius. In fact the name Promachus was
never published, for I found it to be preoccupied, and substituted
another word Dolops. Dolops is widely different from Cxnocclius,
see Tr, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1889, p. 206. The orthography of this last
name should be as here written, and not Cenocexlius, which is mere
gibberish.
British Braconide. 17
viewed sideways clavate ; 1st segment very narrow, cylindric, with
the tubercles nearly in the middle; 2nd one half longer than the
Ist, narrow, subcylindric ; the following segments shorter, narrow
on the dorsum, widened and compressed laterally, Terebra in
repose not exceeding the tip of the abdomen ; when exserted, it is
as long as the 3 or 4 apical segments, slightly curved upwards,
acute, with the valves flattened, spathulate. The ¢ is known by its
longer antennze, by the somewhat prominent sheath of the sexual
organ, and a lateral emargination of the 3rd segment, more strongly
marked than in the 9.
The singularity of the neuration is explained by the dis-
placement of the cubital nervure, which instead of starting
from the prebrachial transverse (as in other Hymenoptera)
originates at the flexure of the radial, causing there-
by some derangement of the rest of the system. Giraud
describes the head as “petite,” by an evident lapsus
calami; it is on the contrary remarkably large. Forster
has made a separate genus Hurypterna for the second
European species P. cremieri, De Romand; it is founded
on the different length, in the two species, of the isthmus
connecting the cubital areolets; other differences there
are none. Fallén’s genus Hybrizon, published in 18138,
ought to take precedence of Pachylomma, if it were
adequately described; but the definition is so loose that,
as remarked by Nees, it includes a number of other
insects, and even the whole tribe of Aphidians. Curtis
was the first to notice in Great Britain the species about
to be described ; he established in 1833 the genus Plancus
for its reception.
Pachylomma buccata, De Brebisson.
Paxylomma buccata, De Breb., loc. cit.
Hybrizon latebricola, Nees, Mon., i, 28, 9.
Plancus apicalis, Curt., Ent. Mag.,i, Charactt. of undescr.
Gen. and Spp. ete. 9.
P. buccata, Ratz., Ichn. d. Forst., i. 53, pl. ii, fig. 23
(wing); Wesm., Nouv. Mém. Ac, Brux. 1835, p.
90, 9, pl. 1, (wing); Marsh., Species des Hym.
d’Eur. et d’Alg. Bracon., vol. ii. p. 623, ¢ 9, pl. xix,
fig. 8; Giraud, Verh. d. zool.-bot. Vereins in Wien.
1857, p. 11.
? Black, or piceous in various degrees; base of antenne, ab-
dominal sutures, and legs, testaceous. Head black ; clypeus, palpi,
-
78 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of
and mandibles, testaceous. Antenne one fourth shorter than the
body ; joints 1-2 equal, testaceous, the 2nd rounded; 3rd very
long, cylindric, blackish like all the following. Mesonotum some-
times rufescent ; a fulvous spot is sometimes visible beneath the
wings; metathorax carinated on its posterior half, the carina
bifureate anteriorly, showing a tendency to areation. Wings sub-
hyaline or slightly infumated ; squamule and radicles fulvous ;
stigma and neuration fuscous ; cubital nervure springing from the
point of junction of the two cubital areolets, which point represents
the 2nd abscissa. Legs, including the coxe, testaceous ; the hind
pair somewhat more highly coloured, or fulvous. Abdomen more
or less broadly cinctured with testaceous along the sutures, some-
times almost wholly testaceous, blackish at the extremity ; 1st
segment linear, faintly striolate, forming about } of the abdomen ;.
2nd similarly striolate at the base, widened posteriorly ; 3rd and
following short, compressed, the 3rd emarginate on either side.
Terebra usually concealed or hardly exserted ; its valves black.
¢ Similar ; antenne hardly shorter than the body, broadly testaceous
at the base, thence to the apex dull fulvous (in my specimen) ;
abdomen longer than that of the 9, and less claviform. Length,
14-2 ; exp. 2-31 lines.
Generally distributed throughout Europe, wherever the
ubiquitous ants of the genus Myrmica are established. I
have met with it in the Jura mountains, at Ajaccio, and
three times in England, chiefly at Freshwater Bay, Pem-
brokeshire, where the 2 s were lurking in great abundance
among the rushes on the sand-hills, in company with
Myrmica scabrinodis, Nyl. Ihave never had the chance
of observing the manceuvres of the species in activity,
vaulting over the nests of the ant, and pouncing down
upon the workers in order to deposit an egg in each of
them. Such are the habits of the larger and much
handsomer species Cremieri, observed by Dr. Giraud (loc.
cit.), from whom I extract the following passage :—“ Dans
une excursion que je fis, le 6 juillet, dans les environs de
Vienne, mon attention se porta sur un troncon de saule
en partie vermoulu, sur lequel se promenait une société
de trés petites fourmis dont je regrette de n’avoir pas
déterminé l’espéce. Au dessus d’elles planait un nombre
assez considérable de petits hyménopteres; j’en mis une
quinzaine dans un flacon, et je les apportai vivants chez
moi. Aprés m’étre assuré que j’avais affaire & la P.
buccata, je les placai dans une boite vitrée qui me per-
British Braconide. 79
mettait d’observer leurs mouvements: le lendemain, vers
dix heures, je vis 4 ma grande satisfaction, que leur
réclusion ne mettait pas obstacle 4 leurs ébats amoureux ;
une paire était accouplée,” etc. Ratzeburg conjectured
that P. buccata was a parasite of the beetle Throscus
dermestoides, L., a specimen having been taken hovering
about that insect, but after the observations of P. cremiert
which have been made, and which certainly apply equally
well to the present closely allied species, proving the con-
nection which exists between Pachylomma and Myrmica,
we are authorised in rejecting all statements to the
contrary.
A short supplement of fresh discoveries is required to
complete the subject.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.
[See explanation facing the Puate.]
? CG 7 «¢ a ™
a EA
ql ia
ako Or giae
4
Pd :
i : feo
= + i¥ r ai ey ee .
GY MR RSI Lott y,
| ij anil
( 81 )
II. Asilidee from Aden and its neighbourhood.
By F. M. vAN DER WULP.
[Read November 2nd, 1898. ]
PuatEs IJ. anv III.
Colonel J. W. Yerbury, being desirous to increase our
knowledge of the fauna of the countries bordering on the
gulf of Aden, made during his residence there a rather
large collection of Diptera. He has been kind enough to
send me the Asilids, and has at the same time communi-
cated to me the results of his preliminary examination,
results which prove him to be by no means a tyro in
dipterology.
The localities in which the Asilids have been collected
are: Huswah, across Aden harbour on the sea-shore ;
Shaik Othman, 6 miles from Aden; Lahej, 15 miles inland
from Aden; and Haithalhim, 19 miles from Aden. There
were no specimens from the opposite (African) coast of
the gulf of Aden. Nevertheless the collection shows a
decided African character and a total want of East-Indian
forms.
The following species, belonging for the most part to
genera almost exclusively African, are represented in it.
DASYPOGIN &.
1. Saropogon melampygus, Low.
Saropogon melampygus, Low, Bemerkungen iiber die
Asiliden, p. 10; and Systematischre Beschreibung,.
inp. 20;
Several specimens of both sexes from Lahej and Shaik
Othman. Liw has described only the female; his speci-
mens were from Syria. All the females before me have
the mystax yellow; even the lateral bristles which, accord-
ing to Low, are sometimes black. In one of the males
the whole mystax is likewise yellow, but the other male
specimens have a black mystax, often with some pale
bristles in it. I see no other difference, and I think all
belong to one species. Some of the females agree fully
with Low’s ample description. In most specimens the
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART I. (APRIL) . 6
al
82 Mr. F. M. van der Wulp on
basal joints of the antennz are rufous with only the third
joint blackish, but sometimes the basal joints are also
infuscated. The coloration of the abdomen is somewhat
variable, the black picture being more or less extended.
The male genitalia are swollen, shining black at the sides
and with brown hairs beneath. One of the females shows
at the tip of the abdomen some small black spines, which
in the others are inconspicuous in the pilosity.
2. Saropogon inciswratus, nu. sp. 3.
Thorax grey with black stripes; abdomen black with white
incisions ; mystax yellow ; legs yellow; the tarsi, the hind tibia,
and a spot on the hind femora, black ; wings subhyaline.
Length 7.5 mm.
Front black, with yellow dust; face and mystax yellow ; occiput
dark grey with grey hairs. Antenne brown, on the inner side
somewhat lighter and more rufous, the tip and the rather distinct
terminal style black ; the basal joints of equal length, the third joint
one and a half times as long as the basal joints together ; the second
joint with black bristles at the tip on the underside. Proboscis
shining black ; palpi black with black bristles. Ground-colour of
the thorax yellowish-grey ; the thoracic dorsum covered with short
yellow hairs and with three broad blackish stripes, the median one
divided in two bya pale line ; pleure black, with irregular yellowish
spots ; prothorax on the upper side with erect yellow hairs ; posterior
part of the thorax with yellow bristles, which are directed towards
the scutellum ; scutellum brownish-grey, with a narrow whitish
hind border and two pale yellow bristles ; metanotum grey, on each
side with a whitish spot; the bristles before the halteres yellow.
Abdomen shining black ; the second, third and fourth segments with
a narrow white hind border; genitalia rufous (in one specimen
black), with brown hairs on the underside. Coxe black, the fore
and middle ones with a yellowish spot ; in the fore and middle pairs
of legs the femora and tibiz are pale yellow, the tarsi rufous-brown,
lighter towards the base ; in the hind pair the femora are yellow
with the tip and a large spot on the upperside black, the tibie and
tarsi black, the end of the tibizw and the first tarsal joint often
somewhat rufous ; the spur at the end of the fore tibie minute,
ending in a black spine ; bristles of the fore and middle tibie yellow
and black mixed ; those of the hind tibie all black ; bristles of the
tarsi and likewise the foot-claws black. Halteres yellow. Wings
(Plate II, fig. 1) greyish-hyaline, slightly infuscated at the tip ;
small cross-vein on the middle or a little beyond the middle of the
Asilide from Aden and its neighbourhood. 83
discal cell ; fourth posterior cell narrowed towards the end, but not
closed ; third basal cell narrowly open at the margin of the wing.
Five male specimens from Lahej.
3. Saropogon pulverulentus, n. sp. f 9.
(Plate II, fig. 2.)
Thorax grey ; abdomen yellowish-rufous, with black lateral spots ;
mystax, antenne and legs yellow ; wings hyaline.
Length 12.5 mm.
Front covered with grey dust; the ocelli black; face golden
yellow ; mystax pale yellow ; occiput grey, with whitish hairs ;
ocellar bristles also whitish. Antennz yellowish-rufous, the tip of
the third joint black ; second joint a little longer than the first,
with yellow bristles ; the third longer than the two basal joints
together. Proboscis black ; palpi rufous with yellow hairs. Thorax
black, but in well preserved specimens the thoracic dorsum thickly
clothed with a clear grey dust ; the shoulders and pleure yellow ;
the prothorax and the posterior part of the thorax with many long,
pale yellow bristles ; scutellum and metanotum yellowish-rufous ;
the bristles before the halteres yellow ; on the hind border of the
scutellum two yellow bristles crossing one another. Abdomen
rufous ; base of the first and second segments black ; the following
segments with black lateral spots, which sometimes extend along
the front borders ; first segment on each side with yellow bristles ;
male genitalia short, on the sides and beneath with long yellow
hairs. Legs yellowish-rufous ; the bristles of the tibie yellow ;
those of the tarsi mostly black ; the spur at the end of the front
tibie and all the foot-claws black. Halteres brown. Wings hyaline
with yellow or pale veins ; fourth posterior cell and third basal cell
closed at the hind margin of the wing.
Several specimens of both sexes from Huswah and Shaik
Othman.
This species is closely allied to Saropogon (Dasypogon)
vestitus, Wied. (Aussereur. Zweifl. 11, 406.65), but it
differs in its somewhat larger size, the want of yellow
stripes on the thoracic dorsum and of the black tip to the
hind femora, and in the brown halteres.
4, Saropogon rubriventris, nu. sp. 2.
Thorax yellowish with black stripes; abdomen brownish-red ;
antenne and legs rufous ; mystax yellow; wings subhyaline with
grey tip.
ca
84 Mr. F. M. van der Wulp on
Length 11 mm.
Front black, with yellowish dust; face pale yellow ; mystax
yellow ; occiput grey. Antenne rufous with black tip; second
joint hardly as long as the first ; third joint about one and a half
times as long as the two basal joints together ; the second joint with
some black bristles. Proboscis black, rufous at the base ; palpi
rufous with yellow bristles. Thorax greyish-yellow, with two black
dorsal stripes and a broad, dark-brown lateral band; the hind
border and the scutellum rufous ; prothorax with yellowish bristles ;
similar bristles, directed backwards on the posterior part of the
thorax ; scutellum with two yellow bristles ; the bristles before the
halteres also yellow. Abdomen as broad as the thorax, with
parallel sides, brownish-red ; the first segment black, the others
with a small, black, lateral spot ; the second and third segments
with a very narrow, whitish hind border ; the terminal segments
shining ; laterally the basal segment with several yellow bristles.
Legs yellowish-rufous ; the cox blackish ; hind femora with a
brownish tip ; tibiz with some short black bristles, and others,
which are longer and yellow ; tarsal bristles and foot-claws black.
Halteres rufous. Wings greyish-hyaline, the tip bordered with
dark grey, extending from the end of the second vein to beyond the
fourth posterior cell; this cell is narrowed towards the margin of
the wing, but not closed ; small cross-vein nearly on the middle of
the discal cell.
A single female from Lahej.
This species also comes near Saropogon vestitus, Wied.,
and might even be identified with it, if Schiner (Verh.
Zool. bot. Ges. Wien, xvi, p. 680) had not stated that
in the typical specimens the fourth posterior cell is
closed.
5. Leptogaster nitidus, Wied.
Leptogaster nitidus, Wied. Auss. Zweifl. i, 535; Low,
Dipt. fauna Siid Afrika’s, p. 102.
A single female specimen from Lahej.
This specimen may be referred to the above species,
though it differs in some respects from Low’s ample de-
scription. The second and third abdominal segments do
not show the large, well limited blackish spot, mentioned
by him, but all the segments are rather equally blackish
brown, with a grey hind border, which becomes narrower
on the terminal segments. The fore femora are not in-
Asilidx from Aden and its neighbourhood. 85
fuscated at the tip, and the fore and middle tibize have
not a brownish stripe. The wings (Plate U, fig. 3) are
strongly iridescent ; the third basal cell and all the pos-
terior cells are open; the small cross-vein stands distinctly
before the middle of the discal cell.
6. Rhadinus ungulinus, Low.
Rhadinus ungulinus, Low, Neue Beitr. zur Kenntn. der
Dipteren, iv, p. 38.
Five specimens (1 @, 4 9) from Aden. The species 1s
common, sitting on the sand.
The basal part of the tibie is sometimes to a great ex-
tent rufous; in the male specimen the base of the hind
femora is of the same colour. On Plate II, I give a sketch
of the head in profile (fig. 4), the front leg (fig. 5) and the
neuration of the wing (fig. 6).
7. Rhadinus megalonyx, Low.
Rhadinus megalonyz, Low, Neue Beitr. zur Kenntn. der
Dipteren, iv, p. 39. .
Five specimens (1 J, 4 ?) from Aden; common in the
same places and in company with the preceding species.
The specimens vary in size (5 to 6.5 mm.); in the male
and in three of the females the mystax is white, in one of
the females only is it yellow. The male, which was un-
known to Low, agrees fully with the female.
Liw has described both species from Egyptian
specimens.
PSILINUS, nov. gen.
(arcdds, bare.)
Belongs to the Dasypoginee without terminal spur to the front
tibiee and without pulvilli.
Small, slender, not hairy. Front very slightly excavated ; ocelli
distinct ; face flattened, narrower than the eyes, with parallel sides ;
mystax ascending to one third of the face ; eyes large, prominent.
Antenne slender ; the third joint much longer than the basal joints
together, pointed at the tip; terminal style distinct, elongate, two-
jointed. Thorax and seutellum without bristles ; the abdomen long
and slender ; the anal segment (@) with some small spines. Legs
moderately long, the hind pair scarcely longer and somewhat more
-
86 Mr. F. M. van der Wulp on
robust than the others ; first tarsal joint as long as the two or three
following joints together ; foot-claws long; pulvilli absent. In the
wings all the posterior cells are open and not constricted ; the fourth
posterior cell issues from the second basal cell ; the third basal cell
is closed at the margin of the wing.
This genus is related to Rhadinus, but differs in the
mystax, which does not ascend to the antenne ; the total
want of bristles on the thorax and scutellum; the less ex-
cavated front, the more elongate antennz, and the not
closed fourth posterior cell. From Zeptogaster it differs in
the hind legs, which are less elongate and of which the
femora and tibiz are not club-shaped, the tibiae being
gradually and only slightly enlarged towards the tip.’
8. Psilinus cinerascens, n. sp. 2.
(Plate IT, fig. 7.)
Grey ; antenne, incisions and terminal segment of the abdomen,
and legs, black.
Length 8 mm.
Head (figs. 8 and 9) greyish-white ; mystax yellow ; beard whitish.
Antenne, proboscis and palpi black. Thorax and scutellum grey ;
thoracic dorsum somewhat brownish-rufous pollinose, with two
blackish stripes, which do not reach the hind border, laterally on
each side two black spots; with the exception of a row of fine,
yellow, erect hairs before the halteres, the whole thorax is bare.
Abdomen cinereous, with blackish incisions ; anal segment a little
shorter than the preceding segments, shining black, with four or five
very smallspines. Legs black, the base of the tibiz slightly rufous ;
the front cox, the femora on the underside, the tibix, and tarsi
with whitish hairs and bristles. Halteres yellow, proportionately
large. Wings greyish hyaline, with black veins; small cross-vein
on the middle of the discal cell.
A single female specimen from Aden.
9. Sisyrnodytes brevis, Macq.
Acnephalum breve, Macq., Dipt. exot. i, 2, p. 52, Tab. 4,
£3:
Sisyrnodytes floceus, Low, Neue Beitr. zur Kenntn. der
Dipteren, iv, p. 40.
Dasypogon contrarius, Walk., Entomologist, v, p. 257.
A single female specimen from Aden.
Asilide from Aden and tts neighbourhood. 87
I have no doubt that the above-quoted descriptions are
all founded on the same species. Macquart’s specimens
were from the Cape, those of Low from Egypt, and those
of Walker from Mount Sinai.
The genus Sisyrnodytes, Low, differs from nearly all
other Asilids by having the costal vein not prolonged
round the whole circumference of the wing, but terminated
a little beyond the end of the upper branch of the third
vein (see Pl. II, fig. 10). Dasythrix is the only genus
among the Laphrine that shows this peculiarity.
10. Acnephalum futile, n. sp. S 2.
Black ; thorax with white stripes and spots ; abdominal segments
with white front borders ; tibiz and base of the tarsi rufous.
Length 5-6 mm.
Head greyish ; mystax white or whitish yellow, ascending to the
antenne ; beard, and hairs of the occiput white. Antenne black ;
the basal joints with whitish hairs. Proboscis shining black.
Thorax, scutellum and abdomen shining black ; on the thoracic
dorsum three longitudinal stripes, the sides, and some lateral trans-
verse stripes, whitish ; pleurze with a large whitish spot beneath the
shoulders and some others further behind ; the thorax is clothed
with short whitish hairs and has posteriorly many bristles of the
same colour; the bristles before the halteres yellowish-white ; the
abdominal segments have white front borders ; on each side of the
first segment is a tuft of yellowish bristles; male genitalia small,
somewhat pointed, rufous, with yellow hairs ; anal segment of the
female truncate. Legs rather robust ; coxze and femora black ; the
tip of the femora, the tibiz and the first tarsal joint rufous, the fol-
lowing joints of the tarsi gradually darker ; the hairs and bristles of
the legs, even those of the tarsi, yellowish-white. Halteres pale
yellow. Wings (PI. X, fig. 11) hyaline, iridescent, with black veins ;
all the posterior cells open, the third slightly enlarged and the fourth
narrowed towards the margin of the wing ; small cross-vein on the
middle of the discal cell ; third basal cell closed at the margin.
A pair in coitu, from Aden.
This species is closely allied to Dasypogon (Acnephalum)
andrenoides, Wied. (Auss. Zweifl. i, p. 403), but differs in
its smaller size, black antennz, abdomen not punctured
nor reddish at the sides, and its hyaline wings without
brownish picture.
-
388 Mr. F. M. van der Wulp on
11. Holcocephala punctulata, n. sp. 3.
Thorax cinereous with black points ; abdomen and legs rufous ;
antenne and tarsi black ; wings brown.
Length 5 mm,
Head (Pl. II, figs. 12 and 13) grey ; front and face nearly as broad
as the eyes ; ocellar tubercle and a spot above the oral margin,
black ; mystax yellowish, limited to the oral margin. Antenne
black ; third joint cylindrical, much longer than the basal joints ;
terminal style as thick and nearly as long as the third joint. The
short proboscis and palpi black. Thorax and scutellum cinereous ;
thoracic dorsum with hardly any indication of dark stripes, but with
six distinct, slightly excavated, shining black points ; the thorax is
strongly convex and hasa very short, yellow pilosity, but no bristles ;
scutellum likewise without bristles. Abdomen elongate, subcylin-
drical, rufous, with erect yellow hairs ; genitalia rather small. Legs
rufous ; tip of the femora and tibiz, and the whole tarsi, black ; the
tibize and the underside of the femora with whitish bristly hairs ;
first joint of the hind tarsi slightly enlarged, clothed on the underside
with a compact, short, golden-yellow pilosity. Halteres rufous.
Wings (fig. 14) blackish-brown, more obscure at the base and along
the costa ; auxiliary vein elongate, terminating in the costa ata short
distance from the end of the first vein ; second vein straight ; all the
posterior cells open; the fourth posterior cell unusually broad ;
small cross-vein before the middle of the discal cell; third basal cell
narrowly open at the margin of the wing.
Two male specimens from Aden.
12. Stichopogon inconstans, Wied.
Thereva inconstans, Wied. Auss. Zweifl. i, p. 558.
A single female specimen from Haithalhim.
Wiedemann wrongly placed this species in the genus
Thereva, but before the publication of his book discovered
his error, as in the index (p. 596) he brings it into
Dasypogon. His description is quite applicable to the
specimen before me; the only ground for doubt as to the
correctness of this identification being his reference
regarding the neuration of the wings to a figure in
Meigen’s System. Beschr, vol. ii, Tabl. 15, f. 8, repre-
Asilidex from Aden and its neighbourhood. 89
senting a Thereva-species. In this figure the fourth
posterior cell is closed at the margin of the wing, whereas
in the specimen before me (see my figure, Pl. III, fig. 1)
it 1s open.
Wiedemann’s description was based on Nubian and
Egyptian specimens.
13. Habropogon senilis, n. sp. 2.
Cinereous ; thorax with brownish stripes ; abdomen, antenne and
legs rufous; wings hyaline.
Length 8 mm.
Head broader than high ; front and face slightly narrower than
the eyes; front not excavated ; face pale yellow, flattened ; mystax
yellowish, very compact, but confined to the oral margin. Antenne
rufous, as long as the head; basal joints with some pale bristles ;
third joint elliptical, as long as the basal joints together ; terminal
style very short, but distinct. Proboscis black, pointed towards the
tip ; palpi rufous, with yellow hairs. Thorax, scutellum and meta-
notum cinereous ; thoracic dorsum with three broad brown stripes ;
the median stripe anteriorly divided by a lighter line ; posterior
part of the thorax with pale yellow bristly hairs ; a row of similar
hairs at the hind border of the scutellum ; the hairs before the
halteres likewise pale yellow. Abdomen cylindrical, rufous, without
hairs and bristles, but in well preserved specimens with some greyish
dust, which, however, does not much modify the ground-colour ; the
front border of the first and sometimes also of the second segment
blackish ; genitalia little developed. Legs rufous; cox cinereous ;
a streak on the upperside of the hind femora, the tip of the hind
tibie, and the hind tarsi, brown; the legs are rather robust, the
hind tibie very slightly enlarged towards the tip ; the first tarsal
joint of the fore and middle pair is not longer than the second joint ;
in the hind tarsi it is somewhat enlarged and as long as the two or
three following joints together ; the legs have a whitish pubescence
and weak yellow bristles ; on the underside of the hind femora the
bristles are shorter ; the foot-claws are black. Halteres pale yellow.
Wings hyaline ; the veins at the base and near the costa rufous ; all
the posterior cells open; third basal cell narrowed towards the
margin of the wing; small cross-vein a little before the middle of
the discal cell.
Three male specimens from Aden.
_
90 Mr. F. M. van der Wulp on
LAPHRINA.
14. Hoplistomera caliginosa, n. sp. 2.
Brownish-black ; abdomen with yellow or white hind borders of
the segments ; tibiz and tarsi rufous; wings slightly infuscated at
the tip.
Length 13-14.5 mm.
Face grey, thickly clothed with whitish hairs; mystax pale
yellow, hardly reaching the middle of the face ; front and occiput
grey, with whitish bristles ; beard white. Antennz as long as the
head ; the basal joints brownish-rufous ; third joint black, lighter
towards the base, as long as the basal joints together. Proboscis
shining black ; palpi black, with whitish hairs. Thoracic dorsum
brown, but on account of a short white pilosity appearing cinereous ;
the shoulders, the sides and the pleurz whitish ; a brown stripe from
the shoulders to the root of the wings; scutellum cinereous ; the
bristles before the halteres are whitish, and there are no other bristles
on the thorax or scutellum. Abdomen conical, convex, brownish-
black ; the hind borders of all the segments are white, in some
lights showing yellow or brownish-yellow reflections ; on the sides
of each segment are some very short, yellow bristles ; ovipositor
shorter than the preceding segment, partly shining rufous, with
yellow hairs. Legs robust, the femora, especially the hind pair,
incrassated ; fore coxze densely white-haired ; femora black ; in the
fore and middle pair the underside and tip, in the hind pair the base
and tip are rufous; tibize and tarsi rufous ; all this coloration more
or less altered by a short white pilosity ; bristles of the legs, in-
cluding the tarsi, yellowish ; some short black spines on the under-
side of the hind femora. Halteres pale yellow. Wings (Pl. III,
fig. 2) greyish-hyaline, the tip and the terminal portion of the hind
margin slightly infuscated ; small cross-vein at a short distance from
the base of the discal cell.
Two female specimens, from Haithalhim and Lahej.
15. Hoplistomera leucocoma, n. sp. f 2.
Greyish-cinereous ; antenne and legs rufous ; wings hyaline.
Length 9.5-11 mm.
Front and occiput grey ; face densely clothed with white hairs ;
the similarly coloured mystax densely covering the oral margin ;
beard and the hairs on the occiput likewise white. . Antenne
yellowish-rufous ; the second joint with some long, pale bristles ;,
Asilidxe from Aden and its neighbourhood. 91
third joint as long as the preceding joints together, attenuated
towards the base. Proboscis shining black ; palpi rufous. Thorax
and scutellum cinereous, with a short whitish pilosity ; the bristles
before the halteres white. Abdomen in the male cinereous, at the
sides whitish ; in some lights the front borders of the segments:
become darker and the hind borders lighter ; male genitalia rufous,
with yellow hairs. The abdomen of the female has a more rufous
ground-colour, which, however, in well-preserved specimens is very
inconspicuous owing to the whitish pilosity ; sometimes the seg-
ments appear with a brownish-rufous front border and a white hind
border ; the ovipositor is very small. In both sexes some yellow
bristles are present on the sides of the first segment. Legs yellowish-
rufous ; in the male the femora on the upperside and the apical half
of the hind tibiz are brown; hind femora slightly incrassated,
without spines on the underside, but with weak yellow bristles such
as are generally to be found all over the legs; foot-claws black.
Halteres yellow. Wings hyaline ; neuration as in the preceding
species.
Five specimens (2 ¢, 3 2) from Shaik Othman.
16. Dasythrix ruficornis, n. sp. f ¢.
Grey ; clothed with white and greyish hairs ; abdominal segments
with blackish hind borders ; antennz rufous ; legs black.
Length 11.5 mm.
Head wholly and densely clothed with white hairs, which are
longer and more bristly towards the oral margin. Antenne
yellowish-rufous ; first joint beneath with long whitish hairs ; second
joint small, often somewhat infuscated ; third joint as long as the
first, elliptical; the very short terminal style black. Proboscis
shining black ; palpi rufous, with white bristles. Ground-colour of
the thorax and scutellum black, but on account of the dense
covering of whitish hairs they have a grey aspect; on the hind
margin of the latter these hairs become long erect bristles. Abdomen
conical, blackish-brown, clothed on the sides and front borders of
the segments with whitish hairs, so that large spots or cross-bands of
the dark colour remain on the hind borders ; the male genitalia and
the ovipositor of the female small and covered with whitish hairs.
Legs black, with white hairs and bristles, which are present also on
the tarsi ; in some specimens the base of the tibie is slightly rufous ;
foot-claws black, with a rufous base ; pulvilli pale yellow. MHalteres
yellowish-rufous. Wings (Pl. III, fig. 3) hyaline with a slight
yellowish-grey tinge and with all the veins black except the auxiliary
-
92 Mr. F. M. van der Wulp on
vein, which is rufous ; the costal vein is not prolonged round the
hind margin of the wing, but terminates just beyond the upper
branch of the third vein ; the first basal cell and the first posterior
cell are very narrow; the latter is closed near the margin of the
wing ; the second and third posterior cells are imperfect, as the
veins separating them do not reach the margin ; the small cross-vein
stands upon the first third part of the discal cell.
Several specimens of both sexes, from Aden and Shaik
Othman.
This species seems to be closely allied to D. brachyptera,
Low (Dipt. faun. 8. Afrika’s, p. 126), but I cannot unite
them, the hairs and bristles in the Aden species being
without exception whitish, whereas in D. brachyptera black
bristles are mingled with the white.
ASILINE.
17. Promachus rectangularis, Low.
Promachus rectangularis, Low, Neue Beitr. zur Kenntn.
der Dipteren, ui, p. 5.
* 2? Syn. Lrax cinctipes, Walk., Entomologist, v, p. 258.
Four specimens (2 ¢, 2 2) from Aden, Lahej, Shaik
Othman and Haithalhim.
They agree fully with Low’s description. The synonymy
of Hrax cinctipes, Walk. was already stated by Low
(Zeitschr. f. d. ges. Naturwiss. xlii, p. 108). I give a
sketch of the wing, Pl. III, fig. 4.
Low’s specimens were from Massawa, those of Walker
from Wadi Ferran (in Arabia).
18. Philodicus gracilis, n. sp. F .
Cinereous ; thorax with brown stripes; abdomen with black
dorsal spots ; tibize rufous ; wings hyaline with the tip grey.
Length 19-22 mm.
Head whitish ; face clothed with white hairs; mystax white or
pale yellow, confined to the oral margin, sometimes with one or two
black bristles at the sides ; beard snow-white; occiput grey with
* Era cinctipes is not amongst those types of Walker which are
preserved in the British Museum Collection ; the type specimen of
E. cinicolor is a Promachus and according to Low is identical with
P. ruppelli Low. The two species are very near together and may
possibly be identical—J. W. YERBURY.
Asilidx from Aden and rts neighbourhood. 93
white hairs and bristles. Antenne short-; first and second joints
brownish-rufous, with white and black hairs ; third joint blackish,
elliptical, shorter than the first joint. Proboscis black ; palpi
rufous with whitish hairs. Thorax cinereous; the usual brown
picture very conspicuous ; the middle band widening to the front and
divided by a clear median stripe ; the lateral bands interrupted and
forming a row of three spots; thoracic dorsum with very short,
blackish hairs, posteriorly with several long black bristles ; similar
bristles at the sides; on the lower part of the prothorax long
whitish hairs ; scutellum cinereous, on the hind margin with two
long, usually black but sometimes yellow bristles (in one of the
specimens the right bristle is black, the left one yellowish) ; the
bristles before the halteres whitish. Abdomen elongate, attenuated
towards the apex, cinereous, each segment with a large blackish
dorsal spot ; in the male the eighth segment wholly black, shorter
than the preceding ; the genitalia small, ovate, with whitish hairs ;
in the female the eighth segment shining, black or dark rufous, as
long as the preceding ; the ovipositor short, black, with some very
short spines on each side ; in both sexes the first and second abdominal
segments have whitish bristles towards the sides. Legs slender ;
coxe grey ; femora blackish, the fore and middle ones rufous on the
underside ; tibizw yellowish-rufous ; tarsi brown ; but all this color-
ation more or less modified by a white pilosity ; fore tibiz towards
the apex with long whitish hairs; bristles of the legs generally
white, but some of them black ; those of the tarsi black ; foot-claws:
black; pulvilli orange-yellow. MHalteres yellowish-rufous. Wings
(Pl. ILI, fig. 5) much shorter than the abdomen, hyaline, with the
tip greyish ; veins black ; small cross-vein on the middle or a little
before the middle of the discal cell, which is proportionately
narrow.
Some specimens of both sexes, from Lahej and Haith-
alhim.
Fairly common. I have examined six specimens (3 f
and 3 ¢). One of them was captured preying on a butter-
fly (Lycena garka).
19. Apoclea femoralis, Wied.
Asilus femoralis, Wied. Aussereur. Zweifl. i, p. 466.
Several specimens of both sexes, from Huswah, Shaik
Othman and Lahej. One of them was captured preying
on a butterfly (Synchloe glauconome).
Wiedemann’s description is quite applicable, but as it.
—_
94 Mr. F. M. van der Wulp on
was based only on the male sex and the species of Apoclea
are difficult to distinguish, I give here a full description.
Antenne yellowish-rufous ; the first and second joints with
whitish hairs ; third joint shorter than the first, pointed towards the
tip. Mystax and likewise the hairs on the face, front, and occiput
white. Proboscis black ; palpi rufous with white hairs. Thorax,
scutellum and abdomen greyish-cinereous ; the thorax with more or
less distinct darker stripes and spots ; the very short hairs and the
bristles on the sides and before the scutellum whitish ; scutellum
with erect whitish hairs and a row of whitish bristles at its hind
margin. Abdomen often with au indication of black incisions ; in
the male there are some whitish bristles on the sides of each seg-
ment; in the female these only exist on the first and second
segments ; male genitalia ovate, usually chesnut-brown ; in the
female the eighth segment is cylindrical, twice as long as the pre-
ceding segment, shining black or piceous ; the ovipositor black,
with a row of short spines. Legs yellowish-rufous ; on the upper-
side of the fore and middle femora a blackish stripe; the hind
femora wholly black ; the tarsi and often also the tips of the tibize
infuscated ; the coloration of the legs, however, is not conspicuous,
the legs being covered with white hairs, which gives them a greyish
aspect ; the bristles of the legs, even those of the tarsi, are likewise
white. Halteres yellowish-rufous. Wings (PI. ITI, fig. 6) hyaline ;
the veins blackish, except those near the costa, which are rufous ;
the upper branch of the third vein at its base with a short recur-
rent stump, which, however, is wanting in some specimens ; the small
cross-vein is placed at, or a little before, the middle of the discal cell.
Length 17-23 mm.
Wiedemann’s specimens were from Egypt.
20. Apoclea heteroclita, n. sp. 2.
Cinereous ; thorax with black stripes; abdomen with blackish
spots ; legs partly rufous; wings hyaline, with grey apex ; first
posterior cell open.
Length 16 mm.
Head cinereous ; clothed with yellowish hairs ; mystax yellowish,
confined to the oral margin ; beard white; occiput with whitish
hairs and with a row of black bristles above. Antenne brownish-
rufous ; the basal joints with some black bristles ; the third joint
shorter than the first, pointed towards the tip. Proboscis piceous.
Thorax, scutellum and abdomen cinereous ; the blackish median
band of the thorax broad, indistinctly divided by a lighter line ;
Asilide from Aden and its neighbourhood. 95
laterally with blackish spots, one before and another behind the
transverse suture; the thoracic dorsum with short black hairs,
posteriorly and on each side before the root of the wings with
several black bristles. Pleuree grey; scutellum with yellowish
hairs ; its hind margin with a row of yellowish bristles. Abdomen
elongate, narrower than the thorax, each segment with two blackish-
brown spots, which in some lights appear to be united, forming
dark front borders on the segments; laterally there are some
yellowish bristles ; on the eighth segment these bristles are black ;
genitalia ovate, piceous. Coxe greyish-cinereous ; femora blackish
‘above, rufous at the underside ; tibie rufous with brownish tip;
tarsi brownish ; the legs are clothed with short, whitish hairs, on
the fore coxce and on the underside of the fore femora these hairs
become longer and more bristly ; tibiz with scattered, mostly black
bristles ; those on the innerside of the fore tibize are yellowish ; the
bristles of the tarsi black, some only on the fore tarsi pale ; foot-claws
black ; pulvilli yellow. Halteres yellow. Wings (PI. III, fig. 7)
hyaline, with black veins ; the upperbranch of the third vein has a
short recurrent stump at the base ; the first posterior cell is slightly
narrowed at the tip, but not closed ; the small cross-vein is situated
a little before the middle of the discal cell.
A single male specimen from Shaik Othman.
21. Protophanes costalis,n. sp. f.
Cinereous ; thorax with a black stripe ; abdomen with black dorsal
spots ; mystax white ; antenne and legs black ; wings witha narrow
brown costal border.
Length 12.5 mm.
Head (Pl. III, fig. 8) broader than the thorax ; face narrow, not
prominent, wholly covered by the large white mystax, in the upper
part of which, under the antenne, some black bristles are mixed ;
front black, with black bristles, those on the vertex rather long,
-curved forward ; beard white. Antenne black ; the basal joints with
whitish bristles beneath and some black ones above ; third joint as
long as the basal joints together, but distinctly narrower, and
gradually passing into the rather short and thick arista. Proboscis
black, pointed towards the tip. Thorax cinereous, with a very
distinct black dorsal stripe ; the usual lateral stripes inconspicuous ;
thoracic dorsum with short black hairs and along the median stripe
with black bristles, which posteriorly are intermixed with whitish
hairs ; pleurze grey ; the bristly hairs before the halteres, whitish.
oo
96 Mr. F. M. van der Wulp on
Scutellum cinereous, densely clothed with erect whitish bristles.
Abdomen cinereous, elongate, slightly narrowed behind ; each seg-
ment with a blackish spot on the front border ; a row of erect
whitish bristles on the hind margin of the first segment and a row
of similar bristles, directed backwards, on the front margin of the
second segment ; at the sides these bristles are concentrated into a
tuft ; the tip of the second and third segments with two or three-
whitish bristles at the sides ; genitalia (fig. 9) black. Legs black,
but appearing somewhat greyish on account of a short, dense, white
pilosity ; knees and the base of the tibize rufous-piceous ; most of
the bristles on the femora and tibiz are whitish, but at the tip of the
femora and on the front-side of the fore tibiee there are some black
ones ; the bristles of the tarsi are as a rule black, some only on the
fore tarsi being white ; foot-claws black ; pulvilli yellow. Halteres
yellow. Wings (fig. 10) greyish-hyaline ; the costa, from the middle
to the tip, with a narrow brown border ; veins black ; small cross-
vein a little beyond the middle of the discal cell.
Two male specimens from Aden.
22. Itamus sodalis,n. sp. $ ¢.
Thorax cinereous with black stripes ; abdomen black with grey
hind borders of the segments ; antennz black ; legs rufous ; wings
brownish-hyaline.
Length 15-18 mm.
Head cinereous ; face with white reflections, slightly narrowed
towards the antenne ; mystax yellowish-white, not ascending above
the oral margin ; beard white ; occiput with whitish hair, and with
a row of black bristles above. Antennz brownish-black ; the basal
joints with some black bristles; third joint as long as the first,
pointed towards the tip. Proboscis and palpi black, the palpi with
pale hairs. Thorax and scutellum cinereous ; thoracic dorsum with
distinct, broad, black stripes, the median stripe double, the lateral
ones interrupted on the transverse suture ; pleure grey ; some strong
black bristles on the posterior part of the thorax and laterally behind
the suture ; the bristly hairs before the halteres yellowish ; scutellum
without hairs or bristles. Abdomen velvety black, without any
metallic reflection ; the lateral and hind borders of the segments and
the whole ventral surface grey; yellowish bristly hairs situated
laterally on the first and second segments; the male genitalia
(Pl. ILI, fig. 11) shining black, proportionally large, the forceps
with white hairs beneath ; ovipositor (fig. 12) of the female elongate,
black, formed by the sixth, seventh and eighth segments. Legs
Asihdz from Aden and its neighbourhood. 97
rufous ; the tips of the femora and tibiz, and the second and following
joints of the tarsi, more or less brownish ; the bristles of the tarsi
and some scattered bristles on the femoraand tibiz, black. Halteres
yellow. Wings (fig. 13) slightly brownish, more obscure at the tip
and hind margin, with the central parts of the cells sometimes
clearer ; small cross-vein placed distinctly beyond the middle of the
discal cell.
A single pair, from Haithalhim and Lahej.
23. Ommatius tenellus, n. sp. F 2.
Cinereous ; antennz black ; legs rufous ; the tip of the femora and
tibiz, and the tarsi black ; wings hyaline.
Length 7 mm.
Head (Pl. III., fig. 14) broader than the thorax ; face white,
narrow ; mystax whitish, in the males with some long bristly hairs
of the same colour above it (in the single female these hairs are
blackish). Front and occiput grey; the ocellar tubercle black.
Antenne black ; third joint ovate ; arista long, with a row of rather
long hairs on the underside. Proboscis black. Thorax and scutellum
cinereous ; thoracic dorsum with distinct brown or blackish stripes ;
the median stripe double ; the lateral ones interrupted on the trans-
verse suture, thus forming two spots ; pleurze and metanotum grey ;
on the posterior part of the thorax and on the sides behind the
suture several whitish bristles ; the bristles before the halteres white.
Abdomen somewhat flattened, with parallel sides ; cinereous with
white incisions ; male genitalia small, dark rufous, laterally with
black hairs ; ovipositor of the female very short. Legs yellowish-
rufous ; the coxe grey ; the tips of the femora and tibiz, to a more
or less extent, and the tarsi, with the exception of the basal joint,
brownish or black ; some weak yellowish hairs and bristles on the
tibiz and on the underside of the femora ; bristles of the tarsi black.
Halteres pale yellow. Wings (fig. 15) pure hyaline ; small cross-
vein on the middle or a little beyond the middle of the discal cell.
In one of the specimens the space between the costal vein and the
first vein is brownish, and the small cross-vein stands a little before
the middle of the discal cell ; but I see no other difference.
Fairly common. Several specimens from Haithalhim
and Lahej.
In its small size and the coloration of the legs this
species is allied to the East-Indian 0. argyrochirus,
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PARTI. (APRIL) 7
98 Mr. F. M. van der Wulp on Asilidxe from Aden.
v. d. W. and suffusus, v.d. W. From the first it differs in
the total want of silvery pilosity on the fore legs of the
male ; and from 0. suffwsus in its hyaline wings. 0. flavipes,
Low, from South Africa, certainly belongs to the same
group, but it has yellow legs without brown tips to the
femora and tibie.
Pirates II. anp III.
[See Explanations facing the PLATES. |
C2?)
III. Lepidoptera Heterocera from Northern China, Japan,
and Corea. By JouNn Henry Leecu, B.A.,
His EZ ce:
Part Ep.
[Read December 7th, 1898.]
In this portion of my paper the subject is continued to
the end of the “Bombyces.” Some three hundred and
forty species are considered, and these are distributed
among seven families as under :—
TGEMAGODTN AIS 6 tye: Ge le 8 34 LYMANTRIIDA *. . ... . 70
LASIOCAMPIDH. ..... 21 HLVIPS IT Aneaes a use 8 Oe ke 5
PTREROTHYSANIDH .... 1 ARGUIDARS. Swed tayo td 193.
AGARISRID AN (0 4 we aaee 18
Thirty-four species have not, so far as I am aware, been
previously described, and this proportion of novelties
corresponds closely to that shown among the species:
enumerated in the first part of this paper. In addition
to these there are thirty-seven other species belonging to
the above families which I have described elsewhere, thus
making a total of seventy-one, or very nearly one-fifth of
the entire number of species now discussed.
Family LIMACODIDZ.
Genus SCOPELODES.
Westwood, Nat. Libr. 37 (Ent. vii), p. 222 (1841).
354. Scopelodes venosa.
Scopelodes venosa, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1105
(1855); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 374
(1892).
Scopelodes ursina, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., vi, p. 3, pl. ci,
figs. 7, 8 (1886).
Three male specimens and one female from Moupin,
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART I. (APRIL)
rr
100 Mr. J. H. Leech on
and one example of each sex from Omei-shan, taken in
June aud July.
Distribution. SIKHIM; SYLHET; MOULMEIN; CEYLON
(Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA ; JAPAN.
355. Scopelodes contracta.
Scopelodes contracta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1105 (1855) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 375 (1892).
I obtained an example of a Scopelodes at Tsuruga in July
1886, which appears to be a female of S. contracta. It is
rather larger than the male type and is somewhat paler
in colour,
Distribution. NortTH CHINA; SIKHIM; JAPAN.
Genus HYPHORMA.
Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., xxxui, p. 493 (1865).
356. Hyphorma minax.
Hyphorma minax, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxu, p. 493
(1865); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 375
(1892).
A specimen received from Moupin, where it was taken
in June, appears to be a male of this species. The
antenne are pectinated three-fourths of their length and
the legs are hairy. Expanse 34 millim.
Distribution. Srxkuim (Hampson); NORTHERN and
WESTERN CHINA.
357. Hyphorma sericea, sp. n.
Antenne pectinated to the tips. Head, thorax, and abdomen
yellowish, the metathorax and adjoining segment of body brownish.
Primaries silky dark brown with an oblique, plumbeus edged,
black line from apex to inner margin; a second black line starts
from same point and runs parallel with outer margin, the space
between these lines is slightly paler than rest of the wing. Secondaries
silky, cinnamon brown, fringes preceded by a dark brown line.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 101
Under surface paler than above and without lines on primaries ; legs
and body silky golden-brown.
Expanse 36 millim.
One male specimen from Omei-shan, taken in June or
July.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus BoMBYCOCERA.
Felder, Reise Nov., Lep., iv, pl. Ixxxiii, fig. 13 (1874).
358. Bombycocera sinensis.
Setora sinensis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 98 (1877).
One male specimen from Chang-yang, taken in June;
one female from Wa-shan, taken in May.
' Moore’s type was from Shanghai.
Habitat. EASYERN, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Genus SUSICA,
“Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1113 (1855).
359. Susica pallida.
Susica pallida, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1114 (1855) ;
Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., vi, p. 6, pl. cui, fig. 4 (1886) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 377 (1892).
Tadema sinensis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vii, p. 1759 (1856).
Walker’s type was from Shanghai; my collectors did
not meet with this species.
Distribution. EASTERN Cuina; NEPAL; SIkHIM; Mout-
MEIN.
Genus THOSEA.
Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. ett
(1892).
360. Those sinensis.
Anzabe sinensis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1098 (1855).
Thosea sinensis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1,
p. 379 (1892).
I obtained a male specimen at Gensan in July.
Distribution. Hone Kone ; Formosa ; CacHAR ; PEGU ;
JAVA (Hampson); COREA.
-
102 Mr. J. H. Leech on
361. Thosea sericea.
Aphendala sericea, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
p- 595.
One female example taken at Hakodate by Mr.
Andrews.
The species was described from a Tokio specimen.
Hubitat. JAPAN and YESSO.
Genus ARCTIOBLEPSIS.
Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 33 (1862).
362. Arctioblepsis rubida.
Arctioblepsis rubida, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 33
(1862).
Described from Ningpo.
Habitat. NORTH-EASTERN CHINA.
Genus PHRIXOLEPIA.
Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 476 (1877).
363. Phrixolepia sericea,
Phrixolepia sericea, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p. 476 (1877); IIL Typ: Lep. Bet. imjspe ie
pl. xliu, fig. 6 (1879).
Limacodes castaneus, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 41,
pl. i, fig. 11 (1880).
Heterogenea sericea, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 297
(1892).
Specimens from Yokohama, Oiwake and Yesso in
Pryer’s collection. I obtained the species at Nagasaki in
June.
Distribution. AMURLAND; ASKOLD; JAPAN; YESSO;
KIUSHIU.
Genus NATADA.
Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 380
(1892).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 103
364. Natada conjwneta.
Limacodes (2) conjuncta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1150
(1855).
Heterogenea conjuncta, Fixsen, Rom. sur Lép., ui, p. 338,
pl. xv, fig. 9 (1887).
Miresa conjuncta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 549 (1892).
Natada conjuncta, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 381 (1892).
I obtained two male specimens at Gensan in July, and
Fixsen also records the species from Corea.
Distribution. FORMOSA; SIKHIM; RANGOON; E. PEGU
(Hampson); NorTH CHINA; COREA.
Genus PHOCODERMA.
Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., vi, p. 4 (1886).
365. Phocoderma velutina.
Gastropacha velutina, Koll. Hiigel, Kasch., iv (2), p. 473
- (1844).
Phocoderma velutina, Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., vi, p. 4,
pl. cii, fig. 1 (1886).
Natada rugosa, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1109 (1855).
Natada velutina, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p- 382 (1892).
Two male specimens from Chia-ting-fu, one from the
province of Kwei-chow, and one example of each sex
from Omei-shan.
Distribution. HIMALAYAS; SIND; Poona; BENGAL;
CACHAR; BurMA (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
Genus MoNEMA.
Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1112 (1855).
366. Monema flavescens.
Monema flavescens, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1112 (1855) ;
Buth, Ti byp. Lep. Het. 1, p,,14,..pli xxv, fig. 5
(1878).
Miresa flavescens, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 300 (1892).
There were specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s col-
lection and I have received examples from Hakodate,
a
104 Mr. J. H. Leech on
taken in June and July. I obtained the species at
Gensan in June and my collectors met with it at Ichang
in August.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO; CENTRAL
and NORTHERN CHINA; COREA.
Genus MIRESA.
Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1123 (1855).
367. Miresa inornata.
Miresa inornata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1125 2 (1855) ;
Butl., Cist. Ent., iii, p. 120 ¢ (1885); Hampson,
Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 386 (1892).
Hereogenea flavidorsalis, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., i, p. 195,
pl. xi, fig. 7 (1887).
Two specimens from Chang-yang taken in June. There
was one example in Pryer’s collection and a native collec-
tor obtained one at Hakodate in June or July. One of
these specimens, which is most certainly referable to
M. inornata, Dr. Staudinger has identified as his flavi-
dorsalis.
The Chinese specimens are rather paler in ground colour
and the thorax is more tawny.
Distribution. NortTH-WESTERN HIMALAYAS; NAGAS
(Hampson) ; AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO ; NORTHERN and
CENTRAL CHINA.
368. Miresa decedens.
Miresa decedens, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1125 (1855);
Butl., TL) typ. Lep. Het., vi,.'p. 5, pl. cn, ge
(1886); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 387
(1892).
One male specimen from Ichang in August.
Distribution. ASSAM; NILGIRIS (Hampson); CENTRAL
CHINA.
369. Miresa (2) pallivitta.
Miresa pallivitta, Moore,-Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p. 93 (1877).
One female specimen from Ningpo, taken in June.
The type was from Shanghai.
Habitat. NORTH-EASTERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 105
370. Miresa (2) fuscicostalis.
Heterogenca flavidorsalis var. fuscicostalis, Fixsen, Rom. sur
Lép., ili, p. 337, pl. xv, fig. 10 (1885).
Miresa fuscicostalis, Staud., op. cit., vi, p. 301 (1892).
Fixsen describes this species from Corea. It does not
appear to have anything to do with I. flavidorsalis. Dr.
Staudinger suggests that it is not a MMiresa and that the
figure has the aspect of a Plusia.
Distribution. COREA; AMURLAND.
Genus PARASA.
Moore, Cat. Lep. E.L.C., p. 413 (1859).
371. Parasa consocia.
Parasa consociw, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. ii, p. 484
(1865).
Parasa humeralis, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het., Oxford, p. 230
(1892).
Parasa tessellata, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 93 (1877).
Heterogenea princeps, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 199
(1887). |
Newxra princeps, Staud., /. ¢., pl. xv, fig. 7.
There was a specimen in Pryer’s collection. I obtained
the species at Gensan in July and I have received it from
Chang-yang.
Dr. Staudinger has identified my Corean specimen as
his princeps, and this together with the other two speci-
mens agree well with the figure (J. c.).
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; CorEA; NORTHERN
and CENTRAL CHINA.
372. Parasa hilarata.
Heterogenea hilarata, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iil, p. 298
(1887).
Nexrasa sinica, Staud., op. cit., vi, p. 298 (1892).
I received this species from Chang-yang and Ichang,
taken in July; these specimens agree well with a long
series of bred specimens from Amurland.
This species cannot be regarded as synonymous with
a
106 Mr. J. H. Leech on
H. sinica, Moore, the latter having dark secondaries as in
hilarula, Staud., of which I have also specimens from
Amurland.
Distribution. AMURLAND ; CENTRAL CHINA.
373. Parasa sinica.
Parasa sinica, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 98 (1877).
Heterogenea hilarula, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iu, p. 197
(1887).
Newrasa hilarata, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 298 (1892).
H., sinica appears to be separable from H. hilarata by
the uniform fuscous secondaries. The hind marginal
border of primaries is variable in width and also in the
depth of the indentation. In one Gensan specimen the
band is very narrow and not in the least indented.
I have examples from Hakodate and Gensan, and there
were specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. AMURLAND ; JAPAN; YESSO; COREA.
374. Parasa lepida.
Noctua lepida, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii, pl. cxxx, fig. E.
GT):
Limacodes graciosa, Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., p. 50, pl.
xxiv, fig. 4 (1848).
Parasa lepida, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 388
(1892).
One female specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in July,
and two examples of the same sex from Ichang, taken in
August.
Distribution. Throughout INDIA and CEYLON; JAVA
(Hampson) ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
375. Parasa bicolor.
Newxra bicolor, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1142 (1855).
Parasa bicolor, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., vi, p. 7, pl. cii,
fig. 11 (1886) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p- 390 (1892).
One male specimen from Omei-shan taken in June or
July.
Dieeiaiion, SIKHIM; throughout Continental INDIA
and BurMA (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 107
376. Parasa prasina.
Parasa prasina, Alph., Deuts. Ent. Zeit. 1895 (Iris, vii),
p. 186 (1895).
Alphéraky describes a male specimen from Ta-tsien-lou,
where it was taken in June by Potanine. He states that
it is distinguished from all other species of the genus
by its green secondaries.
Habitat, WESTERN CHINA.
Genus CANIA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1177 (1855).
377. Cania bilinea.
Neevra bilinea, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1142 (1855).
Cania sericea, Walk., Cat., v, p. 1178 (1855) ; Butl., Il. Typ.
Lep. Het., vi, p. 8, pl. cil, fig. 7 (1886).
Cania bilinea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 550 (1892) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 395 (1892).
One female specimen taken in June or July at Omei-
shan.
Distribution. DHARMSALA; SIKHIM; MANIPUR; GAN-
gam; S. InpIA; Matacca; Java (Hampson); WESTERN
CHINA.
Genus RHAMNOSA.
Fixsen, Rom. sur Lép., 111, p. 339 (1887).
378. Rhamnosa angulata.
Rhamnosa (2?) angulata, Fixsen, Rom. sur Lép., ii, p. 339
(1887).
Ramesa (?) angulata, Fixsen, /. ¢., pl. xv, fig. 1.
Described from Corea. I have not seen an example
of it.
Habitat. COREA.
Genus MICROLEON.
Butl., Cist. Ent., ii, p. 121 (1885).
379. Microleon longipalpis.
Microleon longipalpis, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii, p. 121 (1885) ;
Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 610.
There were specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
,
108 Mr, J. H. Leech on
collection. I met with the species in Satsuma in May, at
Fujisan in June, and at Tsuruga in July.
Distribution. JAPAN ; KriusHiu; COREA.
380. Microleon divisa.
Setora dwisa, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 83 (1890).
Described from a female specimen taken at Chang-yang
in June. In the original description the type was stated
to be a male, this was an error which I now take the oppor-
tunity of correcting.
Habitat. CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus H&BTEROGENEA.
Knoch, Beitr. Ins., ii, p. 60 (1793).
381. Heterogenea wneula.
Heterogenea uncula, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., ii, p. 197,
pl. xi, tig. 9 (1887).
Specimens from Yokohama, Oiwake, and Yesso in
Pryer’s collection: one example from Ichang taken in
August.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO; CENTRAL
CHINA.
382. Heterogenen testudina.
Heterogenea testudina, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 15
(1892).
Alphéraky describes this species from Ou-piu in the
province of Kan-sou, and suggests that it may probably be
a local race of H. limacodes, Hufn. (= Apoda avellana,
Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 552).
Halitat. WESTERN CHINA.
383. Heterogenea (2) obliqua.
Heterogenea obliqua, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 83 (1890).
One male specimen from Chang-yang, taken in July.
Habitat. CENTRAL CHINA.
384. Heterogenca (?) dentatus,
Limacodes dentatus, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 42, pl. i,
fig. 10 (1880).
Heterogenea dentatus, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 298
(1892).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 109
Apoda dentatus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 552 (1892).
I have one example from Gensan taken in July.
Distribution. AMURLAND ,; ASKOLD; COREA.
Genus NAROSA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1151 (1855).
385. Narosa culta.
Narosa culta, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) 1,
p. 356 (1879).
Four specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
My native collector obtained one example at Gensan in
August.
Distribution. JAPAN; COREA.
386. Narosa fulgens.
Heterogenea fulgens, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 609, pl. xxx, fig. 18.
The male type was from Ningpo and measures 20 millim.
in expanse ; Gensan females are 22 millim. Two female
specimens received from Chang-yang are much larger, one
is 28 millim. and the other 32 millim. The species occurs
in July.
Distribution. NoRTH-EASTERN and CENTRAL CHINA;
COREA.
Genus BELIPPA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxii, p. 508 (1865).
387. Belippa horrida.
Belippa horrida, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxii, p. 509 (1865).
One female specimen from Kiukiang taken in June.
Habitat. CENTRAL and SOUTHERN CHINA.
Family LASIOCAMPID.
Genus DENDROLIMUS.
Germar, Syst. Gloss. Prodr., p. 48 (1812).
388. Dendrolimus pint.
Bomby« pini, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 498 (1758).
Dendrolimus pint, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 815 (1892).
-
110 Mr. J. H. Leech on
(Hona punctata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vi, p. 1418 (1855).
Lasiocampa remota, Walk., /. ¢., p. 1439.
Lebeda hebes, Walk., 1. ¢., p. 1462.
Odonestis superans, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 19,
pl. xxvii, fig. 4 (1878).
(Hona spectabilis, Butl., l.¢., p. 19, pl. xxvii, fig. 3.
Hona segregata, Butl., /.¢., p. 20, pl. xxvi, figs. 6, 7.
Hutricha dolosa, fentoni, and zonata, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond., 1881, pp. 16, 17.
Eutricha pini, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 627.
Eutricha remota, Leech, l. ¢., p. 628.
As I have now a very much larger amount of material
than when dealing with these insects in my former paper,
I have been obliged to considerably alter my views
respecting them. I am inclined to the opinion that all
the above are simply forms of D. pint.
A series of sixty-four specimens from Japan compared
with a series of sixty-three from Europe show an almost
equal amount of variation.
Distribution. KUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO;
NORTHERN CHINA.
389. Dendrolimus flaveola.
Bombyx flaveola, Motsch., Bull. Mosc., xxxix, p. 192 (1866).
Dendrolimus flaveola, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 813
(1892).
Motschulsky described this species from Japan, but I am
unable to identify it from the description with any species
of Dendrolimus from Japan in my collection.
Habitat. JAPAN.
390. Dendrolimus undans.
Lebeda undans, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vi, p. 1458 (1855).
Metanastria wndans, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 410 (1892).
Bombyx fasciatella, Mén. Bull. de l Acad. Pétersb., xvii,
p. 218 (1858); Schr. Amur. Reisen, p. 55, pl. iv,
fig. 8 (1859); Fixsen, Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 344
(1877).
Dendrolimus fasciatella, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 813
(1892).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 11
Odonestis excellens, Butl., Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p. 481 (1877) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 19, pl. xxvi,
figs. 4, 5 (1878).
Odonestis excellens, var. wnicolor, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom.,
v, p. 38 (1880).
A fine series from Yokohama.
The specimens vary in size and also in the intensity of
the markings; most of them are of the type form (wadans
= excellens), but a few females are referable to the faintly
marked form wnicolor, Oberth.
Distribution. AMURLAND ; JAPAN; COREA ; SYLHET,
Genus BHIMA.
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 405.
391. Bhima potanini.
Pyrosis potanviu, Alph., Iris, viii, p. 186 (1895).
Bhima potanini, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 133 (1897).
Alphéraky records this species, which appears to be
closely allied to “ Pyrosis” eximia, Oberth., and “ Pyrosis”
idiota, Graeser, from the Kham country.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus CLISIOCAMPA.
Stephens, Ill. Brit. Ent., Haust., ii, p. 48 (1829),
392. Clisiocampa neustria.
Bombyx neustria, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p.500 (1758) ; Staud.,
Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 314 (1892).
Clisiocampa testacea, Motsch., Etud. Ent., 1860, p. 32.
Specimens from Yokohama, Oiwake and Yesso in Pryer’s
collection. I obtained the species at Nagasaki in June
and at Gensan in July, and my native collector took some
examples at Nikko. A few specimens were bred at
Chung-King in the month of May, and others were
captured at Kiukiang and Pu-tsu-fong in June and July.
My series of this species from Eastern Asia is very
variable ; in one male example there are no transverse
lines and in another specimen only one line is indicated ;
in a third example of the same sex the colour is darker
than that proper to the female.
Distribution. EUROPE—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO;
Corea ; NORTHERN, CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA.
-
1a2 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus PascILOCAMPA.
Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent., Haust., ii, p. 43 (1828).
393. Pecilocampa subpurpurea.
Pecilocampa subpurpurea, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1881, p. 18.
Described from Tokio.
Habitat. JAPAN.
Genus KOSALA.
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1897, p. 407.
394. Kosala sanguinea.
Kosala sanguinea, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1879,
p. 408, pl. xxxii, fig. 8; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 418 (1892).
One specimen was received from Omei-shan, it was taken
in June or July.
Distribution. StkKHIM; KuAsis (Hampson); WESTERN
CHINA.
Genus CRINOCRASPEDA.
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 420 (1892).
395. Crinocraspeda ? inexperta, sp. n.
?
Primaries greyish brown with a slight violet tinge ; the medial
area of the wing traversed by two blackish lines, the first crenulate
and curved, the second indented and angled below costa, then curved
and recurved to inner margin, where it is outwardly edged with
whitish ; the basal area, limited by the first line, is brown ; there is
a small white discal spot, a black mark, bordered on each side with
whitish, on the inner margin between second line and outer angle ;
submarginal line blackish but indistinct. Secondaries fuliginous
brown with greyish scales on costal area. Fringes dark grey
chequered with whitish. Under surface fuliginous brown; all the
wings have a dusky medial band, and the primaries have two patches
of iridiscent greenish scales at the apex.
Thorax dark brown, patagia greyish : abdomen dark brown.
Expanse 42 millim.
One male specimen taken by myself in the Snowy
Valley near Ningpo in April.
Habitat. NoRTH-EASTERN CHINA.
Feterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 113
I have referred this species doubtfully to Crinocraspeda ;
but a new genus will probably have to be made for it.
Vein 8 of secondaries is connected with vein 7 by a bar,
but there are no accessory veinlets as in the Odonestis
section of Lasiocampide, and the cell is open. The outer
margins of the primaries are slightly crenulate, but those
of the secondaries are not.
Genus TRABALA.
Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., vii, p. 1785 (1856).
396. Trabala vishnu.
Gastropacha vishnu, Lef., Zool. Journ., 111, p. 207 (1827).
Gastropacha sulphurea, Koll., Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv, p. 471
(1848).
Amydona basalis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het. vi, p. 1415
(1855).
Trabala vishnu, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 421
(1892).
I have a male specimen from Ichang, and a female from
Kiukiang, both taken in August.
Distribution. Throughout INDIA, CEYLON, and BurRMA
(Hampson) ; CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus ODONESTIS.
Germar, Prodr. Syst. Lep., 11, p. 49 (1812).
397. Odonestis potatoria.
Bombyx potatoria, Linn., Syst. Nat., xii, p. 813.
Odonestis potatoria, var. askoldensis, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom.,
v, p. 88 (1881).
Philudoria potatoria, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 820
(1892).
Odonestis albomaculata, Brem., Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 42, pl. iv,
fig. 6 f, in, fig. 20 2 (1864).
Odonestis potatoria, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 628.
There were specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collec-
tion, and I obtained examples at Hakone and Gensan.
I think that if Dr. Staudinger had had an opportunity
of seeing a good and variable series of this species from
Japan he would not have been inclined to uphold albo-
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PARTI. (APRIL) 8
-
114 Mr. J. H. Leech on
maculata, Brem., as a distinct species (Rom. sur Lép., vi,
p. 317); he says that it may be distinguished from
O. potatoria by its smaller size, but this certainly does not
apply to Japanese specimens.
_ In some examples of the dark form of the female from
Japan the white spots on primaries are large and confluent,
whilst in one specimen of each sex there is but one spot,
and this is only faintly indicated. Between the extremes
representing potatoria and albomaculata all the connecting
grades are shown in my series.
Distribution. HEUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN; COREA.
398. Odonestis directa.
Odonestis directa, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het., Oxford, p. 261,
pl. vi, fig. 4 (1892).
Probably a form of O. potatoria. The name directa
cannot stand, as the species described by. Walker as “ Mega-
soma” directa is an Odonestis.
Halitat, JAPAN.
399. Odonestis lxta.
Amydona leta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vi, p. 1416 (1855).
Odonestis leta, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 425
(1892).
Philudoria leta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 820 (1892).
I have a male specimen from Tsuruga, which I believe
is the only example recorded from Japan, and three
females from Kiukiang; the latter were taken in May
and June, and the former was captured by myself. in
July.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; COREA; CENTRAL
CHINA.
400. Odonestis inobtrusa.
Lasiocampa inobtrusa, Walk., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., (8) i,
1862, p. 85.
Odonestis leta (part) Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 425 (1892).
I have a fine bred series of this species from Chia-ting-fu
and one example from Ta-chien-lu. The specimens are
much redder in colour and the spots on primaries are
sometimes golden-yellow and rather larger than in the
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 115
type. In seven of the fourteen males the discal spot is
black. One cocoon was also received, this is whitish in
colour, thickly covered with reddish-brown hairs, and very
pointed towards each extremity.
I would propose that this form of 0. inobtrusa should
bear the varietal name chinensis,
Distribution. INDIA; WESTERN CHINA.
401. Odonestis brevivenis.
Chrostogastria brevivenis, Butl., Cist. Ent., iii, p. 119 (1885).
Odonestis brevivenis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 811 (1892).
Two specimens taken by a native collector at Hako-
date in June; there was one example from Nikko in
Pryer’s collection, and Butler’s type was from the same
locality.
Habitat. JAPAN.
402. Odonestis prunt.
Bombyx pruni, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 498 (1758); Hiibn.,
Bomb., fig. 186 (1804 ?).
Odonestis pruni, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 811 (1892) ;
Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 133 (1897).
Specimens in Pryer’s collection from Yokohama and
Nikko. I took one example at Hakodate, and have
received one from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June or July.
Alphéraky records a male example taken in August at
Li-fan-fou, province of Sé-Tchouen.
Distribution EtRoPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO;
WESTERN CHINA.
403. Odonestis hanvpsont, sp. n.
Primaries reddish brown ; transverse lines similar as regards posi-
tion to those of O. inobtrusa, but not clearly defined. At the outer
extremity of the cell there is a pale golden barand a dot of the same
colour above it. Secondaries fuscous brown becoming reddish brown
towards outer margin. Under surface reddish brown with indications
of the discal bar on primaries.
Expanse 40 millim,
Two male specimens from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June or
July. In one example the bar at the end of the cell of
primaries is represented by two dots.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
a
116 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus ARGUDA.
Moore; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 412 (1892).
404. <Arguda bipartita, sp. n.
Head and thorax pale brown, the head and prothorax striped with
reddish brown: abdomen clothed with long silky reddish brown
hair, anal tuft rather paler.
Primaries warm cinnamon brown tinged with cinereous on basal
half, and less strongly on the outer marginal area; there are three
oblique transverse lines, the first cinnamon brown, the second
of the same colour but externally edged with greyish and rather
wavy, the third is dusky and irregular. Secondaries warm cinnamon
brown tinged with cinereous on abdominal margin. Fringes of all
the wings slightly darker than the ground colour. Under surface
pale brownish ; the primaries are reddish brown along the costa,
there is a narrow brown transverse band beyond the middle and
this is followed by a reddish brown transverse shade ; the secondaries
have an irregular reddish brown band before the middle and the
outer marginal area is tinged with brown and clouded with darker.
Expanse 70 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, captured in June
or July.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus GASTROPACHA.
Ochs., Schmett., Eur., 111, p. 239 (1810).
405. Gastropacha quercifolia.
Bombyx quercifolia, Linn., Syst. Nat. p. 497 (1758);
Hiibn., Bomb., figs. 187, 188 (1804 ?).
Gastropacha quercifolia, var. cerridifolia, Feld., Wien. ent.
Mon., vi, p. 35 (1862).
Occurs at Yokohama and Fujisan. A specimen that I
reared from a larva obtained at Gensan is pale, but the
Japanese examples are richly coloured.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN; COREA;
Nortu-EAsterRN CHINA.
406. Gastropacha populifolia.
Bombyx populifolia, Esp., Schmett., 111, p. 62, pl. vi, figs. 3,
4, pl. vii, fig. 1 (1782).
. Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. LNG
Gastropacha angustipennis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vi,
p- 1394 (1855).
I obtained a specimen at Hakodate in August.
The type of G. angustipennis is in the National Col-
lection at South Kensington. The specimen is from
“N. China,” and is in poor condition.
, Distribution. KUROPE—AMURLAND; YESSO; COREA;
NortH CHINA.
Genus PHYLLODESMA.
Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett., p. 190 (1822 2).
407. Phyllodesma wlicifolia.
Bombyx wierfolia, Linn., Faun. Succe., p. 293 (1761).
Gastropacha ilicifolia, var. japonica, Leech, Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 628.
Phyllodesma wieifolia, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 824
(1892).
A male specimen and two females from Yesso in Pryer’s
collection.
In the Japanese form, var. japonica, all the wings are
pale reddish brown, and all the violet-tinged white mark-
ings are well defined.
Distribution. EvRoPE.—AMURLAND; YESSO.
Genus MALACOSOMA.
Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett., p. 192 (1822 2).
408. Malacosoma ? flavomarginata.
Bombyx flavomarginata, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi,
p. xcii (1886).
Malacosoma flavomarginata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.,i, p. 819
(1892).
A male and two females from Moupin are noted by
Poujade.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
-
118 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Family PTEROTHYSANID.
Genus PTEROTHYSANUS.
Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 401 (1854).
408? Pterothysanus lanaris.
Pterothysanus lanaris, Butl., Ann. and Mag, Nat. Hist., (5)
xiv, p. 406 (1884).
Described from “Shanghai?” As there appears to be
some uncertainty about the locality I am inclined to think
that if the insect came from China at all, it must have
been from the southern part of that country.
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 430, refers
P. lanaris to P. laticilia, Walk., as a form of that species.
Kirby (Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 427) places Pterothysanus in
Nyctemeridez.
Habitat. EASTERN CHINA ?
Family LYMANTRIIDA.
Genus ORGYIA.
Ochs., Schmett., Eur., iii, p. 208 (1810).
409. Orgyia gonostigma.
Bombyx gonostigma, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 585 (1775), Hiibn.,
Bomb., fig. 78.
Notolophus gonostigma, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 493
(1892).
Orgyia approximans, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
10
Orgyia gonostigma, Leech, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 626.
One example from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. KUROPE—AMURLAND; JAPAN.
410. Orgyia thyellina.
Orgyia thyellina, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1881, p. 10, 2;
Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 625, pl. xxxi,
figs. 7, 7A .
Notolophus thyellinus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 495
1892).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 119
Occurs at Yokohama, Oiwake, and Tokio.
The series in Pryer’s collection comprised eight males
and seven females, four of the latter have well developed
wings, but the other three have dwarfed wings, although
the markings thereon are a reproduction in miniature of
those on the wings of the fully-developed females.
Habitat. JAPAN.
411. Orgyia leeche.
Orgyia prisca, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 111 (1890).
Notolophus leechvi, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 495 (1892).
Appears to be common at Chang-yang ; I also received
specimens from Ship-y-shan and Ichang, and from most
of the localities in Western China that were visited by
my collectors.
As “prisca” had been previously used in Orgyia, Mr.
Kirby has renamed this species. Staudinger (Rom. sur
Lép., vi, p. 303) states that he has an example from
Tschi-fu of a species allied to O. evicw; this may be iden-
tical with the above.
Habitat. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Genus AROA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., iv, p. 791 (1855); Hampson, Fauna
Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 437 (1897).
412. Avroa socrus.
Gynzphora socrus, Geyer., Hiibn. Zutr., v, p. 12, figs. 887,
838.
Aroa substrigosa, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., iv, p. 794 (1855) ;
Buitl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 54, pl. xe, fig. 5 (1881).
Aroa socrus, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 439
(1892).
Female. Wings rather longer than those of the male, and more
thinly scaled.
Male specimens were received from Ta-chien-lu, Chow-
pin-sa, Pu-tsu-fong, Wa-ssu-kow, Chia-ting-fu, Huang-
mu-chang, Chia-kou-ho, the province of Kwei-chow,
Ichang, and Ship-y-shan. Those from the two localities
last named are bright reddish orange.
Of the female, which sex has not been previously de-
scribed so far as I can ascertain, | have four specimens
a
120 Mr J. H. Leech on
from Chia-kou-ho, Chia-ting-fu, and Ichang. The speci-
men from the locality last named is pinkish, streaked with
fuscous on primaries, one from Chia-kou-ho is pale
pinkish, and the other two are whitish with a faint
ochreous tinge.
Inistribution. AssAM; KuAsis; NAGA; and KAREN
Hints; Java (Hampson); CENTRAL and WESTERN
CHINA.
413. Aroa flavicollis.
Crinola flavicoliis, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 111 (1890).
Twelve male specimens from Chang-yang, taken in
June and July, and two females from Chia-kou-ho,
obtained in July. These last are entirely whitish, and the
thorax is of the same colour as the collar.
Habitat. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
414, Aroa (?) jonast.
Avoa jonasi, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p.
402 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, pl. xxiii, fig. 11
(1878); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 647.
A fine series from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection. I obtained specimens in Satsuma in May, at
Nagasaki in June, Gensan in July, and Hakone in
August.
I have left this species in Avoa although it does not
appear to be rightly placed therein, and a new genus will
probably have to be made for its reception.
Habitat. JAPAN.
Genus LALIA.
Steph.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 440
(1892).
415. Lelia cenosa.
Bombyx canosa, Hiibn. Bomb., figs. 218, 323-325
(1804).
Lelia sinensis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., iv, p. 829 (1855) ;
Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iii, pl. xliii, fig. 8 (1879);
Fixs., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 342 (1887).
Leucoma brevicornis, Walk., op. cit., vii, p. 1729 (1856).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 121
Lelia sangaica, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 92 (1877).
Lelia cenosa, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 621.
There were several specimens (both sexes) from Yoko-
hama in Pryer’s collection. I took a male at Ningpo in
April, another was taken by a native in July, and one at
Gensan, also in July. Four males were received from
Chang-yang. Three of the examples from the last
locality are silky white, one of them almost immaculate,
I propose the name candida for this form; the fourth is
identical with the type of sangaica, Moore. The Ningpo
specimens are darker and have larger black spots than
those from Japan, which latter, together with the Gensan
example, agree very well with the European type.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND ; JAPAN; CENTRAL
and NORTHERN CHINA; COREA.
416, Lelia gigantea.
Lelia gigantea, Butl., Cist. Ent., iii, p. 117 (1885).
One male specimen and five females from Oiwake in
Pryer’s collection.
Probably only a large form of ZL. cwnosa.
Habitat. JAPAN.
Genus PANTANA.
Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 443
(1892).
417. Pantana sinica.
Pantana sinica, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 92 (1877).
Ihave a typical male taken by myself at Foochau in
April and an example of the same sex from Chang-yang,
taken in July. The last agrees with the Foochau speci-
men so far as regards the primaries, but the secondaries
are pure white with a broad outer marginal band extend-
ing from costa almost to anal angle.
Habitat. EASTERN and CENTRAL CHINA.
418. Pantana nigrolimbata, sp. n.
Male. Head and palpi yellowish-orange; thorax and abdomen
-fuscous, the latter yellowish beneath. Primaries white and suffused
with blackish on basal area and dusted with the same colour beyond ;
122 Mr. J. H. Leech on
outer area with a blackish band which is broadest on costa and
interrupted by a spur of the ground colour below vein 2; a small
black spot at lower angle of cell and two rather larger ones below
cell. Secondaries white dusted with blackish on basal area ; outer
marginal band black, extending from costa to vein 3.
Female. Primaries ochreous white with black spots as in the male,
but without blackish bands on outer margin; secondaries sordid
white, without marking.
Expanse 48-54 millim.
Ten male specimens and three females from Moupin
taken in June.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
Allied to P. terminata, Walk.
419. Pantana simplex, sp. n.
Primaries pale fuscous brown, the venation is pale brown to the
outer marginal area ; the costa is streaked with pale brown to the end
of the cell, where there is a lunulated mark of the same colour ; the
inner marginal area is pale brown ; fringes and costa dark fuscous.
Secondaries white. Head and thorax same colour as primaries, palpi
golden brown ; abdomen paler.
Expanse 34—40 millim.
Nine male specimens from Chia-kou-ho and three from
Chia-ting-fu.
Occurs in June.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
In four specimens from Chia-kou-ho the primaries are
pale fawn colour very slightly suffused with fuscous.
420. Pantana pluto.
Gynephora pluto, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 111 (1890).
Two male specimens from Ichaug, one from Moupin and
one from the province of Kwei-chow. July.
Habitat. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Genus CIFUNA.
Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 446
(1892).
421. Crfuna locwples.
Cifuna locuples, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 1173 (1855) ;
Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, pl. xxvii, fig. 6 (1878);
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 446 (1892).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 123
Artaxa confusa, Brem., Lep. Ost.-Sib., p. 42, pl. iv, fig. 5
(1864).
A fine series from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer's
collection. I have two specimens from Hakodate, one
taken in June, and one from Gensan taken in July. The
species occurs also at Chang-yang and Chia-ting-fu in June
and July.
One example from Oiwake is referable to var. confusa,
Brem., which is darker than the type.
Distribution. KHAsis; NAcas (Hampson) ; AMURLAND ;
JAPAN; YESSO; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA; CoREA.
422. Cifuna eurydice.
Porthetria eurydice, Butl., Cist. Ent., 111, p. 118 $ (1885) ;
Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 632.
Cifuna ewrydice, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 459 (1892).
Dasychira amata, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 206, pl.
xii, fig. 2 2 (1887).
One example of each sex from Ohoyama in Pryer’s
collection.
Graesar (Berl. Ent. Zeit., 1888, p. 123) states that the
larva feeds in June on Vitis amurensis.
C. jankowskii, Oberth., seems to be a very close ally of
C. ewrydice.
Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 305) states that he has
a female “Amata”’ from Japan which agrees well with
his Amurland specimens, and he adds that I do not record
this species from Japan. Reference to my former paper
(L. c.) will show that “D.” amata, Staud., was merged by
me as the female of C. ewrydice, with which his subsequent
description of the male agrees.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN.
Genus DASYCHIRA.
Steph.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 447
(1892).
423. Dasychira argentata.
Dasychira argentata, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
p, 12:
Calliteara abtietis, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 6381.
ee
124 Mr. J. H. Leech on
-Calliteara argentata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 470
(1892).
Four male specimens and one female from Nikko in
Pryer’s collection.
This appears to be the Japanese representative of the
European C. abietis, from which species it differs princi-
pally in its much darker coloration.
Habitat, JAPAN.
424, Dasychira pudibunda.
Bombyx pudibunda, Linn., Syst. Nat., x, p. 303.
Dasychira pudibunda, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 482
(1892).
Dasychira pudibunda, ab. concolor, Staud., Cat. Lep. Eur.,
p- 29 (1861).
Two male specimens that I took at Ningpo in April
agree very well with var. concolor, Staud., and a female
taken by a native at Hakodate is almost exactly identical
with typical European examples, and has none of the
characteristics of pryeri, Butl., or pudica, Staud.
Distribution. EUROPE.—YESSO ; NORTH-EAST CHINA ;
? AMURLAND.
425. Dasychira groter.
Dasychira grotei, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.1L.C., p. 338 (1859).
Dasychira horsfieldi, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 448 (1892).
One female specimen taken at Moupin in July.
Distribution. INDIA; WESTERN CHINA.
426. Dasychira pseudabietis.
Calliteara pseudabietis, Butl., Cist. Ent., iii, p. 118 ¢ (1885).
Calliteara abietis, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 631.
Dasychira pryeri, Butl., Cist. Ent., i, p. 1190 (1885).
Dasychira pudica, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., i, p. 204 (1887).
Dasychira modesta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 483 (1892),
2 Orgyia punctatella, Motsch., Etud. Entom., 1860, p. 32.
Two male specimens and three females from Yokohama
and Nikko in Pryer’s collection. I obtained a male
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Cored. 125
example at Gensan in June, and my native collector took
one in the island of Kiushiu.
Butler, J. c., described the male of this species as pseuda-
bietis and the female as pryeri. Staudinger subsequently
redescribed the species, of which he had both sexes, as
pudica, which name, being pre-occupied, Kirby altered to
modesta.
The differences between D. pseudabietis and D. pudi-
bunda as mentioned by Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., iii,
p. 204) appear to be constant so far as my Japanese and
Corean specimens are concerned.
Distribution. AMURLAND ; JAPAN; KIUSHIU ; CoREA.
427. Dasychira lunulata.
Dasychira lwnulata, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p. 403 (1877); Ill. Typ.-Lep. Het., ii, pl. xxiv,
fig. 8 § (1878).
Dasychira acronycta, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 35,
pl. v, fig. 7 ¢ (1881).
Dasychira solitaria, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., ii, pl. XH,
fig. 1 2 (1887).
Occurs in Japan at Yokohama and Oiwake.
The male specimens agree perfectly with the type in
the National Museum and also with Oberthiir’s excellent
figure of acronycta J. The females agree very well with
Staudinger’s figure of solitaria. Dr. Staudinger objects to
acronycta, Oberth. being considered synonymous with
lunulata, Butl., because the figure of the latter, which it
may be remarked is a very bad one, does not agree with
that of the former. He also says that as I did not mention
Amurland specimens, I probably had not seen examples
from the region; this is true, but then the figures of
acronycta and solitarva are both from Amurland speci-
mens and exactly represent the sexes of lunulata from
Japan, so that it was not possible to consider the Amur-
land insect specifically distinct from the Japanese.
Distribution. AMURLAND ; ASKOLD; JAPAN.
428. Dasychira bhana.
Dasychira bhana, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865,
p. 804.
Dasychira tenebrosa, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxii, p. 361
(1865).
i
126 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Mardaria feminula, Hampson, ll. Typ. Lep. Het., viii,
p. 58, pl. exh, figs. 1, 7 (1891).
I have specimens from Moupin, Ta-chien-lu, Pu-tsu-
fong, Chia-kou-ho, Wa-shan and Omei-shan. The ex-
amples from the first two localities are paler than the
others which are of the typical and tenebrosa forms.
One male specimen from the province of Kwei-chow,
which seems to be referable to this species, has the ground
colour greyish and the dark markings are confluent,
forming clouds and patches.
Distribution. StkHIM; NILGIRI PLATEAU (Hampson) ;
WESTERN CHINA.
Genus MARDARA.
Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 454
(1892).
429. Mardara catocaloides, sp. n.
Primaries fuscous brown, discal area tinged with yellowish,
traversed by black or blackish, basal, ante and post medial, submar-
ginal and marginal, wavy lines ; the antemedial line is preceded by
a pale, angulated, line commencing in a small greenish patch on
costa ; there is a similar patch about the middle of costa and another
at the costal extremity of post medial line ; the discal cell is closed
by a reniform mark outlined in black ; outer marginal area tinged
with green ; fringes orange and suffused and marked with fuscous.
Secondaries orange, broadly bordered with black on costa and outer
margin ; there is a long cuneiform streak of the same colour from
base to black outer marginal border, and a diffuse one on abdominal
area ; a broad sinuous black mark at outer end of cell, interrupting
the cuneiform streak ; fringes orange. Under surface orange; all
the wings have the costa and outer margin bordered with blackish ;
discal mark black and conspicuous ; abdominal half of secondaries
suffused with fuscous, and there is an interrupted wavy blackish line
before the outer marginal border.
Expanse 46 millim.
One male specimen from Moupin, taken in June; and
one from Ta-chien-lu, captured in July.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus NUMENES.
Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., 111, p. 662 (1855).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 127
430. Numenes disparilis.
Numenes disparilis, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iu, p. 200,
pl. xi, figs. 2 a, b (1887).
Numenes disparilis, var. separata, Leech, Entom., xxiii,
p- 112 (1890).
Pseudomesa disparilis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 456
(1892).
Lymantria albofascia, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 629; pl. xxxi, fig. 8.
A form of the male, which I have previously described
as a distinct species under the name albofascia, is without
any white on the secondaries, and the band on primaries
is broader than in male disparilis. The type of this form
was from Ohoyama, and I have received a similar speci-
men from Moupin. As all the forms of disparilis have a
fascia on primaries, perhaps it would be well to substitute
simplex for albofascia.
The type and cotype of var. separata $ are from Chang-
yang; one of these has a white spot on the costa of
primaries near the base, and both have a yellowish white
streak from the centre of the fascia to apex of the wing.
One female from Chia-kou-ho has the primaries of the
type-form, but the secondaries are marked as in separata,
with three additional black spots on the middle of the
outer margin. The female type of var. separata is
from Chang-yang, and I have other examples of the
same sex of this form from Moupin and Kiukiang; there
were three examples in Pryer’s collection, probably from
Ohoyama. ;
All these are larger than the female figured by
Staudinger. None of my specimens of either sex have
the venation yellow, as it is represented to be in the
figure of the male and female of dsparilis.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; CENTRAL and
WESTERN CHINA.
Genus LOCHARNA.
Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 53 (1879).
431. Locharna strigipennis.
Locharna strigipennis, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 53, pl. iii
fig. 11 (1879).
b
td
128 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Pida strigipennis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 457 (1892).
One female specimen from Chang-yang, taken in July,
and one from Ichang, taken in August.
So far as I am aware, only the female sex has been
described or figured. I have an example from Omei-shan
which I believe to be the male of this species, and of which
I append the following description :—
Primaries whitish, heavily striated with blackish over the whole
area ; fringes black marked with whitish at ends of the nervules.
Secondaries fuliginous black, fringes yellow. Under surface fuli-
ginous black; the costa of primaries, and the costal area and the fringes
of secondaries yellowish ; the neuration is also yellowish towards
the outer margin on all the wings. Head blackish, palpi yellowish ;
thorax dark greyish with some yellowish brown hairs on the front
segment; abdomen fuliginous black above, yellowish beneath.
Expanse 46 millim.
Distribution. SIKHIM ; KHASIS; CENTRAL and WESTERN
CHINA.
Genus DAPLASA.
Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 51 (1879).
432, Daplasa irrorata.
Daplasa ivrorata, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 52, pl. 11, fig. 17
(1879); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 458
(1892).
Two male specimens from Omei-shan, taken in June or
July.
Distribution. SIKHIM; WESTERN CHINA.
Genus LYMANTRIA.
Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 459
(1892).
433. Lymantria mathura.,
Lymantria mathura, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865,
p- 806 ; Hampson, Fauna, Brit. Ind. Moths, i, p. 464
(1892).
Lymantria aurora, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p. 403 (1878) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 1, pl. xxiv,
fig. 5 (1878).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 129
Lymaniria aurora, var. fusca, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1888, p. 629.
There were specimens from Oiwake, Yokohama, Yesso,
Loochoo, and the Kurile Isles, in Pryer’s collection. I
obtained the species at Nagahama, Tsuruga, Sendai, and
Gensan. Seven female examples were received from
Omei-shan, where they were captured in June and July.
The male varies in depth of colour, the darkest, of
which I have three specimens from Nagahama and one
from Pryer’s collection, I have named var. fusca.
Dr. Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 312) states that in
the Atkinson collection there was a row of grandis, all
females, and a row of mathwra, all males, and that as the
latter closely resembled awrora f he concluded that they
represented the sexes of the same species. He is further
of opinion that the specimen Butler figures (Ill. v, pl. xci,
fig. 1) as grandis J, which nearly resembles the female of
that species in appearance, is probably the male of another
species, perhaps ca7ncola, Moore.
Hampson (Moths Brit. Ind., i, p. 465) describes the
male of grandis (=maculosa, Walk.) as having white
primaries, and states that the female differs from mathura
in the frons being blackish and the 2nd joint of palpus
having a black spot. He gives Ceylon as the habitat of
the species.
Possibly the females referred to by Staudinger as grandis
are really mathura. In a series of eight examples of
grandis in the late Otto Moller’s Darjeeling collection only
one is of the male sex, and this has all the wings white,
the primaries have the markings of the female faintly
indicated, the bands being reduced to lunules. There are
no specimens representing male aurora in Moller’s
collection.
Distribution. NortH- Wrst HIMALAYAS; SIKHIM
(Hampson) ; AMURLAND; JAPAN ; YESSO; KuRILE IsLEs;
LoocHoo ; CorEA; NORTHERN and WESTERN CHINA.
434. Lymantria beatria.
Bombyx beatriz, Stoll., Cram. Suppl. Pap. Exot., v, p. 173,
pl. xl, fig. 2 (1790).
Lymantria marginata,W alk.,Cat.Lep. Het., iv, p. 877 (1855);
Butl, Il. Typ. Lep. Het., v, pl. xe, fig. 12 (1892).
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART I. (APRIL) 9
-
130 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Lymantria nigra, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p.
399.
Lymantria beatriz, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1,
p. 463 (1892).
Six female specimens from Chang-yang and Moupin,
taken in July, and one male example from Moupin.
Distribution. Throughout Inpria and CEYLON; JAVA
(Hampson); CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
435. Lymantria monacha.
Bombyx monacha, Linn., Syst. Nat., x, p. 501 (1758);
Hiibn., Schmett, ii, fig. 74 (1800 ?).
Lymantria monacha, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 477 (1892).
A series of specimens from Oiwake and Yesso in Pryer’s
collection; these are rather larger than European ex-
amples, but are otherwise quite typical.
Distribution. EUROPE—AMURLAND ; JAPAN; YESSO.
436. Lymantria dispar.
Bombyzx dispar, Linn., x, p. 501 (1758).
Porthetria dispar, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 475 (1892).
Liparis dispar, var. japonica, Motsch., Etud. Ent., 1860,
p. 31.
Porthetria umbrosa, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
p. 10.
Porthetria hadina, Butl., 1. ¢., p. 11.
Lymantria dispar, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p- 630.
Occurs in Japan at Yokohama, Fushiki, Nagahama, Tokio’
and Hakodate. Specimens were received from Kiukiang
and the province of Kwei-chow, and I obtained the species
at Gensan. As I remarked in my previous paper, the colour
of Eastern Asian JZ. dispar ranges, in the male, from
whitish or pale whity-brown through greyish-brown up to
a dark fuliginous, and in all forms the transverse lines and
shades, as also the discal spots of primaries, may be either
well defined, or more or less obliterated. The female
varies from white to pale fuscous, and the markings are
subject to modification as in the male. In size the speci-
mens range from 37 millim. (¢) to 114 millim. ().
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO;
CorEA; NorTH, CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA.
>)
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 131
437. Lymantria fumida.
Lymantria fumida, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p. 402 (1877); Ill Typ. Lep. Het., ii, pl. xxiv,
tig. 4, 2 (1878).
Porthetria fumida, 2, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
p. 11.
I have a long series (8 3, 7 $) from Yokohama.
Habitat. JAPAN.
438, Lymantria sinica.
Lymantria sinica, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1879,
p. 403.
Porthetria sinica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 476 (1892).
Moore described this species from North China.
439. Lymantria lutescens.
Porthetria lutescens, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
pit
Occurs at Tokio, Ohoyama, and Oiwake; there were
two male specimens from the latter locality in }Pryer’s
collection.
Halitat. JAPAN,
440. Lymantria obsoleta.
Lymantria obsoleta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., iv, p. 880
(1855).
Lymantria albolunulata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1879, p. 403.
One male specimen from Moupin, and one from Omei-
shan, taken in June. The example from the last named
locality is smaller than that from Moupin, and the white
mark at inner angle is not so well defined.
Distribution. Nortu-WesteRN HIMALAYAS (Hampson) ;
WESTERN CHINA.
Genus OCNERIA.
Hiibner, Verz., bek. Schmett., p. 158 (1822 ?).
a”
132 Mr. J. H. Leech on
441, Ocneria furva.
Ocneria furva, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 631,
pl. xxxi, fig. 10.
I have series of this species from Oiwake and from
Chang-yang and Ichang. The Chinese specimens only
ditfer from the Japanese examples in the absence of pale
scales, and the less pronounced character of the black
spots on primaries.
Distribution. JAPAN; CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus GAZALINA.
Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., xxxu, p. 398 (1865).
442. Gazalina chrysolopha.
Liparis chrysolopha, Koll., Hiigel’s Kashmir, iv, p. 470
(1848).
Dusychira antica, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., iv, p. 867 (1855).
Gazalina antica, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 49, pl.
Ixxxix, fig. 4 (1881).
Gazalina chrysolopha, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, p. 469 (1892).
Five male specimens and three females from Chang-
yang, Wa-shan, Pu-tsu-fong, and the provinces of Kwei-
chow, all taken in July and August.
Distribution. NorTH-WEST HIMALAYAS; SIKHIM
(Hampson); CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Genus EUPROCTIS.
Hiibn., Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 470
(1892).
443, Huproctis bimaculata.
Euproctis bimaculata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., iv, p. 836
(1855); Moore, Lep. Ceylon, p. 89, pl. cxii, figs. 6,
6B (1883); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p.
"+ 472 (1892).
Euproctis lutescens, Walk., 1. ¢., p. 387 ; Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep.
:ce..© Het., v, p. 51, pl. Ixxxix, fig. 10 (1881).
Euproctis immaculata, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1884,
p. 358.
Specimens were received from Ship-y-shan, Omei-shan,
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 133
Wa-shan, and Chia-kou-ho, and a series comprising five
males and six females, bred in May at Chung-King,
from larve obtained in that locality. All the intergrades
between the white type and var. /utescens are represented.
In one male from Chia-kou-ho the black spot on primaries
is almost absent, and approaches var. immaculata, and
one male from Chung-King has an obscure fuscous post-
medial band similar to that of Cherotricha immaculata,
Butl., which Hampson considers to be a form of Euproctis
plana, Walk.
Cramer (Pap. Exot., iv, cccxeviii, fig. E.) represents a
specimen under the name albina? from Japan which may
possibly be a form of the species under consideration. The
same remark applies to helladia, Cram., /. ¢., fig. H.
Distribution. PHILIPPINES ; SIKHIM; CANARA; CEYLON;
Burma; Mercur; ANDAMANS; JAvaA (Hampson) ; CEN-
TRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
444. Huproctis inconspicua, sp. n.
Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous ; anal tuft golden brown.
Primaries ochreous, with a faint blackish dot at the outer extremity
of the cell, and an ill defined transverse patch of golden brown scales
from about middle of inner margin to median nervure. Secondaries
white with some ochreous hairs on abdominal margin. Under surface
sordid white, without markings.
,Expanse 46 millim.
One female specimen taken in July at Chia-ting-fu, and
one from Omei-shan, captured in the same month.
Habitat, WESTERN CHINA.
445, Huproctis staudingert.
Cherotricha staudingert, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1888, p. 624, pl. xxxi, fig. 6.
Nygmia staudingert, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 447,
1892.
Eight males and the same number of females from
Yokohama.
Habitat. JAPAN.
446. Huproctis iiphonis.
Cherotricha niphonis, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
p. 9 3; Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 624.
or
134 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Nygmia niphonis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 447 (1892).
Cherotricha squamosa, Butl., 1. ¢. 2.
Porthesia raddei, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 207, pl. xvii,
fig. 3 (1887).
Occurs at Yokohama, Oiwake, Tokio, Yesso, Gensan.
In the figure of vaddei, Staud. the base and outer area of
primaries are rather more yellow than in Japanese niphonis.
Staudinger suggests that, as Fixsen’s Corean specimens
exhibit differences, they might be known as var. coreana.
I do not find in Staudinger’s remarks (Rom. sur Lép., vi,
p. 311) any reference to the synonomy or note of this
species as given by me in my former paper.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO; COREA;
_ NORTHERN CHINA.
447. Huproctis divisa.
Euproctis divisa, Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 471 (1892).
Two male specimens from Omei-shan, one example of
each sex from Moupin, two males and a female from
Wa-shan. June and July.
In all the Chinese male specimens the prothorax is
decidedly fulvous.
Distribution. StKku1m; NAcAs (Hampson); WESTERN
CHINA.
&
448. Huproctis chrysorrhea.
Bombyx chrysorrhea, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 502 (1758) ;
Hiibn., Bomb., figs. 67, 248, 249 (1800 ?).
Porthesia chrysorrhea, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 622.
Euproctis chrysorrhea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 442
(1892).
One rather worn female specimen taken at Nagahama
in July appears to be referable to this species.
Distribution. EUROPE; JAPAN.
449, Huproctis montis.
Artaxa montis, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 111 (1890).
One male (the type) from Chang-yang, and an example
of each sex from Chia-kou-ho.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 135
The primaries of the female are rather paler in colour
than those of the male.
Habitat. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
450. Huproctis piperita.
Leucoma subflava, var. piperita, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v,
p. 35 (1880).
Porthesia snelleni, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., 111, p. 207, pl. xii,
fig. 3 (1887).
There were two specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s col-
lection, and I have received a long series from Ichang,
Chang-yang, Omei-shan, and Chow-pin-sa. Occurs from
May to July.
There is a good deal of variation in the amount of the
dark diffusion of primaries, and in the submarginal spots ;
these last are not so conspicuous in any of my specimens
as they are represented in Staudinger’s figure of P.
snellend.
Distribution. AMURLAND ; ASKOLD; JAPAN; CEN-
TRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
451. Euproctis intensa.
Artaxa intensa, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 402 (1877); HL Typ. Lep. Het., ii, pl. xxiu, fig. 12
(1878).
A fine series from Yokohama and Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection. I obtained the species at Gensan in July, aud
my native collector met with it at Nikko. A long series
was received from Moupin, also specimens from Ichang,
Chang-yang, Chia-kou-ho, and the province of Kwei-chow.
June and July.
The Japanese specimens are deeper in colour, especially
on secondaries, than the Chinese examples, and the central
fascia is more clearly defined in the former than in the
latter. Some specimens in both sets are without the
sub-apical black spot, and in others both spots are absent.
Distribution. JAPAN ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA ;
CoREA.
452. Buproctis straminea, sp. 0.
Head and thorax pale yellow, face whitish, palpi fuscous ; abdomen
pale fuscous, anal tuft white merging into orange in the male and
brown in the female.
-
136 Mr. J. H. Leech on
' Primaries lemon-yellow with a fuscous central band, interrupted
by the venation, and bifurcated above median nervure, but not
extending to the costa; there are no apical or submarginal spots.
Secondaries silky white. Under surface white; the primaries
have an interrupted fuscous subcostal streak, and a fuscous mark on
vein 3.
Expanse ¢ 33-40 millim., 9 42-48 millim.
Two male specimens from Chia-kou-ho, one female
from Omei-shan, and one from Ichang; these were all
taken in July.
The smaller male is without fuscous marking on the
under surface of primaries.
Habitat. WESTERN and CENTRAL CHINA.
Allied to E. intensa, But).
453. Huproctis wnipuneta, sp. n.
Primaries pale yellowish, with indications of a fuscous median
band, only distinct towards inner margin; subapical spot black.
Secondaries white. Under surface white. Abdomen tinged. with
fuscous ; anal tuft orange in male, fuscous in female.
Expanse ¢ 30-33 millim., 9 44-46 millim.
Two male specimens and two females from Wa-shan,
and the same number of examples of each sex from Chia-
kou-ho. June and July.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
454, Huproctis plana.
Euproctis plana, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vii, p. 1731 (1856) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 479 (1892).
Cherotricha plana, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, pl. Ixxxix,
fig. 13 (1881).
Adlullia plana, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het.,; Oxford, p. 185
(1892).
Nygmia plana, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 447 (1892).
Luproctis miillert, Snell., Tijds. v. Ent., xx, p. 13, pl. i, fig.
Bt 6.2 (A877):
One female specimen from Omei-shan and one from
the province of Kwei-chow, taken in June or July. These
agree with the female figure of miilleri, Snell., except that
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 137
they have a black discal spot as in the male, and there is
no dark suffusion on the under surface of the wings.
DInstribution. KANGRA ; SIKHIM; BuRMA; ANDAMANS
(Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
455. Huproctis immaculata ?
Cherotricha immaculata, Butl., Ul. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p.
52, pl. lxxxix, fig. 14 (1881).
Nygmia immaculata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 447 (1892.
Huproctis plana, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p.
479 (1892).
A specimen in Pryer’s collection appears to be the male
of £. immaculata, Butler, which seems to be aspecies quite
distinct from £#. plana, Walk., with which Hampson has
placed it.
Mstribution. DARJILING; JAPAN.
456. EHuproctis flavinata.
Artaxa flavinata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxu, p, 331
(1865).
Luprocis flavinata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 475 (1892).
Walker described this species from Shanghai; my col-
lectors did not meet with it in any part of China that
they went through.
Distribution. Throughout INDIA; CEYLON and Burma;
Borneo (Hampson) ; NoRTH CHINA.
457. Huwproctis varians,
Artaxa varians, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 796 (1855).
Euproctis varians, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i;
p- 475 (1892).
Occurs at Chang-yang, Ichang, Ship-y-shan, Moupin,
and Chia-kou-ho, in June and July.
Distribution. Formosa; throughout INDIA; CEYLON
and Burma (Hampson) ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
458. Huproctis endoplagia.
Euproctis endoplagia, Hampson, Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc.,
xi, p. 295 (1897).
Primaries pale ochreous yellow, with an ill defined fuscous patch
on inner marginal area just beyond the middle. Secondaries paler.
Expanse ¢ 23 millim., 2 29 millim.
iF
138 Mr. J. H. Leecn on
One male specimen from Ichang and one from Moupin,
the latter taken in June and the former in July; one
female from Ship-y-shan obtained in September.
Halitat, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
The fuscous patch is only faintly .indicated in the
female.
459, EHuproctis pauperata, sp. n.
Male. Primaries pale buff, with a fuscous blotch on inner area
before the middle. Secondaries paler. Undersurface as above in
colour, but tinged with blackish on costal area of primaries.
Female. Diaphanous ; sordid white, primaries with an ochreous-
grey tinge.
Expanse ¢ 31-35 millim., 9 40-44 millim.
Two specimens of each sex from Moupin, taken in
June.
The fuscous blotch in one example of each sex is well
defined, but in the other pair it is much reduced in size
_n the male, and barely traceable in the female.
1 Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
460. Huproctis recurvata. sp. n.
Primaries yellow, basal area darker limited by a pale curved line;
beyond the middle of the wing there is a curved and recurved,
fuscous, transverse band; this is interrupted by the venation and
inwardly edged by a pale line. Secondaries paler. Undersurface
pale ochreous.
Expanse 26-32 millim.
Three male specimens from Chang-yang, and one from
Ningno.
In the Ningpo specimen, which is the largest, the basal
area of primaries does not appear to be darker than the
ground colour, and the undersurface of all the wings is
deeper in colour than in the Chang-yang examples.
Halitat. NORTHERN and CENTRAL CHINA.
461. Huproctis bipunctapex.
Somena bipunctapex, Hampson, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., viii, p
57, pl. exl, fig. 13 (1891).
Euproctis bipunctapex, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 484
(1892).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 139
Arna bipunctapex, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het., Oxford, p. 191
(1892). ’
Artaxa bipunctapex, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 453
(1892).
I have several specimens of this species from Ichang,
Chang-yang, Ship-y-shan, Moupin, Wa-shan, and the
province of Kwei-chow. It occurs in June, July, and
August.
Distribution. K&nora; NAcas; NIteiris; BURMA
(Hampson) ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
462. Euproctis scintillans.
Somena scintillans, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vil, p. 1734
(1856) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 454 (1892).
Artaxa scintillans, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 90, pl.
xe, fig? T (188t):
Artaxa limbata, Buth., [Gs ps ao, Dike, nox
EHuproctis scintillans, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, p. 483 (1892).
Arna scintillans, Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het., Oxford, p. 191
(1892).
Specimens were received from Chang-yang, Moupin,
and Omei-shan, taken in June and July. I obtained the
species at Ningpo in April, and my native collector
obtained it at Gensan in August.
The Gensan and Ningpo examples are of the dimbata
form, 7.¢., the secondaries are fuscous-brown, with a
yellow hind marginal border, but in all the other speci-
mens the whole of the outer half of secondaries is yellow,
and the upper spur of ground colour on primaries is
absent, whilst the lower one is very short.
Distribution. Throughout INDIA and CEYLON; BuRMA;
ANDAMANS (Hampson) ; CENTRAL, WESTERN, and NortTH-
EASTERN CHINA ; COREA.
463. Huproctis argentata, sp. n.
Primaries orange-yellow, basal three-fourths powdered with
brownish and limited outwardly by an irregular series of brownish
spots, which are sprinkled with silvery scales; the series is
interrupted between veins 5 and 6, and does not extend beyond
vein 7. Secondaries ochreous-white. Undersurface pale ochreous.
Expanse 24 millim.
-
40 “Mr. J. H. Leech on
One male specimen in Pryer’s collection, exact locality
not indicated.
Habitat. JAPAN.
464, Huproctis conspersa.
Artaxa conspersa, Butl., Cist. Ent., iii, p. 117 (1885).
A long series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection.
There are two forms of the male: one of these is of a
dark chocolate colour, but the other is of the female
coloration, 7.¢., ochreous or pale yellow ; the latter is the
typical form.
Habitat. JAPAN.
465. Huproctis pulverea.
Artara pulverea, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 623, pl. xxxi, fig. 5.
I obtained two examples of each sex in Satsuma in
May, and two males at Nagasaki in June; my collector
obtained one male at Gensan, and there were three males
and two females from Loochoo in Pryer’s collection. A
male specimen, also in Pryer’s collection but without
locality, which I referred to this species in my former
paper, I now find to be distinct and have described it as
E. argentata.
Distribution. JAPAN ; KiusHiu ; Corea; Loocuoo.
466. Huproctis torasan.
Artaxa torasan, Holl., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xvi, p. 73
(1889).
Described from Japan, but the description does not seem
to apply to any species of Huproctis that I have seen from
that country.
Habitat. JAPAN.
Genus PORTHESIA.
Steph.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 484
(1892).
467. Porthesia similis.
Phalena similis, Fuessl., Verz. Schweiz. Ins., p. 35
(1775).
Feterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 141
Bombyx auriflua, Hiibn., Bomb., figs. 68,69 (1800).
Bombyx chrysorrhea, Esp., Schmett., iii, pl. xxxix, figs. 1, 2
(1785).
Porthesia auriflua, Leech, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 622; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 484
(1892).
Leucoma similis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., v, p. 445 (1892).
There were specimens from Yokohama, Oiwake, and
Yesso in Pryer’s collection. I obtained examples at
Fushiki in the month of July, and I have received the
species from Gensan, Ship-y-shan, Omei-shan, Chia-kou-ho,
and the province of Kwei-chow.
Some of the males have two fuscous spots on the inner
margin of primaries ; others have a third spot placed on
costa immediately over, and almost uniting with, that
nearest the base on inner margin; one example has a
fourth spot (subapical). Some of the females also have
one or both spots on inner margin, but these are not so well
defined as in the males.
P. virguncula, Walk., which Hampson (l.c. p. 485)
includes as a form of P. zanthorrhea, Koll., is probably
only a form of P. similis.
Distribution. HKUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO;
CorEA ; NORTHERN, CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA.
468. Porthesia marginalis.
Euproctis marginalis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vii, p. 1731.
Porthesia marginalis, Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 51,
pl. Ixxxix, fig. 12 (1881).
Porthesia xanthorrhea,*Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
i, p. 485 (1892).
Two male specimens from Moupin taken in June.
These have the pectinations of the antennz almost black,
and agree in other respects with P. marginalis, which
Hampson considers to be a form of P. xanthorrhea.
Distribution. InpD1aA; CEYLON ; Burma; Java (Hamp-
son); WESTERN CHINA.
Genus STILPNOTIA.
Westwood and Humphreys, Brit. Moths, i, p. 90
(1841 2).
ca
142 Mr. J. H. Leech on
469. Stilpnotia salicis.
Bombyz salicis, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 502 (1758); Hiibn.,
Bomb., fig. 70 (1800 2).
Stilpnotia salicis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 433 (1892).
Leucoma salicis, var. candida, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi,
p. 308 (1892).
I have examples of this species from Yesso, Ichang,
Kiukiang, Moupin, Wa-shan, Pu-tsu-fong, and the province
of Kwei-chow. All these have the wings more densely
scaled, thus giving the insects a more silvery appearance ;
they are referable to var. candida, Stand.
Mstribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND ; YESSO; CENTRAL,
WESTERN, and NorTH-EASTERN CHINA ; COREA.
470. Stilpnotia sericea.
Stilpnotia sericea, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 45 (1879).
Caviria sericea, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1,
p-. 490 (1892).
One male specimen from Omei-shan taken in July.
Distribution. SIKHIM ; WESTERN CHINA,
471. Stilpnotia ochripes.
Stilpnotia ochripes, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 45 (1879).
Caviria ochripes, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 490 (1892).
One male specimen from Moupin, taken in June.
Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 309) records Lewcoma
ochropoda, Kversm., from Amurland, and states that it
differs from ochripes, Moore, in the pectinations of the
antennz being black instead of yellowish-brown.
Mstribution. StkHIM; NAGA Hitts; Momeir; BuRMA
(Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA.
Genus LEUCOMA.
Steph.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 487
(1892).
472. Leucoma cymbicornis,
Redoa cymbicornis, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 48,
pl. Ixxxix, fig. 2 (1881). .
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 143
—Leucoma subvitrea (part), Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1888, p. 621.
Laria l-nigrum, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889,
p. 127.
Redoa nigricilia, Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891,
p. 478.
Four male specimens from Ichang, two from Omei-shan,
and one from Pu-tsu-fong, one female from Kiukiang, and
one in Pryer’s collection ; the latter was included in a series
under the name Leucoma subvitrea, Walk.
The smallest male in my series is from Ichang, and
expands 30 millim. The females are each 50 millm. in
expanse. One example of the male from Ichang is with-
out the typical black dot on primaries, and the fringes
are black at the tips; this is referable to nigricilia,
Swinh.
Distribution. StIkKHIM; BorNEO (Hampson); JAPAN ;
CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
473. Leucoma mooret.
Redoa alba, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 92
Si 7).
Three male specimens from Ichang, one female from
Chang-yang; five males from Moupin, two males and a
female from Omei-shan, and one example of each sex from
Wa-shan. Occurs from May to August.
This species is similar to Z. cymbicornis, Butl., but the
wings are shorter and the outer margins rounder, The
shafts of the antenne are black, except at the base.
The name alba being already occupied in Leucoma, I
have changed it to moore for this species.
Habitat. CENTRAL, EASTERN, and WESTERN CHINA.
474. Leucoma alba.
Aroa alba, Brem., Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 41, pl. iu, fig. 18
(1864).
Redoa sinensis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p- 92 (1877).
I obtained both sexes of this species at Fusan and
Gensan, and have received male specimens from Ichang
and Chang-yang. Occurs in June and July. The black
dot at end of the cell of primaries is generally minute, but
sometimes it is entirely absent. In Moore’s types, which
-
144 Mr. J. H. Leech on
are from Shanghai, the spot is only faintly indicated in
the male.
The ochraceous spot referred to by Bremer in his descrip-
tion of alba is not present in any of my examples.
Distribution. CENTRAL and EASTERN CHINA; COREA;
AMURLAND.
475, Leucoma diaphana.
Redoa diaphana, Moore, Lep. Atk., i, p. 46 (1879).
Leucoma diaphana, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 488 (1892).
One male specimen from Omei-shan and two from
Chang-yang, taken in June.
Distribution. SIKHIM; BERNARDMYO: Burma (Hamp-
son); CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
476. Leucoma subvitrea.
Leucoma subvitrea, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxii, p. 344
(1865).
Kanchia subvitrea, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., ii, p. 93, pl. exiii,
fig. 5 (1882),
I have examples from Moupin, Omei-shan, and the
province of Kwei-chow. The species occurs in June and
July.
ee to have wrongly identified the specimens referred
to LZ. subvitrea in my former paper.
* Distribution. HoNG-Kone; BENGAL; NILGIRIS; CEYLON
(Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
Genus ARCTORNIS.
Germar, Syst. Gloss. Prodr., p. 18 (1810).
477. Arctornis auripes.
Leucoma auripes, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p, 402 (1877); 0 Dyp. Lep: Het, aii, OF pl:
xxiv, fig. 1 (1878); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1888, p. 622.
Arctornis auripes, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 432 (1892).
Leucoma denudata, Walk.; Swinhoe, Cat. Lep. Het.,
Oxford, p. 202 (1892).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 145
Specimens from Yokohama and Yesso were in Pryer’s
collection. I obtained the species in June at Gensan,
where it was flying commonly among fir-trees in the day-
time. One male example was received from Omei-shan,
taken by a native collector in June or July; this is slightly
suffused with fuscous on primaries and apical area of
secondaries, and the costa is distinctly black.
Distribution. JAPAN ; YESSO ; WESTERN CHINA; COREA.
478. Arctornis l-nigrum.
Bombyx l-nigrum, Muell., Faun. Fridr., p. 40 (1764).
Bombyz v-nigrum, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 577 (1775).
Laria l-nigrum, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 622
(part).
Arctornis l-nigrum, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 432 (1892).
One typical female specimen in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND ; JAPAN ; COREA.
Family HYPSIDAL.
Genus Hypsa.
Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 498
(1892).
479. Hypsa marmorea.
Hypsa marmorea, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vii, p. 1674
(1856) ; Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 43, pl. Ixxxvii,
figs. 10, 11 (1881); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, i, p. 498 (1892).
Neochera marmorea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 390 (1892).
One female specimen from the province of Kwei-chow,
taken in June or July.
Distribution. Throughout N.E, Inp1ia and BuRMa ;.
JAvA (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
480. Hypsa clavata.
Hypsa clavata, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1875, p. 317 ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 500 (1892).
Not uncommon at Chang-yang in June, July, and
August. It also occurs at Ichang, Moupin, Omei-shan,
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899,—PART I. (APRIL) 10
-
146 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Wa-shan, Ni-tou, Chia-ting-fu, Chia-kou-ho, and in the
province of Kwei-chow.
Chinese specimens have most of the veins of primaries
white; there is an extra postmedial spot on secondaries,
above anal angle, and the first spot of this series is often
double.
Distribution. Hona-Kone ; CacHar; SYLHET (Hamp-
son) ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
481. Hypsa tortwosa,
Neochera tortwosa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1872, p. 570,
pl. xxxiil, fig. 2.
Hypsa tortwosa, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1,
p. 501 (1892); Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 389 (1892).
Two specimens taken at Moupin in June; these agree
with an example from Kulu sent to me by Captain
Young.
Distribution. Stkurm (Hampson); KuLtu; WESTERN
CHINA.
482, Hypsa paliwra.
Hypsa paliura, Swinhoe, Aun. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) xii,
p. 214 (1892).
Described from China, probably from some southern
locality.
Genus DIGAMA,
Moore, Cat. Lep., E. I. Co., p. 297 (1859).
483. Digama abietis.
Digama abietis, Leech, Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond., 1889,
p. 126, pl. ix, fig. 5.
I found this species commonly in the Snowy Valley,
Ningpo, in April 1886. It rests on the trunks of fir trees,
but it is difficult to capture, as it is quickly alarmed and
flies wildly from tree to tree. One male specimen has
been received from Kiukiang.
Distribution. NORTHERN and CENTRAL CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 147
Family ARCTIIDA.
Subfamily ARCTIINA.
Genus SPILOSOMA,
Steph. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, p. 3 (1894).
484, Spilosoma lubricipeda.
Bombyx lubricipeda, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 506 (1758).
Spilarctia lutea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 229 (1892).
Spilosoma lubricipedum, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
il, p. 3 (1894).
I obtained specimens in July at Gensan, and have
received one from Chia-kou-ho.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND ; COREA ; WESTERN
CHINA.
485. Spilosoma seriatopunctata.
Arctia seriatopunctata, Motsch., Etud. Ent., ix, p. 32
(1860).
Spilarctia seriatopunctata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 280
(1892).
Spilarctia ione, Butl., Cist. Ent., 11, p. 41 (1875); Ill. Typ.
Lep. Het., iii, p. 6, pl. xlii, fig. 6 (1879).
Spilarctia rosacea, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv,
p. 352 (1879).
Spilarctia basilimbata, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, ©
p. 6.
Spilosoma seriatopunctata, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1888, p. 618.
Widely distributed in Japan, but the majority of speci-
mens in my series were taken at Hakodate. The species
occurs in June, July, and August, and is an exceedingly
variable one; some of the specimens are very similar to
European 8. lubricipeda, others agree with rosacea, or
basilimbata, Butl., and there are intermediate links be-
tween all these forms.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; AMURLAND ; COREA.
486. Spilosoma mandarina.
Spilosoma mandarina, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(4) xx, p. 88 (1877).
ca
148 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Spilarctia mandarina, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 231
(1892). :
One male specimen from Wa-shan and one from Pu-tsu-
fong, taken in July. Moore’s type was from Shanghai.
Probably not specifically distinct from %. “seriato-
punctata,
Halitat. TASTERN and WESTERN CHINA.
487. Spilosoma bisecta.
Spilosoma bisecta, Leech, Proc. Zool.Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 618,
pl. xxxi, fig. 3.
I took one male specimen at Hong-Kong in March, and
one at Nagasaki in May. My collectors obtained two
female examples at Moupin, and two others at Omei-shan,
all taken in June.
In the female the terminal segments of the abdomen
are scarlet and not buff as in the male; the secondaries
have larger black spots towards anal angle and an
additional one just above vein 5, and in two specimens
there is a black spot towards costa.
Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 287) says that he
agrees with Snellen in considering bisecta to be a form of
S. seriatopunctata. [am ata loss to understand how any
one having made himself acquainted with the differential
characters referred to in my description of S. bisecta, viz.
the buff colour of primaries, pale buff of secondaries and a
conspicuous black transverse line on thorax, could possibly
suggest its specific identity with S. sev intopunctata, I may
add that Dr. Staudinger had a specimen of S. bisecta in his
possession at the time when I compared my examples
with the S. seviatopwnctata in his collection.
Distribution, KiusHiu ; EASTERN and WESTERN CHINA.
488. Spilosoma nowqua.
Spilosoma howqua, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
ax. S8(Lsk:
Moore described this species from Shanghai. It agrees
with my S. disecta in having a black mark on the thorax,
but not in other respects.
Habitat. EASTERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 149
489. Spilosoma mollicula.
Spilarctia mollicula, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx,.p. 395 (1877); Ill’ Typ. Lep. Het., 11, pl. xh,
ng 7 (1879).
Described from Hakodate. Staudinger considers that
it is simply a form of S. seriatepunctata, Motsch.
Habitat, JAPAN.
490. Spilosoma subcarnea.
Spilosoma subcarnea, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 675
(1855). |
Spilarctia subcarnea, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ili, p. 6,
pl. xhi, fig. 8 (1879).
Aloa leucothorax, Feld., Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 36 (1862).
I have received this species from Chia-kou-ho, Che-tou,
and Ichang. There were specimens in Pryer’s collection
from Loochoo and Yokohama, and I captured the species
at Gensan.
Some of the specimens are entirely devoid ,of spots,
whilst other examples have from one to six spots on
primaries.
Distribution. NoRTH, CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA;
JAPAN; COREA; LoocHoo.
491. Spilosoma bifrons.
Alou bifrons, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., iii, p. 705 (1855).
Spilosoma erubescens, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
Xm, ecco sas)
Spilarctia erubescens, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 231
(1892).
Spilosoma rybakowi, Alpb., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 171,
pl. x; fig. 9.2 (1897);
There were three specimens in Pryer’s collection, and I
have received the species from Moupin and Omei-shan.
Distribution. JAPAN; NORTHERN and WESTERN CHINA,
492. Spilosoma robustum, sp. n-
Male. Primaries creamy white, a black spot at upper angle of the
cell, one on each side of vein 1, about one third from outer angle,
and traces of a black dot towards outer margin and near vein 6.
-
150 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Secondaries whitish with a black spot at upper angle of the cell
and indications of a spot towards anal angle and between veins
2and 3. Under surface as above.
Head and thorax colour of primaries, a black spot on the tegule ;
abdomen orange-crimson above, whitish beneath, with dorsal and
lateral series of black spots, terminal segments whitish.
Female. Agrees with the male, but the tegule are without black
spots.
Expanse ¢ 60 millim., 2 70 millim.
One example of each sex from Moupin, taken in June.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
493. Spilosoma punctaria.
Bombyx punctaria, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv, p. 233, pl.
ecexeviii, fig. D. (1782).
Bombyx menthastvi, Esp., Schmett., ii, p. 334, pl. Ixvi,
figs. 6—10 (1786).
Spilosoma lubricepeda, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 227
(1892).
Arctia punctigera, Motsch., Etudes Ent., ix, p. 31 (1860).
Spilosoma sangaica, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxi, p. 294
(1864); Butl, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ini, p. 5, pl. xlu,
fig, 5 (1879).
Spilosoma sangaicum, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
ii, p. 3 (1894).
Spilosoma rosewwenter, Snell., v. Voll. Tjidsk. v. Ent., xi,
p. 143 (1863).
Spilosoma dornesit, Oberth., Diagnoses, pl. 6 (1879).
Spilosoma derriesi, Oberth., Etud. d'Ent.. y; pocele plan
fig. 7 (1881).
In Pryer’s collection there were specimens from Oiwake
and Yokohama. I obtained the species at Gensan in
June, and my native collector at Hakodate and Nikko. A
nice series was received from Chang-yang, Moupin,
Wa-shan, Omei-shan, Chia-kou-ho, and the province of
Kwei-chow, June and July.
The specimens vary in the colour of primaries which
may be either white or pale buff; some examples are
heavily spotted, but others are almost devoid of marking,
at the same time there are all gradations between these
extremes. The abdomen is sometimes of the normal yellow
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 151
colour of typical menthastri, but there are all intermediate
tints between this and the vermilion of punctaria.
Alphéraky (Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 127) notes two small
male specimens from Guan-Sian in the province of
Sé-Tchouen ; these he states were taken in August, and
agree with certain Kuropean examples of menthastrv.
Distribution. EUROPE—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO.;
CoREA; EASTERN, CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA;
MURREE.
494, Spilosoma niveus.
Dionychopus wiveus, Mén., Bull. de Acad. Pétr., xvii, p.
218 (1859); Schr. Amur. Reisen, Lep., p. 52, pl. iv,
fig. 6 (1859); Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888, p. 620.
Spilosoma (2) niveus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 229
(1892).
Occurs at Yokohama, Oiwake, Hakodate, Sendai,
Hakone, Gensan, Chang-yang, and Ta-chien-lu. July and
August.
The markings of the abdomen are subject to modifica-
tion, and the black discal spot of secondaries is sometimes
absent.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; COREA; AMURLAND ;
CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
495. Spilosoma purum, sp. n.
Head, thorax, and wings white, the latter without markings but
with the venation prominent on the upper surface, and the disco-
cellulars on the under surface are black. Abdomen with a dorsal
series of somewhat triangular marks and a lateral series of black
spots, the area between the series is orange-yellow. Pectus and front
of the femora orange-yellow.
Expanse 60 millim.
I have twelve male and four female specimens; they
were obtained at Omei-shan, Chia-kou-ho, and in the
province of Kwei-chow, where they occurred in July.
Allied to S. naveus.
The shape of the dorsal spots on abdomen is subject to
modification ; in the majority of the specimens they are as
described, but in one or two examples they are bar-like.
and in one individual, small and almost round.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
_
152 Mr. J. H. Leech on
496. Spilosoma lativitta.
Spilosoma lativitta, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865
p. 809.
Spilarctia lativitta, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 232 (1892).
Alphxa biguttata (part), Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, ii, p. 28 (1894).
Three male specimens from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in June
or July. These differ from the typical form in the colour
of the abdomen, which is bright crimson. The colour of
the primaries is rather paler than in Indian examples, and
there are no markings about the apex and outer margin.
I propose the name carnea for this form.
Distribution. SIKHIM; WESTERN CHINA.
497. Spilosoma soror, sp. n.
Male. Primaries yellowish-buff with an oblique, dusky, macular
band between veins 1, 2, and 5, which attains its greatest width
between veins 1 and 2, Secondaries whitish and rather silky, with
two black dots towards anal angle, these are often absent. Under
surface as above. Thorax colour of primaries, head slightly paler ;
abdomen crimson with dorsal and lateral rows of black dots, anal
segment with white hairs ; femora of fore-legs crimson.
Female. The dusky band of primaries has a curved extension to
the costa and an additional spot on inner margin ; terminal segments
of the abdomen white. ;
Expanse 42 millim.
Two males from Chia-kou-ho, one from Chia-ting-fu,
one from Ta-chien-lu, and a female from Che-tou. July.
The blackish. dots on secondaries are only present in
one example.
Allied to S. jankowskii, Oberth., but differs from that
species in its deeper colour, in the absence of discal spots
on either wing, and of the apical spots on primaries.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
498, Spilosoma lacteata.
Spilaretia lacteata, Butl., “Ol Typ. Lep. Het. v, p. 3,
pl. Ixxxv, fig. 10 (1881).
Spilosoma lacteatum, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii,
p. 10 (1894). |
Heterocera fron. China, Japan, and Corea. 153
One male specimen from Omei-shan, and a female from
Ni-tou. July.
Distribution, DHARMSALA; SIKHIM (Hampson) ; WEST-
ERN CHINA. —
499. Spilosoma rubidum.
Dionychopus rubidus, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 111 (1890).
Spilosoma rubidus, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 229 (1892).
Spilosoma leucoptera, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 170,
pl. x, fig. 8 2 (1897),
Two specimens from Chang-yang, and three from
Moupin. July and August.
Alphéraky describes this species from Corea.
The spots on secondaries vary in number, and in some
examples there are several spots on primaries.
Distribution. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA; COREA.
500. Spilosoma bifasciata.
Spilarctia bifasciata, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
Jctoy a oy @
Butler's type was from Tokio. There were three speci-
mens from Nikko in Pryer’s collection, and I received one
from Mr. Manley of Yokohama.
In one of the Nikko examples the medial portion of
the sub-basal band on primaries is absent, and the central
band is interrupted.
Halitat. JAPAN.
Kirby (Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 232) mentions S. difasciata,
Hampson, and gives the locality as “ China,” but Hampson
(Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, 9) refers to the species as
from the “Nilgiris.” I have not seen anything from
China to. agree with Hampson’s description of NS.
bifasciata.
501. Spilosoma impariilis.
Spilarctia imparilis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p. 394 § (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 4, pl.
xxi, Ges 4eg (le/S)> A.M. NUR (a) av, pe iaol 2
(1879) ; Fixsen, Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 834 (1887).
Four male specimens and four females from Yesso in
Pryer’s collection ; Mr. Smith took one female example at
Hakone. Butler’s type was trom Yokohama.
-
154 Mr. J. H. Leech on
The black maculation is a variable character in the
female ; one example of this sex from Yesso is devoid of
marking, with the exception of a black dot on the left
primary.
Habitat. JAPAN and YESso.
502. Spilosoma flammeolus.
Alpenus flammeolus, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.;
(4), xx, p. 89 (1877).
There was a specimen in Pryer’s collection. I obtained
the species at Nagasaki in June, and at Shimonoseki in
July; a native collector took one example at Ningpo, and
I received one from Kiukiang, where it was captured in
June.
Distribution. JAPAN; KiusH1u; NortTH-EAsTERN and
CENTRAL CHINA.
503. Spilosoma flaveolum, sp. n.
Yellowish-buff the primaries and abdominal area of secondaries
tinged with fulvous. Primaries have a black dot at end of cellanda
curved and slightly wavy line thence to inner margin. Secondaries
have a‘dusky discal dot. Under surface yellowish-buff; all the
wings have a blackish discal dot. Abdomen reddish, anal segments
buff.
Expanse 44 millim.
Allied to S. jlammeolus, Moore.
One female specimen from Chia-ting-fu, taken in June
or July.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus RHYPARIA.
Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett., p. 183 (1822 ?).
504. Rhyparia purpurata,
Bombyx purpurea, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, (2) p. 128 (1769) ;
Hiibn., Bomb., pl. xxxiii, fig. 142.
Lhyparia purpurata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 260
(1892),
One example from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection. I
bred one example in 1886 from a larva obtained at
Gensan.
Distribution. KEUROPE—AMURLAND ; JAPAN; COREA,
Or
Or
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 1
Genus RHYPARIOIDES.
Butler, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist, (4) xx, p. 395
(1877).
565. Rhyparioides metalkana.
Nemeophila metalkana, Led. Wien. Mon., v, p. 162, pl. iit,
fig. 12 2 (May, 1861).
Chelonia flavida, Brem., Bull. Acad. Pétr., iii, p. 477 (1861) ;
Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 39, pl. iv, fig. 4 (1864).
Rhyparioides netalkana, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 249
(1892).
There were specimens from Yesso and the Loochoo
Islands in Pryer’s collection. I obtained one example at
Gensan in June.
Distribution. EUROPE—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO;
CoREA.
506. Rhyparioides subvaria.
Diacrisia subvaria, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 637 (1855) ;
Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 11, pl. xxii, fig. 3 (1878).
Nemeophila (Diacrisia) subvaria, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix,
p. 1381 (1897).
I have specimens from Ichang, Chang-yang, Ningpo,
and Moupin, all taken in June and July. Alphéraky
records a male specimen from Tao-pin in the province of
Sé-Tchouen.
Distribution. NoRTH-EASTERN, CENTRAL, and WESTERN
CHINA.
507. Rhyparioides amurensis.
Chelonia rubescens, var. amurensis, Brem., Lep. Ost-Sib., p.
39, pl. i, fig. 16 (1864).
Rhyparioides rubescens (part), Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.
1888, p. 616.
There were two specimens, without exact locality, in
Pryer’s collection, and I have a male taken by Mr. Manley
at Yokohama, and a female obtained at Hakodate by Mr.
Andrews. My collectors met with the species in June
and July, at Kiukiang, Chang-yang, Moupin, Chia-kou-ho,
Pu-tsu-fong, and Wa-shan.
The female is more strongly marked than the male; in
all
156 Mr. J. H. Leech on
some examples of the latter sex the primaries are without
any spots whatever.
Distribution. AMURLAND; EASTERN SIBERIA; JAPAN;
Yusso ; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
508. Rhyparioides nebulosa.
Rhyparioides nebulosa, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(4) xx, p. 396 (1877) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 5, pl.
Xxili, fig. 2 (1878).
Rhy yparioides simplicior, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1881, p. 6.
Lhyparioides rubescens (part), Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1888, p. 616.
There were specimens from Yokohama, Oiwake, and
Yesso in Pryer’s collection; I have also received one
example from Hakodate, and I obtained two males at
Hakone in August.
The males (simplicior) are always much less suffused
than the females (nebulosa).
In a former paper I treated amurensis, nebulosa, and
simplicior as forms of rubescens, Walk., but I now find that
the first three have nothing to do with the last named
species ; I have also been able to discover good differences
between amurensis, Brem., and nebulosa, Butl., the most
important of which is connected with the antenne ; these
are pectinated in amurensis, but serrated in nebulosa.
Habitat. JAPAN and YESSO.
Genus DIACRISIA.
Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett., p. 169 (1822 2).
509. Diacrisia russula.
Bombyx sannio, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 506 % (1758).
Bombyx russula, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 510 2; Hiibn.,
Bomb., pl. xxix, figs. 124, 125.
Diacrisia sannio, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 249 (1892).
Nemeophila russwld, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 13 (1892).
Macrisia russula, var. amuri, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi,
p. 277 (1892).
There were examples of both sexes from Oiwake in
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 157
Pryer’s collection, and I obtained a female specimen at
Gensan.
Alphéraky records a typical female from Ou-pin.
As the Eastern Asian specimens of this species differ
slightly from Kuropean examples, Dr. Staudinger has
named the form amuri. He records a specimen from
Amurland which is without markings on secondaries ;
this appears to be referable to D. arene, Butl.
Distribution. EUROPE—AMURLAND; JAPAN; COREA;
WESTERN CHINA.
510. Diacrisia irene.
Diacrisia trene, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 6.
Probably only an aberration of D. russula. I have a
German example of the latter species which is without
black marking on both surfaces of the secondaries.
Habitat. JAPAN.
Genus Nemeophila.
Stephens, Il]. Brit. Ent., Haust., ii, p. 72 (1828).
511. Nemeophila plantaginis.
Bombyx plantaginis, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 501 (1758).
Parasemia plantaginis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 250
(1892).
Nemeophila macromera, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1881, p. 5.
Nemeophila macromera, var. lewcomera, Butl., 1. c.
Nemeophila macromera, var. melanomera, Butl., 7. e.
Parasemia macromera, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 250-
(1892).
Dr. Staudinger states that this species in Amurland is
exceedingly variable, and that the males always have
white secondaries. Graeser described a form under the
name floccosa, of which I have received four males and
two females from Nicolajefsk. Zewcomera, Butl., resembles
var. hospita on the secondaries, but approaches more nearly
to var. matronalis on the primaries. Macromera, ButL, is
a large modification of the type form, the secondaries in
both sexes being of the usual pale yellow. Melanomera,
Butl., is the Japanese representative of the European var.
matronalis.
Distribution. EUROPE—ALTAI; AMURLAND ; JAPAN,
a
158 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus THYRGORINA.
Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ui, p. 11
(1894).
512. Thyrgorina rhodophila,
Spilosoma rhodophila, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxi, p. 294
(1864).
Icambosida rhodophila, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 29,
pl. Ixxxv, fig. 4 (1881).
Icambosida dorsalis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 394.
Thyrgorina rhodophila, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
ii, p. 15 (1894).
Thyrgorina dorsalis, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 15 (1892).
Two male specimens from Moupin, three from Omei-
shan, one from Pu-tsu-fong, and one from Chang-yang ;
one female example from Moupin. June, July, and August.
Alphéraky records a female specimen taken in July in the
Hei-ho valley.
Distribution. NorTH-WEST HIMALAYAS; SIKHIM;
NAGAs; Manipur (Hampson); CENTRAL and WESTERN
CHINA.
513. Thyrgorina costimacula, sp. un.
Differs from 7. rhodophila in having on primaries an oblique line
direct from the apex to middle of inner margin, a distinct spot at
end of the cell, and two blackish spots on the costa. The palpi are
blackish and without pink fringe.
Expanse 40—42 millim.
One example of each sex from Moupin, one male from
Wa-shan, and one female from Chia-ting-fu. Occurs in
June and July.
The female specimen from Chia-ting-fu has only one
spot on the costa.
Halitat. WESTERN CHINA.
514. Thyrgorina melanosoma.
Thyrgorina melanosoma, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
li, p. 15 (1894).
I have one female specimen from Wa-shan, where it
was captured in July, which appears to be referable to
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 159
this species, but the abdomen is more ‘densely clothed
with white hair, and the wings are less diaphanous.
Distribution. Kutu; Stxuim; Kuists (Hampson) ;
WESTERN CHINA.
515. Thyrgorina inequalis.
Spilarctia inxqualis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5)
iv, p. 851 (1879).
A fine series from Ohoyama and Fujisan in Pryer’s col-
lection. I obtained the species at Hakone and have
received one male specimen from Chang-yang, where it
was taken in June. There is a good deal of variation,
not only in tone of colour, but also in the intensity of the
black markings.
Distribution. JAPAN ; CENTRAL CHINA.
516. Thyrgorina phasma, sp. 0.
Head and thorax whitish, front of prothorax yellowish-buff, tegule
with a blackish dot ; abdomen yellow with dorsal and lateral series
of black. spots.
Primaries whitish with a discal spot and five macular, pale
fuscous bands, the first and fifth not’ extending to inner margin ;
there isa blackish spot at the base and two, or three, along the
costa. Secondaries whitish, with a rather broad pale fuscous, ante-
medial band which does not extend to the costa. Undersurface
similar to above.
Expanse 30 to 32 millim.
One male specimen from Pu-tsu-fong, and one from the
rovince of Kwei-chow. June and July.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus ARCTIA.
Schrank., Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, uu, p. 15
(1894).
517. Arctia caia.
Bombyzx caia, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 500 (1758).
Hypercompa caia, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 258 (1892).
Euprepia pheosoma, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p. 395 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, *p: Jeaple
xlii, fig. 10 (1879).
or
160 Mr. J. H. Leech on
E. phxosoma, var. auripennis, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc.,
1881, p. 7.
Hypercompa phxosoma, Kirby, /. ¢., p. 259.
Euprepia caia, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 617.
Arctia orientalis, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) i,
p. 280 (1878); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
li, p. 16 (1892).
Appears to be generally distributed in Japan; and
Alphéraky records it from Corea. Ovientalis, Moore, is
not worth retaining even as a varietal name. Auripennis,
Butl., is a form with the secondaries yellow instead of
scarlet. Some of the Japanese examples are exceptionally
large.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO;
CorEA ; HIMALAYAS.
518. Arctia mirifica.
Chelonia mirifica, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xvi, p. 8, pl. i,
fig. 7 (1892).
I have two specimens from the high plateau to the
north of Ta-chien-lu.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus THANATARCTIA.
- Butler, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx, p. 395 (1877).
519. Thanatarctia infernalis.
Thanatarctia infernalis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(4) xx, p. 395 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iii, p. 7,
pl. xlii, fig. 9 (1879).
One male specimen from Nikko and one from Oiwake
in Pryer’s collection. I obtained one example of the same:
sex, and my collector another, at Hakodate in August.
Distribution. JAPAN ; YESSO.
Genus ARCTINIA.
Eichwald, Zool. Spec., ii, p. 195 (1831).
520. Arctinia cxsarea.
Bombyx cxesarea, Goeze, Ent. Beytr., iii, (3) p. 63 (1781).
Bombyx luctifera, Esp., Schmett., iii, p. 222, pl. xliu, figs.
1-5 (1784).
FHeterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 161
Atolmis japonica, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het. Suppl., i, p. 223
(1864).
Arctinia cxsarea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 276 (1892).
LEstigmene merens, Butl., Cist. Ent., ili, p. 114 (1885).
I took one example of the type form at Nagasaki in
June, and there was one from Oiwake in Pryer’s collec-
tion ; there were also two specimens of merens, ButL.,
from Oiwake and Yokohama, in the same collection. In
this form the yellow anal patch of secondaries is almost or
quite absent, and the wings generally are more opaque ;
I have exactly similar specimens in my European series of
the species.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND ; NORTH-EASTERN
CHINA.
Genus OCNOGYNA.
Rambur, Cat. Lép. And., ii, p. 255 (1866).
521. Ocnogyna y-albulum.
Arctia y-albulum, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xi, p. 31, pl. v,
fig. 29 (1886) ; Alphéraky, Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 127
(1897).
Arctia y-albulum, var. lugubris, Oberth., 1. c.
Apantesis y-albulum, Kirby, Cat.- Lep. Het., i, p. 269
(1892).
Of the typical form I have received four male speci-
mens and one female from Ta-chien-lu, two females from
Moupin and one female from Pu-tsu-fong. Of var. lugubris,
which has the secondaries entirely black, I have two
male examples from Ta-chien-lu. Two other male speci-
mens from the last-named locality, and one from Moupin
have the ground colour of secondaries crimson instead of
golden-yellow as in the type. I propose the name rubida
for this form. Alphéraky records a female example from
Ta-Tsien-loi, which seems to be referable to var. rubida ;
he also notes a male, with orange-yellow secondaries, from
Va-ssou-Kéou.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus PHRAGMATOBIA.
Stephens, Ill. Brit. Ent. Haust., ii, p. 73 (1828).
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART I. (APRIL) 11
_
162 Mr. J. H. Leech on
522, Phragmatobia fuliginosa.
Bombyx fuliginosa, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 509 (1758).
Spilosoma fuliginosa, var. pulverulenta, Alph., Rom. sur
Lép., v, p. 84 (1889).
Phragmatobia fuliginosa, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 244
(1892).
Two examples of the form borealis, Staud., in Pryer’s
collection.
Distribution. EUROPE—AMURLAND ; JAPAN.
Genus ALPHA.
Walker, Cat. Lep, Het., 111, p. 683 (1855).
523. Alphxa fulvohirta.
Alphea fulvohirta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., iii, p. 684
(1855) ; Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 31, pl. Ixxxv,
fig. 8 (1881).
One specimen from Chia-kou-ho and one from Wa-shan,
both taken in July.
Distribution. StkHIM (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
524, Alphxa lewisit.
Seriarctia lewisti, Butl., Cist. Ent., ii, p. 115 (1885).
Eight specimens from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection, two
received from Mr. Manley of Yokohama; and one from
Ta-chien-lu; the latter was taken in July.
Distribution. JAPAN; WESTERN CHINA.
Closely allied to A. quadriramosa, Koll., from the North-
west Himalayas.
Genus AREAS,
Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., iii, p. 658 (1855).
525. Areas galactina.
Chelonia galactina, Hoev., Tijdschr. Nat. Gesch. Phys., vii,
a7 p. 280, pl. vi, figs. 5, 56 (1840).
Areas orientalis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., iii, p. 658 (1855).
Neuwmenes trigonalis, Voll., Tijd. v. Ent., vi, p. '40, pl. x,
fig. 1 (1868).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 163
Areas galactina, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii,
p. 25 (1894).
I received one female specimen from each of the fol-
lowing localities—Moupin, Omei-shan, Chia-kou-ho. They
were all taken in June.
Distribution. HIMALAYAS ; KHAsIS ; NAGAS ; WESTERN
CHINA ; BORNEO; JAVA.
Genus CREATONOTUS.
Hiibn., Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 26
(1894).
526. Creatonotus interruptus.
Phalena interrupta, Linn., Syst. Nat. Phal., i, v, p. 2553.
Creatonotus interruptus, Hampson, Fauna, Brit. Ins., Moths,
iL, p. 26 (1894).
Two specimens from Ichang, taken in August.
Distribution. Throughout Inpra, CEYLoN, and Burma
(Hampson) ; CENTRAL CHINA.
527. Creatonotus lactineus.
Aloa lactinea, Cram., Pap. Exot., 11, p. 58, pl. exxxiii, fig. D
a7):
Bombyx sanguinolenta, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii, p. 473 (1793).
Aloa lactinea, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 702.
Rhodogastria lactinea, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889,
. 124,
Chibotis lactineus, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
il, p. 27 (1894).
There were specimens from Yokohama and Oiwake in
Pryer’s collection, and I have received others from Ichang
and Chia-ting-fu, the latter taken in July and August.
The species varies considerably in the maculation of
secondaries.
Distribution. Throughout INDIA, CEYLON, and Burma;
Java (Hampson); JAPAN; NORTHERN, WESTERN, and
CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus PHISSAMA.
Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., p. 362 (1858).
a
164 Mr. J. H. Leech on
528. Phissama vacillans.
Amphissa vacillans, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ili, p. 685
(1855).
Phissama vacilians, Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 5, pl.
xli, fig. 4 (1879).
Phissama transiens, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii,
p. 29 (1894).
One male specimen from Ichang, taken in August.
Rather smaller than examples in my collection from
Kulu, and the primaries are a trifle paler in colour.
Distribution. INDIA; CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus NICAA.
Nikza, Moore, Lep. Atk., p. 11 (1879).
Nicxa, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 30
(1894).
529. Nicxa longipennis.
Hypercompa longipennis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ui, p. 655
1855).
Mieon longipennis, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p.:18,
pl. Ixxxii, fig. 7 (1880); Alph., Rom. sur Lép. ix, p. 128
(1897).
Nicxa longipennis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii,
p. 30 (1894).
A long series received from Chang-yang, taken in June
and July. I have also one or more specimens from each
of the following localities—Ichang, September; Wa-ssu-
kow and Omei-shan, June; Moupin, June and August ;
Wa-shan, July. Alphéraky records the species from Tai-
Sian-Guan, province of Sé-Tchouen.
Distribution, KUMAUN; SIKHIM; SILHET (Hampson);
CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Genus CAMPTOLOMA.
Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. iv, p. 2 (1875).
530. Camptoloma interioratum.
Numens interiorata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het. Suppl. i, p.
290 (1864).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 165
Camptoloma interioratum, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 359
(1892) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ui, p. 31,
(1894).
There was a very fine series from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection. My collectors did not meet with the species
in any part of China that they visited.
Distribution. EASTERN CHINA; JAPAN,
Genus CALPENIA.
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1872, p. 571.
531. Calpenia zerenaria.
Euprepia zerenaria, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xi, p. 30,
pl. iii, fig. 17 (1886).
Callimorpha zerenaria, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 912
1892).
I have two specimens from Chang-yang, four from Chia-
kou-ho, one from Moupin, and one from Omei-shan.
Occurs in June and July.
Variation is exhibited in the size and intensity of the
black markings, and also in the tone of the yellow of
secondaries.
Habitat. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Genus CALLIMORPHA.
Fabr.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 34
(1894).
532. Callimorpha principalis.
Euprepia principals, Koll., Hugel’s Kasch., iv, (2) p. 465,
pl. xx, fig. 2 (1844).
Hypercompa principalis, var. regalis, Leech, Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 125, pl. ix, fig. 4.
Callimorpha principalis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.,i, p. 255
(1892) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 35
(1894).
Euprepia equitalis, Koll., Hugel’s Kasch., p. 465, (2) pl. xx,
fig. 3 (1848).
Callimorpha equitalis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
li, p. 36 (1894).
Callimorpha equitalis, var. ochricolor, Alph., Rom. sur Lép.,
a, p: 128: (1897):
ce
166 Mr. J. H. Leech on
The typical form of this species does not appear to occur
in China, but it is represented in the Central and Western
parts of the country by var. regalis. Var. equitalis is
common throughout the same area, and there are all inter-
grades between this form and that which I have described
as regalis. One example taken at Wa-ssu-kow seems to
agree with the description of nyctemerata, Moore, from
Sikhim.
Var. ochricolor, Alph., which has the secondaries yel-
lowish-ochre in colour, is described from the Kham
mountains.
Distribution. HIMALAYAS; KHAsiIs; BuRMA; CENTRAL
and WESTERN CHINA.
533. Callimorpha nepos, sp. n.
Head yellow, palpi marked with black, a black spot on the frons and
two at the back of the head ; collar black edged with yellow ; thorax
yellow, the prothorax and tegule marked with black ; abdomen
yellow with dorsal and lateral series of black spots, those of dorsal
series large.
Primaries blackish, with white markings placed as follows—three
small spots between the cell and the costa; a blotch from the
yellowish base to vein 2, this is widest towards the base and is only
separated from an oblong spot in the cell by the median nervure ; a
large round spot at end of the cell with a dot above it; a transverse
series of seven large spots, the fifth oblong and extending almost to
the outer margin ; a submarginal series of four small spots, one in
each interspace above the oblong spot of median series, and a large
one below it which extends to the outer margin and is intersected
by vein 2; the inner margin is narrowly white. Secondaries white,
with much interrupted, macular, median, and submarginal black
bands, the first composed of four small spots and the latter of four
larger spots ; there are some black dots at the ends of the veins before
the white fringes. Undersurface as above.
Expanse 72 millim.
One male specimen from Chia-ting-fu, taken in June or
July.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
Allied to C. nyctemerata, Moore, and C. equitalis, Koll,
from each of which, however, it may be distinguished by
the different arrangement of the four apical spots, the
large spot above the outer angle, and the elongate double
spot at base of the primaries.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 167
534, Callimorpha histrio.
Hypercompa histrio, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., iii, p. 654
(1855); Fixsen, Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 333, pl. xv, 2
(1887) ; Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 129 (1897).
Callimorpha histrio, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 256
(1892).
I took specimens at Ningpo in April, and two at Gensan
in July; I have also received examples from Moupin,
Omei-shan, Chia-ting-fu, and the province of Kwei-chow ;
all the latter were obtained in June and July.
In the Ningpo and Gensan specimens the spots on
primaries are rather larger, and those on outer area more
or less confluent.
Alphéraky records a specimen, taken in September,
from Ta-choui-van, province of Sé-Tchouen.
Distribution. NORTH-EASTERN and WESTERN CHINA;
CoREA.
535. Callimorpha (?) miranda.
Chelonia miranda, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, p. 33,
pl. vi, fig. 50 (1894). ©
Described by Oberthiir from a male specimen obtained
in June at Moenia (Thibet); my collectors do not appear
to have met with the species in any part of Western China
that they visited.
Habitat. THIBET.
Genus PELOCHYTA.
Hiibn., Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 38
(1894).
536. Pelochyta astrea.
Sphinz astreus, Drury, Ins., 11, pl. xxviii, fig. 4 (1778).
Rhodogastria astrea, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., ii, p. 76, pl. eviii,
figs. 1, la (1882).
Pelochyta astrea, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii,
p. 38 (1894).
One example from Chia-kou-ho, taken in June, and
one from Ta-chien-lu, taken in July.
Distribution. Formosa; throughout INDIA, CEYLon,
and Burma (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
-
168 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus CALLARCTIA, nov.
Palpi porrect, hairy, third joint minute. Antenne fully ciliated.
Proboscis of moderate length. Primaries rather long and narrow ;
veins 3 and 4 from lower angle of cell, 5 from above angle or some-
times from middle of the discocellulars ; 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 stalked.
Secondaries with veins 3 and 4, also 6 and7 stalked. Hind tibie
with two pairs of spurs, the terminal pair short.
In the female vein 3 of primaries is from angle of cell,
and 4 and 5 from just above angle.
Type, C. bieti, Oberthiir.
587. Callarctia bieti.
Chelonia bieti, Oberth., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) iii, p. xl,
(1883); Etud. d’Entom., ix, p. 20, pl. ii, fig. 11
(1884).
Arctia biett, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 260 (1892).
I have twenty-five examples from the following localities
—Ta-chien-lu, Omei-shan, Wa-shan, Pu-tsu-fong, and
Wa-ssu-kow.
Some of the specimens have very pale yellow secondaries
and are referable to var. swlphwrea, Oberth., but none of
them seem to quite agree with var. albescens of the same
author. In some specimens the costal band of primaries
is quite separate from the oblique band beyond, and the —
subapical is almost round. On the secondaries the discal
spot is not always present, and there is considerable aber-
ration from the type, as figured, in the black marking of
outer margin. In one example from Pu-tsu-fong the
secondaries are devoid of marking, whilst another from
Wa-ssu-kow has an almost uninterrupted black outer
marginal border and an irregular central band of the same
colour.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
538. Callarctia pratt.
Chelonia bieti, var. pratti, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 111
(1890).
I find that this insect, which I formerly considered to
be a form of C. biett, differs in some slight structural
details from that species. In both sexes vein 6 of primaries
is not stalked with 7, 8, 9, and 10, but has independent
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 169
origin at the upper angle of cell, whilst in the female
veins 3 and 4 are not stalked.
The original comparative description was made from
three Chang-yang female examples taken in June; I have
since received two male specimens from Chia-kou-ho,
where they were obtained in July. d
The male differs from the female in having the costal
band of primaries narrow, and the oblique ‘band repre-
sented only by a more or less oval spot before inner
angle.
Habitat. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Subfamily LITHOSIINE.
Genus ELIGMA.
Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, u, p. 43
(1894),
539, Eligma narcissus,
Bombyx narcissus, Cram., Pap. Exot., 1, pl. Ixxii, figs. E, F
(1775).
LEligma narcissus, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889,
. 127; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind. Moths, ii,
p. 43 (1894).
Specimens were received from Moupin, Omei-shan,
Chia-kou-ho, Wa-shan, Ichang, and Chang-yang. The
species occurs in July and August.
Kirby (Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 383) refers this species to
the Hypside.
Distribution. GANJAM; S. INDIA; CEYLON; PENANG;
JAVA (Hampson); WESTERN and CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus NYCTEMERA.
Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 46
(1894).
540. Nyctemera plagrfera.
Nyctemera plagifera, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 400 (1854) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 47 (1894).
Trypheromera plagifera, Butl., Il. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 45,
pl. Ixxxvii, fig. 3 (1881) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i
p. 423 (1892).
Occurs in July at Wa-shan, Huang-mu-chang, Chia-
-
170 Mr. J. H. Leech on
kou-ho, Chia-ting-fu, and Omei-shan; also in the province
of Kwei-chow, and at Kiukiang. There were specimens
from Loochoo in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. Throughout INDIA (Hampson); CENTRAL
and WESTERN CuinA; LoocHoo.
541. Nyctemera (2) trigona, sp. n.
Primaries yellow, streaked with blackish along costal and inner
marginal areas, the costal streak has a spot-like projection before
apex ; there is a triangular blackish spot on outer margin connected
with the broad apical extremity of the costal streak by a narrow line
of the same colour ; a large triangular, blackish spot on the disc has
its base on a level with the inner margin. Secondaries orange, with
three blackish streaks from the base, and a series of large blackish
spots on the outer margin ; the two upper streaks extend only to the
median area of the wing, but the lower one unites with the last spot
of outer marginal series. Head and thorax black marked with yellow ;.
abdomen black with the segmental divisions and hairs at anal
extremity yellow.
Expanse 36 millim.
Var. nigra. Markings of primaries fuliginous black and wider
than in the type, especially the triangular mark on central area,
which becomes cuneiform in shape ; secondaries entirely fuliginous
black.
Sixteen examples of the typical form and five of the
variety were received from the high plateau to the north
of Ta-chien-lu. All are males.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus DEIOPEIA.
Steph.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind. Moths, ui, p. 54
(1894).
542. Deiopera pulchella,
Tinea pulchella, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, 2, p. 884 (1767).
Utetheisa pulchella, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 346 (1892).
Deiopeia pulchella, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, u,
p. 55 (1894).
There were four specimens in Pryer’s collection, two of
which are from Loochoo. My native collector obtained a.
male in the Island of Kiushiu which measures only
25 millim. in expanse.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 171
I have seven examples from Wa-shan, one from Ni-tou,
and one from Pu-tsu-fong, all taken in July.
Distribution. Throughout INDIA and CEYLon; PHILIP-
PINES; MALAY ARCHIPELAGO; NEW GUINEA; AUSTRALIA
and the Paciric Groups (Hampson); Europe; ASIA
Minor; AFRICA; JAPAN; WESTERN CHINA,
Genus BIZONE.
Bizone, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 548 (1854).
Cyana, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 56
(1894).
543. Bizone hamata,
Bizone hamata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 549 (1854) ;
Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 391.
Bizone puella, Fixsen (nec Drury), Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 332
(1887).
The specimens in Pryer’s collection were from Yoko-
hama, Oiwake, and Yesso ; a native collector obtained the
species at Gensan and in the island of Kiushiu, and my
collectors in China sent examples from Kiukiang, Chang-
yang, Ichang, Wa-shan, Chow-pin-sa, Chia-kou-ho, Moupin,
and the province of Kwei-chow. Occurs in May, June,
and July.
Distribution. JAPAN ; YESSO ; KiusHiu ; CorEA ; NortTH-
EASTERN, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
544. Bizone sanguinea.
Calligenia sanguinea, Brem. and Grey, Motsch. Etud. Ent.,
i, p. 63 (1852); Schmett. nord. China, p. 14
(1853).
Bizone sanguinea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 302 (1892).
I am not able to identify this species from the descrip-
tion ; the specimens I referred to B. sanguinea in a former
paper (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 126) are examples
of B. cruenta.
Habitat. NortH CHINA.
er
172 Mr. J. H. Leech on
545. Bizone cruenta.
Bizone cruenta, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 49 (1890).
Bizone dubenskii, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 11, pl. i,
fig. 5 (1892); op. cit., ix, pp. 129, 130 (1897).
A long series from Chang-yang and another from
Moupin. I have also received the species from Ichang,
Wa-shan, Ni-tou, Chia-ting-fu, Chia-kou-ho, Chow-pin-sa,
and Wa-ssu-kow. Occurs in May, June, July, and
August, but the majority of my examples were obtained
in May and June. Alphéraky describes this species from
specimens taken in July near the river Hei-ho.
In most of the specimens from Western China the
colour of the secondaries and of the markings of the
primaries is less vivid than those from Central China.
Habitat, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
546. Bizone fasciola.
Bizone fasciola, Leech, MS. ; Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1890, p. 391.
A fine series from Ichang and Chang-yang ; the speci-
mens were taken in June and July. I have also received
one example from Wa-shan.
Habitat, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
547. Bizone unipunctata.
Bizone unipwnctata, Leech, MS.; Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond., 1890, p. 392.
One male specimen and two females taken by myself in
Satsuma in May, 1886; two males and four females from
the Loochoo islands in Pryer’s collection.
One of the females from Satsuma has yellow bands on
primaries.
Distribution. KiusHiu; LoocHoo ISLANDs.
548. Bizone adita,
Bizone adita, Moore, Lep. E. 1. Co., 11, p. 306, pl. viia, fig. 11
(1858).
Bizone bifasciata, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi, p. exxiv,
(1886).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 173
Poujade’s type, a female, was from Moupin, and I have
one example of the same sex from that locality.
In his paper (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1890, pp. 378-
400), Mr. Elwes does not mention bifasciata, Poujade, but
the insect he figures as B. signa 2 ? var. (Plate xxxii, fig. 7)
may be referable to it.
Hampson (J.c.) includes adiia, Moore, under B. signa,
Walk.
Distribution. HIMALAYAS; WESTERN CHINA.
549. Bizone ariadne,
Bizone ariadne, Leech, MS.; Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1890, p. 394.
Seven male specimens and one female from Chang-yang
taken in June, and one female from Chia-ting-fu.
Halitat. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
550. Bizone prattr.
Bizone pratti, Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 394.
A fine series, mostly male specimens, from Chang-yang
and Ichang. Occurs in June and July.
Habitat. CENTRAL CHINA.
551. Bizone interrogationis.
Bizone interrogationis, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi,
p. exxv, (1886).
Occurs at Kiukiang, Chang-yang, Moupin, and Ni-tou
in June and July; I have specimens from each of these
localities and also from Ningpo.
Mr, Elwes does not mention this species in his paper
previously referred to.
Habitat. CENTRAL, WESTERN, and NORTHERN CHINA.
552. Bizone stkkimensis.
Bizone sikkimensis, Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1890,
p. 395, pl. xxxii, fig. 6 ¢, 5 9; Hampson, Fauna
Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 59 (1894).
One example of each sex from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in
June or July.
Distribution. StkHIM (Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA.
174 Mr. J. H. Leech on
553. Bizone phedra,
Bizone phedra, Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 126,
pl. ix, fig. 6.
The type, a female, was from Kiukiang; I have since
received specimens from Chang-yang, Chow-pin-sa, Ta-
chien-lu, and Wa-ssu-kow.
I have also received a long series of specimens from
Moupin which differ from the typical form in having the
bands of primaries and the coloration of secondaries dull
orange varying to lemon-yellow. For this local race I
propose the varietal name moupinensis.
This species in the typical form varies greatly in the
width of the transverse bands on primaries; in one
example nearly the whole of the wing is suffused with
ink.
: Habitat. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA,
554. Bizone alba.
Bizone alba, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 28.
Described from ‘North China.” My collectors did
not obtain the species in any part of China that they
explored.
Genus MACRONOLA.
~ Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 299 (1892).
555. Macronola decipiens.
Cyana decipiens, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5), iv,
p. 852 (1879).
Macronola decipiens, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 300
(1892).
Described from Japan. There were no specimens of the
species in Pryer’s collection, and I did not meet with it in
any part of Japan that I visited.
Habitat. JAPAN.
Genus KERALA.
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1881, p. 329 (1894).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 175
556. Kerala macroptera.
Leptina macroptera, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 68, pl. vii,
fig. 2 (1880).
Kerala macroptera, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 18 (1892).
Alphéraky records one example of this species from the
province of Sé-Tchouen. Taken in August.
Distribution. AMURLAND; ASKOLD; WESTERN CHINA,
Genus MELANZMA,
Butl, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p. 397 (1877).
557. Melanzema venata
Melanema venata, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) XX,
p. 397 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 6, ph Xxli,
fig. 5 (1878).
There were specimens from Oiwake and Yokohama in
Pryer’s collection, and I have received others taken in
the latter locality from Mr. Manley. The species is
recorded from several places in Amurland.
- Distribution. JAPAN ; AMURLAND.
Genus AGRISIUS.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., iii, p, 723 (1855).
558. Agrisius guttivitta.
Agrisius guttwitta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 723
(1855) ; Butl., [ll. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 40, pl. lxxxvii,
fig. 2 (1881).
Appears to be fairly common at Chang-yang in July.
I have also received specimens from Moupin, Wa-shan,
Ni-tou, and Chia-ting-fu.
Distribution. \StKHIM (Hampson) ; CENTRAL and
‘WESTERN CHINA.
559. Agrisius fuliginosus,
Agrisius fuliginosus, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1872,
p. 571, pl. xxxiu, fig. 3; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, 11, p. 65 (1894).
Agrisius japonicus, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 598, pl. xxx, fig. 10.
can
176 Mr. J. H. Leech on
One specimen from Satsuma, taken in May, and one
from the province of Kwei-chow, captured in June or
July.
Distribution. “Inp1a” (Hampson); JAPAN ; WESTERN
CHINA.
Genus MACROBROCHIS.
Herr-Schaff.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i,
p. 66 (1894).
560. Macrobrochis prasena.
Tripura prasena, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I.Co., p. 299,
pl. vuia, fig. 6 (1859).
Macrobrochis prasena, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,.
i, p. 66 (1894).
One male specimen from Ta-chien-lu, taken in July.
Distribution. DALHOUSIE; DHARMSALA; SIKHIM ; NAGA
Hitys (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
Genus SIDYMA.
Walker; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 67
(1894).
561. Sidyma remelana.
Lithosia remelana, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865,
p. 798.
Crambomorpha remelana, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1877, p. 357.
Vamuna remelana, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878,
p. 10.
Gnophria quadrimaculata, Moschler, Stett. Ent. Zeit.,
1872, p. 352.
Sidyma remelana, Hampson,. Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii,
p. 68 (1894).
One example taken in June or July at Chia-ting-fu.
Distribution. StKHIM; KuHAsiIs (Hampson); WESTERN
CHINA.
Genus PARAONA.
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 8.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 177
562. Paraona staudingert.
Paraona staudingert, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 168,
pl. xii, fig. 8 2 (1897).
I have one male specimen from Omei-shan which was
taken in June or July. Alphéraky’s types, two females,
were from Corea.
The collar is deeper yellow, and my example does not
exhibit any trace of the transverse pale line indicated in
the figure of the type.
Distribution. COREA; WESTERN CHINA.
Genus GNOPHRIA.
Steph. ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 69
(1884).
563. Gnophria collitoides.
Ghoria collitoides, Butl., Cist. Ent., iii, p. 115 (1885).
There was a series of specimens from Oiwake and Nikko
in Pryer’s collection. This species is very close to
“ Lithosia” gigantea, Oberth., but may be distinguished
by the frons, which is black instead of yellow, and the
costal stripe is not continued to apex.
Habitat. JAPAN.
564. Gnophria sericeipennis.
Ghoria sericerpennis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878,
ate.
Petes sericetpennis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
il, p. 69 (1894).
One male from Chang-yang, and one example of each
sex from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in July.
Distribution. SiKHIM (Hampson); CENTRAL and
WESTERN CHINA.
565. Gnophria albocinerea.
Ghoria albocinerea, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878,
p. 13, pl. i, fig. 10.
Gnophria albocinerea, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
li, p. 70 (1894).
One example of each sex from Pu-tsu-fong, taken in
June or July.
Distribution. StkHim (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND., 1899.—PAaRT I. (APRIL) 12
178 Mr. J. H. Leech on
566. Gnophria vittata, sp. n.
Head and collar orange ; thorax black, tegule yellow ; abdomen
colour of secondaries, but darker towards the anal extremity, and
also beneath. Primaries black, costa and inner margin narrowly
yellow ; there is a paler yellow stripe from the base of the wing to
middle of the outer margin ; fringes blackish to just below stripe,
remainder yellowish. Secondaries pale ochreous tinged with fuscous.
Under surface ochreous tinged with fuscous, the primaries clouded
with blackish.
Expanse 44 millim.
Two male specimens from Ni-tou, and one from Omei-
shan, taken in July.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
567. Gnophria (2) sinensis, sp. n.
Primaries pale brown with a black dot on the middle of submedian
nervure, and a dusky one in the cell. Secondaries creamy whitish.
Under surface as above, but the discal area of the primaries is suffused
with fuscous, and the costa of secondaries is pale ochreous. Antenne
with short cilia and bristles. Head and thorax colour of primaries ;
abdomen whitish.
Expanse 34 millim.
One male specimen from Chia-kou-ho, taken in July.
Halitat. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus CKONISTIS.
Hiibner, Verz., p. 165 (1818).
568. Honistis quadra.
Noctua quadra, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, p. 511 (1758).
Bombyx quadra, Hiibu., Bomb., figs. 101, 102 (1800).
Gonistis dives, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 898 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 7, pl. xxii,
fig. 11 (1878).
QHonistis quadra, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 598 ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 73 (1894).
Some Japanese male specimens are rather darker than
European examples, and some of the females are brighter
yellow; but otherwise there is no important difference
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 179
between the individuals from each region. One female
specimen in Pryer’s collection is without the usual black
spots on primaries, and I have seen similar varieties of the
species in English collections.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND ; COREA; JAPAN;
SIKHIM.
569. Honistis nigricosta.
Conistis nigricosta, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888
p. 598; pl. xxx, fig. 11:
The specimen described was in Pryer’s collection, but
the exact locality where it was taken was not indicated.
Habitat. JAPAN.
570. Gonistis subnigra, sp. n.
Primaries pale stramineous, with two black spots similar to those
of female @. quadra, Linn., but the lower one is not well defined.
Secondaries paler. Under surface coloured as above, but the basal
area of primaries is black.
Expanse 34 millim.
One male specimen from Wa-shan, taken in July.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus THYSANOPTYX.
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 74 (1894).
571. Thysanoptyx tetragona.
Lithosia tetragona, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 510 (1854).
Teulisna tetragona, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1877,
p. 355; Til. Typ. Lep. Het., v, p. 39, pl. Ixxxvi, fig. 14
(1881).
Thysanoptya tetragona, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
ii, p..75 (1894). ae
A male specimen from Wa-shan and one from Chia-
ting-fu, both taken in July.
Distribution. Stkeim; SritHet; NAcas; NILGIRIs;
Borneo (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
572. Thysanoptyx signata.
Lithosia signata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 495 (1854).
Teulisna signata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 317 (1892).
e
180 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Thisanoptyx brevimacula, Alph., Rom, sur Lép., ix, p. 180,
pl. xiii, fig, 5 9 (1897).
Occurs at Moupin, Omei-shan, Chia-kou-ho and Chang-
yang, in June. Brevimacula, Alph., described from a female
specimen taken at Ta-choui-van, is a form of 7. signata,
Walk., in which, judging from the figure, the abdominal
area of the secondaries is paler than the outer area. Two
of my specimens from Chang-yang have the lower spot on
primaries elongated, and in one example from Moupin the
upper or costal spot is absent from left primary, and very
small on the right primary.
Distribution. EASTERN, WESTERN and CENTRAL CHINA.
573. Thysanoptyx directa, sp. n.
Primaries greyish stramineous, with a black spot on the costa
beyond the middle, and an upright, elongated mark of the same
colour on the inner margin. Secondaries rather yellower. Under
surface yellower than above, the discal area of primaries suffused
with blackish. Head stramineous ; thorax and abdomen colour of
primaries, but the terminal segments of the latter are yellowish and
the thorax is marked with blackish.
Expanse 38 millim.
Two female specimens from Chang-yang, taken in June.
Habitat. CENTRAL CHINA,
Allied to 7. signata, Walk., but the mark on the inner
margin of primaries is narrower, and is placed more directly
under the costal spot.
Genus PRABHASA.
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 25.
574. Prabhasa costalis,
Prabhasa costalis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond., 1878, p. 26.
Moore described this species from North China. I have
one specimen from Moupin.
Habitat. NORTHERN and WESTERN CHINA.
Genus LITHOSIA.
Fabr.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 79
(1894).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 181
575. Lithosia griseola.
Bombyx griseola, Hiibn., Bomb., pl. xxiii, fig. 97 (1800).
Lithosia adaucta, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 398 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 6, pl. xxiii,
fig. 6 (1878).
Lnthosia xgrota, Butl, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 897 (1877).
Collita xgrota, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iii, pl. xlii, fig. 13,
(1879).
Inthosia griseola, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 599; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 80
(1894).
Lithosia griseola, var. amurensis, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi,
p. 268 (1892).
This very variable species occurs at Nikko, Oiwake,
Hakone, Hakodate, Tsuruga, Gensan, Chang-yang, Moupin,
Chia-ting-fu, Chia-kou-ho, and Wa-ssu-kow. Staudinger
describes a form from Amurland under the name amurensis,
and two of my examples from Japan seem to agree with
this description. The descriptions of adaucta and xgrota
apply rather to individual specimens than to constant
forms.
Distribution. EKUROPE.—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO ;
CoREA; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA; NEPAL; SIKHIM.
[Lithosia caniola, Hiibn. Felder (Wien. ent. Mon., vi,
p. 86) records this species from Ningpo. I have not seen
L. caniola from any part of Eastern Asia, and am inclined
to suppose that the specimen referred to this species by
Felder is probably a form of LZ. griseola.]
576. Lithosia cinerea.
Lithosia cinerea, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), vi, p. cl.
(1886).
I have a long series from Pu-tsu-fong and Ni-tou, but
no variation is exhibited. The type was from Moupin.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
577. Lithosia vetusta.
Lithosia vetusta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 506 (1854).
I have one example from Hakone and one from Gensan.
The type was from Shanghai.
- Distribution. EASTERN CHINA; COREA; JAPAN.
-
182 Mr. J. H. Leech on
578. Lithosia lenta.
Tithosia lenta, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 81 (1890).
The type, a male, was taken in July at Ichang, and I
received another male from Chang-yang, captured in
June.
Habitat. CENTRAL CHINA.
579. Lithosia coreana.
Iithosia coreana, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 600,
pl. xxx, fig. 13.
The type from Gensan, taken in June. I have five
specimens from Kiukiang and one from Ichang, taken in
June and July.
Distribution. COREA ; CENTRAL CHINA.
580. Lithosia afineola.
Lithosia affineola, Brem., Lep. Ost-Sib., p. 97, pl. viii, fig. 5
(1864).
Occurs at Hakodate, Kiushiu, Gensan, Chang-yang,
Ichang, Moupin, and Chia-ting-fu in June and July.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; KIUSHIU; COREA;
CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
581. Lithosia japonica.
Lithosia japonica, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 600,.
pl. xxx, fig, 12.
Two specimens in Pryer’s collection.
' This species is closely allied to LZ. depressa, Esp., but
may be distinguished therefrom by the dark secondaries.
Halntat. JAPAN.
582. Lithosia debilis.
lithosia debilis, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iu, p. 190, pl. x,
fig. 12 (1887); Fixsen, op. cit., p. 331.
Described from Kultuk (Government of Irkutsk).
A nice series in Pryer’s collection, comprising specimens:
from Yokohama, Oiwake, and Nikko. I have one ex-
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 183
ample from Gensan which seems to be referable to this
species; Fixsen records specimens from Corea.
Some of the Japanese specimens only measure 22
millim. in expanse.
Distribution. CENTRAL SIBERIA; AMURLAND; COREA;
JAPAN.
583. Lithosia fumidisca.
Inthosia fumidisca, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii,
p. 80 (1894).
I am informed by Sir George Hampson that this species
has been received from Shanghai by M. ’Abbé J. de
Joannis.
Distribution. StKHIM; TENASSERIM; EASTERN CHINA
(Hampson).
584. Lithosia pavescens.
Lnthosia pavescens, Butl, Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 398 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, pl. xxiii, fig. 5
(1878).
Inthosa levis, Butl, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 398 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, pl. xxii, fig. 12
(1878).
Specimens in Pryer’s collection from Yesso, Oiwake and
Yokohama. I received one example from Chang-yang,
captured in June.
This species is closely allied to LZ. helveola, Ochs.
? = L. deplana, Esp.
Hampson (Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 84) gives
L. lxvis, Butl., as a synonym of L. nigrifrons, Moore.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; CENTRAL CHINA.
585. Lithosia suffusa, sp. n.
Primaries stramineous, suffused with purplish grey on the basal
three-fourths ; the basal third of costa is yellowish. Secondaries
stramineous. Under surface as above, but the suffusion on the
primaries is blackish. Head, thorax, and terminal segments of
abdomen yellowish, other portion of abdomen stramineous tinged
with fuscous.
Expanse 48 millim.
Four male specimens from the north of Ta-chien-lu.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
a
184 Mr. J. H. Leech on
586. Lithosia moore.
Katha moorei, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 81 (1890).
Pelosia moorei, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 329 (1892).
The type of this species was from Chang-yang. I have
also a specimen taken at Ningpo in July and examples
from Moupin, Omei-shan, and Chia-ting-fu.
Distribution. FELASTERN, CENTRAL, and WESTERN
CHINA.
587. Lithosia immaculata.
Katha immaculata, Butl., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1880,
p. 671.
Pelosia immaculata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 329
(1892).
There were specimens in Pryer’s collection, probably
from Yokohama; I obtained the species at Nagasaki in
June and at Gensan in July.
Distribution. JAPAN ; KiusHIU ; CoREA.
588. Lnthosia aprica.
Katha aprica, Butl., Cist. Ent., 11, p. 115 (1885).
Pelosia aprica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 329 (1892).
Lithosia aprica, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 599.
Occurs at Ohoyama and Yesso, and in the Loochoo
Islands.
Distribution. YESSO; JAPAN ; LoocHoo.
589. Lithosia precipua.
Lithosia precipua, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 229 (1864).
Pelosia precipua, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 329 (1892).
Described from North China. I have specimens from
Chang-yang, Ichang, and the province of Kwei-chow.
June and July.
Distribution. NoRTH, CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA.
590. Lithosia nigripoda.
Lithosia nigripoda, Brem. and Grey, Motsch. Etud. Ent., 1,
p. 63 (1852); Schmett. nord. China, p. 14 (1853).
Pelosia nigripoda, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 329 (1892).
Described from North China, I am not acquainted with
this species.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 185
591. Lithosia palliatella.
Lithosia unita, Hiibn., var. arideola, Herr.-Schiff., Fixsen,
Rom. sur Lép,, iii, p. 331 (1887).
Fixsen records the above form of ZL. wnaita from Gores?
I have not seen an example of Lithosia from any part of
the region here treated that I could refer to LZ. palliatella,
Scop. = wnita, Hiibn.
Distribution. KUROPE.—? CoREA.
592. Lithosia cribrata.
Lithosia cribrata, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 189, pl. x,
fig. 11 (1887).
Pelosia cribrata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 328 (1892).
Dolgoma cribrata, Kirby, /. ¢., p. 332.
One specimen from Nikko in Pryer’s collection; I
received one from Kiushiu and two from Chang-yang.
Staudinger’s type was from the isle of Askold.
Distribution. AMURLAND ; JAPAN ; KIUSHIU; CENTRAL
CHINA. .
593. Lithosia costipuncta.
Inthosia costipuncta, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 82 (1890).
One male specimen taken in June at Chang-yang.
Habitat. CENTRAL CHINA.
594. Lithosia alba.
Lithosia alba, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 87 (1877).
Tarika alba, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 322 (1892).
Systropha nivosa, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) iv.,
p. 853 (1879).
The type of alba, Moore, was from Shanghai, and that
of nivosa, Butl. from Yokohama. There were specimens
in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. EASTERN CHINA ; JAPAN.
595. Lithosia insolita.
Lithosia insolita, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 497 (1854).
Capissa tnsolita, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 331 (1892).
Described from Shanghai. I am unable to identify this
with any species that I have from China,
Habitat. KASTERN CHINA.
e
186 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus TEULISNA.
Walk.; Hampson,‘ Fauna Brit. Ind, Moths, u, p. 86
(1894).
596. Teulisna fimbriata.
Tequiata fimbriata, Leech, Entom., xviii, p. 81 (1890).
The type was from Chang-yang, taken in July.
Habitat. CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus SAMERA.
Wallengren, Wien. Ent. Mon., vii, pp. 146, 147 (1863).
597. Samera muscerda.
Phalena muscerda, Hufn., Berl. Mag., ii, (4) p. 400
(1767).
Samera muscerda, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 321 (1892).
Specimens from Yesso and Oiwake in Pryer’s collection.
I met with the species at Gensan.
Distribution. EUROPE—AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO;
CoREA.
598. Samera obtusa.
Paidia obtusa, Herr.-Scheeff, Schmett. Eur., vi, p. 53, fig.
161 (1847).
Samera obtusa, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.,1i, p. 321 (1892).
Gampola noctis, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 8.
Paida obtrita, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 183, pl. x, fig.
8 (1887).
Paidina obtrita, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 262 (1892).
The specimens in Pryer’s collection were from Yoko-
hama ; these, as I remarked in a former paper, are darker
than the coloured figure of obtrita, Staud., but agree ex-
actly with a specimen in the National Museum which was
received from Dr. Staudinger.
“ Gampola” noctis, Butl., from Tokio, is, as kindly pointed
out to me by Sir George F. Hampson, certainly identical
with obtrita, Staud., and both are referable to obtusa, H.-S.
Distribution. EUROPE—AMURLAND ; YESSO; JAPAN.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 187
599. Samera angusta.
Paida angusta, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 182, pl. x,
fig. 7 (1887). |
Paidina angusta, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 260 (1892).
Six specimens taken by a native collector at Gensan in
August. Possibly a form of S. obtusa.
Distribution. AMURLAND ; COREA.
Genus AIMENE.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 541 (1854).
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 11, p. 91 (1894).
600. Amene txniata.
Aimene teniata, Fixsen, Rom. sur Lép., i, p. 327, pl. xv,
fig. 6
g. 6.
Described from Corea. Fixsen states that he also has
a specimen from Amurland.
Distribution. COREA ; AMURLAND.
601. Amene punctatissima.
Aimene punctatissima, Pouj., Bull, Soc. Ent. Fr., (6), vi,
p. clix (1886).
I have a fine series, comprising specimens from Ichang,
Chang-yang, Wa-shan, Omei-shan, Chia-ting-fu, Wa-ssu-
kow, Che-tou, and Ni-tou. There is a good deal of varia-
tion in the markings, and some examples are heavily
suffused with fuscous.
Habitat. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
602. A’mene modesta.
Aimene modesta, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 34.
Of this species, which Moore described from Formosa, I
have received one male specimen from [Ichang, where it
was captured in August, and Captain Young sent me an
example from Sultanpore, Kulu.
Distribution. FoRMosA ; CENTRAL CHINA; KuULUv.
rr
188 Mr. J. H. Leech on
603. mene punctigera, sp. n.
Primaries greyish white ; there are five black spots on the costa,
two in the cell, and three along the course of the submedian nervure ;
postmedial and submarginal lines irregular, and composed of black
dots ; fringes preceded by black points. Secondaries paler, with an
indistinct discal dot. Under surface of primaries suffused with
fuscous, fringes paler.
Expanse 24-26 millim.
I have seven specimens from Wa-shan, Pu-tsu-fong,
Chia-ting-fu, and Ichang; taken in June and July.
Habitat. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Allied to 4. modesta, Moore.
604, Aimene fasciata.
Aimene fasciata, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx,
p. 399 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ti, p. 7, pl. xxn,
fig. 9 (1878).
The specimens in Pryer’s coJlection were from Yoko-
hama, Nikko, and Oiwake. I obtained the species at
Hakodate in August, and my native collector in the island
of Kiushiu.
Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 263) refers . fasciata,
Butl., to mene (Nudaria) altaica, Lederer.
Habitat. JAPAN ; YESSO and KIuSHIU.
605. Amene minuta.
Aimene minuta, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
p. 595.
There were specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection.
Habitat, JAPAN.
606. mene (?) maculata.
Siccia maculata, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p.
605, pl. xxx, fig. 16.
The type was from Satsuma.
Habitat. KIusHIv.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 189
Genus NARASODES.
Moore, Lep. Ceyl., iii, p. 535 (1887).
607. Narasodes punctana.
Tospitis punctana, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxviii, p. 431
(1863).
Narasodes punctana, Moore, Lep. Ceyl., iii, pl. 211, fig. 7
(1887); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 95
(1894).
Sir George Hampson has identified examples of this
species among some insects received from Shanghai by
M. l Abbé J. de Joannis.
Distribution. CEYLON ; EASTERN CHINA (Hampson).
Genus Evaoa.
Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., xii, p. 768 (1857).
608. Hugoa grisea.
EHugoa grisea, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xx, p.
399 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 8, pl. xxiii, fig.
1 (1878).
The specimens in Pryer’s collection were from Yoko-
hama. I obtained the species at Gensan in July.
Distribution. JAPAN ; COREA,
609. Hugoa (?) obscura.
Eugoa (?) obscura, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p-
604, pl. xxx, fig. 15.
The type was in Pryer’s collection, but without
locality.
Habitat, JAPAN.
Genus HYPEUGOA, nov.
Hampson MS. (Type H. flavogrisea, sp. n.)
Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi porrect, short, and not
reaching beyond the frons; antenne of male with bristles and
cilia ; tibize with the spurs rather long ; abdomen smoothly scaled.
ee
190 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Primaries rather narrow, the costa arched near the base, then
nearly straight ; the termen obliquely rounded ; vein 2 from middle
of cell, oblique; vein 3 from cell before angle ; veins 4, 5, from
angle ; 6, 7, stalked ; 8, 9, stalked; 10,11, free. Secondaries with
vein 2 from middle of cell; 3 from before angle ; 4, 5, from angle ;
6, 7, shortly stalked ; 8 from middle of cell.
610. Hypeugoa flavogrisea, sp. na.
Primaries whitish, dusted with greyish scales; there is a broad
greyish central band, limited by blackish irregular lines ; submar-
ginal band greyish, diffuse, and dotted with blackish. Secondaries
yellowish-buff, finely dusted with greyish on central and marginal
areas. Under surface yellowish-buff, the discal area of primaries
suffused with fuliginous. Head and thorax agree in colour with
primaries, and the abdomen with secondaries.
Expanse 46 millim.
One male specimen taken by a native collector to the
north of Ta-chien-lu.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus MILTOCHRISTA.
Hiibn., Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1, p. 107
(1894). |
(611. Miltochrista miniata.
Geometra miniata, Forst., Nov. Spec. Ins., p. 75 (1771).
Calligenia miniata, Auctt.
Miltochrista miniata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het. i, p. 311
(1892). .
Miltochrista rvosaria, Butl., Aun. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p. 397 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, pl. xxii, fig.
8 (1878).
A series in Pryer’s collection comprised specimens from
Yokohama, Oiwake, and Yesso.. I obtained one example
in Satsuma in May, one at Nagasaki in June, one at
Nagahama, and two at Gensan in July. My native col-
lector took the species at Nikko.
In var. vosavia, which is the only form represented in
Japan and Corea, the discal area of the primaries is
yellower than in the type, and the secondaries are less
tinged with rosy. I have an aberrant example from
Germany which has the primaries entirely yellow and other
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 191
specimens in my European series are almost identical with
Japanese examples.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND; COREA; JAPAN
YEsso.
.
>
612. Miltochrista aberrans.
Miltochrista aberrans, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(4), xx, p. 397 (1877) ; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 5, pl.
xxii, fig. 7 (1878).
Calligenia askoldensis, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 30
(1880).
Miltochrista bivittata, Butl., Cist. Ent., 111, p. 116 (1885).
Specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I have
received one example from Chang-yang, where it was
taken in June.
Dr. Staudinger considers askoldensis to be only a modifi-
cation of aberrans, and that bivittata is identical with it;
in this I quite concur.
Mstribution. JAPAN ; CENTRAL CHINA; AMURLAND.
613. Miltochrista undulata, sp. n.
Closely allied to WZ. miniata, from Europe, but smaller and more
rosy in colour ; the first black line of primaries only indicated by a
dot on the costa, and the second line more deeply undulated and
terminating nearer the middle of the inner margin.
Expanse 22 millim.
In some specimens the lines are very faint, and in others entirely
absent.
Four males and two females, taken in June, and two
males and one female, taken in August, at Chang-yang.
Habitat. CENTRAL CHINA.
614, Miltochrista pallida.
Calligena pallida, Brem., Lep. Ost.-Sib., p. 97, pl. viii, fig.
7 (1864).
Miltochrista pallida, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 312 (1892).
I took this species at Ningpo in April, and met with it
again in June at Fusan, and in July at Gensan. I have
also received the species from Ningpo.
e
192 Mr. J. H. Leech on
The black submarginal markings of primaries are subject
to variation ; in one example they are entirely absent.
Distribution. AMURLAND; CoREA; NORTH-EASTERN
CHINA.
615. Miltochrista butleri.
Miltochrista butleri, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p.
603, pl. xxx, fig. 14.
I obtained one example of each sex at Nagasaki in
June, and there was one specimen from Loochoo and one
without locality in Pryer’s collection. My native collector
met with the species in the island of Kiushiu.
Distribution. JAPAN; KrusHiu ; Loocuoo.
616. Miltochrista rivalis.
Miltochrista rivalis, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 82 (1890).
Sesapa rivalis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 311 (1892).
Appears to be not uncommon at Chang-yang and Mou-
pin, and I have also specimens from Ichang and Omei-
shan. Occurs in June.
Habitat. CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
617. Miltochrista inscripta.
Sesapa inscripta, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 547 (1854).
Sesapa ziczac, Walk., l. c. vii, p. 1681 (1856).
Sesapa erubescens, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1877,
p. 345.
Miltochrista inscripta, Butl., Ill. Lep. Het., iii, p. 7, pl.
xlii, fig. 11 (1879).
I captured one specimen at Foochau in April, and I
have received examples from Gensan, Chang-yang, Ichang,
and the province of Kwei-chow, taken in June.
Distribution. CoREA; NORTHERN, CENTRAL, and
WESTERN CHINA.
618. Miltochrista rhodophila.
Barsine rhodophila, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl., 1, p. 254
(1864).
Miltochrista rhodophila, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iii, p. 5,
pl. xli, fig. 12 (1879).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 193
Sesapa rhodophila, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 311 (1892).
Miltochrista torrens, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5)
iv, p. 353 (1879).
I have specimens from Yokohama, Gensan, Ichang, and
Wa-shan, taken in July.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; CorREA; NORTH,
CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA.
619. AMWiltochrista calamina.
Miltochrista calamina, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
Top, soe, (lac,) 3 sul vo Lep. Het.;’ ii, pl.’ xxii,
fig. 10 (1878).
Sesapa calamina, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 810 (1892).
Calligenia lutea, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., 111, p. 188 (1887) ;
vi, p. 265 (1892).
A series from Oiwake in Pryer’s collection ; I have also
received specimens from Nagasaki, Nagahama, Fushiki
and Hakodate. Occurs in June, July and August.
Distribution. AMURLAND ; JAPAN; YESSO; KIUSHIU.
620. Miltochrista sinicu.
Miltochrista sinica, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p./87 (1877).
Sesapa sinica, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 311 (1892).
Miltochrista strigipennis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
ii, p. 111 (1894),
I have received specimens from Chang-yang, Ichang,
Omei-shan, and the province of Kwei-chow. Occurs in
June and July,
Moore’s type was from Shanghai.
Habitat. NORTHERN, WESTERN, and CENTRAL CHINA,
621. Miltochrista rufa.
Miltochrista rufa, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 82 (1890).
Six specimens taken in June at Chang-yang.
Habitat, CENTRAL CHINA.
622. Miltochrista inflexa.
Barsine inflexa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 29,
pl. iii, fig. 17.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART I. (APRIL.) 13
-
194 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Miltochrista infleza, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 1,
p. 118 (1894).
One example from Chia-kou-ho, taken in July.
Distribution, SiKHIM (Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA.
623. Miltochrista striata.
Lithosia striata, Brem. and Grey, Motsch. Etud. Ent., i,
p. 63 (1852) ; Schmett. nord. China, p. 14 (1853).
Miltochrista striata, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 602.
Hypoprepia lanceolata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., vii, p. 1680
(1856).
Barsine striata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., p. 306 (1892).
Miltochrista gratios1, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii,
p. 118 (1894).
I obtained specimens at Nagasaki in May and at Gensan
in July. There was a series from Yokohama and Oiwake
in Pryer’s collection, and I have received examples from
Moupin, Omei-shan, Chia-ting-fu and Chow-pin-sa.
The markings are subject to considerable modification.
In some female specimens the rose-coloured streaks are
almost eliminated and the grey spots are very indistinct.
Distribution. Throughout the hills of Iypra, CEYLON
and Burma (Hampson); JAPAN; KiusHiu; COREA;
NORTHERN and WESTERN CHINA.
624, Miltochrista pulchra.
Miltochrista pulchra, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p. 396 (1877); 11L Typ, Lep. Bet. 11; pl sec
fig. 6 2 (1878).
Calligenia pulchra, var. pulcherrima, Staud., Rom. sur
Lép., i, p. 187 (1887).
Barsine pulchra, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 306 (1892).
Miltochrista mactans, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1877,
p. 340; Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. v, pl. Ixxxv, fig. 18 3
(1881).
Specimens from Yokohama and Yesso in Pryer’s collec-
tion. I have received the species from Chang-yang, and |
took examples at Gensan in July.
Hampson includes this species with JZ, striata under
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 195
M. gratiosa, I think that both the former are distinct
from the latter, and I cannot regard pulchra, Butl., as a
form of striata, Brem. The two species last named can
be readily separated from each other by the direction and
cbaracter of the outer band of primaries, which in striata
is angled instead of curved and has a projection from angle
to apex.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; COREA ; CENTRAL CHINA.
625. Miltochrista carnea.
Calligenia carnea, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi, p. exliti
(1886).
Miltochrista carnea, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 312 (1892).
Occurs at Moupin, Omei-shan, Wa-shan, Chia-ting-fu,
and Chia-kou-ho, in June and July.
Varies in the intensity of the markings of primaries ;
in some specimens these, with the exception of a spot on
inner margin, are absent.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
626. Multochrista rubricans.
Setina rubricans, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 82 (1890).
A fine series, including both sexes, from Chang-yang,
and one female from Ichang. June and July.
Habitat. CENTRAL CHINA.
627. Miltochrista wunipuncta.
Setina unipuncta, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p, 82 (1890).
Since describing the two sexes of this species I have
received a second male from Chang-yang, also one from
Moupin and a female from Kia-ting-fu.
All these specimens agree with the female example
described as the type of that sex, and it would appear
therefore that reddish orange is the typical colour of the
species, and that yellow is an aberrant colour.
The Western Chinese specimens are rather larger than
the examples from Chang-yang.
Habitat, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
al
196 Mr. J. H. Leech on
628. Miltochrista nigrivena, sp. 0.
Primaries crimson-pink, rather paler on discal area; there are
three blackish dots on the basal area, one near the base, one aboye
the cell and one in the interno-interspace ; a larger black spot is
placed at the outer extremity of the cell, and the venation beyond is
streaked with black. Secondaries rather paler. Under surface pale
crimson-pink, the discal area of primaries strongly suffused with
blackish.
Expanse 32 millim.
One male specimen from Omei-shan, taken in June or
July.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
629. Miltochrista flexuosa, sp. n.
Primaries crimson-pink, paler on discal area; the curved anti-
medial and very strongly denticulated post-medial lines blackish,
the latter followed by black spots opposite the extremity of each
tooth ; medial line waved and brownish ; just beyond this is a black
longitudinal line almost parallel with the costa, but sharply angled
below the point of origin which is on the costa itself; there are
some black marks on basal half of the wing and also in the outer
portion of the discal cell. All the markings are more or less sur-
rounded or bordered with pale yellowish. Secondaries same colour
as the discal area of primaries, outer margin crimson. Fringes
whitish. Under surface paler than above; the primaries are clouded
with black on basal half of the costal area, and also on the venation
beyond the cell.
Allied to M. nigrivena, but apart from differences on the upper
surfaces, the under surface of primaries is much less suffused with
black.
Expanse 28-30 millim.
One male specimen from Ni-tou, one from Moupin, and
a female from Omei-shan. June and July.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
630. Miltochrista acerba, sp. n.
Primaries orange-red with a few isolated dusky dots on the neura-
tion representing transverse lines ; the venation towards the outer
margin is faintly streaked with blackish. Secondaries paler. Under
surface of all the wings paler than above and without markings.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 197
Head and thorax agree in colour with the primaries, and the abdomen
is similar in colour to the secondaries,
Expanse 34 millim.
One male specimen taken in June at Moupin.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
631. Miltochrista fasciata, sp. n.
Primaries creamy white ; a black spot at the base and one at end
of the cell; there are three black transverse lines about the median
area of the wing, the first two are rather curved, the third straight,
and all are more or less interrupted and very close together ; beyond
the discal spot there isa bidentate black transverse line and the vena-
tion is streaked and spotted with black. Secondaries creamy white,
yellower towards abdominal margin, venation is marked with black
on outer margin. Under surface of primaries similar to above, but
the secondaries have a black submarginal line.
Head and thorax yellowish ; abdomen dusky with a yellowish
tinge.
Expanse 24 millim.
One female specimen from Omei-shan, taken in June
or July. .
Allied to M. radians, Moore, but distinguished from
that species by the different character of transverse
lines.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
632. Miltochrista decussata.
Miltochrista decussata, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(4) xx, p. 87 (1877).
Barsine decussata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 307 (1892).
Described from Shanghai. The species is somewhat
similar to M. radians, Moore, from Calcutta.
Habitat. EASTERN CHINA.
633. Miltochrista artaxidia.
Miltochrista artaxidia, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1881, p. 8.
Nudaria nubilosa, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 186, pl. x,
fig. 10 (1887).
Lyclene artaxidia, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 305 (1892).
Nudina artaxidia, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 264
(1892).
hall
198 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Specimens from Ohoyama in Pryer’s collection, I took
one example at Gensan in July, and I have received one
from Moupin, where it was taken in June.
Distribution. JAPAN; COREA; WESTERN CHINA; AMUR-
LAND.
634, Miltochrista carnipicta.
Ammatho carnipicta, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1877,
p. 342.
Described from Mongolia. I have one male specimen
from Omei-shan, taken in June or July.
Distribution. WESTERN CHINA; MONGOLIA.
635. Miltochrista delineata,
Hypoprepir delineata, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 487
(1854).
Ammatho figuratus, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 759
(1855).
Ammatho delineata, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 308
(1892).
Cyme chinensis, Feld Wien. Ent. Mon., vi, p. 36 (1862).
Ammatho fuscescens, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1877,
p. 343.
This very variable species was met with by my collec-
tors in all the localities in Western China that they
visited, and also at Chang-yang and Ichang.
Fuscescens, Butl., is a strongly suffused form.
Distribution. NORTHERN, CENTRAL, and WESTERN
CuiInA; MONGOLIA.
636. Miltochrista palmata.
Lyclene palmata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878,
Peol, pl. a1, hige:
Miltochrista palmata, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths,
il, p. 110 (1894).
The type was from North-east Bengal. I have three
specimens from Chia-ting-fu, where they were captured
in June or July; these are rather larger than Indian
examples.
Distribution. Stm~aA; KANGRA; Assam (Hampson);
WESTERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 199
Genus SETINOCHROA,
Felder, Reise Novara, Lep., iv, pl. 106, fig. 16 (1874).
637. Setinochroa sanguinea.
Setinochroa sanguinea, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
(4) xx, p. 87 (1877).
A nice series, including both sexes, from Chang-yang, and
one female specimen fromIchang. June and August.
The type was from Shanghai.
Habitat. HASTERN and CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus SETINA,
Schrank, Fauna Boica, ii (2), p. 165 (1802); Stephens,
Ill. Brit. Ent. Haust., 11, p. 98 (1829).
638. Sctina flava.
Setina flava, Brem. and Grey, Motsch. Etud. Ent., i, p. 63
(1852) ; Schmett., nérd. China, p. 15 (1853); Lep.,
Ost.-Sib., pl. viii, fig. 6 (1864).
Setina sinensis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 520 (1854).
Setina ochracea, Led., Verh., Zool.-bot. Ver. Wien., 1855,
p. 115, pl. i, fig. 4.
Stigmatophora flava, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
.. GOL.
Setinu leacrita, Swinh., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) xiv,
p. 438 (1894).
Specimens were obtained by myself at Hakodate,
Sakata and Gensan, and there were examples from Oiwake
and Yesso in Pryer’s collection. In his “Catalogue,”
Pryer gives Yokohama as a locality for S. sinensis, Walk.
I have received the species from Moupin, Omei-shan,
Wa-shan, Chia-ting-fu, Chia-kou-ho, Ichang, Chang-yang,
and Ningpo. Occurs in June and July.
Varies in depth of colour and also in the definition of
the black spots.
Distribution. ALTAI; AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO;
Correa; NORTHERN, WESTERN and CENTRAL CHINA.
639. Setina calamaria.
Setina calamaria, Moore, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond., 1888,
p- 392.
_
200 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Setina (?) punctata, Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1890,
p. 389, pl. xxxii, fig. 18.
I took one example at Foochau in April, and I have
received specimens from Moupin, Ta-chien-lu, Ni-tou,
and Chia-kou-ho; taken in June and July. All these are
without marking other than the basal dot and the spot at
end of cell on primaries. The species appears to be quite
distinct from S. dasara, Moore, with which Hampson
unites it (Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 115).
Distribution. INDIA; EASTERN and WESTERN CHINA.
640. Setina dasara.
Setina dasara, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus., E.L.C., ii, p. 303
(1859); Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., vii, pl. xxxu, figs.
igo (L389);
Setina nebulosa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1878,
p. 35.
Miltochrista humilis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, u1,
p. 115 (1894).
I received specimens from Ta-chien-lu and Omei-shan ;
these agree with the form described as nebulosa, Moore.
Distribution. PunsjAB; SikHIM; NAcas; NILGIRIS
MovuLMEIN; JAVA (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
641. Setina modesta, sp. 0.
Primaries yellow, with a black dot at the base and a larger one at
the outer end of the cell, between these there is a dot towards costa
and one below it above inner margin ; a submarginal series of black
spots is curved outwards from costa to vein 4, thence recurved to inner
margin. Secondaries paler, without marking. Under surface similar to
above, but the black spots are absent towards inner margin of primaries.
Head and thorax colour of primaries, abdomen colour of secondaries.
Expanse ¢ 32 millim, ? 36 millim.
One male specimen and two females from the province
of Kwei-chow, taken in June or July.
There is a very similar, unnamed, example from Pekin
in the National collection at South Kensington, but this
is without spots on basal area.
Habitat. NORTH-WESTERN CHINA.
642. Setina griseata, sp. n.
Pale brownish grey. Primaries have a black spot at the base and
one at the outer extremity of the cell ; there are two transverse series
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 201
of black spots, the first (subbasal) is slightly curved, and the second
(submarginal) is irregular ; there is also a transverse, dusky, medial
band. Fringes slightly paler, those of primaries preceded by black
dots. Under surface of primaries fuliginous, paler towards outer
margin. Thorax brownish grey spotted with black.
Expanse 40 millim.
Ten male specimens and one female example from
Wa-ssu-kow, taken in July.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
643. Setina (2) nictitans,
Lithosia nietitans, Brem. and Grey, Schmett. nérd. China,
p. 14 (1853).
Setina (2) nietitans, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 358 (1892).
This species, with which I am not acquainted, was
described from Pekin.
Habitat. NorRTH CHINA.
Genus STIGMATOPHORA.
Staudinger, Stett. Ent. Zeit., xlii, p. 399 (1881).
644. Stigmatophora micans,
Setina micans, Brem. and Grey, Motsch. Etud. Ent., i,
p. 26 (1852); Schmett., ndrd. China, p. 15 (1853).
Stiymatophora micans, Staud., Stett. Ent. Zeit., xlii, p. 400
(1881) ; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 259 (1892).
Setina albosericea, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xe por (1877).
I obtained a series at Gensan and one example at
Fusan. July and August.
Distribution. CENTRAL ASIA; AMURLAND; CoREA;
NortH CHINA.
Genus NUDARIA.
Haw.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 122
(1894).
645. Nudaria mundana.
Tortriz mundana, Linn., Faun. Suec., p. 349 (1761).
Bombyx nuda, Hiibn., Bomb., figs. 63, 64 (1800).
202 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Nudaria mundana, Steph., Ill. Brit. Ent. Haust., ii, p. 83
(1829).
One example from Gifu and one from Yesso in Pryer’s
collection.
Distribution. EUROPE.—YESSO ; JAPAN,
646. Nudaria muscula.
Nudaria muscula, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 185, pl. x,
figs. 9 a, 6 (1887).
Nudaria senex, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p.
605.
Four male and three female specimens from Oiwake in
Pryer’s collection. These specimens, which I formerly
referred to NV. senex, are rather paler in colour than the
figure of NV. muscula, but they agree in every other
respect.
Distribution, AMURLAND; JAPAN,
647. Nudaria apicalis.
Setina apicalis, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 521 (1854).
Nudaria apicalis, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 361 (1892) ;
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 123 (1894).
I do not know this species, which probably comes from
Southern China.
Distribution. CHINA; BurMA (Hampson).
Subfamily NYCTEOLINA,
Genus SINNA.
Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., xxxii, p. 641 (1865).
648. Sinna extrema.
Deiopeia extrema, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., ii, p. 573 (1854).
Teinopyga reticularis, Feld., Reise Nov. Lep., iv. pl. evi,
fig. 18 (1875).
Sinna fentoni, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 8;
Cist. Ent., i11, p. 129 (1885).
Sinna clara, Butl., /. ¢. (1881).
Sinna ornatissima, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 131, pl. ix,
fig, 9 2 (1897).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 2038
Several specimens in Pryer’s collection, some of which
were from Yesso. I obtained the species at Hakodate in
August, and I have received examples from Chang-yang,
Ichang, Moupin, Wa-shan, Omei-shan, and Wa-ssu-kow.
Some of the Chinese and also one or two of the Hako-
date specimens agree with the figure of S. ornatissima,
Alph. The types of fentoni, Butl., and clara, Butl., were»
from Tokio, and there were examples agreeing with these,
together with intermediate forms in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO; EASTERN,
CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA.
Genus ARIOLICA. *
Walker; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p, 129
(1894).
649. Artolica pulchella.
Chionomera pulchella, Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1890, p. 387,
pl. xxx, fig. 15; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 284
(1892).
Ariolicu pulchella, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii,
p. 180 (1894).
Ten specimens from Omei-shan, and three from Chia-
ting-fu. Occurs in June and July.
Distribution. SIKHIM; E. Peau (Hampson); WESTERN
CHINA.
650. Arvolica argentea.
Chionomera argentea, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881.
p- 18; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 284 (1892),
I received a fine series from Mr. Manley of Yokohama,
and one or two examples taken at Nikko by a native col-
lector. The species is also recorded from Tokio and
Fusiyama.
Habitat, JAPAN.
Genus TYANA.
Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., xxxv, p. 1776 (1866).
651. Tyana pustulifera.
Tyana pustulifera, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxv, p. 1773
(1866); Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., vi, pl. cv, fig. 7
(1886),
_
204 Mr. J. H. Leech on
One male specimen from Omei-shan, and two female
examples from Pu-tsu-fong. These are probably referable
to this species.
Distribution. NEPAL (Hampson); WESTERN CHINA.
Genus HALIAS.
Treitschke ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 182
(1894).
652. Halias prasinana.
Tortria prasinana, Linn., Faun, Succ., p. 342 (1761).
Halias prasinana, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, u,
p. 132 (1894).
Hylophila sylpha, Butl., Ul. Typ. Lep. Het., iu, p. 10;
plexliny te 1011879).
Hylophila prasinana, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 606.
Occurs at Yokohama and Oiwake; there were two
specimens in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND ; JAPAN.
653. Halias magnifica.
Hylophila magnifica, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 83 (1890).
Described from a specimen received from Chang-yang,
where it was taken in May.
Habitat. CENTRAL CHINA.
654. Halias (2) buddhe.
Hylophila buddhe, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 132, pl. ix,
fig. 8 (1897).
~ The type of this species, a male, was taken in May at
Da-bo-sian in the province of Sé-Tchouen.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
Genus EARIAS.
Hiibn.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, u, p. 132
(1894).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 205
655. Earias chromataria,
Earias chromataria, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxvii, p. 204
(1863); Hampson, Fauna, Brit. Ind., Moths, ui, p. 133
(1894).
Earias limbana, Snellen, Tijdschr, Ent., xxii, p. 97, pl. viii,
fig, 2 (1879).
There was a nice series from Yokohama in Pryer’s col-
lection ; I took the species at Gensan in July, and have
received it from Ichang and Moupin.
Distribution. Throughout Arrica, INDIA, and CEYLON
(Hampson); JAPAN; COREA; CENTRAL and WESTERN
CHINA.
656. Harias roseifera.
Larias roseifera, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 18.
Specimens from Yokohama and Gifu in Pryer’s col-
lection, and one from Oiwake; the latter has the whole of
the central area of primaries suffused with pink. The
type was from Tokio.
Habitat. JAPAN.
657. Harias pudicana.
Earias pudicana, Staud., Rom, sur Lép., iii, p. 174, pl. viii,
fig. 10 (1887).
I took this species at Ningpo in April, at Nagasaki in
May, and at Tsuruga in July; there were some specimens
in Pryer’s collection.
Distribution. AMURLAND ; JAPAN; KiusHi1u; NortH
CHINA.
Genus GABALA.
Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., xxxiv, p. 1220 (1865).
658. Gabala argentata,
Gabala argentata, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., 1, p. 56,
pl. xxxix, fig. 3 (1878).
There were a number of specimens in Pryer’s collection,
but without exact locality. I met with the species in
Satsuma in May, at Nagasaki in June, and at Fushiki in
July; and I have received it from Gensan and Chow-
in-sa.
: Distribution. JAPAN; KIUSHIU; COREA; WESTERN
CHINA.
Fr
206 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Genus SIGLOPHORA.
Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1892, p. 123.
659. Siglophora sanguinolenta.
Chionomera sanguinolenta, Lep. Atk., p. 285 (1888).
Siglophora sanguinolenta, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, 11. p. 135 (1894),
One specimen taken by a native collector at Omei-shan
in June or July.
Distribution. StkHIM (Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA,
660. Siglophora (2) ferruginea, sp. n.
Somewhat similar to S. sanguinolenta, Moore, but the markings of
primaries are ferruginous brown in colour, and the internal edge of
the outer half is angulated and extends along costa to within one-
fourth of the base. Secondaries whitish, tinged with yellow merging
into rusty brown on outer marginal area. Under surface silky white,
tinged with pale purplish brown on outer marginal area of primaries.
Expanse 24 millim.
One male specimen from the island of Kiushiu.
There is a deep depression, hidden by tufts of yellow
and ferruginous-brown hairs, just below the middle of
costa. As this is not a character of Stglophora, it is
possible that a new genus will have to be made for the
species now placed provisionally in this genus.
Habitat, KIUsHIv.
Subfamily NOLIN.
Genus NOLA.
Leach ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, 11, p. 138
(1894).
661. Nola fumosa.
Nola fumosa, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iii, p. 9, pl. xliii,
fig. 2 (1879).
Nola strigulosa, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., ii, p. 180, pl. x,
fig. 4 (1887) ; op. cit., vi, p. 256 (1892).
A series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection. I took
specimens at Fushiki in July.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; COREA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 207
662. Nola flexuosa.
Nola flexuosa, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) vi, p. elxvii,
(1886).
Described from a female specimen taken by M. l Abbé
A. David at Moupin.
Habitat, WESTERN CHINA.
663. Nola gigas.
Nola gigas, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) xii, p. 274
(1884).
There were four specimens in Pryer’s collection.
Habitat. YESSO.
664. Nola confusalis.
Reselia confusalis, Herr.-Sch., Schmett. Eur. 1, p. 164
(1851).
Nola cristulalis, Dup., Hist. Nat. Lép., viii, pl. CCXXVIl,
figs. 6, 7 (1831).
Nola confusalis, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, u,
p. 140 (1894).
Pryer obtained this species at Oiwake and Yokohama,
and I haye received two specimens from Chang-yang.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND ; JAPAN ; CENTRAL
CuInA; SIKHIM.
665. Nola costimacula.
Nola costimacula, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 182, pl. x,
fig. 6 (1887).
There was one example in Pryer’s collection without
exact locality.
Distribution. AMURLAND and JAPAN,
666. Nola centonalis.
Pyralis centonalis, Hiibn., Pyral., fig. 15 (1796).
Glaphyra atomosa, Brem., Bull. de l’ Acad. Pétersb., 1861, ii,
Lep. Ost.-Sib., p. 55, pl. v, fig. 16 (1864).
Nola erugula, Hiibn.; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 374
(1892).
Nola centonalis, Hb. var. a. atomosa, Brem.; Alph., Rom.
sur Lép., iii, p. 327 (1887).
-
208 Mr. J. H. Leech on
Occurs in Japan at Yokohama and Oiwake. I took
the species at Gensan and Fusan.
Nearly all these specimens agree with the pale form
described by Bremer as atomosa.
MNstribution. EUROPE—AMURLAND; JAPAN; COREA;
NortH CHINA.
667. Nola ceylonica.
‘Nola ceylonica, Hampson, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ix, p. 88,
pl. clviui, fig. 13 (1893); Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, u,
p. 141 (1894).
Examples of this species (and also of WV. pumila, Snellen)
were noted by Sir George Hampson among the insects
received by M. l’Abbé J. de Joannis from Shanghai.
Distribution. CEYLON; EASTERN CHINA.
668. Nola albulalis.
Pyralis albulalis, Hiibn., Pyral., fig. 14 (1796).
Nola albula, Den. and Schiff.; Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i,
p. 374 (1892).
I took a specimen in Satsuma in May, and one at Gensan
in June. There was one example from Oiwake in Pryer’s
collection.
Distribution. EUROPE.—AMURLAND ; JAPAN ; KIUSHIU ;
CoREA.
669. Nola longiventris,
Nola longiventris, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), vi, pl. cli,
(1886).
Poujade’s type was a male specimen taken by M. |’Abbé
David at Moupin.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
. 670. Nola minutalis,
Nola minutalis, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 607
pl. xxx, fig. 17.
Described from an example of each sex, These speci-
mens were iu Pryer’s collection, but the exact locality from
which they came was not indicated.
The species comes very near to JV, subchlamydula, Staud.,
from South Europe, but it is a much smaller insect, and the
markings are narrower.
Habitat, JAPAN.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 209
671. Nola triangulalis.
Nola triongulalis, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 608, pl. xxxi, fig. 12.
Described from a specimen taken by myself in Satsuma
in May.
Habitat. Kiusaiv.
672. Nola flexilineata.
Nola fleailineata, Hampson, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.,
x1, p. 440 (1898).
Described from a specimen from Khasis in the National
Collection at South Kensington.
Thave one example of the species from Omei-shan and
two from Foochau ; the latter were obtained by myself in
April, and the former was taken in June or July.
Distribution. KHASIs (Hampson); WESTERN and SouUTH-
ERN CHINA.
673. Nola candida.
Nola candida, Butl., Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., iii, p. 9, pl. xliii,
fig. 3 (1879).
Argyrophyes candida, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 378 (1892).
I obtained specimens at Ningpo in April; there was a.
series from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection, and I have
four examples from Ichang; the latter were taken in
August.
Dr. Staudinger (Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 258) describes an
allied species, V. candidalis, from Amurland.
Distribution. JAPAN; NORTHERN and CENTRAL CHINA.
674. Nola microphasma.
Nola microphasma, Butl., Cist. Ent., 111, p. 117 (1885).
Lebena microphasma, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 379 (1892).
Five specimens from Yokohama in Pryer’s collection
(Nos. 86 and 90 Cat.).
Habitat. JAPAN.
675. Nola(?) maculata.
Nudaria maculata, Pouj., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), vi, p. el.
(1886).
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND.—PART I. (APRIL) 14
-
210 Mr. J. H. Leech on
One example from Chia-kou-ho, The type was from
Moupin.
Habitat, WESTERN CHINA.
Genus MIMERASTRIA,
Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) vii, p. 236 (1881).
676. Mimerastria mandschuriana.
Erastria mandschuriana, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., v, p. 83,
pl. ii, fig. 9 (1880).
Nola mandschuriana, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
. 609.
iy aan mandschuriana, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat.
Hist., (5) vii, p. 236 (1881).
Nola albula, Hb., var. a. mandschurica, Oberth.; Fixsen,
Rom. sur Lép., iii, p. 327 (1887).
Two specimens in Pryer’s collection, one of which is
from Oiwake.
Oberthiir’s type was from the Isle of Askold.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN: COREA.
Family AGARISTID/.
Genus EUSEMIA.
Dalm.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 149
(1894).
677. Eusemia lectrix.
Noctua lectrix, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 389 (1764).
Bombyx lectrix, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii, pl. excii, fig. C-(1779) ;
Don., Ins. China, pl. xliii, fig. 2 (1798).
Episteme lectrix, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 26 (1892).
Eusemia lectriz, Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i1,
p. 149 (1894).
My collectors met with this species at Chang-yang and
in most of the localities that they visited in Western
China.
There is a good deal of variation in the size of the
medial spots on primaries, and in two or three examples
these are united, whilst in two others the upper medial
spot and the spot at basal end of the cell are confluent.
Hubitat, CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 211
678. Husemia trenea.
Eusenia irenea, Boisd., Revue et Mag. de Zool., 1874,
p- 84; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 153
(1894).
Lusemia distineta, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xy, p.,140, (1875); Ul Typ. Lep: Het. y,. 7p. 2h
pl. lxxxu, fig. 3 (1881).
Specimens were received from Moupin and Omei-shan,
where they were obtained in June and July.
Alphéraky (Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 126) records £, irenea
from Ta-tsien-loi, also one male example from the Kham
country, the latter taken in June.
Possibly only forms of Z. lectrix, Linn.
Disiribution. StkHIM; KuAsis; NAGas; SUMATRA
(Hampson) ; WESTERN CHINA.
679. Husemia amatriz.
Eusemia amatriz, Westw., Cab. Orient. Ent., p. 68, pl.
xxxill, fig. 4 (1848); Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind.,
Moths, ui, p. 149 (1892).
Episteme amatrix, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 28 (1892).
Eusemia aruna, Moore, Cat. Lep. E.I.Co., p. 288 (1859).
One male specimen from Chia-ting-fu, and one from
Omei-shan, both taken in June or July.
Distribution, SIKHIM; WESTERN CHINA.
680. Fusemia adulatrix,
EBusemia adulatri«, Koll., Hiigel’s Kasch., iv, p. 464, pl. xx,
fig. 1 (1848) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii,
p. 152 (1894).
Episteme adulatriz, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het.,i, p. 26 (1892).
I have specimens, taken in June or July, from Moupin,
Omei-shan, and the province of Kwei-chow.
Distribution. The whole of INDIA and Burma (Hamp-
son); WESTERN CHINA.
Genus CHELONOMORPHA.
Motsch., Etud. Ent., ix, p. 30 (1860).
-
a12 Mr. J. H. Leech on
681. Chelonomorpha japona.
Chelonomorpha japona, Motsch., Etud. Ent., p. 30 (1860).
Eusemia villicoides, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xv, p. 141, pl. xiii, fig. 2 (1875).
Recorded by Pryer from Yesso, Nikko, and Nambu.
It is common at Hakodate in June and July, and I have
one specimen from Kiukiang.
Distribution. JAPAN; YESSO; CENTRAL CHINA.
Genus PHALZNOIDES.
Lewin, Lep. N. S. Wales, p. 2 (1822); Hampson, Fauna
Brit. Ind., Moths, ui, p. 154 (1894).
682. Phalenoides vithoroides.
Eusemia vithoroides, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 110 (1890) ;
Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xvi, p. 8, pl. i, fig. 4 (1892).
Episteme vithoroides, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 29 (1892).
The type was from Chang-yang. I have received
specimens from Wa-shan, Wa-ssu-kow, and Pu-tsu-fong.
Occurs in June and July. Oberthiir records the species
from the country to the north of Ta-Tsien-Loa.
Habitat, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
Genus ZALISSA.
Zalissa, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., xxxiii, p. 936 (1865) ;.
Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, u1, p. 155 (1894),
Seudyra, Stretch., Cist. Ent., ii, p. 19 (1875).
683. Zalissa venusta.
Seudyra venusta, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p. 614, pl. xxxi, fig. 2.
Described from a Gensan specimen. The species also.
occurs at Chang-yang and Ta-chien-lu. July.
Distribution. COREA; CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
684. Zalissa flavida.
Seudyra flavida, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 110 (1890).
The type and two cotypes were from Chang-yang.
Since describing the species I have received specimens
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea, 218
from Moupin, Wa-ssu-kow, Chow-pin-sa, and Chia-kou-ho,
These Western examples are in finer condition than the
three from Central China, but are identical in pattern.
Habitat, CENTRAL and WESTERN CHINA.
685. Zalissa mandarina.
Seudyra mandarina, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 110 (1890).
The type, a male and the only example of the species
that I have seen, was from Chang-yang, where it was
taken in July.
Habitat. CENTRAL CHINA.
686. Zalissa subalba.
Seudyra subalba, Leech, Entom., xxiii, p. 110 (1890).
Five male specimens from Chang-yang, and one example
of the same sex from Ichang.
Habitat. CENTRAL CHINA.
687. Zalissa noctuina.
Seudyra noctuina, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., xiv, p. 206 (1878) ;
Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 3, pl. xxii, fig. 1 (1878).
A fine series from Yokohama and Yesso in Pryer’s
collection; the species has been recorded from Nikko,
Oiwake and Hakodate. June and July.
Habitat. JAPAN and YESSso.
688. Zalissa subflava.
Seudyra subflava, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat, Hist., (4) xx,
p. 85 (1877).
Zalissa jankowskii, Alph., Rom. sur Lép., ix, p. 151, pl. xi,
fig. 20 (1897).
There was a short series from Yokohama in Pryer’s
collection, and I took one example at’ Gensan in July.
Moore’s type was from Chekiang ; and I have specimens
from Ichang and the province of Kwei-chow, the latter
taken in July and August. Alphéraky re-describes this
species from Sidemi. The differences he refers to as
separating his jankowskii from subflava do not hold good.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; COREA; EASTERN,
CENTRAL, and WESTERN CHINA.
ae
214 Mr. J. H. Leech on
688A. Zalissa albifascia.
Zalissa albifascia, Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., xxxili, p. 933
(1865) ; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, ii, p. 157
(1894).
Distribution. NortH CHINA; SIKHIM; CANARA ; MOUL-
MEIN ; RANGOON; ANDAMANS (Hampson).
Genus MIMEUSEMIA.
Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4) xv, p. 397 (1875).
689. Mimeusemra persimilis,
Mimeusemia persimilis, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xv, p- 897 (1875); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., u, pl. xxu,
fig. 2 (1878).
There was a series in Pryer’s collection from Oiwake
and Yesso. I obtained specimens at Gensan in July, and
have received one from Omei-shan. Staudinger (Rom.
sur Lép., vi, p. 275) records the species from Suifun.
Distribution. AMURLAND; JAPAN; YESSO; COREA;
WESTERN CHINA.
Genus SYFANIA.
Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xviii, p. 19 (1898).
690. Syfania dieti.
Ayarista bieti, Oberth., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., (6) v, p. cexxviii
(1886); Etud. d’Entom., xi, p. 29, pl. 11, fig. 12 (1886).
Androloma ? bieti, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., i, p. 35 (1892).
A long series, comprising specimens from Ta-chien-lu,
Che-tou and How-kow. Occurs in June and July.
Habitat, WESTERN CHINA.
691. Syfania déjeant.
Syfania déjeani, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xviii, p. 19,
pl. v, fig. 68 (1893).
Two male specimens taken at Ta-chien-lu in July.
Habitat, WESTERN CHINA.
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 215
692. Syfania giraudeaut.
Syfania giraudeaut, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xvii, p. 19,
pl. v, fig. 74 (1893).
One female specimen from How-kow and one from Wa-
ssu-kow, both taken in July. Oberthiir records the species
from Oua-Se, Yu-Tong and Kitchang-Kow.
Hatitat, WESTERN CHINA.
693. Syfania oberthuri.
Syfania oberthurt, Alph., Iris, viii, p. 184 (1895); Rom. sur
Lép., 1x, p. 126, pl. ix, fig. 5 (1897).
Described from the Kham country.
Differs chiefly from S. givaudeawi, Oberth., in having the
white spots of secondaries confluent; possibly only a form
of that species.
Habitat. NORTH-WESTERN CHINA.
694. Syfania dubernardr.
Syfania dubernardi, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., xix, p. 21,
pl. viii, fig. 70 (1894).
Described by Oberthiir from Tchang-kou.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
-
216 Mr. J. H. Leech on
,
APPENDIX
Family NOTODONTIDZ.
Genus STENOLOBA.
Staudinger, Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 381 (1892).
101. Stenoloba jankowskii.
Dichagyris gankowski, Oberth., Etud. d’Entom., x, p. 28,
pl. iu, fig. 5 (1884).
Edema nivilinea, Leech, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888,
p- 638, pl. xxxii, fig. 1; Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1898,
p. 300.
Stenoloba jankowskvi, Staud., Rom. sur Lép., vi, p. 381
(1892).
Distribution. AMURLAND; ASKOLD; JAPAN.
1224, Stawropus nigrilinea, sp. 1.
Head, collar, and tuft on prothorax blackish ; tegule greyish ;
thorax and abdomen fuscous grey.
Primaries greyish, sparingly sprinkled with black scales ; a narrow
black streak runs from costa in an oblique direction to the end of
discal cell, thence longitudinally to the outer margin. Secondaries
fuscous grey. Under surface fuscous on primaries, rather paler on
secondaries.
Expanse 66 millim.,
One female specimen taken in July at Chang-yang.
Hatitat, CENTRAL CHINA.
123A. Somera pryert, sp. 0.
Primaries greyish white, freckled and clouded with dark grey ;
antemedial line blackish, wavy to median nervure, thence angled
and curved to inner margin, it is preceded by a blackish interrupted
band which increases in width towards the inner margin, the space
between line and band of the clear ground colour ; post-medial line
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 217
blackish, wavy and indented, bordered internally towards costa, and
externally towards inner margin, with lunules of the clear ground
colour, the line is followed by an irregular, macular, dark grey band,
and there is an ill-defined band of the same colour, commencing as
two short blackish lines on costa midway between the antemedial
and postmedial lines, and terminating on the inner margin near the
former ; submarginal line blackish and wavy. Fringes dark grey
chequered with whitish towards outer angle. Secondaries fuscous
erey, the apical area greyish white with darker grey markings ;
fringes paler, preceded by a brownish line. Under surface reddish-
brown on primaries ; the inner marginal area whitish ; secondaries
whitish slightly tinged with reddish-brown.
Expanse 60 millim.
One female specimen in Pryer’s collection.
Hatitat. JAPAN.
Genus TURNACA.
Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 136
(1892).
107A. Turnaca delineivena.
Turnaca delinewena, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
1894, p. 159.
Described from the Khasia Hills. I have one male
example from the province of Kwei-chow, where it was
obtained in June or July.
Distribution. KHASIS; WESTERN CHINA.
Subfamily CHA LCOSIINAL.
Genus PINTIA.
Walk., Cat. Lep. Het., 11, p. 280 (1854).
235A. Pintia litana.
Pintia litana, Druce, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) xviii,
p- 235 (1896).
Described from Hunan.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA,
Genus CoRMA,
Walk.; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 268
(1892).
oo
218 Mr. J. H. Leech on
945A. Corma laranda,
Codane laranda, Druce, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (6)
xvili, p. 235 (1896).
This species was described from Hunan.
I have seven male specimens and three females from
Omei-shan, taken in May, June, and July.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
260A. Chelura glacialis.
Chelura glacialis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1872, p.
570; Hampson, Fauna Brit. Ind., Moths, i, p. 284
(1892).
Three male examples taken in June or July by a native
collector in the province of Kwei-chow.
Distribution. SIKHIM; BurMA (Hampson); WESTERN
CHINA.
LIMACODID#.
Phocoderma betis.
Phocoderma betis, Druce, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (6)
xviii, p. 236 (1896).
Described from Hunan.
I have seen the type, and find that it is identical with
the specimens from Western China which I have referred,
I think correctly, to P. vetulina, Koll. (No. 365).
877A. Cania hatita.
Cania hatita, Druce, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) xviii,
p- 236 (1896).
Described from Hunan.
Habitat. WESTERN CHINA.
Family URANIID/.
Genus ALCIDIS.
Hiibn. ; Westwood, Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond., x, p. 524
(1879).
Heterocera from China, Japan, and Corea. 219
Alcidis zodiaca.
Nyctalemon zodiaca, Butl., Ent. Mo. Mag., v, p. 273 (1869).
Aleidia zodiaca, Westw., Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., x, p. 524
(1879).
Alcidis zodiaca, Kirby, Cat. Lep. Het., 1, p. 16 (1892).
Butler’s type was stated to be from North China, and
obtained in 1857 from Mr. Fortune’s collection.
Distribution. NortH CuHInNaA?; Papua; NortH Avs-
TRALIA.
Nots.—Reference to this and the following species
was omitted in my paper “On Lepidoptera-Heterocera
from China, Japan, and Corea,” published in 1897 (Ann.
and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) x1x.).
Family EPIPLEMID.
Genus SCHISTOMITRA,
Schistomitra funeralis
Schistomitra funeralis, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,
p. 4.
The examples in Pryer’s collection were from Nikko
and Fusiyama. Mr. Manley of Yokohama sent me a number
of specimens.
Habitat. JAPAN,
Family GEOMETRIDA.
Psychogoés aterrima, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4)
xx, p. 400 (1877); Ill. Typ. Lep. Het., ii, p. 8, pl.
xxii, fig. 8 (1878).
Plemyria tibiale, Leech, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. » (6) abe
p. 569.
IV. A Monograph of the Genus Calisto, Hiibn. By PERrcy
I. Latuy.
[Read February 1st, 1899.]
PLATE IY.
Up to the present, representatives of the Satyrid genus
Calisto appear to have been rather scarce in collections of
Exotic Lepidoptera, and consequently little is known of
them. Kirby, in his “ Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera,”
p. 103, enumerates four species only, and to my knowledge
none have been added since, the last described being
C. archebates, Mén., in 1832. Recently Mr. Herbert J.
Adams, F.E.S., has received several fine collections of
Lepidoptera from Haiti, and I myself collected in Jamaica
during the latter part of 1897 and the early part of 1898,
with the result that good series of most of the species
inhabiting these islands have been obtained. As two of
these are new, as well as a third from the collection of the
late Ed. G. Honrath of Berlin, and now in the possession
of Mr. Adams, and as some of the species are very closely
allied, I think that an account of the genus may be of use
to Lepidopterists.
Calisto may be separated from the allied genera by the
peculiar position of the Ist subcostal nervule, which leaves
the nervure after the end of the discoidal cell. The true
home of the genus appears to be the West Indies, though
some are found in Central America. Kirby, in his “ Cata-
logue,” and Cramer (Pap. Exot.) give Carolina and
Pennsylvania respectively as localities for C. zangis, Fabr.,
while Mr. Adams has a single female of this species from
Demerara.
Genus CALISTO, Hiibn.
Hiibn., Zutr. Ex. Schmett., p. 269, 270 (1823).
Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep., p. 399 (1851).
Eyes hairy. Wings rather large, various shades of dull brown on
the upperside, underside of each wing with an ocellus. Fore-wings
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART I. (JUNE) 15
-
222 Mr. P.I. Lathy’s Monograph of the Genus Calisto.
of male usually with a silky patch. Hind-wings produced into a
lobe at anal angle. Costal and median nervure dilated at base.
Junction of Ist subcostal nervule with nervure beyond end of
discoidal cell.
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF CALISTO.
A, Fore-wing with well-defined silky patch in centre.
1. C. zangis. Jamaica, Demerara.
&. Discoidal cell of underside of fore-wing without red.
a, Ocellus in underside of fore-wing large and distinct, broadly
ringed with orange.
2. C. nubila. Porto Rico.
b. Ocellus on underside of fore-wing small and obscure, faintly
ringed with yellow.
3. C. archebates. Haiti.
c. Underside of hind-wing crossed by conspicuous yellow band.
4, C. pulchella. Haiti.
C. Discoidal cell of underside of fore-wing with brick-red marking.
a. Red triangular mark in centre of cell of fore-wing.
5. C. herophile. Cuba.
b. Cell of underside of fore-wing filled with red.
«@, Anal lobe ground colour, discal lines of hind-wing not
bordered with whitish.
6. C. hystus. Haiti.
a®, Anal lobe black, discal lines of hind-wing bordered with
whitish ; lower interspace of submarginal lines of hind-
wing whitish.
7. C. confusa. Haiti.
1. Calisto zangis, Fabr. (Plate IV, fig. 1-2, f 2).
Papilio zangis, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 486, n. 193 (1775).
Papilio agnes, Cram., Pap. Ex., IV, t. 325, f. A, B (1782).
dg. Upperside—-Fore-wings dark brown, <A large round dark-
centred silky patch, occupying most of the centre of the wing.
Hind-wings dark reddish-brown, dull red and slightly iridescent at
anal angle ; apex darker than remainder of wing. A minute black
spot, faintly ringed with yellowish, at anal angle.
Underside—Fore-wings dark brown; basal third slightly tinged
with reddish. A large black, yellow-ringed ocellus above 1st median
nervule. Two bluish spots within ocellus, of which the upper is
the larger. Hind margin from costa to 2nd median nervule
widely reddish. Two wavy dark brown submarginal lines running
parallel with hind margin from costa to just beyond 2nd median
nervule. An indistinct wavy dark line just before ocellus, com-
mencing on ‘costa, and terminating on 2nd median nervule. Hind-
wings reddish brown slightly speckled with yellowish and white. A
wavy darkbrown line commencing on costa, crossing the centre of
the cell, and terminating at inner margin not far from base ; a second
wavy dark brown line crossing wings just beyond cell, and two indis-
Mr. P. I. Lathy’s Aonograph of the Genus Calisto, 223
tinct wavy submarginal lines commencing at apex and terminating in
a minute black spot at anal angle. A small black, faintly blue centred
ocellus between 2nd and 3rd median nervules. Ocellus ringed first
with yellow, then with reddish, with-a minute white spot at upper
end. Minute white spots occasionally between the discoidal, and
Ist and 2nd median nervules, Expanse 37-43 mm.
2. Upperside—Fore-wings dark brown, lower basal half reddish ;
one silky patch. Hind-wings as in ¢, but with more red at anal
angle ; cell also reddish, and black spot at anal angle more distinct.
Underside—Fore-wings as in ¢, but slightly paler. More red in
and about cell. Hind-wings as in g, but paler. Expanse 42-48 mm.
Hab. JAMAICA. In Coll. Brit. Mus.; Godm. Sallv. ;
H. J. Adams, and others. DEmMERARA. In Coll. H. J.
Adams. CAROLINA; PENNSYLVANIA.
This species exhibits considerable variation in the amount
of red on the upperside of hind-wings, and in the ground
colour and richness of markings of the underside. Speci-
mens that I obtained at Castleton, at an elevation of from
400 to 1,000 feet, were much brighter than those I took at
Cinchona on the Blue Mountains at an elevation of from
5,000 to 6,000 feet. The single female from Demerara
corresponds with the lowland Jamaican form. I met with
C. zangis very commonly in Jamaica; it frequents shady
places ; its flight is low, and it rarely keeps a long time on
‘the wing, having when pursued a habit of settling among
‘dead leaves, to whose colour it closely assimilates.
2. Calisto nubila, sp. nov. (Plate IV, fig. 3, 2).
‘3. Fore-wings blackish brown, paler towards hind margin. Hind-
‘wings dark brown, paler at hind and inner margins. A black spot,
‘bordered inwardly with reddish, at anal angle.
Underside—Fore-wings brown. Discoidal cell filled with reddish
cand crossed at centre by a brown line. A darkish irregular brown
‘line crossing wings at end of cell. Two wavy submarginal lines.
A large black, orange-bordered ocellus above Ist median nervule.
‘Two bluish-white spots within ocellus. Hind-wings bright reddish
‘brown, speckled with orange near anal angle, duller towards hind-
margin. A wavy dark brown line commencing on costa, crossing
‘cell, where it is broken on median nervure, terminating at inner
margin, not far from base. A second wavy dark brown line, crossing
‘wings just beyond cell. Two indented dark brown submarginal
lines, terminating in a black spot at anal angle. A rather large
al
224 Mr. P. IL. Lathy’s Monograph of the Genus Calisto.
faintly orange-ringed ocellus, between 2nd and 3rd median nervules.
Lower and larger part of ocellus black, remainder orange and con-
taining a white spot. Two minute white spots, one above and one
below Ist median nervule. Expanse 43 mm.
©. Unknown.
Hab. Porto Rico. In Coll. Brit. Mus., Dr. Staudinger,
and H. J. Adams, without locality.
This species beneath is very like the preceding, but it
may easily be distinguished by the absence of the silky
patch, and the upperside of both wings being without
red. It differs in a few minor points on the underside,
chiefly in the reddish cell of the fore-wings, the brighter
ground colour of hind-wings, larger ocelli, and more dis-
tinct markings. C. nubila appears to be extremely rare ;
I have only seen three specimens. It is unfortunate that
Honrath should not have preserved the locality of his
specimen.
3. Calisto archebates, Mén. (Plate IV., fig. 4, 2).
Satyrus archebates, Mén., Bull. Mosc., p. 313, n. 38 (1832).
¢d. Fore-wings coppery brown. An indistinct dark silky patch
extending from inner margin to cell. Hind-wings coppery brown.
Underside—Fore-wings dark brown; a very indistinct dark mark
just beyond cell. Two submarginal lines only faintly indicated.
Black ocellus incompletely ringed with yellow, above 1st median
nervule. A minute bluish-white spot in centre of ocellus. Hind-
wings, dark brown. A conspicuous yellow band, widening on inner
margin, crossing centre of wings. Two indistinct wavy submarginal
lines, the space between lower part of these slightly paler than ground
colour. A small black orange-ringed ocellus between 2nd and 8rd
median nervules. A minute bluish-white spot in centre of ocellus.
Two or three minute white spots between nervules, Expanse 43 mm.
Q. Unknown.
Hab. Hartt. In Coll. Godm. Salv.
I am indebted to Mr. Godman for allowing me to describe
this very distinct Calisto from two specimens in his col-
lection, and for kindly lending one to be figured ; it appears
to be very rare, these being the only specimens I have
seen. Mr. Georg Jacobsen, of St. Petersburg, informs
me that they have only one example in the St. Petersburg
Museum, this being Ménétries’ type.
My. P. I. Lathy’s Monograph of the Genus Calisto. 225
4, Calisto pulchella, sp. nov. (Plate IV., fig. 5, 6, 7, 3, 9).
6. Fore-wings blackish brown, paler towards hind margin, A
rather large and indistinct silky patch extending from inner margin
to Ist median nervule, Hind-wings blackish brown ; a black spot
at anal angle, bordered with dull yellow.
Underside—Fore-wings blackish brown, slightly paler towards
hind margin ; faintly speckled with ochreous at apex and along
costa. Cell faintly reddish. An indistinct blackish line com-
mencing on costa, passing just beyond cell, and terminating at 2nd
median nervule. Two indistinct dark brown wavy submarginal
lines. A black ocellus, faintly ringed with ochreous, above Ist
median nervule, A white spot within ocellus, and another below it,
on the border. Hind-wings dark brown. An irregular blackish
line, commencing on costa, crossing centre of cell, and terminating
at inner margin not far from base ; this line widely bordered in-
wardly with reddish orange, paler towards inner margin. A second
wavy black line crossing wings just beyond cell. Space between
these two lines reddish orange, paler towards inner margin. Two in-
distinct wavy blackish submarginal lines, terminating in a large black
ochreous-ringed spot at anal angle. Space between these two lines
and hind margin speckled with ochreous ; that between the inner of
these lines and the discal line speckled with orange, profusely so on
border of submarginal line. A black ocellus faintly ringed first
with ochreous, then reddish orange, between 2nd and 8rd median
nervules, A minute white spot at upper end of ocellus. Space
between ocellus and discal line orange. A series of three discal
white spots, of which the lower and larger is just beyond cell,
Expanse 46 mm.
?. Fore-wings dark brown, slightly reddish about base. A large
triangular pale area beyond cell, the apex of triangle on inner margin
near anal angle, the base on costa. Hind-wings dark brown, with
large orange-brown area at anal angle, extending as far as discoidal
nervule; this area crossed by a rather indistinct wavy dark line,
running parallel with hind margin. A blackish spot at anal angle
bordered with ochreous.
Underside—Fore-wings as in ¢, but paler, cell more red. Hind-
Wings as in ¢, but with ground colour, and basal reddish-orange
paler. Expanse 50 mm.
Q. tenebrosa, ab. nov, (Plate IV., fig. 6). Similar to typical ?,
but without the orange-brown area at anal angle of upperside of
hind-wings. Expanse 50 mm.
a
226 Mr. P. I. Lathy’s Monograph of the Genus Calisto.
Hab. Haiti. In Coll. Brit. Mus. f, 9. Godm. Salv.,
4,9. H. J. Adams, g,%. Dr. Staudinger, 2, 9.
ab. 2. In Coll. H. J. Adams.
5. Calisto herophile, Hiibu. (Plate IV., fig. 8, 9, 2, 2).
Calisto herophile, Hiibu., Zutr. Ex. Schmett, f, 269, 270
(1823).
¢@. Fore-wings dark brown. A large dark silky patch about cell.
Hind-wings dark brown.
Underside—Fore-wings brown. A brick-red patch bordered out-
wardly with a dark brown line, and in form of an inverted triangle,
crossing cell, A dark brown line, slightly elbowed at 2nd median
nervule, crossing wings just beyond cell. Two wavy dark sub-
marginal lines. Above Ist median nervule, a black ocellus ringed
with ochreous, and containing two whitish spots, of which the lower
is on the border. Hind-wings brown. A curved wavy dark brown
line crossing wings near base. Another dark brown line crossing
wings just beyond cell, terminating at anal angle. Two strongly
indented dark submarginal lines, terminating in a small dark brown
spot at anal angle. Between 2nd and 3rd median nervules, a rather
large black, ochreous-ringed ocellus, containing a bluish-white spot
at its upper end. A series of three minute white discal spots.
Expanse 30 mm.
Q. Upperside as in ¢, but fore-wings without silky patch.
Underside as in ¢, bnt paler, the ocelli larger, and four minute
white spots. Expanse 35-40 mm.
Hab. Cuspa. In Coll. Brit. Mus, 3, 9. Godm. Salv.
a,9. H.J. Adams, f, 2, and others.
6. Calisto hysius, Godt. (Plate IV., fig. 10, 11, 7, 9).
Satyrus hysius, Godt., Enc. Méth., ix., p. 525, n. 131
(1823).
Satyrus lysius, Mén., Bull. Mosc., p. 314, n. 39 (1832).
¢. Fore-wings dark brown. A large blackish silky patch, ex-
tending from inner margin to centre of wing, Hind-wings dark
brown.
Underside—Fore-wings brown speckled with ochreous. Cell filled
with brick-red. A dark brown line, outwardly bordered with
ochreous, crossing wings just beyond cell. Two indented dark brown
submarginal lines, the inner of these widening considerably towards
Mr. P. I. Lathy’s Monograph of the Genus Calisto. 227
inner margin. Above Ist median nervule a large black ocellus
ringed with ochreous, and containing two minute bluish spots.
Hind-wings brown, thickly speckled with ochreous. A slightly
curved, wavy, dark brown line, faintly bordered outwardly with
ochreous, crossing wings through centre of cell, A similar line just
beyond cell. Two strongly indented dark brown submarginal lines,
terminating separately at anal angle. Between 2nd and 3rd median
nervules, a small black yellow-ringed ocellus, containing a minute
bluish-white spot at its upper end, Two minute bluish-white discal
spots. Expanse 24 mm.
Q. Fore-wings as in ¢, but without silky patch. Underside as
in ¢, but with ocelli slightly larger; and red extending a little
way beyond cell in fore-wings. Expanse 28 mm,
Hab. Haiti. In Coll. Brit. Mus.; H, J, Adams, 3, 9,
and others.
In Dr. Staudinger’s collection is a specimen labelled
“Jamaica,” but I think this locality is erroneous,
7. Calisto confusa, sp. nov. (Plate IV., fig. 12, 13, %, 9).
Satyrus lysius, Mén. (nec Godt.), Bull, Mosc., p. 314,
n, 39 (1832).
¢. Fore-wings dark brown, with dark silky patch as in C. hysius,
Hind-wings dark brown, a small obscure ochreous spot just above
anal lobe.
Underside—Fore-wings brown. Cell filled with deep brick-red.
Just beyond cell, a straight narrow ochreous line, extending from
costa to 2nd median nervule. Submarginal lines and ocellus as in
C. hysius. Hind-wings brown, basal half speckled with ochreous.
A dark line deeply bordered outwardly with white crossing wings
through centre of cell. Another similar line crossing wings just
beyond cell ; the lower half of this line curves inwardly, and has a
wider white border. Submarginal lines as in C. hysius, but lower
interspace whitish, and they terminate in a blackish mark at anal
angle. Ocellus as in C. hysius, but larger. Space above ocellus, and
between inner submarginal and discal lines, of a lilac tint. Three
or four minute white discal spots. Expanse 26 mm.
Q. Fore-wings as in ¢, but without silky patch. Underside as
in ¢, but with ocelli larger, and the red extending beyond cell in
fore-wings. Expanse 30 mm.
Hab. Haiti. In Coll. Brit. Mus., % Godm. Salv., g, 9.
Eid. Adams. f° 2:
-
228 Mr. P. I. Lathy’s Monograph of the Genus Calisto.
Ménétries’ description * is evidently of this species,
although he refers it to C. hysiuws, Godt.—his name
“lysius” being merely one of the several similar ortho-
graphical errors throughout the paper.
After having examined a long series of each species, I
find that the separating characters given in the key are
constant. Besides these differences, C. confusa differs
from C. hysius in the following points: the much larger
ocellus of the hind-wing; the white borders of the discal
lines; the lilac area above ocellus, and the deeper red in
cell of fore-wing.
In conclusion, I wish to express my thanks to Dr.
Staudinger, who generously sent me his specimens of this
genus for examination, and to the Hon. Walter Rothschild,
Mr. Godman and Mr. H. Grose-Smith, who kindly allowed
me to visit their collections.
* Satyrus lysius, Latr. et Godt., Encycl., p. 525, n. 131. Les
individus V Haiti different un peu de la déscription de l’Encyclopédie,
en ce que les taches roussitres du dessus des secondes ailes, ne sont
visibles que chez la femelle et que ces mémes ailes ont en dessous
deux de ces lignes transversales grises. L’ceil des ailes inférieures a
le plus souvent, au dessous de la prunelle, un trait blane longitudinal.
Bull. Mosce., p. 314 (1832).
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.
[See explanation facing the Puatx.]
V. (1) Illustrations of specific characters in the armature and
ultimate ventral segments of Andrena f. By the
Rev. F. D. Morice, M.A., F.E.S.
[Read February Ist, 1899.]
PLATES V—VII.
(1)
It is generally thought, and has been stated by well-
known authors, that the characters of the J genital armature
and two last ventral segments—so important in many genera
—are in Andrena too slight and troublesome to repay in-
vestigation. However, during the last’ few years I have
carefully examined them ina large number of specimens,
representing all the common Palzarctic species, and as
many rarities as I could procure, the number of examples
tested in each species naturally depending on the amount
of material at my disposal. The result of this investigation
leads me to think that the characters in question are neither
so valueless, nor so hard to examine, as has been supposed.
Those to which I now desire to call attention, though of
course best seen under a compound microscope after com-
plete extraction of the parts exhibiting them, can generally
be recognised quite sufficiently after a much less elaborate
preparation of the specimen, and sometimes after none at
all, for specimens often occur in which the genitalia or
the ventral apex, or both, are naturally protruded enough
to show what is wanted. Nor do they require to be highly
magnified ; a “ Coddington” is always more than sufficient,
and some of them are visible to the naked eye.
As to their value, they seem to me to have many good
points as specific characters. They are often very definite
and sometimes quite conspicuous. I have found them on
the whole constant through long series of specimens.
They are equally apparent, whatever the condition of the
specimen—however rubbed or damaged it may be; and
though no doubt it is superfluous to spend time over them
in the case of species which can easily be determined
otherwise, I find that a single glance at them will often
enable me to distinguish insects whose other differences
would need a prolonged examination ; to recognise abnormal
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART IL (JUNE)
230 Rev. F. D. Morice on Avmatures, ete. of Andrena,
or damaged specimens and very aberrant varieties, in which
the ordinary characters are wanting or obliterated; and
sometimes to reach a conclusion, satisfactory to myself at
least, as to the propriety or otherwise of uniting or distin-
euishing particular species.
More than this specific value I do not claim for them.
I long cherished the hope that they might be utilised for
the establishment of good natural groups or subgenera—so
urgently needed in this interminable genus, with its ever
increasing “rudis indigestaque moles” of specific descriptions.
But I have had—most unwillingly—to lay that hope
aside. It does not seem to be at all the universal rule that
other correspondences between species should involve agree-
ment in the terminal characters. Nor do the latter always
agree among themselves ; 7.c., associations suggested by the
type of the armature may be rendered less probable by
that of the ventral segments and vice versa. Further,
though the extreme forms are readily distinguished, so
many intermediate conditions occur, that even if it were
certain that the former indicated real subgeneric differences,
it would be extremely difficult to fix the limits of the sub-
genera ; and again, if every striking difference were to be
treated as subgeneric, the number of subgenera required
would make the system practically useless. Certainly
when two species show an extreme difference in all ter-
minal characters, it would require strong evidence to make
me believe that their relationship was of the closest kind.
But assuming, what seems to me almost axiomatic, that a
large group of species like Andvena embraces many minor
groups, each developed separately from an antecedent
species, I see no reason why a parallel differentiation of
terminal characters should not have been produced by
similar causes in several groups independently.
But however this may be, the inquiry has acquainted me
with much that has been new and interesting to myself,
and may be so, I hope, to others. Should the publication
of these notes lead some better qualified hymenopterist to
examine the facts for himself, I have no doubt that he
will see in them much that has escaped my notice, and will
obtain more valuable results.
The characters that I have examined lie, as has been
said, in the f genital armature and the last two ventral
segments, the 7th and 8th (not reckoning the “ transferred
segment”). Those of the 7th, however, do not seem likely
Rev. F. D. Morice on Armatures, etc. of Andrena. 231
to be of much practical use, being difficult to examine
without complete dissection, certainly less conspicuous, and
I think less constant than those of the 8th. Again, in the
armature I propose to confine attention to the stipites.
Sometimes, no doubt, the sagitte have specific characters,
e.g., basal dilatations of different extent and form. But
their position, with deflexed tips, lying almost always out
of sight, makes investigation of them troublesome, and on
the whole I have thought it best to omit them both in
descriptions and drawings. The stipites, on the contrary,
show easily examined and often striking differences, as
soon as the armatures are exposed and put in similar
position. The direct dorsal view displays them quite
satisfactorily, and I have adopted this aspect in all my
figures of armatures.
The characters of the 8th segment are equally remark-
able, but to realise them all, two aspects at least are
required—the ventral and the lateral. Very pilose speci-
mens require also to be viewed in a third aspect, the
dorsal : 2.¢., that which shows the interior (concave and
naked) side. Otherwise the hairs conceal or disguise the
actual outline of the segment, a character of great constancy
and importance.
Practically then, we have to deal with (1) the stipites
viewed dorsally, and (2) the 8th ventral segment or
‘valvula ventralis’ viewed ventrally, laterally, and some-
times dorsally also. But first a word may be said, as to
the curious and interesting forms and respective situation
of the armature and ventral segments in the apex ofa ¢
Andrena’s abdomen.
In the armature the two pairs of claspers (stdpites and
sagitte) appear as if mounted on a cushion-like rather
transverse base (the cardo). The stipites throughout the
genus are conspicuously dilated for about half their length
from the base upward, the other (apical) portion of them
being comparatively very narrow. Consequently, seen
dorsally, each stipes resembles a broad convex plate or
‘lobe’ witha ‘ process’ attached to it; and for convenience’
sake we may perhaps speak of it as consisting of a ‘lobe’
and a ‘process,’ though in fact each stipes is made all in
one piece and the difference lies only in the extent of its
dilatation.
The stipites do not quite meet on the ventral side; but
on the dorsal side in front their ‘lobes’ are always more or
-
232 Rev. F. D. Morice on Armatures, ete. of Andrena.
less adjacent, while the ‘ processes’ are parted at their bases
by a wide interval containing the sagitt, etc., but arch
over towards each other more or less strongly, so that
their apices often meet or even cross, hiding the tips of the
sagitte. It may be noted, too, that this arching creases or
‘dogs-ears’ them in various ways, according to the
particular species under examination.
The 8th segment has a transverse naked base, rather thin
and transparent, especially at the sides, convex in the ventral
and concave in the dorsal view. This ‘basal plate,’ as it
may be called, lies just at the back of the stipites (to which
it often adheres in dissections) and covers the gap between
them. Beyond it, 72.c.. towardsthe apex, the segment con-
stricts into a sort of narrow ‘ process,’ and at the same
time descends (more or less rapidly) at first, but is after-
wards usually again geniculated upwards (Plate VI, Fig. la
x). At and above the geniculation the process is always
more or less pilose on the ventral side, and lies exactly be-
neath the sagittee, which it seems to cover and shelter
from below; the deflexed apices of these organs just reach
and rest upon it a little before its apex. Down the centre
of the plate, and nearly all through the process, the segment
is distinctly thickened (dorsally, 7.¢., towards the armature)
and also (perhaps in consequence) generally darker in
colour. The thickening ends, often rather abruptly, a
little before the actual apex (which is sometimes pale and
transparent). Seen laterally, this produces the effect of a
more or less distinct subapical tooth (Plate VI, Fig. la y).
The 7th segment is in form a transverse crescent, gener-
ally notched in the middle of its exterior or convex
margin. It covers a part only of the 8th, lying across it in
such a way that the constricted “ process” of the 8th fits
into and fills its notch, just before the geniculation, while
the pilose part beyond, and most of the basal plate, are
left uncovered, The sides of the “notch” bear each a
little fringe or pencil of diagonally-pointing hairs, and are
sometimes produced into definite teeth. This segment
(except its actual apex) and the base of the 8th lie con-
cealed under the 6th—the apical margins of the three
segments in part nearly coinciding. The whole 7th seg-
ment is thin and frail, causing much trouble in dissection ;
it generally sticks pretty tightly to the 6th, and sometimes
its notch hangs closely about the “neck” of the 8th, so
that between the two it is very liable to get torn in pieces.
Rev. F. D. Morice on Armatures, ete. of Andrena. 233
But when extracted properly it is a pretty and interesting
microscopic object, though less so than the 8th. [Plate V,
Fig. 1, shows the 7th segment in A. coitana, Kirby (@)
and labialis, Kirby (6); Fig. 2 (bimaculata, Kirby) shows
the 7th segment (white) lying inside the 6th (shaded) ;
Fig. 3 (also bimaculata) shows the 7th segment (white)
crossing the 8th (shaded). ]
We can now turn to the specific characters of the
stipites (Plate V), and the valvula ventralis (Plate V, VI, ¢f.
also Plate VII illustrating the next paper). To define
them a few technical terms will be required, which I will
try to explain as shortly as possible by reference to my
figures. Some have been used already, but I will enu-
merate them all together here.
In Plate V, Fig. 4a, a single lobe (morio) is shown
diagrammatically with explanatory lettering. Thus dcef
is the ‘lobe of the stipes, gahb is its ‘process’; ed I
call the ‘apical outline’ of the lobe, de, ef, fe, its ‘in-
terior, basal, and exterior’ outlines respectively ; cde (the
inclination towards each other of the apical and interior
margins) I call the ‘angle.’ In Fig. 6 the apical margin
may be called ‘ straight,’ in Fig. 19 itis ‘strongly sinuated
inwards, in Fig. 15 it has a ‘strong S-like sinuation.’ In
Fig. 6 the lobes are quite ‘adjacent, in Fig. 10 they are
only adjacent at the base, in Fig. 11 they are ‘ separated
at the extreme apex.’
The angle at d in Fig. 4a is ‘ practically a right angle,’
in Fig. 6 the corresponding angle is ‘acute, in Fig. 9
‘obtuse’; in Fig. 21 it is ‘narrowly dentate, in Fig. 22
‘widely dentate,’ in Fig. 15 it is ‘rounded off ;’ ad is the
‘exterior outline’ of the process, g¢ its ‘ interior outline’
(gt is a part of the posterior margin of the stipes, and
may generally be disregarded).
Of course the appearances of these outlines will vary
when the position of the segment is shifted. It is highly
necessary, therefore, in comparing two armatures to get
them into the same position. It must be remembered that
these outlines are not all true margins, but rather ‘ hori-
zons, produced by the convexity of the stipes. Still, their
differences of appearance in the various species are very
constant and characteristic.
In Plate VI the ‘basal plate’ and ‘process’ of the 8th
segment will be easily recognised in most, if not all, of the
‘ventral views, ¢.g., Fig. 4 shows them in a very simple
—_
234 Rev. F. D. Morice on Armatures, etc. of Andrena.
form. In several of the ‘lateral views’ letters are used to
show the ‘ geniculation,’ and y the tooth-like end of the
‘thickening’ in the process.
In Fig. 5 the constriction of the base into the process is.
gradual, in Fig. 6 it is sudden, and in Plate VII, Figs. 1
and 2, it gives the basal plate a ‘shouldered’ appearance.
In Plate VI, Figs. 9a and 13a, the geniculation is more:
or less ‘lobate, the lobe in each case being indicated by
the letter # [By, comparing in succession a series of
lateral views of different species (3a, 6a, la, 13a, 12a, lla,
10a, 9a), we can trace the gradual development of a hardly
sensible geniculation into the conspicuous projection, which
gives so curious a character to the apex of the valvula
ventralis in many species, of which /abialis, Kirby, is the
only British example. ]
Having thus defined the terms I shall have to use, I
will say at once what remains to be said as to the terminal
characters which my figures are meant to illustrate.
1. The armatures (Plate V).
What seems to me most of all to determine the general
look of an Andrena armature is the apical outline (¢ @) of the
lobe. Whenever this is deeply sinuated inwards the lobe
becomes distinguishable at a glance from such simple forms
of it as appear in my first two or three figures. The actual
effect produced in each case depends (1) partly on the
depth of the sinuation, making the tooth-like angles longer
or shorter, (2) partly on the more or less near approach of
the sinuation to the interior margin, making the teeth
look broader or narrower, and (3) partly on the duration
of the curve (t.c., its approximation to a completed circle),
making them more (Fig. 19) or less (Fig. 20) divergent.
But in all these cases, the lobe ‘looks dentate’ to an
extent which catches the eye at once after a little practice.
It is instantly distinguishable from the merely acute-
angled lobe with simple outline shown in Fig. 6; and still
more from the right-angled, or the (rare) obtuse-angled
types of lobe, of which Figs. 4 and 9 respectively are
examples.
Again, a decided S-like sinuation (as in ovina, Klug,
Fig. 15) gives the lobe an oval or dome-like character,
which can be recognised at a glance. Even a slight S-like
sinuation (Figs. 14 and 17) produces something of this
effect.
Next to these differences in the apical outline, those of.
Rev. F. D. Morice on Armatur'es, ctc. of Andrena. 285
the interior outline seem to catch the eye most easily.
Any marked deviation from their usual approximation
makes the armature look peculiar (see Figs. 8, 11, 19, and
especially 10 *) ; and such a condition arises whenever the
interior outlines of the lobes are wholly or in part excep-
tionally concave or convex.
The exterior outlines of the lobes seldom differ, except
in their greater or less convexity and convergence towards
the base. In A. flessv, Panz., however (Fig. 17), the lobes
swell out so that their outlines actually diverge for some
way from the process downwards, and bring the broadest
part of the armature much nearer to its base than in any
of the other species here figured. Normally the greatest
breadth of the armature is at or about the origin of the
process.
While the process is usually rugose and dull, the lobes
are nearly always smooth and shining. Unless very highly
magnified, they seldom show much sculpture (on the disk
at least) except very shallow sulcate impressions visible
only in certain lights. To this there is one curious
exception in fasciata, Nyl., where the lobes are covered
with an intensely fine and close rugulosity, making them
absolutely dull. The character is visible even to the naked
eye, and I find it equally present in examples of this
species from England, Switzerland, 8. France, and Italy.
In several other species the surface is more or less micro-
scopically rugulose, but not enough to prevent it from
shining.
In chrysosceles, Kirby, Fig. 18, and also in lucens, Imhoff,
the lobes are so broad as to look almost spherical. These
species are in this respect extraordinarily unlike any with
which one would expect them to agree, such as covtana,
Kirby, which has very sharp and divergent teeth to the
lobes. In Schencki, Mor. (Fig. 11), the lobes are also rather
dumpy, but the interior margins being concave towards
the apex, give the armature a wholly different character.
Cingulata, Fab. (Fig. 8), is on the whole the most
abnormal Andrena armature known to me. Here the lobe,
instead of springing abruptly inwards from the process with
* T have only twice been able to dissect a swerinensis (Fig. 10) and
do not know whether the gap between the lobes is always as con-
spicuous as in the specimen figured. But the concavity of their
inner outlines evidently makes it impossible that they should ever
be completely adjacent.
-
236 Rev. F. D. Morice on Avmatures, etc. of Andrena.
a bold and almost angular curve (see Fig. 4 dc g), begins to
develop itself almost from the apex of the stipes downwards,
the interior margin of the process passing so gradually
into the apical outline of the lobe, that it is impossible to
say whereabouts, even, one ends and the other begins. On
the interior outlines, also, the lobes merely touch at one
point and then instantly diverge, leaving a great gap
between their bases. The little knob-like twist at the
apex of each process is altogether eccentric. And finally
the armature is quite enormous in proportion to the size of
the insect, ¢.g., it is twice as broad, and more than twice as
long, as that of cetii, Schrank, in a number of examples of
each species that I have measured. Genevensis, Schmied.,
a species superficially a good deal resembling it, has
an utterly different, small and simple type of armature,
rather resembling that in Fig. 7. Ceti, Schr., has a some-
what unusual form of lobe, the angles being distinctly
obtuse, but its other terminal characters are not re-
markable.
As to the characters of the process, they arise chiefly
from the different manner in which, according to the
species, it is bent or creased over inwards near the apex.
The part beyond this crease forms a sort of “ dog’s-ear”
(Fig. 4 a@ g h) which in the dorsal view faces the observer
almost directly, and so looks dilated in comparison with
the part below it (% dc), which is seen more edgewise.
When the crease is near the apex, the narrow looking
part becomes long and stalk-like (Fig. 9) and the process
assumes a sort of petiolate character, which is hardly to be
recognised in Fig. 4., etc., where the “ dog’s-ear ” is longer.
But whatever the position of the crease, a process may look
petiolated, if the lobe is so sinuated (Fig. 19) as to increase
the apparent length of the process.
In the most normal forms of the process its exterior
outline forms a single convex curve, and deviations from
this always give a peculiar look to the armature. Thus a
very abrupt creasing of the process nearly transversely
(ordinarily it is diagonal), substitutes a distinct angle for
the simple curve. I believe I could always recognise an
analis, Panz., armature (Fig. 21) by its heptagonal look, due
partly to its angled process, and partly to similar features
in the exterior outline of its lobe. Florea, Fab., again
(Fig. 7) seems to me very distinct by its nearly straight
processes, with a very slight sinuation inwards, the exterior
Rev. F. D. Morice on Armatures, ete. of Andrena. 237
outlines approaching each other like the sides, not of an
arch, but of a triangle. And in some species (Fig. 18, so
also in fulva, Schr. and others) there is a marked sinuation
inwards of the exterior margin, because the process is
creased, not down, but wp. This character makes the
process still more resemble a leaf with its petiole. The
crease is upwards also in the extraordinary cingulata
(Fig. 8.) In fulvicrus, Kirby, the process is so folded as to
produce a little subapical notch in its exterior outline
(Fig. 5).. By this character the species can be distinguished
at once, I have seen it in countless specimens from all parts
of Europe, and never known it to fail.
The very elongate and narrow-looking processes of Fig. 9
bucephala, Steph. and Fig. 10 swerinensis, Friese, are
conspicuous at once. In neither insect is the type of
armature at all like that of other species which one would
suppose to come near it. Bucephala f is excessively like
megacephala, Smith, in most characters, but megacephala has
a perfectly normal armature, and, as will be seen hereafter, its
8th segment is also normal while it is very eccentric in
bucephala. The rare ferox, Smith, I have never had a chance
of dissecting. It would be interesting to know whether its
terminal characters resemble those of bucephala. As to
suerinensis its propodeal sculpture, etc., would place it near
tibialis, Kirby, pilipes, Fab., etc. But these species, and also
bimaculata, Kirby, with all its varieties (Magrettiana,
Schmied., etc.) have the wholly different type of armature
shown in Fig. 23. Here the dentate angles of the lobe are
excessively sharp, divergent, and much deflexed. The sinua-
tion of its apical margin is almost continued into a perfect
circle by reason of a sort of rounded tubercle on the inner
margin of the process ; above which tubercle comes another
semicircular sinus, the outline of the two sinuations and the
tubercle'together forming asort of “ figure three” (3), which
alone would distinguish this type of armature from all the
normal ones. Theapical creasing is also quite peculiar,down-
wards, but longitudinal (not diagonal or transverse) in its
direction, so that the actual “dog’s-ear” is quite narrow,
and the apical part of the process as a whole is so fore-
shortened as to look somewhat triangular. This is one of
the comparatively few cases, in which a number of
evidently nearly related species have one very distinct and
practically identical type of terminal segments. But different
as are these characters in swerinensis, Friese, I should
TRANS, ENT. SOC, LOND. 1899.—PART II. (JUNE) 16
all
238 Rev. F. D. Morice on Armatures, etc. of Andrena.
hesitate on that account to remove it from their company.
So also with ephippiwm, Spin.(which in propodeal, andalso in
terminal characters, shows some degree of affinity to swert-
nensis, but in the latter at least is quite unlike pilipes, etc.).
In a species which I believe to be cireinata, Dours (Fig.
20), the process has a singularly constricted and hook-like
tip. Exactly the same character occurs in a red species
which I have taken in Algeria. According to Lucas’s
collections at Paris this would seem to be ruj/iventris, Lep.
These two species have also similar and most abnormal
‘valvule ventrales,’ which are shown in Plate VI, Figs.14, 15.
The 8th segment. The characters of this segment lie
partly in its outlines, and partly in its pilosity. In one or
both of these respects some species may be considered
normal and others paradowical,
Perhaps as simple and common a form as occurs is
shown in Fig. 4, megacephala, Smith. Here the constriction
from “plate” to “ process” is uniform, causing no violent
sinuation in the outline (as in Fig. 10). The process is of
normal length and breadth, and equally broad throughout,
except just at the base and apex, where it dilates very
slightly. The moderate geniculation (only to be recog-
nised in this view as being the base from which the
pilosity springs) is about half way between the base and
apex of the segment. The apex is slightly bilobed, which
is the most usual condition ; but this character is apt to
vary within the limits of a single species. The pilosity is
perfectly simple, with a regularly oval exterior outline,
forming neither tufts nor separate fringes anywhere, but
covering the whole process uniformly, just passing its apex,
but extending a good deal further beyond its sides.
The above description would suit with little alteration
all such species as I should consider normal. Any very
conspicuous deviation from its characters marks a species
as paradoxical. Thus, considering first the outline: I
should say that a more or less paradoxical condition arises
whenever the process is extremely long and thin through-
out (Plate VII, Fig. 5a) or the reverse, or is violently
dilated or constricted at any point, or has markedly
divergent or convergent outlines from base to apex. So
again when the constriction from plate to process is violent
or uneven, causing marked sinuations or “shoulder’’ like
projections in the outline (Plate VII, Figs. 1, 2,) or creating
a long parallel-sided “neck” between the geniculation
Rev. F. D. Morice on Armatures, etc. of Andrena. 239
and the transverse basal plate (Plate VI, Figs. 9 to
13). Many eccentric effects are produced by “extreme
development of the geniculation, which seems to absorb,
as it were, the pilose part beyond and make it shorter, or
at least give it a bend which foreshortens it in the ventral
view. (It seems to me that whenever a geniculation is
lobate, it invariably looks much nearer the apex of the
segment than usual; and the length of a process is
generally i in inverse ratio to the strength of its genicula-
tion.) Extremely paradoxical are the laterally-toothed
(cruciform) processes shown in Plate VII, Figs. 6, 7, 8, 9
(see also Plate VI, Fig. 16). I cannot find that these have
ever been described or figured, but they are surely a most
striking “character.” Lastly, an exaggeration of that
thickening of the process on its naked side, which in Plate
VI, Fig. 2a, y suggests a minute subapical tooth, gives in
the lateral view a paradoxical aspect to the apex of the
process in nigro-olivacea, Dours, and livens, Perez (Plate
VII, Figs. 10, 26). And to conclude—for I see I have said
“lastly” a little too soon—though a bilobed apex may
disappear in some species by variation, such a development
of it as appears in bucephala, Steph. (Plate VI, Fig. 17), is
a character that may probably be trusted.
As to the pilosity—I think that even in the normal
types this is principally developed near the geniculation,
the hairs becoming sparser and shorter towards the apex.
But in many paradoxical forms the phenomenon becomes
far more conspicuous. Thus in albicrus, Kirby (Plate VI,
Fig. 7), argentata, Smith and others, the pilosity is
practically confined to the geniculation, which it encircles
with a detinite belt, the apex of the process standing up
naked beyond it. In ovina, Klug, swerinensis, Friese, etc.,
it forms not so much a belt as a pair of lateral brushes at
this point, and the rest of the process is manifestly
clothed less densely. In ephippiwm, Spin. (Plate VI,
Fig. 13), the lateral brushes are again conspicuous, but the
process is very hairy at the apex also. In Fig. 16 (scita,
Ev.) there is a tremendous development of hair over the
whole process, but we still see the strong brushes of the
geniculation asserting themselves independently. While
in bucephala, Steph. (Fig. 17), though the sides of the
process are fringed all along with hair, it is still possible
to distinguish a pair of special brushes at _ the
geniculation.
al
24() Rev. F. D. Morice on Avmatures, ete. of Andrena.
In most, if not all cases, where the geniculation is
lobate the process is at least a little dilated laterally at
this point (see Fig. 9). This is very noticeable in Fig. 16)
(drawn without the pilosity to emphasise the outlines),
where another very curious phenomenon is to be observed,
viz., that the thickened (dark) part of the process behind
has an outline of its own which is cruciform (that of the
process itself being hexagonal). If for any cause (as by
absorption or folding inwards of its frail transparent part)
the actual outline of the segment should become identical
with that of the thickening, we should get exactly such a
cruciform process as we find in Plate VII, Figs. 6, 7, 8, 9.
Comparing these Figures, and also Figs. 10 and 11 of the
same plate, with Figs. 9 to 15 of Plate VI, it appears to
me that we can trace the gradual stages in a process of
development, through which it is possible at least that the
“cruciform process” may have arisen. I do not mean to
suggest that, as a species, scita (Plate VI, Fig. 160) is to be
placed necessarily between ovina (or humilis) and senecionis,
but only that, in this particular matter of the lateral
development of the “process,” it shows a condition which
is certainly intermediate and may be transitional. As a
species it may belong to quite a different group. Butif a
species, really belonging to the group of humilis and
senecionis, and really transitional between the two, exists
and should hereafter be discovered, I think it is highly
probable that its “ valvula ventralis ” will resemble that of
scita.
I have now only to add a few stray notes on sundry
details in my figures (Plate V1).
Fig. 1, thoracica, Fab., shows a slightly paradoxical type,
with strong but not lobate geniculation (la x), rather short
broad and cup-like process, and pilosity developed as a
pair cf definite lateral fringes whose outlines run some-
what parallel to the sides of the process.
A similar type, combined with strong similarity in the
armature, occurs in nitida, Fourcr., morio, Brull., albo-
punctata, Rossi, ete.
Figs. 2 and 3 are introduced mainly because the species
will be mentioned in the paper following this. I will
here say only that they are tolerably normal forms, except
that the process in braunsiana is wide for its length, and
that the apex in 7ufo-hispida, Dours, is rounded not bilo-
bate, at any rate in this particular specimen.
Rev. F. D. Morice on Armatures, etc. of Andrena. 241
In Fig. 5, an interesting Syrian species of which M.
Abeille de Perrin has kindly given me several examples,
the process is dilated towards the apex, but its outlines are
not otherwise abnormal ; the pilosity, however, gives it a
truly paradoxical appearance. A pair of thick and very
long lateral brushes, starting from the geniculation, sweep
round in bold semicircular curves encircling the apex, and
almost meeting beyond it.
It has been suggested that schencki, Mor. (Fig. 6, 6a),
is a mere colour-variety of labialis, Kirby (Fig. 10, 10a).
I feel sure that any one comparing their valvulx ventrales
will see that this is quite impossible.
The species which in all characters (terminal included)
come nearest, among those I have examined, to labialis,
are decipiens, Schenck (Fig. 11), and variabdilis, Smith.
The precise agreement of these latter species in the
characters of the 8th segment with ovina, Klug (Fig. 9), is
very curious, for their general facies is extremely different,
and their armatures are easily distinguished. It is hard
to see how they can be brought near it in any natural
system of groups.
Fig. 8. The bottle-like outline of the process in this
species (fucata, Smith) separates it very easily from those
most resembling it, ¢.g., varians, helvola, ambigua, apicata,
lapponica, etc, In all these the sides of the process are
very gently and evenly sinuated throughout: it is about
equally broad at base and apex and narrowest half way
between them. Figs. 18 and 18a appear to show an
extraordinary development of the character just noticed in
fucata, The apex is almost ridiculously narrow and
produced, but the sides of the process dilate abruptly and
become convex towards the geniculation. This (j/lessz,
Panz.) is the species whose extraordinary armature is
shown in Plate V, Fig. 17, with its huge lobes and meagre-
looking short and narrow processes. I may note, also,
that the constriction of the 8th segment between its basal
plate and its process is very sudden, giving to the latter a
strongly “ shouldered ” appearance.
Figs. 14, 14a, 15, 15a. These strange forms, with the
lateral projections of the process each ending apparently
in a little hook, were long utterly unintelligible to me.
But by comparing their lateral views with Figs. 9a, 10a,
etc., I believe I can now understand them. The hook-
like tips seen in the ventral views, appear in the lateral
wr
242 Rev. F. D. Morice on Armatures, ete. of Andrena.
views (14a, 15a) as a spiniform development of the
geniculation (~) answering to the lobate developments in
9a, etc. The very short and broad-based portion of the
segment beyond these hooks or spines is an exaggeration
of such a process, widening from the apex to the genicula-
tion, as we see in Figs. 9b and 16. This hypothesis to
my mind accounts satisfactorily for all their peculiarities,
and brings them into an intelligible relation with the
other types that we have examined.
One other question I will raise, and endeavour to
answer with a hypothesis. Why does the pilosity of this
segment throughout the genus tend so markedly to a
lateral development on each side of the geniculation ?
Because, I will venture to reply, the process with its
pilosity serves to close from behind that gap between the
stipites in which lie the sagitte. Since the process from
the geniculation towards the apex gradually approaches
nearer to the back of these organs, the gap which the
pilosity has to shelter gradually diminishes, and the
pilosity can diminish also. It is at the geniculation that
the process is most distant, both from the stipites and
from the sagitte, and it is precisely there that the
pilosity seems most concentrated and developed.
I have little doubt that the general outline of the
process as seen ventrally, including its pilosity, is deter-
mined in each species by that of the cavity at the back of
the armature which it screens. But to prove or disprove
this hypothesis completely would require a further investi-
gation, on which I cannot enter here.
One more remark I will make, viz., that in_Andrena as in
other genera, though the armature as a whole is concealed
and hairless for the most part, some pilosity (very little,
however, in this genus) is developed on the apex of the
stipes. This pilosity springs from what, but for the crease,
would have been the ventral surface of the stipes. Owing to
the crease, it is diverted or transferred to form part of the
dorsal clothing of the insect. A few hairs also exist at the
bases of the stipites posteriorly, which originate as ventral
and remain so, combining with {the pilosity of the 8th
segment, and (I may add) with the apical pencils of the 7th,
to close the gap, of which so much has been said, at the
back of the armature. Here, as throughout their whole
structure, the parts we have considered seem, as far as we
can interpret them, to be accommodated one to another
Rev. F. D. Morice on Andrena taraxact, ete. 248
and to cooperate in some common function. When at rest,
I think that function is mainly the protection of the frail
sagittze ; but since all alike are capable of motion in vari-
ous directions, they doubtless cooperate in some way for —
other purposes, and each has probably some function in the
act of generation itself. Thus their curious and compl-
cated features are an extreme instance of functional adapt-
ation.
(2) Notes on Andrena taraxaci, Giraud, and the species
most resembling it, with synoptic tables, and deserip-
tions of two new species. By the Rev. F. D. Morice
M.A., FES.
(2)
In the paper preceding this, an attempt was made to
describe, and partly account for, certain specific characters
observable in the males of Andrena generally. I shall now
endeavour to use some of them (those of the valvula
ventralis or 8th ventral segment) for a practical purpese,
making them contribute to the elucidation of a difficult
group of species, whose similarity in most characters has
caused much perplexity and disagreement among hymeno-
pterists.
The only British species among them is that described
by Mr. Saunders as Awmilis, Imhoff, but known generally
on the Continent as fulvescens, Smith. In our limited fauna,
and also, according to Thomson, in that of Scandinavia,
this is a very distinct and easily recognised insect.
Thomson groups it only with /fwlvago, Chr., from which it
differs in many important and conspicuous characters.
But further South, and especially in the Mediterranean
regions, humilis, Imh. (as I shall call it for reasons presently
to be given), is only one among a large number of more or
less closely similar species. Many of them, I think,
resemble it only as fulvago does, 1.¢., quite superficially.
But others are so like it and one another not only in
general aspect, but in minute details of structure, that they
are constantly mistaken for one another even by experi-
enced hymenopterists.
Of these species I know at least ten, which both in
superficial and structural characters resemble each other
deceptively, but whose males can be separated with ease
and certainty by the characters of the valvula ventralis
_
944 Rev. F. D. Morice on Andrena taraxaci, ete.
Two of them are well-known species, others have only
recently been detected, and two, I believe, are hitherto
undescribed.
In Plate VII I show this segment (equally magnified)
in each of these species in three aspects, ventral (Figs. 1,
2, etc.), dorsal (Fig. la, etc.), and lateral (Fig. 10, etc.) ;
and I will now, after a very short general survey of the
characters they exhibit, attempt to tabulate them in a
synoptic form. Next, as far as I know them, I will give a
synopsis for distinguishing the females. And I will
conclude with some further notes on the insects of this
group, clearing up, as I hope, some confusions in the
synonymy, on the common characters of the group and its
probable limits, and with descriptions of the two new
species.
Looking at the segments (Plate VII) as a whole it is
clear to me that Figs. 6, 7, 8, and 9 make a very definite
sub-group united (inter alia) by the highly paradoxical
tooth-like dilatations on each side of the “ geniculation”
(see the preceding paper). These dilatations appear in an
inchoate or rudimentary form in Figs. 10a and 11a also,
while they are entirely wanting in my first six figures.
Again, Figs. 1 and 2 are united by (a) the trumpet-like
dilatation of their “apical processes,” ()) the appearance
(explained in the preceding paper) of a strong subapical
tooth on the dorsal (naked) side (Figs. 1b, 26), and (c) by
the “shouldered ” outline and violent constriction of their
“basal plates” towards the origin of the “ processes.” Figs.
3 and 4 are very like each other, but differ enough in their
proportions to be specifically distinguished: and Fig. 5,
while nearer to Figs. 3 and 4 than to any of the others, is
separable from them at a glance. Between Figs. 10 and
11 I can see no specific difference, and I believe that the
insects from which they were drawn are varieties of a single
species.
The figures were drawn with camera lucida, and, to
economise space, show the “basal plate” in the ventral
aspect only.
SYNOPSIS OF THE VALVULA VENTRALES.
Process on each side of its geniculation (base of the
pilosity) simple 5 Be ae Pee a
Process on each side of its geniculation (base of the
pilosity) evidently dilated... 49 oes 5.
—
bo
. Process very long and narrow
. Process rather broad throughout ...
Rev. F. D. Morice on Andrena
. Pilose process strongly dilated towards the apex.
Seen laterally, its naked side is much
curved,with a strong subapical projection.
Basal plate distinctly “ shouldered ”
Process hardly if at all dilated. Seen later-
ally, its naked side is nearly straight, and
the tooth hardly noticeable. Basal plate
gradually constricting towards the ees
without ‘‘ shoulders ”
. Pilosity long, stretching far beyond the ; apex of
the segment. Subapical tooth less aa
minent ...
Pilosity much less developed, ‘hardly passing
the apex of the segment, Tooth very
sharply prominent sae oe Pe
Process ordinary
Process slender but dilated before the ; apex +
. Dilatations slight, merely angular. Pilosity
confined to a pair of lateral bunches starting
from the geniculation, between which pro-
jects the naked apex ...
Dilatations very strong, and tooth- like, making
the process cruciform. Pilosity highly and
paradoxically developed
. Lateral outline of pilosity simple, _ without
separately projecting tufts on the dilatations
Dilatations with tufts which project laterally
far beyond the rest of the pilosity
. Process (beyond the dilatations) very elongate.
Its apex narrowly truncate. Pilosity not
thick enough to conceal its outline even in
the ventral view. Below the dilatations the
segment is more than twice as wide as at
the apex ..
Process short and stumpy with rounded apex.
Pilosity quite concealing its outline in the
ventral view. Hardly wider below the dila-
tations than near the apex
. Process (beyond dilatations) nearly square.
Pilosity excessively villose and long; seen
ventrally and dorsally it projects far beyond
the apex of the segment into two tufts or
plumes which curl conspicuously outwards ;
seen laterally the hairs are as long or longer
than the process, and project from it almost
at right angles ..
Sides of process sinuated inwards and apex
bilobed. Segment just below dilatations
twice as broad as in senecionis. Pilosity much
thinner, not hiding the outlines of the pro-
cess even in the ventral view, and curling
not outwards but inwards round the apex;
seen laterally it is decumbent and of
moderate length ate
taraxact, etc. 245
bo
. livens, Fig. 2
. 1. nigro-olivacea, Fig. 1.
- 5. giraudi, Fig. 5.
£
. o. ferrugineicrus, Fig. 3.
4. truncatilabris, Fig. 4.
10. humilis, Figs. 10, 11.
. 6. taraxaci, Fig. 6.
. 7. curtivalvis, Fig. 7.
. 8. senecionis, Fig. 9.
. 9. stabiana, Fig. 8.
Of the above species it may be noted that the ¢ clypeus seems to
be always
white in ferrugineicrus, truncatilabris, and giraudi :
black in nigro-olivacea, livens, taraxaci, curtivalvis, senecionis,
and stabiana.
In humilis it may be white or black, usually the former.
_
246 ~=Rey. F. D. Morice on Andrena taraxact, ete.
I do not know the female of giraudi, but the other
females can I think be distinguished according to the,
following table.
SYNOPSIS OF THE FEMALES.
Scope (without and within) much developed, long and
thick 11
Scope (especially within) much slighter and shorter hs
1. Hind tibiz and tarsi flavescent, thorax absolutely dull. 2.
Hind tibie and tarsi darker, thorax at least some-
what shining on the scutellum ae 3.
2. All pilosity longer ; punctures very coarse and strong ; ;
species more zeneous and larger 306 1. niyro-olivacea.
Pilosity shorter ; punctures much finer; ; species less
geneous and smaller . 2. livens.
8. Hairs of face and vertex pale or golden... :
Hairs of face and vertex darker, brown or even
partly black —.... 5.
4, Species larger ; more shining and finely punctured ;
apices of abdominal segments widely and con-
spicuously pale (flavescent) te ais ... 8. senecionis.
Species smaller; puncturation stronger ; apie dis-
colorations hardly noticeable .. = 10. humilis.
5. Seutellum with extremely fine punctures, “hardly
shining owing to an excessively regular and close
(though fine) reticulation of the entire surface.
Apical fimbriz more compact and decumbent... 9. stabiana.
Scutellum more strongly punctured, but decidedly
shining. The reticulation is far less distinct, in
places hardly visible, and nowhere so close and
regular as in the last species. Apical fimbrize more
bushy and projecting ... 6.
. Smaller, with darker pilosity (much of it quite black) o1 on
head and pronotum. Abdomen more elongate and
parallel-sided. Punctures of mesonotum finer and
more remote... 7. curtivalvis.
Larger, pilosity of head, etc., ~ “rather brown than
black, certainly more fulvous than in curtivalvis.
Abdomen more oval and transverse. Punctures of
mesonotum stronger and closer so . 6. tarazaci.
. Punctures of abdomen stronger ; scope orange e-reddish ; 3
hairs of face dark oF . 3. ferrugineicrus.
Punctures of abdomen excessively slight and shallow 3
scope pale ; hairs of face white Rs sts . 4, truncatilabris.
7)
rm
NOTES ON THE ABOVE SPECIES.
1. Nigro-olivacea, Dours. This is a well-known species.
I need only refer to Schmiedeknecht’s full description of
it in Apide Europe, p. 560. The specimens examined
are from Spain (coll. Friese), Algiers, and North Italy.
2. Livens, Perez. (Melliféres de Barbarie, p. 39.) I
have examined a @ determined by the author, and both
sexes in the collection of Mr. E. Saunders (taken in
Algeria by the Rev. A. E. Eaton). Dr. Schmiedeknecht
has kindly communicated to me both sexes from Tunis
Rey. F. D. Morice on Andrena tarawact, etc, 24'7
(Ruins of Carthage), and also a 2 from Lombardy, which
_ he described in Apidze Europe as the 2? of taraxact,
Giraud. It is, however, certainly not that species, and I
feel sure that it is a true livens. I have a number of 2 2
from South Italy which appear to belong to this species.
They have the characteristic absolutely dull thorax and
finely punctured abdomen. .Their hind tibia, however,
are only obscurely flavescent, much darker than in the
normal form.
3. Truncatilabris, Mor. The specimens examined are
from Hungary, given to me by Herr Friese, Mr. Saunders
has it from Toulouse and Marseilles (ex coll. Marquet).
The hairs of the face in both sexes are quite silvery, unlike
those in any of the other species.
4. Ferrugineicrus, Dours. Herr Friese has given
me gf ¢ and 2 ¢ from the Balearic Islands. Mr.
Saunders has, I believe, the same species from Algeria
(Eaton).
5. Giraudi, Dours. I have only a single specimen
taken by myself in Algeria, and determined for me by
Herr Friese. The “valvula ventralis” is extraordinarily
narrow throughout, quite unlike any other known to me
in this group, but nearest to those of the two last species,
with which it is also associated by the white clypeus. I
can find no 2 likely to belong to it. Probably, as in
truncatilabris and ferrugineicrus, the 2 scope would be
comparatively little developed.
6. Taraxaci, Giraud (nec Schmiedeknecht). I have
examined Giraud’s types (taken near Vienna) in the Paris
Museum, and Herr Friese has sent me many specimens
exactly agreeing with them from Austria and Hungary.
Frey-Gessner has found it in Switzerland, but very rarely.
These are the only localities for the true tarazaci known
to me.
Dr. Schmiedeknecht was so good as to send me the
types from which he drew up his description of taraxact
in Apide Europe. They come from Lombardy, but they
do not belong to Giraud’s species. The f is senecionis,
Perez, and the 2 livens, Perez. This I had gathered
from his descriptions; but I thought it best to see the
actual types, if possible,and he was kind enough to let me
do so.
7. Curtivalvis, n. sp. This species is so like tarazxaci
that but for the different form of the ¢ valvula ventralis,
_
248 Rev. F. D. Morice on Andrena tarasxaci, ete.
I should hardly have detected its distinctness. Close
examination, however, shows even in the ? @ differences
which, though slight, seem constant and sufficient (see the
Table). All my specimens (1 f and many § $) were
taken by myself near Algiers last spring (1898).
8. Senecionis, Perez (Melliferes, p. 39), is a very distinct
species. I took it in great abundance in Algeria and
also in Italy. It occurs, too, at Canet in South France
(coll. KE. Saunders), and in Spain (Friese). The paradoxical
pilosity of the valvula is usually visible without dissection,
and the two outcurling flocculi at its apex will distinguish
the species at a glance. The apices of the dorsal segments
are widely pale—almost yellow—especially in the females.
This, together with the golden pilosity and the finely
punctured, almost shining body surface, gives it a decidedly
brighter appearance than that of any other species in the
group.
9. Stabiana, n. sp. Ihave several of both sexes from
Castellamare near Naples, the ancient Stabie. Mr.
Saunders has it also from Sicily. These are the only
specimens I have seen. Until the ¢ valvula ventralis is
extracted (to show the lateral teeth) it looks rather like
that of livens, but the body surface is very unlike that
species. The 9? is superficially very like a small taraaaci,
but the characters given in my table distinguish it easily
from that or any other species.
10. Humilis, Imhoff. The author describes the
clypeus in this species as normally black, but sometimes
white. Hence it has been thought that his was a mixed
species; and the name /ulvescens, Smith, is generally
employed on the Continent to denote the white-faced
common form, which occurs all over the Continent and
also in England. But I have found in Switzerland, Italy,
and South France, along with the normal white-faced
males, other males with a black clypeus, completely like
them otherwise, and with a valvula ventralis which after
careful examination I can only consider as_ specifically
identical with theirs. (See Plate VII, Fig. 10, drawn
from a ¢ with black clypeus, and Fig. 11 from a (British)
¢@ with white clypeus, which is certainly the fulvescens of
Smith.) I believe, then, that Imhoff was right, there
being in fact two forms of the ¢ in this species: and his
name being much older than that of Smith (1832, Isis ix,
p- 1201) should be employed, as has been done by Mr. E.
Rev. F. D. Morice on Andrena taraxaci, etc. 249
Saunders both in his “Synopsis” and his “ Hymenoptera
Aculeata.”
Herr Friese has sent me the same or a very similar
black-faced male from Greece. I think it is possible that
the short description in Perez (Melliféres, p. 40) of A.
imminuta refers to this black-faced form of humilts, but I
have not seen the specimens on which it was founded.
List OF THE ABOVE SPECIES.
Nigro-olivacea, Dours.
Liwens, Perez (=taraxaci ¢, Schmied. nec Giraud),
Truncatilabris, Moraw.
Ferrugineicrus, Dours.
Giraudi, Dours.
Taraxaci, Giraud.
Curtivalvis, n. sp.
Senecionis, Perez (=taraxaci ¢, Schmied. nec Gir.).
Stabiana, nN. sp.
Humilis, Imh. E. Saunders, var. fulvescens, Smith.
w be
ea
eee
1
Characters possessed in common by all these species
are—a rather copious fulvous pilosity with fulvous 2
scope and abdominal fimbriz ; the dorsal segments of
the abdomen without definite ‘fasciee’ at their apices; a
finely rugulose surface, dull or slightly shining, with
“raised” punctures ; * a long 8rd antennal joint in both
sexes (about as long as the two next together in the J
and the three next in the ¢ ); stipites with broad-looking
“ processes,” and a strongly sinuated apical outline of the
lobes making them evidently dentate (Plate V, Fig. 22) ;
the ¢ head (mandibles, etc.) always of normal structure ;
the propodeum with short strie at the extreme base, the
rest of it slightly rugulose.
These characters are evidently not all of the same
importance, but when several species share in all of them
it seems likely that they belong to the same natural
group. That such a group exists, I have little doubt,
though I am not prepared to fix its precise limits.
Probably it embraces, besides the above, several other
species with which I have not dealt, because they do not
resemble humilis, ete., enough to create confusion : such
* © Puncta elevata’ (Schmiedeknecht), *nuncta subgranosa’ (Thom-
son). They look rather like the backs of holes made by pushing a
pin diagonally through a sheet of paper.
-
250 Rev. F. D. Morice on Andrena taraxaci, ete.
(e.g.) as have most of the characters mentioned above, but
dark 2 scope, etc. (schmiedeknechti, Magr., is one of
these). On the other hand it probably does not include
species like fulvago, Christ,rufula, Perez, rufohispida, Dours,
etc., which have a short 3rd antennal joint, a different type
of male genitalia (see Fig. 6 in Plate V), and a different
style of surface and puncturation. Sraunsiana and
another species which Herr Friese has determined for me
as leucolippa agree in several points with humilis, etc., but
their surface seems to me different, and they have quite
another type of # armature resembling that of hattorfiana,
(Plate V, Fig. 18); circinata, Dours, is very like a small
humilis superticially, but the punctures are utterly different
and the abdomen clearly fasciated ; it is probably nearer
to labialis than to the present group, though not very
near to that.
It may seem to some readers illogical to discuss whether
or not particular species should be admitted to a group,
which I own myself unable to define. But I do not think
it is really so. There seem to be two conceivable methods
of breaking up a genus into subgenera. One is deductive
throughout. Some particular characters are assumed to be
of superior importance, and on these categories are based,
and species parcelled out accordingly. The other is at
first inductive. We observe a number of species to be
more or less similar. We might examine into and take
stock of their points of agreement and difference, not so
much asking “In what one point do all these agree?” as
“What are the points ina majority of which they agree ?”
and “ Among these points which, or what combination of
them, can we think likely to indicate any real connection
between the species, and to separate them from the
general mass?” Thus, by degrees, we might arrive at the
conception of a group, founded not on one character, but
on a preponderance of characters. And we should then
have to consider whether some of these species which had
given us our first crude conception of the group should
not after all be rejected from it, and the conception of it
modified accordingly. Subgenera formed in this way
must at first be tentative and elastic, all species being, as
it were, admitted to them on probation. But, if there were
any real connection between any of the latter, step by step
we might hope to trace it out, and define our group more
and more in accordance with the facts, And if there were
Rey. F. D. Morice on Andrenw taraxaci, etc. 251
no such connection, at worst we should find it out, and
have to drop our group, and look out (with the advantage
of an experience gained) for a fresh one.
Whether or not this method is possible in dealing with
the subdivision of Andrena into groups, the other at least
has not led us, and seems unlikely to lead us, to satis-
factory results. All kinds of characters have been tried
separately, as the basis of groups; and all alike lead to
results, which it is impossible to accept as corresponding
to the relations between the species which really exist.
The categories of “Apidse Europe,’ based on pilosity-
characters, throw albicrus, Kirby, into one section and
argentata, Smith, into another, and remove pilipes, F., from
its place near bimaculata, etc., to group it with species
differing essentially in structure both from it and from
one another—morvo, flessx, cineraria, and so forth. Surely
most unnatural results! Yet this is the nearest approach
that has been made to a natural grouping of the Palearctic
species. It might be thought that a system could be
founded on some one obvious difference of structure—the
male head and mandibles, the sculpture of the thorax, ete.
But species which are evidently nearly related would be
thrown into different sections if we made, say, the form of
the mandibles, or the size of the head, or the length of the
antennal joints,our sole criterion. The character of a
strongly rugose and enclosed propodeum, no doubt, associ-
ates a certain number of species which may reasonably be
thought near allies. Yet it is at least open to question
whether ephippiwm or albicans have really such an affinity
with tebialis, bimaculata, etc., as undoubtedly exists between
the latter species. Neither ephippiwm nor albicans has the
characteristic tibialis armature or ventral segments, nor in
this respect do they at all resemble each other, and the
unlikeness of their puncturation and general appearance
is extreme. I have dwelt on this case as the one in which,
on the whole, the attempt to rest a group on a single
character leads to the least undesirable results. But even
if we acknowledged it to have been successful, 1t would be
the sort of “ exception that proves the rule”: for no other
tolerably natural group has yet been founded on a detail
of structure. And as to colour, whether of pilosity or
integument, it cannot be trusted even to separate species
—far less groups.
Such being the present state of the classification of
-
252 Rev. F. D. Morice on Andrena taraxaci, ete.
species in Andrena, I think it would be premature to
speak at all positively about the limits of the group to
which humilis belongs, though hypothetically I would in-
clude in it the ten species with which we are dealing at
present, and would also suggest a special closeness of
relation between—
(a) nigro-olivacea and livens.
(b) truncatilabris, ferrugineicrus and (?) giraudi.
(c) taraxaci, curtivalvis, senecionis, stabrana and (4) humilis.
DESCRIPTIONS OF THE NEW SPECIES.
ANDRENA CURTIVALVIS, n.sp. A. tarawaci, Giraud
simillima sed minor.
Differt ab ea ¢ valvula ventrali multo breviore apice haud
truncato sed rotundato ¢ pilis capitis ac pronoti magis nigricanti-
bus, punctis mesonoti levioribus magisque dispersis, abdomine
graciliore. (Algeria.)
ANDRENA STABIANA, n. sp. Species preecedenti simil-
lima.
Differt et ab ea et ab A. turaxaci Giraud ¢ valvula ventrali in
apicem bilobatum dilatata, pilorum eiusdem dispositione alia (his
scilicet qui segmenti processus laterales vestiunt ultra reliquam
pilositatem longe excurrentibus), apice ipso segmenti pene nudo :
® scutello propter reticulationem distinctissimam opaciore, fimbriis
analibus abdominis minus erectis.
to
bo
OL
oo
ec
VI. A Contribution to the Life-history of Micropteryx
(Eriocephala) ammanella, Hb. By THOMAS
ALGERNON CHAPMAN, M.D., F.ZS.
[Read February 15th, 1899. ]
I FOUND specimens of a Micropteryx, that has been named
Micropteryz ammanella, Hb., by Lord Walsingham, per
Mr. Tutt, in early April in both 1897 and 1898, flying in
several spots in the Esterels at a height of about 500 feet.
They flew about and settled on the leaves of various
trees—hollies, evergreen oaks, and especially cork-oaks.
Their object in doing so was apparently feeding, but on
what I could not detect. The oak catkins were not fully
open, and a brown fungus on the underside of the leaves
did not seem likely pabulum. Those I placed on flowers
in captivity did not seem to understand them at all, still
less deal with them in the business-like way of JZ. calthella.
One consequence was, that the moths did not increase in
bulk in captivity, or live many days. Assuming that the
moths do feed like M. calthella, M. seppella, M. aureatella,
&c., 1 am for the present quite in the dark as to what
their food is. On the steep slopes of the Esterels, where
M. ammanella flew, the ground is usually very arid, but I
generally found not far off a damper shady place, with a
good deal of coarse moss growing. Unless it fed on this
moss, or something else, in these damper spots, it is
difficult to understand how it could exist at all, as even
these were very dry and parched in comparison with any
other Micropteryx (Eriocephala) habitat I know of.
I laced about a score of moths in different vessels with
port‘ons of moss brought from the Esterels and some
flowers. As far as I could see, the flowers were absolutely
neglected, and the moths died early, and I thought at first
I had got no eggs. I think, in fact, only some three or
four moths did lay; they laid freely enough, but hid their
eggs amongst the moss. They were probably mature and
ready to lay when captured; I did not see any moths
pairing in my Jars, an occurrence of great frequency with
TRANS. ENT, SOC, LOND. 1899.—PART Hl. (JUNE) 17
_
254 Mr. T. A. Chapman on Micropterya ammanella.
M. calthella. The eggs were laid deep in amongst the wet
moss, in two instances quite out of sight till the moss was
separated, and, in another, on the bottom of the jar beneath
the moss. They were laid in batches of about thirty in
three instances, and in one of between forty and fifty eggs.
They are laid rather closely but irregularly together, with
a tendency for the long axes of the eggs to be parallel,
this obtaining throughout the whole of one group; in
others the space available seems to have necessitated
movement of the moths, thus frustrating this design.
Unlike the eggs of Micropteryx (Eriocephala) I have pre-
viously examined, these eggs are not spherical, as those of
M. calthella, M. aureatella, and M. seppella are, absolutely
or approximately, but distinctly ovoid. The long axis
being about jth inch (‘47 mm.), the transverse about $th
of the length (382 mm.); both ends appear to be alike, so
that the longitudinal section would be an ellipse, and any
transverse section a circle. They are nearly white, trans-
lucent, and opalescent, with the same snow-like coating as
in the other species. This consists of upright rods with
swollen ends, tolerably close together, of varying thick-
nesses, and of a length equal to about one-fourth of the
diameter of the egg, but occasionally equal to nearly half
the diameter. This snowy coating is formed of a very
flimsy transparent evanescent material, that perishes on
very slight interference.
The moths were placed in confinement on April 8th ;
eggs were found on April 12th, and they did not hatch till
early in May.
The young larve did not eat any of the moss that they
were amongst, so that I doubt its being their proper food.
They are rather smaller than those of MZ. aureatella, but I
could detect no difference between them and those of the
other species examined. ‘The suranal sete are well
marked, The jaws have four large teeth and a slight
notch,
( 255 )
VII. On Sexual Dimorphism in Beetles of the family
Rutelide. By GiLBert J. Arrow, F.ES,
[Read March Ist, 1899. ]
THE recorded examples of Sexual Dimorphism among
Coleoptera, other than those which consist in simple
differences of development of various parts, such as the
legs, antennze, or mandibles, are at present very few.
This is no doubt partly owing to the sexes having been
regarded as distinct species through the attention of
Coleopterists not having been sufficiently directed to the
matter, and it is therefore well that observations, however
incomplete, upon the occurrence of this interesting phe-
nomenon in any group should be recorded in order to
direct the attention of other workers to it, and thus at
least diminish the serious complication of nomenclature
which results from its neglect. This is of special import-
ance in a great and heterogeneous assemblage such as the
genus Anomala, whose swollen ranks already include
considerably more than 500 described species of many
different types, the merging of which into a single genus
has proved extremely inconvenient to systematists.
A subdivision of the genus largely based upon the
structure of the claws is at present in use, but facts which
will be pointed out in this paper render this classification
inadequate and even misleading. It has long been recog-
nised that the degree of development of the claws of the
anterior legs usually distinguishes the sexes in this group,
and careful attention to this point will greatly increase
the value of systematic work ; but the occurrence of an
entire difference of claw-structure between the sexes has
only very recently been discovered. Sexual differences in
coloration in species of Anomala have also been pointed
out by Burmeister and Fairmaire, and the object of the
present paper is to bring together the recorded instances
of sexual dimorphism in the genus and to supplement
them by others which have been revealed in the course
of a revision of the specimens of Anomala in the British
Museum collection.
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART II. (JUNE)
256 Mr. G. J. Arrow on Sexual Dimorphism in
The first case of sexual disparity of claw-structure was
noticed by Mr. Gahan, who described a species in 1896
under the name of Anomala egregia in which the outer
claws of the first two pairs of legs are cleft in the female,
while in the male they are quite simple; and Herr Kolbe
has since described the representative of another group
exemplifying a similar interesting phenomenon. In this
also the female has the claws of the first two pairs of
legs divided, which is the most prevalent condition in the
genus, but the male has those of the first pair only divided.
Of each of these conditions I shall record additional
examples, and also describe the representative of a third
condition in which the female has the claw of the front
tarsus only divided and the male all the claws undivided.
Belonging to the egregia group is A. kersteni, Gerst., in
which, although it has hitherto been overlooked, the claws
are all simple in the male sex, while in the female they
are of the typical structure. Of a series of eleven specimens
in the British Museum, from Somaliland, Masailand and
British East Africa, two are males.
To these two species I propose to add a third belonging
to the same group.
A, disparilis, sp. n.
A, Egregiz et kersteni affinis: elongata, cylindrica, nitida, flavotesta-
cea, tibiis tarsisque rufis; clypeo quadrato fere emarginato, margine
valde reflexo, tenuiter punctato ; prothorace transverso, polito, minu-
tis sime punctato ; elytris fortiter punctato-striatis. Long. 17 mm.
¢d. Unguiculis omnibus simplicibus, clypeo testaceo, margine
nigro.
2. Pedum anteriorum et mediorum unguiculis externis _fissis,
corpore magis robusto, prothorace breviore, clypeo infuscato.
Hab. Laos,
This is smaller and more shining than either of the
allied species and differs conspicuously by the form of the
clypeus, which is straight and angular with the margin
sharply reflexed, as in Burmeister’s section Heteroplia.
The prothorax is transverse, but less so in the male than
in the female, and is very finely and distantly punctured.
The elytra are coarsely punctate-striate with the intervals
uniformly finely punctured. The pygidium is coarsely
punctured.
Beetles of the family Rutelide. 257
As in both the preceding species the males are much
less numerous than the females.
The type of the second group, in which the outer claw
of the front tarsus only is cleft in the male, is A. rufa,
Kolbe, described in the recently-published Vol. IV of
Deutsche Ost-Afrika. Several other African species
hitherto undescribed exhibit the same structure, which
it is interesting to notice is that characteristic of the
related genus Popillia.
A, solida, sp. 0.
Ovali-cylindrica, robusta, testacea; capite parvo, clypeo rufo,
rotundato, dense punctato ; prothorace basi lato, ad apicem regu-
lariter attenuato, lateribus arcuatis, cum scutello vix punctatis ;
elytris convexis, striato-punctatis ; pygidio rngoso ; corpore subtus
cum pedibus longe fulvo-villosis, tibiis anticis acute bidentatis,
posticis tarsisque omnibus rufis, his longis et robustis. Long. 17 mm.
¢. Pedum anteriorum unguiculis inequaliter fissis, tibiarum
dentibus inferioribus brevibus et curvatis ; clypei margine reflexo.
?. Pedum anteriorum et mediorum unguiculis equaliter fissis,
tibiarum anteriorum dentibus inferioribus longis et rectis tarsisque
brevioribus et tenuioribus ; clypeo densissime et profunde punctato.
Hab. Soutu Arnica, Interior.
The rather narrow head, robust form densely hairy
beneath, and strong hairy legs are the most prominent
characteristics of this species. The thorax increases
regularly in width from apex to base and is not angulated
in the middle of the sides. The elytra are rather coarsely,
but not deeply, striate-punctate.
A, clypeata, sp. 0.
Preecedenti valde affinis sed paulo major; clypeo subtruncato,
latitudine maxima ad marginem anteriorem, prothoracis margine
laterali in medio subangulato; pygidio grosse punctato. Long. 17
—19 mm.
¢. Pedum anteriorum wnguticulis inequaliter fissis, tibiarum
dentibus inferioribus brevibus et curvatis tarsisque longis et robustis.
Q. Pedum anteriorum et mediorum unguiculis equaliter fissis
tibiarum anteriorum dentibus inferioribus longis et rectis tarsisque
brevioribus et tenuioribus.
Hab. Souta Arrica, Adelaide.
This is closely allied to A. solida, but is distinguished by
the shape of the clypeus, which is widest at its extremity.
all
258 Mr. G. J. Arrow on Sexual Dimorphism in
A. transvalensis, sp. 0.
Elongato-ovata, robusta, testacea, tibiis (anterioribus partim)
tarsisque rufis; clypeo brevi rotundato-quadrato rugoso, fronte
dense punctato; prothorace antrorsum arcuate vix angulariter
contracto, cum scutello dense punctatis; elytris profunde lineato-
punctatis ; pygidio subtiliter striolato-punctato ; tibiis anticis acute
bidentatis ; sterno longe fulvo-hirto. Long. 16—18 mm.
¢. Clypeo utrinque subexcavato, margine valde reflexo, pedum
anteriorum unguiculis externis inequaliter fissis, dentibus tibialibus
inferioribus brevibus et curvatis.
Q. Paulo major; clypei margine vix reflexo ; pedum anteriorum
et mediorum unguiculis externis equaliter fissis, tibiarum anteriorum
dentibus inferioribus longis et rectis ; elytris geminato-lineato-punc-
tatis.
Hab. TRANSVAAL, Pretoria (Distant).
The head is relatively broader than in the two preceding
species, and the clypeus is shorter.
A, distanti, sp. n.
Preecedenti valde affinis sed minus distincte punctata, prothorace
subtilissime punctato, antice fortiter contracto, marginis anterioris
emarginatione angustato ; elytris parum profunde lineato-punctatis ;
corpore subtus parce hirto, tibiis posticis tarsisque omnibus rufis.
Long. 18 mm.
g. Pedum anteriorum unguiculis externis inequaliter fissis, tibi-
arum anteriorum dente inferiore brevi et curvato.
@. Paulo major, pedum anteriorum et mediorum unguiculis
externis equaliter fissis, tibiarum anteriorum dentibus inferioribus
longis et rectis.
Hab. 'TRANSVAAL, Pretoria (Distant).
This species exactly resembles the preceding one in size
and coloration, but is distinguished by its less distinct
puncturation, the narrower emargination of the prothorax,
the paler colour of the middle tibiz and the less abundant
pubescence upon the sternum. I have only separated
them after a careful comparison of many specimens from
various collections.
A. denuda, sp. u.
Cylindrica, vix convexa, testacea, clypeo tibiis tarsisque nigris ;
tibiis anticis obtuse bidentatis ; capite dense punctato, clypeo brevi,
rotundato-quadrato ; prothorace subplanato, nitido, cum scutello
Beetles of the family Rutelidz. 259
subtilissime punctulato ; elytris subtiliter punctato-striatis, lateribus
parallelis medio vix ampliatis; sterno breviter et parce hirto, abdo-
mine nitidissimo, interdum infuscato. Long. 17 mm.
¢. Prothorace paulo elongato; dente tibiali inferiore brevi,
tarsorum anteriorum unguiculis externis inequaliter fissis.
. Prothorace valde transverso; dente tibiali inferiori paulo
longiore, tarsorum anteriorum et mediorum unguiculis exteruis
equaliter fissis.
Hab. OLD CALABAR.
This species strongly resembles the West African A.
disparilis in size and form, but is easily distinguishable
by its black legs and short rounded clypeus. It is more
cylindrical and much less hairy beneath than the other
species of this group and the puncturation of the elytra
is more regular.
The following new species is the representative of the
third type of claw-structure already referred to :—
A, calcarata, sp. n.
Breviter ovata, flavo-testacea; capite levi, vertice bimaculato, clypeo
impunctato, margine valde reflexo ; prothorace parvo antice fortiter
contracto, parum punctato, medio linea impressa; scutello brevi
obtuse angulato, laxe punctato, apice profunde impresso; elytris
irregulariter punctato-striatis, versus extremitates ampliatis ; corpore
subtus cum pedibus longe ac dense villosis, tibiis anticis fortiter
bidentatis, posticis brevibus triangulariter crassatis, extremitatibus
latissimis, calcaribus duobus longis singulo armatis ; tarsis elongatis.
Long. 16 mm.
¢. Corpore brevi; clypeo lato ; unguiculis omnibus simplicibus.
Q. Corpore magis elongato ; clypeo minus lato ; pedum anterio-
Tum unguiculis externis apice emarginatis.
Hab. SoutH AFrica, Cape of Good Hope (Reiche).
This species occupies an isolated position in the genus
by its many structural peculiarities. It is shorter and
more ovate than any other testaceous species known to
me. The head and clypeus have only a few scattered
punctures. The thorax is broad behind and strongly
lobed in the middle. The elytra are coarsely punctured,
the punctures, which are sometimes confluent, being
chiefly arranged in irregularly placed strie. The hind
tibie are short, very slender at the base and regularly
_
260 Mr. G. J. Arrow on Sexual Dimorphism in
thicken to the extremity, where they are very wide and
pena with two strong spurs, the upper one very
ong.
The very distinctive structure of the legs of this insect
will probably be found to require the ultimate forma ion
of a new genus for it, but in the present comprehensive
state of the genus Anomala this does not appear advise ble.
Several cases of difference in coloration between the
sexes in species of Anomala were mentioned by Burmeister,
and M. Fairmaire has recently called attention to two
other instances; and although one or two of these cases
must be regarded as doubtful, it will probably be fo ind
that this form of sexual dimorphism is by no means rare
in the genus.
The species contained in Burmeister’s Handbuch of
which the sexes are stated to show differences of colora-
tion are the two common species A. lucicola, Fabr., and
A. vidua, Newm., from North and Central America re-
spectively, the 8. European A. aurata, Fabr., A. trwittata,
Perty, and A. irrorella, Cast., from Java. Of these, how-
ever, the last must be excepted, as M. Lansberge has
pointed out that the form regarded by Burmeister as the
male is another species, to which he has given the name of
A., burmeistert.
The same author’s statement that the colour differences
of A. vidua are sexual has been controverted by Mr. H.
W. Bates, who has stated that two of the three varieties
of the species are represented by both sexes in the Central
American collection of Messrs. Godman and Salvin. I
have carefully examined the specimens in this collection
now in the British Museum, and find that every individual
of the light form is a female, and those of the dark forms
males, with a single exception. The exceptional case of
the second form was probably in Mr. Bates’ own collection,
or he may possibly have been mistaken, upon a cursory
examination, as to the sex; but notwithstanding its
hability to exception, there is amply sufficient evidence
that Burmeister was justified in pronouncing this a case
of sexual dimorphism, Of nearly 70 specimens of the
species which I have minutely examined, the single
female mentioned above is the only exception to the rule
that the form with pale elytra is the female and those
with black elytra are males.
Beetles of the family Rutelide. 261
The closely related insect described by Bates under the
name of A. nutans must be regarded as a partially dimor-
phic species, the entirely black variety consisting of both
sexes apparently in about equal numbers, while the speci-
mens with red elytra are females and those in which they
are more or less bordered with black are males. This
species is very much more variable than the preceding
one, the varieties being much less constant, and as it is
in other respects less specialised than A. vidwa it may
possibly be regarded as representing the ancestral form
of the latter in which the separation of the sexes has not
been entirely completed.
Another example is A. oblivia, Horn, a North American
species, which, as is shown by his description of the claws,
Dr. Horn has described from the male sex only. Speci-
mens of the female in the British Museum are entirely
testaceous in colour, the metallic lustre only being rather
more apparent on the thorax, which is also ‘somewhat
more elongate. The outer anterior claw, as is usual in
this sex, is approximately equally cleft, and the lower
tibial tooth long and curved.
The fourth New World example is the common North
American A, lucicola, Fabr., in which the female is either
wholly testaceous, or testaceous with a very narrow black
external margin to the elytra, and the male either entirely
black or testaceous with the thorax wholly or partially
black and a black suture and margin to the elytra.
Of the next species the two forms have been described
by M. Fairmaire under the names of Popillia exarata and
cinnabarina, and although I have only been able to ex-
amine three specimens, the characters mentioned by the
author leave little doubt that the forms are sexual and not
merely varieties. M. Fairmaire’s P. exarata is an insect
of a deep bluish or greenish black colour of which I have
seen two individuals, both of them males; and the de-
scription given of the front tarsus of which the “fourth” joint
(obviously intended for the fifth) is inflated, and the en-
larged outer claw, clearly shows that M. Fairmaire’s speci-
mens are also of that sex. Subsequently an insect similarly
coloured but with its elytra of a bright brick-red was
described from the same locality (Yunnan, in 8.W. China),
and this from a specimen before me proves to be the
female of exarata. The slightly larger size and relatively
shorter elytra (due to a lateral expansion peculiar to the
-
262 Mr. G. J. Arrow on Sewual Dimorphism in
females of these insects) mentioned by the describer
confirm my view.
The comparison of this species with Redtenbacher’s
Popillia sulcata is unfortunate, as that imsect is a true
Popillia, whereas the present one, as indicated by the naked
pygidium and the claws of the middle feet divided in both
sexes, has not any affinity with that genus. It belongs to
the group of Anomalas represented by A. iris, Candéze,
and is intermediate between that species and A. lateralis,
Hope. It is also interesting as a link between the Asiatic
and American Anomalas, showing an evident relationship
both in structure and appearance, as well as in the fact of
dimorphism, with the Mexican insects just described.
This insect has been made by Dr. Kraatz the type of a
new genus, under the name of Jschnopopillia exarata, upon
the strength of characters which differentiate it from the
genus Popillia, but in no way distinguish it from Anomala.
Popillia rugicollis, Newm., also referred to Ischnopopillia
by Kraatz, is the insect, Anomala lateralis, Hope, mentioned
above.
The name exarata is pre-occupied in the genus Anomala,
and this species must accordingly be called A. cinnabarina.
This name has been more recently given by M. Fairmaire
to another insect which must therefore be re-named. I
propose to call it Anomala fairmairet.
In1891 M. Fairmaire announced that Anomala rufozonula
and A. rufopartita, which had been described on two dif-
ferent occasions by himself, were the male and female of the
same species. The British Museum contains a long series
of this insect, showing an almost uninterrupted gradation
from the form 7ufozonula, in which the insect is wholly.
black with the exception of an orange band across the
elytra, to one in which the elytra and prothorax are wholly
orange except a very narrow black sutural line and patch
in the centre of the thorax, rufopartita being intermediate
between these forms. Both sexes appear equally variable,
the dark rufozonula being represented in the national
collection by females as well as males, whilst the extreme
light form referred to, and one of the intermediate varieties
connecting it with rufopartita (considered by M. Fair-
maire to be the female) are males. The only colour dif-
ference exhibited by all our specimens is in the abdomen,
which in all the males is entirely black, whilst in none of
the females has the orange quite disappeared, but even
Beetles of the family Rutelidz. 263
this in such an extremely variable species cannot be
stated as absolutely civarieleh
The other species of Fairmaire’s referred to above is
Anomala 6-oculata from Tibet, in which the elytra are pale
yellow in the female and brown in the male; and this
exemplifies the general rule for those species which exhibit
colour differences, the female being characterised by a less
development of the colouring matter, which in the male
takes the form of darker markings of greater or less extent,
or when at its maximum may suffuse the entire surface
with black.
Closely related to A. 6-ocwlata, and showing the same
sexual difference, is A. straminea, Semenow, an insect from
North China, which in the female is uniformly straw-
coloured, while in the male the elytra are more or less
deeply fuscous and the thorax and head marked with
patches of the same colour. In his description of this
species, the author speaks of it as “ maculis nonnunquam
evanescentibus,’ showing that he had the female, but
regarded it as merely a variety.
In A. mutans, Blanch., on the contrary, the male form
has been described as the variety and the female, which
is pale, with the exception of a dark-red head, scutellum
and suture, as the typical form. The male of this species
(the author’s “var. tota nigro-picea”) is a shining black
over the whole upper surface with the exception of a
narrow margin to the thorax and sometimes a fine
median line.
The following new species is remarkable as presenting,
as well as a similar disparity in coloration, a peculiar
difference in the sculpture of the upper surface, the elytra
of the male being shining while those of the female are
very densely rugose and opaque, thus recalling a somewhat
similar sexual difference which occurs in certain of the
Water Beetles.
A, rugosa, sp. 0.
Breviter ovata, rufo-testacea; capite rufo-fusco, dense punctato,
elypeo semicirculariter arcuato, margine paulo reflexo; prothorace
brevi, convexo, nitido, punctato, lateribus valde arcuatis, angulis
posticis rotundatis, disco bimaculato, maculis triangularibus, basibus
in disci medio approximatis, nonnunquam confluentibus ; scutello.
rufo vel fusco, grosse punctato ; subtus cum pedibus rufis, tarsorum
anteriorum et mediorum unguiculis fissis. Long. 14 mm.
a
264 Mr. G. J. Arrow on Sexual Dimorphism im
4. Elytris nigris, interdum maculis'parvis humeralibus, lateralibus
et apicalibus punctato-striatis, interstitiis subtiliter punctatis ; tibiis
anticis tridentatis, tarsorum anticorum unguiculi divisione inferiore
majore.
°. Elytris rufo-testaceis, obsolete striatis, densissime rugosis, mar-
ginibus vittaque obliqua ab humero fere ad apicem decurrente nigris;
tibiis anticis bidentatis, tarsorum anticorum unguiculi divisione
superiore majore.
Hab, N.Inpta: Punjab, Himalayas.
This species is similar in form and marking to A. vari-
color, Gyllenh., but is very distinct by the sexual differ-
ences referred to. The female bore the unpublished name
of A. rugosa in Reiche’s collection. Burmeister has very
briefly described a species, A. rujficapilla, from the same
locality, which resembles the female of A. rugosa, but the
description applies, according to the author, to both sexes.
In his species, moreover, the front tibia is three-toothed,
and the sculpture of the elytra differs from that of A.
TUGOSM.
Another new species differs from those preceding in the
fact that the sexes exhibit an entire difference in the
colour itself and not merely in its distribution. In the
male the colour is a rich deep purple and in the female a
rather dark metallic green. Even in immature specimens
in which the colour is undeveloped the sexes may be
readily distinguished by a slight reddish or greenish lustre.
A, imperialis, sp. 0.
Oblongo-ovata, subdepressa, zeneo-testacea ; capite punctato-rugoso,
clypeo semicirculariter arcuato ; prothorace pallide marginato, crebre
punctato, profunde longitudinaliter sulcato, lateribus angulato arcu-
ato, angulis posticis obtusis; scutello testaceo, punctato; elytris
costatis, subtiliter punctatis ; pedibus longissimis. Long. 16 mm,
¢. Capite, prothoracis disco elytrisque purpureis ; pygidio testaceo,
tumido, strigato-punctato, apice obtuso.
¢. Fronte, prothoracis disco elytris pygidioque viridibus; protho-
race latiore ; pygidio subplano, subtiliter rugoso, acuminato,
Hab. Nortu Cuina (fortune).
This species is allied to A. awlaw, Wied., which it
resembles in size, form and sculpture, but it is rather more
depressed and less densely punctured. The furrow on the
thorax is broader and the elytral coste rounded. The
Beetles of the family Rutelide. 265
male appears to be rather more abundant than the female,
and is quite unmistakable from its deep purple hue.
Two peculiar insects were described by Blanchard under
the generic name Adoretosoma and placed after the genus
Adoretus, but these appear in the Munich Catalogue in the
genus Anomala. These are A. elegans and A. fulvivenire,
both Indian species. At least three closely related species
have been described from China by M. Fairmaire, who has
assigned them to the genus Phyllopertha under the names
of chromatica, tenuelimbata and virgulata. It is possible
that others of the new species placed in the same genus
by M. Fairmaire may be congeneric, but in the absence of
structural characters this cannot be determined from the
descriptions. P. tenuelimbata and a closely related new
species afford further examples of sexual dimorphism, and
it seems likely that all the species mentioned above have
been described from representatives of one sex only, but
with the exception of these two I have not been able to
find both sexes of any of them.
There can be no doubt as to the advisability of restoring
this group to generic rank, and the addition of the sexual
characters to those given by Blanchard will render the
genus very easily recognisable.
Adoretosoma, Blanch., Cat, Col. Ent. Paris, 1860, p. 234.
Unguiculis gracilibus et longissimis, pedum anteriorum medior-
umque externis fissis, ? anteriorum regulariter curvatis, apice equal-
iter divisis; ¢ pedum anteriorum tarsis incrassatis, unguiculo externo
quam interno multo longiore, recto, post medium spino minutissimo
armato, tibiis anterioribus brevioribus dentibusque minoribus valde
approximatis,
Phyllopertha tenuelimbata, Fairm., referred to above was
described in the Ann. Soc. Ent. Franc. for 1889, p. 24; and
in the Comptes Rendus, Soc. Ent. Belg., 1891, p. cciii, M.
Fairmaire described another new species under the same
name. From this our species must be carefully distin-
guished. As the first species will become <Adoretosoma
tenuelimbatum, the second may perhaps be allowed to
retain the name inadvertently given to it. M. Fairmaire’s
description of the former insect applies to the female only,
which is a pale yellow insect with a very narrow green
sutural line and a large green spot in the middle of the
thorax, The male has the vertex of the head, the disc of
—_
266 Mr. G. J. Arrow on Sexual Dimorphism in
the thorax, the scutellum and the elytra, with the excep-
tion of a pale longitudinal vitta upon each bordering the
suture and usually extending to half the breadth, of a deep
green. The suture is narrowly green. The thorax is nar-
rower than in the female and is rather more sharply angu-
lated in the middle of the sides.
The following is a closely related species.
Adoretosoma metallicum, sp. 0.
Cylindricum, rufotestaceum, nitidissimum, pedum intermediorum
et posticorum tarsis tibiarumque extremitatibus nigris; capite ru-
goso, vertice nitido vix punctato; prothorace distincte marginato vix
punctato,'lateribus angulatis, angulis anticis acutis, posticis rectis ;
elytris grosse lineato-punctatis.
¢. Capitis vertice, prothoracis medio elytrisque viridibus vel viri-
diceruleis. Long, 13 mm.
Q. Major, capite prothoraceque rubris, elytris viridibus vel viridi-
ceruleis. Long. 15 mm.
Hab. NortH Cuina, Shanghai.
This is a larger species than A, tenwelimbatum and has
not the deeply striated elytra of that and the two original
species of the genus, approaching in this respect and in
colour A. chromaticum. The male is similarly coloured to
that of A. tenwelimbatum, but the dark colour extends over
the whole of the elytra, and the patch on the thorax reaches
the front and hind margins. In the female the elytra are
also wholly green or blue, but the head and thorax are a
metallic red. The thoracic mark is sometimes represented
by a pair of faint dark marks in the middle of the base of
the thorax.
In the neighbouring genus Popillia sexual dimorphism
appears again. Fabricius described an insect belonging to
this genus of which the upper surface is black under
the name of Cetonia rufipes, and two other forms, red
and green respectively, were described by Newman,
who, however, suggested the possibility of all three
being varieties of a single species. Attention to the
form of the abdomen and legs shows at once that the
metallic green insects (Popillia xneas of Newman) are
females and the black individuals males, those with the
elytra more or less red being also males and probably only
immature. Burmeister associated the three forms, but
announced that the black and green colours were most
Beetles of the family Rutelidx. 267
often:found in the females and the red in the males. He
may have been misled by the examination of an aberrant
female, for one of many which I have examined is gynan-
dromorphous, showing the black coloration proper to the
males; or, as he nowhere mentions the principal sexual
characters of the genus, it is possible that he was entirely
mistaken as to the sexes of his specimens. These charac-
ters have not been fully pointed out by subsequent mono-
graphers, so that it may be well to describe them here.
The tibiz, tarsi and claws of the male are all consider-
ably stouter than in the female, and the teeth on the front
tibiz are short, sharp and conical, whereas in the female
the anterior one is produced and convex. The outer claw
of the anterior tarsus in the male forms a flattened plate
and has a sharp slender tooth near its extremity; that of.
the middle tarsus is very long and undivided. In the
other sex both are simply bifid. The antennal club is
perceptibly longer in the male and the pygidium is visible
from beneath. In the female the pygidium is only visible
from above, the junction with the last ventral segment
being at the extremity of the body and not ventral.
Another and closely related example in this genus is
Popillia flavotrabeata, Thoms., of which only the female
appears to have been as yet described. ‘This isan elongate
golden- or bronzy-green insect with yellow margins to the
thorax and an oblique band of the same colour on each
elytron, which however is liable to disappear. The male
exactly corresponds to that of P. rufipes, except that the
thorax retains the coloration of the female, the elytra in
fully mature specimens being shining black. The legs in
both species are paler and non-metallic in the male, It is
remarkable that of this species also a single female speci-
men inthe British Museum has the male coloration,
although a trace still remains of the pale elytral streak
peculiar to its own sex.
The female of this species is also P. lacertosa of Candéze.
Herr Kolbe in his monograph of the African species of
Popillia suggests the identity of this with Thomson’s
species, and of this I have no doubt.
It will be seen that the sexual differences in the struc-
ture of the claws are confined to the African species of the
cylindrical testaceous group of Anomalas, whereas colour
dimorphism occurs in species from all parts of the world
representing widely separated sections of the genus. In
every case of the latter type the distinction consists not in
268 Mr. G, J. Arrow on Sexual Dimorphism in
any fundamental difference but in the degree of develop-
ment of the colouring matter, the male, with the excep-
tion of the aberrant individuals referred to of the Mexican
species, exhibiting a greater exuberance than the female,
or the superposition of a darker hue. Anomala imperialis,
described in this paper, is an apparent exception to this
rule, the colours of the two sexes appearing to be unrelated.
But experiment shows that the metallic purple colour
characteristic of the male of this species is transformed by
exposure to sunlight into a green like that of the female,
so that here also the male form is obtained by an addition
to that characteristic of the female.
From this rule it results that, given a sufficiently wide
range of variation, the line of separation will be liable to
obliteration, and it may be found that certain individuals of
some of the species do not correspond with the sexual charac-
ters given; but this will not interfere with the general fact,
for in every case mentioned, (except that of Anomala cinna-
barina, where the original descriptions appear to warrant
my conclusion,) the number of specimens examined seems
sufficient to establish the general rule ; and several species
which in all probability belong to this category have been
omitted because the number of specimens I have been
able to examine is insufficient to be conclusive.
It is important to notice, that the cases of aberration to
which I have referred are without exception of the female
sex, thus associating them with those cases familiar to us
amongst higher animals of the phenomenon of Gynandro-
morphism, which appears to be of occasional occurrence
wherever secondary sexual characters are found.
Table of species exhibiting Sexual Dimorphism.
The Sexes differing in Claw Structure.
Anomala egregia, Gahan. . ‘ : Somaliland.
A, dispurilis, sp.n. . ; : ‘ Gold Coast.
A. kersteni, Gerst. d : ; : Zanzibar.
A. rufa, Kolbe . ; ; : Germ. E. Africa.
A. solida, sp.n. . 4 , : : S. Africa.
A, clypeatu, sp. n. : : ‘ : 8. Africa.
A, transvalensis, sp. 0. : : : Transvaal.
A, distanti, sp. n. ; . : : Transvaal.
A. denuda, sp. n. é : : . Old Calabar.
A, calcarata, sp.n. , ‘ : ; 8. Africa,
Beetles of the family Rutelide. 269
The Sexes differing in Coloration.
Anomala 6-oculata, Fairm. : : Tibet.
A, straminea, Sem... ; ; : N. China.
A. rugosa, sp. 2. ‘ : : ; Nepal.
A. mutans, Blanch. . . ; . Sierra Leone.
A. 3-vittata, Perty. . : : : Java.
A. aurata, Fabr. ; E. Europe.
A. imperialis, sp.n.. : ; ‘ N. China.
A. cinnabarina, sp. n. A : . SeWe. Ching.
A. vidua, Newm. : : : ; Mexico.
A. nutans, Bates : : 4 Q Mexico.
A. oblivia, Horn. F ; 3 : U. States.
A, lucicola, Fabr. ‘ : : Y U. States.
Adoretosoma tenuelimbatum, Fairm. . N. China.
A. metallicum, sp.n. . ; d : N. China.
Popillia rufipes, Fabr. F : ; W. Africa.
P. flavotrabeata, Thoms... : : W. Africa.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1S99.—PART I. (JUNE) 18
VIII. Notes on the Rutelid genera Anomala, Mimela,
Popillia, and Strigoderma. By Giupert J. Arrow, F.ES.
[Read April 5th, 1899.]
AccoRDING to the type specimen now in the British
Museum, Anomala pallida, F. is the species known as
A, ypsilon, Wied. Beside this specimen an example of
Olivier’s A. varians appears to have been placed at a time
subsequent to the original description of A. pallida in the
Systema Entomologica, and this seems to have been taken
by Fabricius in mistake for his type when writing his
Systema Eleutheratorum, in which he quoted his previous
description, but referred to the original specimen as
var. minor. This confusion has hitherto escaped notice,
and Burmeister, following the later description, regarded the
larger specimen as the true A. pallida without observing
its identity with Olivier’s insect, Both species are Asiatic,
the localities given by all the authors mentioned being
wholly wrong.
A. humeralis, Walker, which is very closely related to
the preceding insect, must be called A. walkeri, as the
name humeralis is preoccupied. It is larger and more
convex than A. pallida, and has the puncturation more
homogeneous and the head entirely dark.
The Rey. T. Blackburn has described an Anomala from
Australia as A. australasiv, but examination of specimens
from Queensland and South Australia shows it to be the
common and very widespread species antiqua, GyllL, first
described from China, and of which there are also
specimens in the British Museum from India, Burma,
Siam, the Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Java. Mr.
Blackburn remarks in connection with this that another
Anomala, A. fuscoviridis, has been described from
Australia. This, however, is a mistake which has arisen
through a slip in Blanchard’s Catalogue de la Collection
Entomologique du Muséum de Paris, in which “ Nouv.
Hollande” occurs instead of “ Nouv. Guinée.” I believe
this species will probably prove to be the same as
A, assimilis, Boisd., the figure being imaginary and
misleading. A. antiqua, Gyll., is therefore in all probability
the only beetle of this genus occurring in Australia, and this
TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART II. (JUNE)
al
272 Mr. G. J. Arrow’s notes on the Rutelid genera
has no doubt been carried there at some period more or less
recent.
The types of Anomala (Luchlora) femoralis and perplexa,
Hope, in the British Museum show the two species to be
identical. Both names are therefore synonyms of bicolor,
Fab., with which the catalogue already shows A. /emoralis
as synonymous.
A, tingitana, Blanch. from Algeria is the European
species profuga, Erichs., which thus ranges, like so many
other S. European insects, on both sides of the Mediter-
ranean. Blanchard’s specimens, as well as all I have seen
from the southern shore of the Mediterranean, belong to
the black variety (A. evrans, var. 5, Illig.), It will be
remarkable if this proves to be the only form represented
there.
Three species of Anomala have been given the same
name of variegata, of which that described by Hope from
Nepal has priority. The second is a Brazilian insect
described by Latreille, and wrongly regarded by Burmeister
as the same as the North and Central American A.
undulata. This insect may be called A. brasiliensis.
Mimela variegata of Walker also belongs to this genus,
although it is the species which has recently been made
the type of a new genus by Dr. Kraatz under the name of
Pecilosticta princeps. Dr. Kraatz has regarded it as most
nearly allied to Popillia, but he is evidently not acquainted
with the species of Anomala with a produced mesosternum
forming the section Spilota, to which all the characters
mentioned by him refer it. The form of the tip of the
front tibia mentioned and figured by Dr. Kraatz as a
generic character is distinctive of the females of these
insects. Walker's name being inadmissible, this species
should be called Anomala (Spilota) princeps, Kraatz.
Dr. Kraatz has formed another new genus (Hadvopopillia)
for Popillia regina (not “veginx”), of Newman, which also
belongs to the subgenus Spilota, and is very closely
related to Anomala strigata, Lap. Newman’s name has
been sunk in favour of Guérin’s splendida, dating from
1840, but as the original description of Newman’s regina,
as of his numerous other species of Popillia, was in the
“Magazine of Natural History” of 1838 (vol. ii, p. 336) this
must be revived as the correct name. This paper was
overlooked by the cataloguers, although it preceded by three
years that to which they have given the references,
Anomala, Mimela, Popillia, and Strigoderma. 273
’ Another close ally of this insect was also described by
Newman as a Popillia under the name of P. varia. It has
since been named Spilota popiliopsis by Candéze, but must
be called Anomala (Spilota) varia, Newm.
A. microcephala, Burm., is synonymous with A, sulei-
pennis, Lap., and two related species described by Bates
from Costa Rica in the Biologia Centrali-Americana are
old species. His A. costarica is the same as A. testacet-
pennis, Blanch., described from Bolivia, and A. vanpatteni
is A, marginata, Fab. Bates was in both cases misled by
the localities of his insects, which will no doubt ultimately
prove to have a wide range. That of A. marginata, as at
present known, is very peculiar. The British Museum
collection contains specimens from Canada. Dr. Horn
mentions it as belonging to the Southern States, and in
Central America it has apparently only been found in
Costa Rica. As it is very abundant where it is found,
these apparent gaps in its habitat are remarkable.
Burmeister’s Phyllopertha 8-costata, a Japanese insect
which from the similarity of the names has been confused
with Hope’s Anomala costata, seems, as well as the latter,
to be most fitly placed in the genus Anomala. It isa very
closely related form to A. sieversi, Heyden, from Corea.
Another Japanese species, Anomala pubicollis, Waterh., on
the contrary has its nearest allies in Phyllopertha, and
should be transferred to that genus.
In the genus Minela, the types of similis and bicolor of
Hope belong to the same species ; hopei, Burm., is the
same as heterochropus, Blanch.; and chryseis, Bates, is
testaceoviridis, Blanch. Mimela gaschkevitchi, Motsch., is
M. lathami, Hope. Hope mentions Singapore as a locality
for this insect, but this is almost certainly due to a mistake,
as it appears to be restricted to the northern part of China,
Corea, and Japan. A variety occurring in the last is
wholly crimson in colour, and there are also specimens
entirely black.
Three allied species of Mimela have been the subjects of
much confusion. JM, leei, Swed., M. fulgidivittata, Bl., and
M. horsfieldi, Hope, are insects of similar appearance,
characterised by rainbow-like bands of red, gold and blue.
In the Munich catalogue there is a species, M. vittata,
Redt., of which /ulgidivittata stands as a synonym, while
sapphirina, Parry, occurs as the name of a variety of it.
The three names thus brought together really belong to
al
274 Mr, G. J. Arrow’s notes on the Rutelid genera
the three species named above. Parry’s insect, which is
from Assam (and not Kashmir as stated in the catalogue),
is a blue variety of the Assamese Jf. Jeez, which is easily
distinguishable by the coarse puncturation and deep blue
sutural margins of the elytra; and Redtenbacher’s species,
which was described from Kashmir, is the same as ©,
horsfieldi of Hope, recognisable by its smaller size, less
punctured elytra and the golden colour of the hind femora.
There is a variety of J. fulgidivittata, in which the green
ground colour is replaced by a reddish-bronze over the
entire surface, and the bands are a purplish black.
Three names have been given to a species of Popillia
inhabiting the Philippine Islands. The types of P. scalpta
and xwmula, Newman, are the same, and picticollis, Kraatz,
also belongs to this species, Dr. Kraatz having been misled
by Newman’s very faulty descriptions. P. ewmula was
described from a specimen from which the hairs on the
disc of the thorax had been rubbed off, and in P. scalpta
the author, by astrange omission, made no reference to this
most prominent characteristic.
Strigoderma fulgicollis and insignis, described and
figured by de Bréme, are merely two of the colour varieties
of S. suleipennis, Burm. The volume in which these were
described bears the same date as Burmeister’s (1844), but
the paper was not published until the following year.
The descriptions of S. colombica, Burm., and S. cupreiceps,
Blanch., are virtually the same, and I have no doubt of the
identity of the types.
S. nigripennis, Bates, to which a name was given by
Bates on account of its darker coloration than orbicularis,
Burm., is clearly only a variety of the latter, although very
distinct. The absence of all structural difference and the
fact that the great majority of the specimens occur in one
collection from the same place (Cordova) will not permit it
to be regarded as another species, and the apparent
absence of individuals intermediate in colour is by no
means unique.
SYNONYMICAL LIST.
Anomala pallida, F., Syst. Ent., p. 35 = A. pallida, var.,
Syst. EL, p. 168 = A. ypsilon, Wied.
A, varians, Oliv. = A. pallida, Burm.
A, walkeri, nn. = A. humeralis, Walker.
Anomala, Mimela, Popillia, and Strigoderma. 275
. antiqua, Gyll. = A. australasivw, Blackb., Proc. Linn.
Soc., N.S. Wales, 2nd ser., vii, p. 113.
. beolor, F. = A. ss “plead, Hope.
. profuga, Erichs, = A, tingitana, euch
. brasiliensis, nn, = A. variegata, Latr.
. suleipennis, ee = hk microcephala, Burm.
. marginata, F. = A. vanpatteni, Bates, Biol. Cent.
Amer., II, pt. 2, p. 241,
‘ testaceipennis, Blanch. = A. costaricx, Bates, Biol. Cent.
Amer., II, pt. 2, p. 235.
. (Spilota) princeps, Kr. = Mimela variegata, Walk. =
Pecilosticta princeps, Kraatz, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 1892,
p. 291.
. (Spilota) varia, Newm. = Popillia varia, Newm. =
Spilota popiliopsis, Cand.
. (Spilota) regina, Newm. = Popillia regina, Newm. =
Hadropopillia splendida, Guér., Kraatz, Deut. Ent.
Zeit., 1892, p. 291.
A, cinnabarina, Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1887, p. 113
= Popillia cinnabari wna, Fairm., Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg.,
1887, p.113 = Ischnopopillia ewer ata, Fairm., Kraatz,
le, p. 298.
A, fairmairei, nn. = Anomala cinnabarina, Fairm., Aun.
Soc. Ent. Belg., 1893, p. 308.
A. lateralis, Hope = Popillia rugicollis, Newm.
A, 8-costata, Burm. = Phyllopertha 8-costata, Burm., nec
Anomala costata, Hope.
Phyllopertha ubicollis, Waterh. = Anomala pubicollis,
Waterh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1875, p. 111.
Adoretosoma tenuelimbatum, Fairm. = Phyllopertha tenue-
limbata, Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 24, nec
P. tenuelimbata, Fairm., C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1891,
p. cciil.
A, virgulatum, Fairm. = Phyllopertha virgulata, Fairm.,
Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 24.
A, chromaticum, Fairm. = Phyllopertha chromatica, Fairm.,
Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1886, p. 327.
Mimela lathami, Hope = M. gaschkevitchi, Motsch.
M. leei, Swed. = (var.) sapphirina, Parry.
M. horsfieldi, Hope = M. vittata, Redt., nec IM. fulgidi-
vittata, Bl.
M. heterochropus, Blanch. = M. hopei, Burm.
M. bicolor, Hope = I. similis, Hope.
M. testaceoviridis, Blanch. = MM. chryseis, Bates.
hf f_phahK &
pie ES
all
276 = Mr. G. J. Arrow’s notes on the Rutelid genera.
Popillia scalpta, Newm. = P. xmula, Newm. = P.
preticollis, Kraatz, Deut. Ent. Zeit., 1892, p. 284.
P. flavotrabeata, Thoms. = P. lacertosa, Cand.
Strigoderma suleipennis, Burm. = SS. fulgicollis and
insignis, de Bréme.
S. colombica, Burm. = 8. cupreiceps, Blanch.
JUNE 22, 1899.
( 29)
IX. The development of Ceroplastes roseatus, Towns. and
Ckll. By Cuas. H. Dotpy-Tyter, F.E.S., British
Consul, Panama.
[Read May 3rd, 1899.]
Puate VIII.
Ceroplastes roscatus, Townsend and Cockerell (Journ. New
York Entom. Soc., vol. vi, p. 176, September 1898.
Ref. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 111, p. 167,
February 1899).
On the suggestion of Professor Cockerell, to whom I am
much indebted for kind encouragement and assistance
in prosecuting my study of the Coccidex, I undertook in
December last to record the development of the exceed-
ingly pretty species that forms the subject of the present
paper.
Upon leaving the parent scale the young insects crawl
for a short distance along the branch or twig and settle
down almost immediately. Having placed some upon the
upper surface of a leaf, they wandered over it for upwards
of three hours, and eventually reached the twig whereon
they fixed at once.
Twenty-four hours after fixation three faint mealy
secretions appeared upon the head, thorax, and abdomen
respectively, and during the following six hours assumed
definite form; the cephalic patch being sub-cylindrical
and higher than the rest; the thoracic patch divided
transversely into three ridges representing the pro-, meso-,
and meta-thoracic terga—the first being somewhat of a
shallow inverted horse-shoe shape; and the abdominal
patch was divided into seven distinct transverse ridges,
narrowing posteriorly, which represented the visible
tergites. Ten hours later, or forty after fixation, appeared
the first indications of the marginal plates—so conspicuous
in the advanced larval condition—in the form of two
minute irregular patches of secretion situated upon the
margin on either side of the thorax close to the pro- and
meso-thoracic, and the meta-thoracic and abdominal sutures
(Plate VIII, fig. 1). The colour of the insect’s body, which
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART UI. (SEPT.) 19 |
- .
278 Mr. C. H. Dolby-Tyler on the
originally was a claret or light maroon, had changed to
a fulvous brown, and incipient development of the dorsal
tubercle was apparent in the more convexed and elevated
dorsum.
The patches of dorsal secretion continued to grow, the
pro- and meso-thoracic ridges uniting in a well-defined
quadrangle, and several of the abdominal ridges becoming
confluent, until ten hours later they had attained a height
equal to that of the dorsum. During the ensuing fourteen
hours the quadrangular mass became cubical with a
concavity in its upper surface ; posterior to, and spring-
ing from the base of the cube, another ridge of secretion
had arisen and united accurately with the meta-thoracic
tuft; and all the abdominal ridges were confluent and
serrated at their margin, showing on either side six
incisions corresponding to the tergal sutures. Though
distinct, the divisions between the regional masses of
secretion was inconsiderable. Six hours subsequently a
number of scattered nascent secretions appeared laterally
cephalad of the thoracic marginal tufts; between the
thorax and abdomen a parallel and almost confluent ridge
of secretion appeared, inclined forward and united at its
apex with that of the meta-thorax; while between the
pre-caudal lobes a. short median film of secretion was
visible. Thirteen hours later several small patches had
appeared, marginally luterocaudad. At this stage in one
of the insects under observation I noticed a relatively
large drop of a transparent fluid ejected dorsally from
between the anal plates.
Two days later (to be precise, 130 hours after fixation)
the thoracic masses had united, becoming sub-conical
and inclined cephalad; the lateral incisions of the
abdominal tuft had disappeared; and the marginal tufts
could now be traced, although as yet the caudo-laterals
had not assumed definite form. The body of the insect,
now reverted to its original maroon colour, was visible
only as an ovoid fascia separating the dorsal and marginal
tufts, and united at its narrower diameter by the naked
thoraco-abdominal suture.
The day following the marginal tufts, fifteen in all,
were quite distinct, there being six projecting laterally
from either side; one cephalad, below the cephalic tuft ;
and one projecting posteriorly from beneath each pre-
5
caudal lobe. Meanwhile, the growth of the cephalic tuft
ae
Development of Ceroplastes roseatus. 279
ip ip
appeared to be arrested, or advanced in an imperceptible
degree. Three days subsequently the abdominal secretion
had attained a height of ‘50 mm., and the insect pre-
sented the appearance given in Fig. 2,a,0. At this stage
the shallow perpendicular fluting and horizontal strize of
the abdominal tuft were more pronounced than at any other..
Eight days later the pre-caudal sete, which up till then
were constant, had disappeared, and the surface of the
lobes was sparsely sprinkled with secretion ; the tubercles,
three on either side subdorsally, and one cephalad, all
co-equal in size, could just be distinguished; while the
anal plates had fused into a sub-cylindrical spine.
Four days afterwards the insect presented a somewhat
flattened convex, ovate appearance; the marginal tufts
appearing as a broad raised band, narrowed caudad, divided
by deep indentations into light distinct plates (Fig. 3),
there being one cephalad composed of the cephalo-
marginal, cephalic, and first pair of lateral tufts; three
lateral pairs, the last of which was formed through
evalescence of tufts 4,5; and one caudad made up -of
No. 6 and the precaudal tufts and surface secretions. The
dorsal tufts had united forming a compact ovate, truncate,
conical mass, and a faint secretion appeared between this
and the marginal plates. The first step towards the
elaboration of true wax was now apparent, the substance
of all the plates being consolidated, each one showing
a disappearing apical tuft of primitive secretion.
From this period for the ensuing eight days no apparent
external growth of secretion was visible; meanwhile, how-
ever, the elaboration of true wax continued, and at the
expiration of this period the base of each plate was
composed of a homogeneous mass of pink-hued wax, and
the interstices half filled with it, so that the insect’s body
was now completely hidden from view with the exception
of the anal process, a small portion of which projected
through the waxy covering.
Five days later the fusion of secretion had much
advanced, the whole test was widened and nearly circular.
Seen from above the central plate appeared slightly
polygonal, somewhat longer than broad, and viewed in
profile, laterally, its apex 1s seen to be inclined cephalad.
The marginal plates are conical and the caudal plate, the
growth of which appears to be arrested mediad, has com-
menced to merge on either side into No. 3,
al
280 The Development of Ceroplastes roseatus.
A week subsequently the caudal plate was entirely
merged into No, 3, and the insect, which now measures
externally 3 mm. in length, presents seven well-defined
plates. The apical tufts of snowy white secretion, which
contrast so noticeably with the roseate hue of the waxy
plates, are very minute and in many instances have dis-
appeared entirely.
During the ensuing fortnight the secretion of wax
proceeds rapidly, the sutures between the plates are
completely filled, and the end of the stout anal process is
visible as only a small black point. The insect has
attained a length of 6 mm., on an average, and appears
as in Fig. 4. At this stage the rosy colour is most pro-
nounced at the recently filled sutures, and its existence
would seem in part due to the translucence of the newly-
formed wax allowing partial transmission of the deep
maroon colour of the living insect beneath,
A fortnight later, almost exactly ten weeks from the
date of fixation, the 2 had arrived at maturity and the
test was fully formed, presenting the appearance described
by Messrs. Townsend and Cockerell, with one addition,
vizi—that in the smaller and more perfectly formed
specimens (Fig. 5) the apex of the test is mucronate and
curved cephalad.
The rate of growth of individual imsects varies con-
siderably, their relative position upon a branch appearing
to have a marked influence upon development; those
nearer the main stem or trunk seemingly thrive better
than others farther removed. The largest fully-formed
test in my series measures long. 10 mm., trans. 8 mm,,
alt. 6 mm., and the smallest 3,5, x 3 x 2 mm., both being
of the same generation. Very few arrive at maturity owing
to the attacks of various parasitic Hymenoptera, amongst
which, however, I have succeeded in rearing only one,
Lecaniobius cockerellii, Ashm. They are also preyed upon
by the larvee of a Coccinellid, Azya luteipes, Muls.
There are four broods a year, but owing to the causes
mentioned above their colonies are kept within very
narrow limits, and considered economically they are
innocuous, :
EXPLANATION OF PiLatTE VIII.
[See explanation facing the PLATE.]
Geel 9
xX. A second Asiatic species of Corydalis. By
Rospert McLAcHLAN, E.R.S., ETC.
[Read June 7th, 1899.]
Puate IX.
In the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London
for 1884, Prof. Wood-Mason described and figured (p. 110,
pl. viii) the first Asiatic species of Corydalis, a genus up
to then thought to be peculiarly American, from the
Naga Hills. Through the kindness of Mr. J. H. Leech,
B.A., F.LS., I am able to describe and figure a second
Asiatic species, from Western China, and in the remarks
appended to the description are indications that probably
a third exists. I saw the specimens described by Prof.
Wood-Mason, but did not examine them very critically :
they are now in the Calcutta Museum; the description
is unfortunately not sufficiently detailed.
I think it just possible that the Asiatic species may
eventually be separated generically from the American.
In the former not only is the posterior portion of the
head produced into a sharp tooth on each side (as in the
American), but there is also an additional sharp tooth
(wanting in the American species) on each side of the
disk of the head somewhat posteriorly, and the elongated
mandibles of the J show indications (more or less slight)
of one or two teeth on their inner edge in addition to the
minute one just before the apex. But mandibular develop-
ment is erratic in Corydalis, for it is well known that in
some American species the mandibles of the f are not more
developed than in the 2, whereas in others the difference
is only slightly marked, but in the majority very great.
Corydalis orientalis, sp. 0.
g Head very large, subquadrate (without the neck), 13 mm.
broad (without the posterior teeth), sides straight, the posterior
angles produced into a very strong black acute triangular tooth,
anterior edge straight with a deep median semicircular excision, disk
convex posteriorly, rugose, on each side of the front of the convex
portion is a broad acute black triangular tooth; neck strongly
defined (4 mm. long by 7 mm. broad in front), convex : the general
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART II. (SEPT.)
-
282 Mr. R. McLachlan on
colour may be taken as blackish above, with strongly impressed
yellowish markings, the alate lateral expansions yellowish, reticu-
lated with blackish, a large irregularly cuneate reticulated yellowish
median space not quite extending to the ocelli, two large (scarcely
separated) yellowish spots behind the ocelli, a similar transverse
spot before the ocelli (between the antenne), the external frontal
angles also yellowish ; neck yellowish above, with its anterior edge,
a fine longitudinal median impressed line, and two cuneate lines
(not reaching the posterior margin), black : beneath the colour is
blackish, the sides yellowish longitudinally marked and reticulated
with blackish ; orbits yellowish ; sub-mentum blackish, very strongly
excised, each side produced into a very strong triangular acute
tooth; labrum yellow above; maxille long black sub-cylindrical,
yellow at its apex, the palpi small, black, each joint at its apex, and
the first two internally, yellow. Eyes small, olivaceous. Antenne
about half the length of the wings, fine, slender, submoniliform,
black, the basal joint with a yellow ring at its apex. Mandibles
elongate (21 mm. long, without reckoning the curvature), rather
broad, and slightly curved, blackish piceous ; the external edge is
regular; the basal portion has a broad groove above, and is much
flattened and dilated to nearly a third of the whole length, the dilated
portion ending in a nearly rectangular tooth on the inner margin ;
much beyond the middle of this margin there is a second tooth,
small and acute, and just before the apex a third, almost spiniform.
Prothorax much narrower than the head, snbcylindrical, much
longer than broad (13 mm. long, 7°5 mm. broad in the middle and
9°5 posteriorly), its sides nearly parallel, scarcely dilated in front,
but considerably so on its posterior edge, with a blunt transverse
ridge on each side of its median portion ; above blackish, with a
median yellowish longitudinal stripe narrowed posteriorly, and
somewhat irregular longitudinal lines, forming ill-defined bands
on either side: beneath black, with a narrow transverse yellow line
anteriorly, and a large yellow spot on each side of the ‘neck.’ Meso-
and meta-thorax black above ; on the former the anterior lobe and
scutellum marked with yellowish.
Legs blackish, somewhat cinereous; coxa, trochanters, and base of
femora, yellowish beneath.
Abdomen blackish cinereous (colour changed): last dorsal segment
deeply grooved above, almost to its base ; superior appendages some-
what longer than the segment, parallel, strong, cylindrical, slightly
curved downwards; inferior appendages geniculated, the apical
portion strongly turned inward (in bad condition).
Wings smoky cinereous, subhyaline; anterior wings with a few
a second Asiatic species of Corydalis. 283
faint paler spaces on the disk; the neuration very strong, black, and
all the transverse nervules margined with black, those towards the
base very broadly margined; there are also some independent black
or blackish spots below the radius, and in the basal portion of the
cubital region (this black margining of the nervules gives the wings
a peculiar tessellated appearance) ; in the broad costal area several of
the nervules anastomos: in an asymmetrical manner near the costal
edge, forming two irregular rows of costal cellules in that portion
(this character is evidently irregular, and may probably not always
be present); posterior wings as in the anterior, but the nervules are
margined only in the apical portion.
Length of body (without the mandibles) about 61 mm. Expanse
of wings about 146 mm. (the tips of the wings damaged),
Hab. CHIA-TING-FU, WESTERN CHINA, 1000 ft. May.
(Type Coll. McLachlan.)
This differs very strongly from C. asiatica, Wood-Mason,
in the structure of the head, thorax, and mandibles, and
also in the markings of the body, and the peculiarly
tessellated appearance of the wings.
I have a much mutilated male (wings damaged and
end of abdomen wanting) from Assam that probably
represents a third Asiatic species, more allied to @.
asiatica * in the form of the mandibles, but with the
prothorax longer, even more so than in C. orientalis.
From the markings on the body it could probably be
identified by description, but I prefer to await the
acquisition of a more perfect specimen.
It may not be out of place to remark that this Assam
insect was no doubt regarded as a vicious animal by its
native captor; its wings were torn of to prevent its
escape by flight, and a thread noose (still an sitw) was
placed round its prothorax,’so that it could be led about
without fear of coming in contact with its mandibles, these
harmless members being no doubt regarded with feelings
of dread ; the end of the abdomen has apparently been cut
off from fear of the appendages or a concealed sting !
* In the Entomologists’ Monthly Magazine, vol. xxv, p. 133, I
alluded to this specimen as belonging to C. asiatica.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.
[See explanation facing the PLATE.]
( 285 )
XI. An annotated List of the Ephemeridw of New Zea-
land. By the Rev. A. E. Eaton, M.A, F.Z5.
[Read June 7th, 1899.]
PLATE X.
PsEuUDO-N EUROPTERA.
Family EPHEMERIDA.
ICHTHYBOTUS, gen. nov.
A Genus of the Sectional Type of Ephemera, resem-
bling Pentagenia in style of wing-neuration, and in having
the median caudal seta abortive in the f imago, but
either not much shorter than or subequal in length to
the outer sete in @. Legs as in Lphemera, excepting the
claws of the fore tarsus of the ¢, the outer claw being
hooked and the inner obtuse, instead of both alike being
obtuse. Distinguished from the other genera of this
Sectional Type by the ¢ genital forceps, resembling in
pattern those of a Siphiwrus (cf. S. lacustris),—the forceps
——basis subquadrate with the posterior angles obliquely
truncate for the insertion of the limbs, the first joint in
which is shorter than the basis. The name in Greek
means fed on by fish.
Icuruysotus Hupsont. (Plate X, figs. la—ld, details.)
Ephemera Hudsoni, McLach., Ent. Mag. (2), v, p. 270
(Dec. 1894). :
Complete specimens lately received by Mr. McLachlan
enable the description to be continued in respect of the g
and @ imago, and have decided what was doubtful con-
cerning the genus. Genital forceps dull waxy yellowish,
slightly dingy at the tips. Penis bifid, with thin or
flattened lobes of even width, concave beneath, truncate
at the tips, and divergent.
9 Imago.—Wings transparent, tinted uniformly throughout the
disk with light yellowish green, with black neuration, except near
the wing-roots, where the stronger nervures become olive-brown and
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART UI. (SEPT.)
-
286 Rey. A. E. Eaton’s Annotated Inst of the
the tint of the membrane to a small extent deeper: marginal and
submarginal areas of the fore-wings throughout very light reddish
(burnt umber) brown. Set very pale sepia-brown, shifting to
’ whitish, with the uniformly distinct joinings very narrowly picked
out with blackish. Length of body ¢ 19—20, 9? 20—21; wing ¢
20, 2 21—22; sete ¢ im. (exterior), 33, 9 im. 19 and 18—20 and
19 ; anterior leg ¢ 15, 2 9mm.
WELLINGTON District (Hudson, No. 32).
The Sectional Type of Leptophlebia is represented by
two genera in New Zealand, of which one is new. Mr.
Lillie discovered nymphs of single species of each genus
last season, and most kindly forwarded specimens to the
author. Their investigation is postponed until it can be
ascertained whether the discoverer purposes publishing
full descriptions of them in that country or not. The
nymph assigned by him to Atalophlebia noduiaris has
tracheal branchize of the same form as those of Lepto-
phlebia: the other genus, Deleatidiwm, has acutely ovate
single lamelle.
ATALOPHLEBIA.
Tarsal claws all narrow and hooked; hind wing more
or less obtusely subovate; forceps-basis of fg either
entire, or at most merely emarginate in the middle of
its apical edge. The homogeneity of this genus, alluded
to with implied suspicion as long ago as 1884 in Trans.
Linn. Soe. London, (2) Zool., vol. iii, p. 84, remains
uncertain. The degree of importance to be attached
to the differences noted in the character of the caudal
setee of the adult flies depends largely upon whether they
correspond with differences in the tracheal branchia of
the nymphs. In identification of species, the form of
the penis, the colour or markings of legs and sete of
the imago, and the colouration of wings of the subimago
are items of much importance. Wings of imagines are
often very similar in closely related species.
ATALOPHLEBIA VERSICOLOR, sp. nov. (Plate X, figs. 2a
and 2h, details).
Subimago (dried, and perhaps partly reddened post mortem in the
killing-bottle, like other specimens captured by Mr. Hudson).—Fore
wings, in the marginal and submarginal areas, tinted with dull
Ephemeridxe of New Zealand, 987
reddish purple, but elsewhere marbled with blackish grey ; the
cross-veinlets in the lighter spaces bordered more or less narrowly
with this same colouring.
Imago ¢ (dried).—Notum and legs raw umber or light pitch-
brown, opaque at the extreme tips of the fore femur and fore tibia ;
the fore tarsus matches the tibia in tint. Abdomen and forceps dark
pitch or bistre-brown ; the markings faded. Seta medium warm
sepia brown, with the distinct joinings blackish; some of the
alternate joinings indistinct or not coloured; the mediam seta
lacking. Basal joint in the forceps-limbs compressed, narrowed
somewhat suddenly after the acute end of the inferior dilatation.
Penis-lobes contiguous to each other, concave beneath towards the
line of contact, up-curved, narrowed and sloped off towards their
truncate tips. Wings vitreous with black neuration ; fore-wing, in
the marginal and submarginal areas, tinted with transparent raw
umber or brown amber ; cross-veinlets of the same areas, narrowly
set off with black, showing strongly, and a few of them (both near
the subcostal node and again midway beyond these towards the
apex), suffused by a small dark greyish cloud that extends from the
costa to just below the radius. The cross-veinlets of the marginal
area, all simple, number about six before and sixteen beyond the
bulla. Length of wing 10—12; outer setee 17 mm.
Hab. WELLINGTON (Hudson); 1 sub. (No. 47) and 1 im.
Its nearest ally seems to be A. australis, Walk., a
Tasmanian species, which has forceps of a similar pattern,
but dark-banded femora and more numerous cross-veinlets
in the pterostigmatic region of the fore-wing.
ATALOPHLEBIA DENTATA (Plate X, fig. 3, detail).
Leptophlebia dentata, Ktn., Trans. Ent. Soc. London
(1871), p. 80 (¢ and ? im.), pl. iv, 18, 18a—e (details).
Atalophlebia dentata, id., Trans. Linn. Soc. London (2),
Zool., vol. iii, p. 88 (subim. and im.) [1884].
Resembles the preceding species in the form of the forceps,
figured with the penis, etc. in 1871. The penis-lobes, contiguous
with each other throughout, are elongate triangular and thin with
their outer edge thickened. The wings of the subimago are without
pale markings, and the femora without dark bands. Fig. 3 now
given shows in fine stipple the extent of the yellow amber tint, and
in coarser stipple that of the bistre-brown of the description of
1884 ; the specimen appears to have had the darker tint changed in
the killing-bottle to reddish purple towards the apex of the wing ;
-
288 Rev. A. E. Eaton’s Annotated List of the
and it may be noticed that the dark edging of the cross-veinlets of
the marginal area, before the bulla, has taken the form of very
small single spots.
Hab. WELLINGTON (Hudson, No. 33).
ATALOPHLEBIA NODULARIS.
Leptophlebia nodularis, Ktn., op. cit. (1871), p. 81, pl. iv,
figs. 20, 20a—c (details), subim, and im, 2.
Atalophlebia nodularis, Etn., op. ante cit. (1884), p. 89,
with reproductions of figs. 20a—e of 1871.
The forceps of this species need re-figuring, the fig. 20
of 1871 being manifestly ill-drawn. The discovery of the
nymph by Mr. Lillie is noted above.
Hab. CuristcHurcH (Fereday); DUNEDIN (Lillie);
WELLINGTON (Hudson, No. 46).
ATALOPHLEBIA SCITA.
Baétis scita, Walk., List of Neuropt. Ins. in Brit. Mus.,
part ili, p. 570 (18538).
Leptophlebia scita, Ktn., op. supra cit. (1871), p. 81, pl. iv,
figs. 21, 21a (details).
Atalophlebia scita, id., op. supra cit. (1884), p. 90, pl. x,
figs. 16f (details).
In the explanation of the fig. 16/, Joc. cit., of the penis, .
it is wrongly referred to as an underside view. The
earlier figure was sketched from beneath, but the later
from above.
Hab. CHRISTCHURCH (Fereday).
DELEATIDIUM, gen. nov.
Distinguished as a genus from Leptophlebia by the f
imago having genitalia conformable in pattern to those
of an Atalophlebia, and by the nymph having tracheal
branchiz in the form of single, ovate, acute, penni-veined,
foliaceous lamelle. The cross-veinlets of the fore-wing,
in the typical species, are in two of the specimens widely
spaced in places, after the manner of those of the species
of Atalophlebia here illustrated ; but in the other speci-
mens of the same and of the other sex the blanks are less
noticeable or are filled up. The name in Greek signifies
a little bart, ;
Ephemeride of New Zealand. 289
DexxEatipium LILLu, sp. nov. (Plate X, figs. 4a, 40,
details).
Subimago (in fluid).—Wings uniformly light grey with opaque
neuration, Sete grey; their joinings towards their tips evenly
defined,
Imago (dried).— g body pitch-brown, the thorax polished above.
Femora and fore tibize raw umber brown; fore tarsus and hinder
tibiz lighter in tint ; hinder tarsi somewhat of a sepia-grey through-
out. Wings vitreous with pitch-black neuration, except in the
fore-wing the finer cross veinlets of the marginal and submarginal
areas that precede the pterostigmatic region (which are deficient in
colouring), and the roots of the stronger nervures interior to the
humeral cross-vein, which are raw umber brown ; the membrane at
the extreme roots is almost imperceptibly tinted raw umber or
greenish. In the marginal area of the fore-wing, before the bulla,
are usually about 6 faint cross-veinlets, and beyond that 2—4 faint
and 8—11 stronger veinlets, all simple. Set light sepia-grey with
blackish joinings, of which some in the basal quarter are alternately
distinct and faint. In the abdomen, segments 3—6 are sometimes
transparent and whitish to a variable extent at the base.
? very like the ¢, but the colouring at the fore-wing roots,
interior to the humeral cross-vein, is rather darker in tint. The
marginal area of the fore-wing contains about 3—5 faint cross-veinlets
before the bulla, and two faint and thirteen stronger beyond that,
all simple. Ventral lobe of the ninth abdominal segment slightly
(not deeply) emarginate, with acute points.
Length of body 8—9, wing 12 ; sete ¢ im. 51 mm.
Hab. DUNEDIN (Lillie); WELLINGTON (Hudson, No. 46).
Mr. Lillie’s consignment comprised nymph and both
sexes in subimago and imago; Mr. Hudson’s 3 J & 1 Yim.
It is remarkable that up to the present time all New
Zealand representatives of the 3rd Group of Sections of
the Family belong exclusively to genera of the Sectional
Type of Stphlurus. Three genera, Coloburiscus, Ameletus,
Oniscigaster, furnish between them six species to the
fauna.
COLOBURISCUS.
Hind tibia distinctly longer than the tarsus; basal joint
in the hind tarsus vaguely marked off from the tibia,
except at the sole (where spinules at the apex of the tibia
-
290 Rev. A. E. Eaton’s Annotated List of the
set out its limits), measured along which it is shorter
than the next joint. In all the tarsi, irrespective of sex,
the outer or posterior claw is narrow and hooked, the
inner broad and obtuse. Costal shoulder of the hind wing
temarkably acutée-angled. In Trans. Linn. Soc. London,
(2) vol. i1i,* pl. xvii, 32) legs 2 and 3 2 of a North Ameri-
can species, the tibio-tarsal joining should have been sliown
by stipple instead of a firm line,
COLOBURISCUS HUMERALIS,
For synonymy refer to op. cit., p. 202, Compared with
the description there given, the f imagines lately forwarded
by Mr. Hudson appear to have the pterostigmatic tint
darker than the specimens described, the newer colouring
approaching pitch-brown. The tint is lighter in the
females accompanying them, and in another much smaller
specimen of this sex from Wellington is very faint indeed.
But this last individual 9, from the fact of its caudal set
being collapsed and greyish white with the joinings very
narrowly black, may have been killed before its colouring
was fully developed. The nymph is still unknown.
Hab. WELLINGTON (Hudson, Nos. 31, 65); CHRIST-
CHURCH (Fereday) and OTAGO.
AMELETUS.
Hind tibia subequal in length to (hardly if at all longer
than) the tarsus; basal joint in this tarsus, measured along
the sole, equal to the next joint, and also dorsally subequal
thereto, the breadth of the colouring of the tibio-tarsal
* N.B.—The following corrections needed in the writing of Plates
XVIII—XX of the volume cited may advantageously be noted
here : —
Plate XVIII, in head-line, for CoLopurus read CoLoBURISCUS :
also for StpHLURUS ? (and Pl. XX) read AMELETUS (and Pls, XIX,
33 tc, LXIV, 22—24, and LXV, 13). Also at foot for S. ? femoratus
read A, subnotatus.
Plate XIX, in head-line, for CoLoBorus read CoLoBurRiscus : also
after CHIROTONETES add 33? AMELETUS. Also at foot for halenticus
read haleuticus ; and after 33c, for Ch. read A.
Plate XX, in head-line, for 34 read 34c: also commence the line
with ?34b Mretamonius. Also at foot, after b, for S read M; and
after c insert 8.
Attention to these corrections will greatly facilitate the identifica-
tion of genera.—A. E. E.
Epheneride of New Zealand. 291
boundary making it difficult to ascertain their exact pro-
portions dorsally. In every tarsus the outer or posterior
claw is narrow and hooked, the inner broad and obtuse:
Costal shoulder of the hind-wing obtuse:
AMELETUS ORNATUS (Plate X, fig. 5, detail):
Chirotonetes (2) ornatus, Etn., Trans. Linn. Soc. London,
(2) Zool., vol. iii, p. 208 (nominal reference), pl. xix,
figs. 33? c, details (1885), described p. 321 (1888).
Although the genus Ameletus was published in op. cit.
at pp. 201 and 210 (1885) with illustrations (¢f. footnote
ante under Coloburiscus), it was only while writing the
present article that this species was recognised as one of
it. The subimago, of which a wing is now figured, is
referred to here on account of the leg-markings; the colour
of the wings seems to have been modified to some extent
by the killing-bottle.
Hab. CHRISTCHURCH ( Wakefield); WELLINGTON (Hud-
son, No. 42).
AMELETUS PERSCITUS, sp. nov.
Subimago (dried).—Wings and sete dull light yellowish, nearly
of the same tint as those of Heptagenia sulphurea. Abdomen of a
very light yellowish ochre, with a dull longitudinal median dorsal
purplish stripe, extending from the base nearly to the last segment,
strongly contrasted with the ground colour. This stripe is composed
of concatenated spots (perhaps truncated triangles) wide behind, and
somewhat blackened at the overlapping apical borders of the segments
on each side of a small pale median apical spot: hence it might be
described as serrated on each side. Venter spotless,
Imago (dried) 9.—Wings vitreous, tinted with light yellowish
green ; neuration olive brown, shifting to pitch-brown and olive green
with change of stand-point: cross-veinlets numerous in the marginal
area ; those in the pterostigmatic portion branched towards the costa
and anastomosing. Anterior legs of rathera browner light yellowish
colour than the hinder; these tending rather towards yellowish
amber ; the apical edges of the tarsal joints narrowly blackened, and
the last two joints in the fore tarsus, or three joints in the hinder,
tinged to a large extent with dark grey. Length of wing 18—20 mm.
Hab. WELLINGTON (Hudson, 2 1 im. & subim., No. 26).
N.B.—This is the species figured and described (without name)
by Mr. Hudson in his Manual of New Zealand Entomology, p. 105,
pl. xvi, fig. 4.
-
292 Rev. A, E. Eaton’s Annotated List oj’ the
ONISCIGASTER.
Hind tibia much shorter than the tarsus, of which the
basal joint is much longer than the next. In all the tarsi,
and in both sexes, the outer or posterior claw is narrow
and hooked, the inner claw broad and obtuse, thus differ-
ing from Stphlwrus, which has all the claws narrow and
hooked. The differences between their nymphs need not
here be dwelt upon.
ONISCIGASTER WAKEFIELDI
Oniscigaster Wakefieldt, McLach., Ent. Mo. Mag., vol. x,
p. 108—110, woodeut (1873, Oct.) ; zd., Journ. Linn. Soc.
Zool., xii, pp. 1839—146, pl. v, 1—5 g. (1874); Etn., Trans.
Linn. Soc. London, (2) Zool., vol. ii, p. 224, pl. xxi, 36
(details imago) and pl. Li (nymph).
In this species, the 9 has 3 dorsal segments, viz. the 7th to 9th,
sinuate somewhat deeply on each side at the posterior margin, and
dilated laterally into thin expansions that are rounded off to the base
in front and acute behind, so as to form broad serratures like coxe
of Oniscus murarius. Above these the dorsum, in dried specimens, is
somewhat fornicate with a median longitudinal depression. The
first and second of the lateral serratures are broader and are rather
more produced at the point than the third.
Hab, CHRISTCHURCH ( Wakefield).
ONISCIGASTER INTERMEDIUS, sp. noy. (Plate X, fig. 6a,
detail).
A single ¢ im. differs from 0. Wakefieldi in having only 2 dorsal
segments, viz. the 8th and 9th, dilated laterally, and this only
moderately : dorsum sub-fornicate above the dilatation. Lateral
borders of 8th segment almost straight, except where they gently curve
inwards near the base, and very nearly parallel, diverging to only a very
small extent posteriorly : dorsum transverse at the posterior margin :
the postero-lateral angles obtuse. Ninth segment as broad, or per-
haps a little broader than the 8th; its lateral margins saliently
curved and bordered each by a linear flange terminating posteriorly
in a minute point: the posterior margin of the dorsum transverse
between these points. Wings marked as in O. Wakefieldi.
Hab. WArtuurR, NELson, 3600 feet (Zudson, No, 34a).
Ephemeride of New Zealand. 293
ONISCIGASTER DISTANS, sp. nov. (Plate X, figs. 6b & 6c,
details).
Resembles 0. Wakefieldi in size and markings, but differs in the
dorsal segments 6—9 not being produced into lateral flanges oniscoid -
ally ; their dorsa are roundly arched, with the posterior lateral
angles obtuse, not produced, and the posterior margin transverse. In
the fore wings the edging of the dark-bordered veinlets in the wider
parts of the first two areas is more neatly defined and not blurred ;
and the wider part of the pterostigmatic region is more distinctly
tinted with warm sepia grey than in the other species. I have seen
only 1 ¢ subimago (of which the wings are blackish-grey with
black neuration narrowly edged with grey, and with a pale spot
extending forwards from the prcebrachial (6) fork, and a curved
narrow band running transversely from the costa at the base of the
wing immediately exterior to the humeral cross-vein) and 2 Q im.
The setze of the adult ? are piceous, or greyish with black joinings.
Hab. Watnvut-o-MATA RIVER, WELLINGTON (Hudson,
No, 34 and 340).
In the allied genus Siphlurus, a specific difference is
noticeable in the ‘lateral outline of some of the abdominal
segments of S. armatus and S. lacustris, § im, analogous
to that noted between 0. Wakefieldi and O. distans ; “but
the difference is not nearly so great as in these species
of Oniscigaster.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.
[See explanation facing the PLATE. ]
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART LUI. (SEPT.) 20
( 295 )
XII. On the Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. By
Henry JoHN Ewes, F.RS., F.LS., ete.
[Read June 7th, 1899.]
Pirates XI—XIV.
i
RHOPALOCERA.
THERE is probably no great range of mountains in Asia
which has been so unaccountably neglected by modern
naturalists, as those which form the boundary between
Siberia and Mongolia, and which comprise the western end
of what are known as the Altai and Sayansk Mountains.
Their outlying spurs were partially explored in the last
century by Pallas, and in the middle of the present one
have been visited by several Russian and German geolo-
gists and botanists, among whom Helmersen,* Ledebour,+
and Tchihatcheff,t are, as far as I know, the only ones who
have published their travels in German and French. In
the Russian language there is no doubt a quantity of
literature relating to the natural history of these mountains,
which must unfortunately remain unknown to the great
majority of foreigners. The only entomologist, however,
who has published anything of much value on the
Lepidoptera of these mountains is Lederer,§ whose account
of the collections made by Kindermann in the years 1852
and 1853 in the extreme western part of the Altai range
is very useful. He enumerates 108 species of Rhopalocera
of which, however, only 8 or 10 are species not found in
Europe. Quite recently Herr Ruckbeil, a well-known
collector employed by Herr Rudolph Tancré, spent three
seasons in the neighbourhood of the Saisan lake and at
Katun-Karagai and Tchingistai, which are a little to the
* Von Helmersen, Reise nach dem Altai,im Jahre 1834. St.
Petersburg, 1848.
+ Ledebour, Reise durch das Altai-Gebirge. Berlin, 1829.
+ Tchihatcheff, Voyage Scientifique dans L’Altai Orientale. Paris,
1845.
§ Lepidopterologisches aus Sibirien. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien.,
1853, pp. 1—36 (sep). Weiterer Beitrag zur Schmetterlings-Fauna
des Altai gebirges in Sibirien. op. cit. 1855, pp. 97—120. ,
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART IIL. (SEPT.)
can
296 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
south and west of the district explored by Kindermann,
Though nothing has been published as to his collection,
I am able, through the kindness of Herr Tancré, to give
a list of the Rhopalocera, which includes several species
not found by Kindermann, most of which appear to belong
rather to the fauna of Turkestan than to that of the Altai.
The butterflies of the ranges to the south and west of
the Altai, known as the Alatau, are fairly well-known
from the collections made by Haberhauer and others ; but
of those of the whole central and eastern Altai we were
quite ignorant.
When the opening of the Siberian railway made it
possible to reach the country in a reasonable time, without
a winter sledge journey of several weeks’ duration, I deter-
mined to visit Siberia ; partly with the object of hunting
the great wild sheep (Ovis ammon, Pall.) which is found
on the Mongolian frontier, and partly with the hope of
adding something to our knowledge of the butterflies,
birds, and plants of Asia, whose geographical distribution
and variation has always been my favourite study. I was
also very anxious to see whether there was any evidence
of a boundary line between the eastern and western
Holarctic regions, and to reach if possible the sources of
the Yenesei river, which was thought by my late friend,
Mr. H. Seebohm, to be the probable line of demarcation
between the birds of eastern and western Siberia.*
I was fortunate enough to find a most excellent com-
panion in Mr. W. A. L. Fletcher, who had previously
accompanied Mr. and Mrs. Littledale on their celebrated
journey through Tibet, and who, though his principal
object was to hunt big game, very kindly assisted me in
collecting on the journey to and from the hunting ground.
I cannot find that any English traveller except Atkinson
has ever written anything about the part of the country we
visited, but before giving a sketch of the route and the nature
of the country in which my collections were made, I must
acknowledge the kind assistance I received from M. Serge
Alphéraky, who introduced me to a Russian naturalist,
M. Berezowsky, who accompanied us as far as the last
Russian outpost, and would, if he had remained with us,
have given me much needed assistance in interpreting
and collecting. As, however, he left us at Kuch Agatch,
* Cf. H. J. Elwes on Zoology and Botany of Altai Mountains,
Linn. Soc. Journ. Zool. vol. xxvii, pp. 23—46, 1898.
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. 297
I was unable to find time to do as much as I hoped in
other branches of zoology; and the difficulties of the
country and the languages were such that we were obliged
to confine our journey to much narrower limits than we
had planned.
M. P. P. Semenoff, President of the Entomological Society
of St. Petersburg, also gave me much kind help and
advice ; and General Bolderoff, the Governor of the Altai,
was also most obliging in furthering our objects. We left
Moscow on May 19th, in quite summer weather, which,
however, only lasted as far as the Ural Mountains. At
Kazan we spent a few hours and found several butterflies,
including P. machaon, Arg. selenis and dia, already on the
wing. In the great Barabinsky steppe, through which we
passed in the train for two days, there was not a green
leaf to be seen on the birch trees, and the only butterfly I
saw was Pieris chloridice. At Obb, where we arrived on May
26th, it was still quite cold, and the only butterflies were a
few hibernated G. rhamni and Vanessas, besides L. sinaprs.
Here we left the railway, and went up the Obb river by
steamer to Barnaoul, the capital of the Altai district and
the only town of importance in it. From here we drove
across more or less cultivated and mostly open country to
Biisk, where we arrived on June 2nd, and found the birches
and poplars just bursting into leaf. The spring was said
to be exceptionally late, from fifteen to twenty days behind
the usual time. Up to this point I had seen no sign of
real mountains, and the patches of forest were small and
stunted; but from the earth cliffs above Biisk, we could
see the outlying spurs of the real Altai Mountains. After
four days’ delay, during which I caught a few butterflies,
such as Lycwna argiades, Argynnis dia, Papilio machaon,
Polyommatus amphidamas and Anthocharis cardamines, we
at last got off on June 6th, and reached a, big village called
Altaisk, alter ten hours’ driving in a wickerwork country
cart, the only vehicle which can get over such roads as are
found beyond Biisk. The weather continued cold and
cloudy, and during the four days we took to reach Ongodai
I got very few insects, though the flora, scenery, and coun-
try were of a very much more attractive character than
anything we had hitherto seen, Larch is the prevailing
tree of this part of the Altai Mountains, with spruce in
the marshy bottoms, and extremely luxuriant herba-
ceous vegetation everywhere except on the dry southern
F
298 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
exposures of the hillsides. A day before reaching Ongodai,
the valleys opened out very much into wide steppe-like
flats, on which thousands of horses were grazing, and the
last Russian villages ceased. Beyond Sheballina there are
hardly any Russian settlers, except a few merchants; and
Tartars, who speak a language closely akin to Turkish, and
live a nomadic life, are the only inhabitants. At Ongodai
we had another delay of four days, whilst waiting for
horses, as beyond this point everything has to be packed
on horseback. This village is a very promising place for a
collector, lying at an elevation of about 3000 feet, and close
to well-wooded valleys running up into mountains at least
6000 feet high.
The weather here began to be quite warm, and though
butterflies were still scarce, I got some very good species
which I had not expected, among them Pamphila argyro-
stigma, Eversm.,and (neis sculda, both of which were new
to Western Siberia.
A Russian entomologist, M. AlexisJacobson, joined us here °
and stayed at Ongodai for.two months. As he was good
enough to send me his collection of Rhopalocera, I am able to
form a good idea of the butterflies of this part of the Altai,
and to add several species to the list of those I took myself.
We left Ongodai on June 14th, and marched about
250 versts in seven days, crossing the deep hot valley
of the Katuna river on the second day, then over a
pass of about 5000 feet to avoid a gorge in the Katuna
valley, to a place called Ena, where the scenery was very
peculiar, and thence up the valley of the Tchuja river for
five days to Kuch Agatch.
My collecting was of course very much confined to the
line of march, but I always kept a man with me to hold
my horse, and dismounted whenever I saw a likely spot or
an insect I wanted. The sun was very intermittent, and
on most days we had thunderstorms; but in the valley of
the Tchuja I got many good butterflies, especially near
Aibulak at about 4000 feet elevation, where Thecla fridvald-
szkyi and Erebia edda and a very large and distinct species of
(Eneis were taken. In the steppe of Kurai, which is sur-
rounded with high snowy mountains, the only abundant
insect was Z'riphysa phryne ; and when we ascended to the
gorge between it and the Upper Tchuja Steppe, we found
great banks of snow still unmelted in the valley at Ku-
yuktana, and vegetation extremely backward; but a new
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mowntains. 299
Lycxena, which I found more common in the higher
mountains south of the steppe, showed that we were
getting into a good and new region.
In the Tchuja Steppe, which is a large plain surrounded
by mountains 8000 to 9000 feet high, interspersed with
marshes, salt lakes, and stony plains covered with a scanty
grass, I found no insects out as yet, except an occasional
strageler of Pieris chloridice. At Kuch Agatch, a frontier
trading post, we hired fresh horses and men for a month,
and started up a valley which runs into the high mountains
on the Mongolian frontier, to hunt wild sheep which were
very numerous about thirty miles south of Kuch Agatch.
For the first ten days bad weather and the attractions of
stalking prevented my dog much entomology; but on
July 3rd, butterflies began to get so numerous and interest-
ing, that I only hunted when the weather made collecting
impossible. Near our camp, which was about 7000 feet
elevation, and several miles beyond the last stunted larch
trees, which here find their highest limit at about 6800
feet, I got many very interesting species which were quite
unexpected and unknown, except from the Upper Amur
and Kastern Sayansk Mountains. The hills were immense
downs, covered with dry wiry grass, and intersected by rocky
gorges with marshy and oravelly flats, and ran up into
steep rocky mountains whose slopes. were covered with
shale and boulders, and whose tops were often flat, and
reminded me of the high fjelds of Norway. Peat, and the
plants which grow on peat in all similar mountain ranges
which I have visited in Northern Europe and America
were absolutely wanting; but I found several insects such
as Argynnis freyja and frigga which in other countries are
associated with peat bogs, in wet grassy flats and by the
side of Alpine rivulets.
The weather continued until July 22nd to be very change-
able, and though often quite hot in the sun, the latter rarely
remained out for more than two or three hours, and hardly
a day passed without severe thunder, hail, or snowstorms.
By making the most of every glimpse of sunshine, I was
now able to add rapidly to my collection, and got good
series of many rare species which I did not find elsewhere.
On July 13th, in a valley near our camp on the Darkoti or
Tachety river, which was full of a greater number of
beautiful Alpine plants than I ever saw in one spot before, I
first saw the rare Parnassius eversmannt, and though a fall
con
300 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
on my head from a pony which was not used to a butterfly-
net, hindered my work a good deal for a week, by the time
we got back to Kuch Agatch on July 19th, I had nearly
1000 specimens.
The steppe was now covered with a large locust, which
flew up in hundreds when disturbed, but the only butter-
flies I found on it were Satyrus autonoé in great
abundance, and Lycena cyanc, which was nearly over.
On the marshy banks of the Tchuja river I got a few
Argynnis and Cenonympha, but the weather was again
very cold for two days, and a snowstorm on July 19th
covered the mountains to a depth of nearly a foot on
the higher levels. On almost every clear night during
our stay in the Tchuja Mountains it froze, and in
consequence few or no night-flying moths were taken.
Retracing our steps for two days to Kurai, I found a
great many species which I had not seen before, and
on the 23rd turned north from Kurai, over a high pass
which leads to a valley running into the Bashkaus river;
at the head of this valley I found one of the best places
for collecting I have ever seen, and got into quite a new
climate and vegetation, much damper than that of the
Tchuja valley. “Vo give an idea of what was to be found
here, I copy from my diary as follows :—
“July 24th—Marched about 20 miles over a pass about
8000 feet high into a wooded valley, and encamped at
about 5000 feet on a tributary of the Bashkaus. A dull
day, but warm ani still, and a few gleams of sunshine
after 12. Collected—
24542 Hrelia kefersteini.
20 $20 2 #. maurisius,
es Erebia allied to dabanensis perhaps new ;* 7000
feet.
1f$1Q 4£. ewryale, worn and almost over; 6000 feet.
3 3 E. sedakovi quite fresh, in larch forest.
7T$22 = #. tyndarus, 7500—7000 feet.
4212 £. lappona, 7000—8000 feet.
Lg Lycena astrarche (the only one seen).
2 ee L. optilete in willow swamp (the first seen).
Lg L. eros,
26 L. pheretes,
1/2 Hesperia comma (the first seen).
* EF. fletcheri.
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. 301
ied (Eneis norna, var. maxima (nearly over).
2S 12 Hesperia centauree.
L1G12 Preris chrysidice.
6g Colias paleno in willow swamp (the first seen).
23 C’. melinos (quite over).
Mist Melitxa dictynna.
gt Parnassius delius.
2 Melitzxa, var. britomartis ?
hes. Gneis sculda.
1g12 Arg. pales, very common at 6000 feet.
5G12 A. aphirape.
5g Cenonympha iphis.
2¢ C. tiphon, small pale var.
The hope of getting more of what I supposed to
be a new E#rebia induced me to halt a day, and retrace
my steps to the pass, which entailed a rough ride of four
hours. Until twelve o’clock there was little or no sun and
only two hours in the afternoon. I was unable to find
more of the Hrelia but got Parnassius stubbendorfi, which
I had not seen before, as well as P. eversmanni and delius.
After leaving this camp, we passed through marshy
larch forest with dry meadows until we got into the
main valley of the Bashkaus, which is here a large river
flowing in an open park-like valley, at about 4000 feet
elevation. We crossed it by a wooden bridge, and in the
evening reached Ulaghan, where the Saisan or chief of the
upper Tchuja and Bashkaus districts resides, and where
there is a small Russian church, and one or two wooden
houses. The chief, however, though a Christian, prefers
to live in his yourt, a large round, felt-covered wicker-work
tent, which forms the movable habitation of Mongols and
Kirghiz throughout a large part of Central Asia.
After some delay in getting fresh horses we left
Ulaghan on July 27th, a dull day with rain at intervals
until 4 p.m. But notwithstanding this some butterflies
which | had not met with before were out; Argynnis ino
was In abundance, and Hrebia ligea was seen for the first
time, after crossing a high ridge covered with larch forest,
which forins the watershed between the Bashkaus and the
Tchulischman Valleys, which unite ten miles above Lake
Teletskoi.
On the next day Fletcher went up into the mountain
after roe, aud succeeded during his mid-day rest in taking
al
302 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
three specimens of Argynnis angarensis, a North and
East Siberian species, which is new to the Altai. I de-
scended about 2000 feet into the dry rocky gorge of the
Tchulischman, where I found a very much warmer climate
than I had experienced for six weeks, and a number of
butterflies new to me among them; the most interesting
were Pararge deidamia, and a Thecla which I supposed
to be 7. w. albwm, but which turns out to be the Eastern
species 7’. prunotdes.
This valley is of quite a different character to any I
had hitherto seen in the Altai, having steep rocky slopes
and precipices on both sides, with waterfalls from the upper
slopes, which are wooded with larch.
On July 29th we followed it down for twenty miles,
and found the valley open out again as it approached its
junction with the Bashkaus into grassy plains, with rich
grass, and in some places a little cultivation of spring
rye, the first signs of agriculture I had seen for six weeks.
After crossing the Bashkaus bya ferry, the horses being
swum over this large and rapid stream, we came to a
small settlement where there is a little Russian church;
but we saw no Russians, except one or two travelling
traders between Kuch Agatch and Lake Teletskoi, which
we reached on July 81st.
The valley of the Bashkaus after its junction with the
Tchulischman is very beautifully wooded, and the her-
baceous vegetation became very rich and luxuriant; but
of an Kast European type, utterly unlike that of the Tchuja
Valley, and a number of common European butterflies
appeared which I had not seen before. I did not find a
single non-European species north of the junction of the
Bashkaus, though no doubt the high mountains round
Lake Teletskoi, which I had not time to ascend, would
produce some of the alpine species of the Altai.
North of the lake, which took us two days’ rowing to
traverse, we got into a much more densely wooded country,
and twenty miles down the Bija Valley, we came to the
first Russian village. The valley opens out a good deal,
and in some parts is covered with magnificent forests of
pine, the largest I have ever seen in Europe or Asia;
these, however, are being rapidly wasted by fire and axe, the
logs being floated down to supply the villages on the Obb,
where there is, as far as I saw, no really fine timber.
The best of the collecting was now over, all the summer
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. 303
butterflies being much worn, and though I found second
broods of Avraschnia levana, Lycena orion, Leucophasia
sinapis and others, as well as some common European
species I had not hitherto observed, it is quite evident
that this part of the country is not to be compared in
interest or novelty to the Tchuja Valley.
On August 6th we got to the first Russian post-house,
where, although the roads were in places frightfully bad,
wheel carriage again became possible, and the change from
dense forest-clad hills to an open cultivated country was
sudden and remarkable.
In the course of a three days’ drive to Barnaoul I took
only one butterfly, Polyommatus virgauree, which I had not
previously seen, and reached the railway at Krivostchokovo
rather used up, as the terrible jolting, combined with a
touch of malarial fever (which seems to be prevalent in
autumn in the lower Bija Valley), laid me up for four
days before starting for Moscow.
The weather during our journey across the steppe was
cloudy or wet,and as there seemed to be no entomological
inducement to stay a day or two in the Ural as I had
intended, we came right on to Moscow without stopping.
I will now give a complete list of the Lepidoptera I
procured, together with those taken by M.M. Jacobson
and Berezowsky at Ongodai, and in order to complete the
list of species found in the Altai, as far as possible I have
added those species recorded by Lederer and Tancré, and
a few others which I found in Dr. Staudinger’s collection
and in that of M. Grum-Grshimailo, which I purchased at
St. Petersburg. !
I may add, that all of these come from the south and
western district near Semipalatinsk, and possibly a few
of them are hardly found north of the Irtysch river, which
I take as the boundary of the Altai in that direction.
It must be understood that my list only refers to the
Altai Mountains so far as they are in Russian territory.
There is a great southern extension of the Altai range
in Mongolia which is unknown to entomologists, and
some travellers and geographers include the mountains
forming the boundary between Central Siberia and Mon-
golia, and those at the head-waters of the Yenesei river
in the Altai system, but I prefer to call these the Sayansk
Mountains. Towards the south-west there is no definite
boundary except the Irtysch river between the Altai and the
304 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
Alatau Mountains, and I am not sure whether I ought to
include all the species collected by Ruckbeil, some of which
were taken at Saisan in the upper Irtysch Valley. Most
of the species characteristic of the Central Asian fauna,
such as Parnassius actius, Anthocharis pyrothoé, Colias thisoa,
Enews tarpeia, and Satyrus heydenreichi, were only taken
by Kindermann and Ruckbeil in the Irtysch Valley
and at Saisan; and if they were excluded, my list would
show an even more decidedly European and Siberian
element than it does now. A large number of the species
I collected were only found in the valleys of the Bashkaus,
Tchulishman, and Ursul, and not in the high bare moun-
tains south of the Tchuja Steppe, where I spent the most
of my time and collected most thoroughly. Here I only
took about thirty-six species, and as a list of these will be
interesting to show what the really high mountain butter-
flies are I will give it separately.
The following occurred at 6500 feet, which is about
timber-line and upwards :—
Parnassius delius, var. alpina,.* Argynnis aphirape.
A P. eversmanni.* A, selenis.
Aporia crategi. A, pales,
Pieris chloridice. A, freija.
P. chrysidice (seen once, not A, frigga, var.
identified). A. dia, var.
A Colias melinos, var. alpina.* A Hrebia kefersteini.
A C. nastes, var. mongola.* A FE. maurisius,
Lycxna gon. A E. parmenio,
LL, argus. E. lappona.
LL. pheretes. LE. tyndarus.
L. orbitulus. A E. ero.
A L. argali. A kneis mulla ?*
Vanessa urtice, A CH, sculda.
Melitxa idina.* Ch. bore, var.*
M. awrinia, var. Canonympha tiphon, var.
M. cinxia, var. Triphysa phryne.
M. aurelia, var. Hesperia centaureex.
A M. arcesia, var.*
This small list is very interesting, as showing the
character of the high alpine fauna: eleven of the species
are non-European, fifteen are also found in Lapland, and
the same number in Amurland; only nine in the Pamir,
so that the character of the fauna is essentially boreal
rather than Central Asiatic.
* Those marked * were not taken elsewhere. Those marked a
do not oecur in Europe.
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains.
aS =a |
Bb 2
i=)
. a
= | 5 s|3s 5
<3] Q .o | 55 - i)
= ‘a ./6O)] 8 =
S|) |Seicg| 3 cs
im 3S : =)
=} Ss |}qO/86 = be =
ay] =] a np >) = =
2| £|s8/88! 8 | & Be eee es
aa 2 |xe@|e2e| ‘= & > “ |
- nD Poe be ‘s P) A =
% Sis ries) H| sg ecg |) Ee 0
Sie hare es erik sell ey tee Ih eh il tee [lS
Fal tee ita al Sieel) ey Wi jesy |] dei [pues |) ve 3
=] > |SE\aS 2 oO = > ‘
5 a = zB 5 ‘2 = 5 me a sn) ©
S ie | oo fre Ri ae) 2 | oe he me | bb
ee lee alts ic 3 PhS pee ae IL Sat = ge S
- v= 1 4 s = io) = i=
S| & |eSl2-) 21 2) 21 ge pies
= =) Bale & 5 s S a
<q ie) a|a is < Ay < =| = 4 =
ya (ee ete aes ee Pe adr fl tcl Be Tg
AA a
1 | Papilio machaon ............ See lL sa lf ietsicame Wie scial [escue <1 SCH 1 eon ae ea oc to
PEA OMOUUTUIES scnicrecassiseeieale hoy feo tee cael) soe tice Nea str scx. |} 2S
3 | Parnassius apollo............ SPE Nes dal la RS deal Soca Wy eM oc x 5 ex
AG DEPRAECUUS rns .u veceiacsaeesiacers Si ae ex x Aree esc pal btaas x
Ey | Meza LOTUCUTU enreistewreciet seco stecie SES lipoceallaee BREE oe Te SCan [oan |X
(| LER eno sapmcecccenanice al Ee ream ( Oocaaml Makae nsepen aati | boc
MME CMCULUS) 1s ccsenwsscee secs uns x me al Se Ut, Be Ill
| PERCU TUULG |e iclerssaciisec ssiclsisee Me [peda sliex a ae Bho
GaP SHILOVETAOTTE. weitere «-celsieleieais S| Seo le x Saal
HOM BEAVEVETSINGMNIUL: ne iceicseceneee x sate | eae dl ees AeA See Uliees Be hoe
MN PA pontareratage ....0.5. <-.00- aly Seal a oad eo ales Herma eraeal ea Se allsao all 250 les
PP IRELETES MULPE —“Vsloeecioacoe senses ate (tee aan [eo Se ae aout tem eenl | ce Wiest gall te gual | cago |) ces. Al ce
NICE TIL DE er Cestsccscccs -csieceses pe Bes al Mae oa eee’ eo onl we cae (mee Noes Salle Sod og Ils oe
MAM PEN UADIMUCE ae ctccssaseenenca eH Ro NSveanil ANS Ml AG HA SGi dl Spall Se nee x
SN ER CHLONOMUCE wanwscica ces sicseses Se [ese eae fee | cer | eee x x
GE REA CULUANCE, een ce lazecisle cee: all ovo ed ey evel ese Ws aati oe Va Meer | Se hale oie ll oe
17 | Anthocharis curdamines.... x | x | x | x | X | x | X | x | X Sc ee
. |
HSUPA SOELUE A VAN (cee tsoscanacsc sexs ol xX x SCHR | wae TESS rea es
OR CAR UROLROE iesjoncasssiscsel Bete kw mesa tees Arc | ReSSa Taos vee | on
20 | Leucophasia sinapis......... Se eee oan x SS eh Se dh Se 4 |p Ss
INCOMES DALLNO conanaceomaveo: el oe el Pah Ex
22 | C. nastes ? var. mongola...| x | seetallleees see
PM OS TELEROS\: orc savccescececeiess Si necee | Vest (| nacelles || tereeea rere oun | eon | pees ccren | ES | tet
PAR OURY OLE? cosas uciecnds's: soase Sa) pal uaa aera aati Sa Gee Nd iL oe x
25 | C. chrysotheme ...........065 al moa in Peae (eRe Laer cae al|sicee tl seul Ss x
ORENAEE Yo reccustecscsnsseces: Feria oe Ae alter Sot ll Seal ei Bo PAG | aos
PORNO MR AUTOLE ay lcescsuereeccccss exer eee tates Lode HOE oh tae | tected) fegss
PM CLUSOL) sccncsisececetiesie sees bos Sco enn |e 56a) | ase eaoaal Peas “0
28 | Rhodocera rhamni ......... Seales ee ee eX lita aN ABN ase x
DOM TRECl® Delle... esse verdes Sipe exeebl faecal eaessalil | .2-s Eells x
BOM Ma RULOULES ....c0ecescccee-=- x bee x 506
3A | FOP Ri AGe mepbpontoncpcochowee: Oe eres (ie eal ieee lea) ool onl | Mae Sopalll Se
EM PLP ILDY 2.2 cede ciiswsjchsseewonacee SCE [56 || SS SRE ia en Scns
MM TLUALASZIOYL | ae. eres -0- XPalireas. eos ae a deat MB saad ligne
84 | Polyommatus virgaureze....) x | xX | X |... | we | X |e | xX | &X el) 3
SD) lee CRETSOMON, 2... 50a 20c nese Soda Wess | Sd fl aN beat eas eee hee
36 | P. hippothod ..........00.0.-+- "hee ah Se Kes
Sn EG LCUDIVTON: <nve'eniciesis vaieices ow Dea | Se x x
ISM PERGLOTULIS es sa. catiecscaetincie osc BSC AU seen | erro (ee pa tees eee x
39 | P. dispar, var. rutilus ...) ... an ecm eMule eee Cet | Oe te Oa ran onb lee
BOU|PEDILLCAS .vccecate secede ses adie Wa| beg C108 “il call ak aa ada ie re |. 6%
41 | P. amphidamas ............ ales Ba ee eae eae, a. NX Be Mh 5%
42 | Lycawna argiades ............ Piece csoee renee Mee oe LO ales
TPISCHORUR. vee nesses hcte dso oes aoc al x x x
306 Mr. ws. Elwes on the
poy eet
“a! 3 Fs
PS ase Pa =
8/'32)23/ 8 K
4 Rel oe 1) S a
o/48/50] 8 S 2 : :
ies) cS a = 3 5
salks 5 eI x & 2 =I
3 | @/Sslar Sas | 3) Bale
P alagiled| << CI e = S o N 2
= en|2H|ak| & q o oS a Ply 3 By
A | ses|FS| as] gs > m2 - |S | Halse
oO kes aS oo r=} = B = P= 5
— 2 o|S4a/85 = 3S A=] ba] he ° o f=}
Z|PS|BMi24/e/e/2lea/sie/e)F
416 fa fa Feu s a | 4) 1s) Se
Da Si AOU OSA a7, or | em LG
|e a ae eS
BA | LYCHNA BGON...c0.0cereerevees sal eke, Slice ae | Wea | tree cp hate fe ode HP psc bg |
BA TE ATUL) ae. tua gan eae <aowaesen soda fe ib see | begs oy (anos | [mera Wieeaial eee ye at IS aia Bek [3
LE ClCO0IR VAN: Wet, Se aeke ances Xba. SCI ECan te
AG i Lan CUCnier Genta tasssecteeas st Sal BC Sle acta ecacieahl) datos ll! atese late oll cate soe PR |Ho ee
ATMA HODUUL CLO aeticen sac akcersisee. ony |Weeeasal id cc. | Pons |Weielen tite cone p wervad tage. IY cess de || os
AST: SENNYRUS) wancsecereessseses dois i \ecctelets tO ares, MIsstetarent| wes] | eae erat x
MOT Lr ULAOTt, cena vcvcecosacss = Boal batch lds Zico Wve we
GOP Wy C0703 Scieaasaaneeameoaranoe SC Axtell Aedes bap Ras
Dl | cH ORCOT Me acs atresia sacenceieaee SC PISO tal bomen Sas ees Oe Tae
DAME NULLMU ata. cease saaecee ae Sal We cial SEU. Soars Leben | PRES tr PS5-< Senile x
Dom PHETOLES sen sacsccctecasctses ell weak ee x SCL oe er SST ise a
DAT Pie OTD UNLLUS Ss sccraceeecsseus SCir exch lee pide pas beer Mereunl eeesra Ice ge ihe areliinie) ||:
DOs PLPNAS TONLE ances nsecteac|| ase eke OS peas ecole dala Msn den) eae TNS |]
DOM PLANUS Bae coer anecacecs scones \Veasciea lesser tessciaet |e Scales | Scan | pram Ws mk ei |
Dea as CCWUEUS! sec neRaneace econ: Sealer WX Als SCoa| Oe |e Gant) eam eC 1 ee ae
DS La CUNLCLOM. ace ancdaacinsaceanes 5a ean baat (mee “aie Uae cee ine a lca Lue aanr| | evened Pes Ail SS2) ||
ODN UN GMONGG snacceseesees one SCP SS sili See Heep Mecoettar | een octal Bical ese t x ime
GON Daadmerus, vars Tipvertie.e| | cea|| secu seme sesaliexs lx x
(Sik |e GOD: Sopbascbapeddocndeoed pe aaa esa | asbvab | seal ae x
G2)| LF damone, Vans: c.csse. SCm nex : (eS ume Sen ee a Ih celine sas
63 | D. donzeltz............ utes KT ea ele tee coil deel eeenn i eel cera ea eee | een
OE WEE CAR [LOTOAS: Saababtancantene se Auge Rece e aa leis Gar encod cea Pca eeeumlligome Phe weet ie Se> I
(ay | WORE toi nae sade bensact terrae 5 | mecca ecetel foes ce ol Wes ere | mesa Mace Medel ac, | x
GON LUVIN xe cevosnea. eeneek Yap RP aisha Raseea ad Micrel id Mil ie es Pe a eect |
| |
Can are Y/CONIMOS a ee amen ceee an eae SAPD Mes eee et raw | Be Ne ae crepe We ea | Mh vote | pear Hi ee
G8 | LD. semiargus ........0000.0 ge SP oe | oe | Se see
COME NATGRLE OS Dobcaciessenceee ear ecietalllunctoe aa | deere) tates : Beall alee : ids
MOM REvOM2ONs VAT) bcccsdesencesece BET See: he SCT SC | Bead neces ts ecole eel x
LTC OTLS Mareen sce carorme ates ae x | Aan
PL Lo, CUPREMUS ora scncceceossesee x aa x ie ha Se a Hise
(2))| D PRAYMNUS ..00.5.00s..00dees x acu | bata de a
(a Apatiurea iid, Var.s.....<-. fe x x 0 aie a ae
Limenitis populi? ......... SCT Meee allmecialt racatadicnss ex x
AMIN RCLUMONURG: <oe.s)t<a-cteee eile [ese ag | as ss tes x ne
TAS: WEE CORIO: eos onnOnne Rene nL ee vee |ovee |X [ove [ee [vee | ee | ate
MGMIPNEDLUSIULCILLG 0. accscaeence K | see | | wT we OR ee
MAGA GRELCETIUS © aehicecincessh sachedecs Ae escent adel eesen| Uibeaee | Nie obdl beatae tetecce (esac te
78 | Araschnia levana......... Bar ic caery eve cent o2 Pa : | cee, [OUEST ioe neon
79 | Vanessa antiopa ............ | x BO RR ah eee lhe OK [een (eal escent eG
SOMME IALO LOMO see. enous ener AEG a $e | x
SUG BOUCRLOTOB® \.50.-00 caeos anc x x ae x
82 | V. xanthomelas............... Pore Noe se 2 ee tafe res Rae x
Sst MPU UL OPEN ata rei Seine s'ss bora x ts a Be See se See en) oe
OAM VECONQUG wee bats oa eccoseecss |! tool Rseieeel my Oe a x | 6b eects ile 8 ae
SDM VAnGO enema aettines ence cetccdiees x aun liee se Peal liesscctael| se x.
SOd er - CLOW eineee nsec ot cu K aoe il) poe cele, Me *:
87 | Grapta c-albwm ............ |) rae | fate sa fee SN eae cd ees el fase jes ae yf oe
88 | Melitxa idwna ............... ON Bah PUP tee atl ecm Goa een a ex
89 | MM. maturna .........0.. 0.0.0 Bod KE he aie, Bae hea x | x x:
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains.
TotW eed A
| 3 58 2 FS
B\Selee| 5 | 2 é
m|a3\|s0| S| & Eyal
Aals3| S$ 5 = a 3)
g| S[ebiee 2) 21a pele
2 alias a4 << oS =] = io)
El Sra bee!) Soe ta the
a |e2lesles\2/5/5) 2/2
= (Se8idgiaate | ble |g S
S |}us|Solsea! 2 >=) q Ss |
= (SS (eeiad) 2) 8 | 8) ea] &
qq |oO |m |e aA} a | & < w-]
STE [ese lees ta Viento |e |e ee Nea
_——
90 | Melitza aurinia ........... poi ieee fees om | ea teal | eeacuee lie x | x
Oi Perna umemee sae os'acieis «1° 1 pallies a|ece plnce< |hawe sil Moor x
WEN OTDAUTTUNOAD wae cena «00s SOW | cen est w Morena eas
TD ORO OG Sop oceyeepe Coe OnCOBER bob Sra senha Reage etall rctate VS GE |S ell | cers
IME ROTE OG: era sealed ests is%iesis see SAMA eee Rae Tease al Rog, NI nl lier | arc lite
IN GHUTTEIR Seco ScOOACOESEBOEE Gt Webco | esSal acon libecsst lie cam cll ead gh tess tel ees
NUS CHT TRIO. Sst OGEROR OAS aa | bea aa
ET OTCESTO AVA Soe eons cise Souls uP see seni) pe e|| WE
VE CUTE HU VAI ee aesansdciens Seely oe HES > aa Xoliex
M. aurelia, var. vel. n.sp.| x | --- ocaliieeae
Argynnis aphirape ......... <ex alters
PARI SCLOME) Matisicronaen[aea/acies abies x | xX x x
VARTSCLOTIUS ideals sc nase deceive 88 Sex Bene
BARROS COTIUS dee misc cleren ers tnoeirsi ee ex SHS x
A CUPRTOSYNE ..5.00500.0008 x | X eile
PA TOU OVEN: ( Sa'enjsineie en's 52a eae hiss | (eis eal (Mee Al ion all saa | tess | ee
CAN OLS reesei aca ato snes ds SG eset ll) Co Se Tsao ce
Aa VAT) 1 Q7SUOCKe <..... -.| X AEP coc 2 2
VZENGITIO pets nee Ep One AceeeeCoece Sa liraeets linea Scone Fea alipeee
PAN CIMNOGNUSUB. syacensecos «+= ee tl OX xerox
PAS ONGONCNSIS “Jaca sie <0 oo x x ex
CAMA ILO GU AVAL. Selon coaces-0s|1 os 1 al bane
VAULT Gin ae tic sa sie sisisijecenise cea San rece See Gab. et cane coal or
CAB AILON Recent es sapclone cele Oseibales Sa |e | OG > a (ieee
PA ADINEe Denton neyo sn sae Piles ley. Seen ae x
VA TLCECIE GIR NE saaE anes easel S| 57a ale al Bree, oll iegig, lines) wt ie
VAI IUIGOTUUID’ a1cieicjejo sis ore os/=i5 ae ae ell oe mifieee Nhars Wese dnc tll ie-8
TAPOQUOUL Scene sana stasis sa SoU Een le pom eoae l Npe gem soso [os MLO Re lps
PAT OUDUC SD OCE EBOFHOCER OO ED. 572 Vita | ce en la. ctan ( RPl Cokeesal eio || Ca ill Sc5
BA OMURIE. wart cates adn sduaat pocinal | So° 2H te -gell b,ald [huss. cue) oeactel|epoes||!#ES SILL Oe
A OOIUGL aatsn ce aisle nsiotises sire x so es SRN rerio lle 28
VARIG OMAOTO MMs clo seitsisdetics Ky le’ Xa e sen esas
Melanargia iapygia, var. . Seer aaa older yl te Oe
Erebia mawrisius........++++ So | cal eg x var.
TOUT) eer eo Be HOOU ORE ECOG Sl aun
BL MEfeTSteint, — <..20.00sscc0ee Ness sa
PEG CLUPUS Gace c cle csdmeseaer Sa ese © |lsene x
15}, ERY UG Maspa rebedncece HpORe fl peernhl ett an Wee
PASCO LBOV Ur aos aces cise snare Al OSs iat Bil Wess
SALA QED sienna sie tnelee clepeins ser 52 tal pom nec x
PH CUTYOLES Wash), sic esie de ass\Pr oul | =o
TR UOOND Gade snaaen x x
EMUELOENG. «5. cda0 han niatan nee x ee
AM OSSil, VAT, CT0.....- 5220 x x
ABS aphiie eae opeenee cepronecepe x se Soe | Mose x
ROI Otis ee cesrecaaninageces is x xX Be Nt
PEMCYGLONULS ado secteccoeisaeae x 3 alls
CR TLCOUSOG na c)e s seca doe siaetceuhes Pas 2 xo x
METTIOLM Mas ass dedatas'es 15/0 x xP xX
Caer
hee
e
9 qq
° oe
rs |
S o
td 4H
8 9
a ss
x
ee x
x
se Me
2
x
x
x
x
x
che x
x x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Be x
x x
x
ee. |x Var.
x
x
x
x
x
SSK OK GK KKK KK KOK KE KK KEK K XK |S m Borope.
x
308
Mr. i. Elwes on the
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
Erebomorpha parmenio ...
Ginets mulla? .........06000.
. norna, vir. allaica
(DOME TTETT? Se stc.c ie eO REECE
CHAD ONNG erent sec kest
CU SSCULAD Rametset en tenes teu
@. bore, var, ammon ......
EE OPBEU incon tonne tae
Satyrus semele .......000.0.05
S. heydenretchi...............
S. WUYOLYLE <2. c0.seeecesee-0-
ISNCALLONOE nc eae ree nan
S. anthe, var. hanifa. ......
IS OPISCTS: ose naaenanecees shone
DON AS Re naa a iae ee eskee
DC OTCURUSA) ery eens .caeene te
S. actzea, var. bryce .........
PATATYE META 22. .,.000r0000.
Dr MUPTEE, Aue eer aea heats
Epinephele lycaon............
E. hyperanthus...... 000.0604.
Cenonympha edipus .....
| 1S A ea See ee ee
Oe GMOTYULS occces sa verovnane
C. hero, var. perseis.........
CNLUDNON: re evenenen een atnes
COUGMPIALUS) ea hon ae cnc es
Triphysa phryne .....0.0.005
Carcharodus alcex .........
FLESPeT Ua OTOYEr ....0.0.00:-
VEEPLEBSCLUUNMY vi wac cave stenoses
ELECTIUTELLUME. eens conn clove
H, malvex .....: Me eneted saree
UE SOP TULL ain vce badscce ve
UTRMLVEUS ete selec senile oiede<08
PI OMPOS AGES ran ssieneees och
Pamphila palemon .........
UP SUCUOUILS Mines seistec Se tat ses de
Py argyrostigma ........6...
Heteroptérus morpheus
Augiades sylvanus .........
Adopexa lincola ............
Erynnis comma ............
b> =
#3] ls
aig a | & ,
glze\Se)2/2] | .
Aleelgele |e ei 314
g| 2/eleel Flag /2e/s/EIEI,
ES Sled os | aire & | a | Se
B r2/ 58/82] § q G) a A ui cy
A Se Ee et Fe = os a = = =
wa Ul eeteae ete m| Ss 3 = 5 r=) =
4/6 j@ je |e |alelaieials
(he Oe ee) ee ae RD Se ee ae
——
x Ati ae x x
onc Xx
Bh ices
{ x | | wae |
x
4 ats x AS Sei
WAT. ees. (2 Var ? var |
x D4 x
x x x siete x mare
lav x x 4 x x ee
| x x x x S601, x x
x Ixvar.| X X |xvar.| ...
see | Xx x ote sae x pete sicie roe,
Xx x x Xx x x x |x var.
| x < x x =e
| x ae x lxvar.| ... Ss
| X Xx x Src ayate Sica
| eee x x x | 9
aiale x x x Se
| BR at care capier teal aS ll eset: Ark ata,
ay (pee x | x x ae x x |
1 Cees x x Ixvar.| ...
[RE ei A ke Sault AN mil ex see
x oo» (x var.| X Xx x i x
x x me x x x Se
x x “30 x x 4
x S00 san x visi mal x
x x x x i 2 aie
Reel sats oer eee eviees x var.
260 x Pa tal x x neo ous
x x x sao see x x x
x x x x x SC Mek x
x mare ee all ees x ane x x ste
Xx Xx xX x Xx x x x x
Xx x Xx fete inter x
x | x x xX x Siete
so $3 x
x x x x x
x x x x SA: x
x x x Da ae,
sab x x see x x Be x Seti! parts
Keni x Kb x x :
x x |xvar.| xX x x xX Ixvar.| xX |
| S In Europe.
DSS OK Ng OG) NRL OK Mc rim are Men Ne IRN SORE OC, OOS SOR RTS =
SOUS Oe
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. 309
The authorities for the above lists are as follows :—
1. The lists of Kindermann’s collections published by
Lederer, and MS. list of Ruckbeil’s collections sent me
by Herr Tancré.
2. The list of Kuldja butterflies published by Alphéraky
in 1881, and the list of Grum-Grshimailo’s Thianshan
collections, published at p. 522 of his Travels in Central
Asia (printed in Russian), St. Petersburg, 1896.
3. The list of Haberhauer’s collection in the Tarbagatai
and Alatau, and
4. given by Staudinger in Stett. Ent. Zeit, 1881, p. 256.
5. The list given by Grum-Grshimailo of his collections
in the Pamir and surrounding regions in Romanoft’s
Memoires, vol. iv, p. 126-37.
6. The list of Amur butterflies, given by Staudinger in
Romanoft’s Memoires, vol. vi, p. 106-15.
7. The list of Dorries’ collections in the Kentei Moun-
tains given by Staudinger in Iris, vol. v, p. 304.
8. The list of collections made by Grum in Amdo and
the Kokonor district. Same source as No. 2.
9. Herz’ list of his collections on the Vitim and Vilui
rivers in Iris, vol. xi, p. 233.
10. Staudinger’s Catalogue. (I may say that I consider
that species not found west of the Southern Ural should
be considered as Asiatic rather than European.)
The above list of 181 species includes all which are
recorded by Kindermann, Ruckbeil and myself, and
though it may be increased a little by future collections,
yet a comparison with the lists from the Amur, Kuldja
and Pamir regions, and with that of the collection made
by Dorries in the Kentei Mountains of East Mongolia,
shows that there are very few other butterflies in the
adjoining regions which can be expected to occur in the
Altai.
Out of the whole number about thirty-nine are not found
in Europe: of these six are Parnassius, only one of which,
P. actius, is a Central Asian species; the rest are char-
acteristic of Siberia, and all but clariws occur in the
Amur region. Anthocharis pyrothoé is a Central Asian
species. Of the eight Colvas only thisoa is Central Asian,
the rest are European or forms of European species, except
C. aurora and melinos, which is the Siberian representative
of phicomone. Of the five species of Thecla only frivald-
sekyi is non-European, and as compared with twenty-four
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1899,—PART III. (SEPT.) 21
rr
310 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
species in the Amur region, the genus is poorly repre-
sented. Polyommatus are also scarce, I found none in the
higher mountains, and only three in the lower ground,
though Kindermann and Ruckbeil seem to have found
more in the Buchtarma district. Lycwna is well repre-
sented by thirty-four species, several of which, however,
seem scarce, and only seven are not European. This
compares well with the twenty-two species recorded from
the Amur region, to which seventeen of the thirty-four
extend. In the Pamir region no fewer than fifty-five are
recorded, but only thirteen of these are common to the
Altai.
Nymphalide are poorly represented, Neptis lucilla and
Grapta c-album being the only common species except
vanessa Argynnis and Melitwa. In the latter genus we
have eleven, Jf. arcesia being the only non-European
species. <A single species of Melanargia occurs but rarely,
and was not seen by me. A7gynnis is very well represented
by twenty-two species. Of these oscarus and angarensis
alone are not found in Europe, and both of them seem
scarce or local; but selenis, which only extends west to
Kazan on the Volga, must be also considered Asiatic.
A. aphirape, pales, Sreiyja, and frigga are all very abundant
typical northern species, none of which except pales were
found by Alphéraky in the Thianshan, or by Grum in
the Pamirs. Only nme Argynnis are recorded from the
former and seven from the latter regions, whilst the
Amur region has twenty-two, fifteen of which are common
to the Altai. #rebia is much better represented than I
expected to find it, no fewer than sixteen species being
recorded of which I got thirteen myself. £. medusa
should certainly occur also, as it is found both east and
west of the Altai, but is not yet recorded. No fewer
than nine of these Hrebias are not found in Europe, and a
tenth, a/ra, is a purely Asiatic type occurring in only one
locality in Europe. Of these sixteen species not one is
found either in the Thianshan or Pamir lists, and seven
only in the Amur list, which proves what I suggested in
my last revision of the genus, that the mountains of
Southern Siberia form a centre of distribution for this
genus only second to the Alps of Europe, and having no
connection at all with the mountain ranges of Turkestan.
LE. kefersteini, maurisius, theano, sedakovi, cyclopius, daba-
nensis, ero, edda, and parmenio are characteristic of this
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mowntarns. 311
region, though sedakovi and parmenio extend to the Amur,
and ero and edda to the north-east of Siberia.
Of the genus nevs, no less than six or seven occur,
and only one of them, tarpeia, is Central Asiatic; but
this is a steppe rather than a mountain species. Of the
others, norna and bore are Boreal species, and _ sculda,
muita and nanna confined to Asia. Of the eight species
of Satyrus I only found four, the rest being recorded by
Kindermann and Ruckbeil, and these seem confined
to the south-western parts of the region. All are European
except heydenreicht, which is Central Asiatic, and none
except dryas extend to the Amur region. The other
genera of Satyridw are scarce, none of the small Hpine-
pheles which are so common in Central Asia occurring,
but Triphysa phryne is in abundance. The Hespervidx are
mostly European except C. argyrostigma.
1. Papilio machaon, L.
Only found in the lower parts of the mountains. It
was just appearing at Biisk on June 2nd, fresh in the
Tchuja Valley at about 4000 feet on June 18th, and not
seen again till August 7th, when one or two worn-out
females were taken on the Bija river. The specimens are
quite European in type.
2. P. podalirius, L.
Recorded by Kindermann and Ruckbeil, not seen by me.
3. Parnassius apollo, L., and var. sibirica, Nordm. =
Graslini, Oberthiir.
Common in the Bashkaus, Tchulishman and Bua
Valleys at the end of July, from about 4500 down to
1000 feet, where I last saw worn females on August 3rd.
It flies on and below rocky slopes, where its food plant
Sedum ewersi ? is abundant.
I am doubtful whether sidirica can be looked on as a
marked variety, in the Altai at any rate. Though some of
the males have more dark scales, and perhaps a slightly
whiter ground colour than in Europe, and average much
larger than alpine specimens, yet Scandinavian examples
which ought to be typical apollo are hardly distinguish-
able. In the female sex the difference is, however, much
more striking, the black scales being more abundant, and
-
312 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
the markings more diffused. The most typical sibirica I
have come from near Orenburg. The Asiatic form has
usually been called hesebolus, Nordmann, but Staudinger in
Iris, v, p. 304-5, states that this name should be applied
to the form from the Kentei Mountains in Central
Mongolia (the most easterly locality in which apollo has
been taken), which differs principally in having the black
spots and markings of the fore-wing, and also the red
ocelli of the hind-wing, smaller than in other forms of
apollo. I lave specimens from the Thianshan from
Crum’s collection which agree with those from the Altai,
except that the males have the lower half of the fore-wing
above quite free from dark scales, the outer part of the
wing being pure milk-white.
4. P. delius, Esp., and var. intermedius, Mén,
First seen in the Tchuja Valley near Tchebit at about
4000 feet elevation flying on rocky slopes covered with
brushwood, males only being out on June 18th. Common
about Darkoti from 6500 up to about 8000 feet on bare stony
mountains from July 14th to 18th, when I first took females;
also on the pass between Kurai and the Bashkaus at the
end of July, when the males were worn out at 6000—7000
feet. Saxifraga aizoides, the food plant of the larva in
Europe,was common in most places where I took delius. The
specimens from Tchuja Valley and Kurai Pass were of the
form known as intermedius, Mén., of which the males differ
from the European form only in being of a slightly purer
white ground colour; the females, like those of apollo,
differ in having as arule much more dark markings and
lunules, as in some of the American forms; but after
comparing a very large series from various parts of
Europe, Asia, and America, I do not see my way to define
intermedius, because the variation is too great among
them. One female from Kurai is darker than any delius
I have ever seen except from the Irkut Valley, and re-
sembles some of the forms known as Hermodur from north
America, Another from Ongodai is of a milky-white
ground colour with red ocelli as large as those of nomion,
and some are hardly distinguishable from European
specimens.
The form which I took about Darkoti is, however,
very unlike these, and might be separated with more
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. 313
reason than intermedius. It resembles those which I
took at Laggan in the Rocky Mountains of Alberta Pro-
vince, British North America, in being much smaller,
the males having often no red ocelli on either wing;
though some have small ones, and the black lunules are
also much reduced, and the whole appearance of the
insect is quite different in consequence. This variety
might be distinguished as var. alpestris, but as it is quite
probable that larger numbers from other parts of the
Altai might fail to show these differences, I hesitate to
add another varietal name in a genus which is already
overladen with them. The form found in the East
Sayansk Mountains by Leder resembles these rather than
intermedius.
5. P. nomion, F. d. Wald.
First seen at about 5500 feet on July 22nd, afterwards
common in the Bashkaus and Tchulishman Valleys at
2000—4000 feet, down to near the south end of Lake
Teletskoi flying in the same places as P. apollo, from
which at first I did not distinguish it on the wing. I
found, however, that it is a weaker flying insect, and
much easier to kill than apollo, which has the strongest
body of any butterfly known to me, and is impossible to
kill by pinching. Judging from their greater freshness
nomion comes out later than apollo. I took one male,
which at first I thought to be a hybrid between nomzon
and apollo, as it seemed to combine the markings of both
species. However, after reading what Staudinger has
written about similar supposed hybrids from the Kentei
Mountains, one of which I have in Grum’s collection, and
noting the fact stated by him that similar aberrations
oecur in Amurland, where there are no apollo, 1 am
uncertain whether mine is a hybrid or not. It certainly
has the chequered fringes of the wings almost as distinct
as a nomion, whilst apollo has the fringes unchequered,
and this most distinctive character is not mentioned by
Staudinger. There is, however, no reason that I can see
why the two species should not breed together.
6. P. actius, Ev.
Taken at Tchingistai by Ruckbeil, but not seen by
Kindermann or myself.
ca
314 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
7. P. tenedius, Ev.
Also taken at Tchingistai by Ruckbeil, but not by
others. According to Herz, it is one of the earliest
butterflies to appear in North-East Siberia. A specimen of
delius in Staudinger’s collection from the Altai (ex-coll.
Kindermann) has markings which resemble those of
tencdius to some extent, but I doubt the possibility of
hybridism between these species.
8. P. clarius, Ev.
Only taken in one place near the west end of the
Tchuja Steppe at about 5500 feet, on dry, hot, rocky
slopes overgrown with grass, on July 20th. The males
were already worn, but the females fresh. I did not
distinguish this from delius by its flight or appearance till
I had the female in my hand, when the pouch at once
showed what it was. The inconstant variety known as
dentata was taken at Justed by Ruckbeil.
9. P. stubbendorfi, Mén.
Common on the Kurai Pass on July 25th, at 6000—7000
feet; the males only flying on marshy alpine meadows below
steep rocks, with eversmanni and delius. The only two
females I took were much lower down in swampy larch
forest. Jacobson also got one or two at Ongodai.
10. P. eversmanni, Mén.
I was surprised to find this rare species, hitherto only
known from Central and Eastern Siberia, not uncommon in
the Altai. I first took it near Darkoti in marshy alpine
meadows, below rocks where snow was still lying at 7000
feet on July 13th, but only males were then out; and
though I waited four days in this camp for the females I
was obliged to leave without getting any. I afterwards
got two worn males on the Kurai Pass. It agrees
perfectly with Eversmann’s type from Kansk, and with
those taken by Leder at Podeika, and by Herz on the
Vilui and Vitim rivers, and is rather smaller than those
from the Amur, where, according to Graeser, its food plant
is Corydalis gigantea.
11. Aporia crategi, L.
This was one of the most generally distributed butter-
flies in the districts I visited, I first saw it at 7000
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. 315
feet on July 9th, and soon became very abundant, not
only up to the very tops of the most stony and barest
mountains far above any shrubs, where it was associated
with Wneis bore and Argynnis freija, the only species
which I took as high, but it seemed equally at home in the
dense forest country of the Bija Valley. It must have a
variety of food plants, or be of a very wandering dis-
position. I saw no trace of any approach to A. hippia.
12. Pieris napt, L.
I found this coming out at Biisk on June 4th, at
Ongodai on the 13th, in the Tchuja Valley at about
5000 feet on the 20th, all these belonging to the spring
brood, though there is much difference amongst them, one
male from Ongodai having the black spot in cell 3 as
conspicuous as in the summer brood in Europe, and one
male from Biisk having the spot on the costa of the
hind-wing also well-marked. I saw none in the high bare
mountains. In the Bija Valley the first week of August
a large summer brood was out, a female of which is
tinged with yellow. P. napi is found in the far north of
Siberia, on the Vitim river, and in Kamtschatka where
it assumes the bryoniw form. One of my females of the
spring brood from the Tchuja Valley and one from
Minusinsk in the Yenesei Valley might be called bryoniz,
but I do not think that, except in the Alps of Europe and
in Lapland, this form seems to be constant. I have a
pair from Altin Emil in the Thianshan collected by
Grum-Grshimailo which are hardly distinguishable from
ochsenheimert, which seems to represent bryoniw in the
high mountains of the Pamir. There is also a form in
Grum-Grshimailo’s collection named by him sifanica,
which occurs as a spring brood in the mountains of Amdo
in North-East Tibet, and which by the very dark heavily
marked veins of the underside seems to be bryonix, but I
have no females of this. I have also some specimens from
Kashmir which, though they stand in my collection as a
variety of melete, are really just as near to napi, and I do
not yet know how it is possible to separate these two
species with certainty.
13. P. rape, L.
I found this on June 6th at Busk, and again at the
end of July in the Lower Bashkaus and Bija Valleys.
eo
316 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
The difference between the two generations is more
striking than in any other locality from whence I have
the species, except, perhaps, in Italy, and as the variations
of P. rape appear to have been little studied I will
mention the most striking ones as far as I know them.
In Britain, in Gloucestershire at least, there is little differ-
ence between the first brood and the second, either in
size or colour of the underside. In Germany, France and
Spain the difference is rather greater, and in Germany,
Poland, and occasionally in England, we have an aberration
of the female which is distinctly yellow both on the upper
and undersides. In Algeria, where I found it common in
the province of Constantine, and as far south as Biskra in
April and May, and also at Gibraltar in April, some of
the males are without a trace of the black spot in cell
4 of the fore-wing on the upper-side, and this is also the
case in the one taken at Biisk. I have similar males
from Beirut and Candahar taken in February. In the
Canary Islands rape does not appear to have been
modified by the climate as in the case of brassicw#, which
has there developed the remarkable form known as
cheiranthi. In the Alps and Pyrenees, where I have
taken the species at from 5000—7000 feet in July, at
which elevation it can, I think, be only single-brooded, the
underside is rather of the summer than the spring type.
A female from Mont Cenis is absolutely indistinguish-
able from the female of ergane, and may be that species.
Though I am not aware that ergane has been recorded
from the Alps or Germany, I noted in the collection of
Dr. Nickerl at Prague similar examples. In September
a form occurs at Florence, for which I am indebted to
Signor Stefanelli, which passes under the name of manni ;
this form is characterised by the greater extension of the
black on the apex of the fore-wing in both sexes, and (if
these specimens are typical manni) by the veins of the
hind-wing below being distinctly bordered with black
dusting from which the interspaces are quite free. These
specimens are so like some of the summer brood of napi
known as napee, Esp., from St. Petersburg and Poland,
that I really do not know how to separate them with
certainty, and one of the males has indications of black
at the end of the veins of the hind-wing above which I
see in no other specimen of rapz. In Asia the species
has a very wide range. I have specimens from Syria
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. 317
where it appears to be usually quite small. At Bushir in
the Persian Gulf, at Quetta and Candahar in Baluchistan
the species is common throughout the season; dated
specimens collected by Colonel Swinhoe in February, May,
August and November are in my collection, and show the
seasonal variation on the underside very fairly. From
the Southern Caucasus and from Darwaz in Bokhara I
have specimens named by M. Alphéraky canadia, var.
manni, but though I presume he considers this a variety
of canidia, which also occurs in Turkestan under the
form named by Staudinger palewarctica, I am almost
sure that they are forms of rapx and not of canidia.
On the Lower Amur, in northern China and in Manchuria,
and North-East Tibet, the species also occurs, and has been
called by Oberthiir var. orientalis, but I cannot see the
slightest reason for distinguishing this form. In North
America the species has been introduccd and has now
spread from Canada to Alabama and North Carolina, where
I took it on Roan Mountain at about 5000 feet. A
species, or local race of rapw, has been described by
Grum-Grshimailo as tadjika ; he took it in the mountains
of Darwaz and Karategin in South-Eastern Bokhara at
9000 feet in June. Whether it is a mountain form
peculiar to Central Asia analogous to P. ochsenheimeri,
which seems to represent P. napi in the same region, is
doubtful, but it is easily distinguishable from Turkestan
specimens of rapx by the markings of the fore-wing in
both sexes and by the colour of the female, which has
yellowish hind-wings.
14. P. daplidice, L.
The first generation of this occurred at Biisk, and I
took one in the Tchuja Valley in June. The second
generation was found at the end of July in the Bashkaus
at 3000 feet, and at Ongodai by Jacobson.
15. P. chlorodice, Hb.
First seen on the Barabinsky Steppe on vee 24th, and
taken at Kurai and on the Tchuja Steppe on June 17th
to June 21st. These were small specimens of the first
generation. The second brood was out July 21st at
6000 feet, and was also found in the Bashkaus down to
about 2000 feet. These only differ in their larger size
from those of the first generation.
-
318 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
16. P. callidice, var. ? chrysidice, H.58.
This was the only Pieris I found on the high mountains
above timber-line, and there it was not at all common.
The specimens are variable in size, and there may be
two broods, as I have a somewhat worn specimen taken
on June 20th, and fresh ones from the Bashkaus taken
a month later. They are more like the form from the
Pamir and mountains of North Persia and Armenia than
the European callidice, but I do not see how the line
can be drawn between chrysidice, callidice, and kalora,
Moore from the Himalayas when a large number are
compared, though those from the European Alps are
usually more yellowish on the hind-wing below.
17. Anthocharis cardamines, L.
Taken at Biisk and Ongodai in the first half of June.
18. A. belia, Cr., var.
I found a few males of this fresh out at Ongodai on
June 13th, but got no females. They are more like the
alpine form simplonia in some respects, but the underside
of the hind-wing is variegated in a different way. With-
out a larger series of both sexes I am not able to assign a
varietal name to this form.
19. A. pyrothoé, Ev.
Taken at Kenderlik by Ruckbeil but not seen by my-
self; perhaps it should not be included in the Altai list,
as Kenderlik is south of the Irtysch river.
20. Leucophasia sinapis, L.
I found the first generation of this at Kazan on May
25th, and at Biisk and Ongodai at the beginning of June.
The second generation was common in the Bija Valley in
the first week in August. They do not differ from European
specimens.
21. Colias palxno, L.
The only place where I saw this was in a swampy flat
overgrown with willows on the north side of the Kurai Pass
at about 5000 feet, where it had been out some time, though
fresh specimens were still to be found on July 25th. Ruck-
beil also procured it in the Southern Altai, The males are
Lepidoptera of the Altar Mountains. 319
variable in the breadth of the border, and in colour agree
with those from the Swiss Alps, var. ewropomone, Ochs.,
fide Staudinger. The underside is perhaps a trifle less
yellow (more darkly freckled with green), which character
Staudinger (Iris, v, p. 311) gives as distinctive of his var.
orientalis, of which I have typical specimens from Kentei,
and others from Vitim and the Amur. I can see very
little reason for separating any of these from the Swiss
form. The few I have from Japan have a broader border,
and appear to be more worthy of a varietal name.
22. Colias nastes, Bdv.? var. mongola, Alph., Rom. Mém.
ix, p. 188.
I found this interesting form abundant in the mountains
south of Kuch Agatch, at about 7000 feet, especially in
the broad, flat, gravelly beds of mountain streams which
were overgrown with alpine and arctic plants. Here it
appeared on July 3rd, and soon became very numerous,
Its flight was very quick and jerky close to the ground, but
not nearly so strong as that of melinos, which kept more
to the mountain sides. The type of mongola was taken
by Leder near Urga, according to Alphéraky, but pro-
bably this is an error, as Staudinger says (Iris, viii, p.
345), that Leder collected the specimens labelled Urga
by Christoph, in the Changai Mountains, about half way
between Uliassutai and Urga. Alphéraky says that this
form is between cocandica, Ersch., and maja, Gr.-Gr., but
it seems to me to be hardly distinguishable except by
its smaller size from tamerlana, Stgr.,a dark form of nastes
found in the Eastern Thianshan. Maja is much lighter
in colour, and the females especially differ from those of
mongola.
23. Colias melinos, Ev.
This butterfly was first seen at Ongodai, where I caught
a pair in cop. on June 10th, and others on the 14th
and 18th, in wooded valleys at 3000—4000 feet. All these
specimens, together with a female which I took on the
Bashkaus on July 25th, when it was quite worn out,
though variable in size may be distinguished from the
numerous specimens I afterwards found on the high
Tchuja Mountains by the paler colour of their underside,
which agrees with five pairs from the Amur and with
others from the Vitim, taken by Herz, and Irkut, taken
-
320 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
by Leder. A large number from the Tchuja Mountains
vary considerably in size and colour above, but are all
darker below on the hind-wing. They were common from
6000—8000 feet, flying fast over the alpine meadows,
and easily distinguished by their much more rapid flight
from mongola, which appeared to confine itself more to
the flat beds of the mountain streams. On comparing
these alpine specimens with those in Dr. Staudinger’s
collection from the Kentei Mountains, they seem hardly
distinct enough from the valley form to be named as
a variety.
24. C. hyale, L.
This was very common in the Katuna Valley at 3000
feet on June 17th, but not seen again until I came down
to the low country at the end of July, where it was
common in the Bija Valley and in the open country about
Biisk in the first week of August.
25. C. chrysotheme, Esp.
The first generation of this species came out at Ongodai
on June 10th, and in the Tchuja Valley a week later,
flying rapidly over bare ground. The second generation,
which only differs by being on the average somewhat
larger, and not as in America by its deeper colour, was
abundant in the Kurai Steppe and Bashkaus Valley at
the end of July. A specimen from Krasnoyarsk in
Grum-Grshimailo’s collection, the type of his (? MS.) var.
sibirica, is paler, and has more yellow at the apex of the
fore-wing, but one from Minusinsk in the Yenesei Valley
is like those I took; on the average they are decidedly
larger and, I think, somewhat brighter than Austrian and
South Russian specimens, and resemble more the form
known in America as keewaydin, W. H. Edw.
26. Colias aurora, Esp.
I did not take this myself, but received several speci-
mens from Ongodai, which average somewhat smaller than
those from the Amur; all the females were of the white
form. It also occurs in the Yenesei Valley, and is recorded
by Ruckbeil from the South Altai. Those from the Kentei
Mountains are paler in tint and have narrower borders
than mine.
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. 321
27. C. thisoa, Mén., and C. erate, Esp.
Both taken by Ruckbeil but not seen by me. I do not
know the exact localities where he got them, so perhaps
they should not be included, though some species of the
thisoa group ought to occur in the Altai Mountains.
28. Rhodocera rhamni, L.
Hybernated specimens were common from the time I
reached the Obb river up to Ongodai, and fresh ones were
first seen in the Bija Valley in the beginning of August.
29. Thecla betulx, L.
Not seen by me, but apparently not uncommon early
in August at Ongodai, where Jacobson got several
specimens not differing from European ones, except that
the females show a little less yellow on the fore-wing.
A specimen from Lake Teletskoi was in the St. Petersburg
Museum.
30. 7. prunoides, Ster.
I found this in the valley of the Tchulishman river at
about 3000 feet at the end of July, and Jacobson also
took it at Ongodai. At first I supposed this to be W-
album, but on comparing it with Dr. Staudinger’s collec-
tion, he considers that my specimens are the same as
prunoides from Amurland. He had one taken by Kinder-
mann at Ust-Kamenogorsk in the South-West Altai.
The species is easily distinguished from W-album by the
absence of the well-marked sexual patch on fore-wing of
the male, which is constant in that species.
31. 7. prunt, L.
Recorded by Kindermann, and I have one from Grum’s
collection, taken near Semipalatinsk.
32. T. rudi, L.
Taken at Biisk, Ongodai, and in the Tchuja Valley up
to about 4000 feet in the first half of June.
33. T. frivaldszkyi, Led.
I found this in bushy places in the Katuna and Tchuja
Valleys, at 3000—4000 feet, in the second week in June.
It is evidently an early spring insect, as many of the
-
329 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
examples were already worn. It appears to be common
throughout Central Siberia, as Jacobson found it on the
Upper Yenesei, Leder on the Irkut, and Trybom on the
Lower Yenesei as far north as 64°,
This species is probably more nearly allied to the North
American group, of which 7. wus, Godart, is the best-
known representative, than to any European species. This
group has been generically separated by Scudder under
the name Jncisalia,
It is quite distinct in my opinion from Thecla (Satsuma)
Jervea from Japan, both by the pattern of the underside
and by the absence of the sexual patch on fore-wing of
male,
34. Polyommatus virgaurex, L.
I only found this in the prairie country near Buisk
on August 7th, when it was nearly over, but Jacobson
sent two pairs from Ongodai, which do not differ from
European specimens. I cannot see any difference between
the form from the Kentei Mountains named virgawreola
by Staudinger, which would justify its separation, though
some specimens from that locality are almost without
white spots and darker on the hind-wing below.
35. P. thersamon, Esp.
Not taken by me, but in Staudinger’s collection taken
by Kindermann.
36. P. hippothoé, L.
The same remarks apply to this as to the last species.
37. P. alciphron, Rott.
This and the next species are both recorded by Lederer
as taken by Kindermann, but I can find specimens of
neither of them in Staudinger’s collection, and neither
were taken by myself or Jacobson.
38. P. dorilis, Hufn.
39. P. dispar, var. rutilus, Wernb.
Recorded by Herr Tancré as having been taken by
Ruckbeil. Two pairs which he sent me from Kenderlik
are like Sarepta specimens in size. A form occurs in the
Kentei and Chingan Mountains.
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. 323
40. P. phleas, L.
A single specimen taken at Biisk early in June.
41. P. amphidamas, Esp.
Common near Altaisk, and up to about 3000 feet, in
the first week of June.
42. Lycxena argiades, Pall.
The first generation was common at Biisk in the first
week of June, the second, much larger, was out in the
Bija Valley the first week in August.
43. L. fischeri, Ev.
Very abundant in the valleys of the Katuna and Tchuja ~
from 2500—38500 feet in the middle of June. The
Species swarmed on wet sand and damp places by the
side of the river, where it could often be taken without
a net. The second generation, which does not seem
appreciably different, appeared at the end of July in the
Bashkaus Valley. Jacobson also found it common at
Ongodai after I left.
44, LT. xgon, 8. V.
Common at Ongodai and in the Tchuja and Bashkaus
Valleys in July. Some of the specimens from Ongodai
are very dark on the upper side, and might be considered
as a small variety of cleobis, Brem., which is found in
the Kentei Mountains and Mongolia, and of which I
have specimens from Alphéraky from Irkut, and from
Uliassutai under the name of var. ida Stdr. agreeing
fairly with mine. Staudinger also says that he has from
Minusinsk a form of cleobis nearly approaching argus. I
do not, however, know of any certain distinction between
the three species, though a majority of them can be
recognized, and cleobis seems darker below than argus.
45. L. argus, L.
Not uncommon from about 3000—6000 feet from the
middle of June. Staudinger refers his Kentei specimens
to var. planorum, Alph., but I do not know how that
so-called form can be distinguished, and it is evident that
the variation of such a wide-ranging species as this is in
all parts of Europe and Central Asia will require very
-
324 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
minute study before the numerous named forms can be
distinguished or accepted.
46. L. lucifera, Stgr., S. E. Z. 1867, p. 100. Iris, v,
p. 3816. Pl. III, Fig. 1, 1892.
I found this beautiful species at Kuyuktana in the
Tchuja Valley, at about 5000 feet, on July 21st, and it
seems to be not uncommon at Ongodai in the middle of
that month. My specimens agree with those collected by
Leder in Mongolia. It seems to stand nearest to evers-
manni, whilst themis, Gr.-Gr., of which the types from
Amdo are in my collection, is a synonym.
47. L. optilete, Knoch.
I only found this at one spot in a willow swamp on a
tributary of the Bashkans at about 5000 feet; Jacobson
also took it at Ongodai, Staudinger says that his speci-
mens from Kentei are between the typical form and the
small northern one known as cyparissus, and he distin-
guishes them as var. sibirica. I cannot, however, see any
ground for this name, as I have specimens from Kamt-
schatka, Irkut, and Amurland, which all appear to be
very similar to those from North Russia.
48. L. zephyrus, Friv.
I did not take this species, but received it from Ruck-
beil’s collection through Herr Tancré, taken at Kenderlik,
which being south of the Irtysch river is not strictly
speaking in the Altai Mountains. These specimens agree
with those from the Caucasus (Borjom) and from Astrabad,
which are called zephyrinus by Christoph (cf. Rom. Mém.
Sur Lép., vol. i, p. 102, t. vi, fig. 3, a,b). This was described
as a var. of zephyrus by Staudinger (cf. Stett. Ent. Zeit.,
1886, p. 205) from Turkestan specimens. I have seven pairs
from Osch. Gultcha and Darwas taken by Grumm, which
vary considerably in all the characters used by Staudinger
to separate this form, and I fail to see how any of the
Asiatic specimens, of which I have a long series, can be
separated.
49. L. pylaon, Fab.
Recorded by Lederer, but not taken by any one else.
The only insect I can find in Staudinger’s collection from
Lepidoptera of the Altar Mountains, 325
the Altai which might have been mistaken for this, is a
somewhat worn specimen of cyane.
50. LZ. cyane, Eversm. and var. deserticola, var. nov.
I found a very small form of this in the Tchuja Steppe
on July 19th, when the males were much worn, flying
on very bare stony ground where no other butterfly,
except Satyrus autonoé, occurred. These are of the same
size or smaller than pylaon from Sarepta, and on the
upperside resemble that species, though on the underside
they want the brown marginal spots on the fore-wing. I
distinguish this as var. deserticola. Jacobson took at On-
godai several specimens of a much larger form, like typical
cyane from Guberli in the Ural, but with the pale marginal
border on the fore-wing less conspicuous, and the black
border outside it much more so, and of a slightly darker
shade of blue. I believe that this must be considered as
a species distinct from pylaon. The females show no
brown spots on the upperside of the fore-wing as in
pylaon, and are ccerulescent in colour, as described by
Staudinger in his Catalogue.
51. LZ. orton, Pall.
Taken at various places up to 3500 feet at the begin-
ning of June, and again at the beginning of August, so
that there are probably two generations, which do not
seem to differ. I found the insect nowhere common, and
indistinguishable from European specimens, as are those
from the Alatan and Thianshan. The var. orithyia, Grum,
from Amdo (¢f. Hor. Ent. Soc. Ross., xxv, p. 8 sep.), is also
distinguishable, judging by the three type specimens in his
collection, though the 2 shows a little orange at the anal
angle above, which none of my others do.
52. L. baton, Berg.
A single specimen only taken at Ongodai on June 10th.
53. L. pheretes, Hb.
Common from about 6000 to 8000 feet in July, and not
differing, as far as I can see, from European specimens.
Staudinger describes a variety from Kentei under the
name of pheretimus, as much larger, with broad black
borders. A pair which I have from thence as well as one
from Irkut seems to bear out this character.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1899.—PART III. (SEPT.) 22
i
326 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
54. ZL. orlitulus, Prun.
Also common at high elevations and not different from
the European form, though, again, Staudinger describes
those from Kentei, under the name of orbitulinus, as
much larger. As, however, he only had one fresh specimen,
I think this name is somewhat premature.
55. L. astrarche, Bgstr.
I only took one specimen of this in the Bashkaus at
5000 feet. This is of the normal form, but Jacobson sent
five from Ongodai all belonging to the variety allous,
Hubn., which seems to be the prevalent form in Mongolia
and at Irkut.
56. L. eros, O.
I found this in the Tchuja and Bashkaus Valleys at
about 5000 feet, but got no females. The shade of blue
is, perhaps, as in those from Kenderlik collected by Ruck-
beil, of a slightly greyer tinge than in Kurope, but not
as in the variety erotides, described by Staudinger, from
Kentei. One of my specimens and one from Kenderlik
show a slight dark mark on the centre of fore-wing above,
as in the var. stigmatifera, Stgr. (MSS.), from Kuruk-tagh.
57. L. icarus, Rott.
Apparently rare, as I only took two males, one at Biisk
and one in the Tchuja Valley. It is not recorded by
Kindermann, or from Kentei by Staudinger.
58. L. ewmedon, Esp.
Common in the Bashkaus and at Ongodai in July,
but none of the variety fylgia, Spingberg, which is the
prevalent form, and not an aberration in Kamtschatka,
and is not uncommon in Kentei and elsewhere.
59. LZ. amanda, Schn.
Taken at Kuyuktana, at Ongodai, and in the Bashkaus,
in the latter half of July. Does not differ from European
specimens except, perhaps, in being smaller.
60. L. admetus, var. rippertit, Frr.
A single male of this species was taken by Jacobson at
Ongodai on July 20th, and I took another in the Bashkaus.
I find no previous record of its occurrence in this part of
Asia.
~T
Lepidoptera of the Altar Mountains. 32
61. Z. damon, Schiff.
Common on the banks of the Bashkaus river on July
26th, also at Ongodai, and does not differ from European
specimens.
62. LZ. damone, Eversm., var. altaica, var. nov.
Taken at higher elevations than the former; 5000—6000
feet in the Tchuja and Bashkaus Valleys, and common at
Ongodai. ‘This is not the true damone, Eversm., which
I have from Guberli in the Ural and from Armenia.
Both sexes have the base of the hind-wings strongly
suffused with greenish. Neither of my two pairs from
the Ural show this, nor do those from Ordubad, but
some from Saisan in coll. Stgr. are the same as altaica.
The species is quite distinct from damon, and also from
its var. juldousa, Stgr., which has this green shade at
the base of the hind-wing, but a much broader dark
border on both wings than damon. Actis shows this basal
colour also, but is of a quite different blue above.
63. L. donzelir, B.
I got a single female in the Bashkaus at 4000 feet on
July 28th, and Jacobson sent me a series from Ongodai.
These do not differ from European specimens.
64. LZ. argiolus, L.
I did not take this in the Altai myself, but Kindermann
records it.
65. L. sebrus, B.
A single specimen in the Tchuja Valley on June 18th.
It has not hitherto been recorded, as far as I know, so
far east.
66. LZ. minima, Fuessl.
A single specimen in the Tchuja Valley on June 20th.
67. L. lycormas, Butl.=scylla, Stgr.
Two males from the foot-hills of the Altai near Altaisk,
at about 2000 feet on June 7th, were all that I saw. I
mistook them for semzargus at the time, or would have waited
longer at the place. Though slightly paler in tint above
they agree with scyl/a from Irkut, the Amur, and with
e
328 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
lycormas from Yesso in Japan. The latter is variable in
the breadth of the border, and I agree with Leech in
considering it identical with scylla.
68. L. semiargus, Rott.
A few specimens from the Bashkaus and Bija Valleys
at the end of July.
69. L. argali, n. sp.
I first saw this species on June 21st, flying below rocky
slopes at Kuyuktana, between the Kurai and Tchuja
Steppes, where the spring was only just commencing, and
some of the males were already worn. I afterwards found
it commoner at about 6000 feet in the beginning of
July in the mountains south of Kuch Agatch. The only
European species with which I can compare it is melanops,
but the colour of the upperside, which is.a pale silvery
grey, is quite distinct, and its nearest allies appear to be
lygdamas, Dbldy., and cowperii, Grote, which are probably
identical, and are found in South Labrador, Anticosti Island,
Wisconsin, and as far north as the Great Slave Lake. There
is nothing like it in the Grand Duke Nicolas’ collection
or in that of Grum-Grshimailo, and neither Alphéraky nor
Staudinger have seen anything like it. This species has
a remarkable tendency to grease, which I have observed
in no other Lycena but sonoriensis, Feld. = regia, Bdv. from
South California, and which may arise from some peculiar
food plant of the larva.
3 Upperside pale metallic silvery blue, both wings with a black
marginal band, which is about as broad as that of melanops,; under-
side grey, both wings with a white anteciliary line, succeeded by a
dark one, a white-edged black line at the end of cell in both wings,
and a dark marginal band, broken into spots, base of the hind-wing
dusky with scattered grey scales. Fore-wing below with a curved
series of five subequal roundish white-edged black spots placed one
in each of cells 2-6, and gradually receding from the margin as they
approach the costa, Hind-wing below with a nearly regular post-
median series of small subequal roundish white-edged black spots
placed one in each of cells 2-7, and running parallel to the margin
and a similar spot near the basal third of cell 7; the latter and the
spot proper to cell 6 are sometimes obsolete or wanting, and the
postmedian series is sometimes extended towards the dorsum by one
or more additional spots. Fringes white, the basal half brown.
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. 329
Antenne; shaft black ringed with white, club black on the upperside,
white at tip.
Expanse 21-26 mm.
Described from 18 males. I did not obtain the female.
L. melanops, its nearest European ally, has the upper-
side purplish-blue, the spots in cells 2 and 6 on the hind-
wing below placed at the basal third of those cells, and
the fringes white with a dark median line.
In the tint of the upper side Z. argali resembles more
nearly the North American JZ. couperii, Grote, and L.
lygdamas, Dbldy., but both these species have one or
more spots in cell 1a on the fore-wing below, the spot in
cell 6 on the hind-wing below standing at the basal third
of that cell, and the basal half of the fringes whitish.
70. ZL. arion, var. cyanecula, Kv.
I found this only in the Lower Bashkaus Valley at the
south of Lake Teletskoi, where it was fresh at the end of
July. Berezowsky also found it at Ongodai. The speci-
mens are very variable in size, but may be distinguished
- like those I have from Irkut, from Turkestan, and from
Amdo by the much greater average extension, and bright-
ness of the blue at base of hind-wings below. This is
found to some extent in arion, especially from southern
localities, such as the Pyrenees and Armenia, but never (in
my specimens) extends to the margin. The var. caucasica
seems too inconstant to bear a varietal name, but in the
var. wralensis, Gr.-Gr., of which six pairs are now in my
collection, both sexes are much darker and more uniform
in colour than in Western Europe, and have the underside
as in arion and not as in cyanecula.
(L. arcas, Rott.)
Recorded by Kindermann but not seen by me.
71. L. ewphemus, Hb.
A few specimens in the Bija Valley at the beginning of
August. Ruckbeil also got it at Kenderlik. The speci-
mens do not differ from European ones.
72. L. rhymnus, Ev.
This is recorded by Lederer as taken by Kindermann.
a
330 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
73. Apatura ilia, var. metis, Frr.
There is a specimen in Dr, Staudinger’s collection from
the Altai taken by Novoprachin at or near Semipalatinsk,
which is quite the same as the forin found at Sarepta.
(? Limenitis populi, L.)
I saw, but did not succeed in taking, in the thickly
wooded country north of Teletskoi, a specimen which I am
almost sure was this species. It has been taken in the
Kentei Mountains.
74. Limenitis hellmanni, Led.
Discovered by Kindermann in the South-west Altai,
and since taken by other Russian collectors from Semi-
palatinsk, but not seen in that part of the Altai which I
visited.
75. Limenitis sydyi, Led.
The same remarks apply to this species as to the last.
76. Neptis lucilla, Fab.
One of the commonest butterflies in the Bashkaus, Bija,
and Tchuja Valleys, from the middle of June to the end
of July, ascending to nearly 6000 feet. It flies slowly
in bushy places, and is most abundant on river banks and
near water. Most of the specimens are of the narrow-
banded variety, /wdmilla, which is prevalent in most parts
of Asia, but intermediate forms occur.
77. NV. aceris, Lep.
This was taken by Ruckbeil in the South Altai, and
by Jacobson in the Yenesei Valley, and I have a specimen
from Semipalatinsk in Grum-Grshimailo’s collection,
78. Araschnia levana, L.
The first brood was fresh out at Ongodai on June 13th,
the second in the Bija Valley on August 4th. They do not
differ from European specimens.
79. Vanessa antiopa, L.
I took one or two of this species in the low country in
August.
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. 331
80. V. atalanta, L.
I did not see this, but it is recorded by Kindermann
and Ruckbeil.
81. V. polychloros, L.
A hibernated specimen was seen at Obb on May 27th,
and a female fresh out was taken in the Bija Valley on
August 6th.
82. V. xanthomelas, Esp.
Herr Tancré informs me that this was taken by Ruckbeil,
but I have not seen a specimen.
83. V. urtice, L.
Seen here and there in different parts of the country,
but commonest in the high mountains, where it was the
only Vanessa I noticed, and came out about the middle of
July.
84. V. cardui, L.
Seems to be scarce in the Altai. I only took one on
the Bashkaus at the end of July.
85. V;20, L.
I took one or two in the low country in August.
86. V. L-album, Esp.
This was common at the north end of Lake Teletsko1
and down the Bija Valley in the middle of August. When
disturbed it settles on the trunks of trees, and is rather
wild and difficult to catch.
87. Grapta c-album, L.
Hybernated specimens were seen at Barnaoul and
Ongodai, and fresh ones came out in the Bija Valley at
the end of July. There are two specimens in Dr.
Staudinger’s collection, one marked West. Sib. and
one Altai (coll. Lederer), which seem to be intermediate
between what is known as interposita, Stgr., from Mar-
gilan and Samarkan, which they resemble on the upper-
side, and egea, which they resemble on the underside.
an
332 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
88. Melitwa iduna, Dalm.
Though this agrees nearly with typical idwna from the
mountains of Lapland, the only locality from which I have
hitherto seen it, yet, on the whole, Altai specimens may
be distinguished by the more silvery, less yellowish tinge
of the ground colour of both wings, particularly on the
underside. I have only one specimen from Lapland which
in this respect might be confused with the Altai ones, I
found it common in the high mountains south of the
Tchuja Steppe only, from 6000—8000 feet during the first
half of July, on dry grassy slopes, associated with awrinia
and cinaia.
89. M. maturna, L.
var. ichnea, Bdv. Ic., Pl. XXIII, figs. 5, 6.
var. uralensis, Stgr., and ab. mongolica, Stgr. Cf.
Stegr., Iris, V, p. 321.
I found only two or three worn-out females of maturna
at Kuyuktana on the 22nd July, but received several
males from Jacobson and Berezowsky taken at Ongodai
at the end of June. I have several specimens from
Grum-Grshimailo’s collection taken in the Altai, and two
females taken by him in the Ural. I also have a pair
named ichnea by Alphéraky from Irkut. I do not think
that either zchnea, wralensis or mongolica are sufficiently
distinct to be recognised with certainty. ‘Some of them,
like those from the Alatau Mountains, are, as Boisduval
says, more or less intermediate between cynthia and
maturna. Most of those taken at Ongodai are, how-
ever, much more like the form known as wolfensbergi,
which occurs in Switzerland. It seems that both in
Switzerland and in the Altai we have two mountain
forms perfectly distinct from each other, that is to say,
cynthia and wolfensbergi in the Alps, and iduna and
uralensis or mongolica in the Altai. Jchnea being the
older name, should probably be used instead of either
uralensis or mongolica for the Siberian form, if it is distin-
guishable; but I have no doubt that a sufficiently large
series from various points would show that it is not so.
Boisduval says, that his ichnea is found in Lapland and
Siberia, and his Plate is most like those from the Sayansk
Mountains, the only ones which show black spots in the
outer fulvous band on the hind-wing as described in
Lepidoptera of the Altar Mountains. 333
mongolica by Staudinger. What stood in Grum-Grshi-
mailo’s collection as zchnea from Sutschan, on the Man-
churian coast, is as large as typical maturna, and but little
different from it.
90. ML. aurinia, Rott.
I found one variety of this, which is indistinguishable
from small European specimens, at Ongodai in the middle
of June, and another which most resembles mevope in the
high Tchuja Mountains the first week in July. I am
doubtful, however, whether the two forms keep distinct,
as one specimen taken in the dry Katuna Valley is of the
merope type; underneath, however, they have the mark-
ings more distinct and not so confluent as in merope; but
when a large drawer full of the numerous forms of aurinia
from various parts of Europe and Asia are brought together,
it seems to me almost impossible to define many of the
numerous local varieties which have received names. The
form named sibirica, Stgr., which I have from Kentei and
Mongolia taken by Leder is, however, very much paler
than any of mine, as are those named var. mandschurica,
Stgr., from Sutschan taken by Dorries.
91. M. cinaia, L.
Common in the Tchuja Valley, and as high up as 7000
feet in the mountains, where the specimens are very small
and dark.
92. M. arduinna, Esp.
This is recorded by Lederer, and I have a specimen from
Grum-Grshimailo’s collection from the Altai.
(M. trivia, Schiff.)
Recorded by Lederer but not seen by me.
93. M. phebe, Kn.
I found chis rare in the Altai. The specimens do not
differ sufficiently from European ones to require a varietal
name, though in East Asia the species becomes much
larger. Its local variations, however, are often very in-
constant.
94. M. didyma, O., var.
This was abundant in the Katuna, Tchuja and Bashkaus
Valleys, and also at Ongodai. The general average of my
on
334 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
specimens are very like those from the Amur and Kentei
which Staudinger calls var. didymoides, Ev., and ab. latoni-
gena, Ev., but none of the males are so pale and devoid of
marking on the hind-wings as those from Kentei, and many
of them can be matched almost exactly in Europe. The
females are, however, more variable, some being like those
of var. ala, Stgr., from the Thianshan, some very pale like
those from Kentei, and others with a good deal of green, as
are found not unfrequently in Europe. The difficulty of
defining the local varieties of this species is, however,
even greater than in the case of aurinia.
95. M. dictynna, Esp., var.
I found this species not common in the Tchuja and
Bashkaus Valleys in June and July. This supposed
variety has been named erycina by Lederer, who says that
a variety with a pale yellowish-white spotting on the
upperside was sent by Kindermann as erycina, and is
figured by Herrich-Schiffer (Fig. 601). I cannot see, how-
ever, that there is any reason to distinguish either the Altai
form, or those from Irkut collected by Leder; I have
quite similar specimens from Europe, though the Altai
examples have more pale spots at the base on the hind-
wings above than is usual in Europe.
96. M. arcesia, Brem., var. minor, Ster. MSS. ?
This is a small mountain species which matches nothing
exactly in Grum-Grshimailo’s collection, though it comes,
perhaps, nearest to what he calls asteroidea, Stgr., from
the Alexander Mountains. It is not solona, Alph., as I
at first supposed, being more heavily marked above, and
seems to come nearest to what is now considered to be
the true arcesia, Brem., which I have so identified by
Alphéraky from Irkut. I found it only im the high
mountains from 6500—8000 feet, where it was common on
grassy slopes during the whole month of July in company
with cinwia, duna and aurinia.
97. M. aurelia, Nick., var. britomartis, Assm. (?) and var.
nova (?).
I found in the Tchuja Valley, on June 20th, at about
4000 feet, the first specimens of this, and received others
somewhat similar from Ongodai. I did not get the
females until I returned to the Bashkaus Valley at the
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. 335
end of July, when the species was nearly over. In the
high Tchuja Mountains at 7000—8000 feet, I found a small
paler form, which is not exactly like anything in my col-
lection, though it perhaps comes nearest to the form which
Ménétries called orientalis, of which I have several speci-
mens from Kamtschatka taken by Herz. This is certainly
distinguishable in the Altai from the valley form, which
comes nearest to what is called britomartis in Europe,
and has been so named by Grum and Tancré, from both
of whom I received Altai specimens. The difficulty,
however, of referring the Asiatic J/elitwas of this group to
either of the three European supposed species which they
most resemble is almost insuperable, and the greater the
number of specimens that one receives from different
localities the greater the difficulty becomes. I have about
two hundred selected specimens of the various named forms
of athalia, aurelia, and parthenie from Europe; and from
Asia I have about seventy which have been named as
follows: britomartis from the Altai valleys; a small moun-
tain form which I call orientalis, Mén., from the high
Altai mountains and Kamtschatka, and one sent by
Tancré as britomartis which resembles these; a form
from N.-E. Siberia in Grum’s collection named var.
sibirica, which appears to be a MS. name; a larger and
much redder form from the Alatau Mountains taken by
Haberhauer, and from Kenderlik in the South Altai taken
by Ruckbeil, which Staudinger calls parthenie, var. ala-
tanica; a form from the mountains near Samarcand
named parthenie, var. sultanensis, by Staudinger, which is
paler in colour above, and has the markings more obsolete
below, which give it a very distinct appearance from any
of the others; a small dark form, nearest to britomartis
but differmg somewhat from it below, from the Amur,
which is the plotina of Bremer, and is considered a good
species by Graeser* (Berl. Ent. Zeits, 1888, p. 88);
form named mongolica by Staudinger from Sutschan,
larger than plotina, and most like aurelia from Germany ;
a form taken by Jankowsky in Manchuria, given to
me as var. magna by M. Alphéraky: this is most
like specimens from Corea,t which I treated in P. Z. 5S.
* One from Semipalatinsk in Staudinger’s Coll. stands under this
name,
+ This is in Dr. Staudinger’s Coll. as var. koreana from near
Gensan.
iF
336 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
1881, p. 899, as probably a variety of athalia, but which is
much more like a large dark britomartis, and quite unlike
the Japanese and Corean form of athalia known as niphona,
Butl.
After writing the above I submitted a number of these
specimens to Baron von Hormuzaki, who has lately studied
the European forms of this group of JMelitxva in the Verh.
Zool. Bot. Gesch. Wien, and in Iris, xi, pp. 1—13. He
identifies them as follows: “ The form named var. swltanensis
is certainly much more nearly allied to minerva, Stgr.,
and ought to be placed as a good species near phabe, on
account of the black spots at the base of the hind-wing
below which are never found in the athalia-parthenie group.”*
I may say that I have from Grum-Grshimailo’s collection
one of Staudinger’s types of sultanensis; they resemble
more closely what I have from the same collection as
asteroides, Ster., from the Alexander Mountains, than those
I have received from Staudinger as minerva from the
mountains near Osch in Fergana.
Of my specimens from the Altai he writes as follows :—
“'They may be considered as awrelia, var. veronice, Dorfm.,
from which they only differ by their small size; they have
all the characters of veronice, namely, white spots on the
underside of the hind-wings, anal spot bordered with
black, black bands very wide, brown marginal bands, ete.,”
but these characters are not constant in my series. Of the
form from the high Tchuja Mountains he says, “also a
variety: of awrelia analogous by the colours to aurinia, var.
merope, it deserves a name if there are many similar speci-
mens.” I may say, that I have six males and one female
absolutely similar, which I can distinguish from all those
taken in the valleys.
Of the specimens from Corea which M. Alphéraky calls
var. magna, he says, “I think this is the form described as
latifascia by Fixsen, but whether it belongs to parthenie
or aurelia is not yet sure, but a form very like it but
smaller has been described by Staudinger as mongolica.”
I have a pair of this mongolica, and certainly would not
like to separate it from the Corean form, so that if we
adopt Fixsen’s name, mongolica, Stgr., and magna, Alph.,
will have to be treated as synonyms. The form from
Kamtschatka is certainly parthenie, var. orientalis, Mén.,
and some of my Altai specimens are hardly distinguishable
from these.
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. 337
98. Argynnis aphirape, Hb.
This was common in all parts of the country from about
5000—8000 feet the first week in July, flying in wet grassy
places above the forest. The specimens are like ossianus
in size, but paler than either that or the typical aphirape
in both sexes, and agree with those sent from Irkut by
Leder, but they are not so pale as those sent from Nico-
laievsk by Graeser. On the whole, I do not see how
any local forms of this species can be distinguished, as
there is much variation among specimens from Finland,
North Russia, and Scandinavia, which, though usually
referred to var. ossianus, have no common distinctive
character.
99. A. selene, Schiff.
Of this I only found a single specimen in the Upper
Tchuja Valley on July 23rd. I received another taken
at Ongodai by Jacobson. These might be called var.
hela, Stgr., if there was any constancy in that form, which
so far as my specimens show is not the case.
100. A. selenis, Evers.
I took this first at Kazan on the Volga on May 21st
with the earliest spring butterflies. These specimens
were pale in colour, and are typical selenis. In
the Altai I found it at many places, from 3000 feet on
June 17th, up to 7000 feet on July 23rd, when the
species was still fresh in the Upper Tchuja Valley. It
frequents bushes near marshy meadows, but was never
plentiful, and I only got two or three females. The Altai
form is more like those from Amurland and Dahuria which
have been separated by Erschoff as var. sibirica. I have a
specimen so named from his collection, but I do not see how
they can be distinguished with certainty, as there is con-
siderable variation among them, though they are on the
whole darker and larger than those from the Volga.
101. A. oscarus, Ev.
Though I looked out carefully for this I did not succeed
in finding it myself, but Jacobson took two or three at
Ongodai, which seems to be its most westerly known range.
The species, though very closely allied to selenis, ewphrosyne,
and selene, may, I think, be certainly distinguished by the
er
338 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
underside of the hind-wing. Altai specimens are much
smaller than those from the Lower Amur, and not so dark
as those from Irkut.
102. A. euphrosyne, L.
I only took this in the Tchuja Valley at 3000—4000 feet
in the middle of June, when it was not common, but Jacob-
son and Berezowsky sent a few from Ongodai, which do not
differ from Central Kuropean specimens.
103. A. freya, Thnb., var. pallida, var. nov.
This was perhaps the commonest butterfly on the dry
grassy downs in the mountains south of Kuch Agatch,
especially at 7000—8000 feet in places where there was
little vegetation but dry wiry grass, quite unlike the boggy
places which it frequents in Europe and North America. I
first saw it on June 25th, and took a large series in good
condition. The whole of these are at once to be distin-
guished from any of my large series from Europe, East
Asia, and America by the pale coiour of the fore- and hind-
wings, which gives them the appearance of faded butterflies
even when they are fresh out. This is especially notice-
able on the underside of the fore-wing, and as those taken
by Herz on the Vilui river are darker on the average than
European specimens, I think this must be regarded as a
constant local variety. The only other localities in Siberia
from which I have it are Albasin on the Upper Amur river,
and the E. Sayansk Mountains. Both these show some
approximation to the var. pallida, but are distinguishable
from it.
104. A. pales, Schiff.
This was very abundant after the middle of July from
6000—7000 feet, and varied extremely in size and colour. It
was most abundant in marshy meadows above timber-line.
In size they average considerably larger than Kuropean
specimens, and are considered by Staudinger to belong to
the form known as Jsis, Hubn., which is in the Alps of
Europe inconstant; the females vary as in Europe from the
very darkest napxa to the palest form. I saw nothing
like the Pamir and Ladak form known as generator, Stgr.
Those taken by Leder in the Sayansk Mountains and
Mongolia are, on the whole, very like my specimens.
Lepidoptera of the Altar Mountains. 339
105. A. var. vel. bon. sp. arsilache, Esp.
The only places where I took what I believe to be the
Siberian representative of this form were by the side of a
river, in a flat marshy meadow surrounded by willows at
6000 feet, and in flat swampy forest in the Bashkaus
country at 4000—5000 feet. I paid particular attention to
the localities, as it has been remarked, both in Lapland by
Staudinger, and by myself and others in the Alps, that
arsilache is confined to boggy ground, and does not fly like
pales on grassy mountain sides. The difference in size,
pattern, and colour of these specimens from pales is just
about the same as in Europe, they are smaller with nar-
yower and more pointed wings. 1 found no real peat-bog
in the Altai, but it seemed to me that this form had
confined itself as nearly as possible to flat and marshy
ground, and was never on the hill-sides. Herz records
arsilache from the Vitim river, but three female specimens
taken by Czekanowsky in North-Eastern Siberia are dis-
tinct in appearance and like nothing else I have seen. My
numerous specimens from Lapland, Norway, and Finland
vary as much as they do in the Alps, and Iam unable to
say whether many of them are pales or arsilache. It is
highly desirable that these two supposed species should be
bred under similar conditions, which would be easy enough
to any one resident in Switzerland.
106. A. dia, L., and var. alpina, var. nov.
This was fresh out at Kazan on May 2lIst, and at
Biisk on June 4th. I did not see it in the mountains
until I got to Darkoti, where it was abundant during the
second week in July. All those taken here, though for the
most part worn when I got them, are much darker and
smaller than any other specimens of dia I have seen, and
can be separated at a glance, both from the first brood of
the low country, and from those of the second generation,
which I found fresh out when I left the mountains in the
first week in August. Ihave never heard of diwas a high
Alpine butterfly before, and believe that in Europe it is
double brooded wherever it occurs. This can hardly be the
case at an elevation where the summer lasts only about six
weeks. A fewspecimens taken by Jacobson at Ongodai were
somewhat paler, but evidently belong to the single-brooded
form which I propose to call alpina. Judging from what
eo
340 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
Herz says of those taken by him on the Vitim, which he
describes as rather small, above very dark, I presume they
are the same as mine; I have none from Eastern Asia,
but Herz says that three specimens sent by Leder from
Mongolia were very light in colour on the upperside.
107. A. amathusia, var. sibirica, Stgr.
I only took one in the Tchulishman Valley on July 28th
at 5000 feet, but received three or four more from Ongodai.
All of these are smaller and paler in colour than usual in
Europe, but females from St. Petersburg, which appears
to be its most northern range, are also small and _ pale.
They are the same as what Staudinger describes from the
Kentei Mountains in Mongolia (¢/. Iris, v, p. 330) as var.
sthirica. A series from the Ural Mountains, taken by
Grum-Grshimailo, were placed under this name in his
collection, but I have some from Modane and Briancon in
the Western Alps which I can hardly distinguish from
these latter.
108. A. angarensis, Ersch.
Two males, both much worn, and a fresh female, were
taken by Fletcher on July 28th at about 6000 feet in
the Tchulishman Valley, and like those found by Herz
on the Vilui and Vitim, average smaller and somewhat
darker than those from Kentei and the Amur. The species
occurs as far north as the Olenek and Jana rivers in North-
East Siberia, where Czekanowsky seems to have found it
abundantly. His collections seem to have been principally
made in the district of Verchojansk considerably north of
Yakutsk, and when worked out, as I hope they will be
shortly, will form a valuable addition to our knowledge of
that very remote region.
109. A. frigga, Thb., var. alpestris, var. nov.
This was to me a very unexpected discovery on the high
Tchuja Mountains at from 7000—8000 feet elevation, where
it was common during the first half of July on wet alpine
meadows high in the mountains. A bog-loving species
like its congener A. freija in Europe and America, it finds
here no real peat, and I presume in consequence of this has
developed a variety constantly different from all those in
my collection both in its paleness and the comparatively
slight development of the dark colour at the base of the
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. 341
hind-wing. The only ones which at all approach it are
those from Colorado, and these are much smaller and more
rufous in colour. The only other Asiatic locality from
which I have /rigga is the Vilui river, where it is large
and dark.
110. A. thore, Hb., var. borealis, Stgr.
I did not find this myself, but received two very small
pale-coloured specimens from Ongodai, and have another
from the Yenesei Valley in Grum-Grshimailo’s collection.
These three are, like the Amur specimens, paler than any
from Europe, though they most resemble those from Lap-
land known as var. borealis, Stgr.
111. A. ino, Ksp.
This was abundant in the Bashkaus country and round
Lake Teletskoi below 4000 feet, at the end of July, and
the specimens do not differ appreciably from European
ones; though those from Irkut and Kentei, which are
larger and paler, have been separated as var. clara by
Staudinger, whilst those from the Ussuri district and Lower
Amur, var. amurensis, Stgr., are again much larger than
either,
112. A. daphne, Schiff.
This I did not take, but received two pairs from
Ongodai, which agree with European specimens.
113. A. hecate, Esp.
This was abundant only in one place, just north of the
Kurai Steppe in a luxuriantly wooded valley, and was
fairly fresh on July 23rd. Berezowsky and Jacobson
took it at Ongodai. The Altai specimens are most like
Hungarian ones, both sexes, the females especially, being
much darker and more heavily marked than the form
from the Pamir known as alaica, Stgr.
114. A. lathonia, L.
I did not see this, though Lederer records it from the
Buchtarma Valley.
115. A. aglaia, L.
This was common from about 6000 feet down to Lake
Teletskoi in the latter half of July, and did not appreciably
ditfer from average European specimens.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1899.—PART III. (SEPT.) 23
oe
342 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
116. A. niobe, L.
This was common in the Bashkaus Valley, and also at
Ongodai in July, and did not differ from European
specimens.
117. A. adippe, L.
Found at the same time and place as the last.
Most of the specimens have the silvery spots below, but
one belongs to the variety cleodowa, O. All of them have
the androconia on veins 2 and 3 well marked, which is not
the case in some of the specimens from Mongolia, North
China, Korea, and Amurland, which may belong to another
species, which as yet I am not able to define exactly.
Those with the androconia only on vein 2 seem to occur
in Amurland, Korea, and in North and Central China and
Japan, with adippe, niobe and nerippe, and are «asually
confused in collections with one or other of these.
118. A. paphia, L.
Common above and below Lake Teletskoi in the Bija
Valley, and does not differ from European specimens.
119. A. pandora, Schiff.
I did not see this species, but it was taken by Ruckbeil
in the South-West Altai.
120. Melanargia iapygia, var. suwarovius, Ubst.
I did not take this myself, but have received specimens
from Herr Tancré taken by Ruckbeil. It is also recorded
as M. clotho by Lederer. I have seen it from the Yenesei
Valley, where Jacobson found it rarely.
121. Hrebia maurisius, Esp., t. 113, 4, 5. Pl. XI,
ig. 3 ¢ 2.4 2 --and
122. H. theano, Tausch. Mem. Mose. I, p. 207, t. 113, 1.
Pl XT fic bo 6 8.
I got a large number of specimens of these two species,
which enable me to appreciate their distinctive characters
in a way which I could not do when I last wrote on the
genus Hrebia. Esper’s figure of maurisius combines the
distinctive characters of both species in a way which
renders it impossible to say with certaimty which he had
before him, though I am inclined to think it was a var.
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. 343
of maurisius, with the outer margin of the hind-wing below
resembling that of ¢theano. Such a specimen, however,
does not exist in the large series which I took, but
even if it were theano, I prefer to retain the name now
generally known for the species here described and
figured. First as to their habitat: mawristus is an alpine
butterfly occurring in greatest numbers from about 7000
to 6000 feet on wet grassy and rocky hill-sides, above and
within the limits of the larch woods. In the Bashkaus
Valley I took it as low down as 5000 feet, and here, as
well as at Kuyuktana, between Kurai and the Upper Tchuja
Steppe, I found it in company with ¢heano, and though
some specimens are so like theano that when taking them
I did not distinguish them, there are none which I cannot
now assign with tolerable certainty to one or other species.
Maurisius was first taken on July 15th near Darkoti in the
mountains south of the Tchuja Steppe, and became very
abundant about a week later, when I took the first
females. At Kuyuktana on July 22nd and 23rd the
males were getting somewhat worn, whilst the males of
theano were quite fresh and the females not yet out. On
the pass between Kurai and the Bashkaus it was so
abundant at from 6000—7000 feet that I got twenty
females in one day, and as I descended this valley it was
gradually replaced by theano, and disappeared altogether
before I descended to the Tchulishman Valley.
The range of theano in this district therefore appears to
be from about 3000—6000 feet, and that of mawrisius
from 5000 to nearly 8000 feet. The latter varies extremely,
as will be seen by the figures I give; but the characters
by which it may be invariably distinguished from theano
are as follows. On the underside the band of fulvous
elongated blotches on the fore-wing below are evenly
bounded on the inside by the darker chocolate of the cell,
whilst in ¢heano the fourth and fifth spots, which are
normally longer and paler than those of mawrisius, are
longer inwardly than the third spot. In ¢heano the group
of spots at base of hind-wings below is far better defined
and more developed, though they are sometimes nearly
wanting, and in the females of mawrisius are sometimes
present, though never to the same extent as in theano. The
outer margin of fore- and hind-wings below is normally
grey in theano,* whereas in maurisius it is of the same
* In figure 5 the colour comes out too red.
a
344 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
colour, or nearly so, as the rest of the hind-wing. The
fringes of ¢theano are distinctly white when fresh, chequered
with brown at the ends of the veins, whilst in mawrisius
they are unchequered and usually dark. In my last
Revision of Hrebia (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1898, Pt. II,
pp. 175 and 188) I treated stubbendorfi as a form of
maurisius, whereas by these characters there is little doubt
that it is a var. of ¢heano, though the marginal and basal
markings of both wings below are much less developed and
sometimes entirely absent. I did not see this form in that
part of the Altai which I visited. Pawlowskyi, on the other
hand, I have little doubt is an Eastern form of mawrisius ;
I have specimens collected by Leder in the East Sayansk
mountains which are absolutely intermediate, and some of
the females cannot be distinguished from Altai specimens.
This variety is more distinct in the Chamardaban Moun-
tains south-east of Lake Baikal, and extends in a small
arctic form, in which the spots of both wings above and
below are much reduced in size,as far north as the Olenek
river within the Arctic Circle, where it was collected by
Czekanowsky. As it was described from the Yakutsk
district, this small form is probably the typical one.
The species will now stand as follows :—
Maurisius, Esp. Altai, 5, 8000 feet = hindermanni,
Ster.
var. borealis et orientalis, pawlowskyi, Mén. Kast Sayansk
Mountains, Chamardaban Mountains, N.-E. Siberia.
var. occidentalis, haberhaueri, Stgr. Tarbagatai Moun-
tains.
Theano, Tausch. Altai, 3, 6000 feet.
var. stubbendorfi, Mén. S.-W. Altai, (? Semipalatinsk
district).
123. £. kefersteinit, Ev. Plate XI, fig. 8, 9 f 10 9
(fig. 7 2).
Next to maurisius, this was the most abundant Lrebia
in that part of the Altai which I visited, from about 5500
—7500 feet, and is extremely variable, as will be seen by
the four figures in my Plate. I cannot say that either of
these four figures can be considered typical, three
representing rather the extreme variations in either
direction, one (fig. 10) with well-developed ocelli, another
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. 345
(fig. 8) with much fulvous in the fore-wing, and a third
(fig. 9) in which the markings are at a minimum; fig. 7 is
possibly either a hybrid between hefersteini and maurisius,
in whose company it occurred, or an aberration of one or
other, I cannot tell which. Kefersteini appears to be
equally common in the East Sayansk and Chamardaban
Mountains, whence it was originally described, and
probably occurs right through the mountains of Central
Siberia. It appears in the latter half of July, but I did
not take the females till the end of the month, and they
appear to fly but little, as most of those I found were
settled on grass stems, or kicked up out of the long grass.
124. H#. tyndarus, Esp.
This was an abundant species at from 6000—8000 feet
in the latter half of July, on similar ground to that which
it frequents in the Alps. The form found in the Altai is
nearer to var. dromus than to tyndarus from the Alps, but
can be distinguished from the former by the great inward
extension of the fulvous on the fore-wing above, which
extends half-way down the wing, and by the underside of
the fore-wing having no transverse band as in dromus, and
in the Caucasian form which is referred to dromus. In
both these characters it resembles the American variety
from Colorado more than those from Armenia or North
Persia, known as var. dromulus, Stgr., and var. tranica,
Gr.-Gr. They are not, however, like Staudinger’s
description of var. sibirica from Tarbagatai, being no larger
on the average than Alpine specimens, and the spots on
the hind-wing are sometimes very conspicuous and some-
times almost absent. I can distinguish most of them, as
also those taken by Leder in the Sayansk Mountains, from
any of the named varieties by the inward projection of the
chocolate patch on the upperside of the fore-wing. In all
other forms of tyndarus, except, perhaps, those from the
Caucasus, the chocolate patch on the fore-wing above is
rather a band fairly straight on the inner margin; in the
Altai form it runs in a blunt point more than half-way
towards the base of the wing. On the underside the whole
centre of the fore-wing is plain chocolate, as in var.
ottomana, without any transverse band as in dromus.
125. L. xthiops, Esp.
This was common in the forests round Lake Teletskoi
oe
346 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
below 2000 feet, Bija Valley, and open country towards
Biisk, towards the first week in August, and does not
differ from European specimens.
126. LH. sedakovit, Ev.
Common in the forest country of the Bashkaus and its
tributaries the last week in July, but the females had not
appeared at the time we left this country. Jacobson also
found it common at Ongodai, and sent me a female taken
on August 8th. The Altai specimens vary little, and
seem smaller than those from the Amur country. The
range appears to be from about 3000—5000 feet, never
mixing with xthiops. It flies on grassy places in open
forest.
127. £. ligea, L.
Abundant in larch forests in the Tchulishman Valley,
where I first saw it on July 27th at about 4000 feet, when
the males were a little worn and the females quite fresh ;
from this point down to Lake Teletskoi in the Bija Valley
the species was common. The bands above are somewhat
paler and broader than average European specimens, as are
those from Lake Baikal and the Amur Valley, but not
to the same extent as in the typical Eastern form
ajanensis, Mén.
128. L. ewryale, Esp.
I found this myself only on the north side of the
Kurai Pass in marshy larch forest at 5000—6000 feet,
on July 25th and 26th, when specimens were mostly
worn. They did not occur where I found ligea. Jacobson
and Berezowsky took it at Ongodai, and some of these
specimens might as well be called ligea. In fact I am not
able to draw a line between them, for though the same
general characters by which they are separated in Europe,
namely, smaller size and less distinct markings below, will
usually separate them in Asia, yet there are some which
cannot be certainly referred to either species. The general
character, however, is like those from the Irkut Valley,
referred to in my recent paper on the genus H#rebia in
Trans. Ent. Soc. 1898, p. 198.
129. £. lappona, Esp.
Found in the Tchuja Mountains at about 8000 feet,
but not abundantly, on July 9th and 10th, and on the
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. 347
Kurai Pass July 25th. The specimens do not differ from
those of the Alps.
130. E. fletcheri, sp. nov. (Plate XII, fig. 4 ?).
When we crossed the pass between the Kurai and the
Bashkaus on July 24th, Mr. Fletcher took at about 7500
feet a single female Hrebia, which I at once perceived to
be distinct from anything I had seen in the Altai. As,
however, I did not see it till the evening, I rode back the
next day a distance of four hours to see if I could find
more of it, but was unsuccessful. Though it comes
extremely close to and is perhaps identical with a worn
female taken by Leder somewhere in the Irkut Valley,
which was sent to me by M. Alphéraky as a female of
E. dabanensis, yet it differs so much from two undoubted
females of that species taken in_ the Chamardaban
Mountains a little to the eastward, that after submitting
it to Dr. Staudinger for his opinion, I venture to describe
it as anew species. On plate XII, fig. 4, I have figured this
specimen, together with a pair of dabanensis (fig. 5 $ 6 9)
and a female (fig. 8) taken by Herz on the Vilui river,
and identified by him with dabanensis (of. Inis, xi, p. 246,
1899). This latter specimen, as well as a male from
the Vilui, for which I am also indebted to the Grand
Duke Nicholas Michailovitch, and another female (fig.
7), taken by Czekanowsky on a tributary of the
Olenek river in North-Eastern Siberia, for which I have
to thank the Museum of the Imperial Academy of Sciences
at St. Petersburg, differ from dabanensis in the bands and
ocelli below on both wings, as shown in the plate. They
are probably an Arctic variety of dabanensis, but our
knowledge of the fauna of these remote districts is not yet
sufficient to decide their specific position with certainty.
These three probably form a group, as far as we know
confined to Eastern Siberia, which has no near ally in
Europe.
131. B rossit, Curt.? var. ero, Brem. (Plate XII,
fig. 1,3 ¢ 2 9).
On June 27th, when approaching a flock of Ovis ammon,
I saw a large dark butterfly flying on the shaly slope of
one of the high mountains south of the Tchuja Steppe,
which I at once saw was an Hrebia new to me, and as soon
as the rams were out of sight I got out my net and caught
er
348 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
it, and was much surprised to find, so far from the locality
where it had previously been taken, this rare and peculiar
species. In two or three days it became quite common,
and throughout the month of July, wherever the ground
was suitable, it was with Argynnis freiyja, one of the most
abundant butterflies. It frequents steep shaly and rocky
hillsides from about 7000—9000 feet, and is not difficult
to catch on a hot day, though of all the Hrebias I have ever
taken it is the most difficult to get in perfect condition.
I have figured two males and a female, of which figure 1
is the most typical. The colour of the rings round the
ocelli comes out too yellow in all these figures, it is
rather a chocolate colour. There is considerable variation
in the ocelli, which above are normally as follows:
one with a double pupil near the apex of the fore-wing,
and about three on the hind-wing; sometimes, however,
specimens such as figure 3 occur, and I have seen one in
the St. Petersburg Museum from Kansk, in which the ocelli
are even better marked than this. I have never, however,
seen a male in which the fulvous shows on the upperside of
the fore-wing as in figure 2. The hind-wing below is the
characteristic feature of this species, the ocelli being always
replaced by white dots, normally four in number, near the
outer margin of the paler band. The underside of the
fore-wing is, except the margin and costa, constantly
fulvous, more so than in specimens from the East Sayansk
Mountains, and as far as I can judge the insect, which I
have compared with Bremer’s type, is absolutely identical
with those from Hudson’s Bay referred to in my last
Revision of Hrebia (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1898, p. 202).
If, as I believe, these are identical with vossiz,* which,
however, appears to be a smaller and Arctic form of the
species, the Asiatic form will have to be treated as a
variety of it. The fringes of all my specimens are
uniformly dark, but in one or two there is a slight
tendency to pale chequering, which is better marked
in a female from Chamardaban, ex. coll. Grum-Grshimailo.
132. EF. edda, Mén.
This is another of the rare species hitherto only known
from Eastern Siberia. I found it first in the Tchuja
* The genitalia seem to be identical with those of rossii as figured
by Aurivillius, Ins. Vega Exp., iv, t. 1, iv. Cf. Elwes, Trans. Ent.
Soc., 1898, p. 202.
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. 349)
Valley on June 19th, a very wet day, when I caught three
males fresh out at about 4000 feet. On the next day, at
the foot of the pass on the road to Kurai, it was quite
abundant along the dry bed of a mountain stream, where
with Mr. Fletcher’s help I got twenty fresh males in an
hour. <A single female, however, was the only one I could
procure, and I never saw the insect again, though Jacobson
and Berezowsky got two or three at Ongodai a little
smaller, and with a little more fulvous on the fore-wing
than in most of my specimens. It flew weakly in the
grass, and settled only on stones in the bed of the river,
and appeared to be confined to a very limited area, The
species is a very distinct one, probably most nearly allied
to tristis, from which, however, the chocolate circles sur-
rounding the ocelli on the fore-wing and the much richer
brown of both wings will constantly distinguish it. In the
male only there is a distinct velvety patch in the centre of
the fore-wing above. Occasionally there are one or two
smaller ocelli below the large double-pupilled one. On the
hind-wing below there are three distinct marginal white
points, and one larger one at the edge of the somewhat
indistinct central dark band. There is also a greyish patch
near the costa on the hind-wing below. The fringes are in
very fresh males dark, but in my only female the edge of
the fringe on the fore-wing is grey. The only difference
between the sexes is the paler colour of the ring on the
fore-wing.
133. £. afra, Esp.
I did not take this, but it is recorded by Kindermann and
Ruckbeil, and I have specimens from near Semipalatinsk
in Grum-Grshimailo’s collection.
134, LH. cyclopius, Ev.
This fine species, which appears-to be an inhabitant
of pine forest in the low country rather than a mountain
species, was not seen by me, but Herr Tancré has sent me
a specimen taken at Justid(?) in the Altai by Ruckbeil,
which agrees perfectly with other Siberian specimens.
Grum-Grshimailo seems to have found it common near
Miask in the Southern Ural, and I have five beautiful
fresh pairs from that locality in his collection. Some of
these show a tendency to fawn-coloured markings at the end
of the veins of the fore-wing. Jacobson also found it in
-
350 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
the Yenesei Valley, and it occurs in the Kentei Mountains
and Amur Valley.
(E. medusa, Fab.)
This is the only species of Hrebia which I expected to
find, but did not, in the Altai. Though it has not hitherto
been taken there, so far as I know, yet as Jacobson found
it in the Yenesei Valley, and Leder took it in Mongolia, it
will probably be found. A fine series of the variety
wralensis taken at Miask by Grum-Grshimailo at the end
of May are fairly constant in the distinguishing characters
of the underside. Most of the males and all the females
show a well-marked grey dusting on the hind-wing and
apex of the fore-wing, which is characteristic of this variety,
and an equally fine series of medusa from Podolia, which is
the nearest point in Europe from which I have it, show a
slight trace of this in one or two females only. An
additional character of wralensis, which is also common to
var. polaris, is the absence of the large chocolate-ringed
ocelli on the hind-wing below.
135. H. embla, Thunb.
This I took only on June 20th, close to the place where
edda was common, but within the forest. I found four
males in all, and never saw the species again, neither was
it found at Ongodai. These four males are precisely
similar to those taken in Kamtschatka by Herz, and
described by Alphéraky as var. sweculenta, which, like those
from Mongolia named lama by Staudinger, are in my -
opinion an oriental variety. I have, however, one or two
males from Scandinavia hardly distinguishable from them.
They are fairly distinct from those which Ménétries called
embla-disa, of which I have several pairs from the Vitim
and Vilui rivers taken by Herz, who says (Iris, xi, p. 246)
that many of them approach disa. When I wrote last year
on Hrebia I said that I had seen no true disa from Siberia;
there are, however, several in the Museum at St. Petersburg
taken by Czekanowsky on the Upper Tunguska river,
which cannot be separated from disa, and as I have
also one from Northern Siberia, we must conclude that
the two species remain distinguishable in Asia as in
Northern Europe. I may add, that among Czekanowsky’s
Siberian collection are two or three specimens which
appeared to me indistinguishable from JZ. fasciata, Butl.,
Lepidoptera of the Altai: Mowntains. 351
hitherto only known from arctic America, though I have
not yet had an opportunity of comparing them.
136. Lrebomorpha (gen. nov.) parmenio, Boeb.
I first saw this butterfly on July 2nd, flying before a
strong wind. It had avery peculiar flight like nothing
I had ever seen before, and after pursuing it for about
a mile on horseback I finally succeeded in catching
it by getting down wind of it and waiting for it. A
week later it became very common in a broad gravelly
flat intersected by arms of the river, and covered with
a rich flora of beautiful flowering plants and grasses
growing amongst the stones; and by July 15th it became
one of the most abundant butterflies all over the dry
parts of the country, extending up to quite 7000 feet,
and was last seen in the Bashkaus Valley at about 4000
feet on July 25th, when it was worn out and nearly
over. The flight of this butterfly is quite unlike that
of any other Hrebia I know, and this in conjunction with
its very short antenne, great difference of size and shape
in the sexes, and other peculiarities inclines me to put
it in a new genus for which I propose the name of
Erebomorpha. In my last revision of Hrebia I grouped
it with myops, maracandica, radians, kalmuka, hades, and
herse, to all of which its venation is somewhat similar.
Dr. Chapman, however (cf. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1898,
p. 233) states that myops is not an Hrebia and comes
nearest to Cenonympha; in this I am willing to agree
with him. Maracandica, kalmuka, and radians may be
grouped with it, but hades and herse seem to go better with
Paralasa, Moore. The clasp-form of parmenio according
to Chapman is nearest to that of afra, and it may be that
these two species are more nearly allied than their super-
ficial appearance would lead one to suppose, but I have
never seen the last alive. Parmenio ditfers in its manner
of flight from any butterfly known to me, flapping slowly
along near the ground with its hind-wings in a different
plane from the fore-wings; it settles on grasses, and where
it is abundant rises in swarms before one’s horse’s feet
and flaps slowly out of the way, unless the wind is strong,
when it is liable to be carried off to a considerable distance.
The females come out about a week after the males, and
were common on July 11th; they can be recognised by
their weak jerking flight and are very easy to catch.
eo
52 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
vs
The form of parmenio which I took in the high Tchuja
Mountains is constantly smaller than those which I found
in the Tchuja and Bashkaus Valleys, and from those taken
at Ongodai by Berezowsky, only one male out of ten pairs
from the high mountains could be confused with all the
other specimens I have. The males of this high level
variety which might be distinguished as var. alpina,
average about 45 mm.; the largest (one male) is 51 mm.
The temales measure about 40mm. The smallest of the
males from Ongodai is 51 mm., and the average about
53 or 54mm. This alpine form is also much darker
with less rufous in the fore-wing and the ocelli smaller ;
on the underside I see no difference. The Altai Mountains
appear to be the most westerly locality in which parmenio
has been taken. It is common in the Irkut Valley ; Dorries
found it in high-lying forests in the Kentei Mountains in
Mongolia, and Graeser took it abundantly at Pokrofka on
the Upper Amur.
Among all the insects I collected in the Altai none
have given me anything like so much difficulty to identify
as the species of (news, and though I have compared
them very carefully with what I believe to be now an
unequalled series of all the known species, I am still
doubtful what to call some of them. Though I revised
the genus so recently as 1893,* and endeavoured to use
the form of the clasp as a guide to the separation of the
allied species the acquisition of much new material obliges
me, as I find it usually does, to modify several of the
opinions then formed, and as I am practically obliged to
revise the Asiatic species again in order to identify the
Altai ones, I may as well give the results here.
137. Hneis mulla, Ster., Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1881, p. 270,
vel. sp. nov. (Pl. XIII, fig. 1 3, 7 $).
I found this rare and little-known species at one spot
only, about thirty miles south of Kuch Agatch, on stony
ground amony rocks, and confined to a very narrow area,
As we rode up the valley on June 25th, and had just
come in sight of the first flock of Ovis ammon, I saw a
specimen settled on a rock and caught four males in
about five minutes.
On June 28th I returned to the place, and after
* Trans, Ent. Soc., 1893, pp. 457—481.
Lepidoptera of the Altar Mountains. 353
waiting some time took one @ only, the sun being very
fitful, and the insects wild and difficult to approach ; two
more visits to the place only resulted in the capture of
four more females, three of which, however, were quite fresh.
In its habits this is a true @neis, but in appearance the
female is very like Satyrus hippolyte. It is not so nearly
allied to jutta, as I thought when I revised the genus. The
male has a distinct sex-mark which, notwithstanding what
Dr. Staudinger says (Iris, vil, p. 248, note), is, though not
absolutely constant in some species, a very useful character
in separating these nearly allied insects. P.S.—Since see-
ing Dr. Staudinger’s types I am not at all certain whether
this is the same species as Mulla, woich as Staudinger says
is a near ally of jutta, and resembles that species more on
the underside than mine does. As, however, there are
only two males in his collection, and I am unable to
examine the genitalia of the type, I will not give another
name until more material comes to hand.
138. @. norna, var. altavea, var. nov. (Pl. XIII, fig. 2 ¢,
52).
This fine species was first taken in the Tchuja Valley
at about 4000 feet on June 19th, and the female a few
days later near Kurai. I did not see more than one or
two specimens on any occasion, and as it flies fast in open
larch woods and settles on tree-trunks it was hard to
catch. When we returned to the valley again a month
later I got three or four more, mostly worn specimens.
I have also a female from Grum’s collection from the
south-western part of the Altai (near Semipalatinsk),
and have seen others taken at Kysas in the Abakan
district of the Yenesei Valley in 1897 by Jacobson,
which I believe to be the same species. I also have four
males taken by Ruckbeil in 1881 or 1882 in the South-
Western Altai sent to me by Herr Tancré as norna var. ;
but the females from Tchingistai sent me this year by him
as norna var. appear to be verdanda, Stgr. (Plate XIV, fig.
6 2). The males when quite fresh are very dark, a much
more chocolate colour than the females, or than any norna
from Scandinavia. The underside of the hind-wing is
also much more brightly marked and spotted than in
norna. But the character of the sex-mark, the form of
the band of the hind-wing, and that of the clasp which
appears identical with that of norna, incline me to think
-
354 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
it is only a variety of that extremely variable species, and
the difference between it and typical norna are not so great
as between large Swedish specimens and the very small,
pale, and sometimes almost unspotted specimens which
are found on the Porsanger Fiord in Arctic Norway, and
are known as ab. fulla, though I think they are distinct
from the true fulla of Eversmann, of which I have seen
the types at St. Petersburg, and which occur in the
Alatan and Tarbagatai Mountains.
139. @. dubia, n. sp.? (Pl. XIII, fig. 6 $; Pl. XIV, fig.
3 f). | |
Though I have considerable doubt as to whether this
is a good species, or only a form of the last, yet I have
no difficulty in separating it from any specimens of Gneis
norna in my collection by the following characters, which
are found in 9 # and 2 2 in my collection.
First, there is a total absence of the androconia which
forms a conspicuous sex-mark on the fore-wing in all
specimens of norma from Europe or Asia.
Secondly, a difference in the form of the clasp, which
does not agree either with that of the jutta, norna, nanna
or bore,“with all of which I have tried hard to identify it.
Thirdly, the much darker colour of the female.
Fourthly, the fact that it seems to appear much later
in the season than norna, var. altaica.
The only one I took myself was a fresh 2 on July 24th (PL.
XIV, fig. 3) in swampy larch forest north of the Kurai Pass ;
this was quite fresh. five weeks after norna first appeared.
I received, however, from Messrs. Berezowsky and Jacob-
son ten males and one female taken at Ongodai in July,
which are evidently the same species, and no norna was
amongst them. I cannot see any well-marked difference
from norna in the colour or pattern of the males, though
the transverse band of the fore-wing below is very faint
or obsolete in dubia, and well-marked in xnorna, var.
altaica; and the difference in colour of the fulvous outer
band on both wings above is striking. I have also
compared specimens with Dr. Staudinger’s collection, and
can find nothing like dubia, but I believe that im the
collection made by Jacobson in the Yenesei Valley in 1897,
now in St. Petersburg, there is one of this species, as there
is also one of my zorna, var. altaica.
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. 355
140. &@. nanna, Mén. (Pl. XIII, fig. 398 9; fig. 4 g
ab.?). @. hulda, Stgr., Rom. Mém., vol. iti, p. 149, t. xvi,
82; G. nanna, Mén. op. cit. vol. vi, p. 200.
I found this very rare at about 6000 feet in a rocky
larch wood above Kuyuktana in the Tchuja Valley on
July 22nd, when I took a fresh male and a somewhat
worn female. At the time I took them to be a var.
of norna. On comparing them carefully with typical
specimens of nanna from Pochrofka on the Upper Amur,
with Ménétries’ figure of ¢ nanna, and with Staudinger’s
figure of 2 hulda, afterwards identified by him with nanna,
I think mine are the same. The sex-mark in this species
is sometimes very well marked, in others as Staudinger
truly says,* “ Nur sehr schwach bei einigen Stucken fast gar
nicht erkennen,” but the number of the ocelli (in all my
specimens five on the hind-wing), the form of the band
on the underside which does not form such a sharp point
inwards as in norna, and the much more mottled and less
distinct band below than in wrda (though fig. 3 in this
respect is aberrant), seem to me to make the species dis-
tinguishable from any other. I have a single specimen,
however (fig. 4), which I took at about 6000 feet near
Darkoti, in the same locality where scu/da was common,
and which I doubtfully assign to nanna by its sex-mark
and the form of its clasp, in both of which it differs from
sculda ; but for the clasp, I should rather have supposed
this specimen to be an alpine form of norna. Though I
saw no norna in this district above the limit of forest there
was a clump of stunted larch in the neighbourhood where
norna might occur. Since writing the above I have
seen Dr. Staudinger’s types of. hulda = nanna, and am
convinced that it is a good species, and that mine are the
same.
141. . sculda, Ev. (Pl. XIV, fig. 5 ¢ 9 9; Plate
XIII, fig. 9? ab. 3).
This species and var. pumila, Stgr., which has not previ-
ously been recorded from the Altai, but only from the
neighbourhood of Kiachta in Kast Mongolia, and from
Pochrofka on the Upper Amur, was first taken near Ongodai
on June 10th and was not uncommon on grassy hill-sides
in the Ongodai Valley; though strange to say it was not
included in Mr. Jacobson’s collection. In the first half of
* Tris, vii, p. 248.
-
396 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
July I found it extremely abundant from 7000 to 8000 feet
on the high grassy hill-sides in the wild sheep country, where
it was by far the commonest (ners, and perhaps, except
Argynnis freija, the commonest butterfly. It was ex-
tremely variable in the number of ocelli, some specimens
having as many as four on the hind-wing, and some
none at all. The colour of these alpine specimens was
also normally much paler and more fulvous than those
from the wooded Ongodai Valley, which are a darker
brown or dull chocolate tinge as in fig. 5, like those from
Amurland. This species always rests on grass and avoids
rocks, and is very easy to take as its flight is short and
weak as compared with other @neis. The wings seem
to be of an extremely tender character, becoming worn
very soon after it emerges from the chrysalis.
142. @. bore, var. ammon, var. nov. (Pl. XIV, fig.2 37 2).
Found fairly common in the higher parts of the country
I visited from 7000 to nearly 9000 feet after July 2nd.
The females, however, were comparatively scarce, and the
insect hard to catch, as it frequents swampy ground and
flies fast.
It is distinguished from the nearly allied hora, of which
verdanda, Stgr., seems to me a slight variety; and also
differs from fulla, Ev., by its much darker colour, It
agrees with fulla in having a more or less conspicuous
sex-mark, which hora has not, and differs from both in
the clasp and in the band of the hind-wing below, which
is as broad or broader at the costa as it 1s lower down,
and resembles that of var. taygete. The veins of the hind-
wings below are not so whitish as in that variety, but it
comes nearer to it than to any Asiatic species I know, and
has a similar clasp; only one 2 among the thirty or forty
specimens I took had ocelli or spots on either surface,
whereas in hora and fulla there are usually (not always)
one or two on the fore-wing, and one on the hind-wing.
The above six species were all I took myself, but as
several others have been taken, or may be expected to
occur in the Altai range, I will here allude to them.
143. @. tarpeia, Pall.
Not taken by me, but recorded by Lederer and Tanereé.
I have specimens from the neighbourhood of Semipalatinsk
in Grum’s collection.
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. 357
neis hora, Gr.-Gr., Hor. Ent. Ross., xxii, p. 307; Rom.
Mém., iv, t. xx, 1, and var.? verdanda, Stzr., Iris, x, p. 349.
(Pl. XIV, fig. 1 36 2)
This is a very little known insect, which was originally
described from two males taken by Grum-Grshimailo
in the Altai Pamir; these types are now in my
possession. It is a near ally of bore, which it repre-
sents in the high mountain ranges of Central Asia. A
form of it described by Staudinger in Iris (vol. x, p. 349)
as verdanda, is common in the Thianshan, the Borochoro
Mountains (part of the same range), and in the Kuruk-tagh
Mountains near Korla in Eastern Turkestan. I also
received from Herr Tancré three males and two females
(the latter marked ‘norna var.’ Pl. XIV, fig. $) from
Tchingistai in the South-Western Altai, which I cannot
distinguish from hora.
The principal, if not the only difference, which I am
able to see between the types of hora from the Pamir,
and the twenty-one other specimens in my collection
(three of which are from Korla) is that in the latter
the band of the hind-wing below ends at the costa in
a more or less narrowed and pointed apex, instead of
coming right up to the costa in a broad band. Otherwise
the two forms are practically identical, and differ from
the Asiatic form of bore which I have above described in
having no male mark. The clasps of hora and verdanda
seem identical and want the large tooth near the middle of
the upper edge found in clasps of the bore type. The ocelli,
which are not very conspicuous, vary as in other species,
two being the normal number on the fore-wing and one on
the hind-wing. In colour they are brown, often more fulvous
than the Altai bore which is blackish, whilst /ulla is grey.
And the females, especially those from Tchingistai, are
paler fulvous than the males, whereas in lore and fulla the
two sexes are nearly or quite the same colour. The %
figured is from Tchingistai (ex. Tancré), and differs from the
types of hora from the Altai now in my collection in
having no ocellws on hind-wing above, and being rather less
fulvous in colour. I figure it to show that the character
principally relied on by Staudinger when describing
verdanda—namely the shape of the band on the hind-wing
below—is inconstant, and am quite ready to admit that
neither hora nor verdanda are specifically distinct from bore.
TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1899.—PART III. (SEPT.) 24
on
358 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
(HZ. jutta is not yet recorded from the Altai, but as it
was taken in the Upper Yenesei Valley by M. Jacobson,
I quite expect it to be found.
(i. urda (Ev.) may also occur in the Altai district, as
I have a pair in Grum’s collection from the Oka river,
which is west of Irkutsk.
CG. bore, var. panza, Christoph. = semidea var. panza,
Christ., Iris, vi, p. 87; crambis, var. panza, Herz, Iris, xi,
p. 247 (1893). (Pl. XIV, fig. 4 ¢)
This species was sent to me by Alphéraky as crambis,
var. panza, but after studying what Dr. Staudinger has
said about it in Iris, viii, p. 250, 1 agree with him that
it should be treated rather as a variety of bore, and Mr.
Edwards’ examination of the clasp-form confirms this
opinion, though Herz in his account of his Lena expedition
(Iris, xi, p. 247) apparently overlooking what Staudinger
has said, treats it as a variety of crambis. I have five
males and two females taken by Herz which show an
indistinct sex-mark in the male, and I have two females
from the Tomba river in the district of Verchojansk taken
by Czekanowsky. The bands of these vary somewhat
below, and the two latter specimens do not show the pale
marginal bands above as in the Lena specimens, but I
think that they can belong to no other species, though
not unlike a 2 of what I believe to be jutéa trom the same
locality.
G. tunga, Stgr., Iris, vii, p. 248, t. 9, fig. 1 2; Gneis
semidea, var. also (Bdv.) Ic, p. 197, t. 40, figs. 1, 2; apud.
Herz, Iris, xi, p. 24'7.. (Pl. XIV, fig. 8 2.)
I have seen specimens of this species in the collection
of the Grand Duke Nicholas Michailovitch, and have to
thank him for a male from the Vitim river, the clasp of
which agrees with that of semidea; and a female from
Irkut which I have figured, and which I think without
doubt is the same species as tunga, Stgr. A third
specimen, also a female, from Chamardaban in Grum-
Grshimailo’s collection agrees very well with these, which
M. Alphéraky and Herz identify with also; and though
Boisduval says he received also from Siberia through
Eschscholtz, his figure does not represent twnga, but is more
probably taken from an American specimen of semadea
which he supposed to be the same as also. Semidea or some-
Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains. 359
thing like it may probably be found in North-East Siberia,
but as ¢unga is in the type specimens, and in all the others I
have seen unmistakably different, I think the name of also
must remain as heretofore a synonym of semidea. The
types of ¢unga were taken by Leder in the Hast Sayansk
Mountains, and the species may probably occur also in the
high mountains of the Altai.
144. Satyrus semele, L.
This was taken at Saisan in the Irtysch Valley by
Ruckbeil, but not seen by me.
145. Satyrus heydenreicher, Led.
Taken by Kindermann and Ruckbeil, but not seen by
me.
146. S. hippolyte, Esp.
A small pale-coloured variety of this, showing much less
of the yellowish colour on the band of the fore-wing and
hind-wings than in any of those I have from the 'Thianshan,
Orenburg, and other parts of Western Siberia, was very
abundant on the bare Tchuja Steppe (6000 feet) when I
crossed it on July 19th, and was evidently fresh out. It
made short flights close to the ground and rested on the
bare earth on its side, and was quite easy to catch. On
this day fresh snow was falling and lying on the moun-
tains round, almost to the level of the steppe, and the
cold perhaps accounted for the comparative sluggishness
of the insect.
147. S. autonoé, Esp.
This insect came out abundantly about the same time
as the last, and was common from the Upper Tchuja
Steppe down to about 2000 feet on the Tchulishman river,
and alsoat Ongodai. There is considerable variation both
in size and colour, and some of them might be called var.
sebirica, Stgr., which is described from Kentei as having
the transverse band more or less whitish or brownish.
This would apply to specimens from Boro-choro in the
Thianshan, whilst four pairs from Amdo in North-Kast
Tibet, which I have in Grum-Grshimailo’s collection
under the name of var. extrema, Alph., show this character
very strongly developed.
or
$60 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
148. S. anthe, var. hanifa, Nordm.
I found a female from Semipalatinsk, of this form, sent
by M. Novoprachin in Staudinger’s collection, but of a
deeper brown than those trom the Caucasus.
149. S. briseis, L.
This was very common on the Bashkaus at the end of
July at 2000—8000 feet, but not seen anywhere in the
Upper Tchuja Valley.
150. S. dryads, Scop.
This was very common in the Tchulishman and Bash-
kaus Valleys, and on comparing it with a large series from
Europe, a pair from Kentei, and several pairs from the
Amur, I can see no sufficiently constant difference in
Siberian specimens to justify the varietal name sibirica,
which has been applied by Staudinger to those from
Keniei, and which he says occur also at Saisan and in
Amurland as a more or less common aberration.
151. S. arethusa, Esp.
This was taken commonly by Ruckbeil at Saisan, but
not observed by myself.
152. S. cordula? var. bryce, Hubn.
I received three males and a female under the name of
actewea, var. bryce, taken by Ruckbeil near Saisan, and
find a pair in Grum-Grshimailo’s collection from the
Altai, probably taken near Semipalatinsk, under the
name var. altaica, Gr.-Gr, (Hor. Ent. Ross. xxvii, p. 384,
1893). They agree very fairly both on the upper and
undersides with specimens from Sarepta usually known
as bryce, and differ from cordula in the females having
no yellowish tinge on the fore-wing below, and the males
more mottled with grey below. In both these char-
acters they also agree with those from the Thianshan
Mountains, taken by Grum-Grshimailo, whilst all those
from the province of Bokhara have the fore-wing below
in the female yellowish, like cordula.
153. Pararge mera, L.
A worn-out specimen or two were still flying in the
Bija Valley at the beginning of August. I did not receive
it from Ongodai, but Lederer records it.
Lepidoptera of the Altar Mountains. 361
154, P. hiera, Fabr.
This is an early spring species in Asia, I took one at
Biisk on June 4th, and saw two or three more in the
foot-hills of the mountains on the 6th. Neither Kinder-
mann nor Ruckbeil seem to have found it, but it occurs
in the Kentei Mountains and on the Lena.
155. P. achine, Scop.
This was uncommon or nearly over on the Lower Bash-
kaus and Bija Valleys at the beginning of August, and, as
Staudinger says of those from Kentei, seem to be smaller
in size than European specimens. It occurs as far north
as St. Petersburg.
156. P. deidamia, Ev.
A few worn-out specimens were found in a hot rocky
gorge in the Tchulishman Valley on July 28th, and
I received two or three from Ongodai. This species
occurs as far west as the Ural, where Grum-Grshimailo
took it in the beginning of June. There is no appreciable
difference between these West Siberian specimens. Those
from Amdo, however, in Grum-Grshimailo’s collection are
larger, paler below, and have the white fringes, which are
only apparent in quite fresh specimens, much more
conspicuous.
157. Epinephele lycaon, Rott.
This was the only species of the genus common in the
Altai. Specimens from Uliassutai in Mongolia were
separated by Staudinger as var. catamelas on account of
the uniform dark colour of the underside of the hind-
wing. This character is, in my specimens, variable, and
though on the average it holds good, yet I can pick out
some European examples, which are nearly the same
on the underside. I have three males and a female
collected by Ruckbeil at Kenderlik, a much more southern
and probably hotter place than that part of the Altai
where I was, which are as pale below as any European
specimens.
158. Hpinephele hyperanthus.
I found this species only in the Lower Bashkaus and
Bija Valleys, from about 2000 feet down to the open
country at the beginning of August, :
-
362 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
159. Cenonympha edipus, Fab.
R@orded by Ruckbeil and Lederer, but not seen by me.
160. Caenonympha iphis, var. iphicles, Stgr., Iris, v, p. 338,
var. heroides, Christoph. op. cit. vi, p. 87. Herz, op. cit. x1,
p. 248.
I found this species common in the Tchuja and Bash-
kaus Valleys after July 20th at about 3000—6000 feet.
On comparing them with those taken by Herz on the
Vilui, by Leder at Irkut, both under the name of herovdes,
Christoph, and with one from Kentei, described by Staud-
inger as var. iphicles, I can find no appreciable differences
between them; and though I would have preferred to
use the name eroides on account of the marked resem-
blance of this variety to some specimens of hero, var.
perseis, the females especially being very similar, yet as
Staudinger’s name has a year’s priority over Christoph’s,
I adopt it. The differences between this form and zphis
from Europe are trifling, and two females from the Ural
seem to form a transition ; but on the whole they are
somewhat paler in colour with the ocelli much better
marked above, and on the underside of the hind-wing
surrounded by confluent rings of fawn colour, which I
do not see in any of my European specimens.
C. iphis? var.mahometana, Alph., Lep. Kuldja, p. 95 (in
separata).
This is a well-marked form from the Thianshan, and
was also taken at Kenderlik, a Russian frontier post
south-east of Lake Saisan by Ruckbeil ; but insects from
this locality, though they have been sent out by Tancré
as from the Altai, can hardly be included in the fauna of
the district as I restrict it.
161. C. amaryllis, Cram.
A very abundant species in the lower parts of the
country up to about 4000 feet. I took it fresh on June
17th, and it was still flying, though a good deal worn, on
July 30th. These specimens are a trifle smaller than
those from Pokrofka on the Amur, and the ocelli better
marked than in the supposed var. rinda, Mén., which I
have from Blagoveschenk on the Amur, taken by Hede-
mann. Another form taken by Roborowsky and sent to
me by Alphéraky as his var. evanescens seems to be like
Lepidoptera of the Altar Mountains. — 863
those from Amdo in Grum-Grshimailo’s collection, dis-
tinguishable by the greater development of the white
bands on the hind-wing below.
162. C. hero, var. perseis, Lederer (cf. planes Tris, v,
p. 338. Herz, op. cit. xi, 248).
I found this in the Tchuja Valley from 3000—4000 feet,
fresh in the middle of June, and in the Upper Bashkaus
Valley on July 24th. On the average they differ from
the ordinary European form which extends to the
Ural in having rather more developed white bands
below, and the ocelli more distinct above. The same
characters are even more pronounced in specimens from
the Amur and Askold, so that perhaps the name of perseis
may be applied generally to Asiatic races of this species.
163. C. tephon, Rott. var.
I found this species in some of the more marshy parts
of the valleys at about 5000—7000 feet. They belong
to a form which differs a little from Alpine and North
European specimens, of which I have a large series.
They come nearest on the upperside to some of those
taken in Colorado which are known as ochracea and
inornata, W. H. Edw., but are more spotted on the
underside. They are slightly larger and darker in colour
than those known as cexca, Ster., from Turkestan; they
are paler and about the same size as the average North
European forms known as isis, and quite unlike the pale |
grey form known as vilwensis, Mén.,=grisescens, Christoph
(Iris, vi, p. 87), which Herz took on the Vilui river (cf.
Iris, xi, p. 249), and which I also have from the Verchojansk
district taken by Czekanowsky, and in a larger and
somewhat darker form from Kamtschatka as var. miaxturata,
Alph. Having recently written on the variations of this
species in the Entomologist’s Record, 1896, p. 228, I can only
add, that when a large series (my own includes something
like one hundred selected pairs from the Holarctic region)
are brought together it is practically impossible to define
exactly any of these varieties.
164. 2? C. pamphilus, L.
This is recorded by Lederer as having been taken by
Kindermann, but I can find no Altai specimens in
Staudinger’s collection.
F
364 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
165. Triphysa phryne, Pall.
Neither Herz on the Lena nor Dorries in Kentei seem
to have found any form of 7riphysa, but I have specimens
from Grum-Grshimailo’s collection taken at Krasnoyarsk,
and at some place in Northern Siberia, the name of which
I cannot decipher. Jacobson also found it common in the
Upper Yenesei Valley. The name Dohrnii was given by
Zeller to a single specimen, locality unknown, which had a
whitish border to the wings, and there were a considerable
number of specimens in Grum-Grshimailo’s collection,
taken in the Nan Shan Mountains and the province of
Amdo, in which this character is well marked. The
females of this form all show two conspicuous black spots
on the upperside of the fore-wing, and in some cases
have two small black spots above them, but not in line;
on the underside the position of these spots is much
better seen and is in all the specimens markedly different
from those of typical phryne from Sarepta, which are in a
regular curved series following the line of the outer
margin. Four pairs, which were collected by Leder in
some part of Northern Mongolia, or perhaps in the
Irkut Valley, show these differences in a less marked
degree, but I am disposed to separate them at least as a
variety from phryne. There is also a form described by
Erschoff as albovenosa, and figured in Rom. Mém. Sur. Lép.
II, Pl. XVI, fig. 20, which he says was taken in the Amur
Valley far east of Blagoveschenk, which appears to me
only a variety of phryne, with the spots undeveloped. Staud-
inger in Rom. Mém. Sur. Lép., vi, p. 208, treats this name
as synonym of nervosa, Mots., which he puts as probably a
variety of phryne. Nervosa was described from Japan,
but as no specimen of any Z'riphysa has reached Europe
from Japan, so far as I know, this is probably a mistake.
The only female specimen I have from the Amur has no
ocelli above on either surface, and only faintly marked
ones on the hind-wing below. It appears to me on the whole
that there are two or three well-marked forms of this genus;
phryne extending from Sarepta through the steppes and
mountains of Western and Central Siberia to some un-
known point, possibly in the longitude of Lake Baikal
with a more or less marked variety albovenosa, Erschoff,
vel. nervosa, Mots., from the Amur Valley; secondly, a
form extending from Northern Mongolia southerly to the
Lepidoptera of the Altar Mountains. 365
province of Amdo, which may be called Dohrnii, Zell., but
which can usually, if not always, be distinguished from
phryne by the different position as well as the greater
development of the four ocelli on the fore-wing. Lastly,
there is a form found in the Kuruktagh near Korla, var.
striatula, Stgr. (? MSS.), which is distinguished by pale
longitudinal striations on the fore-wing of the male.
This form seems by the position of the spots to belong to
phryne rather than to Dohrnii.
166. Car'charodus alcex, Esp.
-I did not secure this species, but it is recorded by
Lederer, and I have four specimens from Kenderlik taken
by Ruckbeil. Haberhauer also found it at Saisan.
167. Hesperia orbifer, Hb.
I received two males of this species from Ongodai,
taken by Messrs. Jacobson and Berezowsky. A dark var.
known as lugens, Stgr., is recorded from the Kentei
Mountains.
168. H. tessellum, O.
I found this common in the Tchuja Valley at 4000—
5000 feet on July 22nd and 28rd in dry rocky places, and
received others taken at the beginning of July by
Jacobson. I found it also in the Bashkaus Valley.
169. H. ertbrellum, Ev.
Found in the Tchuja Valley in the middle of June,
and in the Bashkaus Valley at the end of July. I also
received it from Ongodai. I have specimens from Eastern
Mongolia taken by Leder, and Grum-Grshimailo took it
at Amdo, and at Turgai in South-Western Siberia. Altai
specimens are the typical form and not the darker one
var. obscurior, Stgr., which is found in the Kentei Mountains
and on the Amur.
170. H. malve, L.
Common at Biisk on June 4th, and at Ongodai and
in the Tchuja Valley until the 18th up to 4000 feet,
but I did not see it after the latter date.
171. H. serratulx, Rbr.
I found this in the Tchuja Valley at from 3000—6000
feet in June, and have a single specimen taken at 7000
feet in the Tchuja Mountains on July 11th. I also found it
in the Bashkaus Valley at the end of July. I do not
Cd
366 Mr. H. J. Elwes on the
know how to distinguish between this species and the
next except by the genitalia of the male (¢f. Elwes and
Edwards’ Revision of Oriental Hesperiidx, Trans. Zool.
Soe. Lond., vol. xiv, part 4, 1897, p. 156; Pl. XXIII, figs. 24,
25, 25a).
172. H. alveus, Hubn.
This was very common at Ongodai from June 10th,
but I have no specimens certainly belonging to this species
from other localities in the Altai. According to Dr.
Staudinger’s identification of serratule and alveus I
have transposed the names, what he calls serratule being
my alveus and vice-versd. It seems to mea very difficult
question to decide which is right.
173. H. centaurex, Rbr.
This was the only species of Hesperia which was at all
common in the high Tchuja Mountains, where it occurred
from the beginning of June at from 7000—8000 feet. I
also took in the Bashkaus Valley at about 5000 feet, flying in
marshy places near water, what appears to be this species,
and received from Ongodai two or three specimens of
what may be a variety of it with the white spots on both
wings above much better developed. It was also taken
by Leder in the East Sayansk Mountains, but is not
recorded from Kentei.
174. Thanaos tages, L.
I only found this at one place in the Tchuja Valley at
about 4000 feet on June 17th. The specimens do not
differ from European ones.
175. Pamphila palemon, Pall.
I did not take this myself, but received a few taken at
Ongodai by Jacobson. These belong to the variety
described by Christoph as albiguttata, which I have from
Guberli in the South Ural, from Irkut, and from Kamt-
schatka. Though this variety appears to be fairly constant
in the Altai, it is not so in the Ural, judging by Grum-
Grshimailo’s specimens. Some from Sutschan in Staud-
inger’s collection also seem to be intermediate.
176. P. silvius, Knoch.
This was fairly common at Ongodai on June 13th, and
I took it in the Tchuja Valley on June 18th, but did not
see it afterwards,
Lepidoptera of the Altar Mowntains. 367
177. P. argyrostigma, Kv.
I was very much pleased to find this interesting species,
which has not previously been recorded from Western
Siberia, common at Ongodai on June 13th, when the
males were abundant, but I only got a single female. I
found it in the Tchuja and Katuna Valleys from 3000 up
to about 5000 feet. It flies very rapidly close to the
ground in marshy spots and settles on damp sand or mud.
It is apparently very common in North-East Tibet,
as there were many specimens from Amdo in Grum-
Grshimailo’s collection. It also occurs in the East Sayansk
and Apfelgebirge (Jablonnoi Mountains), where Dorries
took it in 1896.
178. Heteropterus morpheus, Pall.
I found this only at one boggy spot by a river in the
Bija Valley near Lake Teletskoi on August 2nd, when
the species was much worn and nearly over. These
examples have less markings on the upperside of the
fore-wing than in Europe, and the yellow of the underside
appears to be much less developed, but the specimens are
not fresh enough to say whether this distinction 1s constant.
179. Augiades sylvanus, Esp.
Small specimens of this species, much worn, were taken
near the Teletskoi Lake on July 31st.
180. Adopwxa lineola, Ochs.
I only found this myself in the Bija Valley at about
1500 feet on August 3rd and 4th, but Berezowsky sent
fresh specimens from Ongodai.
181. Erynnis comma, L.
I found this.only in the Bashkaus Valley at 3000—
5000 feet on July 24th and 30th, but judging from the
specimens sent to me by Berezowsky and Jacobson, it is
common at Ongodai. I see nothing in these specimens
to distinguish them from European ones, though Alphéraky
separates as var. mixta three specimens taken by him
at 8000—9000 feet in Kuldja in July.
ExpLANATION oF Pirates XI—XIV.
[See explanation facing the PLATES. |
SEPTEMBER 30, 1899.
|
; wel ; ' : sel Y
. mei OO dd dal Tent | Rite Ata DUAR
. wl
ie ae 7) by ae ar we, iti at he fot : ' on Wir reese Lat ha 7
‘ 4 i]
Ae Se) ee , | Pit 04-0 (ae. See
; : wy : ' 4
a) DS. eis “9 ; nt Wi ie i : CG G) SPORT es
& r c ¢ . ey. . >
» i. | Lo ae ; Wr geld a ' rm * (RPDS A Hatha OE
Py a a y ‘ ' ieee 4
a ) Wie we ccaled eetinitea ovue aso i 6D eee
: i. ‘. * ‘ ‘ yi = a ;
i stitites ph db WObt UVa COGS 2a”?
A nis: 7 : i ; oe
Me :
" “yy ae | Ms ds Py as ® ef . e “a *¢
q = OeP ok a j ! “VO VOTTAR dae
al We tis d iM at a Patnlies ent} Pils
f
( 369 )
XIII. Lhe Colowr-relation between the pup# of Papilio
machaon, Pieris napi and many other species, and
the surroundings of the larve preparing to pupate, ete.
By F. MerriFieE_p, F.E.S., and Epwarp B. PouL-
Ton, M.A., F.R.S.. etc., Hope Professor of Zoology
in the University of Oxford.
[Read October 5th, 1898.]
A.—INTRODUCTORY. (F. Merririexp and E. B, Pouuron.)
B.—EXPERIMENTS UPON THE PUP OF Papilio machaon.
1. Experiments upon the Summer Pupx of Papilio machaon.
(F. M.)
. Results of the above Experiments. (E. B. P.)
. Experiments upon the Winter Pupex of Papilio machaon.
(F. M.)
4, Results of the above Experiments. (E. B. P.)
5. Mr. C. V. A. Psuws Winter Pupe of Papilio machaon
described. (E. B. P.)
C._EXPERIMENTS UPON THE PUP OF Papilio poda-
lirius. (Cora B, Sanpers and E, B. P.)
D.—_EXPERIMENTS UPON THE PUP OF Pieris napi.
1. Experiments upon the Winter Pupx of Pierisnapi. (F. M.)
2. Results of the above Experiments. (B2.By 2
E._EXPERIMENTS UPON THE PUP& OF Pieris brassice.
1. Experiments wpon the Winter Pupe of Pieris brassice.
(F. M.)
2. Results of the above Experiments. (E. B. P.)
3. Experiments wpon the Winter Pupex of Pieris brassicae.
(E> BE.)
4. Experiments with conflicting colowrs upon the Winter Pupe
of Pieris brassice. (E. B. P.)
F—NOTES ON THE STRUGGLE FOR EXISTENCE IN
THE LARV OF Pieris brassice. (E. B. P.)
G.—EXPERIMENTS UPON THE PUP OF Pieris rape.
1. Experiments upon the Winter Pupe of Pieris rape. (F. M.)
2. Results of the above Experiments. (E. B. P.-)
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART IV. (DEC.) 25
Ww bb
oe
370 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
H.—EXPERIMENTS UPON THE PUP OF Vanesside.
1. Experiments upon the Pupx of Vanessa urticee and Pyrameis
eardui. (C. B.S. and E. B. P.)
2. Experiments wpon the Pwpx of Vanessa io. (Maser E,
Norney, FLoreNcE A. Wricut and E. B. P.)
J.—EXPERIMENTS AND OBSERVATIONS UPON THE
SUSCEPTIBILITY OF CERTAIN LEPIDOPTEROUS
LARVA AND PUPA TO THE COLOURS OF THEIR
SURROUNDINGS. (A. H. Hamm and E. B. P.)
K.—OBSERVATIONS ON THE COLOUR-RELATION BE-
TWEEN A COLEOPTEROUS SPECIES (Cleonus sulcirostris)
AND ITS SURROUNDINGS. (W. Hottanp and E. B. P.)
L.—APPENDIX. THE QUALITY OF LIGHT REFLECTED
FROM THE COLOURED AND OTHER BACK-GROUNDS
EMPLOYED IN THE EXPERIMENTS RECORDED IN
THE PRESENT MEMOIR. (Sir Jonn Conroy, F.R.S., and
E. B. P.)
A—INTRODUCTORY.
In Prof. Poulton’s paper in the Philosophical Transactions
of 1887, vol. 178 B. pp. 311-441, “An Enquiry into the
Cause and Extent of a Special Colour-relation between
certain exposed Lepidopterous Pupz and the Surfaces
which immediately surround them,” he recorded some
experiments on the full-fed larvae of Papilio machaon from
which he inferred that this species was not susceptible to
the colours of its surroundings, a conclusion which sur-
prised him, having regard to the marked dimorphism of
the pupe [the larva not showing any corresponding dimor-
phism to which the different colours of the pupze could be
ascribed, as in the case of the geometrid genus Ephyra
(Phil. Trans. /. c. p. 437)], and Prof. Poulton suggested that
further experiments should be tried, more especially as he
had had only eleven larve, of which two died. At the
meeting at Cambridge in August last of the International
Congress of Zoology M. Bordage of Réunion communicated
a paper in which he expressed the opinion that the pupz
of the genus Papilio appeared to have lost any suscepti-
bility to colour which they might at one time have
possessed, but Mr. Trimen, your President, gave an instance
to the contrary, and expressed the opinion that too few
experiments had been made to warrant at present any
conclusion on the subject.
Adjustment of colour in various pupe, etc. 3871
Early in July last I happened to mention to Prof.
Poulton that I had then a considerable number of larve of
P. machaon which I had received from Germany, and at
his suggestion I experimented on some of those I had left
at this time, receiving much useful information from him
personally as well as from the very full record of his
experiments on other species, in the paper above referred
to, and in his subsequent paper in the Transactions of this
Society for 1892, pp. 293-487.
The experiment thus begun gave rise to many other
experiments in which different species were employed.
The results were in large part displayed and an account
given of them at the meeting of this Society on October
5th, 1898 (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1898, pp. xxx—xxxi).
Professor Poulton was at the meeting and also showed the
results of some further experiments he had been making
in 1898 (Proc. Ent. Soe. J. c. pp. xxxii—xxxui). The same
day I suggested to him that it would be useful to arrange
the results of my experiments according to the standards of
colour which he had already published, and construct fresh
standards for the species with which he had experimented
but little or not at all. He approved the suggestion and
agreed to arrange the results accordingly, and also offered to
include the results of the experiments he had recently made.
This memoir accordingly appears in our joint names.
The name or initials of the worker who conducted the
investigation will appear in the heading of each descrip-
tion. Professor Poulton is responsible for the new
standards of comparison and the tabulation of all the
pup. In arranging the pupe, he allowed due weight to
the description of my results so far as I had made one.
F. MERRIFIELD.
A few brief words are all that are necessary to form my
introduction to our joint paper ; inasmuch as Mr. Merrifield
has fully explained the circumstances under which it came
to be written. Iwas only too pleased to act upon his
suggestion, and thus to combine the record of our investi-
gations. It is more convenient in every way that there
should be a single complete account instead of two less
complete ones. The method adopted of placing the initials
of the writer after the title of each Section he has com-
municated makes our individual responsibility perfectly
clear.
i
3872 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton oa
A portion of my investigations were carried on jointly
with Miss Cora B. Sanders, of Lady Margaret Hall,
Oxford. These Sections are preceded by her name or
initials as well as my own.
The experiments upon the colours of the pupee of Vanessa
io were carried on, under my direction, by Miss Mabel E.
Notley and Miss Florence A. Wright, of Lady Margaret
Hall. Their names are added to the title of the Section in
which the experiments are described.
Some interesting observations of Mr. A. H. Hamm and
Mr. W. Holland of the Hope Department of Zoology,
Oxford, form in large part or entirely the subjects of two
Sections to which their names have been added.
Sir John Conroy, F.R.S., very kindly helped me in
determining the quality of the light reflected from the
various backgrounds, and his name has been similarly
added to the Appendix in which our results are described.
I wish also warmly to thank Mr. W. Holland and Mr. A.
H. Hamm of the Hope Department for their most efficient
help in many parts of the work; Mr. C. V. A. Peel for
kindly lending specimens which have been described, and
Mr. Arthur Sidgwick and Mr. Nicholson for drawing my
attention to interesting observations made by them which
are recorded in Section I.
EK. B. PouLtoy.
B.—EXPERIMENTS UPON THE PUPA OF
Papilio machaon.
1. EXPERIMENTS UPON THE SUMMER PUP OF
Papilio machaon. (¥. M.)
Iam generally away from home from nine or ten o'clock
until five or later, and therefore my opportunities for
taking a larva just at the right moment, when it has
done feeding and before its sensitiveness to colour has
begun, are imperfect. But I was able to select fourteen
larvee, which seemed to have arrived at the full-fed stage,
and I prepared a few glass cylinders of about 6 inches in
height and mostly 3} inches in diameter, though some
were an inch or two wider, which | placed in flower-pots
nearly filled with earth. They were in two divisions, viz.
(1) furnished with dark sticks, and (2) furnished with light
sticks. Division (1) had about six dark brown sticks of
from } to 2 of an inch in diameter taken from an old
Adjustment of colowr in various pupe, etc. 373
faggot-stack, and had a roof of black net. Division (2)
had the same number of peeled and therefore nearly
white willow slips of the same size, and had a roof of
white muslin. The sticks were secured by driving them
into the earth, and the cylinders were in both cases
exposed to the same amount of light, 7.e. close to a
rather large window, but on most days moved from the
W.N.W. to the E.S.E. side of the house, and back, to avoid
hot sunshine. As larvee, where crowded, have been found
to affect each other’s pupal colouring (Phil. Trans. 1887,
i. c. Ent. Trans. 1892, J. ¢.), only two or three were placed
in each cylinder.
I exhibit the eleven pupe or pupa-cases, which were
obtained under these conditions. As the dark pigment
resides in the pupa-case, it is easy to see on examining
this whether the pupa was a green one or not, as, if the
pupa was a green one, the pupa-case is practically free
from pigment, though sometimes stained in places by the
meconium, whereas if the pupa was bone-coloured the case
is much darkened by brown or black markings.
It was obviously desirable to ascertain what was the
proportion of grey * and yellow-green pupe in my stock, and
on going through the whole remainder of them, 145 in
number, I found that 76 might be described as of the
former and 69 of the latter or yellow-green form. Many
of these however were of intermediate colouring, and
it was not easy to classify them. Seven of the 145 had
pupated on the green carrot-tops on which the larvae had
been fed; of these six were yellow-green, one was grey.
This made a very strong case for susceptibility, but it
was not conclusive, and I determined to try the experiment
on a larger scale with the second brood.
Before describing in detail the results of this and other
experiments it is necessary to tabulate the colours which
the pupa of P. machaon is known to assume, so as to
have a standard of comparison. The following table and
description were made by Prof. Poulton on May 2nd, 1899,
after carefully comparing the whole of my pupz together
with a number belonging to Mr. C. V. A. Peel.
2. RESULTS OF THE ABOVE ExpErRIMENtS. (KE. B. P.)
There is a distinct dimorphism in the pupa of Papilio
machacn, and the intermediate forms are very rare as
* See note on page 374.
a
374 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
compared with the extreme. The two forms may be
classified as (1) yellow-green, and (2) grey.* The former
have a yellow ground-colour with deep green markings,
the latter a bone-coloured ground with dark purplish
brown, and in places black markings. With few exceptions
the dark markings of the grey forms correspond in position
with the green markings of the yellow-green forms, the
chief exceptions being on the surface of the pupal wings,
where the green forms a more continuous area, less
interrupted by the yellow ground-colour than the dark
marking is by bone-colour.
This correspondence in position becomes all the more
interesting and remarkable when it is remembered that
the two markings are entirely different in constitution,
origin, and even in the pupal layers in which they are
respectively situated, the green pigment being relatively
unstable, probably a modified form of chlorophyll derived
from the food-plant, and situated in the deeper laminated
layers of the pupal cuticle, the dark pigment being very
stable (remaining permanently in the empty pupal case),
solely due to the metabolic activity of the animal organism,
and confined to the thick layer of cuticle which lies above
the laminated layer and forms the outermost part of the
pupal shell. (See Poulton, Proc. Roy. Soc. 1885, Vol.
Xxxvill, p. 279, in which however the laminated layer is
erroneously distinguished from the “ true cuticle.”)
We can again classify the (1) yellow-green and (2) grey
Jorms as (a) dark and (b) light, thus :—
b. Dark
fa. Lohte ;,
Ub. Dark
1. Yellow-green { a. Light forms.
2. Grey
”)
* I formerly spoke of the darker pup as brown (Phil. Trans. 1887,
l. c. p. 407), a description which is clearly incorrect. Mr. Merrifield
has introduced the appropriate term “bone-coloured,” which accurately
expresses the appearance of the ground-colour of these pup as well
as those of the corresponding forms of Pieris napi and P. rape. The
whole appearance of these pups is however due to the combined im-
pee made by the pale ground-colour and the dark markings, and
think that “grey” expresses this effect as a whole more truly than
any other word ; although there are pupe in which the markings are
so inconspicuous that the effect seen is that of the ground-colour
alone.
HUB. F,
Adjustment of colour in various pupe, etc. 375
A light yellow-green form (1a) is bright yellow over the
dorsal surface slightly mottled with green on the sides, this
colour becoming distinct round the spiracles and forming
a spiracular streak interrupted between the abdominal
segments. At the posterior extremity of the pupa this
green streak is continued on to the sides of the anal spine,
and in the more strongly marked pupe of this degree the
whole of the spine is green. The green mottlings are
rather more distinct upon the abdominal segments below
the spiracular band than they are above it, and have a
more pronounced longitudinal arrangement. The dorsal
region of the thorax is also more or less mottled with green
which becomes concentrated to form a distinct apical patch
on the mesothoracic median spine. The wings, limbs,
antenne, and head are deep green, the latter being, in the
palest pupz, the most strongly coloured part of the whole
surface.
In the more deeply coloured of the light forms (1 a)
the mottled green tends to spread backwards from the
mesothoracic spine forming a broad indistinct greenish
band.
In the dark yellow-green pupe (1 6), further development
and coalescence of the mottlings transform this dorsal band
into deep green. It occupies the whole dorsal area between
the subdorsal rows of small tubercles. Below, the green
of the spiracular stripe,—continuous in pupz of this degree
—spreads upwards and invades the yellow ground-colour
leaving only a yellow lateral band, sharply defined above
where it terminates at the level of the subdorsal tubercles,
while below it gradually passes into the invading green.
Anteriorly this yellow band terminates below the meso-
thoracic spine. The dorsal green band is palest (yellowest)
in its median part and in the posterior half of its length,
in front of the caudal spine, the dorsal surface of which is
green. The band is also interrupted in the region of the
ohana by a yellow patch, traversed by a green median
ine.
The light grey forms (2 a) resemble the light yellow-
green (1°a), substituting bone-colour for yellow, and dark
purplish-brown for green, allowing of course for the greater
contrast between ground-colour and marking which is thus
brought about, and for the difference over the wings which
has been already alluded to.
The dark grey forms (26), by making a similar substitu-
ra
376 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
tion, resemble the dark yellow-green (1b). The purplish-
brown is increased in extent as is the green of the corre-
sponding form (1d), the dark dorsal band becoming a
specially prominent feature which contrasts strongly
with the appearance presented by the light grey pup
(2 a).
I will now apply the arrangement suggested above to
the results of Mr. Merrifield’s experiment. The pupz were
compared on May 2nd, 1899. Three of the 14 larve died
without pupating. Of the remaining 11, 6 had been
placed in the cylinders furnished with dark sticks; 5
of these pupated on the dark sticks. In comparing
these summer pupz and putting each in its place in the
scale of colour, great assistance was derived from Mr.
Merrifield’s descriptions made in 1898, when more of the
pup were alive and those which were dead had changed
less extensively.
All the pupze attached to dark sticks were clearly grey
forms (1), except one (probably dead), which was inter-
mediate between yellow-green and grey, having a bone-
coloured ground with many of the markings, especially
upon the wings, greenish instead of brown. Of the remain-
ing 4 pup, 1 had emerged in 1898, and was intermediate
between dark and light grey (2 a,b) or a lightish dark
grey (2 6); 1, still alive, was also a (2 a, 6); 2, dead, were
certainly grey, and probably dark grey (2 6).
The sixth pupa was dead and much discoloured, but from
Mr. Merrifield’s description in 1898, it had evidently been
a yellow-green form (1 a) or (1 0): “The larva had
imperfectly attached itself to a dark stick and had then,
before pupating, fallen on the earth which, being moist,
was of a dark colour. It had there formed a yellow-green
pupa, somewhat misshapen.”
Of the 5 placed in lheht surroundings, 4 were attached
to shaved white sticks.
Two were dead, but both were evidently yellow-green,
one probably a light and the other a dark: form of this
degree, (1 a) and (1 0).
Two had emerged, but both had been yellow-green and
one certainly a light form (1 @), the other probably dark
Cl 0).
The fifth pupa, attached to the white muslin top, had
also emerged. This pupa was an exception, being a distinct
light grey form (2 a).
Adjustment of colour in varicus pupx, ete. 377
3. EXPERIMENTS UPON THE WINTER PuP& OF Papilio
machaon. (F. M.)
In order to continue the experiments, begun upon the
summer pup, I obtained from Germany, from the 31st
of August to the 2nd of September, 1898, about 150 more
larvee, most of them young.
Apparatus.
In order to cope to some extent with the difficulty I had
in taking the larve just at the right moment, owing to my
long daily absences from home, I provided two special
breeding-cages. These were made of 35; inch deal,each in two
compartments. Thus there were four compartments the
external dimensions of which were 16 inches in height, 12
inches in depth from front to back, and 8 inches in width.
The front of each cage was a sheet of glass, about 14
inches in width and 12 inches in height, as it started at 3
inches from the bottom ; it was vertically divided down
the middle by the thin deal partition between the two
compartments. The backs were of perforated zine, corre-
sponding in size with the glass fronts, and the outer sides
were of deal containing the doors. The tops were open,
but covered with woven material as stated below. The
framework of the top, and generally, was about an inch
wide, and there were many angles more or less shady,
vertical, and horizontal, where the parts of the framework
met at right angles.
The compartments were covered internally as follows:—
The whole of the interior, except the glass front and the
perforated zinc backs, was covered with tissue-paper ; black
in the black compartment, white in the white compartment,
green in the green compartment, and about one-half orange
and one-half yellow (the division being vertical) in the
orange-yellow compartment. The perforated zinc backs
and the open tops were covered with woven material, viz.
the black compartment with double black muslin (covered
with a slate), the white compartment with double white
calico, the green compartment with threefold yellow-green
art muslin (fourfold on the top except for the brassicz experi-
ment hereafter described when it was twofold), the orange-
yellow compartment with orange-yellow leno; this leno,
instead of paper, being also used in some of the angles of
the framework.
The fronts of the cages were placed within a few inches
er
378 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
of a second-floor window about 3 feet wide and 6 feet high,
they were facing the W.N.W. and looking into an open
country, and were often screened by a muslin window-
blind during hot sunshine. No direct light from the sky
reached any part of the interior except a small part of the
bottom and of the sides.
Much orange light came through the roof of the first
compartment, very little greenish light through the top of
the green compartment, and much white light through
the top of the white compartment; in addition to white
direct light, much was reflected from the coloured interior
of these three compartments, but the black compartment
was very dark inside except the part close to the glass
front.
The effect was that the black compartment was for the
most part very dark; the white, green and orange-yellow
compartments much lighter, as the tops transmitted much
light, and the colours were such as to reflect a great deal
of light. In the green compartment, however, while
covered with the fourfold art muslin, very little light
came through the top. In all cases a little light came in
through the chinks of the doors, and a very little through
the draped perforated zinc at the back. In all four com-
partments there were shady regions in the angles of the
framework, and I found so many of the larve had a dis-
position to select these shadier regions for pupating, where
of course the coloured light would operate less strongly,
that I found it expedient to transfer them, when I could
do so in time, to receptacles where they were exposed to
stronger light. For these purposes I prepared glass
cylinders of the dimensions before mentioned, covered at
the bottom and for about two-thirds of the outside circum-
ference with paper of the appropriate colour, leaving clear
the one-third next the window, and the tops being usually
covered with paper of the same colour, but sometimes with
clear glass. In this way I fitted up cylinders for the follow-
ing colours: black, white, green, yellow, orange, Dutch
“gold,” all provided with sticks covered with paper of the
corresponding colour. These cylinders were placed on thin
pieces of wood or cork carpet with tintacks driven through
the bottom, forming spikes on which the coloured sticks
were fixed. The bottoms, as well as about two-thirds of
the circumference opposite the light, and the tops, were
covered with single or double paper of the proper colour
Adjustment of colour in various pupex, etc. 379
secured by three ties of thread and on the tops by a sheet
of clear glass. In the case however of the dark sticks the
bottom was of dark cork carpet, and these cylinders were
clear all round, with a sheet of clear glass on the top.
In order not to crowd the larve, it was my practice to
transfer them, when spun up on the sticks, to wide-mouthed
Bordeaux plum-bottles of clear glass having a greenish hue,
of about the same size as the cylinders, but fitted for two-
thirds of their circumference with coloured paper inside
instead of outside, and I sometimes transferred larvee direct
from the compartments of the breeding-cage to these bottles,
as pupating against glass in front of coloured paper did
not appear to me to be the same thing in effect as pupat-
ing against the coloured paper. In these bottles the
coloured paper was inside, and therefore nearer the larvae
than in the cylinders. The sticks in the bottles could not
be prevented from shifting as heavy larve crawled over
them, and the larve appeared to dislike this, and to be
more restless and slower in pupating than when the sticks
were fixed.
The cylinders and bottles were placed within a few
inches of the window above referred to, or of another
window having the same aspect, but only about 4 feet
high by 3 feet wide. As the objects in both were neces-
sarily near the light, and, except in those given over to
black, light, coloured or uncoloured, was admitted all round
and by the tops, the larve in these were as a rule exposed
to much more light, both direct and reflected, than those
in the breeding-cages.
I also lined a clear glass saucer with green carrot-tops
and placed it in a second saucer with green carrot-tops,
among which some larvee pupated, the surface being covered
with a sheet of clear glass.
Most of the machaon larve in the eylinders or bottles
spun up against the coloured sticks provided for them, but
in a few cases they spun either against the glass where it
was covered outside by coloured paper or against the clear
glass front of the cylinder or bottle. In these cases I
always classified the pupz as “orange through glass” or
as ‘orange on glass,” the pupz in the latter case being
often not near the special colour, although the larve in
moving about had probably been at times exposed to the
colour influence. If, however, these larvze follow the same
laws as those of Vanessa urticx, they are only sensitive when
a
380 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
at rest on the surface upon which they will afterwards
pupate. (Phil. Trans. 1887, /.c.) Allowance must be made,
on the other hand, for the possible disturbance of larve
after they have entered the susceptible phase.
Colours of the different surroundings.
Besides these black or coloured cylinders or bottles I
had clear glass cylinders or bottles supplied with the other
objects enumerated below for the pupz to attach themselves
to, some also being shut up in absolute darkness. The
result was that I obtained several classes of pup, viz.
from—
1. Black paper (@) in strong light, (6) in more or less
shade.
2. Dark sticks from old faggots or freshly-cut dark
alder.
3. Dirty white paint, being that of a breeding-cage ten
years old.
4. Darkness.
5.. Light-coloured dry stems (dead stems of Epilobiwm
hirsutum).
6. Dead reeds, ight brown in colour.
7. Dull green reeds.
8. Bnght golden yellow oatstraw.
9. Dutch “gold,” with embossed pattern.
10. Green paper (a) in strong light, (6) in more or less
shade.
11. Green carrot-tops.
12. White paper (a) in strong light, (0) in more or less
shade.
13. Yellow paper (a) in strong light, (0) in more or less
shade.
14. Yellow orange leno (a) in strong light, (6) in shady
corner.
15. Orange paper (a) in strong light, (6) in shady
corner.
Some of these had the further differences which are
indicated in the exhibit and described in the classification
of the pupe.
T exhibit the results of all these exposures, 72 individuals.
All of these may repay study ; the details will be described
by Prof. Poulton. I could perhaps have made the Exhi-
bition Case more attractive as well as more effective for
purposes of comparison had I detached the pupz from the
Adjustment of colowr in various pupa, etc. 381
coloured backgrounds that in most cases adhered to them ;
but I thought it eminently desirable that the exhibition
should supply its own evidence, so as to enable all who see
it to draw, independently, their own conclusions. I supple-
ment it, however, with all the other pupx obtained in the
course of my experiments. As general results it will be
enough perhaps here to say that the 16 pupe of P.
machaon on the black paper-covered sticks and on dark
natural sticks are all grey, with the exception of one,
which is yellow-green ; those that were in a strong light
are very dark; that of the 4 on carrot-tops all are
yellow-green ; that of the 9 on white paper 1 is grey
and the other 8 all yellow-green or light grey with a
greenish tinge; that of the 6 on yellow paper 2 are
greenish-grey and the other 4 yellow-green ; and that of
the 4 on orange paper all are yellow-green.
Theseresults seem to me clearly toprove the susceptibility
of P. machaon.
The pupe of P. machaon on the other coloured sur-
roundings employed did not give such definite results ;
particulars are given in the next section.
4. RESULTS OF THE ABOVE EXPERIMENTS. (ir 5. E)
The pupz were compared May 2nd, 1899.
The various conditions to which the larvee of P. machaon
were subjected will be considered in the same order as that
adopted by Mr. Merrifield on p. 380.
(1) BLACK PAPER. (a) In strong light.
2 pupe, fixed to black tissue-paper, were very dark
grey (2).
1 pupa, fixed to black tissue-paper, was intermediate
between dark and light grey (2 a, b).
1 pupa, fixed to black tissue-paper, had emerged, and
was grey, probably similar to the last.
1 pupa, fixed to black net, was dead, and was grey,
probably similar to the last.
(b) In fair light.
The single pupa (dead and discoloured) was fixed to
black net. It was impossible to place it with any certainty,
but the appearance suggested that it had been yellow-
green.
-
882 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
(c) In a dark corner.
All the pupze were fixed to the black paper.
1 pupa was very dark grey (2b).
3 pupe (one dead) were grey, probably light (2 a).
1 pupa was grey, probably intermediate between dark
and light (24, b).
5
(2) DARK STICKS (ONE MUCH LIGHTER THAN THE REST).
All the pups were attached to the sticks.
2 pup were dark grey, (2 b) one very dark.
1 pupa, on the hghtest bark, was light grey (2 a).
2 pupe (dead) were grey, probably light (2 a).
1 pupa (dead) and much altered, was probably the
yellow-green form (1) described by Mr. Merrifield
on p. 381.
(3) DIRTY WHITE PAINT.
1 pupa, fixed to the painted surface, was intermediate
between dark and light grey (2 a, b), but with
some tendency, in the possession of a greenish
tinge, towards the yellow-green form (1).
1 pupa, fixed to the painted surface, was dead and
changed in colour, but it had probably been
yellow-green (1).
Hr!
(4) DARKNESS.
2 pup were intermediate between dark and light
yellow-green (1 a,b).
1 pupa (dead) had altered in colour, but had been a
light form of either (1) or (2).
1 pupa was probably light yellow-green (1 a), but had
darkened, apparently preparatory to emergence.
1 pupa was intermediate between (1) and (2) and also
intermediate between dark and light (a, 0).
| orl
The absence of strong pigmentation, and the tendency
towards yellow-green rather than grey, were the marked
results of darkness, so far as these 5 pups are concerned.
Adjustment of colour in various pupx, etc. 383
(5) LIGHT-COLOURED DRY STEMS (Lpilobium hirsutum).
1 pupa (dead and discoloured) was probably light grey
(2 a).
1 pupa (dead, or perhaps discoloured, preparatory to
emergence) was probably a yellow-green form (1).
yrs
(6) DEAD, LIGHT BROWN REEDS.
Both pupe had become greatly discoloured, and one at
least was dead. The position of one was uncertain; the
other had apparently been a yellow-green form (1).
(7) DULL GREEN REEDS.
1 pupa, fixed to reed, was intermediate between dark
and light grey (24a, 6).
1 pupa, fixed to reed, was intermediate between grey
and yellow-green (1, 2).
ybo|
(8) OATSTRAW (BRIGHT GOLDEN YELLOW).
1 pupa, fixed to straw, was a light grey form (2 a), with
some tendency towards yellow-green.
1 pupa, fixed to straw (dead and discoloured) was of
uncertain position, but clearly it had not been
highly pigmented.
2
(9) DUTCH “GOLD” (EMBOSSED).
1 pupa, fixed to “gold,” was intermediate between
dark and light grey (2 a,b), with a slight tendency
towards the yellow-green form (1).
1 pupa, fixed to “gold” (dead), was intermediate
between dark and light yellow-green (1 a, 6).
2
(10) GREEN PAPER. (a) Jn strong light.
1 pupa was dark yellow-green (1 6).
1 pupa was light grey (2a).
1 pupa was dead and of uncertain position, but pro-
bably it had never been strongly pigmented.
f ©2 |
a
384 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr, E. B. Poulton on
(b) In good light.
The single pupa was dead and discoloured, and its posi-
tion uncertain. It was obvious however that it had not
been strongly pigmented.
(c) In fair light.
1 pupa was intermediate between light yellow-green
and light grey (la, 2 a).
1 pupa (dead or emerging) was probably a yellow-
green form (1).
| oe
(ad) In shady corner.
fat
pupa was light grey (2 a).
pupa was intermediate between light and dark grey
(2a, dD).
i
1 89 |
(e) Fixed to glass near the green paper.
The single pupa was dead, and so discoloured that it
could not be placed.
Hence green paper is far less powerful than yellow or
orange paper (Nos. 13, 14, 15), or the natural green of
chlorophyll (No. 11) in the production of green pupz of
this species, thus agreeing with the results already obtained
in the case of other species (Phil. Trans. 1887, and Trans.
Ent. Soc. 1892, 7. ¢.). It is noteworthy that the most
shaded part of the green surface produced the strongest
tendency towards grey forms.
(11) GREEN CARROT-TOPS.
1 pupa was intermediate between dark and light
yellow-green (1 a, b).
3 pupee (dead or emerging) were yellow-green, probably
of the same shade as the above (1 a, 0).
|
(12) WHITE PAPER. (a) Jn strong light.
4 pupze were light yellow-green (1 a), one of them
with a tendency towards grey (2), and one very
remarkable in possessing an almost white ground.
1 pupa was intermediate between light and dark
yellow-green (1 a, b).
Adjustment of colour in various pups, etc. 385
1 pupa was discoloured, but had probably been inter-
mediate between a light and dark grey (2 a, 6).
S|
The form with white ground perhaps indicates some
special influence of the surroundings in the direction of
producing a peculiarly close resemblance; but more
experiments are needed in order to render it certain that
the case was not that of a rare individual peculiarity.
(b) In fair light.
1 pupa was intermediate between light and dark
yellow-green (1 a, b).
1 pupa was light yellow-green (1 a), with a tendency
towards bone-colour in the ground (2).
Ij vo |
(ce) In dark corner.
The single pupa was discoloured, but was probably
light yellow-green (1 a), with some tendency towards
grey (2).
(13) YELLOW PAPER. (a) In strong light.
1 pupa was dark yellow-green (1 0).
3 pupee were yellow-green (1), discoloured, but pro-
bably light (1 a), or intermediate between light
and dark (1 a, 6).
2 pup were light yellow-green (1 a), with some
tendency towards grey.
Io!
(b) Through glass.
The single pupa was dead, and had entirely blackened.
(c) On glass.
The single pupa was discoloured, but was probably
yellow-green, and certainly had not been highly pigmented.
(14) YELLOW-ORANGE LENO.
This label could not be found as distinct from the yellow
(13) and orange (14); or I may have overlooked it.
The results are certainly included in one or more of the
sub-divisions of (13) or (14), inasmuch as the total number
of the pupz examined is 72,—the number given by Mr.
Merrifield.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART IV. (DEC.) 26
or
886 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
(15) ORANGE PAPER. (a) Jn strong light.
3 pup were light yellow-green (1 a).
1 pupa was dark yellow-green (1 6).
>
(6) Through glass.
The single pupa was dead or emerging, but appeared
to have been intermediate between dark and light grey
(2 a, b).
(c) In shady corner.
2 pupe were light yellow-green (1 a).
1 pupa was light grey (2 a).
ol
As Mr. Merrifield has stated on p. 381, the examination
of these pupze seems “ clearly to prove the susceptibility of
P. machaon.” At the same time there was one unsatis-
factory point in the evidence, viz. the extremely unhealthy
condition of the pup. A large solitary ichneumon began
to emerge from the pupe in the autumn of 1898, soon
after the date at which Mr. Merrifield showed them before
this Society (October 5th, 1898). At intervals they con-
tinued to emerge until the early summer; and soon after
my examination was made on May 2nd, 1899, they
came out suddenly in large numbers. The ichneumons
almost invariably gnawed a hole in the pupal wing, in
order to escape. The whole batch produced very few
butterflies.
It was unfortunate that press of work prevented me from
comparing the pupz until so late, when the discoloration
of many of them had proceeded so far; but under any
circumstances it was much to be desired that the
susceptibility of undoubtedly healthy pupa should be
tested. Such a test I have fortunately been able to apply,
and the result confirms Mr. Merrifield’s conclusion in the
most complete and convincing manner, as may be seen
from the succeeding section.
5. Mr.C. V. A. PEEL’s WINTER PuP& oF Papilio machaon
DESCRIBED. (E. B. P.)
Through the kindness of Mr. Peel I have been able to
compare a fine set of very healthy pupze from Wicken
Fen. The pupz were in part attached to green reeds; in
Adjustment of colowr in various pupe, etc. 387
part to the wood (somewhat darkened by age), and in
part to the perforated zinc of two ordinary rectangular
breeding-cages. It is clear that the two latter sets of
pupz had been formed from captured larve, while the set
attached to reeds may have been, in part at least, found
so attached in the open. Mr. Peel is not sure upon the
point; but the fact that reeds, and reeds only, have been
selected is in favour of this interpretation. The majority
of the pupz have now emerged successfully, and nearly all
of those that remain are still healthy. Very few have
died. The entire absence of parasites in this set of larve,
as compared with their excessive abundance in Mr.
Merrifield’s continental individuals is of high interest, and
suggests the same conclusion as that at which I arrived
last year in breeding large numbers of Continental and
English larve of Vanessa urticx, viz. that the greater
abundance of birds in this country may, by destroying
parasites, compensate for their direct attacks on the
species of Lepidoptera (see Report of British Association,
1898, Section D). I will now give the results of the
examination which was made on May 8rd, 1899.
14 pupe attached to reeds.
Thirteen pupz were distinct light yellow-green (1 a).
Of these 2 were fixed at some distance from each other
on the same reed, while 10 were on separate reeds. Just
below the thirteenth pupa was fixed the single exception
a dark grey pupa (2 Db).
19 pupxe upon wood or zine.
In the breeding-cage which contained the reeds, one
dark grey (2 6) pupa was lying loose upon the floor, and
another of the same kind (2 /) was attached to the zine.
In another breeding-cage 5 pupze were attached to the
zine, in a curved line, near together. From above down-
wards their arrangement was—
2 pupze intermediate between dark and light grey
(2 a, b).
1 pupa dark grey (2 b).
1 ,, again intermediate (2 a, 0).
1, ght grey (2 a).
Thus the central pupa was darkest, as though some
influence had been exerted by the neighbouring larve or
pup (as is so markedly the case in Vanessa).
-
3888 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
Above these 5 pup, on the wooden roof, were 3 pupe,
two close together and one near them in the corner. All
were light grey (2 a).
At the opposite end of the cage 3 pup were scattered
over the zinc, one being intermediate between dark and
light grey (2 a, b), two, dark grey (2 b).
On the wooden roof over them was a compact group of
5 pup, all intermediate between dark and light grey
(2 a,b); while a single pupa loose on the floor was also
intermediate (2 a, 0).
Thus there was not a single exception among the pupz
on the zinc and wood. Furthermore those fixed to the
latter were on the whole lighter than those fixed to the
darker zinc. The singular completeness of the result is
best shown in a tabular form as follows :—
Yellow-green (1) | Grey (2)
Light (a) | Dark (6) | Light(a) | Dark (6)
Attached to green reeds 13 — | = 1 Silt
Intermediate.
Attached to wood of cage — _- 3 5 — |=8
Lying loose on wooden floor
(more in shade than roof
and sides, and with dark |
débris scattered over it) — — — 1 il =2
Attached to zine — — 1 4 4 =9
ane
It is unnecessary to examine these data further. It is
obvious on an inspection of the above table that there
is only a single exception to the complete susceptibility
of the pupe.
The much greater susceptibility of this set of pupe as
compared with Mr. Merrifield’s considered as a whole, and
with the few upon which I experimented in 1886 (Phil.
Trans. 1887, /.c.p. 406), is probably due to their more
healthy and vigorous condition, and perhaps in part to
some of the results having been obtained under normal
conditions (if it is admitted that most of the green pup
were formed in the open). The larve are not gregarious,
so there is no justification for assuming a family tendency
towards susceptibility on the part of the set as a whole.
Adjustment of colour in various pupe, ete. 389
Local differences in susceptibility are of course possible,
and an enquiry directed along this line might lead to
results of high interest.
It is a great pleasure to me to see this species, upon
which so much doubt has been thrown—in the first place
in the discussion which followed Mr. T. W. Wood’s
communication to this Society in 1867 (Proc. pp. xcix—
ci), and nineteen years later as the results of my experi-
ments—now finally proved beyond doubt to be susceptible
to the colours of its environment. This result, which we
owe to Mr. Merrifield, is a further warning against the
errors into which we are liable to be led by relying, as Mr.
Bond did (in the 1867 discussion), upon a general im-
pression gathered from a wide experience not specially
directed towards the solution of the problem, as I did,
upon an insufficient number of individuals subjected to
experiment.
C—EXPERIMENTS UPON THE PUPA OF
Papilio podalirius. (Corsa B. SANDERS and E. B. P.)
Five full-fed larvee of this species were found by us
in Switzerland, between Visp and Stalden, on July 22nd,
1898. They were all, except one, of the usual yellow-
striped green form. The single exception was brownish-
green with many red spots somewhat similar to those
which occur upon certain forms of the larvae of Smerinthus
ocellatus and S. populi. It is possible that the darkened
ground colour was due to changes preparatory to pupa-
tion, or perhaps to ill-health, as the larva died without
pupating. Two of the larve were placed in a white
muslin bag and offered green reeds together with the
green twigs and leaves of the food-plant: three were
placed in a black net bag, and provided with dark brown
branches, as well as the food-plant. In a few days four
of them pupated, one being fixed to the white muslin
and three to the black net.
It was immediately seen that the latter were far darker
than the former. A careful comparison was made on
May 3rd, 1899.
The pupa which had been fixed to white muslin was a
pale dull orange tint, especially dull over the wings. Of
the other three which had been fixed to black net, one
was also dull orange but of a distinctly darker shade,
a
390 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
while the remaining two were much darker still, being of
a purplish-brown deepest in tint over the wings.
These small numbers are not sufficient to prove the
susceptibility of this species; but they render such
susceptibility probable. It is to be hoped that larger and
more varied experiments will be made by those who have
the opportunity of obtaining considerable numbers of the
larvee of P. podalirius.
D.—EXPERIMENTS UPON THE PUPA OF
Preris nap.
1, EXPERIMENTS UPON THE WINTER Pupz& oF Pieris napi.
(F. M.)
I exhibited to this Society on November 2nd, 1892
(Proceedings 1892, p. xxx), some pupew of P. napi show-
ing that the species was susceptible. In this present year
I was experimenting on the species for other purposes, and
determined to avail myself of the apparatus I had to
provide for experiments on the coloration of pupz of P.
machaon. Mr. Harwood supplied me in the early part of
August with a number of females captured in the vicinity
of Colchester, and from them I obtained several hundred
eggs on watercress, on which I fed the larve till about
their last stage when that food was largely supplemented
and finally replaced by cabbage. These when approach-
ing pupation were exposed to the same colour influences
as the machaon larve had been (substituting green
cabbage-leaves for carrot-tops), and to the following in
addition (16) planed deal in shade, (17) planed deal in
light.
They seemed very unwilling to pupate on orange
(except on the glass in front of the orange paper), so I
shut up some in (18) a threefold yellow-orange leno
cylindrical bag with single leno on the top, and orange
paper outside two-thirds of the circumference, and here
they were obliged to pupate.
In this species and in P. brassice my results are too
numerous for me to show the whole in the Exhibition
Case; but I have brought with me in glass-bottomed
boxes, so that they can be seen, all the pupz of both
species which are not thus displayed (in the Exhibition
Case), duly classitied. There are in all about 340 pupz of
P. napr.
Adjustment of colour in various pupex, etc. 391
About 80 of the napi not in the general Exhibition Case
are in a second Exhibition Case under the following circum-
stances. I had an old breeding-cage (somewhat resembling
those previously described, but a little smaller) in two com-
partments with a glass roof over both; one of these was
lined with black and had its glass top covered with double
black tissue-paper, nearly opaque; the other was lined
partly with orange paper, and partly with yellow paper or
yellow-orange leno, and the glass top was covered with three-
fold orange leno, transmitting much orange light. Finding
that a number pupated on the glass roof, I succeeded in
detaching the plate of glass from the roof and mounting
it for exhibition in a second case. It will be seen that on
the black side there are 34 pupe all bone-coloured and
nearly all much spotted with dark; on the orange yellow
side 46 pupa, all green except 4 which are bone-coloured,
though with a yellowish tinge, and nearly all the 46
practically unspotted.
I think this second Exhibition Case, in which the pupz
have arranged themselves, affords a very effective demon-
stration of the sensitiveness of this species.
The following section will contain a detailed statement
of results by Prof. Poulton. Here it will be sufficient in
reference to the first Exhibition Case to point to the contrast
between the 10 on black paper or the 8 on black or
dark sticks, all of which are dusky, with much black
spotting, and the 19 on yellow or orange paper all of
which, with one exception, are green, to the 12 on or
near cabbage-leaves, many being attached to the glass
bottle, most of which are green, and to the varying colour
of those in darkness; the 8 on Dutch gold, the 7 on
planed deal, the 8 on green and the 6 on white paper
being nearly all bone-coloured, and most of them spotless
or nearly so. These results clearly prove the high
susceptibility of the pupa.
All the four species experimented on by me, in pre-
paring to pupate vary in colour according to their
surroundings, and I do not see any room to doubt, when
the 16 pupze of machaon on black paper or dark sticks are
compared with the 4 on green carrot-tops, or when the
18 pupe of napi on black paper or dark sticks are
compared with the 12 which pupated on or near cabbage-
leaves, that the adaptation must be in many cases
protective.
ee
392 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
2. RESULTS OF THE ABOVE EXPERIMENTs. (E. B. P.)
The pups of Pieris napi were compared on January
2nd, 1899, with a view to the construction of a standard
table.
As compared with the allied P. rapa, the dimorphism of
the ground-colour is far more marked. Furthermore, the
ground is almost invariably restricted to bone-colour or
green in P. napi, whereas many different shades are
common in P. rapx. Even in pupe with the darkest mark-
ings the bone-coloured ground is far less obscured by
generally distributed pigment in napi than it is in rape.
There is also in the former a marked dimorphism in the
arrangement of the black markings, which show character-
istic differences even when present in similar amounts in
the two forms—bone-coloured and green. Thus the bone-
coloured forms, however pale, almost always possess a
distinct black patch (made up of two or three spots or
short lines) in the centre of the fore wing. This character,
which I call the “ wing-mark,” is either wanting or far
less developed in the green forms, even when more
richly pigmented in other parts of the surface.
Another difference is the far greater irritability of the
pupe of P. napi. <A slight stimulus, such as light breath,
would almost always cause active movements, when the
more stolid pupe of P. rape remained quiescent. This
observation, which certainly held at the time the examin-
ation was made, may perhaps have been due to differences
in the degree of development then reached by the two
species.
The forms of the two pup are almost alike,and as each
varies considerably, it is very difficult to distinguish them
with certainty by this means; but the above-mentioned
tests enabled me easily to pick out two pupe of P. rape,
which had found their place among Mr. Merrifield’s numer-
ous napi, having been accidentally introduced as larvee in
the food-plant.
The pupz of P. napi are either green or have a bone-
colowred ground with black markings and minute dots. The
latter may be classified, according to the amount of
igment, as :—
(1) Dark, (2) Intermediate, (8) Light. In the light
forms the pigment is so small in amount that the pup
Adjustment of colour in various pupx, ete. 393
are practically bone-coloured (3 a). The green pup are
equally deficient in pigment and may be regarded as a
dimorphic form of this degree (380). These relationships
may be conveniently expressed as follows :—
i: DARK,
2, INTERMEDIATE.
3. LIGHT. (a) Bone-coloured.
(b) Green.
(1) The Dark pupe. The ground is_bone-coloured.
Black pigment is strongly developed on each side of the
dorsal surface, forming a large sub-rectangular patch on
each side of each abdominal segment, fusing into an
irregular mass anteriorly, on each side of the thoracic
region. The dorsal line is marked posteriorly by a distinct
dot on each segment. Seven dots can be recognized,
including one on the caudal spine. There is also a large
pigment patch on each side of the mesothoracic keel and
on each side of the anterior rostrum. Minute black points
are scattered between the sub-dorsal pigment and that of
the dorsal line.
On the sides, the principal development of pigment is on
the wings, in which part of the venation is thus rendered
conspicuous, while the outline of the hind margin of the
future wing is marked by a distinct row of black dots.
Near the centre of the wing is the ‘“ wing-mark” made
up of two or more, generally three, intensely black patches
—the largest inferior — apparently occupying spaces
between the veins. Even in the darkest forms these
patches are nearly always conspicuous from their superior
blackness: they often tend to fuse, forming in many cases
a single large patch.
The eye isstrongly pigmented superiorly, but below and
including the crescentic mark upon which alone of the
entire pupal surface the facetted structure is developed
(the pupal eye), it is devoid of pigment.
(2) The Intermediate pup. The ground is bone-
coloured. These pupz differ from the last, with which
they are connected by transitional forms, in the lesser
development of black pigment both dorsally and on the
wings. Asarule the diminution is proportional throughout,
but in certain cases the dorsal pigment may retain its
full development.
The lesser amount of black pigment renders the intense
a
394 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
black patches in the centre of the wing especially distinct
and sharp.
(3) The Light pupee. (a) Bone-coloured. These also are
perfectly transitional into the Intermediate pupe. In
pupee of this degree the pigment is everywhere reduced,
remaining strongest in the black patches in the centre of
the wing, which become excessively conspicuous against
the pale bone-coloured ground. In some of the most
extreme cases these patches become much fainter, but a
trace of them is probably always to be found. In other
parts the pigment spots and patches are much smaller,
and are often represented by minute dots: on the eye
it is often absent altogether.
(3) The Light pups. (b) Green. Pigment is never
highly developed upon the ground-colour of these pup.
With very rare exceptions it does not exceed the amount
present on the light bone-colowred pupe (3 a). The green
pupz are far more transparent than the bone-colowred, and
the palest are even more deficient in pigment than the
palest of the bone-colowred forms. The most important
difference in marking has already been mentioned, viz.
the absence of the black patches in the centre of the wing
(the “ wing-mark”’) even when pigmeut is developed else-
where as greatly as in a decidedly dark bone-colowred pup
of the corresponding degree (3 a)—a pupa which would
always possess distinct and prominent patches. Occasion-
ally, however, faint traces of the marking may be detected,
as minute dots, even in the palest green forms, and very
rarely it is fully developed. All marked exceptions will
be described below. In the centre of the wing the trans-
parency is such that a considerable depth into the pupa
can be seen, and the large tracheze distinctly made out.
Before classifying Mr. Merrifield’s numerous pupe, | am
tempted to suggest what I believe to be the meaning of
this strange dimorphism in marking. The possible failure
of my hypothesis would not, however, alter the validity
of the observations which I have here recorded. Without
attaching too great weight to it, I do not hesitate to
suggest the hypothesis, thinking it possible that observa-
tion and thought may be stimulated by its means.
I have just alluded to the great transparency of the
green pupe (3 b), and have stated that this is especially
marked in the centre of the wing, viz. in the exact
position of the dark mark on the bone-coloured pupe (3 a).
Adjustment of colour im various pup#, etc. 395
These latter are also, though less transparent than the
green, chiefly so in the same area.
The green pupe resemble green leaves and stems, and
Mr. Merrifield’s experiments show that they are produced
by such surroundings: the bone-coloured pupee resemble,
and are produced by, such surfaces as bark, wood, or stone.
Now the transparency is no hindrance to the conceal-
ment of the former: it is rather an advantage. But to
the latter it is a distinct hindrance and, when once seen,
immediately betrays the fact that the pupa is not the
opaque object to which it presents so strong a superficial
resemblance. I believe that this is the reason why this
particular area is so invariably covered up by dark patches
of pigment in the pale bone-coloured pupz of this species.
I believe that the persistence of this particular mark
when the other pigment spots and masses are disappearing
in the palest pup, is due to the operatiun of natural
selection.
The experiments and observations Miss Cora B.
Sanders and I were able to conduct, in the summer of last
year, prove that pupze (in this case of Vanessa urtic#) are
subject to a tremendous struggle for life: they also
strongly indicate that the enemies are guided by their
sight in hunting for them. Hence it appears to me that
there is nothing improbable about the suggestion that this
dark patch covering the transparent area may have been
retained by natural selection in certain forms, because
transparency would be a danger, may have been dismissed
in certain others, because transparency would be an
advantage.
The pupz were compared and tabulated on Dec. 22nd,
1898, and on the following dates in 1899—Jan. 6th, 7th,
9th,and 28th. Nearly all of them were extremely healthy,
and showed the effects of the conditions in a remarkable
manner. As these are the first complete and detailed ex-
periments which have been conducted upon this sensitive
species, and the’ material was in such excellent condition,
the comparison was carried out with the utmost care,
and numerous details were recorded which are included
in the tabular statement below. The order is that in
which the pupz of P. machaon were considered so far as
the conditions were the same. The conditions which
were different are placed at the end.
It is to be observed that the light-green forms (3 6)
396
‘(in shade).
-£yaroog su} 07 porquyxe
Snory},, Yovpq uo oom
_
Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
| Degrees of Pupal Colour.
EXPERIMENTS.
1. Black.
2. Black compartment
(pup fixed to black).
3. Miscellaneous black
compartment.
4. Black through glass
5. Black compartment,
through glass.
Anterior group
mostly close to!
clear glass front.
-9DUBIO SVM
8 JO JooYs B JO J[VY Youygy “9
Group half-way
between back
and front, and)
towards inner)
side (viz. near-
est orange).
[tM pue moped
‘SsBlD TL
Group in pos-
terior inner cor-
ner of roof.
“ce
(‘16g esed 909)
Group in poste-
|rior outer corner
2 and extending
= along outer side
S ,
= of roof.
adnd [[y ‘“Moyeq peqitosep oq
ajo OYJ, “Joo SULMAO; ssevy
SUM JOOYS @[OYA IT,
on or near front glass
Q)
Dark
6
| 15
Totals
Remarks.
§ Three of the (2)s very dark.
(2) Very dark : (3 a) very
| light. Also two dead pupe
which were probably (1) or
(1) and (2).
Very pale pupa.
The (3 a) darkish.
Pupz mostly fixed parallel
to glass front: the heads of
only five pointed towards
light, and only two of these
pointed directly (the body
line at right angles to glass |
front).
One pupa pointing to-
wards light; one had be-
come loose.
Another pupa had died
andisnot classified: another
;was accidentally mixed
with next group and is
there classified. All four
towards light (direct).
Including one pupa from
last-named group. All
pup towards light and all
direct except one.
E Light (3)
ls | S
Eo) 8218s
2 on] aL
& |AS|5
Lo | cS
o
4
1
ul
1
2 il
6
|
3
|
i
1
| |
|
Lee | ee
2
|
Slee less
7 4
|
14
One (3a) rather dark with
an indistinct wing-patch ;
| another much lighter with
a faint one. In addition, |
an extraordinary intermedi-
ate form not tabulated—a_
pale green ground with the
pigment of a (2).
Adjustment of colour in various pupex, ete.
EXPERIMENTS.
Degrees of Pupal Colour.
Light (3)
Intermediate
Bone-
coloured (a)
8. Dark sticks.
fixed to bottle.
9. Dark sticks : pupe
ph
397
Remarks.
Green
(b)
Totals
|
Another pupa had died.
The (3 a) was dark.
The (3 0) very pale and
pigmentless.
| 10. Dirty white paint.
11. Glass of old cage.
| 12. Darkness.
13. Dead reeds.
14. Dead reeds; pupe
on glass.
15. Dull green reeds,
16. Dull green reeds :
pup on glass.
| 17. Oat-straw.
18. Oat-straw; pupe on
bottle.
[sS)
Two had died and are
unclassified. It is certain
that neither was green. One
pupa was withdrawn as a
P. rape. One (3 db) dark
but no wing-mark to be
detected.
ba
All light for their degrees
except one (3 a).
Of the (3 })s two are deep
green with much pigment
for this degree, two similar
with little pigment, two
pale and almost pigment-
less.
Wing-mark faint in three
(3a) ; two of them dark for
this degree.
(35) deep green with little
pigment.
11
(3 6) pigment very dark,
equal to darkest (3) or
even light (2): wing-mark
small but dark. One (3 a)
with very slight wing-
mark. The (2)s light.
Another pupa _ dead.
Wing-mark indistinct in one.
(3 @) wing-mark indistinct
in two. (36) onepale, one
deep green, both with very
little pigment.
iw)
Pup with little pigment
| and wing-marks indistinct.
all
398 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
Degrees of Pupal Colour.
a | Light @) |
| | As = = n
EXPERIMENTS. Bol s@log/s_] Remarks.
fal Wit | EE = Ia IR P=
eae 1 aE
= | ms
| 19. Dutch ‘‘gold” on 8 | Six pupe with very little.
| sticks, pigment. Wing-mark very
| faint in two, invisible in
| one.
20. Dutch me “gold "| 1 1) Deep green; little pig-
through glass. | ment.
2leDutehs “cold soni) 1 1 | Almost pigmentlessexcept
glass. for very distinct, dark wing-
mark.
22. Green paper spills. 7 7 | Another pupa dead.
Five pupe with very little |
pigment, and wing-mark
| indistinct, oreven invisible.
| 23. Green paper, thr ough } 1 1 | Very little pigment.
glass.
24. Green paper, on 1} 1) Very little pigment :
glass. deep green.
| |
——e eee ee ee ee
25. Green cabbage-leaves ; 4| 6 |10 | Another pupa dead: (3a)s
pupe chiefly on bottle. very light, but with wing- |
| mark conspicuous. (3 b)s
pale green except one, a
| with little ea
26, Green cabbage-leaves ; i 1 | Very pa’e pupa with;
pupa on white muslin. faintly transparent yellow-
ish appearance.
27. White paper. 6 6 | Very little pigment ;
wing-mark distinct and
| dark on three, indistinct on
one, hardly visible on two.
28. White paper, through | 1 1 | Almost pigmentless.
| glass. |
29. Yellow paper. 1} 7] 8! Nearly all pupe almost |
pigmentless, The (3 a@)|
transparent yellowish and
really transitional to (3 5).
Of the latter, two pale,
two intermediate, and three
'deep green.
Adjustment of colour in various pupex, ete.
399
EXPERIMENTS.
Degrees of Pupal Colour.
Light (3)
Dark
(1)
Intermediate
(2)
Bone-
coloured (a)
(b)
Green
Totals
Remarks.
30. Yellow paper, through |
glass.
31. Yellow paper, on
glass.
32. Orange leno bag.
—
—
The (3 a) is transparent
greenish-white, and transi-
| tional to (3d). The latter
)deep green with much
_ pigment for this degree.
Like the (3 a) described
above and, like it, very
| pale and pigmentless.
| 11
i}
Two pale, nine deep green.
One of former fixed to a
‘leaf. Seven with very
little pigment and the
others not very dark.
33. Orange-yellow com-
partment; miscellaneous
pupe.
_ Another pupa dead. One
| pale, two intermediate, five
deep green. All very pig-
mentlessexcept three of lat-
_ter (not very dark), and one
remarkable deep green form
with the pigment of a (2)
and a small distinct wing-
| mark ; also present on two
of the last-mentioned set of
three,
34, Orange compartment, |
near leno and dirty white,
paint.
Anterior scatter-
ed group, many
close to clear glass
front.
)
|
|
‘JOOI sseys
JO Jyey Mopjak ofurig ‘gg
ey} uo ednd ayy,
14
(3 a) very pale and pig-
mentless with no wing-
mark, (38 6) one pale, two
deep green, all dark pig-
mented ; faint trace of
wing-mark on one.
Five pupe parallel to
glass front (four close to
it), one with tail, seven
with headpointing directly
to light : one with head to
light, but body line not
direct (viz. forming angle
of about 45° with front).
(3 @) very pale, trans-
parent, and pigmentless,
much more so than any on
the black side of same
sheet. One (3 0) pale
400 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
Degrees of Pupal Colour.
|» | Light (3)
= fae ie ae,
“A|s aS
EXPERIMENTS. HO|ER| on] ¢ iz Remarks.
[2 |S |SEl ssi 6
= al he
| 2 |
I _yellowish-green, and really
oS. | transitional to (3 a). It
2 5 and five others almost pig-
ae mentless, six with very
+= ‘little pigment, and one
ES |with much, like a dark
Ze | (3 a) and yet hardly a trace
GE of wing-mark. Twelve of
Oca \the (3 6) distinct green
ss ground.
2S
>o
2, Compact group in | ta fe a) Heads of all pupe directly
= | the outer side of point to light. The (3 a)
= | the middle part of | very pale, but more pig-
‘4 | roof (viz. away) | mented than any green
=| from the black). | (3 b) in this group and
s with traces of wing-
cn | mark. (8 6) all distinct
= | green and very little pig-
= | | ment.
S : ren ieee GON APE RP bore area rane a aio
|} Group in the} 1) 8) 9)! Another pupa dead. All
& | inner side of the, | heads pointed directly to
© | middle part of roof light. (3 a) with very
© | (towardsthe black). little pigment. Seven
Ke (8 6) similar, and one
08 darker, but no trace of
© wing-mark. All (30) dis-
S tinct green.
>| Elongated group | 13 | 131 All directly faced light
z | along outer side of | | | /except one parallel with
.& | posterior part of | | front and two reversed
% | roof. | ‘(tails directly pointing to
< light). All distinct green,
Sg | ‘and, except three, with
e | very little pigment.
= eeleen Sn ee
= Inner side of | 1| 1 | Distinct green, very little
ge | posterior part of | pigment. Directly faced
? | roof. | light.
| wn Utes oT Tea Giana
: | | 8 | 3 Another pupa dead. One
BGs. (Qian, cn nehyeegh an pale, two Wes green; all
glass.
|
very pigmentless.
to}
Adjustment of colour in various pupex, ete.
401
EXPERIMENTS.
37. Orange compart-
ment ; leno through glass.
Degrees of Pupal Colour.
(2)
Bone-
Intermediate
coloured (a)
bo
Light (3)
Green
Totals
Remarks.
(3 a) very pale and pig-
mentless. (3 6) one pale,
two deep green, one of
latter with medium pig-
ment, other two very
pigmentless.
38, Orange-yellow com-
partment, on or near
front glass.
39. Planed deal, in light.
40. Planed
shade.
deal, in
41. Planed deal,
glass lid.
on
19
Another pupa dead. (2)
very pale. (3a) ten pup
very pale and pigmentless
with wing-mark minute,
faint, or absent ; of these
two are greenish and
transitional to (3 0). Six
are light with wing-mark
prominent. Three rather
darker, but only average
for this degree. (3 b) one
pupa pale, five deep green.
Two almost pigmentless
(including pale one): four
rather dark for this degree
and minute wing-mark on
two.
(2) very pale. Very little
pigment on (3 @)s and very
faint wing-mark on one:
prominent on others.
Four with very little
pigment, but wing-mark
distinct : one typical.
Very pale and pigment-
less, but wing-mark dis-
tinct.
which presented any trace of a “ wing-mark ” are specially
so described: when no reference is made to this character
it may be assumed that it was absent in (3 b)s, normal in
(3 a)s.
I will now briefly summarise the results obtained with
this highly interesting and sensitive pupa.
For the sake
of brevity (8.a)s are called light pup; (3b)s green pupe.
The very powerful effect of black in
Black (1 to 7).
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART IV. (DEC.)
27
-
402 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
producing the darkest pupz is very clearly seen. The
black paper did not act quite as strongly through the
thickness of glass (4, 5, 6) as when the pupz were in
direct contact with it. When the pupa were upon the
glass window at a varying distance from the black paper,
the effects were much less marked (7). Black in shade (4)
produced an intevimediate pupa, but the parts of the roof of
case(6) which were farthest removed from the light produced
pupee which were rather darker than those nearer to it.
Dark: sticks (8) produced as great an effect as black, but
little or no influence was exerted at a distance (9).
Dirty white paint (10) gave rise to a great variety of
pup, all forms being represented among the thirty-one
forms tabulated, the dark and intermediate degrees (1) and
(2) strongly predominating.
Clear glass (11) produced intermediate and light pupe,
while in Darkness (12) they were strongly green—six out of
seven being (3 0). This result is so remarkable and
extreme an effect of darkness that further experiments are
to be desired. It is probably to be explained by the
strong normal tendency of this species to produce green
forms in the absence of any effective stimulus (see 9, 14,
24, in support of this: the pupz on the glass removed
from the stimulus are greener than those subjected to it).
Dead reeds (13) produced intermediate and light pupe ;
at a distance (14) light and green ones were formed.
Dull green reeds (15) produced chiefly light pup (8 a)
with some intermediate (2) and a single green one (3 bd);
on the glass they were all light (16).
Oat-straw (17) caused the pupze to become light (3 a) and
green (3 b), while at a distance they were light (18).
Dutch “ gold” (19, 20, 21) tended strongly towards light
pupz (3 a), the only exception being in the case of a green
pupa (3 0) formed when the gilt surface was the other
side of glass (20). At a distance (21) the single pupa was
similar to those fixed on the gilt.
Green paper (22, 28, 24) produced almost exclusively
light pupz (3 a), the action through glass (23) being similar
to that of the coloured surface itself. At a distance a
single green pupa (3 b) was formed.
Green cabbage-leaves (25, 26) on the other hand produced
far more green than light pupe, affording a most interesting
comparison with the artificial colour. On this point see
the Appendix in which the constitution of the light
Adjustment of colour in various pupe, etc. 408
reflected from the latter is described. The pupa on white
muslin (26) was light (3 a), and probably affected by this
surface rather than the leaves.
White paper (27, 28) is of great interest, invariably
producing light pupe (1 a); the influence through glass
(28) being the same as that exerted directly (27). We
see in this and in the pup produced by Dutch “gold”
(19—21) a great advance in the susceptibility of these
pupe over those of the Vanesside. Thus the highly
sensitive pupa of V. 7o is influenced in the same direction
by bright green (such as those of nature), yellow and
orange as it is by golden metallic surfaces and by white.
These all alike tend to produce brillant green pup
with a golden sheen over much of the surface. And
yet such pupze would only be concealed on the bright
green backgrounds. The pupa of P. napi is similarly
influenced by bright green, yellow, and orange, but is quite
differently affected by white and gilt. The pupe in the
latter case are light bone-coloured (3 a), and certainly much
more effectually concealed on a white surface than if they
were green. Traces of the same kind of sensitiveness at a
much lower level of development are rendered probable in
Papilio machaon from the results already recorded, and
will be seen to exist in Pieris brassicw and P. rapx, in the
formation upon a white background of intermediate, grey,
and pale forms rather than green ones. The similar effects
of bright green, yellow, and orange are certainly to be
explained as they have been in many other species, both
larvee and pupe, by the fact that all these colours reflect a
high proportion of the effective rays, viz. the yellow and
orange. This will be proved in the case of P. napi by the
results of the spectroscopic examination of the back-
grounds which were made use of (see Appendix).
Yellow paper (29—81). Produced only the light (3 a)
and green pup (3 0), the latter strongly predominating.
The influence through glass (30) and at a distance (31)
was less strong in the direction of green, although the
number of pupze was too small to carry much weight.
Orange leno and paper, in some cases combined with
yellow (82—88), were even more powerful than the yellow
in producing green pupe (3b); im fact if we consider
those experiments only in which the pupz were directly
placed on the backgrounds or were only separated by the
thickness of the glass (32, 33, 35, 36, 37), no less than sixty-
F
404 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
seven green pupe (3 >) were formed as against five light
ones (3 a). The influence through glass (35, 36, 37) was
undiminished; but that at a distance (34, 38) was im-
mensely reduced, a single intermediate pupe (2),a large num-
ber of light (3 a), and only a few green (3 )) being produced.
Planed deal (39—41) seemed to produce effects com-
parable to those of white, viz. that form of pupa out of
the various possible degrees, which harmonized best with
the background, viz. light (3a), a single intermediate one
(2) also appearing. No appreciable difference is to be
noted between the effects in strong light (39), shade (40)
and at a distance (41).
Looking at these experiments as a whole, the much
smaller effect produced by the coloured backgrounds
upon the pupe “on the glass,” viz. at a more or less
distance from the effective stimulus, harmonizes well with
the results of previous investigation.
The strong tendency of the pupz, or rather the larvee, to
face the light directly is well shown in the results of
Experiments (6) and (35) where the positions are recorded,
The great majority of the exceptions were due to the larva
placing itself parallel and in close proximity to the clear
glass front. A similar tendency to seek the angles
between a horizontal and vertical surface probably in part
explains the fact that so high a proportion directly faced the
light, the body line having been drawn into parallelism and
often into contact with the sides. In these experiments
only one pupa was parallel with and close to the back, but I
have noticed very many pup of Pieris brassicx in shallower
breeding-cases, In this position. The few complete ex-
ceptions in (6) and (35) in which the head pointed directly
away from the light are enough to show that susceptibility
is unaffected by orientation.
Mr. Merrifield is to be congratulated im having proved
the high degree of sensitiveness possessed by this pupa.
While the susceptibility is as great as that of any other
species, even of the highly sensitive Vanessa io, the range
of controllable modification is probably wider than in any
other as yet investigated in sufficient numbers. This is
shown by the production not only of green and dark forms,
but of pale and grey pup upon such backgrounds as
white paper and planed deal. At the same time the
range is not nearly so great as that of the larva of Amphi-
dasis betularia, which can produce on appropriate dark
Adjustment of colour in various pupex, ete. 405
surfaces many distinct shades ranging through black,
brown, and grey ; and also on the provision of the appro-
priate stimuli can become white or green (Trans. Ent. Soc.
1892, 1. ¢.).
The reactions of the pupe of Pieris napi to the colours
employed agree well with the observations recorded in the
case of other susceptible pupze if allowance be made for the
wider range of controllable modification.
H—EXPERIMENTS UPON THE PUP OF
Pieris brassice.
1. EXPERIMENTS UPON THE WINTER PUP OF
Pieris brassice. (F. M.)
I took advantage of the pestilential abundance of the
larvee of this species to experiment on them and I exhibit
samples of the results, which will be described so far as
necessary in the following section. It is the less necessary
to refer to them at any length, because the species has
been so fully experimented on by Prof. Poulton as de-
scribed in the papers before referred to, and as will appear
later in this memoir, also during the present year (1898).
But I would call attention to one feature, that has been
carried perhaps a little further than had been done before,
in my experiments on this species and the next referred
to, P. rape. It seemed a fair inference both from Prof.
Poulton’s paper and from my personal observation of the ex-
periments with darkness on the other two species, that the
positive application by reflection or otherwise of some
decided colour (including black and white among colours)
was necessary to affect the colour of the pupz in a marked
degree. Accordingly I tried the experiment of surrounding
some pupz with clear glass away from all near reflecting
objects. For this purpose I placed the full-fed larvee in clear
glass cylinders covered by clear glass and resting on a clear
glass sheet several inches above the table, so that light
reached them all round. They were placed on a table
near the window. It will be observed that in the case
both of this species and the next, the pupe of the larve
thus exposed to uncoloured light on all sides, rather closely
resemble those in darkness, the former being somewhat
darker than the later. In the case of P. napi darkness pro-
duced much variety of colour: of seven all but one are green
but of somewhat varying tint, and the one bone-coloured
and two of the green ones are much spotted with dark.
| ca
406 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
I found this species very troublesome as to the place of
its pupation. In no one case did I succeed in getting it
to pupate on a stick whatever its colour, and it had a way of
pupating on the clear glass in front of the cylinder or bottle.
To circumvent it I procured some white photographic
trays, some of which I covered with orange glass, and
others with deep green glass, while one was lined with
black paper and covered with clear glass, and another, left
white, was covered with clear glass. The space left
between the bottom of the tray and the glass covering varied
from about } inch to 3 inch or a trifle more, and in some
cases it will be seen the pupa bears marks of squeezing.
These instances are indicated by the word “screen,” in the
case of trays thus provided with screens of coloured glass,
“tray” where the covering was clear glass.
The whole of the pup obtained (about 80) are displayed,
part in the Exhibition Case, and part in the glass-topped
boxes.
2. RESULTS OF THE ABOVE EXPERIMENTS. (E. B. P.)
The pup of P. brassic# were compared May 8rd and May
6th, 1899, the results being shown in the following table (see
pp: 407, 408). The degrees of pupal colour are the same
as those suggested and fully described in Phil. Trans. 1887
(/.¢. pp. 409, 410). The letters g. 0. w.y. indicate the faint
greyish green, orange, yellow, or white tint of the pup in the
darker degrees. ‘The tint is however usually very faint,
being greatly obscured by the dark pigment (see also
Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1892, p. 439).
These results afford a very useful confirmation of
those which have been previously obtained. Thus the
black (1, 2,3) produced uniformly dark pups, the effect
being as strong when the dark surface was behind glass (3)
as when it formed the surface to which the pupa was
attached (1, 2). The black surroundings also produced a
considerable effect upon pup which were attached to the
clear glass at some distance (4).
Darkness (5) produced far more intermediate pupe,
although still upon the dark side of intermediate. As Mr.
Merrifield has suggested, this result is to be compared in an
interesting manner with that of clear glass (28). It is
probable that in these two cases we witness the results of
pupal tendencies undirected by any effective stimulus.
Adjustment of colour in various pupex, ete.
407
DEGREES OF PuPAL CoLouRs.
Q)
EXPERIMENTS. are —SS Sen Remarks.
rK- 1 me- : DIS
aa ae het Yellow. Green.
(a) (8) (7) (2) | (8)
1. Black. lo 39 The darker pupa
dead.
2, Black tray. lw | 29,y Also one dead and
one emerged: both
| probably (1 8B).
3. Black, through; lg | 29 |
glass.
4, Black, on glass 4 wy | Also one dead,
959 | probably a (1 £).
5. Darkness. 2 g,0 3 g,W,Y | Probably one more
| pupa accidentally
transferred to those
on clear glass.
6. Green paper. Jala ly aia
7. Green gauze. | | | an | a
8. Green, through | | 2w,g 2 a ie |
glass. | |
|
9. Green screen. | 1 1 Also one dead,
| probably (2); and
| one emerged ; not
| darker than (1 +).
| The (8) was a pe-
| culiar greyish-green.
10. Green,on glass. | 39,9,uv| 3 1 Also one dead ; a
| | (1 y), or darker.
11. Cabbage leaves. 29 ion ea Also one dead, evi-
| dently a (2) or (8). |
|
| - a2
12, White. 1 oh 1
| | ie |
13. White paper lay
(cylinder), | |
14. White paper. | 2wg | ly Also one dead, but
certainly a (1 8).
15. White calico. 2Qy,w | lw |
|
16. White tray. lw ae
17. White, on glass. 2Qy ine | |
-
408
Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
Q)
Interme-
diate.
(8)
EXPERIMENTS.
Dark-
est.
(a)
18.
Yellow paper.
19. Yellow, in
shade,
20. Yellow,
through glass. |
Light.
(y)
21. Yellow, on
glass. |
22. Yellow com-
partment, on glass
with patch of white
| paper behind.
23. Orange leno. lw
4. Orange.
. Orange,
through glass.
. Orange screen.
. Orange on
glass.
. Clear glass. | 6
DEGREES OF PuPAL CoLouRs.
{
Whitish
| Yellow.| Green. |
| 2) | (3)
2
| aes
:
1
i 1
1
4
i 3
Remarks.
Also one dead, but
probably a (1 8).
| Also one dead or
/emerging, about a
(1B).
One (3), a curious
greyish form.
Also one dead,
_probably a (2) or
|(3). The (1 8)s are,
one greyish-orange,
four green, one
white.
| Probably one pupa
belongs to the group
caused the appearance of far lighter pups, the majority
being the whitish-yellow degree (2).
Here too the influ-
ence through glass (8) was as strong as in the other
experiments (6, 7).
The few pupe subjected to light
through green glass (9) were of the two lightest and
greenest degrees, thus confirming the effects described in
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892 (pp. 429—432, 446, 466—
Also one dead.
ee eS er Oe
a
i moe
Adjustment of colour in various pupex, etc. 409
468), and ascribed to the greater concentration of the
effective rays. The stimulus produced a strong effect at a
distance (10). The powerful effect of a natural green
environment (11) is of great interest.
The experiment with white (12—17) was especially
useful, as this environment had been almost omitted from
the previous investigation of this species. It 1s at once seen
that the effect is to produce intermediate pupz, inclining
towards the dark side. In this, the results differ widely
from those obtained with Vanessa wrtwx and V. to in
which white surroundings produced strong effects in the
direction of the golden and green pupe respectively. There
is great uniformity in the results obtained by the different
white backgrounds, and the action at some distance (17)
was clear. It will be found that my own experiments (43
to 48) in 1898 (see pages 415, 416) lead to the same
conclusions as those which result from Mr. Merrifield’s.
Yellow surroundings (18 to 22) produced the usual
strong effects in the direction of the palest, greenest pupe,
the influence being much reduced in shade (19), and also
reduced when acting through glass (20). An influence at
some distance was probably exerted in (22).
Orange surroundings (23 to 27), for the most part, pro-
duced the same effect as the yellow, the orange leno (23)
being an exception. Influence was strong through glass
(25), and at some distance (27). The orange screen (26)
produced considerable effects, in accordance with the
principles already explained (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.
1892, J. c.); although an even stronger result might have
been expected.
This account of the results should be read in relation
to the Appendix, in which the colours reflected from the
various backgrounds are analyzed.
3. EXPERIMENTS UPON THE WINTER PuP& oF Pieris
brassice. (H. B. P.)
I also took advantage of the immense abundance of this
species to repeat some of the experiments made in previous
years upon insufficient numbers. The larvee in part came
from St. Helens, Isle of Wight (experiments 5, 6, 37, 38,
39, 40), partly from St. Helens and near Reading (13, 41,
42), and partly from St. Helens and near Oxford (remain-
ing experiments, including those with conflicting colours,
-
410 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
and excepting Nos. 4 and 12). They were collected by
Miss Cora B. Sanders (St. Helens and Reading), by Mr.
W. Holland (Oxford), Mr. A. H. Hamm (Oxford), and by
myself (St. Helens). Experiments 13, 41, and 42 were
conducted by Miss Sanders; 5,6, 37, 38, 39, and 40 by me,
and the remainder by Mr. Holland and Mr. Hamm. I
wish to express my warm thanks for all the large amount
of kind help I have received.
The conditions of experiment are sufficiently shown in
the following tabular statement (see pp. 411—416), the con-
stitution of the reflected light being given in the Appendix.
The pupz were examined on May 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11,
1899, when several of them had emerged or were emerg-
ing. All these, however, are indicated below, and nearly
all could be tabulated with considerable accuracy.
The positions of the pupz in relation to the receptacles
employed and to the light were noted in a large number of
examples, with the following results. Thirty-six pupe
were fixed to the roof (or in the angle between it and the
back), with a direction parallel with the front (generally
clear glass) and back ; 25 were fixed to the front, back,
or sides in a vertical position with the head uppermost
(including a few with the head downwards—cases in which
pupation certainly occurred during a temporary reversal of
the position of the receptacle); 41 were fixed, almost
invariably to the roof, with the head pointing directly
towards the light, viz. with the line of the body at right
angles to the front (generally clear glass); 11, otherwise
similarly placed to the last, had their heads pointing
directly away from the light; 15, otherwise similar, had
their heads obliquely directed towards the light; 10 their
heads obliquely directed away from it. It is therefore
clear that there is, upon the whole, a tendency to direct
the head towards the light, although the tendency is not
nearly so strongly marked as in P. napi. There was no
appreciable difference in the colour according as the head
pointed towards or away from the light.
Reviewing the results of the tabulated experiments,
the effect of black (1 to 9) is, with certain exceptions,
similar to that which has been obtained before, and also to
Mr. Merrifield’s investigations carried on simultaneously.
These exceptions are the very dark pupz obtained in
almost complete darkness (8), and the very unusual lght-
ness of some of those in dim light (6, 7).
net window.
sides of box ; all (1 y) or
rather lighter or darker than
this. Also one dead, loose
Adjustment of colour in various pupex, ete. 411
1 =e
ee cela Dark. eda Light. |B w| o Beverke:
(a) (B) Ce) 2) (3)
1. Black lined cylinder} 1 | On roof near and parallel
(wide and low, placed on | with glass front. Emerging.
side with clear glass front).
2. Black lined cylinder} 3 ly Similar position to above ;
(very similar to last). | together with three other
dead pupe (unclassified). |
/Two of the (1 a) greenish,
the other emerged.
3. Smallish black cylin- ly Pupa on black paper roof
der (intermediate in size of upper compartment.
between 7 and 24, same
arrangement) with two}
compartments, moderate
illumination.
4, Tarred fence near Ox- Two pupe found April 2,
ford. | 1899, by A. H. Hamm. They
/were very dark, probably
| (1 B) or even (1 a).
meacmc | , ee ie One (1 8) emerging. Also
ease os teal as en seven dead, foun prob-
Se = es ; Pe | jably (1 y), two (1 8) or
Bee 16m (1 y), and one uncertain.
afc =| 5 > | | Also one emerged, and was
Be ee ape | (a (1). Pupe chiefly in
yg g 25 | two crowds of seven to R.,
2a and five to L. of roof. The
eb EH poet heads were nearly as often
= ae | away from light as towards
oe 5 a ‘it ; often oblique, and often
HAE A parallel with back or front.
ao oe Samana on Also one dead; it had
Dtce = | door. | lg been a (1 ).
= Attached to roof. | 4 w, w, ly 2 Also six dead ; 1=(1 8),
am | 0,0 | 4=(1 8) or (1 y), and
aw | | 1=(1/y). Also two emerg-
a ing, a (1 y) and a (1 ) or
m4 | (2). A group of four at
+5 | back and of ten on left side,
a heads of those (six) not
ag parallel with back nearly
= always turned to light.
or ns = ————
act Attached to black lay Also three dead on the
a
5
os
—
on floor—a (1 B) or (1 ¥).
a
|
|
412 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
() ee
BS oe
aT - aie
pra Soca eum og Dark. | BS ane Light. ES S —
(a) | (8) (y) | (2)! (3)
7. Small black com- | | 1 Pupa from a single larva
partmented cylinder, in | put in lower compartment.
deep shade. The cylinder Rather more pigment than
about 10 ¢.m. high by 6 usual, but deep green
c.m. in diameter. A black ground. Pupa fixed verti-
paper partition divided cally, head upwards, at top
the eylinder into two of side opposite window, but
chambers illuminated by a | | latter closed above and the
narrow window 2° to 3°5 roof very convex below, so
e.m. wide. | that larva had been in deep
shade.
8. Black cylinder in| lo Shape | All pupz isolated. All
almost complete darkness : | (1 8) very dark and two of
16 c.m. diameter by 10 | | them nearly (1 a).
e.m, deep. | pte
9. Black-lined (3 sides)! 10,9 | 30,9 % | Four pupe isolated on
rectangular glass case (18 | | | roof ; the (1 a) g, on clear
cm. square by 28 c.m. | | | | | _glass window, just below
high) with perforated zinc | | black binding and zine at
roof, | _top, and near black paper of |
10. Perforated zine roof 40,0,g,| lo Also one emerged ; was a)
of yellow-lined (three sides) | g | (18) or(1y). All tabulated |
rectangular glass case (28 | | pup on roof in groups of |
c.m. square by 38°5 c.m. two and three.
high). |
11. Similar zine roof of| 1 w 20 Also one dead, probably
similar white-lined (8 sides) | | a (1 y) or (2). All pupe
case (23 c.m. square, by | isolated on roof.
33 c.m. high). |
12. Brown paper. Va at | Found in O. U. Museum
| | | | by A. Robinson. Probably
| /an escape from my cases.
| ‘Imago had emerged, but
| pupa so dark it may have
| | _ been even a (1 a).
| ! |
13. Salmon-pink box in| 1 All sides and roof s!oped
strong light (24 em. by | inwards to a back only 10
13°5 ¢.m. in section in | |c.m. by 18cm. Wilms
| front). | caused a very strong illu-
| mination.
| — ———|— ———— |
| 34. Orange paper-lined | 1 2 | Also one emerged, a (2)
cylinder (22 c.m. diameter, | lor (3). The (1 ) bright
/10.2¢.m. deep). Placed on | yeu green. All pupe
on roof,
| side with clear glass front.
}
Adjustment of colour in various pupe, ete.
EXPERIMENTS.
15. Orange-lined cylin-
der (27 e.m. diam. 8 ¢e.m.
deep) arranged as the
last.
16. Orange-lined cylin-
der (30°5 c.m. diam. 9°8
c.m. deep). Arranged as
the last.
i
> & Ss a 17. Compart-
BSS 3 ment I.
|
|
18. Compart-
ment II.
19. Compart-
ment III.
20. Compart-
‘uL'd f.9 ‘orenbs ‘wd OT JUatUyaedu109
SSBF Iva[O IITA pls uo poov[d xog
*xoq poulf[-asue1o poytewyzavduto0o
ment IY.
Bae cs 21, Compart-
= = a S ment H, orange-
Spe = lined.
ie 3.
SSS | 22. Compart-
3 £2 /ment L, orange-
E38 lined.
23. Lower compartment
of small orange-lined cylin-
der, similar to 7.
24, Lower compartment
of large orange-lined cylin-
der (8 c.m. diam. by 18 |
em. high, with window
3°4 c.m. wide) arranged
similarly to 7.
£ Yellow.
— Whitish-
41
Go Green.
Wa
Remarks,
bo
One (3) on glass front,
three-quarters up. Others
on roof.
lg
Also one emerged, evi-
dently a (3). One of the
(3)s had the pigment of a
(1 y) but bright green
ground of a (3). All pupx
on roof.
Two on roof, one on floor.
The box had clearly been
turned over for a time, so
that floor became roof.
All on roof.
Also one emerging—a (2)
or (3). Two on roof, one on
angle of roof and side, one
head downwards on side ;
clearly due to box having
been turned over.
One pupa emerging, but
probably a (1 ); one dead,
but was a (2) or (3). Both
on roof,
On back, close under
roof.
In angle between roof and
back.
In angle between roof and
side.
Position of pupa clear
although emergence had
occurred, On roof, close to
side.
-
414 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
a eae
* ne nter- =3 re 3
BXPERIMENTS. Dark. ees Light, |B ol Remarks.
(@) | (8) | @ || @)
25. Orange-lined rectan- lg ly 3 | 3 Also two dead, a (2) and |
gular glass case (30°5 ¢.m. |a (2) or (3). One of the
square, 41 c.m. deep) (2)s tabulated was loose
on side with clear glass | on floor: all the rest of
window. the pupe on roof. The-
'darkest pup in dim iliu-
| mination.
22'S | 26. Compart- | 2 On roof.
® x3 & | ment E, orange-
3.5 5° | lined.
a | |
ee S| 27. Compart- 3 Two on roof, one on side.
& ° 13 ‘ment F, orange- | Also one dead on side and
oo Su | lined. one on roof ; both probably
—t oo cr <
2 me 5 5 ; (3) or one perhaps (2). |
Pees | 28. Compart- ag? ioel| al All on roof ; one emerged
BO See: /mentG, orange- and one emerging, but
5 | lined. iti d certain
mye | position seemed ce :
wt = ieee :
oo 5 29. Compart- lo 1 Also one emerged, almost
Fr > | ment H,orange- certainly a (2). All on
s Be lined. root.
Ss B5 | 30. Compart- 1 Pupa loose on floor.
s. a 5 % |mentA, yellow-
= i | lined.
6B ® Se a
xs >F | 31. Compart a a id hae
Boigh : par: One pupa dead on roof,
aga 8 ment K, yellow- | a (2) or (8).
2 oN | lined.
32. Upper compartment 1 Pupa on side just below
of large yellow-lined cylin- | roof.
der Similar to 24.
<: S = 33. Compart- 1 In back corner of roof.
"=e | ment A, yellow-
es ® = | lined.
ze3 Sea ie.
2 5 34. Compart. 2 One on roof, one on back :
3S |ment B, yellow- latter with the green ground
2 | lined. of a (3).
a — a
se 35. Compart- nhc Pup isolated on roof.
=~ & jment C, yellow-
3 lon lined.
2.8 sues ee a ae
55] 36. Compart- 40,9,9,Y 1 Four crowded, one iso-
Se |ment D, yellow- lated (1 y) y on roof.
eo |}
5 @ | lined, |
Adjustment of colour in various pupx, ete.
415
|
qa) Gel
Sees |S
Sea TIS Dark. ee | Light. = 5 5 ESE
(a) CD) ai (G9) (2) | (3)
Raevellawclined: . box Omen 1 9 Also one dead, but clearly
placed on side, 20 ¢.m. | a (3). Four (3) and the |
square, 6 cm. deep. (1B) on yellow leno window. |
Window 14°5 c.m. square, Six (3)s on roof.
yellow leno covered.
38. Yellow-lined box 9 | 3 Also two dead, probably
placed on long side: 14 a (2) and a (1 8) or (1 4).
c.m. by 18°5 c.m. in see- All pupz on roof; mostly
tion, 8°5 .c.m. deep. in small groups.
Window 10°5 e.m. by 15
¢.m. as above,
39. Yellow-lined box ly a lee Also five dead, two emerg-
placed on short side: 21 ed and one emerging, but
c.m. by 12 ¢.m. in section, all certainly (2)s or (3)s.
9 cm. deep. Window 8 Ten on roof, six on left side
emis by e525) cam. as (three (2)s and three dead).
above.
40. White box (31°5 cm. 29,y | 2 Also three emerging; they
by 16 ¢.m. by 6 ¢.m. deep) | were either (2) or (8),
with yellow leno window or in one ease possibly a
@uicsm=sbya92325) chm.) | (1 y). Allattached to edge
probably placed upwards. of leno, where pasted to
box.
41. Green cabbage-leaves, | ed a All seven on separate
| leaves, except that there
was another dead one, cer-
tainly a (3), on the same
leaf as one of them. Also
one pupa dead, but certainly
a (3), and two emerged, both
(2) or (3). Also a pair on
one leaf, one dead and one
emerged, both certainly
(3s).
42. Dark purple-lined 6g ) | al Also six dead probably
box with white roof, in three (2)s, one (2) or (1 y),
very dim light: (12 ¢c.m. one (2) or (3), one (1 8) or
by 19:5) em. by 7 cam: (1 y). Also one emerged ;
deep). probably a (2). All tabu-
lated pupze on white roof,
except two (2)s, loose on
floor. All pupe very
much undersized.
43. White opal gas al Mal Pup isolated in upper
globe (usual size). part of globe.
-
416 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
Q) eo ee
———_"—. 22) 7.
: tee cs Inter- laa] 8 aoahaas
EXPERIMENTS. | Dark. | mediate. | Light. | = S | Remarks.
| (a) (8) (y) | (2)} @)|
——— ee al ——Sseeelt SS =
B2E | 44. Compart- | 29 Pupz on roof, isolated.
= Se. > |ment A. | |
| Boe oe | is i. rl © kes a a era a nd ie tae
| ~=Ss | 45. Compart- foe 1 Also two dead or emerg-
“a~ 5 | ment B. | ing, probably (1 8), or per-
ional Lo i= | | | <, «
So Ss | haps (1 y) in one case. All
wsea pupe on roof, three crowded.
~~ mp -—- nad i, ae | — ]
ee) 46. Compart- | ie slengy ae | ‘One on roof, one on floor
o., & | ment C. | | (case having doubtless been
55 | | turned over).
2. | :
z. 4 b | 47. Compart- 29 | 1 Two on roof isolated, one
5 &¢ |ment D. | on back.
48. Rectangular glass ) eng tig | Two pupe isolated on
case with three sides lined | Loof. One (1 8) on black
with white paper, and | | binding of angle between
white opal glass roof | | window and side, but close
((20°4 cm. square, 30°6) | | to white paper.
¢.m. high). | |
|
The effects of a dull surface of perforated zine (9—11)
and of brown paper (12) were, as might be expected,
practically the same as those of black.
Salmon paper (13) acted like orange (14—29), and
produced the lightest and greenest form of pupa. The
results of so many experiments with orange are very
striking, especially as a very deep reddish-orange surface
paper was employed.
Yellow (80—40) also produced striking results in the
same direction, but not equal in the proportion of the
greenest pup, to those of orange.
Green cabbage-leaves (41) acted like orange.
Experiment 42 was very mixed, the pups being, almost
all of them, fixed to a white surface in a dark purple box
in a very dim light. They were strongly on the light side
of intermediate.
White (48—48) has been already described as producing
pup on the dark side of intermediate (see p. 409). There
are, however, some few marked exceptions in both Mr.
Merrifield’s and my experiments, in which the lightest and
greenest pup were obtained.
Thus Mr. Merrifield’s and my experiments in 1898
Adjustment of colour in various pupey, ete. 417
afford most useful confirmation in the case of a species
which has not been hitherto sufficiently tested, besides
bringing evidence of its behaviour under conditions as yet
hardly tried at all. In the next section is recorded an
experiment upon the same species, which, more than all
others, needed repetition because of the important con-
clusions which follow from it.
4. EXPERIMENTS WITH CONFLICTING COLOURS UPON THE
WINTER Pupz& oF Pieris brassicae. (HE. B. P.)
I had long been anxious to repeat some of these experi-
ments upon the species of Pierine because of their extreme
suitability for such an investigation and because of the
important conclusions which follow from the results.
It had been originally supposed by Mrs. M. E. Barber
(Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 519) that particoloured pupe
are produced by a particoloured surface—a conclusion
which naturally followed from the views held by many at
that time as to a direct “sun-picture or photograph ”’ on the
fresh, moist skin of the pupa. <A single pupa of Papilio
nireus had seemed to support this conclusion.
In 1886 I made a large number of conflicting colour
experiments on Vanessa wrtice (Phil. Trans. 1887, l. c. pp.
368—392). The contrasted colours were, however, only
apphed during Stage III when the larvee are suspended
preparatory to pupation and are less sensitive than at an
earlier period. Nevertheless the results were sufficient to
make it highly improbable that any parti-coloration of the
pupal surface could occur as the result of such a mixed
stimulus, and led to the conclusion that the effects were
due to the intermediation of the nervous system in the
central parts of which the opposing influences from different
regions of the body met and produced more or less of an
equilibrium, resulting in the dispatch to all parts of the
body surface of stimuli producing intermediate effects.
These conclusions were so far-reaching and important that
it was necessary if possible to repeat the experiments with
other species in which the conditions were more favourable.
Although such experiments were not made in 1886 upon
the Prerinw, it was clearly seen, when the paper came to be
written, that they would be peculiarly suitable for the
purpose, because of the great length of the whole sensitive
period and the fact that its two stages are both passed
under conditions which are eminently favourable for such
TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1899.—PART IV, (DEC.) 28
a
418 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
an investigation. A few such experiments upon P. rape
were attempted by G. C. Griffiths in 1887 (Trans. Ent.
Soc. 1888, pp. 265, 266), and the results upon the whole
supported those obtained in the case of V. urtice. But
the experiments were not very convincing because the
colours employed were not those which produce the most
marked and opposite effects.
In 1888 I made some experiments of the kind upon
P. rape and P. brassice (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1892, pp. 445,
446 and 484), using a box lined with black and orange
squares, but owing to the excessive mortality from the
attacks of ichneumons only 6 of the latter and 2 of the
former could be tabulated. The results however entirely
confirmed the experiments made in 1886 upon V. wrtice,
intermediate and not parti-coloured pupz being always
obtained. In 1892 I made a large number of experiments
upon Vanessa io (1. ¢. pp. 420—426), and again upon
V. urtice (1. c. pp.891—397). Furthermore a method had
by then been arrived at which enabled the larve of the
Vanesside to be subjected to conflicting colours during
the whole of the sensitive period; and another method
whereby the dorsal and ventral surfaces could be subjected
to opposing stimuli (in the case of V. 70, /. ¢.). In all
previous experiments the anterior and posterior parts of the
body had been thus treated. All such modifications and
additions yielded confirmatory results.
I was nevertheless very anxious to repeat the experi-
ments upon the Pierine and therefore took advantage of
the abundance of P. brassice last year (1898). Here,
again, however, owing to the /cehneumonide, my results
were not at all what I had anticipated; but taking them
in combination with those which have been already
published they leave little or no room for doubt.
Two conflicting colour-boxes were made for me by Mr.
W. Holland and Mr. A. H. Hamm. The first box had an
internal section of 54°5 cm. by 14:2 c.m., and a depth of
74 c.m. (from back to front in the position made use of).
It was used resting on one long side with a clear glass
front. The roof (the side uppermost in the position in
which a receptacle is used is here always called the “roof ”)
was divided into 9 bays of about equal size by means
of 8 hanging partitions (each 7'4 cm. deep and thus
extending from the back to the clear glass front, and
hanging down for a distance of 3°5 c.m.); while the back
Adjustment of colour in various pupx, ete. 419
was similarly divided into 10 bays by 9 partitions which
alternated with those of the roof. These were 9:0 c.m.
high and their lower borders 2:0 c.m. from the floor, while
they projected 3°5 cm. from the back towards the glass
front. The object of this division of the internal surface
was to separate the larvee as much as possible, and thus
minimise their influence upon each other during the
sensitive period. The whole internal surface, except the
floor, of the box, and both surfaces of all the partitions
were lined with a chess-board pattern of orange and
black, each 14 ¢.m. square, and thus as nearly as possible
half the length of an average mature larve of P. brassice
when resting in Stage II preparatory to pupation. The
pattern was made by ruling the outlines of the squares in
pencil upon a sheet of deep orange surface paper and then
carefully pasting black tissue-paper squares over alternate
orange squares.
It is much to be regretted that an experiment antes
with so much care should have produced such limited
results as regards the numbers of pupe.
The first box only contained 3 pupz which could be tabu-
lated with certainty on May 6th when the examination was
made. All were fixed in the left-hand bay of the roof,
near to the glass window.
One pupa was fixed diagonally across a black square
with the end of its tail lying on another one, and the head,
directed towards the light, overhanging an orange square.
It was dead but had clearly been a (2) or a (8).
The second was fixed parallel with the glass, the posterior
2 of its body on the anterior part of a black square, but a
little overhanging an orange square in front, and the
anterior 2 similarly on orange and overhanging black as
well as orange in front (viz. towards light). It was a
greenish (1 £).
The third pupa was also parallel with the glass, although
the tail curved towards it. The posterior 2 of its body
was on the posterior (viz. away from glass) border of (so
that the right side overhung) a black square, the anterior
3 similarly on and similarly overhung orange. The left
side (away from glass) overhung the opposite colours in
each case except the posterior } which curved towards
light, viz. towards the middle of the black square, so as to
overhang black. The pupa was a greenish (1 y).
There were also two other dead pupe# which could be
er
420 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
placed with tolerable accuracy, by an examination of the
persistent cuticular pigment.
One of these pupz was at the back of the roof in the
same bay as those described above. It was chiefly upon
the black, extending obliquely across parts of two black
squares which were in contact at the junction of its
anterior and middle thirds; at this poimt therefore and
on each side it, the sides of the body overhung orange.
There was very little pigment and it had been certainly
not darker than a (1 y), and probably either a (2) or (3).
The second pupa was on the roof of the bay at the
opposite end of the box, close to the hanging partition.
Its anterior half was on black, its posterior on orange,
crossing almost at the middle of the adjacent sides of the
squares; its head towards the light. It had probably
been a (1 £).
Although these five pupe had been subjected to the
most strongly contrasted influences in various regions of
their bodies, there was not, in a single instance, the
faintest trace of parti-coloration. The opposing influences
gave rise to a general effect which was almost exactly
intermediate between the effects which they would have
respectively produced if they had acted alone. It is to be
noted that if there is any deviation from the intermediate
position it is in the direction of the effects produced by
orange. The larvee seem upon the whole to have rested
in contact with black in preference to orange, and thus
overhung the latter colour rather more than the former.
But many more experiments would be required in order
to estimate exactly the relative strengths of these two
opposing influences; and it is noteworthy that the results
of my experiments upon this species in 1888 led to different
conclusions upon this point.
The second box was 43°6 c.m. x 15:4 em. in internal
section and had a depth of 10° cm. It was similarly
arranged with 6 hanging partitions, and 7 projecting
from the back each 85 em. long but in other respects
similar.
The second box was examined on May 7th. In this
case six had pupated on the glass. Of two isolated pupe,
fixed in a vertical position with head uppermost, one had
emerged and one was dead or emerging; both were
probably (1 y). Two more, similarly placed, were dead
and could not be classified. Of two near together, but
Adjustment of colour in varius pupe, ete. 421
otherwise similarly fixed, one was a greenish (1 y) and
one, emerging, was probably a (1 y) or (2).
Two pupz were fixed to the parti-coloured surface of
the roof. Of these one diagonally crossed two black
squares in a manner very similar to that of the first
described of the two dead pupe in the first box, which
could not be classified with certainty. The direction of
the body was oblique with the head away from the light.
It had emerged, but had clearly been a (2) or (3). The
second was fixed in another bay, near to and parallel with
the glass. The posterior 3 of the body crossed a black
square, the anterior } was on the next orange one. It had
emerged but had evidently been a (1 8) with quite dark
pigmentation. There was no trace of less pigmentation in
the anterior third of its body.
These results entirely confirm those obtained in the
first box.
Although further experiments of this kind are to be
desired, especially upon so sensitive a species as P. napt,
it may be regarded as certain that the conclusions derived
from the earlier experiments with conflicting colours are
sound, and that not parti-coloured pup but uniform
intermediate ones are obtained in this way.
F—NOTES ON THE STRUGGLE FOR EXISTENCE
IN THE LARVZ OF Pieris brassice. (HE. B. P.)
I have previously noted the numbers of this species
which perish from the attacks of parasites in a year in
which the larve are specially abundant. It seemed of
interest to obtain further records, and I accordingly asked
Mr. Holland and Mr. Hamm to keep notes of the number
of larve attacked by ichneumons and the numbers dying
apparently from other causes, which they removed from
the cases containing the mixed larvee from St. Helens and
Oxford (see p. 409). The results are recorded in the table
on the following page.
In the breeding-cases from which these larvee were
removed only 121 pupx were taken, including the dead
ones; so that the extinction is ona vast scale. Even if
it be conceded that the larvae dying without the appear-
ance of parasites, and the dead pups, were entirely due to
the conditions of experiment (such as the possible intro-
duction and spread of some form of bacterial disease), the
F
422 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
extinction due to the attacks of a single species of parasite
is still immense, only about ? of the whole surviving it.
Number of Number of deaths
Larvee attacked apparently due to
by [chneumonidee. other causes.
1898. Sept. 22 23 =
Sen Ne gD 25 _
», 24 70 re
o3) 2G 227 20
f; 27 64 18
», 28 96 29
a 29 47 3
As 30 54 71
Oct. 1 37 2
wi oe 107 _
ef 3 2 49
5 5 145 32
aan 42 7
af 8 35 17
ts 11 11 5
1899 at least 31 at least 20
Total 1016 Total 273
G.—EXPERIMENTS UPON THE PUPA OF
Preris rape.
1, EXPERIMENTS UPON THE WINTER PUPA OF
Pieris rape. (F.M.)
The next experiments tried were on this species and
are detailed in the following section. I was late for this
species and did not experiment with more than 50 or 60
larvee, from which I obtained the single row of about
40 pupz which are now shown in the Exhibition Case.
Here I call attention to the contrast between those in
the black surroundings on the one hand and those in
the green paper, yellow, or orange surroundings on the
other, the green in this species seeming more effective than
it proved with the other species and the yellow less so.
2. RESULTS OF THE ABOVE EXPERIMENTS. (EK. B. P.)
The colour variations of the pup of P. rape have been
already described and figured (Phil. Trans. 1887, /. ¢. pp.
410, 411, Plate 26, figs. 31—41), and it is here only
necessary to state that the standard classification begins
with the darkest pupe (1), ranging through the less dark
(2) and still lighter (3) to the pale (4) and the green (5).
Mr. Merrifield’s pupz were compared on March 20,
1899: the results are given below without much detail,
Adjustment of colour in various pupwe, etc. 428
inasmuch as the species is already known to be susceptible.
In addition to those tabulated below, Mr. A. H. Hamm
found two very dark pupe, evidently (1), on a tarred fence
near Oxford, on April 2, 1899.
All the (5)s were bright green and very pronounced
Degrees of Pupal Colour. |
EXPERIMENTS. v7 Bog 8 Ss 2 Remarks.
2 |Sslee| a | 3
FA ac ae ela
(1) | (2) | (3) | (4) | @)
1. Black. 2 Also 2 dead.
2. Black, on glass. 2 Pinkish ground-colour.
3. Dirty white paint. 1 Very dull, dark pupa.
Removed from P. napi.
4, Darkness, 4 1 (3) Pinkish :
(4) greenish.
5. Green. 1 | 1] Also 1 dead:
(4) greenish.
6. Green, through glass. 1 Also 1 dead or emerging,
(4) light pinkish.
7. Green screen. 1 Also 1 dead.
Pupa greenish.
8. White, on glass. 2 1 greenish, 1 pinkish.
9. Yellow. 1 | 1 | (4) greenish.
10. Yellow in shade. | Pies (4) greenish.
11. Yellow on glass. | 2
12. Orange. 1 1 | 2 | Also 1 dead:
(4) pinkish.
13. Orange screen. 1 | Also 1 dead (removed
from P. napi).
14. Clear glass. HY, Bap ol Also 1 dead. —
representations of this degree. A few other conditions
were tried, but the single pupz subjected to them had
died and the colour had changed so greatly that they
could not be tabulated.
The numbers of the pup are not large and the results
quite confirmatory of previous experiments. (Phil. Trans.
-
424 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
1887, 7. c., and Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, J. ¢.: see also
G. C. Griffith’s experiments on this species in Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 247.)
It is interesting to observe the relation between the
effects of darkness (4) and those of clear glass (14). The
latter produced even darker pupz relatively to the former
than in the case of P. brassice.
The table does not support Mr. Merrifield’s conclusion
that the yellow (9, 10, 11) was less effective than in the
case of P. brassice. The six pup were of the two lightest
degrees, four of them green and the other two greenish.
The effect of the green and orange screens (7, 13) is
confirmatory of previous results with other species (P.
brassice and V. 70).
It is not necessary to comment further upon the other
results, all of which will be clear upon an inspection of the
table on p. 423.
H—EXPERIMENTS UPON THE PUP OF
Vanessidx.
1. EXPERIMENTS UPON THE Pup& OF Vanessa wrtice AND
Pyrameis carduwi. (C. B.S. and E. B. P.)
In the course of our investigations in 1898 into the
struggle for existence during the pupal period of Vanessa
urtice it was necessary to produce a very large number
of pupee with colours as widely contrasted as possible. In
order to achieve this we made use of black surroundings
on the one hand and gilt (Dutch “ gold”), yellow, orange,
and white on the other. There was abundant evidence in
the 700 pupe which we obtained of the previously recorded
influence of these surroundings, and also, to our frequent
annoyance, of the effect of the dark surfaces of the larvee
upon one another. In fact so powerful was this influence
and so gregarious were the larvee under the conditions of
our experiments that intermediate pupee were generally
produced when the lightest forms were desired. The con-
ditions of the investigation rendered it impossible to isolate
so many larvee in separate cases.
Many of the larve pupated on the leaves and stems of
the food-plant (nettle), and when isolated brilliant golden
pupee were almost invariably produced.
A few larvee of P. cardwi were also found and subjected
to black and white surroundings: the pupze being dark in
the one case, and light, and often brilliantly metallic, in
the other.
Os
Adjustment of colour in various pupe, ete. 42:
2. EXPERIMENTS UPON THE Pup& OF Vanessa io. (MABEL
EK. NotLey, FLorENcE A. WriGurt, and E. B. P.)
The experiments of last year upon the struggle for
existence during the pupal period are now being repeated
in the case of Vanessa io. In this case all the pup were
obtained at the outset of the investigation, and the results
as regards their colour susceptibility can now be given.
Weare greatly indebted to Mr. W. Farren of Cambridge,
and to Mr. H. W. Head of Scarborough, who sent us
numerous companies of larvee in excellent condition. Kind
help was also received from Mr. W. H. Harwood of
Colchester, and from Mr. A. E. Holdway of Newton Abbot.
The larve thus obtained were placed in a large number
of “light” and “dark” receptacles, the former being lined
with orange, yellow, or white paper (white opal glass was
used in the case of a few larve), the latter with black
paper (a few were attached to the dull surface of perforated
zinc). All were placed in a strong light and only shielded
from the direct rays of the sun. A few were subjected to
conflicting colours in one of the boxes described on pp. 418,
419.
The results obtained are tabulated below (see p. 426), the
degrees of pupal colour being those described in Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond. 1892, p. 398; the (1)s and (2)s being the darkest
forms with the underlying green completely or very nearly
concealed by pigment which is blacker in (1), lighter in
(2); the (4)s and (5)s being distinct green forms very
bright and glittering in (5), duller and with more dark
pigment in (4); the (3)s intermediate.
The pupz which were attached to the nettle-leaves,
leaf-stalks or stems are indicated by the letter m, and
those found loose on the floor by the letter { These facts
were not however recorded at the beginning of the experi-
ments so that more pup were in reality found in these
positions in the companies received at first. The facts are
important inasmuch as the pupz on the floor were ad-
versely influenced in the experiments with light surround-
ings, the pupze on the nettles in the experiments with dark.
The companies are tabulated separately below, but it
was not thought necessary to describe each separate re-
ceptacle, as this work is confirmatory. The numerous
receptacles in which the larve of each company were
placed are grouped together as “light surroundings,” and
“dark surroundings.”
-
426 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
C é f Gonditions on | Degrees of Pupal Colour.
Carre. ; BicHarinenta) () (2) (3) (4) (5) Totals.
ee of 64| Light | [ror eee i aad 22 35
larvee (3 died), re- surroundings. | (3%) | (8n.)
ceived July 11, $= | | |
from W. Farren of mace 4 9 11 1 1 26
Cambridge. Nee epee (1 7.) (3 2.) (4 n.)
fig eso (lf) (1 f)
Company of 172 Taehe 1 2 7 26 90 126
larvee (26 died), autoundings (U6) (3 7.) (8 2.) | (21 2.) | (29 n.)
received July 11, aaah (37) | (BF) | (Of)
from W. Farren of $$ —_| |
Cambridge. Mark 9 3 il 3 20
Aa e anainits (Gis) hens) (lege) alone) (1 #.) | (5 n.)
(2f.) (2f.)
Company of 163 Licht 4 2 2 72 80
larvee (16 died), kame (Le7s)e (33 2.) | (33 2.)
received July 18, surroundings. | (lf)
from W. Farren of |—— —_|— — | —- —- | —— |]
Cambridge. Dark 10 4 9 i 3 67
surroundings. |
Company of 87 Light 2 4 3 3 read 43
larve (16 died), |surroundings. (1 7.) | (13 ».) | (14 72.)
received July 14, —_ | os
from W. H. Har- Dark 8 10 4 2 2 2S
wood of Colches- |surroundings.| (2 7.) | (5 2.) (4 2.) (2m.) | (4 n:) | (17 n.)
ter.
Company of 57 Light 1 2 4 29 | 36
larve (16 died),| °78 i | 1 (Dm) || S{Siaaes
received July 14, |SUTOUncings. | | A)| OA) |e
from W. H. Har- |—— | — Se. a re
wood of Colches- Dark 3 1 1 5
ter. surroundings. |
Company of 148 Licht 4 1 13 4) 83 110
larvee (8 died), re-}| 718 iF (2 n.) (ln) ) (G15) 1 (19722)
ceived July 14, surroundings. (2 77) (2 FS
from H. W. Head }t————_} — J J}
of Scarborough. Dark 2 20 4 tL 3 30
pacroanaiate a a A @ a
ist : (2f.
Company of 18 7 7
larve (11 died), Licht (3 7.) | (8 2.)
received July 15,| eT 4
fromTorquayfrom °UTTOURCINSS.
A. E. Holdway.
Company of112) Light | | 4 a | 36
larve (21 died), surroundings. ie Nn. ) ce. m.) | (12 .)
received July 15, — re ee a
from W. Farten of} 4 15 28 | a | 5 | es a
Cambridge. [i ae eee | : n. nN.
Spores | (1 f) | | (27)
|
Adjustment of colour in various pupe, ete. 427
Companies of Conditions of Degrees of Pupal Colour.
rvee. Experiments. (1) (2) (3) (4) 6) Totals
Company of 185 : E 13 11 ee |
larve, received] Light ne ) ee ) | de )
July 15, from H, SU Toundings. cram mors
W. Head of Sear- ss wines (ob Seid eee Beal Merete elle Soe Ae
borough. ee 10 50 pals NW ee Mies
surroundings. nm) | (1 2.) | (3 n).
(lf) (lf)
Company of 46
larvee (2 died),
received July 19,| Dark 11 19 9 3 2 44
from H. W. Head &™ roundings.| (lv.) | (8 m.) | (2m.) | (2n.) (8 n.)
of Scarborough.
Company of 139 Licht 1 Ln [ee 5 17 38
he : hier ‘surroundings. Ce) e a (2 2.) a ay Hae )
ose Ta Ct RR a Ee he
of Scarborough. Tineke ( 8 at 32 19 4 1 64
ifttas 3 1 n. 5 n.) (7) (1 n.) (8 n.)
purromnding| fy | en) | OBZ | OF) (2/)
Company of 25 Teoh 1 il 15 ie
larve, received surroundings (4 n.) (4 n.)
July 21, from H. ot Lat (alive) (ys)
W. Head of Scar- $$} J J
borough. | Conflicting 1 2 | 5 ’ 8
surroundings. |
Company of 70
derves (8 died),| Dark | 20 | 81 6 3 2 62
ae shag ee surroundings, | (4n.) | (4”.) | (1m) | (2m) | (11 x)
of Scarborough. |
Degrees of Pupal Colour.
Totals. (1) ) (3) (4) (5) Totals.
penpals lb eRe te : ~ As a. aes nea
Mees at tk (QF) | GF) | 4A) | OF) | @9f)
Penterar i pte Bal ps xh) Gane le el ee foo el
100 248 71 22 22 463
larve, 1302 (180 Dark
diel) ( surroundings,| (2%) | (Lm) | (15m) |) (7m) | (2m) | (60 n,)
| (47) | G54) | G52) | (46) | @F) | GOP)
Conflicting 1 2 5 8
surroundings.
These results prove the extreme sznsitiveness of V. 70, and they afford valuable and
very extensive confirmation of some of the results described in Trans, Ent. Soe. Lond.
1892, pp. 397—432.
F
428 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
I.—EXPERIMENTS AND OBSERVATIONS UPON
THE SUSCEPTIBILITY OF CERTAIN LEPI-
DOPTEROUS LARVA AND PUP TO THE
COLOURS OF THEIR SURROUNDINGS. (A.
H. Hamm and E. B. P.)
1. Stauropus fagi. Mr. W. Holland and Mr. A. H.
Hamm of the Hope Department, who are extremely
skilled and accurate observers, drew my attention last year
(1898) to the fact that the larvae of this species differ in
tint according as they are reared upon beech or birch, and
that the colours are in each case such as to conceal them.
During the present year Mr. Hamm reared two
batches (from different parents) upon the same food-plant,
beech, but in other respects under very different conditions
as regards environment. One of the batches was reared
in a white tissue-paper lined rectangular glass case with a
perforated zine lid, the other in a similar case lined with
black tissue-paper. We compared the two, placing both
batches on white paper, on July 13, 1899.
There were 24 Jarvee in the batch reared in the white
case, and of these all but 2 were in the last stage and
mostly advanced init. All but 1 were much lighter than
larvee of this species usually met with in nature, and
some most markedly lighter. The other batch consisted of
14 larve, of which 10 were in the last stage (mostly
advanced), 1 in the last but one, and 3 in the last but
two. <All were very dark, and most of them far darker
than those generally met with in nature. It is clear that
this species is highly sensitive, and it would be of great
interest to repeat the experiments under conditions which
have been found in other larvee to produce the strongest
effects. It is remarkable that such considerable results
followed from surroundings which were not apparently in
contact with the larvee (for these at any rate when they
were examined rested upon the twigs and not upon the
walls of the case). I do not think, in any of the previous
experiments with larvae, that equal effects have been
produced in this manner; and one is tempted to enquire
whether it is possible that the larvae in earlier and
specially sensitive stages, did actually rest upon the black
and white walls of the cases.
2. Notodonta ziczac. My friend Mr. Arthur Sidgwick
showed me, in the summer of last year (1898), a larva of
Adjustment of colour in various pupex, ete. 429
this species which he had obtained from Populus alba, and
I was greatly struck by the remarkable lightness of its
tint. It was quite unlike any larva of the species I had
ever seen. Mr. A. H. Hamm informs me that he has
also observed great differences in the depth of colour of
this Jarva according to the food-plant upon which it has
been found. It is highly probable therefore that this
species is also sensitive, and searching experiments upon
it are greatly needed.
This case and the last are of high interest, inasmuch as
no larva at all closely allied to these two species has yet
been shown to be sensitive to the colours of its environ-
ment.
3. Amphidasis betularia. Mr. A. H. Hamm tells
me that he has again and again observed in nature the
wide differences between the cvlours of this highly sensi-
tive larva upon various food-plants, and that the differ-
ences are invariably in the direction of concealment. Mr.
Hamm’s experience in the field is so wide and his
powers of observation so keen that the strongest confirma-
tion is afforded to the observations recorded in my previous
paper (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1892, pp. 359, 360).
4. Hupithecia pimpinellata. Mr. Merrifield informs me
that Mr. Nicholson (of Lewes) has noticed that this larva
appears in two forms—reddish-brown and green—which
correspond to the two forms of the seed-heads of Pimpinella
saxifraga on which it feeds. Mr. Nicholson states that
the green larve are nearly always found on the green heads
and the others on the brown.
The power of colour adjustment is probably present in
a very high degree in the larve of the genus, and numer-
ous carefully conducted experiments are much to be desired.
5. Vanessa solychloros. J may also mention that a
pupa of this species which I found (July 1899) upon the
dark painted iron railing at the North Entrance Gate
of the Oxford University Museum, harmonised very per-
fectly with the surface from which it was suspended.
6. Vanessa antiopa. In August 1897 I found several
living pup of this species attached to fences, buildings,
etc., at the Hunt Club, Scarborough Heights, Toronto. I
specially noticed that there was a marked resemblance
to the environment. This was all the more noticeable
inasmuch as the colours differed very widely, some surfaces
being very dark and others very light.
er
430 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
K.—OBSERVATIONS ON THE COLOUR-RELA-
TION BETWEEN A COLEOPTEROUS SPECIES
(Cleonus sulcirostris) AND ITS SURROUNDINGS.
(W. HoLuanp and E. B. P.)
The Rhynchophorous species Cleonus suleirostris is
described as possessing very variable markings (Fowler,
british Coleoptera, London, 1891). Mr. W. Holland has
recently found it upon the red sands of Boar’s Hill near
Oxford, and it is most interesting to observe that all the
specimens are reddish-brown in colour, entirely different
from the grey forms found by him on the sand-hills at
Deal, and from the darker grey ones which he finds on
Shotover Hill also near to Oxford and only a few miles
from Boar’s Hill. There are yellow and red sands on the
top of Shotover, but Mr. Holland has as yet only searched
for this species in localities where they are not exposed
on the surface. There have been no exceptions to the
colours of the very large numbers found on both hills. It
is reasonable to suppose that these colours, which certainly
harmonise with the ground of each locality, are protective ;
inasmuch as the species possesses in a very high degree
the instincts which lead to concealment.
So far as [am aware this is the first time that such
local adaptation of colour has been shown to occur in a
Coleopterous insect, and the interesting question arises as
to whether the species possesses the power of varying its
colour during growth according to the stimulus provided
by the colours of its surroundings, or whether the results
are due to the varying operation of natural selection in
different localities leading in each case to the survival of
the individuals which are best concealed.
It will be of the highest interest to look for further
examples in Coleoptera, as well as to attempt to ascertain
the manner in which the colour adaptation is brought
about.
Adjustment of colour in various pupae, ete. 431
L.—APPENDIX.
THE QUALITY OF LIGHT FROM THE COL-
OURED AND OTHER BACKGROUNDS
EMPLOYED IN THE EXPERIMENTS RE-
CORDED IN THE PRESENT MEMOIR. (Sir
JOHN Conroy and E. B. P.)
My kind friend Sir John Conroy, F.R.S., again helped
me to make a correct analysis of the light reflected from
the backgrounds employed in our experiments. The
papers, etc., were examined in the Laboratory of Balliol
College, Oxford, on July 24th, 1899. The beam from an
electric arc was passed through a bisulphide of carbon
prism, and the spectrum thrown on a white paper screen
in a darkened room. ‘The coloured papers, etc., were held
so as partly to cover the spectrum, and sometimes two
were held in the spectrum side by side for purposes of
comparison. The method was thus the same as that
made use of on the previous occasion (Trans. Ent Soe.
- 1892, 7. c. pp. 459 et segq.), except that the lime-light
illumination was then employed, and our spectrum was
therefore weaker at the blue end than with the electric
are. The results obtained are recorded below.
I. Coloured backgrounds, etc., employed by F. Merrifield :—
Black net and black tisswe-paper (used as a plane surface
and also rolled round sticks). The reflected light from
both gave a feeble continuous spectrum. The trans-
mitted light was the same but still feebler.
Dark sticks also gave a faint continuous spectrum:
cork carpet was similar except that the reflected red was
prominent.
Orange tissue-paper (used as a plane surface and also
rolled round sticks). Some absorption of green and more
of blue and violet ; absorption more marked in the sticks
where there was more than one thickness of the paper.
No appreciable difference between the reflected and trans-
mitted spectrum of the paper. The spectrum was far
more like that of a yellow paper than of the deep
orange used in my experiments, which removed everything
except the red, orange, and yellow.
Orange leno gave a very similar spectrum, the blue and
violet being almost cut off, and the green a little darkened.
F
432 Mr. F. Merrifield and Mr. E. B. Poulton on
The absorption was more marked in the transmitted
light.
Yellow tisswe-paper (also rolled round sticks). Violet
cut off and blue much diminished ; hardly any blue in the
transmitted light, and in the thicknesses of paper rolled
round sticks.
Golden yellow oat-straw gave a very similar spectrum,
the blue and violet being absorbed and the rest
unaffected.
Unfaded bright yellowtsh-green tissue-paper (also rolled
round sticks). The red shortened and dimmed; the blue
and violet much absorbed. ‘Transmitted light similar, as
also the reflected light from the paper round sticks.
bright yellowish-green art muslin. A similar spectrum,
Not much difference between transmitted and reflected
light, except that two thicknesses produced far greater
effects in the former.
Dull green reeds. Whole spectrum somewhat weakened,
the blue most and then the red.
Yellow metallic surface of brass (Dutch gold), also rolled
round sticks. Appears to give a strong continuous spec-
trum, but the yellow colour is due to absorption of the
blue end.
Dead reeds. The lightest of them gave a typical yellow
spectrum with absorption of the blue end only; in the
others there was diminution of all other regions, although
the blue end was still most reduced.
Turned cylindrical wooden sticks (probably deal). <A
very similar spectrum; the blue end was still more
absorbed than any other part, although less so than in the
dead reeds.
Dirty white paint gave a very similar spectrum with
some absorption throughout, most in the blue, least in the
green.
White paper rolled round sticks, white calico, shaved white
sticks all gave a strong continuous spectrum with no se-
lective absorption.
Yellow glass (used as screen). Blue and violet cut off,
the rest unabsorbed.
Deep green glass (used as screen). The green almost
unabsorbed. The whole of the blue end, and nearly all
the red and orange absorbed.
II. Colowred backgrounds enployed by E. B. Poulton and
those who worked with him.
Adjustment of colour in various pupae, ete. 433
The Black papers, both “surface papers” and_ tissue-
papers, gave the same results as Mr. Merrifield’s, and
those previously recorded (E. B. Poulton in Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond. 1892, pp. 461—464), and the same was true
of the yellow papers (surface and tissue) and yellow leno,
all of which were typical; the white paper, and the white
opal glass. The deep orange paper was similar to that I
have previously used, and very different to Mr. Merrifield’s.
The following backgrounds had not been examined
before :—
A dull surface of metallic zine (perforated) gave a dim
continuous spectrum (general, but no selective absorp-
tion).
Pen pink surface paper. A very faint absorption of
the blue was all that could be seen. The blue also looked
redder, an effect which may have been due to the stray
white light reddened by selective absorption in the
paper.
Violet paper. Much of the blue end, and considerable
red were reflected. There was an absorption band be-
tween the green and the blue, and the yellow, orange,
and green were much absorbed.
ho
wo)
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899,—PART Iv. (DEC.)
=~
-|
i,
=
i
J
se
>
XIV. Notes and Descriptions of some Species of Western
Australian Coccide. By CLAUDE FULLER, F.E.S.,
Government Entomologist, Pietermaritzburg, Natal.
[Read October 4th, 1899.]
PLATE XV.
Tue following Notes and Descriptions are the outcome of
some months’ residence at Perth, on the Swan River,
Western Australia, where in the immediate vicinity of
the city I collected the majority of the specimens. For
many, particularly those from other localities, I am,
however, indebted to my friends and their colleagues
Messrs. Richard Helms, A. M. Lea, and A. E. Lankaster.
A catalogue of the greater number of the species was
published in 1897, in the Journal of the W. A. Bureau of
Agriculture. The diagnoses given therein were very brief,
and intended only as preliminary to the publication of the
full descriptions; which were then almost in the same
form as that in which they are now presented. It has
been impossible, owing to many vicissitudes, to take full
advantage of the time that has since elapsed, and little
more has been done than to modify the arrangement to
some extent, correct a few obvious errors, and add remarks
to those species which have since been discussed by other
authors.
Family COCCIDA.
MoNOPHLEBIN 2.
tenus CALLIPAPPUS,* Guérin-Ménéville.
Since 1849, when Guérin-Ménéville + formed this genus
for the reception of a single species C. westwoodii from the
Swan River, Western Australia, no further additions have
been made to it. I have, however, been very fortunate in
securing many specimens of his species, and two others as
* Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell has, I understand, recently placed this
genus in the sub-family Margarodine, tribe Xylococcins.
+ Revue Zoologique, p. 129, 1849.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART IV. (DEC.)
436 Mr. C. Fuller on some species of
well, the study of which enables me to establish, somewhat
at the expense of Mr. Maskell’s genus Celostoma, a genus
of six numbers.
1. Callipappus westwoodii, Guérin-Ménéville.
2. Callipappus australis, Maskell.
(Celostoma australe, Maskell, 1890.)
3. Callipappus immanis, Maskell.
(Calostoma vmmane, Maskell, 1891.)
4. Callipappus rubiginosus, Maskell.
(Celostoma rubiginosum, Maskell, 1893.)
5. Callipappus, farinosus Full.
6. Callipappus, bufo Full.
Having a large amount of material at my disposal I
have been able to examine the three West Australian
species fairly thoroughly, and have found in their structure
a most interesting and distinctive feature—the complete
intussusception of several of the abdominal segments of
the mature ?s, in the form of a marsupium, in which the
eggs are laid and incubated. This feature could have only
been overlooked by the former students of the genus for
want of material, and Signoret, though he figures five
abdominal segments, says that only two are visible.
Maskell in placing the three species mentioned above in
his genus Celostoma, must have been guided by that part
of Signoret’s definition where he says: “Rostrum and
mouth-parts between the bases of the anterior legs, and a
little below their insertion.” Maskell found that the
insects sent him from Australia were without mouths, and
that enlarging the characters of Cwlostoma placed them
therein. The members of the genus Callipappus are how-
ever mouthless, and one must conclude that Signoret has
referred to the small buccal nipple or obsolete mouth
sometimes seen, as the rostrum ; for it is evident that he
could not have made out the rostrum, as he says that he
was unable to see or study the genital orifice and anus for,
“notwithstanding a maceration of several days, the tegu-
ment was not rendered transparent.”
Characters :— ¢, Antenne 10- or 11-jointed, tapering from base to
apex : first 2 joints short, the rest longer. Eyes facetted. Abdomen
slightly lobed at the sides, the last segments bearing a caudal brush
of long, glassy filaments. Penis very long. Legs long ; tibia longer
than tarsus, the latter bearing a single claw. Balancers large and
wide, with a hook to one side of the extremity.
West Australian Coccide. 437
?, adult. Viewed from above, the body is usually more or less
triangular in outline; from the side it is seen to be thin and pointed
in front, and truncate and much inflated behind, with a decided keel
extending around the head and along each side, but not behind.
Abdomen intussuscepted, only the first two or three segments being
visible. The intussuscepted portion forming an ample pouch with a
comparatively small entrance, and extending inwards almost to the
cephalic region. Sexual orifice and anus situated at the back of the
pouch. Eggs deposited in the pouch, the young escaping when
hatched through the opening unaided by any maternal exertion.
Antenne 10-jointed ; the basal joint wider than long; the apical
the longest and slightest. Rostrum and mentum entirely absent.
Legs thick, the anterior pair not differing from the posterior.
Larva red, oval ; abdomen rounded, the extremity truncate and
projecting slightly, and exhibiting a short anal tube; there are
several strong spines and four floriform pores in the anal region.
Legs ample ; tarsus longer than tibia; coxa large ; claw simple.
Antenne of 6 joints, of which the apical and the basal are the
thickest, giving a constricted appearance ; apical joint oval and
wider than 3, 4, or 5; joints 1 and 2 stout and wide. Rostrum
ample. Mentum monomerous, spined.
1. Callipappus westwoodii, Guérin-Ménéville. (Pl. XV,
figs. 3, 3 a.)
Adult 2 of the usual form of the genus, though not much inflated ;
bluntly rounded behind ; sides of the thoracic region parallel, those
of the head tapering acutely ; a distinct keel runs round the apex
and terminates on either side of the extremity. Legs ample and
stout, with strong, spine-like hairs ; tarsus curved, with a comb of
spines on the inner margin, Rostrum and mentum obsolete.
Antenne 10-jointed. Epidermis mammillate. Colour dark purple,
with an obseure patch of chestnut on the last thoracic segment.
Opening of pouch ventral; from the folds around it Jong glassy
filaments are secreted. Length one inch ; width one-half inch.
g purple. Antenne 10-jointed. Length of body 0:25 inch,
length of caudal brush 0°5 inch. (For full descriptions of 2 and
¢ Signoret’s notes should be consulted.)
The adult 2s were feund beneath the dead bark scales
of various Hucalypti. The gs are often captured on the
wing.
2. Callipappus Jarinosus, sp.n. (PI. XV, figs. 1, 1 a, 1 6,1 ¢.)
Adult Q of the usual form and much inflated, being at times
438 Mr. C. Fuller on some species of
almost cylindrical. When viewed from above, the body is elongate-
ovate with a marginal keel. Colour of dorsum claret-brown, some-
times mottled ; ventrum chestnut. Thoracic segmentation indicated
by tranverse bands of red. Antenne 10-jointed, tapering, joints of
a dark brown colour, except the 3 basal, which are red. Legs stout,
and when the insect is in situ always extended; those of Westwoodii
are drawn under the body. Opening of pouch in the form of a
transverse slit, terminal. Intussusception extending in to the region
of the mesothorax. The species is more easily distinguished from
the foregoing by the nature of its secretion. This appears mealy,
and besides covering the whole body, is strewn widely around it.
When highly magnified the meal is seen to consist of particles of
glassy cylinders bent almost into the form of a circle. Length of
majority of specimens one inch, width one-half inch.
On Casuarina sp. Perth.
3. Callipappus bufo, sp.n. (PI. XV, figs. 2, 2a, 2b, 2c.)
Adult 2 stationary, found in exposed positions on twigs or leaves,
to which it is affixed by a silky pad lying between the bases of the
posterior legs. The legs appear to grasp the twig or leaf, but do not
in reality. Length of several specimens 0°5 inch. Viewed from
above, the body tapers to a point at the head and is abruptly truncate
behind ; contour almost triangular. Cephalic region thin and flat ;
thoracic inflated above and below; dorsum with two median humps.
Where attached to twig or leaf there is a depression in the ventral
surface. A decided keel runs round the head and terminates on
either side of the base. The colour of the dorsum is not uniform ; it
is purple-brown, with reddish patches on either side of the median
line above the intermediate and posterior legs. The colour of the
ventral surface is a purple-brown. The whole of the body thinly
covered with a fine meal, which is more plentiful in the region of
the abdominal segments. Opening of the pouch in the centre of the
posterior end, almost circular,
Taken on Casuarina humilis, Banksia menziesti and B.
lierfolia. ‘The species approaches Callipappus (Calostoma)
rubiginosus reported by Maskell from South Australia; it
differs chiefly in having 10-jointed antenne.
Genus IcERyYA, Signoret.
4, Icerya purchasi, Maskell.
This species occurs in small colonies on Acacias and
Citrus, etc., but is kept completely in check by Wovius
cardinalis and other natural enemies.
West Australian Coccide. 439
COCCIN A.
Genus Coccus, Linné.
5. Coccus acaciv, Maskell.
This insect occurs on Acacia pulchella and another small
“wattle ” much resembling it. I think I may safely say that
it is the prettiest and most highly coloured Coccid that
I have ever seen, vying in brilliancy with the gaudy
Chrysomelidz. Maskell’s description having been made
from dried material, the following colour notes from living
insects are added :—
Adult ? very convex, almost globose, slightly elongate behind.
Dorsum shining and distinctly segmented, ornamented with four
longitudinal rows of vermilion, and five rows of lemon-yellow spots.
The spots are upon each segment and are separated by transverse bars
of shining black, which occur in the constrictions. The median line
consists of small yellow spots ; on either side are large red spots, and
beyond these a wider row of yellow ones ; the spots in the remaining
rows are much smaller, The transverse bars of black, lying in the
constrictions, are not of even breadth, but are narrowed at several
intervals, the red spots being sometimes confluent. Length 0°13 inch.
Genus Ertococcus, Targioni-Tozzetti.
6. Hriococeus agonis, sp. 1.
? sac of apparently a loose texture, the accumulation of fumagine
being always so thick that the colour and true nature are quite
obscured.
Adult ? elongate, convex, segmented ; colour purple ; length 0:06
inch. Antenne tapering, 7-jointed ; 7 the longest, 2 and 3 sub-equal
and next in size ; 7 is constricted and occasionally appears as two
joints ; sequence 7 (2, 3) (1, 4) (5, 6). Mentum elongate-cordate,
trimerous. Tarsus twice the length of tibia, digitules normal. Anal
tubercles normal with 5 spines on each, one on either side of the apex
and 3 at the base ; the spine upon the inner margin is very con-
spicuous and thorn-like ; apex of tubercle with a long spine. Anal
ring probably 8-haired. There are a very few inconspicuous spines
on the dorsum and two upon the margins of each segment.
On Agonis flecwosa (“ Native Peppermint”).
7. Eriococeus apiomorphe, sp.n. (Plate XV, fig. 8.)
@ sac white, thick, complete, very convex ; contour elliptical ;
length 0°2, width 0°1, height 0-1 inch.
-
440 Mr. C. Fuller on some species of
Adult ? globose ; length 0°12 inch, Antenne 7-jointed, joints 2,3
and 4 subequal, 7 smaller but larger than 5 and 6 which are sub-
equal. Mentum long, conical, trimerous. Legs slender; tarsus
longer than tibia ; upper digitules knobbed, lower fine hairs; claws
sharp. Anal tubercles small, cylindrical, each with 2 spines at the
base and one on the lateral margin ; apex almost truncate bearing
a long seta. Anal ring 8-haired. Dorsum bearing very small
acuminate spines, the margin with a fringe of much larger spines
arranged at regular intervals.
Larva cinnamon-colour, segmented, ovate.
d puparium white, elliptical, convex; length 0°06, width 0°03
inch.
This species has only been found in the empty chambers
of the female gall of Apiomorpha maliformis and in the
galleries formed in its walls by boring beetles, and was
invariably associated with ants.
8. Hriococcus cypreexformis, sp.n. (Plate XV, fig. 5.)
? sac elongate-oval, very convex, smooth, shining ; sides pre-
hensile ; colour light brown ; length 0°15, width 0:11 inch.
Adult ? filling sac. Antenne 7-jointed, joint 1 globose, 2 shorter
and stout, 3 and 4 subequal and stout, 6 and 7 narrow and subequal.
Mentum short, cordate. Legs long. Anal tubercles large, very
chitinous, rough and tapering ; each is furnished with 2 spines, one
upon the outer margin at half the length, the other on the outer side
of the apex. Dorsum pitted with irregular oval and circular pores
and clothed with many spines.
Second stage 9 naked, green, distinctly segmented, almost flat.
Tubercles conspicuous and similar to adult. Antennz cylindrical,
6-jointed ; the second and third joints fused together ; sequence (2, 3)
(1, 6) (4, 5). On the margins of each of the last three segments of
the abdomen there are 3 small spines.
Larva with tapering antennée of 6 joints, apical joint conical.
Abdomen ending in two long tubercles.
On Casuarina sp. The sac of the adult 2 very much resembles
asmall “snake-head ” shell, particularly when at all old and bleached.
9. Eriococcus elegans, n. sp. (Plate XV, fig. 4.)
Adult 9 segmented, convex, elongate and narrow ; stationary, and
covered above by a secretion of a number of white filaments which
are arranged in 3 distinct rows of well-defined, curling, pyramidal
tufts. Colour red-brown. Length 0°l inch. Antenne rather long,
6-jointed, apex haired, sequence 3, 2, 4,7 (5,6) 1. Legs ample, tarsus
West Australian Coccide. 441
longer than tibia and bearing long upper digitules, and a long sharp
claw. Anal ring 8-haired. Tubercles almost conical, spined and
bearing sete. Dorsum densely clothed with short, conical spines
and many protruding spinnerets.
On Casuarina humilis (?). The species is clearly an
Eriococcus, but the dorsal covering could never be regarded
as a sac, although, as the insects affect the axils of the
branch and branchlets, they are completely enveloped.
10. Eriococcus Gurneyi, sp.n. (Plate XV, fig. 9.)
? sae complete above but not extending completely beneath the
insect, tough, felted, rather flat, elliptical.
Adult @ filling sac, white, elongate, segmented : dorsum clothed
with innumerable, closely set, short, stout, conical spines. Antennze
8-jointed, joints 7 and 8 fused. Legs slender, tarsus longer than
tibia, upper and lower digitules knobbed. Mentum dimerous. Anal
tubercles cylindrical, black, spined and with sete. Anal ring large,
8-haired.
Second stage ? active, pink or lemon-yellow. Antenne, legs and
tubercles as in adult. Dorsum clothed with long, cylindrical, glassy
tubes, surmounted with conical caps; those on the abdomen being
the longest. The insect in this stage is a very elegant little creature,
and highly suggestive of a hedgehog.
On a Rhamnaceous plant, in company with Inglisia
fossilis, Mask. The name of my friend Mr. E. H. Gurney,
of the N.S. W. Department of Agriculture, is attached to
this species.
11. Eriococcus hakex, sp. n. (Plate XV, fig. 7.)
9 sac of a tough, felted nature, white or buff colour and very
convex ; length 0°2, width 0°13, height 0°1 inch.
Adult 2 pink ; length 0°15—02 inch. Antenne 7-jointed, 3 the
longest, 6 the shortest ; sequence 3, 4,1, 2,7,5,6. Mentum dimerous,
conical, hairy. Legs ample, furnished with several spines, tibia and
tarsus subequal, digitules present. Anal tubercles large, stout, taper-
ing and spined ; the median margins with 4 to 6 conspicuous spines,
laterals with 3; with sete. Anal ring conspicuous, with 8 long
hairs. Dorsum with many conspicuous, conical spines, a few being
larger than the majority ; the margins of each segment bear a pair of
much longer acuminate spines, those on the posterior segments being
the longest.
On Hakea ilicifolia. The sac of this species much
442 Mr. C. Fuller on some species of
resembles that of #. apiomorphe. The insects frequent
the deepest crevices of the bark, but are easily dislodged.
12. Hriococcus imperfectus, sp. n.
? sac thick white, elliptical, slightly convex, incomplete beneath ;
length 0-1, width 0°6 inch.
Adult 2 fawn-coloured, filling sac, segmented, margin fringed with
short conical spines set at regular intervals. Antennz 7-jointed, 3
the longest, 2 and 4 subequal, 5 and 6 short, small and equal, 7 twice
the length of 6 and bearing a few hairs. Rostrum large ; mentum
conical, dimerous. Legs well developed, tarsus longer than tibia,
claws slender, upper digitules conspicuous. Anal tubercles large,
cylindrical, bearing several longish spines and setze ; apex conical.
Second stage 2 active and without sac. °
On Melaleuca sp. This species has been noticed to leave
its food-plant occasionally before secreting the sac, and
was first discovered on a paling fence, against which the
host-plant was growing.
13. Lriococeus simplex, var. dealbatus, Maskell.
Eriococeus tricarinatus, sp. n. (Plate XV, figs. 6, 6 a.)
sae elongate-oval, narrow behind, convex, with 3 longitudinal,
dorsal ridges ; one median, the others placed half way between it and
the margins and so dividing the dorsum into 4 subequal regions ;
perforated behind, orifice small and circular. Length 0°08 inch.
Adult @ filling sac, purple or brown, convex above, flat beneath,
tapering behind. Antenne 7-jointed, tapering, apical joint large,
globose and hairy ; sequence (12) 3 (74) (56). Mentum dimerous,
conical, haired at apex. Legs slender, tarsus twice as long as tibia ;
upper digitules knobbed, lower dilated. Anal tubercles cylindrical
with 5 spines, 3 near the base and 2 at the apex ; apex tapering and
bearing a long seta. Anal ring large with 8 rather long flat hairs.
On Lucalyptus gomphocephala, on the galls of Maskellia
globosa, Fuller.
Genus OLLIFFIA, gen. nov.
Characters :—Adult 2s stationary, with somewhat con-
spicuous anal tubercles which approach those of an
Hriococcus, but differ in having a chitinised prolongation of
the dorsal are of the anal opening, between them. Antenne
7-jointed, atrophied. Legs atrophied or absent. The name
of the late Mr, A. 8. Ollitf has been respectfully attached
to this genus.
West Australian Coccide. 44:3
14, Ollifiia eucalypti, sp.n. (Plate XV, fig. 10.)
Adult @ stationary, hidden beneath bark scales and covered
completely with fumagine ; slightly elongate. Abdomen a little
prolonged and ending in two stout, blunt, spined tubercles, without
sete. Anal ring situated between the bases of the tubercles, and
bearing 6 stout hairs, the dorsal are is prolonged in the form of a
chitinous, conical point. Antenne small atrophied, tapering, apex
haired, apparently 7-jointed. Rostrum large ; mentum 3-jointed.
Spiracles conspicuous. Legs absent, the last pair represented by
inconspicuous thickenings of the epidermis. Epidermis with
scattered, compound spinnerets. Length 0°04 inch.
On Hucalyptus sp. From ten prepared specimens.
Genus RHIZOCOCCUS, Signoret.
15. Rhizococcus tripartitus, sp. n. (Plate XV, figs. 11,
Liha, EEGs)
Adult 2 naked, at first of an obscure green (olive), becoming light
brown or buff-coloured with maturity ; there are 3 median, parallel,
longitudinal markings of dark brown. Dorsum punctate, spined and
divided into 3 well-defined regions by two transverse ridges, the
median region is rectangular, the terminals triangular. Body
elongate, wedge-shaped, tapering and prehensile at both ends.
Antenne 7-jointed, often joints 6 and 7 are fused and appear as one.
3 is the longest jomt and equal in length to all the more apical ones,
1 and 2 are subequal in length, but 1 is the wider. Abdomen with a
slight cleft, tubercles small triangular and Lecanid-like. Anal ring
with 8 hairs. Viviparous. Length 0°2—0°25 inch.
Larva elongate, segmented ; with very distinct anal tubercles which
are spined and bear long sete. Margin of body fringed with spines
of which there are also 4 longitudinal and more conspicuous rows on
the dorsum. Antenne 6-jointed. Tarsus longer than tibia.
On Casuarina. Like R. caswarine, Maskell, this species
affects the axils of the branch and branchlets. It is
generally found in company with fiorinia casuarine,
Mask.
SCHRADERIA, Fuller.
The term Schraderiw was proposed for a section of the
Coccine to include the genus Apiomorpha. This genus has
until recently been known by Schrader’s name Brachyscelis,
which, though well known to have been previously
occupied, has been left undisturbed by the more recent
_
444 Mr. C. Fuller on some species of
students, until changed to Apiomorpha by Riibsaamen in
1894. The sectional name has therefore been chosen as
some small tribute to the first worker,—the father of
Australian gall-study.
In placing the genus here, as a sub-family between the
Coccine and Dactylopiine, I have been guided by the
avalogy of the anal tubercles of the adult 9s to those of
the 9s of Hriococcus, and the 6-haired anal ring (only
noticeable in the pre-adult stages, owing to the subsequent
chitinising of the surrounding region) to the Dactylopiine.
The larvee also are not far removed in their characters ;
the fringe of spines around the margin of the body are
analogous to those of some larvee of the genera Sphewrococeus
and Cylindrococcus, whilst the suppressed anal tubercles
connect with Dactylopius.*
Unfortunately the genus is the type of the sub-family
Brachysceline, and, therefore, in removing it I propose to
let that sub-family remain with Ascelis as the type genus.
Genus APIOMORPHA, Riibsaamen.
Characters :—Adult 9s pear-shaped, the abdomen tapering, and
ending in 2 strongly chitinous tubercles. Mouth parts small, more
or less atrophied. Feet and antenne present in all stages, but more
or less atrophied in the adult. Anal ring with 6 hairs. Inhabiting
woody galls of characteristic shapes, whose growth, at the expense of
their host, they cause and direct.
Larve ovate, segmented ; abdomen ending in 2 suppressed tuber-
cles, each bearing a long seta. Margin of the body surrounded with
a fringe of uniform acuminate spines, each of which bears for a little
while after birth, on either side, thin, hyaline, wing-like appendages ;
each species apparently bearing the same number.
ds undergoing their transformations in separate cylindrical galls.
16. Apiomorpha karschi, Riitbsaamen (1894); Brachyscelis
Jletcheri, Fuller (1896).
This species occurs over the greater part of Australia; I
have collected it in several parts of New South Wales, in
Victoria and Western Australia (Blackwood and Swan
Rivers), and have seen specimens collected in South
Australia. The species is referred to as var. Mletcheri, by
Mr. Froggatt (Ayr Gazette, N.S. W.); but I have found the
* Since writing the above, I notice that Mr. Pergandé, who
examined specimens of the genus in connection with his study of
Xylococcus betulw, considers it closely related to the Coccine.
West Australian Coccide. 44.5
galls varying to so great an extent, singly and confluent,
that I am convinced that Mletchert is synonymous with
Karschi. On several species of Hucalyptus.
17. Apiomorpha munita, Schriider. I have this species
from Geraldton, W. A., the galls being 4-sided, with the
typical ridges at each corner.
18. Apiomorpha munita, Schrader, var. munitior, var. Nov.
This is a very common variation of the gall of munita,
found near the Swan River; it also occurs in N. 8. W.,
and differs from the type in having a smooth, round wall
without the four corner-ridges.
19. Apiomorpha munita, Schrader, var. tricornis, Froggatt.
In company with the foregoing variation of the type, in
fact often upon the same twig, I have several times
obtained perfect 3-horned specimens. These were perfect
galls, and presented no indication of an arrest in the
development of a fourth horn; and as the inmates were
alike, there was no doubt but that the variation was in the
galls alone.
20. Apiomorpha pomiformis, Froggatt. (Plate XV, fig. 15.)
I have a specimen of this species, which is also reported
from North Western Australia by Mr. Froggatt.
21. Apiomorpha ovicola, Schriider. Taken in company
with A. Helmsii.
22. Apiomorpha glabra. Ihave many galls answering to
the description of this species as given by Mr. Tepper, but
out of more than fifty, none contained Coccids. The warts
referred to in Tepper’s description were quite common
upon the galls, and are not those of the J, but of a
Hymenopteron.
23. Apiomorpha strombylosa, Tepper (1893) = Brachyscelis
crispa, Fuller (1896). Taken near the mouth of the
Swan River (A. M. Lea). As with dA. karschi, this is
another species described by me in which the name chosen
by the late A. S. Olliff and myself was retained. Owing
to the persistence with which Mr. W. W. Froggatt refers
to my notes as Olliff’s published manuscript, I feel bound
to repudiate the statement, and to reluctantly point out
that no MS. notes whatever, bearing upon Coccids, were
left by Mr. Ollitf.
-
446 Mr. C. Fuller on some species of
24. Apiomorpha cucurhita, sp.n. (Plate XV, figs. 13, 13 a.)
In the catalogue of Coccide given in the Journal of the
Bureau of Agriculture, W. A., I referred to this gall as a
variety of regularis, Tepper. I have since come to regard
it as distinct. The ? gall is smooth, pendulous, ellipsoidal,
and narrow at the base ; the apex is truncate, and slightly
dilated, the orifice being in the centre of a counter-sunk
depression. When fresh the galls are green in colour, and
usually striped with white, resembling a small gourd.
Length 14 inch, greatest diameter 0°9 inch.
Adult 2 not observed.
Tam indebted for this species to Mr. R. Helms, Kimberley,
NeW
25. Apiomorpha maliformis, sp.n. (Plate XV, fig. 14.)
Adult 2 pyriform, white or yellow, except the last 3 abdominal
segments, which are reddish-brown ; coated with a mealy, white
secretion ; length 2 to inch; greatest width .%, inch. Epidermis
with many minute floriform pores, and clothed with short, hairy
spines. Facial furrow semi-circular. Median depression of meso-
thorax transverse and deep. Anal appendages stout, horny, rough,
and clothed with stout, yellow spines ; parallel, bending outwards
at the apex, which is surmounted by two short, truncate tubes.
Antenne atrophied, small, tapering, truncate, apparently 5-jointed.
Legs, anterior small and inconspicuous, posterior 4, prominent, but
small. Posterior margins of abdominal segments bearing a row of
thorn-like spines; those on the last 4 being stronger than those
preceding. Mouth small.
dg unobserved.
? gall sessible, sub-spherical, smooth; length 1 to 1°3 inch,
diameter 1°3 to 15 inch. Apex flat, orifice small, usually with 4
short cracks radiating out from it. Colour blue or greenish-grey. ?
chamber balloon-shaped ; length inch ; width 3 inch. Walls thick,
hard, and woody.
d gall small, green, cylindrical; apex dilated; length 4+
inch. Growing upon the leaves.
The ? gall of this species is usually though not always
found growing upon the fruit of Hucalyptus patens (?),
which in point of fact, it somewhat resembles. This is
not the only instance in which I have seen the galls of
this genus upon the fruit, and their existence there quite
upsets the theory that the galls are modified fruits, etc.
It may be of interest to add that, out of some hundred odd
West Australian Coccide. “447
galls collected, many had been eaten into by Sigastus
fascicularis, Pasc., and in several cases the beetle was
found hiding in the chamber of the gall. In every instance
an entrance had been made at the apex of the gall, where
the wall is thinnest; from the circumstances under which
the beetles were found, there is no doubt that they sought
the Coccid. Swan River, W. A.
26. Apiomorpha helms, sp. n. (Plate XV, figs. 12, 12 a,
12D.)
Adult 2 orange-yellow ; last 3 abdominal segments red-brown ;
appendages dark brown ; median portion of the dorsum appearing to
the naked eye as if stippled with fine red-brown dots. Body elongate,
cephalic region rounded off, but slightly tapering, and narrower than
the thorax ; metathorax narrower than mesothorax. Abdomen long,
tapering. Anal appendages long, rough, tapering to a point, adjacent,
with the tips deflexed outwards and upwards, and bearing a short,
stout pine on the inner margin. Antenne atrophied, basal joint
much swollen, apex truncate and surmounted with 5 hairs, Legs
atrophied ; first pair small, without claws; second pair stout and
clawless ; third pair large and clawed. Rostral sete short, mentum
simple. The hinder margins of the segments are fringed upon the
dorsum with a row of sharp, thorn-like spines, and the median region
of the whole of the dorsum is densely clothed with short, stout,
thorn-like spines. Epidermis with many small, multiocular pores,
and clothed with numerous short hairs.
dé unobserved.
? gall, bright green, narrow at the base and widest near the apex,
sessile or shortly stalked; summit truncate, with a central cone
rising from it, the point of which is perforated by the small entrance
to the chamber. Usually 4—5-sided, with prominent longitudinal
ridges at each corner extending from the base up, and ending abruptly
with the summit. Length 1 to 1}inch. The twig to which the gall
is attached is always much swollen around its base, so that the gall
grows from a small pit. 2 chamber elongate, almost fusiform, the
widest portion being toward the apex.
Immature ? galls sessile, somewhat pyramidal, swollen at the
base ; apex conical ; sides strongly ribbed ; orifice closed.
¢ gall growing upon the leaves, cylindrical, longitudinally ribbed ;
summit dilated, and deeply serrate ; colour light yellow. Length -,
inch.
Midland Junction, Swan River, W. A.
I have much pleasure in attaching the name of Mr.
Richard Helms to this species. The “direction of the
er
448 Mr. C. Fuller on some species of
axis” is remarkably constant in the growth of the @ galls,
there being nearly always some indication of an effort
towards upward growth. The majority of the galls are
found growing out from the twig at an angle of about 45°,
when they arise from the upper side of the twig, and its
growth is natural; when upon the lower side they often
bend right round and grow up. When they are upon a
twig that is growing downwards they grow back, so that
the apex is towards the sky. There are, of course, excep-
tions, it being possible to find galls at all angles with the
twis ; they are, however, but the exceptions proving the
rule. The species is a very common one in the neighbour-
hood in which it was found, and there are acres of Eucaly pts
laden with the galls, and in some places the ground is
strewn with dead galls. The Coccids seem to be much
sought after by birds, the galls being found torn open and
the inmates gone ; curiously enough, however, they are
not, to my knowledge, subject to parasites, and the gall-
walls harbour no inquilines ; facts which without doubt
account for the numbers in which the galls were found.
Another interesting habit noticed is, that although the ¢
galls never grow upon the 2 galls, as is the case with two
or three other species, it is quite a common thing to find 9
galls growing upon each other, and in these cases it is
curious to notice that the gall which supports others is
never swollen at the point of attachment, as is the case
with the twigs.
DACTYLOPIIN~.
Genus SpH#rRococcus, Maskell.
Adult 9s naked, or covered with cottony or waxy secre-
tion, or inhabiting woody galls. Anal tubercles small or
absent. Antenne usually atrophied. Legs absent or
atrophied, Larvee exhibiting anal tubercles.
27. Sphexrococcus pulchellus, Maskell.
This handsome species is particularly common on Hypo-
lymma angustifolium and also on Melaleuca sp. Its general
colour is white; Maskell’s figure is not quite correct.
28. Spherococcus leati, sp.n. (Plate XV, fig. 21.)
Adult 2 oceupying a small, elegant, somewhat spherical gall, with
fluted sides ; growing at the apex of the branchlets of Caswarina, sp.
Viewed externally the gall appears to be formed of many separate
West Australian Coccide. 4.49
panels, which when viewed from the inside are seen to be united to
one-half their height. 9 chamber balloon-shaped.
Adult 2 segmented, sub-globose ; abdomen not prolonged into a
tail; almost filling chamber. Colour pink. Antenne atrophied,
close, short, and tapering, surmounted with a few hairs ; 6 or 7 joints.
Legs short, stout; tibia longer than tarsus; tarsus clawed. Rostrum
large ; mentum conical, trimerous (?), apex haired. Anal tubercles
absent. Anal ring not conspicuous. Dorsum clothed with numerous,
acuminate, yellow spines. Viviparous.
Larva elongate, fringed with spines. Anal tubercles bearing set
and spines. Antenne of 6 joints. Legs thick, tarsus slightly longer
than tibia, upper and lower digitules knobbed. Colour crimson.
The galls of this species are formed by the insects
attacking and diverting the apical growth of the branchlets.
In appearance they much resemble the galls of Cylindro-
coccus. The young galls, which are almost as large as those
containing the adults, are soft, and three or four young are
usually found in them; what becomes of the additional in-
mates I am unable to say, but it is probably a case of the
“survival of the fittest.” Named after Mr. A. M. Lea,
Government Entomologist of Tasmania.
29. Sphxrococcus tepperi,sp.n. (Pl. XV, fig. 16.)
Galls formed like those of S. socialis, Maskell, being composed of
aborted leaves and occupied by many Coccids. Spherical, flattened
at the base and apex ; the points of the aborted leaves protruding.
Colour green.
Adult ? flat, elongate, pyriform ; head pointed ; abdomen widely
rounded behind; abdominal segments chitinous; colour yellow.
Eyes black. Antenne projecting on each side of the head, short,
thick, probably 5-jointed ; apex truncate, haired. Mentum dimerous.
Legs, anterior 4 absent; posterior pair atrophied, apparently 2-
jointed, with circular pores, and resembling in shape those of 8S.
stypheliz, Mask. Anal orifice simple, with 4 spines above and a row
behind. Spiracles large. Length 0:04 inch.
Taken on a small Melaleuca or Kunzia. I have much
pleasure in naming this species after Mr. J. G. O. Tepper
of Adelaide Museum, 8. Australia.
30. Spherococcus ethel#, sp.n. (Pl. XV, fig. 20.)
Adult Qs stationary, globular, green, covered by several convex
superimposed scales of white wax, congregating together and forming
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART IV. (DEC.) 30
-
450 Mr. C. Fuller on some species of
woody excrescences and wounds which together with the white secre-
tion much resemble the attack of the “ woolly aphis” on the apple.
Length 0°05 inch. Epidermis with many conspicuous and slightly-
protruding pores, and clothed with inconspicuous spines. Spiracles
conspicuous, surrounded by groups of multiocular pores. Legs
absent. Rostrum large. Mentum conical, apex haired, probably
dimerous. Antennz represented by small chitinous thickenings.
Near the regions of the posterior spiracles are semi-circular chitinous
lobes, possibly atrophied legs. Anal ring unobserved. Cast skin of
earlier stage covering adult.
On Casuarina. Swan River.
31. Spherococcus tormentosus, sp.n. (Pl. XV, fig. 18.)
Adult 9s usually congregating together and secreting quantities
of white, woolly matter. When taken singly the tests are sub-globu-
lar with a central, longitudinal parting of the filaments. Length of
test 0°13 inch. Adult 9 convex above, flat beneath ; brown.
Antenne very small, atrophied, sub-conical not jointed. Mentum
dimerous, short. Legs absent. Spiracles large. Epidermis with
many minute, multiocular pores and bearing many short, tubular
spinnerets. Anal tubercles absent. Setee absent. Length 0°08 inch.
Larva yellow, very elongate, with 2 conspicuous anal tubercles,
bearing spines and setze. Anal ring with 6 hairs. Antenne 6-jointed;
joints 4 and 5 sub-equal and shortest, 3 and 6 sub-equal and longest.
Tarsus longer than tibia ; claws slender ; upper and lower digitules
knobbed. Mentum long, conical, dimerous. Dorsum bearing trans-
verse rows of short conical spines.
Adult ¢, only one observed, brownish-yellow, elongate ; abdomen
short, not tapering: spike short, with a dorsal curved appendage.
Antenne moniliform, sub-clavate ; 10-jointed ; joints 1 and 2 large
and wide, 2 the longer ; 3 clavate and slender; 4, 5, 6, and 7 sub-
equal and globose ; 8 and 9 larger und sub-equal ; 10 sub-conical.
Length, including spike, 0:09 inch.
On Melaleuca sp. Swan River. This species is close
to S. acaciw, Mask. It differs inasmuch as the larva of
that species is without tubercles and the adult 2 without
antenne.
32. Sphexrococcus morrisom, sp. n. (Pl. XV, fig. 22,
22 a.)
9s inhabiting galls. Mature gall ob-ovate, apex truncate, and
perforated. Colour light red; outer walls roughened where leaves
have fallen off. Q chamber divided into two parts, the lower
West Australian Coccide. 451
division being spherical and small, and having a wide circular
opening into the upper chamber, which is balloon-shaped.
The ? rests upon the ledge at the bottom of the upper chamber,
and its abdomen protrudes into the lower chamber, where the larvee
are deposited. Here also the larvee grow to twice their size before
seeking a suitable place to forma gall on their own account, draw-
ing nourishment, without doubt, from the inner walls of their “nest.”
Adult 9 secreting dorsally a tuft of white cottony matter. Dorsum
flat and circular, very chitinous and segmented, and densely perforated
with small pores, of which very small transverse rows mark the seg-
mentation. Ventrally very convex ; epidermis of ventrum thin,
bearing a few conical spines and perforated by multiocular pores ;
some of the spines are apparently arranged in transverse rows. Ros-
trum ample. Mentum short, cordate. Spiracles conspicuous. An-
tenn atrophied, sub-conical, not jointed. Legs absent. Viviparous.
Larva crimson, with a double fringe of spines and two longitudinal
rows on dorsum. Antenne 6-jointed. Rostrum ample. Legs stout ;
tibia and tarsus sub-equal. Tubercles inconspicuous.
On Melaleuca sp. from Pinjarrah, W. A. I have attached
‘to this species the name of Dr. Alex. Morrison, M.D., to
whom I am much indebted for the identification of many
of the host-plants mentioned in these notes.
33. Sphexrococeus morrisoni, var. elongata, var. nov.
(Pl. XV, fig. 23.)
The adult 9s differ from the type in being but a little
smaller. The galls however are more slender and often
longer than those of the type, and are grey-green in colour.
In this variety the outer bark of the gall continues to grow
for some inches, and fresh twigs form above its apex. Swan
River.
Genus CyLinpDRococcus, Maskell.
Insects inhabiting galls which appear to be aborted and
misshapen forms of the twigs of the plants. Anterior feet
present the remainder represented by patches on the epi-
dermis. Anal segment circular, slight convex, not prolonged
into a tail. (Maskell.)
34. Cylindrococcus gracilis, sp.n. (Pl. XV, fig. 24.)
The gall of this species very much resembles that of S. spiniferus,
Maskell, but is much more slender and the imbricated bracts do not
project like those of S. spiniferws. Length from 1 to 1} inch ; width
Linch, Colour green.
sl
452 Mr. ©. Fuller on some species of
Adult 9? like S. spiniferus, with the remarkable palmate append-
ages at the extremity of the abdomen. Antenne atrophied ; wide at
the base and tapering; apex sharp and slightly curved ; apparently
3-jointed. Anterior feet atrophied.
Larva red, active, elongate. Antenne 6-jointed. Eyes distinct.
Legs long and slender ; tibia longer than tarsus, only one long upper
digitule. Tubercles moderate, apex truncate bearing on the inner
margin a strong spine, and on the outer side of the apex a long seta,
Six longitudinal rows of spines on the dorsum, the median pair of
rows and those on the margins long, the latter conspicuously so ; the
other two rows small ; the spines are borne upon the last 9 segments,
6 toeach. The long lateral spines are serrate at the apex, and slightly
dilated.
On Casuarina humilis (2). Swan River, W. A.
Genus OUROCOCCUS, gen. nov.
Adult 9s stationary, inhabiting crevices in the bark of
their food-plant, and secreting a single long glassy “ tail”
from between the two more or less distinct tubercles in
which the abdomen ends. Abdomen tapering. Antenne
more or less atrophied. Feet absent or atrophied. § and
larva unobserved.
35. Ourococcus eucalypti, sp.n. (PI. XV, figs. 28, 29, 30.)
Adult 2 surrounded by a black waxy secretion and occupying a
deep-seated cavity in the bark. Abdomen tapering slightly and
ending in two incurved sharp points, which almost meet, enclosing a
circular space, through which the long glassy tail is secreted. Body
sub-globular, not distinctly segmented ; abdominal region strongly
chitinous and ventrally much striated with irregular corrugations
converging towards the extremity. Rostrum long, mentum conspic-
uous, dimerons, Antenne atrophied, short, tapering ; apex truncate,
with a few short hairs ; apparently 3-jointed. Legs absent. Spira-
cles large. Epidermis with many multiocular pores. Within the
abdomen when cleared with liquor potasse there is discernible a
peculiar sub-cordate chitinous organ, which is densely covered with
tubular processes; the apex of the organ is directed towards the
cephalic region, is truncate, and a small circular opening into the
organ can be seen ; on each side of this opening there is a prominent
tube-like process. On either side of this organ are somewhat similar
but smaller and circular organs. Behind the central organ a groove
extends to the base of the points. A distinct group of pores extends
from the base of each antenne to the posterior spiracle.
West Australian Coceide. 453
On Lucalyptus sp. This insect is doubly interesting on
account of its peculiar structure and the fact that it was
found buried to some depth in the living bark. When I
first found it I was much struck by this circumstance, and
succeeded in obtaining a clue as to how it had “burrowed”
into the bark. A search of the higher branches of the tree
revealed many longitudinal slits in the fresh bark which,
upon examination, were found to extend into the bark in
an upward direction almost to the wood, and to contain the
eggs of some large Homopteron. These slits corresponded
exactly in direction with those in the older bark occupied
by the Coccids, which they must have taken possession of
as larvee. How the young Coccid is able to enlarge the
cavity to suit its increasing proportions is rather
inexplicable.
36. Ouwrococcus casuarine, sp. nu. (Pl XV, figs. 25,
25 a, 26.)
Adult 2 stationary, chestnut-brown, unsegmented, slightly globose,
extremely chitinous and hard, hiding beneath the bract-like leaves
of Casuarina ; accompanied by much fumagine and secreting a single,
long, glassy tail. Abdomen tapering slightly and ending in two con-
spicuous tubercles, which bear 3 stout spines. The margin of the
abdomen bears similar spines to those on the tubercles, and on each
side of the terminal tubercles there are usually from 2—4 less promi-
nent tubercles. There is a central groove in the abdomen similar to
that seen in O. eucalypti and O. cobbii, and with difficulty a similar
form of organ is to be detected. Mentum conical. Antenne very
small, atrophied ; 2- or 3-jointed, a few hairs at the apex. Legs
absent. Behind the posterior spiracles there are two convex, semi-
circular, lobe-like appendages, thickly perforated with circular pores,
and having a honeycombed appearance.
Swan River, W. A.
37. Ourococcus cobbii, sp. n. (Plate XV, figs. 27, 27 a.)
Adult 9s found ‘beneath bark scales of Eucalyptus sp. and also in
wounds in the bark, secreting long, glassy filaments, stationary.
Abdomen chitinous, rounded, ending in two inconspicuous chitinous
tubercles, each bearing a small spine. Inside the abdomen is to be
seen, after preparation, a reniform organ similar in nature to that
seen in QO, eucalypti. Antenne of 7 joints, atrophied, tapering, apex
haired. Mentum long, conical, dimerous. Dorsum with spines and
compound and short, tubular spinnerets. Upon the margin of some
_
454, Mr. C. Fuller on some species of
of the abdominal segments are short, stout spines, the points of which
are directed towards the head.
The name of Dr. N. A. Cobb, of the N.S. W. Depart-
ment of Agriculture, is respectfully attached to this
species.
Genus DactyLopius (Costa).
38. Dactylopius macrozamix, sp. 1.
Adult @ active; light yellowish-brown ; elongate, flattish, seg-
mented ; with dorsal meal and short lateral tassels. Antenne of 8
joints, basal wide and stout, remainder cylindrical, apical longest and
almost fusiform ; sequence 812(35)5 (67), Legs ample, spined. Tuber-
cles small. Anal ring conspicuous with 6 strong hairs. Dorsum
clothed with many hair-like spines and with numerous multiocular
pores and raised spinnerets. Mentum conical, apex haired, mono-
merous (?). Eyes sub-conical. Length 016 inch. Eggs yellow,
deposited in thin cottony webs.
Larva yellowish-brown. Antenne 6-jointed, anal tubercles small.
On Macrozamia frazeri, Swan River. Generally found
at the bases of the fronds.
39. Dactylopius adonidum.
On Oleander and Coleus.
40. Dactylopius grevillex, sp. n.
Adult Qs stationary, sub-globose, distinctly segmented, slightly
mealy, inhabiting complete and almost spherical sacs. Colour purple-
black. Antennze 7-jointed ; 7 longest, remainder sub-equal, there is
seemingly an atrophied joint between joints 5 and 6. Legs short,
stout ; tibia longer than tarsus, tarsus clawed ; upper digitules slight,
lower dilated. Epidermis with many spinnerets and small spines.
Anal ring with 6 stout hairs. Tubercles small,each with a long seta
and four distinct guttate spines. Similar spines occur laterad of each
abdominal segment, and extend in a row across the dorsum,
On Grevillea lipinnatifida, Swan River.
41. Dactylopius lanigerus, sp. n.
Adult @s active, sluggish, congregating in colonies upon the
branchlets and secreting immense quantities of woolly matter, which
becomes matted together and hangs down in shreds. When removed,
the adult @ is of a yellowish or dirty brown colour with short tassels
of cotton laterad of each segment. Antenne 8-jointed ; sequence
81 (23) (4,5,6,7). Mentum conical, dimerous. Legs ample ; tibia twice
West Australian Coccidex. 455
the length of tarsus. Anal tubercles absent, represented by two small
chitinous discs. Anal ring granular, with 8 hairs. Epidermis with
scattered fine hairs and compound spinnerets. Length 0°9 inch.
Adult ¢ brownish-yellow ; antennz hairy, 9-jointed. Abdomen
short not tapering, and bearing several short setz on either side of
the short style.
Larva reddish. Antenne 6-jointed, sequence 6 (12) (3,4,5). Ab-
domen truncate, tubercles short and rounded, with two conical spines
median of base, each with a long seta.
Eggs red.
On Acacia pulchella. Trivial name “Snow scale.” The
larvee and eggs are found amongst the secreted matter
which adheres loosely to any object brushing against it ;
in this way the species is no doubt spread about.
ASTEROLECANILA.
Genus LECANIODIASPIS, Targ. (PROSOPOPHORA, Douglas.)
42, Lecaniodiaspis acaci#, Maskell.
This species occurs quite commonly in Western Austra-
lia upon Acacia cyanophylla and A. microbotrya. The 2s
of the second stage are very Lecanid in general appear-
ance, the abdomen being cleft and the tubercles like small
triangular lobes.
43. Lecaniodiaspis melaleuce, sp. nu. (Plate XV, fig. 31.)
Adult 2 enclosed in a thin, complete test of paperlike secretion.
Viewed from above, the test is ovate with a faint, median carina and
several fainter transverse ridges. The posterior end is the wider,
and the extremity is pinched up and projects slightly. Viewed
from the side the dorsum is seen to be very convex whilst the
ventral surface is concave, so that there is a decided keel all round
the margin of the test at the junction of the upper and lower halves.
The colour of the test is externally grey, but the inner surface is
yellow. Length 0:17 inch ; width 0°12 inch.
Adult @ filling the test ; dorsum convex ; segmented. Colour
dark grey, brown or tinged with yellow. Antenne cylindrical, 8-
or 10-jointed. Legs small and atrophied. Abdomen ending in a
slight depression, on either side of which are somewhat elongate
lobes without spines or sete ; each lobe is striated and near the
apex there are several small pores. Anal ring with 10 short hairs.
The margin of the body bears a few small, stout spines, and the
o
456 Mr. C. Fuller on some species of
epidermis many raised “ figure of eight” spinnerets, and is marked
dorsally with many irregular short lines.
Second stage 9 naked, resting on a thin pad of papery secretion ;
almost flat ; the dorsum rising in the centre in the form of a low
cone, and marked with radiating lines, Colour slate-black.
Antenne of 8 joints ; basal short and wide, 2 the longest, 3, 4 and
5 sub-equal, 6 and 7 sub-equal, 8 short, rounded, and bearing a few
hairs. Lobes spined. Anal ring with 10 long flat hairs. Spiracles
not prominent, with small adjacent groups of simple pores. 4
puparium yellowish-white ; segmented ; elliptical. Length 0°05 inch.
On Melaleuca leucodendron (2). Swan River, W. A.
Genus ASTEROLECANIUM, Signoret.
(Planchonia. p.n. occ.)
44, Asterolecanium hakex, sp. n.
Test of adult 9 light transparent green, flat, circular ; fringe
generally absent, lighter than scale ; diameter 0:06 inch.
Adult 2 almost circular, light green ; flat above, slightly convex
beneath. Mentum dimerous. Tubercles fairly distinct, bearing
longish sete, and on the inner margin a single spine. Margin with
a row of “ figure of eight” spinnerets, which is occasionally double,
but not regularly so as in A. ventrousa, Maskell. There is also a
single row of multiocular pores round the margin.
¢ puparium smaller than test of o, oval, segmented, light
green.
This species is common on the bark of Hakea ilicifolia,
and is occasionally found on an Acacia, Swan River, W. A.
Like A. ventrousa, the female rests in a small pit, but it
does not cause such an abortive growth of the bark as
that species, and in general appearance very much resem-
bles A. quercicola, a common species in Sydney and
Melbourne on oaks.
45, Asterolecanium petrophile, sp. n.
Test of adult 9 flat, yellowish-green, circular, sometimes slightly
elongate, fringe white. Length 0°045 inch. Owing to the trans-
parency of the test it usually appears dark brown or black, due to
the colour of the 2 showing through.
Adult 2 never entirely filling the test. Antenne represented by
a pair of chitinous buttons. Mentum monomerous. Margin with a
single row of “figure of eight” spinnerets and a row of simple
pores, Dorsum without markings, Ventrum flat.
West Australian Coccide. 457
On Petrophila linearis, Swan River, W. A. At. first
sight this species looks im si#w much like an Alewrodes,
and is often found in company with Parlatoria petrophile.
Like the foregoing species it rests in a slight depression.
46. Asterolecanium styphelix, Maskell.
This species is common on Styphelia sp, on the banks of
the Swan River, and has also been obtained at King
George’s Sound.
TARCHARDIIN A.
Genus TARCHARDIA, Blanchard.
47. Tarchardia convexa, sp. n.
Test of @ dark brown, very convex, smooth, with two lateral
filaments protruding from circular orifices. Length 0°15 inch.
Adult 2 elongate, thoracic tubes conspicuous. Abdomen pro-
longed, with a chitinous ring at the apex ; ring with 10 hairs.
Antenne small atrophied, not jointed. Mentrum monomerous.
Anterior spiracles larger than the posterior, and surrounded by
groups of small pores. Dorsal spine conspicuous, with several
adjacent hairs.
On Hypocalymma sp. Swan River.
48. Tarchardia melaleuce, Maskell. (Plate XV, fig. 32.)
d red, elongate, sides of abdomen parallel, ends lobed. Spike
curved downwards. Antenne cylindrical, not tapering; joints 1
and 2 short and stout, the rest long and narrow; 3 the longest, 4,
5, and 6 diminishing, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 sub-equal; apex of 10
rounded and bearing 5 conspicuous knobbed hairs,
On Kunzia or Melaleuca. Perth, W. A.
LECANIIN A.
Genus SIGNORETIA, Targioni-Tozzetti.
49, Signoretia luzule, Dufour, var. australis, Maskell.
On various grasses and sedges.
Genus LICHSTENSIA, Signoret.
50. Lichstensia hakearum, sp. n. (Plate XV, fig. 37.)
Adult 2 brown, convex above, flat beneath, stationary, constructing
a more or less spherical sac of a pure white, felted secretion, open at
the anterior end and exposing the median region of the dorsum.
Length 0°15 inch. Ofa normal Lecanid form with usual cleft and
all
458 Mr. C. Fuller on some species of
small lobes. Anal ring inconspicuous, with 6 hairs. Antenne
rather long, cylindrical, tapering slightly ; joint 3 times the length
of 2; sequence 3, 2, 1, 4, 5, 6, 7. Tibia longer than tarsus, Epider-
mis with protruding, multiocular spinnerets.
On Hakea media and other species, Pinjarrah (A. M. Lea).
The position of the 9 after egg-laying is a tergo, but still
within the sac. In my preliminary list this species is
mentioned as a Lecaniodiaspis (?); I am indebted for its
present reference to Lichstensia to Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell.
Genus PULVINARIA, Targioni-Tozzetti.
. . . . . i al
d1. Pulvinaria maskelli, Olliff, var. viminarie, var. nov.
Adult 9 almost black, very convex, length 0°35 inch. Egg-sae long
and narrow, length including the in situ 0°5 to 0°6 inch. In its
anatomical details the 9 resembles P. nutysix, Maskell.
On Viminaria denudata, Pinjarrah (A. M. Lea), and
Hakea wicifolia, Bunbury (C. F.).
52. Pulvinaria nutysiv, Maskell.
On Nutysia floribunda. I cannot help regarding this
species as a variety of P. maskelli. The fs were found by
me in one case in great numbers upon a tree without the
9s, -and were at first mistaken for a Ctenochiton, and
mentioned in the list referred to, as C. (2) nutysie.
Genus LrEcANIvM, [liger.
53. Lecanium baccatwm, Maskell.
This species occurs in various parts of Western Austra-
lia, and in fact most of the Australian Colonies. It has
recently been separated from Lecaniwm by Parrott and
Cockerell, and referred to as Cryptes baccatus.
54. Lecanium baceatum, Maskell, var. marmorewm, var. nov.
2 naked, quite white and polished, globular, slightly prolonged in
front, with a faint, longitudinal, median elevation, which has a row
of shallow depressions on either side. Antenne cylindrical, 8-
jointed: joints 1 and 2 the longest ; spical joint haired: seyuence
(13) (24) (5, 6,7, 8). Mentum short, condate, monomerous ; with
several spines. Legs ample; femur swollen; tibia and tarsus
slender, tibia the longer ; tarsus clawed and with 4 long knobbed
digitules. Lobes adjacent, taken altogether elliptical ; surrounding
region chitinous. Anal ring haired, inconspicuous. Epidermis
West Australian Coccide. 459
with very small spinnerets and multiocular pores, which are more
numerous near the anal region.
On Acacia, Geraldton, W. A.
55. Lecanium hemisphericum, Targ.-Tozz.
On ferns, Perth, W. A.
56. Lecaniwm hesperidwm, Linn.
On several plants, including the fig.
57. Lecanium frenchi, var. macrozamig, var. nov. (Plate
XV, figs. 40, 40 a, b.)
Adult @ elliptical, slightly convex, margin of dorsum almost
black, medium region red-browu. Fringe white. Length 0°13 inch,
After egg-laying the dorsum becomes quite black and extremely
chitinous. The marginal region exhibits the many radiating
channels and tessellations of the type. The fringe consists of
transparent, stalked appendages, which are widest at their middle
and have the apex rounded ; they originate from circular orifices.
Antenne cylindrical with 6 joints, of these 1, 2, 4, 5, are sub-equal,
3 about three times the length of 2, 6 tapering about twice the
length of 5 ; sequence 3, 6 (1,2, 4, 5). Spiracular spines slender and
swollen at the apex; the central the longest, and reaching a little
beyond the margin. Cleft represented by a deep narrow incision,
the sides of which are parallel, and the posterior contour of the body
unbroken. Anal tube conspicuous, striated.
Immature ? yellow, elliptical and flat ; larger than when mature,
measuring 0°16—0°19 inch in length. Dorsum with regular reticulate
pattern.
Larva oval, with cleft, lobes and anal tube similar to adult.
Length 0°25 inch. There are several single spines opposite each
spiracle and a conspicuous one on either side of the cleft.
Antenne of 6 joints, long and slender and similar to the adult.
Legs slender. Fringe wanting.
¢ puparium waxy, white, transparent, with two longitudinal and
many radiating carine. Pupa red.
On Macrozamia frazeri, Swan River. This insect
seemed to differ very much from the type as regards the
joints of the antenne, but as it agrees so closely in all
other features I have thought it preferable to regard it as
a variety.
58. Lecaniwm olex, Bern.
On many cultivated and garden plants, very common on
hall
460 Mr. C. Fuller on some species of
orange, lemon, olive and oleander, also on Solanwm sodo-
meum and the weeping willow. I have also taken it on
several native plants including Macrozamia frazeri.
59. Lecaniwm ribis, Fitch.
A Lecanium taken to be this species was found on an
English gooseberry at Albany.
60. Lecaniwm tessellatwm, Signoret. On a hot-house plant.
Perth, W. A.
Genus Ineuista, Maskell.
61. Inglisia fossilis, Maskell. (Plate XV, fig. 50.)
On TYempletonia sp. Swan River. I have given a
further figure of this species, as Maskell’s is a little mis-
leading.
62. Inglisia foraminifer, Maskell, var. loranthi, var. nov.
(Plate XV, figs. 50, and 50 a, 8, ¢.)
I received from Mr. A. E. Lankaster specimens of an
Inglisia found by him at Geraldton which agrees very
well with Maskell’s description of J. foraminifer, except
that the adult 9s are legless. Curiously enough Maskell
gives the host of his type as Santalwm, whilst despite the
fact that the West Australian variety is fairly common, it
was only found on Loranthus quandang (the “ quandang”
or “native peach”), a “mistletoe” growing on Santalum
acuminatwm.
Genus CERONEMA, Maskell.
63. Ceronema banksix, Maskell. (Plate XV, fig. 38.)
A species which I take to be C. banksix is particularly
common on Banksia ilicifolia, and is also found on B.
attenuata and B. menziesii. The adult 2 agrees in all
particulars with Maskell’s description ; the tests are, how-
ever, compact and without cottony threads, and I have
moreover never seen any secreted matter beneath a 9 as
described by him, though a large number were examined
with this object.
64. Ceronema dryandre, sp.n. (Plate XV, fig. 39, 39 a, 0.)
Test of adult @ white, covering the whole of the insect except a
small elliptical region of the dorsum towards the posterior extremity,
and embracing the anal lobes. The test is narrow behind, broadly
rounded in front, and exhibits well-defined convolutions. Length
0°14 inch,
West Australian Coccide. 461
Adult ? elliptical, dark brown, tapering behind, closely resembling
C. banksiz ; the antennz and dorsum exhibiting the same characters.
Abdominal cleft represented by a deep narrow slit ; lobes adjacent
and tapering. Anal ring apparently hairless, and tube distinct.
Region surrounding cleft and lobes conspicuously chitinous. Margin
with a regular row of yellow, cylindrical and coronetted spinnerets
from which the test is secreted.
Immature 2 naked, elliptical, with a longitudinal carina. Resem-
bling adult in all anatomical features except the anal lobes, which
resemble the tubercles of an Hriococcus, tapering and bearing at the
apex a long, acuminate spine, also 3 other spines, one upon the
upper surface and two upon the inner margin.
dé puparium, glassy, white, the medium region very much raised.
On Dryandra nivea, Darling ranges, and on Dryandra
floribunda, Perth. The arrangement of the test is not
easily described, but is fairly reproduced by the figure ; it
is particularly neat and pretty, and may be likened to the
well-known crest of the Prince of Wales. The genus
Dryandra is peculiar to West Australia, and its members
are closely allied to the Banksvas.
BRACHYSCELIN A, Maskell.
As pointed out in my reference to the Genus Apimorpha
I propose to replace that as the type genus of this sub-family
by Ascelis, and include with it the genera Opisthoscelis and
Cystococcus.
Genus ASCELIS, Schrader.
Insects gall-inhabiting. 2¢s undergoing their transforma-
tions within the 2 chamber, or gall. Adult 9s without
legs, abdomen somewhat prolonged and ending in a
chitinous button.
65. Ascelis melaleuce, sp.n. (Plate XV, fig. 35, 35 a.)
Adult ? yellow, sub-globose, abdomen tapering and ending in a
hard, chitinous button. Length about 3, inch. Body unsegmented.
Mouth somewhat rudimentary. Legs and antenne absent. When
cleared in potash 6 chitinous ribs are seen to extend into the body
from the terminal button. Spiracles distinct.
Gall wider than high. Externally of the same nature and colour
as the bark of the host plant. Apex of gall conical ; perforated bya
small orifice, through which a glassy filament occasionally protrudes.
Galls divided into two chambers, the lower is occupied by the ? and
-
462 Mr. C. Fuller on some species of
communicates with the upper by a very small opening through
which, and the outer opening immediately above it, the 2 secretes
the glassy filament. The upper chamber usually contains several g
pupee, encased in white, mealy cocoons.
On Melaleuca sp. Swan River. This species is placed
provisionally in this genus, as all the species hitherto
described are from the ucalypti and have single
chambered galls.
Genus CYSTOCOCCUS, gen. nov.
Characters :—Gall inhabiting. Adult 2 cyst-like, body
unsegmented, striated longitudinally. Legs and antennz
absent. Mouth almost obsolete. Spiracles large. Epi-
dermis without hairs, spines, or pores. Abdomen at the
end conical and capped with a hard chitinous button,
which is used to close the entrance to the chamber of the
gall. Galls like those of the genus Apiomorpha, but of a
brittle nature, and with walls of an even thickness through-
out. The ¢s probably undergo their transformations within
the ? gall, judging from the number of wings and remains
found at times in the galls collected.
The genus is erected for the reception of a very remark-
able Coccid brought from East Kimberley, North West
Australia, by Mr. Richard Helms. It is no doubt closely
allied to Ascelis, but both the Coccid and its gall are
sufficiently characteristic to warrant the erection of a
new genus.
66. Cystococcus echiniformis,sp. n. (Plate XV, fig. 36, a, 6, c.)
Adult 2 almost spherical, and nearly filling the chamber of the
gall. Cephalic extremity flat ; abdominal conical, the apex termin-
ating in a hard, chitinised button. Body unsegmented, striated
longitudinally. Spiracles conspicuous, black, usually with white
filaments protruding from them. Mouth parts almost obsolete, form
doubtful. Legs and antenne absent. Length 0°5 to 0°7 inch.
Larva unobserved.
Gall spherical, orifice at apex. Diameter from # to 1} inch. The
walls are of an even thickness throughout, comparatively thin, brittle
and granulate. Colour dirty white outside, the outer surface much
resembling a naked sea-urchin. The inner wall with a smooth
papery lining which is veined and bears a slight resemblance to the
inner wall of a sea-urchin. The chamber follows the contour of the
outer surface. Within, the entrance is surrounded by a wooden rim,
West Australian Coccide. 463
which widens out in the form of a funnel or hollow cone, attached at
its apex, and in which the conical end of the 9s abdomen rests. At
the cephalic end of the gall there is often a small elevation or table
to which the cephalic region of the @ is slightly attached. Diameter
0°7 to 1 inch.
Perfect specimens of the ¢ have not been observed. The wings
are purple and the abdomen is extremely long.
On Lucalyptus tesselaris. These insects are edible and
much sought after by the natives to whom they are well
known as delicacies. Mr. Helms tells me that they are not
at all unpalatable, being cool and refreshing on a hot day.
The galls are plucked and broken between the teeth and
the inmate sucked out. The specific name echiniformis
was adopted at Mr. Helms’ suggestion, and I am also in-
debted to him for the following interesting information
given in his own words :—
“The insect is readily eaten by all natives and whites
who know it. It is merely a bladder filling the cavity of
the gall ; the taste of its Juice cannot be referred to any
well-known flavour; it is watery and in fact almost taste-
less, and in sucking it one naturally perceives the flavour
of the gum-tree. I found it on Z. tesselaris all over East
Kimberley, and it is no doubt widely distributed in the
Northern Territory of South Australia, as all the natives
from those parts were acquainted with it as a choice tit-bit.
The Yundi tribe of natives inhabiting the country about
Mount Dockrell, West Australia, and the Mulunya tribe,
who live near the upper portion of the Victoria River in
the Northern Territory, South Australia, know the insect
as ‘Ballabi. Another Northern Territory tribe living in
the Forest River district call it ‘Ballabbi, and the
Daulananya tribe, on the borders of the Catherine River,
Northern Territory, have the two names ‘ Durdunga’ and
‘Lador’ for it. The Mungui tribe livmg between Pine
Creek and the Catherine River call it ‘ Lordoch, and the
Osborn River (a tributary of the Ord River) tribe term
it ‘ Kardaddain.” This is not the first edible Coccid
reported from these parts, as Froggatt says that Apio-
morpha pomiformis is also eaten by the aborigines. It
is, however, extremely probable that in this case the two
insects have been confused, as the latter gall is extremely
hard and woody and requires considerable force to
open it.
oe
464 Mr. C. Fuller on some species of
Genus OPISTHOSCELIS, Schrader.
Adult ?s inhabiting galls formed on leaves or twigs.
Abdomen prolonged imto a conspicuous tail. Posterior
legs very much prolonged, anterior atrophied or absent.
67. Opisthoscelis conica, sp. n. (Plate XV, figs. 38 and 34.)
Adult 2 very convex, distinctly segmented, colour light brown ;
covered with meal ; abdomen prolonged ; length 0-15 inch. Antenne
atrophied, short conical not jointed. Anterior legs absent, posterior
legs very long, measuring 0°09 inch, the coxa trochanter and femur
short and stout ; the tibia very long; tarsus atrophied, represented
by a minute nipple at the extremity of the tibia. Rostrum short,
mentum cordate. Epidermis clothed with many long, fine curved
spines, which are more numerous about the cephalis region and on
the margins of the tail, forming a tuft at its apex.
? gall on leaves, orifice upon the upper surface. The gall pro-
trudes on both surfaces of the leaf ; upon the upper in the form of a
cone, and upon the lower in the form of a hemisphere. Diameter at
base 0°3 to 0°4 inch. Chamber pyriform, length 0-2, width 0-2 inch.
¢ galls unobserved.
The gall of this species approaches those of O. subro-
tunda and serrata. The Coccid is quite distinct from the
latter species, and differs from the former in the atrophied
tarsus, which in O. subrotunda is described as “as long or
longer than tibia.” On Hucalyptus sp. Swan River.
DIASPIN &.
Genus ASPIDIOTUS, Bouché.
68. Aspidiotus aurantu, Maskell.
Taken upon many plants including Eucalypt,the Moreton
Bay Fig (Ficus macrophylla, Desf.), the Grape, Rose, ete.
69. Aspidiotus caldesii, Targ.-Tozz.
On Acacia sp. Geraldton.
70. Aspidiotus ceratus, Maskell.
On Acacia sp. and Templetonia sp.
71. Aspidiotus cladvi, Maskell.
On Sedge. Maskell records the species from Eastern
Australia and also from Natal, South Africa.
West Australian Coccidx. 465
72. Aspidiotus dryandrex, sp.n. (Plate XV, fig. 41.)
Seale of 2 sub-cireular, rather flat, diameter about 0°12 inch.
Exuvie more or less central and inconspicuous. The scale is
externally of a dirty fawn-colour, the inner surface being pure
white.
Adult ? claret-brown: last segment yellow, with 6 lobes well
developed and as wide as long; the median pair adjacent, the
largest, notched on either side of the apex, the lateral notch being
the deeper ; second pair deeply incised once on lateral margin ; third
pair conical with sinuous sides and more removed from the second
than the second from the median pair ; with the exception of several
small notches the rest of the margin is finely serrate. Plates absent.
Median spines inconspicuous ; second, third, and fourth pairs distinct.
Circumgenital pores absent.
On Dryandra floribunda. Swan River.
73. Aspidiotus niveus, sp. n.
Scale of 2 circular, very convex, pure white ; diameter 0°04 inch.
Exuvie light yellow, central, often hidden by the secretion of first
stage.
Adult ? bright yellow, somewhat globose, of normal form, abdo-
men ending in a pair of adjacent, sharply truncate lobes, on either
side of which is a small fringe of simple, hairy plates ; the spines,
with the exception of the median pair, are long and hairlike.
g puparium small, white ; larval skin yellow.
On Acacia pulchella. This species is closely allied to
A. ceratus, but differs in the form of the lobes and in the
absence of the widely forked spine.
74. Aspidiotus perniciosus, Comstock.
On peach and apple, in two isolated instances only.
75. A. pernictosus, var. ewcalypte.
Scale of 9 pyriform, very slightly convex, purple-black when in
situ, length 0-045, width 0°035 inch. LExuvie bright red, often
surrounded by a ring of white secretion. At the posterior end of the
scale there is a crescent-shaped piece of grey secretion which gives
the pyriform shape.
Adult 2 with median lobes converging, well-developed and faintly
crenulate on their lateral margins ; second lobes small, more or less
triangular, and notched twice ; third lobes almost obsolete ; half-way
towards the penultimate segment there is a fairly strong, wide,
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PARTIV. (DEC.) 31
_
466 Mr. C. Fuller on some species of
pointed prolongation of the margin. Plates more or less branched.
Spines situated above the lobes. Length 0°03 inch.
¢ puparium grey or grey-black, margin lighter. Larval skin red.
Form normal. Length 0°04 inch.
Adult ¢ with 10-jointed antennz and dark purple eyes. Length
00325 inch.
Larva with antenne of 4 joints, fourth joint as long as first, second
and third together. Abdomen ending in two converging and distinct
lobes, incised on their lateral margins with a pair of longish sete
between them. Length 0:0075 inch.
On Lucalyptus globulus, an introduced species from Tas-
mania, in the streets of Perth. From the discussion which
has arisen concerning the supposed variety of A. perniciosus
upon Hucalypti in several of the colonies, it would appear
that I have been in too much haste in attaching this species
to perniciosus, and was perhaps ill-advised in selecting
eucalypti as the name for it. The Victorian species is
now, according to Froggatt, A. eucalypti, var. comatus,
Maskell, but the Western Australian form is undoubtedly
distinct, both in the arrangement of the lobes and in
the absence of the transverse groove upon which, in both
type and variety, Maskell lays so much stress. It is in
fact a very close relation to A. perniciosus and differs chiefly
in the presence of the chitinised prolongation of the
margins, and also in the more serrated plates, which I find
are more pronounced in the second stage female than in
the adult.
76. Aspidiotus rapax, Comstock.
This is a very common species, and occurs upon a large
variety of indigenous plants.
Genus PARLATORIA, Targioni-Tozzetti.
Characters :— @ scale elongate or subcircular; exuvie
terminal or sub-central, large and of a rounded form,
¢ puparium elongate, not carinate ; larval skin terminal.
Adult ? broad, last segment with 4 groups of circum-
genital pores and usually bearing 6 lobes and many plates
which extend tothe margin of the more anterior segments,
17. Parlatoria proteus, Curtis.
On Pinus insignis in Perth,
West Australian Coccidez. 467
78. Parlatoria viridis, sp. n.
Seale of 2 elongate, rounded behind, form constant ; exuvie ter-
minal, naked ; the first brown and about 4 the size of the second,
which is a viridian green, oval and equal to half the length of the
whole scale ; secreted portion white, occasionally light brown against
the second cast skin. Length 0:06 inch.
Adult 2 rounded-ovate, brown, shrivelling after egg-laying to half
the size of the second of the exuvie. Last segment presenting the
following characters :—6 conspicuous tri-lobate lobes, the incisions on
either side of the apex being deep and the bases of the lobes much
narrowed. Spines inconspicuous. There are two oblong narrow
plates, serrate at the apex, between the median lobes ; 2 between
the first and second lobes, and 3 between the second and third
lobes ; the plates immediately beyond the third lobes are narrowed
at the base, widest near the middle and taper to the apex ; they are
deeply incised and may be described as palmate. The plates extend
only to the penultimate segment. The anterior groups of circum-
genital pores are contiguous with the posterior, so that there are
apparently only two elongated groups which are constricted at about
the middle, 23—26 pores. The merging of the groups into one is a
constant feature. Length 0°05 inch.
¢ puparium elongate, slightly convex ; larval skin terminal,
viridian green ; the rest white. Length 0°04 inch.
On Pittosporum sp., Perth. This species causes a yellow
stain upon the leaves and affects the growth of the infested
plants considerably. It approaches P. pittosport, Maskell,
the scales differ, however, in colour and also in the position
of the exuvie. The fringe of platesin P. pittospori is also
said to extend to the rostral region. In external appear-
ance viridis appears to more nearly approach P. myrtus,
but the second of the exuvie is conspicuously large,
whereas in the latter it is not.
79. Parlatoria zizyphi, Lucas.
This species has not apparently become acclimatised in
West Australia, though it is nearly always present upon
lemons brought from the Mediterranean and upon
“Pomelos” (Citrus decumana) from Singapore.
80. Parlatoria dryandre, sp. v. (Plate XV, fig. 42.)
Scale of @ elliptical, exuvie terminal. Length 0-05, width 0°03
inch. Larval] skin blackish-brown, cast of second stage dark brown
-
468 Mr. C. Fuller on some species of
and } the entire length of scale. Secreted portion of scale pinkish-
grey, finely punctate.
Adult 9 brown with usual lobes, spines and plates, the last fairly
wide and extending to all but the cephalic segment, those beyond the
third lobes are palmate. Four groups of circumgenital pores, upper
laterals 10—11, lower laterals 1O—11; pores large and multiocular.
Antenne atrophied, each represented by a wide, truncate process
with a horny seta arising from one side of its apex.
¢ puparium pinkish-grey, larval skin brown. Length 0:03 inch.
Adult ¢ dark purple; wings large ; eyes black. Legs ample,
tarsus and tibia sub-equal, tarsus spined and without knobbed
digitules. Abdomen short, rounded, without sete. Spike about 4
the length of the body.
On Dryandra floribunda, Swan River (Helms). This is
a rather smaller species than either P. viridis or P. myrtus,
and the number of pores in the groups is remarkably
constant.
81. Parlatoria perpusilla, Maskell. (Plate XV, fig. 43.)
The specimens of this insect which I have examined
show a convex cap, the rim of which overhangs the per-
pendicular walls of the scale, like the eaves of a roof. The
scales do not resemble those of Parlatoria, and I notice
that Messrs. Cockerell and Parrot have recently referred
the insect to Gymnaspis.
82. Parlatoria petrophile, sp. n.
? scale elongate, slightly convex, very wide, slate-grey ; exuvia
dark brown, terminal, and comparatively very small. Length 0:08,
width 0°05 inch, The second of the exuvie is cireular and less than
} the entire length of the scale.
Adult 2 with antennze represented by 2 small chitinous thicken-
ings of the epidermis, each bearing a seta. The lobes are of the usual
number and but faintly notched ; the third pair have the apex
rounded, the sides almost parallel, and taper but slightly to the
base. Plates serrate on the lateral margins. Four groups of pores,
On Petrophila linearis and Hakea wlicifolia. The faintly
notched lobes, the small exuvize and the wideness of the
scale seem to characterise it.
Genus Mytiaspis, Targ.-Tozz.
83. Mytilaspis fulva, Targ.-Tozz.
Like Parlatoria zizyphi this species has never as yet
West Australian Coccidz. 469
been found in the orchards of West Australia, though it is
particularly common on imported Citrus fruits.
84. Mytilaspis grisea, Maskell.
Common on various Kucalypts.
85. Mytilaspis gloveri, Pack.
The same remark that applies to M. fulva applies to
this species also.
86. Mytilaspis pomorum, Bouche.
The freedom of the orchards of the colony from this
species is remarkable, it having been found in only one
instance on an apple tree at Mount Barker, an isolated,
inland district.
87. Mytilaspis spinosa, sp.n. (Plate XV, figs. 4, 5.)
Scale of 2 white, of a woolly texture, broadly pyriform, generally
curved. Exuvie yellow. Length 0075, width 0°03 inch.
Adult 9 brown, sub-elliptical; abdomen ending in a slight,
median depression upon either side of which is an imconspicuous,
conical lobe. Between the lobes there is a pair of small spines and
beyond them 3 others. Five groups of circumgenital, multiocular
pores ; median 2—3, upper laterals 7—9, lower laterals 10—15.
Antennz represented by a pair of small, horny processes. There
is a large group of circumrostral pores, and upon the margins between
each antenne and the last segment are 4 groups each of 5 large,
conical spines.
On Melaleuca sp. Swan River.
88. Mytilaspis elongata, sp. n. (Plate XV, fig. 44.)
9 scale grey, very long and narrow. Length 0°18, width 0°025
inch.
Adult @ elongate ; last segment broadly rounded and presenting
the following characters : 6 conspicuous lobes, median pair wide,
sides parallel, somewhat truncate with 2 small notches on the lateral
margin near the apex ; second pair wide deeply incised on the lateral
margin, apex of lobes truncate, lobule conical; third pair short,
wide with 2 small notches at the apex ; beyond the third lobes two
thickenings of the margin ; spines small ; 2 hairlike plates between
the median lobes, one between them and the second lobes, a broader
one between the second and third lobes and 2 tapering and conspic-
uous plates before the thickenings of the margin. On the margin of
_
470 Mr. C. Fuller on some species of
each body segment are groups of conical spines. Circumgenital
pores arranged in an almost unbroken, horseshoe-shaped arch.
Median group of 7, upper laterals 10—12, lower laterals 10—12.
On Banksia ilicifolia. Perth.
Genus PoLtaspis, Maskell.
Characters :— scale elongate, exuvie terminal. Adult
f¢ with more than 5 groups of circumgenital pores.
puparium narrow, larval skin terminal.
89. Poliaspis nitens, sp.n. (Plate XV, fig. 47.)
Scale of 9 pyriform, broad, convex, generally straight. Exuvie
light, reddish-yellow, the second being lighter than the first ; remain-
der of scale pure, silvery white. Length 0:09, width 0-035 inch.
Adult 2 elongate, yellow. Last segment broadly rounded ;
median lobes very short and wide, forming the sides of a slight
depression ; beyond this there is on each side a simple, tapering
plate and a somewhat deep incision from the much thickened base of
which rises a conical lobule (?) ; beyond this again the margin is
crenulate and bears another simple plate. There are 7 distinct
groups of circumgenital pores, 6 arranged in opposite pairs, the
seventh median and anterior to the more anterior laterals, median of
3—4, anterior laterals 7—8, intermediate laterals 15—17, posterior
laterals 16—20, No rudiments of antenne.
¢ puparium white, with a faint median carina.
On Davisia sp., Swan River. The species differs from
P. exocarpt in the number and arrangement of the group
and in the number of pores in each.
90. Poliaspis intermedia, sp.n. (Plate XV. fig. 46.)
? scale pyriform, generally curved, very convex, white. Length
0°06, width 0°03 inch. Exuviee terminal, light yellow.
Adult ? yellow; last segment bearing two fairly conspicuous,
tapering median lobes, and beyond each 3 equal-sized, conical
lobules, beyond these are 2 simple plates between which 2 small
rounded lobules may be seen. Eight groups of cireumgenital pores,
6 arranged in opposite pairs, and 2 median, the more anterior being
before the anterior laterals and the second before the intermediate
laterals: the first median of 2—4, second median 38—5, anterior
laterals 7—8, intermediate laterals 9—14, posterior laterals 20—25.
On a Leguminous plant. The scales are much duller
than those of P. nitens, and the insects cluster together in
West Australian Coccide. 471
colonies containing great numbers of 9s. Described from
15 prepared specimens.
Genus CHIONASPIS, Signoret.
91. Chionaspis agonis, sp. n.
? scale straight, long and narrow, slightly convex. Exuvie pale
straw-coloured, remainder of scale dull white. Length 0°13, width
0°03 inch.
Adult 2 elongate, of a light, yellow colour; pygidium rounded
and presenting the following characters: median lobes conspicuous,
short, wide, diverging, apex truncate ; second lobes much smaller and
divided into two lobules, median lobule inconspicuous, narrow at the
base and spatulate, outer lobule smaller still and tapering ; beyond
the second lobes the margin is incised several times ; plates simple
and tapering, first situated beyond the median lobes, second beyond
the second lobes, and a third a short distance beyond that ; the spines
at the bases of the median lobes are very small, the remainder more
conspicuous and adjacent to the plates. Five groups of circumgenital
pores, anterior 4 to 8, anterior laterals 13 to 15, posterior laterals
19 to 21.
dé puparium white with a slight median carina, Larva skin
straw-coloured.
On Agonis flexwosa.
92. Chionaspis ethelx, sp. Nn.
2 scale elongate, broad behind, exuvie red-brown, rest of scale
dull white. Length 0:1 inch.
Adult @ elongate, distinctly segmented, with lateral groups of
spines, particularly prominent on the four abdominal segments.
Antenne spots distinct. Last segment broadly rounded with a pair
of conspicuous, apparently diverging, wide and short median lobes,
the inner margins of these lobes are joined by a horseshoe-shaped
thickening, they are at first parallel, then rounded and widely
divergent ; the lateral margins appear concave ; immediately beyond
the median lobes there is a short simple plate ; then 3 equal-sized
lobules, the first arising from a depression with thickened sides ;
there is a second much longer simple plate beyond the third lobule,
and beyond this again 2 emarginate and almost obsolete lobules, both
originating from depressions with club-shaped, thickened sides ;
beyond this another simple plate, followed by two similar depressions
and several serrations, followed again by similar plate, depressions
and serrations. The spines are small and situated before the plates.
-
472 Mr, C. Fuller on some species of
Five groups of circumgenital pores, anterior of five orifices, anterior
laterals 11 to 15, posterior laterals 15 to 21.
¢ puparium white, opalescent, sides parallel, distinctly tricarinate,
with 2 additional and faint carine between each lateral and the
median.
On Eucalyptus, spp.
93. Chionaspis eugeniv, Maskell.
On Ricinus communis, East Kimberley, North-West
Australia. The f puparia clustered together in a woolly
mass,
94. Chionaspis canthorrhee, sp. 0.
Scale of Q shining white, pyriform; exuvie light yellow.
Adult 9 yellow. Last segment with a slight, wedge-shaped
depression, on either side of which is a short, conical lobule ; beyond
the lobules at a short interval occur the second lobes, represented by
two lobules, the inner being the longer and the larger, the outer
short, wide and rounded at the apex. Beyond the second lobes the
margin is slightly prolonged and thickened three times. Two very
small spines between the median lobules, the others adjacent to
the plates which are simple, tapering and very long, and situated
subsequent to the lobes and prolongations of the margins. Five
groups of cireumgenital pores, median usually of 4 orifices, anterior
laterals 19 to 20, posterior laterals 25 to 30.
d puparium white, not carinated ; larva skin yellow.
On Xanthorrhea, sp.
Genus Fiorina, Targ.-Tozz.
95. Fiorinia fiorinix, Targ.-Tozz.
On bot-house plants, Perth.
96. Fiorinia acaciv, Maskell.
On several species of Acacia.
97, Fiorinia rubra, Maskell.
On Acacia, sp.
98. Fiorinia caswarine, Maskell.
A very common species in the neighbourhood of Perth.
99. Fiorinia acacia, var. bilobis, var. nov.
An insect agreeing sufficiently with F. acacix, reported
from West Australia by Mr. Maskell, with the exception
that there are 2 lobes, closely adjacent and at first sight
appearing as one semi-circular lobe.
On Acacia pulchella.
West Australian Coccide. 473
Genus MASKELLIA, Fuller.
100. Maskellia globosa, Fuller.
On Eucalyptus gomphocephala. Perth. (Agricultural
Gazette of New South Wales, Vol. viii, p. 579, 1897.)
Genus AONIDIA, Targ.-Tozz.
101. Aonidia banksix, sp. n.
Scale of 2 circular, convex, grey ; the second of the exuviz shows
through the secreted portion and gives the whole a deep, orange-red
colour. Diameter 0°02 inch.
Adult 2 almost circular, smaller than second stage. The abdomen
ending in a short, wide, chitinous segment with a medium depression
on either side of which faint, very short, wide lobes are occasionally
to be made out ; plates and pores absent ; there are 6 pairs of spines,
and a distinct fold in the margin of the segment beyond the third
pair on each side.
The posterior end of the cast of the second stage seems to bear 6
conspicuous lobes, the sides of which are parallel and the apices
obliquely truncate and faintly crenulate. There are 2 plates between
the medium lobes, 2 between them and the second lobes, and 3
between the second and third lobes; the sides of the plates are
parallel, the apex of each serrate, and they are the length of the lobes.
¢ puparium elongate, white or grey ; larval skin terminal, circular
and of a bright orange-colour, exhibiting on each side of the centre
2 groups of pores.
Adult ¢ short and wide, dark purple ; head small; antenne
9-jointed ; thorax large and wide, with a medium line of white
colour ; abtlomen short ; style stout ; wings large and wide. Length
0°04 inch.
This is a very common species around Perth. It is
particularly abundant on Banksia attenuata and Bb,
menztestt, less so on B. prionotes, and only found in rare
instances on B. ilicifolia. Where groups of the scales
occur they are never crowded upon one another, and the
surface of the leaf all around is covered with a thin
“bloom ” of white secretion.
CLAUDE FULLER,
JUNE 6, 1899.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.
[See explanation facing the PuatE.]
(| 475
XV. Descriptions of four new species of Cicadide.
By W. L. Distant.
[Read October 4th, 1899. ]
Prare CVI:
THE species here described all belong to the genus Platy-
pleura, and are from the Ethiopian region. One is from
Angola, two from Madagascar, and another from the little-
known Pemba Island. The genus Platypleura is found in
the Ethiopian, Oriental, and extreme eastern portions of
the Palearctic regions, but it is in Madagascar that the
genus reaches its maximum in the size, and perhaps in
the beauty of its species, one from that island, which is
here described and figured, being a particularly large and
handsome insect.
Platyplewra heathi, sp. n. (Plate XVI, fig. 1.)
Body pale olivaceous with the following black markings :—Head
with the area of the ocelli connected with eyes by a transverse
fascia, a curved lateral fascia on each side behind front, a streak from
inner margin of eyes to base, and two small discal spots on each
side ; pronotum with two small central spots at centre of inner basal
margin, the incisures, and lateral margins (sublateral anteriorly) ;
mesonotum with a posterior discal transverse series of four spots ;
abdomen with basal segmental fascize—broken discally anteriorly, and
apical segment and anal appendage ; head beneath, with inner margins
of eyes and a curved fascia to face, face with anterior transverse
striations and posterior central sulcation, and basal segmental fascize
to abdomen beneath. Abdomen above and body beneath greyishly
pilose. Rostrum and legs dull ochraceous.
Tegmina from base to near the apical areas pale zruginous, thence
to apical margin pale bay ; venation brown, and two small brown
spots in radial area; base of lower ulnar area piceous. Wings
blackish, on apical area with paler ray-like streaks ; the posterior
margin from anal area to apex cretaceous, with a large dark fuscous
central spot.
Head somewhat broad, and with eyes about equal in width to base
of mesonotum ; lateral margins of the pronotum convexly rounded ;
TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1899.—PART IV. (DEC.)
eo
476 Mr. W. L. Distant’s
face broad and tumid; rostrum reaching the posterior cox ; opercula
overlapping at inner margins; tegmina arched at base of costal
membrane.
Long. exel. tegm. ¢ 38 millim. Exp, tegm. 115 millim.
Hab. MADAGASCAR.
I have connected this species with the name of Dr. EK, A.
Heath, to whom I am indebted for this and many other
specimens.
Platypleura andriana,sp.n. (Plate XVI, fig. 2.)
¢ Body ochraceous, with the following black markings :—Head
with the margins of the ocelli; pronotum with two small central
spots on inner basal margin ; mesonotum with a posterior transverse
series of four spots, and apical area of abdomen above. Body more
or less greyishly pilose ; opercula piceous, and some central sternal
shadings of the same colour.
Tegmina bay in hue, but from base to about apical areas strongly
tinged with ochraceous, with bay-coloured spots of which the prin-
cipal ones are two in radial area, beyond which are a double irregular
series, the innermost strongly oblique towards base, the outermost
almost straight. Wings dark castaneous, with pale castaneous rays
from base, venation paler, (In some specimens there is a pale spot
on outer margin near the anal area.)
The head is somewhat narrow, and with eyes being a little less in
width than base of mesonotum ; lateral margins of the pronotum
convexly rounded ; opercula not meeting, well separated.
Long. excl. tegm. g¢ and @ 32 to 35 millim. Exp. tegm. 110 to
115 millim.,
Hab. MADAGASCAR.
Platypleura quanza,sp.n. (Plate XVI, fig. 3.)
Head, pronotum, and tympana ochraceous; mesonotum and
abdomen above castaneous, apical abdominal segments cretaceous,
anal appendage ochraceous. Body beneath and legs ochraceous.
Head with the anterior margin of front castaneous ; a transverse
fascia between eyes including area of ocelli, black ; a small black
spot near inner margin of each eye. Pronotum with a central
narrow broken fascia and the incisures piceous. Mesonotum with
the basal cruciform elevation ochraceous. Head beneath with a
fasciate line between eyes and face, and the central sulcation to face,
piceous.
Tegmina hyaline, and about basal half opaque and pale stramineous,
with a hyaline spot in radial area ; costal membrane and venation
Descriptions of four new species of Cicadide. 477
ochraceous. Wings hyaline, rather more than basal half opaque,
pale ochraceous.
Head including eyes a little narrower than base of mesonotum.
Lateral margins of the pronotum obtusely angulated. Rostrum
reaching the basal abdominal segment. Opercula slightly overlapping
at their inner margins.
Long. excl. tegm. ¢ 23 millim. Exp. tegm. 78 millim.
Hab, AXGOLA (Monteiro).
Platypleura pembana, sp. 0.
Head and thorax above olivaceous, abdomen piceous, the apical
segment cretaceous; body beneath with the head, sternum, legs,
rostrum, and opercula olivaceous, the abdomen piceous. Head, with
the lateral margin of front, area of ocelli connected by a transverse
fascia with eyes, inner margin of eyes, and a spot on each anterior
angle of vertex, black. Pronotum, with the incisures, a longitudinal
spot on each side of disc, and two small spots at eentre of inner basal
margin, black. Mesonotum, with two obconical spots on anterior
margin, on each side of which is a short and a long oblique spot, and
_ a spot at the anterior angles of the basal cruciform elevation, black.
The body is sparingly greyishly pilose, and the central base of the
abdomen above somewhat olivaceous. Tarsi and apex of rostrum,
piceous.
Tegmina opaque, bay-coloured er pale brownish-ochraceous, with
darker macular shadings, of which the most distinct are three in the
radial area, irregular in the four upper ulnar areas, apical margins
of the ulnar areas, and a more or less distinct double outer marginal
series separated by the veins ; venation greenish. Wings very dark
castaneous, the venation pale reddish, apical and posterior margin
pale fuscous, somewhat greyish near anal area.
Head broad, and with eyes about equal in width to anterior margin
of mesonotum ; lateral margins of pronotum obtusely angulated ; ros-
trum reaching basal segment of abdomen ; opercula very slightly
overlapping at inner margins ; face strongly transversely striate and
with a very broad central longitudinal sulcation.
Long;excl. tegm. ¢ and ? 25 to 26 millim. Exp. tegm. 80 millim.
Hab. PEMBA ISLAND (Kast Africa).
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.
[See explanation facing the PLATE. ]
( 479 )
XVI. On Sexual Dimorphism in the Rutelid genus Parastasia,
with descriptions of new species. By GILBERT J.
Arrow, F.E.S.
[Read October 4th, 1899.]
PuaTE XVII.
IN a paper dealing with the Anomala group of Rutelide
recently published in the Transactions of the Entomological
Society, I pointed out the importance in systematic work
of ascertaining what characters were sexual. A study of
the Asiatic Rutelidz constituting the Parastasia group
has strongly emphasised this necessity and shown the
worthlessness, in the present family at least, of much of
the work in which this point has been neglected.
Having made a preliminary separation of the specimens
of Parastasia in the British Museum collection upon the
basis of Westwood’s Monograph of the genus, I was
surprised to find an almost entire absence of external
sexual differences, and dissection proved that this was due
to the fact that the greater number of the apparent species
consisted of one sex only. I afterwards found that the
existence of sexual dimorphism in this genus had already
been noticed by Dr. Ohaus in a recent paper in the Stett.
Ent. Zeit. As however this author has not fully recognised
the extent of the dimorphism, and as I have been able to
examine a number of types unknown to him and a large
number of specimens of new and old species, several
collections having been kindly lent me for the investiga-
tion of this interesting phenomenon, I have thought it
desirable to collect together all the instances I have been
able to discover, including those already pointed out by
him. I shall adhere as far as possible to Dr. Ohaus’
subdivisions of the genus.
This group of Rutelide includes several remarkable
genera, such as Peperonota, Fruhstorferia and Didrepane-
phorus, characterised by extraordinary differences between
the sexes, and it is interesting to find the well-known
predominant genus exlibiting the same phenomenon, so
long unexpected, in many different ways.
TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND, 1899.—PART IV. (DEC.)
Fr
480 Mr. G. J. Arrow on
The genus Parastasia was originally characterised by
Westwood, as he says, “from a female of P. canaliculata
and a male of P. Westwoodii,” those sexes of the two species
alone being known to him. These two insects represent
in a wide sense the opposite extremes of this comprehen-
sive, but sufficiently well-defined, genus, and between them
may be ranged forms which have hitherto been regarded
as constituting different generic types. As might be
expected therefore, the generic characters so far as they
are sexual, are wholly incorrect. The male of P. canalicu-
lata has remained unknown, Dr. Ohaus stating that he
knows only females, whilst two specimens, besides the
type (which I have been able to examine), are also females.
Another insect however, P. bipunctata, described by West-
wood from the same collection of Philippine beetles, con-
sists only of males, all the specimens in the British
Museum, including the type, being of that sex, and Dr.
Ohaus also indicating that the female is unknown to
him. The two insects are similar in form and size, the
chief differences being that the body, especially the
prothorax, is more parallel-sided in the first (P. canaliculata,
of Westwood), the propygidium not shining, and especially
that a part of the yellow fascia is elevated above the
general surface of the elytra and has a deep groove on
each side of the scutellum. All these peculiar features,
in view of those which will be referred to in other species,
seem to point to the fact that the two are the sexes of the
same species, and looking at all the evidence I have no
hesitation in stating this to be the case. In the structure
of the claws, as in other features by which the sexes of
Rutelide are usually distinguished, these two forms are
practically identical, nor are the remarkable differences
which I have mentioned, like others which I shall refer to
later on, known to occur in any form in any other group.
The genus Parastasia is therefore highly peculiar, and
indeed other structural features show it to occupy a very
isolated position.
Parastasia canaliculata, the type of the genus (vide the
original description, Ann. Nat. Hist., 1841, vit, p. 204)
belongs to the 38rd group of Dr. Ohaus, forming the pre-
ponderating section of the genus, in which there is no
constant external character distinguishing the sexes, but a
variety of differences in different species. In P. rufopicta,
an insect closely related to the previous one, a remarkable
Sexual Dimorphism in the Rutelid genus Parastasia. 481
difference already pointed out by Dr. Ohaus, occurs in the
propygidium, which in the female has a peculiar micro-
scopic structure producing a dull sooty or velvety surface,
while in the male it is rather shining and does not differ
in structure from the rest of the surface of the abdomen.
Another slight difference, interesting as throwing light
upon P. canaliculata, is that the elytra of the female have
a distinct depression limited by the hinder border of the
pale fascia, giving this the appearance of being Barly
elevated above the general level.
In a new species very near these the female is dis-
tinguished by a very slight opaque area bordering the
scutellum, recalling both the opaque propygidium of the
same sex in the last species and the scutellar grooves of
P. canaliculata. It also differs from the male both in the
sculpture of the propygidium and of the elytra and in the
form of the markings.
Parastasia birmana, sp.n. (Plate XVII, figs. 3 and 4.)
Nigra, nitida, elytris fulvo-maculatis, corpore subtus fulvo-hirto ;
capite grosse punctato, quadridentato ; prothorace haud dense, antice
grossius, punctato, utrinque bifoveolato ; scutello fere impunctato ;
pygidio et propygidio dense striolato, illo bifoveolato ; tarsorum
mediorum et posticorum unguibus externis profunde bifidis ;
gd elytris subtiliter sublineato-punctatis utroque macula humerali
e~-formi punctaque parva apicali flavis ornato; Q elytris politissimis,
impunctatis, macula superiori expansa, ad margines basalem
scutellarem et suturalem attingente ; prope scutellum margine tenui
opaco ; propygidio subtilissime striolato. Long. 22 m.m.
Hab. Burma (Bowring); YUNNAN (Oberthiir).
This species is intermediate in general appearance and
the character of its markings between the two previous
ones and is interesting as combining the sexual distinctions
of a number of allied forms. In the expansion of the
yellow fascia in the female it resembles the next species.
P. basalis, Cand., of which the sexes, regarded as specifi-
cally different by that author, have been associated by
Dr. Ohaus, exhibits many differences. The female, as is
very generally the case in the genus, has a somewhat
different form owing to its oreater parallel-sidedness, the
elytra, unlike those of the male, are almost entirely
unpunctured and the red humeral band extends to the
middle, whereas in the male it is shorter and more inter-
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART IV. (DEC.) 32
a
482 Mr. G. J. Arrow on
rupted. The pygidium, which in the latter sex is quite
bare, is thickly clothed with yellow hairs and, as is also
frequently the case in P. canaliculata, the prothorax is
normally quite black in the female and in the male a more
or less deep shade of red. But the most interesting
difference, although not an invariable one, is that each
elytron of the female usually exhibits one or more deep
furrows or scratches bordering the scutellum, less con-
spicuous but of precisely the same nature as those of P.
canaliculata, There are sometimes as many as four or
five of these on each side and occasionally they are quite
absent.
P. sumbawana, Ohaus, is another related insect of which
the sexes are very distinct. By the kindness of the
describer I have been able to examine the type, which,
like several similar specimens I have seen, is of the male
sex; but in M. René Oberthiw’s collection, in addition to
two specimens of this form, there are four females found
with them at Sumbawa which, instead of having the
reddish tawny coloration of the male, are black or very
dark brown with orange markings on the elytra, consisting
of an irregular fascia below the scutellum and an apical
spot, very similar to the markings of P. canalicwlata.
The present insect however is smaller than that species,
more convex, and less shining, with distinct striation of
the elytra and the thorax punctured all over. In these
respects 1t corresponds with the male, in some specimens
of which similar paler markings can be faintly traced.
The following new species of this group are also
dimorphic. The first, P. cingala, is closely related to P.
basalis, the sexes differing in the pygidium being similarly
clothed with hair in the female.
Parastasia cingala, sp. w.
Valde convexa, nigra, nitida, prothorace fasciaque serrata sub-
humerali coralinis; capite rugoso-punctato ; prothorace punctato,
utrinque foveolato ; scutello fere levi ; elytris leviter suleatis atque
punctatis ; pygidio subtiliter striolato nudo; Q prothorace crasso,
grosse punctato, fascia elytrali latiora sed neque ad margines attin-
gente, elytris sat evidenter sulcatis et punctatis, pygidio hirto. Long.
13—15 m.m.
Hab. CEYLON : Colombo.
This insect, at least in the male sex, closely resembles
Sexual Dimorphism in the Rutelid genus Parastasia. 483
P. basalis, but is smaller, with the elytral band in both sexes
narrower and the prothorax a bright coral red.
Parastasia timoriensis, sp. n. (Plate XVII, figs. 7 and 8.)
Cylindrica, levis, nitida (¢ rufo-brunnea, ? nigra), macula circunt-
scutellari flava ; capite rugoso, prothorace sat grosse punctato, postice
dilatato (¢ precipue), scutello subtiliter, elytris haud, punctatis,
pygidio subtilissime striolato. Long. 18 m.m.
Hab. Timor (Doherty, Wallace (Hope Musewm), ete.).
The sexes in this species are closely alike except in
colour. The yellow elytral mark shows no variation in the
specimens which I have examined. Itreaches the anterior,
scutellar and sutural margins but not the lateral border
and has a right-angled notch on each elytron. It is
relieved in the male by a black posterior edge which
merges into the reddish-brown ground colour. All the
specimens I have examined are from Timor with the
exception of one in the Oberthiir collection from the small
neighbouring island of Lomblem.
In this section should also be placed P. andamanica of
Dr. Ohaus, who, knowing only the male, placed it in his
“confluens group.” Misled by this I at first regarded the
insect, of which the female differs entirely in appearance
from the form described by Dr. Ohaus, as a new species,
but a subsequent perusal of the description led me to
suspect the truth, and I have since been enabled to see
the type. I shall allow my description to stand however,
as the species is as yet quite inadequately described,
Parastasia andamanica, Ohaus, Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1898,
p. 13. (Plate XVII, figs. 5 and 6.)
Cylindrica, parum nitida (¢ rufo-brannea, ¢ nigra), macula hume-
rali fulvo-rufa malleiformi; capite fortiter rugoso, acute quadriden-
tato ; prothorace ubique fortiter punctato, utrinque foveolato ; scutello
subtiliter punctato ; elytris regulariter ac fortiter punctato-striatis
interstitiis subtilissime (2° grosse) irregulariter punctatis, singulo
elytro macula obliqua ad scutellum transverse expansa ; pygidio
subtiliter transverse rugoso-striolato ; ¢ capite fusco, dentibus supe-
rioribus minus acutis ; prothorace minus gibbo, lete rufo-brunneo,
linea media subelevata ; scutello, elytris corporeque subtus paulo
obscurioribus, macula indistincta. Long. 12—17 m.m,
Hab. ANDAMAN Is.
oe
4.84 Mr. G. J. Arrow on
This insect varies very considerably in size but otherwise
very little. It is the most strongly punctured species
known to me in this section of the genus. It is easily
recognised by the orange-coloured mark shaped like a
hammer upon each elytron.
P. bicolor, Westw., the type of which is in the British
Museum, and which Dr. Ohaus has wrongly stated to be
identical with P. femorata, Burm.,is a very distinct species
also belonging to this group. It is unfortunate that Dr.
Ohaus has called the section to which the latter insect
belongs (the gen. Cxlidia of Dejean) “the bicolor group.”
The original of this sub-genus, from Dejean’s collection,
will be described later. P. bicolor resembles P. femorata in
coloration but is very different in structure and easily
distinguished by its much larger size, more rectangular
form and naked legs and pygidium. ‘The two sexes are
alike. This is one of several cases in this genus of super-
ficial resemblance between species not nearly related.
P. binotata and P. Horsfieldi are two more insects simul-
taneously described by Westwood from the same part of
the world (Java) of which the first appear to be all females
and the second all males. The type of the former is un-
known, and I have only seen two specimens, which are
both females, but the type of the latter and a number
of other specimens which I have examined are all males.
This confirms Dr. Ohaus’ suggestion that these are the
sexes of one species; and as they are almost alike except
that the female is quite black with a round spot on
each elytron near the scutellum, and the male uniformly
dark brown, and as no other similar form is known
from the same island, this is in all probability correct.
In this case the name will become P. binotata, Westw.,
that form having been first described in Westwood’s
paper. The insect described by Burmeister from Dupont’s
collection as P. binotata, Westw., is entirely different, as
shown by his reference to a serial puncturation on the
elytra and sinuated pale marks. ‘To avoid confusion this
species may be re-named P. Dupont. M. Oberthiir possesses
an insect from Southern India formerly in Van Lansberge’s
collection (which included that of Dupont) and labelled by
the latter “binotata, Burm., type.” JI have seen six
specimens of the insect, which is of a deep mahogany
colour, and all are males.
Very near the male form of P. binotata is the male
Sexual Dimorphism in the Rutelid genus Parastasia. 485
P. niasiana, Ohaus, which is in my opinion the missing
counterpart of P. ephippiwm, v. Voll., to which it stands in
exactly the same relation as does P. Horsfieldi to the first,
except that the elytral mark is not absent but is of a
darker colour. In the type of P. niasiana this is of the
same shape as in LP. ephippiwm except that its anterior
process dves not quite reach the margin of the elytron;
but, from the general terms in which Dr. Ohaus has referred
to it, it may not be alike in all specimens. The pygidium,
as in the preceding species, is less sharply striolated in the
male than in the female form and does not show a smooth
median ridge. In all other respects, except the greater
parallel-sidedness almost invariably characteristic of the
female and the slight interval between scutellum and
elytra to which Dr. Ohaus has called attention in P.
ephippium, and which is evidently a female character,
the two are identical. The type of P. ephippiwm was
brought from Sumatra, Dr. Ohaus’s specimens are from
Nias, and two females in the British Museum are from
Penang.
An interesting new species may be described here,
although only one sex is known, as it seems to form a link
between the present section of the genus and those dis-
tinguished, together with other characters, by a long
mesosternal process. It also exhibits in a more marked
degree the strange opaque area described in P. birmana,
and distinctive of the female.
Parasiasia circumfperens, sp. n.
? Crassa, nigra, nitidissima ; capite rugoso, acute quadridentato ;
prothorace lateribus disperse, antice fortius, punctato, utrinque
fortiter foveolato ; scutello elytrisque politissimis, his prope scutellum
sat late opacis ; pygidio cum propygidio subtilissime striolatis, illius
linea media apiceque nitidis ; processu mesosternali valido acuto ;
tarsorum mediorum et posticorum unguibus divisis. Long. 21 m.m.
Mas incognitus.
H ab. PENANG (Lamb).
This insect presents a deceptive resemblance to P.
ephippiuwm, which occurs in the same locality, and until I
had ascertained it by dissection to belong to the same sex
I believed them to be the two forms of the same species.
In size, form and surface the new species exactly resembles
the old and it shows no structural distinction except in the
-
486 Mr. G. J. Arrow on
prolongation of the mesosternum, although the absence of
the yellow markings and the peculiar sooty band surround-
ing the scutellum make it easily distinguishable. It would
not have been described but for the interest attaching to
it as demonstrating the little systematic importance in the
degree of development of the sternal process, which has
been made the occasion of generic separation. The very
close relationship of this species to others in which the
process is almost absent is strikingly evident.
In P. heterocera, Ohaus, which represents Dr. Ohaus’
8th section, the sexes differ typically by the males having
the elytra scarlet, sometimes with more or less black at
their base, whereas the female is wholly black. The
insects of this section are very variable, however, in
coloration, and Dr. Ohaus mentions an exceptional female
specimen with red elytra. Another in the British Museum
shows a trace of red, while several males are entirely black.
These exceptions however only indicate that the rule is
not invariable. There is another, and probably invariable,
difference in the form of the anterior horns which in the
male are separate and parallel and in the female converge
in a right angle at the base.
P. dimidiata and nitidula of Erichson are closely related
_ to this. Dr. Ohaus mentions that all his specimens of the
former are females. A search for the male has revealed
it in Urleta ometoides of Westwood. The type of this was
collected by Wallace, together with two specimens of
dimidiata, at Singapore, and a slight comparison shows
them to differ only in coloration and in the cephalic
armature, the points by which the sexes of the previous
insect are distinguished. In order to confirm my opinion
I dissected the specimens mentioned above, which are
contained in the Oxford Museum, and demonstrated West-
wood’s insect to be a male and those collected with it
females. It may be mentioned that Westwood did not
recognise the latter as P. dimidiata (although he had
himself published the description of this in an Appendix
to his own Monograph), but evidently selected the more
conspicuous insect for description without any examination
of the others, and of course without any knowledge of the
sexual peculiarities of the genus.
Erichson’s type, as well as the females in the Oxford
Museum, are black with the pygidium and the posterior
half of the elytra red. The male is red with the exception
Sexual Dimorphism wn the Rutelid genus Parastasia, 487
of the head and the anterior half of the elytra which are
black, the red posterior part beimg paler at the extremity.
Dr. Ohaus mentions a female coloured practically like this,
which is probably exceptional but affords further proof of
their specific identity. The structure of the horns in the
two sexes is however probably constant, the male showing
the same difference as in P. heterocera but with a some-
what greater development. Under these circumstances
Westwood’s name will of course have to give place to that
given by Erichson.
Erichson’s description of the related P. nitidula is from
a male specimen, as shown by the form of the cephalic
processes. The only corresponding specimen I have seen
is in M. Oberthiir’s collection, which also contains two
individuals of the other sex, a third being in the British
Museum. These three females agree in having an apical
orange band upon the elytra, the male being without
marking. The coloration of the sexes thus reverses the
condition prevailing in P. heterocera, which is very
remarkable considering the intimate structural relation-
ship of the two. In the three closely related species,
dimidiata, heterocera and nitidula, we accordingly find the
elytral band occurring normally in the male only in one,
in both sexes in another, and in the female only in the
third. P. nitidula may prove to be variable, like the
other two, in coloration, but the normal condition seems
to be sufficiently indicated by the five known speci-
mens. Both sexes of this species are distinguished by the
bronzy lustre upon the elytra, no other known member of
the genus being in any degree metallic.
These three species form a section of the genus differ-
ing from the previous one in no important particular but
the greater development of the cephalic and mesosternal
processes. Another section consists of species in which
these are not prolonged but the structure of the claws
differs entirely in the two sexes, those of the male being as
in the last two sections, while in the female they are all
undivided.- To this group belongs the commonest species
of the genus, P. conjlwens, Westw., the sexes of which
previously separated as pilea and rugosicollis have already
been brought together by Dr. Ohaus. In this insect,
besides the difference in the claw-structure, there is a
striking difference both in colour and sculpture, the females
being deeply striated and almost black in colour, with the
or
488 Mr. G. J. Arrow on
exception of two clearly defined yellow patches on the
elytra, and the males nearly smooth and of a more or less
light mahogany colour into which the pale markings
partly melt. Of several apparently allied species the males
only have been described.
Another insect in which the sexes exhibit similar differ-
ences is P. discolor, Westw., an insect described from the
Philippine Is. of which the type is a male. A series
of specimens of the same sex in M. Oberthiir’s collection
exhibit all gradations from this form, in which, of the
upper surface, only the head, scutcllum and a very narrow
line bordering the elytra are black, to one in which only
the thorax remains red. From the light forms of this I
cannot distinguish P. scwtellaris, Krichs., described from
Sumatra. A specimen in the British Museum is from
Penang and brought with this insect is a female which I
believe to be the same. A similar one was taken with
M. Oberthiir’s Philippine specimens. This female form is
strikingly different in appearance, being entirely black,
rather larger and more parallel-sided than the male and
coarsely striately punctured. The claws differ in the two
sexes as described above. This appears to be a somewhat
common type of female in the genus, those of several
species being extremely similar.
Of the two following new species related to P. discolor,
P. unicolor exhibits a similar sexual disparity in color-
ation, and the sexes of P. alternata, a very conspicuously
coloured insect, differ only in claw-structure.
Parastasia unicolor, sp.n. (Plate XVII, figs. 11 and 12.)
Convexa, nitida, capite prothoraceque grosse, hoc postice rarius,
punctatis; scutello vix punctato; elytris lineato-punctatis ;
dé fulvo-brunnea, capite, pedibus, corpore subtus marginibusque
omnibus prothoracis, scutelli et elytrorum tenuissime fuscis, undique
subtiliter punctata, pygidii medio levi; tarsorum mediorum et
posticorum unguibus divisis. Long. 16 m.m.
@ tota nigra, plus elongata, fortius punctata, pygidio subtiliter
striolato ; unguibus omnibus simplicibus. Long. 18 m.m.
Hab, N. Borneo: Sandakan; Elopura.
This insect is exceedingly closely allied to P. discolor,
Westw., and indeed the black females are hardly distin-
guishable, but the males are at once separable by their
Sexual Dimorphism in the Rutelid genus Parastasia. 489
colour which does not vary in a considerable number which
I have examined.
Parastasia alternata, sp. 0.
Crassa, fulvo-rufa, capite, scutello, fasciaque transversa humerali
partem anteriorem tertium vix obtegente, pedibus corporeque subtus
plerumque nigris, margine tenuissimo prothoracis elytrorum pygi-
diique fuscescente ; capite grosse, prothorace subtiliter, punctatis,
scutello fere impunctato, elytris leviter sulcatis et punctatis, pectore
fulvo-hirto, processu mesosternali brevissimo, abdomine striolato ;
¢ tarsorum mediorum et posticorum unguibus divisis, pygidio nitido
vix punctato; 9 unguibus omnibus simplicibus, pygidio grosse
punctato. Long. 20 m.m.
Hab. N. Inpta: Allahabad (Bowring).
The black P. vitiensis, Nonf., as already discovered by
Dr. Ohaus, is the female of P. dolens, Fairm., which, with
P. melanocephala, Burm., he has regarded as constituting a
separate section on account of the elongate club of the
antenna. ‘The male of P. dolens, however, is very variable
and has a tendency to assume the female coloration. It
is normally red, somewhat darker on the elytra, and with
three longitudinal black stripes on the prothorax. Two
specimens in M. Oberthiir’s collection, however, have the
elytra black and a third has entirely assumed the black
colour of the other sex. P. imelanocephala, Burm., hardly
ditfers sexually in colour, but it and P. dolens both show the
same difference in the claws as the insects just described.
Another group consists of insects in which the sexes
show the same difference in claw-structure, as well as a
colour difference, but in these there is a long acute meso-
sternal process. These constitute the vidtata group of Dr.
Ohaus, who has announced the black P. atra to be the
female of P. vittata, in which the prothorax has a red
border and median line, which I have no doubt is correct.
The length and form of the sternal process vary very
considerably in this species.
P. helleri, Ohaus, of which the female is as yet unknown,
is a very nearly related insect.
To this group also belongs Hchmatophorus Pascoet,
Waterh. (Plate XVII, figs. 1 and 2), the original specimens
of which being of one sex only were placed in a new
genus by Mr. Waterhouse, owing to the distinctive
form of the male, produced by the short and broad pro-
thorax, and the presence of the long sternal process, the
a
490 Mr. G. J. Arrow on
existence of which in other species of Parastasia he was not
then aware of. I have identified the female of this insect
in a specimen * which clearly connects this section of the
genus with the succeeding one. This female presents a
remarkable resemblance, not only in its short ovate form
and its simple claws, but also in sculpture and coloration,
to the typical form of that group, P. bimaculata, Guér. Its
right determination is sufficiently evident, however, from
the sharp downward curved thoracic spine, the black
scutellum and the rounded black spot upon the pygidium,
in all of which it exactly agrees with the male Parastasia
Pascoet. The female has two squared spots on the posterior
part of the prothorax, as in bimaculata, which in the male
unite together and with the black scutellum to form a
large heart-shaped mark.
These differences both in bodily form and marking
occasion a dissimilarity between male and female which is
very remarkable; but still more extraordinary is an un-
described species allied to this in which the two sexes
differ not only in form, marking and the structure of the
claws, but also in a striking degree in the form of the
mesosternum and the sculpture of the elytra. Indeed so
complete is the distinction that I long hesitated to
associate the two. Considering, however, that all the
differences here occurring in combination have already been
found in other representatives of the genus, except one,
viz. the presence of a long sternal process in the female
only, and as the degree of development of this structure
has been found to have no systematic importance, distin-
guishing species closely related, and varying witbin the
limits of a single species, there seems no valid reason for
resisting the evidence which points to the identity of the
two forms. Four specimens acquired by M. Oberthiir
from Van Lansberge’s collection were taken in the same
locality and of these two of different sexes were, judging
from the labels, taken simultaneously. Three specimens
without a sternal process show no variation and are all
males, while the fourth, with a process, is a female and
shows an evident relationship, in colour and marking, to
the male. I propose to call this insect Parastasia mirabilis,
* Nore. This specimen, collected by Wallace at Singapore, was
found in the Hope Collection at Oxford, but has been transferred to the
British Museum, and a co-type of the male form is now in the former
collection.
Seaual Dimorphism wm the Rutelid genus Parastasia. 491
Parastasia mirabilis, sp. n.
Rufo-flava, capite, maculis prothoracis et scutelli corporeque subtus
nigris ; capite bituberculato, rugoso ; prothorace leviter, scutello vix,
punctatis ; elytris striato-punctatis. ¢ cylindricus; corpore subtus et
seutello toto nigris; prothoracis basi macula nigra tridentata ornato ;
elytris rufis, regulariter striato-punctatis ; pygidio lateribus leviter
striolato ; mesosterno parum producto ; tarsorum 4 posticorum un-
guibus externis divisis. 9? lata, depressa, pallidiora ; corpore subtus
plus minusve, prothoracis et scutelli maculisque minoribus nigris ;
singulo elytro disco profunde trisuleato, prope seutellum rugoso et
ad lateris medium subtiliter transverse striato; mesosterno valde
producto ; unguibus omnibus simplicibus. Long. 18 m.m.
Hab. MALACCA.
The male exactly resembles that of P. Pascoe in its rather
peculiar coloration, but is more elongate, the sternal
process is almost absent and the thoracic mark is produced
forwards in the middle. The female is broader and less
convex, with a sternal process like that of Pascoei, and the
sculpture of the elytra is highly remarkable. The punc-
turation is almost obliterated but there is a finely striated
area in the middle of each side, the angles adjoming the
scutellum are rugose, and in the middle of each elytron
are three deep longitudinal furrows placed close together
and about one-third the length of the elytra.
The next group, represented by the common P. bimacu-
lata, has all the claws quite simple, in the male as well as
the female, and the mesosternum is not produced. In the
typical species the sexes show no conspicuous difference, but
a closely related species by which it is represented in New
Caledonia and the New Hebrides has very distinct sexual
forms. This is P. Percheroni of Montrouzier (Plate XVII,
figs. 9 and 10), who correctly associated the two forms but,
being ignorant of sexual differences, regarded them as due
only to the age of the specimens. He has therefore un-
consciously described accurately the two sexes of the
species, that which he regarded as the extreme pale
variety being the male. Besides the colour differences
described by him, this has a somewhat longer antennal
club and the prothorax is very different in shape, being
smaller, less convex, and sharply angulated at the sides.
The female varies greatly in coloration, but according to
the considerable number of specimens I have examined in
an
492 Mr. G. J. Arrow on
various collections, even the palest individuals have a
black scutellum, two spots on the thorax and bars on the
pygidium of the same colour, all of which are absent in the
males.
This insect has been commonly regarded as identical
with the variable P. bimaculata, but the recognition of the
pale form as the male will show the range of variation to
be much less than has been supposed and render the two
species immediately recognisable. The geographical dis-
tribution of P. bimaculata seems to me to be much more
restricted than is at present supposed. The New Caledo-
nian insect, besides the black scutellum of the female and
the absence of markings in the male, is distinguished by
its larger size. Smaller forms occur in which the scutellum
is black, but these will probably be found to be also
specifically distinct from P. bimaculata.*
A very prettily marked little insect belonging to this
division is P. Caroling, Gestro, the position of which is
suggested by the two-spotted thorax. A specimen in the
British Museum is a male and has all the claws simple, a
condition which so far as is known occurs in this sex in
no other group of the genus. It appears to me highly
probable that the other sex of this insect, which inhabits
New Guinea, is the female described by Dr. Ohaus from
that island as P. Weberi, which is a black form agreeing
in size and sculpture as well as in the formation of the
claws.
P. marginata, Boisd., which seems to occupy an inter-
mediate position between this section and the next, agrees
with no other known species in claw-structure. All the
tarsi have divided claws in the male, and only the second
and third pairs in the female, as also occurs in the next
group, which, however, is strongly differentiated from all
the rest of the genus by the form of the middle tarsi of
the male. Of sixteen individuals of P. marginata which
I have examined in the British and Oxford Museums only
one, an entirely black insect, is a female. Of the males
three are testaceous, the head and tarsi only being of a
rather darker tint, and the rest have the head, a mark of
* Norg. Dr. Ohaus has mentioned the Philippine Is., as well as
the New Hebrides and New Caledonia, as included in the habitat
of this species, but the true bimaculata does not appear to me to
occur in any of these islands. The Philippine form is P. nigriceps,
Westw., a much smaller insect with hardly visible puncturation,
Sexual Dimorphism in the Rutelid genus Parastasia, 493
the shape of a mulberry leaf on the thorax, the scutellum
and the sides and extremity of the elytra black. The
pale variety may be due only to immaturity, for the species
does not seem to be a variable one. The apparent rarity
of the female accounts for its having remained hitherto
unknown. P. marginata has been recorded only from
New Guinea but was collected by Wallace also in Mysol
and Waigiou.
The type of the last section of the genus (the “bdzcolor”
group of Dr. Ohaus) is P. Westwoodii, Westw., the sexes of
which differ only in the remarkable character referred to
above, which is common to the whole group. In the male
the tarsi of the second pair of legs are very much thickened
and shortened, the last joint is extremely large, and the
inner division of the outer claw is expanded into a broad
blade. This structure was described and tigured by
Westwood, who did not observe however that the inner
side of the last joint is strongly hollowed out and that
there is a strong projection from the inside margin of the
preceding joint which meets the lobe of the claw. The
whole modification thus forms a perfect hollow grasping
structure. Such a modification of the middle tarsi is
highly remarkable and makes this division of the genus
the most distinct of all, and did not the constancy of many
essential characters in all these insects render it most
natural to retain them all within a single comprehensive
genus the present group might be generically separated
with much more reason than those forms which I have
merged into the large genus.
This section constitutes the old genus Cxlidia briefly
characterised by Burmeister from a still undescribed
species in Dejean’s collection supposed to be Australian.
The original specimen labelled “ Cezelidia quinquemacu-
lata, hab. in Noy. Holl.” is now in the British Museum
and proves its association with nigromaculata, Bl., in the
Munich Catalogue to be entirely erroneous. A similar
male specimen in the British Museum was collected by
Dr. Horsfield in Java, and M. Oberthiir possesses the
female from the same island. Both Dejean’s locality and
that cited by Gemminger (New Guinea), probably by way
of improvement, are therefore no doubt wrong. To clear
up the confusion I shall describe this insect under the
name given to it by Dejean.
-
4.94 Mr. G. J. Arrow on
Parastasia quinquemaculata (Dej., M.S.), sp. n.
Ovata, paulo depressa, nigra, prothorace elytrisque (maculis
exceptis) rufis, maculis 2 prothoracis disco, 2 humeralibus et 1 magna
scutellari ; capite vix dentato, haud profunde punctato ; prothorace
undique disperse punctato; scutello fere impunctato; elytris
subtiliter lineato-punctatis ; pygidio punctato, cum pedibus longe
fulvo-hirto. ¢ tarsis intermediis crassatis, ungue externo lobato. ?
tarsorum anticorum unguibus simplicibus. Long. 12 m.m.
Hab, JAVA.
This insect, with its bright red upper surface and five
large black spots, is quite unmistakable. Except in the
tarsi the three specimens, representing both sexes, which
I have examined are identical, although Dejean’s example
is somewhat immature and has the spots and lower
surface reddish.
I have already pointed out that the species called
bicolor, Westw., by Dr. Ohaus belongs to this group,
whereas the true P. bicolor, Westw., belongs to the
“rufopicta group.” The former should therefore be called
P. femorata, Burm. According to Dr. Ohaus it is very
variable, but the male is chiefly red and the female
generally quite black.
The following is nearly allied to P. nigripennis, Sharp,
regarded by Dr. Ohaus as a variety of P. femorata, but as
the British Museum possesses a fairly large series of
specimens from three different collections, showing practi-
cally no variation, it must be regarded as a permanent
form. The two sexes are alike except in the structural
character referred to.
Parastasia ruficollis, sp. n.
Ovata, nigra, prothorace, coxis femoribusque anticis (intermediis
posticisque interdum) rufis ; capite prothoraceque irregulariter punc-
tatis ; scutello fere impunctato ; elytris fortiter lineato-punctatis ;
pygidio punctato, cum pedibus longe fulvo-hirto. ¢@ tarsis interme-
diis crassatis, ungue externo lobato. 9 tarsorum anticorum unguibus
simplicibus. Long. 12 m.m.
Hab. JAVA, SINGAPORE.
This insect is black with the exception of the prothorax
and parts of the legs; whereas P. nigripennis is described
as red with the exception of head, elytra and markings on
the legs.
Seaual Dimorphism in the Rutelid genus Parastasia. 495
P. Burmeisteri, Ohaus, is a species of this group differing
sexually in a very remarkable way. The male of this has
been described under the name of P. Nonfriedi by Dr. Ohaus
who informs me that he possesses four specimens of the first
form and five of the second, of which the former are all
females and the latter all males, and he has himself
suggested in correspondence with me that they may
belong to a single species. Confirmatory evidence is
supplied by others which I have examined, and which are
of the same sexes respectively, with the exception of a
single male in M. Oberthiir’s collection which has the
female coloration. Another male in the same collection
shows an approximation to that form. As the two forms
have been collected together im the same place there can
be no doubt as to their being normally sexual. Both
exhibit the same velvety surface upon the elytra shown
by the whole surface of P. Westwoodi, but whereas in the
male the ground-colour of the elytra is a reddish-chocolate
marked only with two small black spots near the suture,
in the female the black has spread over the whole surface
leaving only two transverse crescent-shaped marks of the
lighter shade. In the male the thorax and scutellum
are testaceous and the head only black, and in the female
all are black except the thorax at the sides.
The British Museum contains male and female speci-
mens of another new species isolated as regards its claw
structure, and apparently representing an intermediate
stage in the process by which the peculiar condition
characterising the male in the last group has been arrived
at. The two sexes are alike except in this respect. The
claws of the second and third pairs of legs are divided in
both sexes but in the male one claw on each tarsus is
thickened, the ungual lobe of the middle feet showing an
approximation to its form in the Westwoodi group, while
the expanded inner anterior claw is like that so common
in the males of the Anomalinxy, to which the present
genus shows otherwise few structural resemblances.
There is a second male of this species in M. Oberthiir’s
collection.
Parastasia anomala, sp. x.
Elongata, paulo depressa, rufa, capite, scutello, tarsisque (corpore
subtus, femoribus tibiisque plus minusve) nigris; capite grosse,
prothorace crebre, punctatis, hoc parum convexo antice valde
-
4.96 Mr. G. J. Arrow on
attenuato ; scutello parvo, subtiliter punctato ; elytris grosse striato-
punctatis, punctis tuberculiferis, interstitiis subtilissime punctatis ;
pygidio rugoso, cum propygidio, pectore segmentorumque abdomina-
lium marginibus fulvo-hirtis ; pedibus validibus, intermediorum et
posticorum unguibus divisis.
¢ unguibus exterioribus pedum 4 anticorum lobis internis
crassatis. Long. 14 m.m.
Hab. N.W. Borneo, PENANG.
This species shows a rather deceptive resemblance in
size, form and colour to certain males of P. discolor,
Westw., with which, of course, it has no near relationship.
It is easily distinguished by its coarser puncturation,
smaller scutellum and hairy pygidium.
A remarkable species from Japan having no close affin-
ity with any other at present known and also dimorphic
may be mentioned here. It has been recently described by
Herr Nonfried as Parastasia Ferriert and is at once
distinguished by the short pubescence with which its
entire surface is clothed. The sexes of this insect, of
which I have been enabled to examine a considerable
series in M. Oberthiir’s fine collection, show no difference
in outward form, but are immediately recognisable by the
pygidium, which in the male is red and in the female
black. The structure of the claws also differs, that of the
latter sex being quite peculiar to this species. The outer
claw upon each of the four posterior tarsi is armed with a
small tooth at its base in the female, while in the male it
is simply divided at the tip. These interesting sexual
characteristics were not noticed by Herr Nonfried, nor
was another striking peculiarity of the species, namely the
form of the hind femora. These are very broad and
their upper edge instead of being gently curved is pro-
duced into a sharp angle.
I drew up a Latin diagnosis of this species before I had
access to Herr Nonfried’s description, and as the latter is
in German and contains no reference to those characters
by which the affinities of the insect may be determined
nor to the sexual differences, I shall allow this to remain.
Parastasia Ferrier, Nonf., Berl. Ent. Zeit., 1895, p. 289.
Fusco-niger, undique fulvo-pubescens, prothorace (margine ex-
cepto) maculaque magna utriusque elytri fulvo-rufis ; capite equaliter
rugoso, clypei margine fere recto, quadridentato ; prothorace punc-
tato, valde transverso, antice medio parum profunde excavato,
Sexual Dimorphism in the Rutelid genus Parastasia. 497
processu mesosternali nullo, scutello punctato, fere semicirculari ;
elytris brevibus, postice paulo ampliatis, rugose punctato-striatis ;
pygidio rugoso-punctato ; abdominis segmento primo subtus femor-
umque posteriorum macula obscure rufis, horum margine superiore
prope apicem acute angulato. Long 13—17 m.m.
¢ pygidio lwte rufo, tarsorum mediorum et posticorum unguibus
externis apice fissis; @Q pygidio nigro, nonnunquam linea media
obscure rufo, tarsorum mediorum et posticorum unguibus externis
basi dente minuto.
Hab. S. JAPAN: Oshima.
It wiil be seen from this account that sexual dimorphism
is almost universal in this genus and the forms which it
takes are very varied. In about half the species the
claw-structure differs according to sex, but upon no uniform
plan, although, contrary to the condition found in the
dimorphic insects I have already described belonging
to the Anomalinz, the males invariably have the claws
more divided when there is a difference. In colouring,
whereas in that group the male is almost invariably
darker than the female, the reverse again seems usually
to occur in Parastasia, the female being in many cases
quite black while the male is more or less marked
with red or yellow. In P. binotata however the black
female alone possesses light markings, the male, rather
lighter in ground-colour, being without them. Other
strange sexual characters noticed here are the modified
middle tarsus in the male of the group last mentioned,
the deep grooves on the elytra of the female P. canaliculata
and P. mirabilis, the sternal process of the latter, the
presence of hairs on the pygidium in the females of two
species, the peculiar sooty propygidium of others, and the
differentiated cephalic horns in the “ heterocera group.”
These facts show that, whereas, in general, secondary
sexual modifications are restricted to the male, in the
genus Parastasia they occur in about an equal degree in
both sexes. As to the meaning of the phenomenon it
seems premature as yet to speculate. There is no doubt
that it is of much more frequent occurrence than has been
generally supposed and that the forms it assumes are
more varied than has yet been revealed. Until these are
more completely known no explanation can be final. Mean-
while it will be well if entomologists will devote more atten-
tion than they have hitherto done to the question of sex.
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1899.—PART IV. (DEC.) 33
(498: 9
SYSTEMATIC AND SYNONYMIC TABLE OF SPECIES
EXHIBITING SEXUAL DIMORPHISM.
A, 1st claw only simple in both
Sexes
I, No mesosternal process
II. Mesosternal process long
B. Middle and hind claws toothed
in ¢
C. Claws simple in 9
I, Antennal club long
II. Antennal club short
(a) Claws cleft at tip in ¢
(b) Claws cleft to base in ¢
‘ 1. No mesosternal process
P. canaliculata, Westw.
3 bipunctata, Westw.
rufopicta, Westw.
birmana, sp. 0.
basalis, Cand.
sumbawana, Ohaus,
cingala, sp. n.
timoriensis, Sp.
andamanica, Ohaus.
binotata, Westw.
dé Horsfieldi, Westw.
ephippiwm, v. Voll.
3d niasiana, Ohaus.
heterocera, Ohaus.
nitidula, Erichs.
dimidiata, Erichs.
3 ometoides ( Urleta), Westw.
Ferrieri, Nonf.
melanocephala, Burm,
dolens, Fairm.
2 vitiensis, Nonf.
confluens, Westw.
rugosicollis, Bl.
Montargisti
2 pilea, v. Voll.
discolor, Westw.
scutellaris, Erichs.
unicolor, sp. N.
alternata, sp. Nn.
Table of Species (continued). 499
2. Mesosternal process in vittata, v. Voll.
¢ and 9 © atra, v. Voll.
Pascoei (Echmatophorus),
Waterh.
3. Mesosternal processin 2 mirabilis, sp. n.
D. Claws simple in both sexes Percheroni, Montr.
Caroline, Gestro.
22 Weberi, Ohaus.
HE. 1st claw simple in @ only
I, 2nd claw not lobed in ¢ marginata, Boisd,
Zoraide, Gestro.
II. 2nd claw lobed in ¢ Westwoodi, Westw.
sordida, Sharp.
Burmeisteri, Ohaus.
3 Nonfriedi, Ohaus.
ruficollis, sp. 1.
quinquemaculata, sp. Dd.
F, Claws thickened in ¢ anomala, sp. 1.
DECEMBER 30, 1899.
THE
PROCEEDINGS
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
LONDON
For THE YEAR 1899.
February Ist, 1899.
Mr. Greorce H. VERRALL, President, in the Chair.
Nomination of Vice-Presidents.
The President briefly returned thanks for the honour
conferred upon him by his election, and announced that he
had nominated the Rev. Canon Fowter, M.A., F.L.S., Mr.
Epwarp Saunpers, F.L.S., and Mr. Rotanp Trimen, F.R.S.,
as Vice-Presidents for the Session.
Election of a Fellow.
Mr. Henry Witii1am AnpDREws, of 9, Victoria Road,
Eltham, was elected a Fellow of the Society.
Exhibitions, ete.
Mr. CuaAmpPion exhibited three specimens of an interesting
species of Fulgoride, Atalanta auricoma, Burm., recently
received from British Honduras, from M. Blancaneaux. He
stated that he had found Lepidopterous larve in the white
waxy matter attached to the body of an allied species, Hncho-
phora stellifer, Burm., in Central America, of which insect he
exhibited a specimen, together with a larva taken from it.
PROC, ENT. SOC, LOND. 1., 1899. A
-
(a)
This larva was very like that of Hpipyrops anomala, Westw.,
a species of Arctiidee which is attached to Fulgora candelaria
in a similar way, figured on Plate VII of our Transactions
for the year 1876.
He also showed numerous specimens of both sexes of an
undescribed species of Apiomerus (Family Reduviide) found by
himself in Chiriqui. In the female of this insect, the last
connexival segment of the abdomen has a long bright red
foliaceous appendage on each side, movable at the will of the
insect, these appendages in the male being shorter and
connate, forming a broad plate round the apex of the
abdomen. The females, which have the ventral segments
closely pilose and the hind tibiz furnished with a short dense
brash of hairs on the upper edge, have the power of exuding
a viscous liquid from the ventral surface (possibly from the
hairs), and perhaps from the tibize also, by which they are
enabled to hold their prey while in the act of sucking it.
Mr. Champion said he had observed the Apiomerus attacking
soft freshly emerged Longicornes nearly as large as itself.
The males have a shorter brush on the hind tibiz, and the
ventral surface sparsely pilose.
Mz. Turr exhibited on behalf of the Rev. G. H. Raynor
a large series of Spilosoma lubricipeda, Linn., inbred from
specimens that came originally from Louth, Market Rasen,
Panton and Holton Beckering, in Lincolnshire. The series
was mostly bred in 1898, from various pairings ‘of 1897
imagines, also inbred, and showed a great range of variation
from examples with typical forewings and no markings on
the hindwings to examples having the forewings strongly
shaded with black and the hindwings entirely black except
for the pale nervures and a large pale blotch at the base of
the wings. There appeared to be a general tendency for the
normal dark markings of the forewings to become much
inereased along the outer margin, costa and inner margin,
leaving the central area clear; but a few examples had the
nervures in the centre of the wing black in colour. The hind-
wings presented all the intermediate forms from those with
a transverse band made up of short united longitudinal
streaks to those that were entirely dark with pale nervures.
( iii)
Mr. Tutt was unable to separate the various broods, and
stated that for this reason much of the scientific interest that
would otherwise attach to the exhibit was lost. Its chief
interest seemed to be its demonstration of the fact that the
extreme aberrations of this species could be produced by in-
breeding from comparatively normal forms, a fact of all the
more importance considering how much uncertainty there had
been as to the real origin of the race which was first sent out
from Yorkshire and is now to be seen in many collections of
British insects.
He also exhibited for Mr. Raynor an aberration of pine-
phele tithonus, taken at Hazeleigh in August 1898, in which
the bright fulvous areas were pale yellow in colour; and a
somewhat strange aberration of Noctua xubi which showed
considerable difference from the normal form in the arrange-
ment of the transverse lines of the forewings.
. My. Torr then exhibited a number of closely allied forms
of Anthrocera, received from M. Oberthiir of Rennes, and
comprising among others the following :—A. medicaginis, Dup.,
and A. medicaginis, Bdy., from the Alpes Maritimes (Nice),
May 1897, A. charon, Dup., from Larche, Aug. 1896, and
A. charon, Bdv., taken at Vernet-les-Bains in 1895. The first
two of these, as probably also the fourth, Mr. Tutt referred
to medicaginis, Bdv. (Mon. des Zyg.), considering them to be
possibly forms of Anthrocera lonicere ; while the specimens
of A. charon, Dup., were almost indistinguishable from ty; ical
A, lonicere. Having shown also some examples of A. seriziati
from Collo, and one, with very dark hindwings, from Bona,
he said he had no hesitation in referring these to Anthrocera
palustris, as an extreme southern form. He called attention also
to the fact that the A. trifolii, found flying in the dry upland
meadows in Algeria, was quite indistinguishable from those
found in the meadows of Kent, whilst the marsh A. palustris
(seriziati), although greatly modified in the intensity of its
coloration in Algeria, carried the same facies as the A. palustris
from Kent and the Isle of Wight. He was inclined to think
that A. palustris was specialised to Lotus uliginosus as a food-
plant. Examples of Anthrocera hippocrepidis from Lardy and
Digne, and the six-spotted A. charon of Boisduval’s “ Mon, des
_
COED
Zygénides,” from Turbie, were also shown ; and Mr. Tutt, in
bringing this interesting series of exhibits to a close, ex-
pressed thanks to M. Oberthiir for his kindness in sending
them, and regretfully pointed out that the antenne of several
of the specimens had suffered in transit.
Mr. Tutt next exhibited specimens of Anthrocera filipendule,
captured by Mr. W. H. Harwood near Colchester, which
showed remarkable colour-aberrations extending from terra-
cotta red to orange as described at length in the account
which he had recently given of the genus. He remarked
on the peculiarity of these specimens inasmuch as_ they
appeared more closely to resemble Lederer’s well-known
Asiatic races of the species than any other yet described.
Mr. A. H. Jones exhibited a fine specimen of Cordyceps
hiigelit, Corda, one of the Pyrenomycetous fungi which are
parasitic in the caterpillars and pupz of butterflies and other
insects, this specimen being attached to the larva of Charagia
virescens 1
Papers.
Mr. Percy I, Latny communicated “ A Monograph of the
genus Calisto ;” and the Rev. F. D. Morice papers, entitled,
“ Tllustrations of specific characters in the armature and
ultimate ventral segments of Andrena dg,” and “ Notes on
Andrena taraxaci, Giraud, and the species most resembling it,
with synoptic tables, and descriptions of two new species.”
February 15th, 1899.
Mr. G. H. Verratt, President, in the Chair.
Election of a Fellow.
Mr. James E. Cottrn, of Sussex Lodge, Newmarket, was
elected a Fellow of the Society.
Exhibitions.
Mr. B. A. Bower exhibited perfectly black, melanic ex-
amples of Boarmia abietaria, Hb., bred from ova laid by a
female of the ordinary Box Hill form, which was captured on
the 9th of July 1897. They were part of a brood of seven-
teen, seven of which were of the black aberration ; and for
comparison with them, he showed specimens from Box Hill,
South Devon and the New Forest,
aie
Mr. BLanpForpD exhibited some small lumps of common
salt burrowed by larve of Dermestes vulpinus, to which he
had incidentally referred in a letter appearing in “ Nature.”
They were sent to Sir H. T. Wood, Secretary of the Society
of Arts, by a correspondent in Australia, who wrote con-
cerning them as follows :—
‘*__ MEAT WORKS,
** The Secretary, QUEENSLAND.
SocieTy OF Arts.
“My Dear Sir,—I am sending you by same mail, per packet
post, in a small tin, a specimen of some entomological dweller
in regions of salt. I hope the insects, which are now alive
and in various stages of development, will arrive safe and
well into your hands. During the whole course of my
experience as a preserver of meats and other provisions I
never yet have discovered or known that salt has a weevil or
grub which obtains its sole sustenance therein whilst locked
in a tin for weeks and weeks, as has been the case with the
specimens I am sending your Society. The grub develops a
fly or beetle, and you should be careful upon opening the lid
that the fly does not fly away immediately, as occurred with
me here. I would be glad to know how the specimens
reached you and what is the history of the creatures
therein,” c&c., &c., ce.
i: Mr. Blandford said it was a mistake to suppose that the
larve burrowed in the salt for the sake of obtaining food,
although a very natural mistake for an unentomological
observer to make. He himself had on several occasions called
attention to depredations of Dermestes vulpinus, arising from
a habit possessed by the larve of burrowing into different
materials in order to find a shelter in which to undergo pupa-
tion; but this was the first time that salt, as a substance
attacked in that way, had come under his notice.
Mr. J. J. WALKER, in remarking upon the exhibit, said he
believed one of the earliest references to injuries caused by
Dermestes was to be found in “ The Last Voyage of Thomas
Candish,” published in Hakluyt’s Collection of Voyages,
where there was an interesting but somewhat exaggerated
account of certain worms which, bred from a stock of dried
or
om}
penguins, proceeded to devour the whole of the ship’s stores
and then to gnaw into the timbers, creating great alarm lest
the ship should spring a leak. This voyage took place in the
year 1593; and the worms, he thought, could only have
been the larve of Dermestes vulpinus or some closely allied
species.
Papers.
Dr. T. A. CHAPMAN read a “ Contribution to the life-history
of Micropteryx (Hriocephala) ammanella, Hiibn.”
March Ist, 1899.
Mr. G. H. Verratt, President, in the Chair.
Election of Fellows.
Mr. G. J. Arrow, of the British Museum (Natural History) ;
Mr. ©. E. Coutrns, of Stoneham, Calcot, Reading ; Mr. Percy
W. FarmporoucH, F.Z.S., of Lower Edmonton ; Mr. Mon-
TAGUE GuNnNING, of Narborough, Leicester ; Mr. Harry Moors,
of 12, Lower Road, Rotherhithe ; and Mr. H. 8. Woottey,
of 7, Park Road, Greenwich, were elected Fellows of the
Society.
Exhibitions, &c.
Mr. J. J. WALKER exhibited a specimen of a rare British
beetle, Quedius longicornis, Ktz., recently taken at Cobham
Park, Kent.
Mr. M. Jacoxpy exhibited a Halticid beetle from Sumatra,
of the genus Chalenus, Westw., and called attention to the
remarkable position of its eyes, these organs being placed at
the end of two very distinct lateral processes of the head,
somewhat resembling the stalked eyes of crabs and other
Crustacea. He said this character was peculiar to the male
sex, and was very exceptional in Coleoptera, not being met
with in any other genus of Phytophaga, and only occur-
ring in a few Anthribide, and in isolated cases in one
or two other families. He also showed a beetle from Peru,
and said he was for the present unable to express any decided
opinion as to its affinities. It was sent to him in a collection
of Phytophaga, and, superficially, was very like certain
( <vi, )
members of that group; but from the structure of the
antenne and other characters, it appeared to be out of
place in the Phytophaga, and probably belonged to some
other family.
Mr, GaHAn remarked that this beetle, although looking so
very like one of the Phytophaga, probably was a Longicorn ;
but, until there was an opportunity of examining it more
closely, he could not speak with any confidence in regard to
its systematic position. It was not referable to any genus
with which he was acquainted, and, to whatever family it
might prove to belong, was very interesting, not only from
its structural peculiarities, but also from the fact that it had
the colour and markings characteristic of certain species of
Galerucide, a family to which it undoubtedly was not in any
way closely related. This fact seemed to show that it was a
mimetic form, and thus helped to explain the present obscurity
surrounding its aflinities.
Mr. J. J. Waker read the following extract from the
account given in “The Last Voyage of Thomas Candish”
(Hakluyt’s Voyages, ed. Goldsmid, Edinburgh, 1890, vol. xvi,
p. 112), to which he had referred in the course of his remarks
on Mr. Blandford’s exhibit at the previous meeting.
“But after we came neere vnto the sun, our dried Penguins
bagan to corrupt, and there bred in them a most lothsome
and vgly worme of an inch long. ‘his worme did so mightily
increase and deuoure our victuals, that there was in reason
no hope how we should auoide famine, but be deuoured of
these wicked creatures: there was nothing they did not
deuour, only yron excepted: our clothes, boots, shooes, hats,
shirts, stockings: and for the ship they did so eate the
timbers, as that we greatly feared they would vndoe vs, by
gnawing through the ships side. Great was the care and
diligence of our captaine, master, and company to consume
these vermine, but the more we laboured to kill them, the
more they increased ; so that at the last we could not sleepe
for them, but they would eate our flesh, and bite like
Mosquitos.”
Mr. Barrett asked whether, in this account, it was stated
that beetles were seen? It seemed to him that the size
a
( wai)
mentioned, viz., an inch long, was too great for the larve of
Dermestes, and he thought it possible that the worms referred
to might have been Lepidopterous larve. Mr. Walker
replied that beetles were not mentioned; the larve of Der-
mestes were by no means small, and it would not be a very
great exaggeration to describe them as being an inch long ;
the fact, moreover, that these creatures were spoken of as
worms, that they were bred from decayed penguins, and had
gnawed into wood, seemed in favour of their being the larve
of some species of Dermestes.
Papers, &e.
Mr. G. J. Arrow contributed a paper “On Sexual Dimor-
phism in Beetles of the Family Rutelide,” and sent for exhi-
bition a series, including both sexes of six species of Anomala,
selected to illustrate the subject. He called attention to the
serious complication in nomenclature resulting from the
neglect on the part of many systematists to notice what
characters were sexual when describing new species, and
observed that the number of recorded instances of sexual
dimorphism would doubtless be much greater but for this
cause. He then briefly described the known cases in Anomala
and allied genera of Rutelidz, and pointed out a considerable
number of additional instances, ten of which related to species
described as new. The sexual differences referred to were of
two kinds: (1) in the structure of the claws, these being cleft
in the female and entirely or partly simple in the male ; and
(2) in colour or marking. Several cases of the latter kind
had already been noticed by Burmeister and Fairmaire ; and
Mr. Arrow pointed out that in these and similar instances,
the males were invariably characterised by a greater exuber-
ance of colouring matter, or the superposition of a darker
hue. In the rare cases of aberration from the distinctive
sexual forms, all the instances observed were those of females
which had adopted the coloration proper to the males, thus
associating them with the cases of gynandromorphism familiar
in animals of higher type.
March 15th, 1899.
Mr. G. H. VERRAtL, President, in the Chair.
Election of Fellows.
Mr. William Martin Geldart, M.A., of 15, Park-road,
Norbiton ; and Mr. Hugh Main, B.8c., of 45, The Village,
Old Charlton, Kent, were elected Fellows of the Society.
Exhibitions, etc.
Mr. J. J. WALKER exhibited several specimens of Longi-
tarsus rutilus, Ill, arare British species of Halticide, taken
by him on March 11th at Halstow in Kent.
Mr. Tutt exhibited a series of Hpunda lutulenta, and read
the following notes thereon :—
“In the British Noctuae and their Varieties, iii, p. 53—59,
I gave a critical review of Hpunda lutulenta as a British
species, and described the known forms of the species. At
that time, our best-known forms were those received from
Ireland and Scotland, and comprised among others—ab.
liineburgensis, Frr., ab. tripuncta, Frr., ab. sedi, Gn. and ab.
albidilinea, nu. ab. The typical form from the southern counties
of England was much less satisfactorily known, and its range
of variation scarcely surmised. Last autumn, the Rev. C. R.
N. Burrows captured near Mucking in Essex, a very fine
series of this insect agreeing in the main with Borkhausen’s
typical form, but varying ¢nter se, in such a manner as to give
almost parallel forms to the well-known Scotch and Irish
insects, yet having the well-known blackish-fuscous ground
colour with a sprinkling of grey scales, instead of the intense
black ground colour peculiar to the named forms from the
extreme west and north of our islands. It will be observed
that in the Mucking examples the tendency is distinctly
towards the type form ‘dull brown-black, slightly glossy,
tinted with red-brown,’ with three indistinct, somewhat darker
bordered, transverse lines. A second set are practically
unicolorous blackish-fuscous = ab. wnicolor, with no very distinct
tranverse lines, the central band being, however, rather
darker in some specimens. <A third form approaches ab. sedi,
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND. 11I., 1899. B
2)
but is without the extreme grey outer and inner areas that
make the black central band so conspicuous. On the other
hand, three examples are of the ashy-grey tint of Stephens’
ab. consimilis, but with the stigmata more distinct and the
transverse lines definitely marked; while a few of the
darkest examples must undoubtedly be referred to ab.
hineburgensis, having even the black dots on the nervures of
the hind wings, so characteristic of the Irish race and so
generally absent in the south English examples.”
Mr. MerririeLp showed some Lepidoptera collected in the
latter half of May and the first week of June near Axolo
(Venetia), Riva, and Bozen. They included some very fine
specimens of Syrichthus carthami, a very large Syntomis phegea,
and examples of Purarge egeria intermediate in colour between
the Northern and Southern European forms.
Mr. G. T. Porrirr exhibited a series of extreme forms of
Arctia lubricipeda, var. fasciata, and also some examples of
what appeared to be a new form of the species, of which he
had bred a few during each of the past two seasons.
Mr. O. E. Janson exhibited an inflorescence of Araujia
albens, Don., together with a butterfly which had been
entrapped by getting its proboscis jammed in the slit between
the anther-wings of one of the flowers. It was found by Mr.
C. J. Pool at Monte Video.
Mr. Gann stated that having since examined the beetle
from Peru shown by Mr. Jacoby at the previous meeting, he
was now able to say definitely that it was a Longicorn, and
represented a new genus to be placed in the group Acantho-
cinides of the family Lamiide. He exhibited this beetle along
with a species of Diabrotica and a species of Lema from Peru,
in order to show the remarkably close resemblance in coloration
between the three species.
Mr. Gauwan then referred to an interesting discovery made
a few years ago by Herr Wandolleck, whom he was glad to
see present that evening as a visitor. Herr Wandolleck, by
means of sections and other microscopical preparations, had
found that the sting-like terminal segment of the antenna of
the Longicorn beetle, Onychocerus albitarsis, Pasc., possessed
the characters of a true stinging organ, his attention having
(ma
been previously directed to the matter by a collector, whose
good faith he had no reason to doubt, and who told him he
had been stung by the beetle. Mr. Gahan exhibited the
drawings illustrating the account of this discovery given in
‘‘Sitzungs-Bericht der Gessellschaft naturforschender Freunde
zu Berlin, Jahrgang 1896,” pp. 51, et seq.
April 5th, 1899.
Mr. G. H. Verratz, President, in the Chair.
Election of Fellows.
Dr. Freperick Grorce Dawrtrey-Drewitt, M.A., M.D.,
F.R.C.P., F.Z.S., of 2, Manchester Square, W.; Mr. WiLttam
K. Ry.es, B.A., of 11, Waverley Mount, Nottingham; and
Mr. Arsert Wape, of 1, Latham Street, Preston, were elected
Fellows of the Society.
Exhibitions, ete.
Mr. Buanprorp exhibited insects of different orders collected
by Dr. Albert L. Bennett in West Africa, and read the
following :—
Notes on the habits of Goliathus druryi. By Dr. Bennett.
“ While in the Bulu country behind the coast belt from
Gross Batangu, German sphere of influence, in West Africa, I
had ample opportunity on two occasions for observing some of
the habits of the Goliath beetles. These beautiful insects are
indigenous to the West Coast of Africa, and although some
years ago they were considered very rare, they are now
frequently obtained in the hinterland of the Kamertns and
Congo frangais.
‘In Bululand I was able to add to my collection several fine
specimens of Goliathus druryi, Goliathus polyphemus, and the
handsome green glittering Goliathus micans. The latter species
is said to be indigenous to Senegal, but it is frequently found
in the French Congo.
“In November 1897, being then in the Bulu country, I
all
ee
started up the side of a mountain with a native guide to hunt
monkeys. The side of the mountain was thickly and finely
wooded ; and the ascent, though difficult and tiring, was made
less irksome through the coolness and shade which we enjoyed.
While taking a short rest during the climb, my attention was
arrested by a sound overhead not unlike that of steam escaping
from a small safety-valve. The noise was made by a large
beetle, which was soaring around a vine hanging from an
immense tree. The movements of the beetle were so rapid
that I did not at the time recognise it. Seated on a fallen
tree I watched it soaring round and round, giving forth the
strange sound that first arrested my attention. It was an
interesting sight. Rays of light penetrating the forest foliage
caused the large wings to glitter and scintillate with a most
beautiful greenish lustre. The insect finally paused in its
circling and settled upon the vine high up and out of reach.
Even.with wings folded it looked very large and formidable.
My guide said he could capture it for me, but I bade him wait
awhile. The beetle seemed to be digging away a portion of the
bark from the vine and to be feeding. I cut away some of the
bark, and a white milky juice not unlike that obtained from
the rubber-vine trickled forth. The beetle worked hard, small
portions of bark fell steadily from above, and soon the breach
it had made was clearly visible. Shortly after a smaller beetle
appeared, evidently a female, and the male who had been at
work on the vine, gave place to the new arrival. The female
was soon busy at work, and seemed to be engaged in abstract-
ing the juice from the vine. My Bulu guide contrived to cap-
ture in a very clever manner the largest of the two insects,
which to my surprise and delight proved to bea perfect specimen
of Goliathus druryi ¢. I was about to place the beetle in my
killing-box, but my guide took it from me and began to fasten
a strong piece of native string around the two horny projections
on its head. The old man was delighted with my puzzled look,
and said he would make the “ Indingdang talk,’ Indingdang
being the Bulu name for the beetle, which I am told is very
nice to eat. Having made the string fast, the old man whirled
the beetle around in the air. Quickly the wings unfolded from
beneath the elytra and a loud sound was given forth, but no
¢ sm")
sooner was the whirling motion stopped, than the wings were
as quickly folded away and the sound ceased.
“ During my residence in the Congo frangais I had further
opportunity on three different occasions of observing these
insects and watching them feed. At one time I was able to
stand within a few feet of a male beetle for a long time without
disturbing it. T noticed that it seemed to collect the juice of
the vine on the hairs about its;mouth and then suck in the
fluid. The whole process of digging away the bark and feed-
ing on the juice was extremely interesting.”
In reply to remarks from Canon Fowler and others, Dr.
Bennett stated that the male beetles use their cephalic horns
in fighting with one another, as well as for puncturing the
bark of vines in order to bring about a flow of the sap upon
which they feed.
The Rey. Canon Fowrer showed a photograph of a
large bee’s nest found in an open hedge near Wragby in
Lincolnshire ; he exhibited also a specimen of Cerastis vaccinit,
L., which was very closely covered with parasites.
Mr. McLacutan exhibited young larve of a “ Locust,”
received from Mr. E. A. Floyer, Director-General of Telegraphy
in Egypt, and said by him to have reduced the Calotropis
trees in Nubia to a moribund condition. The larve were
identified by Mr. Burr as those of a species of Pacilocerus,
probably P. vittatus, Klug.
Mr. Burr exhibited a specimen of Acridium exgyptium
which was found at Maidenhead. He also showed a remark-
able clay model of a Locustid with a Chinese inscription
underneath, and requested information as ‘to the origin of
such models.
Mr. Buanprorp gave an account of a paper by Dr. A.
Ribaga, published in the “ Rivista di Patologia Vegetale,” v,
p. 343, on an asymmetrical structure occurring in the adult
female of the common bed-bug, and apparently hitherto
overlooked, although it communicated with the exterior by a
conspicuous notch in the fourth abdominal segment, midway
between the median line and the lateral margin. This
structure consisted of a large quasi-glandular mass of unknown
nature in which was encapsuled an organ consisting of fibres,
e
(my)
the free ends of which terminated in minute chitinous spines
in a recess lying under the fourth abdominal segment. ‘The
adjacent margin of the fifth segment was thickened and set
with strong teeth. The non-glandular part of this singular
structure was conjectured by its discoverer to be a stridulating
organ ; but no evidence of stridulation had been obtained. It
was certainly far more complex than most, if not all, other
stridulating organs known to exist in insects.
Papers.
Mr. G. J. Arrow communicated ‘‘ Notes on the Rutelid
genera Anomala, Mimela, Popillia, and Strigoderma.”
May 3rd, 1899.
Mr. R. McLacutay, F.R.S., in the Chair.
Exhibitions, ete.
Dr. A. L. Bennett exhibited various insects which he had
collected in the French Congo. They included a species of
Mantide remarkable for its very striking resemblance in
coloration to a piece of bark.
Mr. F. Enock exhibited a living specimen of Nepa cinerea
infested with a number of minute red Acari on the ventral
surface of the abdomen. He also showed eggs of Vepa lying
in situ in decayed leaf-stalks of Alisma. Most authors, he
said, described the eggs of Vepa as being laid end to end ina
chain, with the long filaments of each grasping the egg next
above it; but this was an error. The eggs were laid in an
incision made by the female, each being pushed in up to the
base of the expanded filaments at an angle of about 30°; the
next egg above was placed close to the first and cemented to
it, the filaments interlacing with one another. Sometimes a
row of nine or ten were laid in this manner; but the eggs
were never placed end to end, as such an arrangement would
prevent the young from emerging. Showing also some eggs
of Notonecta in situ in a stem of Alisma, Mr. Enock stated
( xv )
that when ovipositing the female invariably clasps the plant-
stem in an inverted position—head downwards, the eggs being
extruded and driven into the stem in the same relative position,
so that on emerging the young dive down head foremost.
Mr. Enock next exhibited a living example of the remarkable
aquatic Hymenopteron—Prestwichia aquatica, Lubb., and said
it was one of a brood of nine, including 8 99 and 1 Z, that
issued on May Ist from a single egg of Pelobius found on
September 5th, 1898. He was thus enabled to complete the
life-history of this strange creature which was parasitic in the
eggs of no less than six different kinds of aquatic insects.
Mr. MrrriFIELD showed some specimens of Hemaris bombyli-
Jormis, Esp., with the scales still covering the central portions
of the wings. He said these scales, which are present imme-
diately after the emergence of the insect, but soon become
detached, may be rendered adherent by allowing a very
weak solution of indiarubber in benzoline to run over the
wings. 3
Mr. Kirkaupy referred to the account given by Mr. Bland-
ford at the previous meeting, of Signor Ribaga’s discovery of
a supposed stridulating organ in the female of the bed bug.
He called attention to two recent papers by Signor Antonio
Berlese (“‘Fenomeni che accompagnano la fecondazione in
taluni insetti” mem. I and II, 1898, “ Rivista Patologia
Vegetale,” vi, No. 3, pp. 1—16, Tav. xii—xiv; and vii, No. 1,
pp. 1—18, Tav. i—ili) confirming Signor Ribaga’s investiga-
tions, and naming the stridulating organ the “organ of
Ribaga.” Signor Berlese also announced the discovery in
the same sex of the bed bug, of a bursa associated with the
spermatheca, the cells of which apparently ingest and destroy
the excess of spermatozoa. The learned Italian entomologist
proposed to term this the “spermatophagous organ.”
Papers.
Mr. C. H. Do.sy-TyLer communicated a paper on “ The
development of Ceroplastes roseatus, Towns. and Cockl.”
o
Cizyt” @)
June 7th, 1899.
Mr. G. H. Verratu, President, in the Chair.
Llection of a Fellow.
Mr. Epear Greenwoop, of Frith Knowl, Elstree, Herts, was
elected a Fellow of the Society.
Exhibitions, ete.
Mr. J. J. WALKER exhibited on behalf of Mr. G. F. Mathew,
R.N., a number of interesting Lepidoptera, chiefly from the
Mediterranean region, and including amongst others the
following :—Examples of Thais polyxena, Schiff., var. ochracea,
Staud., having an unusually deep and rich colour, bred from
larve found at Platza, Greece; male and female of Zhestor
ballus, Hb., from Alexandria, taken on 25rd Jan., 1898, the
male remarkable in being largely marked with orange on the
upper side of the front wings; unusually large specimens of
Lycxna baton, Berg., from Vigo, N. Spain ; a singular aber-
ration, from Corfu, of JZelitxa didyma, Ochs., with central
band of black spots very strongly marked on both wings, the
other spots being obsolete and the ground colour pale fulvous,
in appearance recalling M. deserticola, Klug; very dark and
strongly marked examples of Cenonympha pamphilus, Linn.
v. lyllus, Esp., from Corfu ; and examples of Hriopus latreillet,
Dup., bred from larvee found feeding on Aspleniwm at Pirano,
Dalmatia.
Colonel YERBuRY exhibited the pupa-case of a Hymenopterous
insect which appeared to be parasitic in the weevil—Barynotus
meerens, Fab.
Dr. CHAPMAN showed a large Ant-Lion-larva from Cannes,
probably that of Acanthaclisis occitania ; it was one of those
that do not make pit-falls.
Mr. E. E. Green exhibited a teratomorphic specimen of a
zygenid moth, Chalcosia venosa, Walk., which he had found at
rest on a leaf, at Udagama, Ceylon, in October 1898. In this
specimen four wings were present on the left side, the hindmost
being almost as fully developed as the normal hind wing on the
right side, while the other three appeared to be attached to the
(- ceyie-”:)
meso-thorax. He also showed larve and pupe of insects in
air-tight glass tubes in which a little cotton wool, sprinkled
with formalin, had been placed. The specimens, which had
been thus preserved for nearly two years, had lost little of
their original colour or brilliancy.
Mr. Gawan exhibited pupa-cases of a Longicorn beetle,
Plocederus obesus, Gah., which were remarkable in being
composed almost wholly of carbonate of lime. It was not
known how the pupa-cases were fabricated, but presumably
the larvee must possess special lime-secreting glands,
Papers, ete.
Mr. R. McLacuuan, F.R.S., read a paper on ‘A second
Asiatic species of Corydalis,’ and exhibited the male type of
the species described, which he proposed to name Corydalis
orientalis. He said the first Asiatic species of Corydalis was
described and figured by Prof. Wood-Mason in 1884, the genus
up to that time having been considered to be peculiarly
American. Mr. H. J. Enwes, F.R.S., communicated a paper
“On the Lepidoptera of the Altai Mountains” ; and the Rev.
A. E. Earon a paper entitled “An Annotated List of the
Ephemeridx of New Zealand.”
October 4th, 1899.
Mr. G. H. Verraut, President, in the Chair.
The PresIDENT announced the death, at the advanced age of
eighty-six years, of M. Hippolyte Lucas, an Honorary Fellow
of the Society. He gavea brief account of the career, and
eulogised the work, of the distinguished French Entomologist.
He also announced the death of Mr. Samuel Stevens, and in
reference thereto said the Society had to deplore the loss of
one of its oldest and most highly esteemed Fellows. Mr. Stevens
was formerly for many years Treasurer, and had also been a
Vice-President, and during the whole period of his long con-
nexion with the Society had always shown the greatest interest:
in its welfare. That this interest had up to the last continued
unabated was manifested by the terms of his will, in which he
had made a bequest to the Society.
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND. Iv., 1899. C
_
(| xviii)
Hehibitions.
Mr. J. J. WALKER exhibited, on behalf of Mr. E. G. Bayford,
a specimen of Galerita bicolor, Drury, a North American beetle
of the family Carabidie, said to have been taken many years
ago at Doncaster. He also exhibited a remarkable variety of
Vanessa urticx, L. (ichnusoides, De Selys), which was captured
in the Isle of Sheppey on August 28th, 1899.
Mr. B. A. Bowrr showed dark aberrations of Boarmia
rhomboidaria, Hb., in which the normal colour of the fore
wings is replaced by dark brown, causing the fuscous markings
to stand out very prominently.
The PresipENt exhibited a specimen of the ‘“ Spanish-fly ”—
Lytta vesicatoria, which was taken last June near Newmarket,
He remarked that this handsome beetle was now becoming
very rare in England.
Mr. Cotpran J. Watnwericut exhibited a number of Dip-
terous insects, including a long series of Anthrax paniscus,
Rossi, taken in Cornwall at the end of July and beginning of
August; a series of Humerus ornatus, Mg., from Hereford-
shire, and Humerus lunulatus, Mg., from Cornwall; and a
specimen of Mallota eristaloides, Lew, taken near Hereford
last July.
Mr. H. J. DonistHorpe exhibited specimens, including both
sexes, of Dytiscus dimidiatus, Berg.,and D. circumeinctus, Ahr.,
three females of the latter species belonging to the form with
smooth elytra. These rare beetles were taken last August in
Wicken Fen. He also showed eight specimens of Athous
rhombeus, Oliv., including one of the black aberration, which
were taken last June in the New Forest.
Prof. T. Hupson Beare exhibited a specimen of Hypera
elongata, Payk., taken last July near Edinburgh in a grassy
spot under a stone. He referred to Canon Fowler’s statement
that this species is doubtfully indigenous, and said the previous
records certainly are scanty and somewhat untrustworthy; the
specimens in the Stephens collection at the British Museum do
not belong to the species, and of the two in the Power collection
only one is at all like it. Continental authorities give northern
localities only for the species, which is therefore probably con-
(xix 4)
fined to boreal regions ; and Scotland, where it was taken, is
the most likely place for its occurrence in Great Britain.
The Rev. F. D. Morice exhibited three female specimens of
Exoneura libanensis, Friese, taken at Brumana on Mt. Lebanon,
near Beirut; and, for comparison with them, he showed two
specimens of Ceratina cucurbitina, Rossi, from Switzerland.
He commented upon the remarkable distribution of the genus
Exoneura, Smith, this genus having been hitherto recorded only
from Australia.
Mr. GawAn remarked upon the difficulty of accouuting for
the distribution of many genera of insects, and pointed out
that the case brought under their notice by Mr. Morice was
closely paralleled by that of the Coleopterous genus Pelobius,
of which two species were, so far, known only from Australia,
while the third was almost entirely confined to Europe.
Papers.
Mr. G. J. Arrow read a paper “On Sexual Dimorphism in
the Rutelid genus Parastasia.” Myr. W. L. Distant contributed
“Descriptions of four new species of Cicadide,” and Mr,
CLAUDE FULLER a paper “On some species of Western Austra-
lian Coccidee.”
November ist, 1899.
Mr. G. H. Verratt, President, in the Chair.
Election of Fellows.
Mr. Artuur M. Lea, of Hobart, Tasmania; and Mr.
Cuartes P. Lounssury, B.Sc., of Cape Town, were elected
Fellows of the Society.
Exhibitions, ete.
Mr. J. J. WALKER exhibited two living specimens of
Bostrychus cornutus, Fab., received from Dr. Basset Smith
who obtained them froma wooden stool brought from Zanzibar.
Mr. C. O. WaTErHOuSsE showed a living example of Mecha
hecate, Chev., a West African species of Longicornia.
On behalf of Mr. W. Purpry, of Folkestone, Mr. C. G.
Barrett exhibited the following species and varieties of
(ome
Lepidoptera :—Stigmonota trauniana, one specimen, with the
costa less spotted than usual ; Lozopera beatricella, six examples
together with the pupa-skins protruding from a stem of Past-
naca sativa; Peronea cristana, two examples of a very fine
variety ; Cledeobia angustalis, two deeply coloured examples ;
Crambus inquinatellus, var.; Eudorea dubitalis var. ingratella,
two examples; and Endotricha flammealis, four examples of a
dark variety.
Mr. McLacutan showed four examples of Detlephila lineata,
taken by Mr. E. W. Hainworth at Victor, Colorado, at an
elevation of 9000 ft., on July 23rd, 1899 ; also an ash-twig
which had been girdled by hornets, the observation of this
curious fact having been made by Mr. W. C. Boyd, of
Cheshunt, from whom he received the twig.
Dr. T. A. Coapman exhibited specimens of Lrebia flavofasci-
ata taken at Campolungo at an elevation of 7000 ft. He
stated that the species occurred only in those places where
there was an outcrop of dolomitic strata belonging to the
crystalline schists, and was not met with elsewhere at that
elevation, nor was it to be found in association with the same
strata at lower levels. Some rare plants occur in the locality,
but he did not know whether any particular species of grass,
which might serve as the food-plant, was restricted to the
same area.
In further reference to this species, Dr. Chapman remarked
that the yellow fascia underneath seemed strange in an
Erebia, but it may be noted that in other species of the genus,
as for instance ceto or medusa, the yellow of the ocelli varies
so much, that in some specimens it would, with a little further
expansion, be converted into a similar fascia. Psodos alpinaria
flies abundantly along with Hrebia flavofasciata, and when the
latter species delays putting in an appearance, one is sometimes
deceived by a specimen of alpinaria, or even by one of C.
arcania, with its pale straw-coloured band in the same position.
What the precise use and signification of the black and yellow
colours seen in alpinaria and flavofasciata (and Catastia
auriciliella and some Canonymphas might be included) is not
very evident, but some relation probably subsists between
these species or between them and their common habitat.
( sar)
Dr. Chapman showed also an example of Hrebia goante
with a weakly scaled area on both sides of the centre of each
wing.
Mr. H. J. Ewes exhibited, and gave a brief account of a
collection of Lepidoptera made by Mrs. Nicholl and himself
in a part of Bulgaria which had not previously been visited
by entomologists. Lycxna eroides, L. anteros, L. zephyrus,
Melitxa cynthia, Erebia gorge, and a species which he believed
to be Caenonympha typhon, were a few of several interesting
forms to which he directed attention.
Mr. Turr congratulated Mrs. Nicholl on the result of her
plucky and successful attempt to make known to us the
lepidopterous fauna of some of the least-known districts of
Europe, and Mr. Elwes for bringing this last difficult and
arduous journey to a successful issue. He considered the
specimens obtained to be among the most interesting of the
many exhibits of Palearctic Lepidoptera brought before the
Society by its own Fellows in recent years. In commenting
upon the various species, he suggested among other things
that the so-called Hrebia gorge probably was not that species,
while he expressed considerable doubt also as to the specific
identity of the Cenonympha exhibited, with C. typhon.
November 15th, 1899.
Mr. G. H. VERRALL, President, in the Chair.
The PRESIDENT announced the death of Dr. C. G. Thomson,
one of the Honorary Fellows of the Society.
Election of Fellows.
Mr. Ernest Cuar.es Bepwe Lt, of 27, Loughborough-road,
Brixton, 8.W.; Mr. Harry Hapen May, of Redlands, Hillbury-
road, Upper Tooting, 8.W.; and Mr. H. A. Varry, of 61,
Queen’s-road, Aberdeen, were elected Fellows of the Society.
Exhibitions, etc.
Mr. J. J. Waker exhibited four examples of a species of
Curculionidee—Cleonus sulcirostris, taken on red sandy soil at
( air
Barr’s Hill, near Oxford. These examples, he pointed out,
were of a reddish tint, harmonising with the colour of the soil
on which they were found, and in marked contrast to that of
normal grey specimens, some of which, taken at Deal and
Reading, he showed for comparison.
The Presipent exhibited specimens of Chersodromia hirta,
a Dipterous insect, which were found by Colonel Yerbury
under sea-weed at Brora in August 1899.
Mr. G. W. Krrxatpy exhibited three species of Rhynchota
of economic interest, to which he referred as follows :—
(1) Brachytes bicolor, Westw., a Cinghalese Lygeid (= Coreid,
auctt), sent by Mr. E. E. Green as infesting, though scarcely
injuring, a species of Asparagus. (2) Dysdercus cingulatus,
Fabr., a Cinghalese Pyrrhocorid, also sent by Mr. Green ; the
nymphs congregate in the flowers of the Cotton-plant and injure
them by staining. The genus is well known both in the Old
World and the New for the damage its species occasion to
cotton crops. (3) Aleyrodicus dugesii, Cockl., a Mexican Psyllid,
forwarded by Dr. Dugés, who stated that it is now attacking
the white mulberries at Guanajuato.
Mr. Ganan, referring to a subject to which he had called
attention at a previous meeting (see Proceedings, p. x), said
that some interesting observations by Mr. H. H. Smith, on the
habits of the beetles of the Longicorn genus Onychocerus—
wrongly named Scorpionus by Mr. Smith,-were published in
the American Naturalist for 1884 (vol. xviii. pp. 727-8) ;
and he then read the following extract from Mr. Smith’s paper :
—‘‘ While engaged in collecting near Rio de Janeiro, I found
one of these beetles clinging as usual to the lower side of a log.
Seizing it with my forefinger and thumb, I was about to
transfer it to the collecting-bottle when, to my surprise, it
inflicted on me a pretty sharp sting or prick, which caused me
to drop it quickly. In defending itself thus, the insect used
its antenne, spreading them out and then throwing them back-
ward and upward with a strong jerk, so as to strike my finger
and thumb just behind the nails with the scorpion-like terminal
joint. I tried the experiment many times with this and with
other specimens, and always with the same result ; I have also
noticed it in other species of the genus. The little wound
(exe)
produced by the insect caused a slight swelling and irritation,
much like a mosquito bite, for an hour or two. Possibly this
arises from a poisonous exudation from the surface of the
joint ; so far as I can discover there is no true poison gland.”
He remarked that Mr. Smith’s observations, so far as they
related to the habits of the beetles and the effect produced by
their sting, agreed with those mentioned in Herr Wandolleck’s
paper, and entirely confirmed them ; but it was to be regretted
that he did not state the names of the species, or describe the
method he employed in investigating the nature of the sting-
like segment of the antenne. Herr Wandolleck professed to
have discovered a poison gland in one species only—0. albitarsis,
Pase., and expressly stated that he failed to find it in another
species which he examined.
The PrestpEnT said that the facts related by Mr. Smith
tended to confirm the view that these insects possessed a true
stinging organ, and inclined him to believe in the accuracy of
Herr Wandolleck’s investigation.
The Rev. F. D. Morice remarked that spines or similar
sharp structures were present on the antenne of certain male
Hymenoptera, and he asked whether the sting-like segment
was found in both sexes of the beetle referred to. In reply,
Mr. Gahan said the terminal segment had the same form in
both sexes, but was longer and larger in the male in corre-
spondence with the greater length and proportion of the antennz
in that sex; the resemblance to the sting of a scorpion was
very pronounced in (0. albitarsis, in which the basal portion
of the segment was much swollen ; it was less so in the other
species of the genus.
Paper.
Mr. J. H. Leeca contributed Part III. of his paper on
‘Lepidoptera Heterocera from Northern China, Japan, and
Corea.”
al
( =xive )
December 6ih, 1899.
Mr. G. H. Verrat, President, in the Chair.
Election of Fellows.
Mr. Francis GAyner, of 20, Queen Square, W.C., and Mr.
F. B. Jennings, of 152, Silver Street, Upper Edmonton, N.,
were elected Fellows of the Society.
Exhibitions, ete.
Mr. J. J. WALKeER exhibited a specimen of Colias marnoana,
Rogenh., taken, with other examples, by Lieut. Constable, R.N.,
at Massowah, on the Red Sea. He considered this form to be
only a dwarfed race of C. hyale, Linn.; and for comparison
with it, he showed specimens of the var. nilgherriensis, Feld.,
from Central India, and of the var. simoda, De L’Orza, from
Japan.
Dr. CHAPMAN exhibited a series of specimens, selected from
various English collections, together with a few foreign
examples, in order to illustrate the English forms found
within the genus /wmea. Healso showed specimens of sepiwm,
betulina and salicolella, and remarked that the first of these
species was very properly placed by Mr. Tutt in a new genus
(Bacotia), since it is a transitional form, having as great
affinities with Solenobia as with Fumea ; while the other two
species, though perhaps not distantly allied to Yumea, did not
truly belong to that genus, and were well placed by Tutt ina
new genus (Proutia). The specimens of sepiwm were, he said,
some of those taken by Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher in the New
Forest ; those of betwlina were bred from larve taken by Mr.
Whittle and by Mr. Prout in Essex; and those of salicolella
were bred by Mr. Prout from Essex larvee, with the exception
of one of unknown origin, found in Dr. Mason’s collection
along with his betwlina, which included two of Mr. Mitford’s
specimens.
Dr. Chapman then proceeded to refer to the genus /wmea,
and the forms included in it, as follows :-—
“The genus /wmea contains the species that have the
antennal pectinations scaled.
( "Sev
“F. crassiorella has a comparatively short spur to the
anterior tibia (length ;5ths of the tibia), over twenty joints to
the antenna, and rarely has the median accessory cell. The
female has a diminished number of tarsal joints. These charac-
ters always suffice to separate it from all other British forms.
“ Ff. casta. This name, having priority over the well-known
name of nitidella, may be taken to cover the remaining British
forms of /umea. In endeavouring to determine whether any
of these forms deserve separate specific rank, I have come to
the conclusion after examining a great deal of material, that
the size or material of the case, the size or colour of the
imago, and the form of the wing afford no definite data for
specific distinction. Size is perhaps the most reliable of all
these; but it is unnecessary to point out how rarely this
character is of much value.
‘‘The females present no definite characters, at least so far
as I have been able to examine them from the material at my
disposal. All have five joints to all the tarsi, and the only
differences are slight ones in the form of the tarsal joints,
probably due to drying, and a difference in the bristles with
which the legs are clothed, due perhaps to the state of pre-
servation of the specimens.
‘“The question as to whether we have more than one species
under the name of casta must remain more or less doubtful,
until the several forms have been bred largely from the egg,
which seems to be an easy process under proper arrangements.
In the meantime the following forms are distinguishable,
some of them obviously being local races with many of the
features of distinct species.
“The nitidella form is probably the commonest and most
widely distributed; it expands 12—13 mm., and is, when
fresh, very dark in colour; it has eighteen joints to the antenna,
and a tibial spur of a length equal to ;5,ths of the tibia. This
is probably Bruand’s roboricolella, the anal tuft of the female
being often pale, but never white. (Bruand notes that in his
anicunella it is snow-white, and in roboricolella, white.) There
is a larger form which I take to be intermediella. It differs
in having 18 to 20 joints to the antenne, a tibial spur of {5,ths
the length of the tibia, and a wing-expanse of 13—14 mm.
PROC. ENT. SOC, LOND. v., 1900. D
oe
( xxvi )
This leads toa still larger form, found chiefly in Scotland and
Ireland, which has a wing-expanse reaching to 15 mm., but in
which the tibial spur remains of a length equal to 8 of the
tibia, and the antenn have from 18 to 20 joints. This variety
might be called scotica or hibernica. I incline to the belief that
it is very much the same as Heylaert’s norvegica, but if so,
Heylaert is in error in identifying it with some Southern
French forms, with the result that his description, partly
perhaps founded on the French examples, reads as if it were
meant to apply to a dark form of reticulatella. Apart from
structural characters, this form is not easy to distinguish from
crassiorella either by size, form, or colour.
“There is a very small form which goes below 11 mm. in
expanse but has 18 antennal joints, and a tibial spur of
practically the same length as in the preceding forms. ‘This
is perhaps an aberration rather than a race, as no one appears
to possess a series of it. It might be called ab. minor.
“Two sets of specimens remain, which come nearer than any
of these to specific distinctness. The first is represented by
some insects in Mr. Clarke’s collection which were derived
from the collection of Mr. Mitford, and labelled by the latter
n. sp.,on what grounds [ do not know. These look very like
ordinary nitidella, but have 19 joints to the antenne, usually
only present in larger forms, and, what is more distinctive
and important, the length of the tibial spur approaches that of
crassiorella, viz. *73. The female with these specimens is of
the casta, not the crassiorella type. This form may be
provisionally called var. mt/ordella.
“The second is a series of specimens bred by Mr. Bower
from a Kentish source. These are fractionally smaller than
nitidella, and have a similar tibial spur; the antenne have
only 16 to 17 joints, and, what is perhaps a more fundamental
difference, the pectinations are much shorter than in any other
form of casta, being about equal to, or rather less than, 2
antennal joints in length, whereas 2} to 25 denotes the length
in all the other forms which I have examined. I propose to
name these provisionally var. bowerella.
“T have also some German specimens labelled cxtermediella
and affinis, which nowise differ in appearance from ¢ntermediella,
( saevit- -)
and which possess 19 antennal joints. They have however a
much longer tibial spur, measuring °86.”
Mr. Turt said he considered that Lepidopterists were under
great obligation to Dr. Chapman for the care he had taken in
working out what was possibly the most difficult group of the
most difficult family of Lepidoptera. The separation of
Bacotia sepium and of Proutia betulina from the genus Fwmea
had been thoroughly substantiated by Dr. Chapman’s careful
investigations ; and it was clear from the material exhibited
that he had also made good headway in explaining the nature
of the constituent elements still remaining in the genus Fumea.
He trusted, at any rate, that the combined efforts of those
who were now at work on this group of the Psychids would
have the result of clearing up some of the difficulties that had
hitherto surrounded these insects, difficulties so great that
species belonging to different sub-families had been united in
the same genus.
Mr. Matcotm Burr called attention to Dr. Sharp’s paper
on “The modification and attitude of Jdolwm diabolicum,”
recently published in the “ Proceedings of the Cambridge
Philosophical Society ” (Vol. X, Part i1.). He exhibited the
plate, drawn after nature by Mr. Muir, which illustrates the
paper, pointing out that no drawing of this kind showing a
Mantid in its natural colours simulating the petals of a flower,
had hitherto been published. He also exhibited species of
Mantodea of various genera, to show the different modifications
by means of which insects of this group are made to resemble
leaves and flowers.
Paper.
Mr. Kennetu J. Morton communicated a paper entitled
66 Descriptions of new species of Oriental Rhyacophile,”
_
( xxvii )
ANNUAL MEETING.
January 17th, 1900.
Mr. Grorcrt HENry VERRALL, President, in the Chair.
Mr. A. Huan Jones, one of the Auditors, read the
Treasurer’s Balance Sheet, showing a balance in favour of
the Society of £181 16s. 8d., less liabilities for about £67 in
connection with printing and plates.
Mr. C. J. Ganan, Secretary, read the following
Report of the Council.
During the year 1899, two Honorary and five Ordinary
Fellows have died, viz. M. Hippolyte Lucas; Dr. C. G. Thomson ;
Dr. Charles Brongniart ; Mr. R. W. Fereday ; Mr. Hildebrand
Ramsden; Mr. Samuel Stevens; and the Rey. W. Farren
White. The death of one other Fellow, Mr. George Bryant,
has also to be recorded. He died in 1898, but his death was
not known to the Council at the time of the last Annual
Report.
Eight Fellows have resigned during the Session ; the names
of eleven Fellows, who were in arrear with their subscriptions,
have, in accordance with Sec. 3 of Chap. xiv. of the Bye-laws,
been struck off the List; and twenty-one new Fellows have
been elected.
The number of new Fellows elected is not large enough to
be considered as satisfactory ; it is not only considerably less
than the number elected in 1898, but is even below the average
for the preceding ten years.
The Society now consists of 10 Honorary, 56 Life, and 352
Fellows liable for the Annual Subscription, the total number
of Fellows on the Society’s List being 418, or 6 less than at
this time last year.
The Transactions for 1899 form a volume of 499 pages,
showing an increase of 55 pages over those for the previous
year. They consist of sixteen Memoirs, contributed by the
following authors: Mr. Gilbert J. Arrow (3 papers); Dr.
Thomas A. Chapman; Mr. W. L. Distant ; Mr. Charles H.
Dolby-Tyler ; the Rev. A. E. Eaton; Mr. Henry J. Elwes,
(sets)
F.R.S.; Mr. Claude Fuller; Mr. Percy I. Lathy ; Mr. John
Henry Leech; the Rev. T. A. Marshall; Mr. Robert
McLachlan, F.R.S.; Mr. F. Merrifield and Prof. E. B.
Poulton, F.R.S.; the Rev. F. D. Morice; and Mr. F. M. van
der Wulp.
Eleven of these papers are descriptive, systematic or
faunistic, and relate: one to Coleoptera, one to Diptera, two
to Hemiptera, three to Lepidoptera and two to Neuroptera.
Of the remaining papers two have reference to life-histories in
Coccide and Lepidoptera, two to sexual dimorphism in
Coleoptera, and one treats of the colour-relation between the
pup of certain Lepidoptera and the surroundings of the
larvee.
The Memoirs are illustrated by 17 plates, of which 8 are
coloured.
The cost of Plate I. has been paid for out of the income
derived from the Westwood Bequest ; and the Society
is indebted to Mr. H. J. Adams for a contribution of £10
towards the cost of Plate IV.; to Mr. H. J. Elwes for half
the cost of Plates XI.—XIV. ; to Mr. Claude Fuller for the
cost of Plate XV.; and to Mr. J. H. Leech for a portion of
the cost of printing Paper II.
The Journal of Proceedings, containing an account of the
Exhibitions and Discussions at the Meetings, as well as Notes
of interest and short Papers read before the Society, is of much
shorter length than usual, the number of pages, exclusive of
those taken up by the Report of the Annual Meeting, being
27, as compared with 43 in the previous year. Although this
may in some measure be attributed to the fact that the
Proceedings have not at all times been reported at quite their
full length, it seems chiefly to be accounted for by the small
number of Exhibitions during the year, and the shortness of
the discussions owing to the absence of any topics of sufficiently
wide interest to induce a larger number of those Fellows
present at the Meetings to speak. It has been noticed, more-
over, that many of the Fellows take a less active interest
than they might in the proceedings, and show a tendency to
rely too much upon a few of their number to promote the
success of the Meetings.
all
(¢ exe)
The preparation of the Supplementary Catalogue of the
Library has made considerable progress, and it is hoped that
this Catalogue will be ready for issue early in the present year.
The financial condition of the Society continues to be
exceedingly sound. The Subscriptions received for 1899 are
greatly in excess of those for any previous year; while the
amount received in Admission Fees and in payment of Arrears
is about the same as in the year preceding. A substantial
recovery is noticeable in the sale of the Publications of the
Society. The Legacy of £100 received from the Executors of
the late Mr. Samuel Stevens has been invested in Consols ;
and the amount so invested is now £681 18s. Od., producing
£684 12s. 1lld. Consols. Four Life Compositions were
received during the year; and this amount (£63) has been
held over against the expenses of the Supplementary Catalogue
of the Library. The balance in hand at the end of 1899 was
£181 16s. 8d. ; but this apparently large sum includes the
four Life Compositions just referred to, and against it there
are to be set Liabilities for about £67 in connection with
printing and plates, the exact cost of which could not be
ascertained at the close of the year.
11, CHanpos STREET, CAVENDISH SQuaRE, W.
17th January, 1900.
The Balance Sheet and Report of the Council having been
unanimously adopted, it was announced that no notice had
been sent to the Secretaries proposing to substitute other
names for those in the lists prepared by the Council. The
following Fellows therefore are elected Members of the Council
for the Session 1900—1901: Charles G. Barrett ; George C.
Champion, F.Z.S.; Thomas A. Chapman, M.D., F.Z.8.; W.
Lucas Distant; H. St. J. K. Donisthorpe, F.Z.S.; Charles
J. Gahan, M.A.; F. DuCane Godman, D.C.L., F.R.S.; A.
Hugh Jones; R. Wylie Lloyd; Robert McLachlan, F.R.S. ;
the Hon. Walter Rothschild, D.Sc., M.P., F.Z.S.; Edward
Saunders, F.L.S.; George H. Verrall; and Charles O, Water-
house.
The following are the Officers elected : President, Mr. George
€ xm)
Henry Verrall ; 7reasurer, Mr. Robert McLachlan ; Secretary,
Mr. Charles J. Gahan ; Librarian, Mr. George C. Champion.
The election to fill two vacancies, one in the Council
and one in the Office of Secretary, caused by the resignation
of Mr. J. J. Walker, R.N., was adjourned to March 7th, the
Council having signified their intention to announce at the
Meeting on Feb. 7th, the name or names of the person or
persons whom they shall recommend to be elected.
The President read a letter from Mr. Walker in which he
expressed regret at having to resign his position as Secretary
and Member of the Council, stating that he had received
an appointment to H.M.S. Aatoomba, at Sydney, N.S.W., and
would, in consequence, be absent from England for some
years.
The President then delivered an Address, and at its con-
clusion a vote of thanks, proposed by Prof. “Meldola and
seconded by Mr. Blandford, was unanimously accorded to the
President for his Address, and to the President and the other
Officers for their services to the Society during the past year.
Messrs. Verrall, McLachlan, Gahan and Champion spoke in
reply.
ENTOMOLOGICAL
saan
SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Balance Sheet for the Year 1899,
RECEIPTS. PAYMENTS.
Sasol & s. a.
Balance in hand, 1st Jan., Printing Transactions, &c. 146 3 2
1900 wc ec 06 4°27)" Plates, aa. - 78 8 0
Subscriptions for 1899 ... 337 1 0 | Rent and Office Ex-
Arrears Saupe cemereseh peLOm On penses ... 165 14 6
Admission Fees ... ... 42 0 0 | Books and Binding... 41 5 6
Life Compositions ... 63 0 0 | New Bookcases 40 14 0
Donations ... «. «- 25 0 4] Catalogue Expenses aly jel Bebe
Legacy from Executors of Investment in Consols ... 100 0 0
the late 8. Stevens, Esq. 100 O O | Subscriptions in advance
Sales of Transactions, &c. 7617 5 carried to 1900 1414 0
Interest on Investments :— Balance a LSE Gee
Consols ... £15 138 0
Westwood Bequest 6 19 0
——22 12 0
Subscriptions in advance 14 14 0
£786 6 11 £786 6 11
ASSETS.
Subscriptions in arrear considered good (say) £21 0 0
Investments :—
Cost of £684 12s. 11d. Consols
£681 18s. Od.
Cost of £239 12s. 4d. Birmingham Corporation 3 per cent.
Balance in hand
Stock (Westwood Bequest) £250.
ee DLSL Gees
GAB Lh Er Eis.
(Since discharged.)
Printing ...
Plates
Rospert McLAcuian,
Treasurer.
10th January, 1900.
Audited and found correct,
A. Hueu Jones.
Louis B. Provur.
Rost. ADKIN.
R. Wyuie Lroyp.
( xg +)
THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
GENTLEMEN,
I think I may say that the Report of the Council is
in many respects the most satisfactory one that has ever been
presented in the history of the Society. Financially we began
the year with £86 4s. 2d. in hand, and we leave off with £181
16s. 8d. less the liabilities ; this balance by no means indicates
any unusual economy of expenditure, as we have spent more
than usual in proceedings and plates. Of course we have, I
may say unfortunately, received a legacy of £100 from Mr.
Samuel Stevens—I wish the legacy might have been deferred
for several years—and we have received £63 in Life Com-
positions, but the encouraging increase in recent years in the
number of Fellows testifies to the stability and value of the
Society. It is to be regretted that this increase in numbers
has not been so fully maintained during the past session ; but
the slight falling off will, I trust, prove to be only temporary.
Dr. Sharp remarked on January 16, 1889, that in 1868 there
were less than 200 Members and only £100 invested, while
in 1889 there were 300 Members and £400 invested, now
there are 418 Members and nearly £1000 invested. When I
joined the Society in 1866 it consisted of 207 Members, of
whom I regret to find that only 34 survive, and that 9 out of
those 34 preceded me by one year only, while one was elected
in the same year as myself. It is however noticeable that
among the remaining 24 there exists one original Member,
William Blundell Spence, whom however we never see, who
has consequently been a Member of this Society for 67 years,
while Mr. Samuel Stevens who died last year had been an
active working Member of the Society for 62 years—well
F
( Ssxxiv 5)
may one recommend Entomology as an aid to old age. I may
further add that of these remaining 24 Fellows I can only
remember having seen 8 at the Meetings of the Society ever
since I was a Member, but while personally I may regret
that I am becoming one of the veterans, I can correspondingly
congratulate the Society upon the enormous amount of youth
and vigour which must exist among the other Fellows, and the
consequently confident future of the Society.
As a rule our Meetings have been well attended, but on
some occasions when a second Meeting has been held in one
month there has been a falling off in both attendance and
interest, and it may well be considered both by the Council
and the Society whether some re-arrangement might be made
concerning the dates of the Meetings. I am bound to acknow-
ledge that the real work of the Society has been done by our
Secretaries and the Treasurer. Knowing what the duties of
Secretaries are in such a Society as this, I can testify that
their hard work has been made to appear easy work because
of the smoothness and accuracy with which all has been
executed, and that the work of the Council has been therefore
of an uneventful nature; consequently all the more do I
regret that we are losing the services of Mr. J. J. Walker,
who has been ordered abroad, though we are all proud that
one of our body should be called to the service of our Queen
and Country. I sincerely hope that at the end of his term
of service we may welcome him again amongst us, and that
he may hold high office in our Society in years to come. I
can here endorse the remarks made by Mr. Trimen in his
Presidential Address of last year, for I think the Society is
now in a position to appoint a paid Assistant-Secretary to
conduct under the direction of the Secretaries the ordinary
routine business ; at present the duties of a Secretary are so
exacting that Fellows hesitate at accepting the office, but if
the routine business could be taken off their hands I believe
we could always obtain the services of our most capable men.
As to our Treasurer, it is quite unnecessary for me to say
much ; he is well known to you all, or else soon makes himself
well known, and he has proved himself to be a most worthy
guardian of our finances, though I think I never knew him
C xxv 7}
hold the purse-strings so loosely as in the past year, but that
is probably because he had a full purse; I trust that he will
continue as our Treasurer for many years to come and that he
may have ample funds to deal with.
OBITUARY.
Our losses by death in 1899 were few in number (7), but
very important as regards our Honorary Members, since
M. Hippolyte Lucas who was elected only last year, and
Dr. Carl Gustaf Thomson who was elected in 1895, died
during the year. It is not often that men become elected
Honorary Members until well advanced in life, which naturally
accounts for frequent changes in that list, but it is interesting
to note that we possess (out of our twelve Honorary Members)
one who was elected in 1871 (Baron M. E. de Selys Long-
champs) and another in 1872 (Henri F. de Saussure). Our
two deceased Honorary Members are of course men who had
attained a very high reputation in Entomology.
M. Hippolyte Lucas began his Entomological writings about
1830, and by 1861 had over 200 papers and works attached to
his name, which alone is proof of the energy he threw into
his studies. His lines of Entomology have very rarely come
across my own, as he wrote but little on Dipterology. He was
86 years old at the time of his death.
Prof. C. G. Thomson was another Entomologist who caused
his name to be known in almost every order. I believe that
his best and most celebrated work was done in Coleoptera,
upon which he began to write in 1851, but he has written
more or less upon most orders of Insects, and even in Dipter-
ology he has done good and very original work. He was
75 years old at the time of his death.
Very notable among our Fellows is the loss of Mr. 8.
Stevens ; and the other Fellows who have died are Dr. Charles
Brongniart, R. W. Fereday, Rev. W. Farren White, and
Hildebrand Ramsden.
Samuel Stevens, F.L.S., was the senior but one of the
Fellows of our Society, as he was elected in 1837 ; he was the
_
( sey}
only well-known Fellow who was left to connect us with the
far-away past of the foundation of the Society (as his only
senior, William Blundell Spence—a son I believe of the
original Spence of Kirby and Spence—has resided at Florence
for a very long time). The break which his death has caused
with the past may be realised when I state that the next
oldest Fellow left is Mr. John William Douglas (1845), next
to whom comes Dr. W. H. Lowe (1850), and Sir John Lubbock,
whose title as a Peer I do not know (1850); none of these
have been at all familiar to the present Fellows of the Society,
and I think we shall now have to consider as our doyen, in the
sense of one who comes among us, the Rev. Henry Stephen
Gorham, who was elected in 1855, because we now rarely see
Dr. Frederick Moore, who was elected in 1853. For real
long active work and regular attendance at the Society one
Fellow stands out pre-eminently, and that is our Treasurer,
Mr. Robert McLachlan, who was elected in 1858, and who
has I believe held every office that this Society could give,
including that of President (1885—1886) ; I consider there-
fore that the gap with the past, caused by the death of Mr.
Samuel Stevens, is really one of 21 years as far as the
active work of this Society is concerned. We who are now
in this room can only connect back intimately to 1858 instead
of to 1837.
Mr. 8. Stevens represented an exceedingly useful type of
English Entomologist, though not an eminently scientific one,
as his studies were mainly devoted to collecting Coleoptera and
Lepidoptera, while trusting to others to assist him in identi-
fying his captures, but his value lay in the interest with
which he would follow up any supposed rare species which
suddenly occurred somewhere in abundance—I remember his
trusting to my guidance to find Agrotera nemoralis at Abbotts
Wood in Sussex—and in his collection, which has been accu-
mulating for about 60 years, and which consequently often
produced old unrecognised species, such as Acidalia immoraria.
Beyond this Mr. Stevens’ acquaintanceship and friendship
with so very many Fellows of the Society united him with us
and cause us all to deplore his loss. Personally I feel his
loss in connection with the Entomological Club even more
(7 Sexvit /)
than I do in connection with the Society, as his loss will
be felt there even more than in this Society.
Dr. Charles Brongniart was elected a Member in 1879, and
although he was a comparatively young man, being only 40
years old, he had attained a very wide-spread reputation by
his studies of fossil insects. He had also been appointed
Secretary to the Committee dealing with ‘‘ Insectes et Crypto-
games utiles ou nuisibles 4 Agriculture ” at the forthcoming
Paris Exhibition of 1900.
R. W. Fereday lived in New Zealand for about the last
30 years. He joined our Society in 1881, and did a good
deal of valuable Lepidopterological work on New Zealand
species.
Rev. W. Farren White had been a Member since 1865, but
his Entomological studies are not much known, though he
published a work on ‘‘ Ants and their ways.”
Hildebrand Ramsden joined in 1882 and was a life-Mem-
ber; but I do not know anything about his Entomological
studies.
The Society has consequently been exceedingly fortunate
in having lost scarcely any of its scientific power, while the
actual obituary loss from more than 400 Fellows is very
slight.
Outside our own Society the most notable deaths are those
of F. M. Van der Wulp, James Hardy, Prof. J. J. Alexandre
Laboulbéne, Charles Stewart Gregson, Prof. Achille Costa,
Dr. William Nylander, Dr. Alexander Wallace, John Brooks
Bridgman, and Dr. R. H. Meade. I must refer to many of
these as they are names which have left so strong an impress
on the Entomological world.
First and foremost stands Frederik Maurits Van der Wulp,
because of the high rank which he held for about 40 years
in Dipterology. For a long time past he has been one of
the leading authorities on Diptera in the northern half of
Europe, and had he confined himself more to his original
studies of the Netherland Diptera there can be no doubt but
that he would have been the leading authority in North
Europe after the death of Loew in 1879; as it was, he was
attracted away from his earlier studies towards Exotic forms,
a
( bxepepdil %)
and in those, he has made a name for himself which will
never be forgotten. He lived all his life at the Hague, and
died there when nearly 81 years old.
James Hardy has been forgotten for more than a genera-
tion ; but in the fifties and sixties he did a lot of useful work
in the North of England, and many almost overlooked papers
by him in the Proceedings of the Berwickshire Naturalists’
Club will have to be carefully examined by the present
generation.
Professor J. J. Alexandre Laboulbéne is another name
which appeals to past generations, and it seems impossible to
those of the present day who have occasion to study his
writings to realise that he has been amongst us until last
year. He began to write in 1848, and was three times
President of the French Entomological Society.
©. 8S. Gregson was one of the old school of hard-working
British Lepidopterists, but was very little known to the
present generation.
Professor Achille Costa was one of the best known of that
family of Italian Entomologists, and was a most prolific writer,
though his writings were very little known in England.
Dr. William Nylander, who was born in Finland in 1822,
had made a name for himself among the workers at
Hymenoptera.
Dr. Alexander Wallace was for about 20 years a Member
of this Society, and was probably best known from his at-
tempts to introduce sericiculture into England from the
Jarge Ailanthus and other Bombyces.
John Brooks Bridgman was also at one time a Fellow of
our Society, and did a vast amount of exceedingly useful
work in the British /ehnewmonide.
Dr. R. H. Meade of Bradford died, as I have been
at the last moment informed, on December 23rd_ last.
He was 86 years old, and was working at Entomology
up to the time of his death. It is with sincere regret
that I received this information, as the few students
in British Dipterology can ill afford to lose so good
a worker as he was. Even during the last few years
he had done a great deal to bring two of the least-known
(> sexncie -)
families of British Diptera, the Zachinide and Anthomyide,
into shape and order.
Gentlemen, I must utter a strong protest against the Presi-
dential Addresses for many years past. Surely a Presidential
Address should be simply a review of what has taken place in
the past year or series of years, firstly with regard to this
Society, and secondly with regard to the Entomological world
in general. Naturally deductions may be drawn from what
has taken place, and elaborations may be expended on even
that, but in my opinion there should be nothing in a Presi-
dential Address which should more properly appear in the
Transactions of the Society. I say this in the interests of the
Presidents as well as in the interests of the Society. With
the greatest respect to our late President, Mr. Rowland
Trimen, I would urge that his essay last year on the Seasonal
Dimorphism of Rhopalocera was a most excellent paper for
our Transactions, but was out of place in a Presidential
Address. I say this again in the interests of the Author
as well as in the interests of the Society. Mr. Trimen’s
learned essay sank at once as a Presidential Address into
almost the same ephemeral category as the Annual Report
of the Council, but if it had appeared in our Transactions it
would have possessed infinitely greater scientific weight. I
have noticed this for year after year. When we had such a
President as the late Professor Westwood, we had one who
could review the Entomological work of the whole world for
the past year, and in my opinion that was the ideal of a
Presidential Address, but we shall never again have an
Entomologist with the universal grasp over the whole world
of Entomology which Professor Westwood possessed. We
are all now Specialists.
I have therefore determined to simply put a few points
before you this evening, which may cause us to realise a little
what Entomology is at the close of this nineteenth century,
as compared with what it was at its commencement, and to
call attention to some of the advantages which we now
possess as against the disadvantages at the commencement of
the century, as well as to call attention to some of the dis-
( x1 )
advantages under which we now labour as compared with our
predecessors. First and foremost among the present advant-
ages of course comes the FACILITY OF INTERCOMMUNICATION.
Journeys to foreign lands were then matters of months, and
often years; now one may examine nearly all the type
collections of Europe in a few weeks—I hope however that
in the next few years much more will be done to systematise
this, as at present one day is often lost after arrival at some
city in finding out where a type collection is located, while
perhaps when the museum is found it may turn out that it
is not open on that day in the week. As a rule these
difficulties are not insurmountable to any well-known student
in any special group; but an immense gain to science could
be given by the production of a small international guide to
all the important collections, stating when they were open for
examination by students, where they were situated in the
various cities and tuwns, and who was the best person to apply
to for assistance when the collection was found. I mention
for instance one of my own out of many such experiences :
when I went to Stockholm the only clue I could find to the
Natural History Museum was that it was in the Prinzenpalais.
The collection in the Prinzenpalais was very soon found, but
it was mainly geological and archeological, and it took some
time to find out that I must go to the K. vetenskaps Academie,
at 94 Drottninggade, where the collections are open from
ten to four daily, and as soon as I made the acquaintance
of Professor Aurivillius my troubles were at an end, and
every possible assistance was given to me. ‘Time is of even
more value now for a journey of a few weeks than it used to
be for one of as many months. PosTaGE now is a matter of
infinitely less time and expense than in the earlier half of the
century, and here we gain additional advantages almost every
year. Lancuace ought to be a gain, inasmuch as education
should enable a student to comprehend the meaning of
descriptions and notes in any civilised language, and it is very
encouraging to us Hnglishmen to notice how much more
frequently our own language is made use of by foreigners,
even in their own ‘Transactions, because of the more universal
knowledge of that language. Papers by Englishmen in their
Csi)
own language are accepted for publication in the Trans-
actions of all foreign societies, with I believe the exception
of one, and by nearly all foreign magazines. This is an
immense advantage to English students, though for a time
perhaps a disadvantage to the students of other nationalities,
though even to them the disadvantage is not very great, Inas-
much as it is now impossible for any good work to be done
unless the student can comprehend English and German.
This tendency is likely to increase with the vast amount of
work done by our Transatlantic cousins, and it is of course
admitted that works in Russian, Hungarian, Japanese, etc.,
are outside anything that a scientific student must examine.
Societies. Perhaps the greatest advance which has taken
place in the nineteenth century has been the formation of
Entomological and other Scientific Societies. These societies
have enabled the students in various countries to combine
together, and, by their mutual work and subscriptions, to issue
avery great amount of exceedingly useful scientific work to
the public which would otherwise have failed to find an outlet.
Of course even this has not been entirely a gain, as our own
minutes would show that we have at times published such
worthless papers from certain prolific authors that a resolution
has been passed that no more papers should be accepted from
such and such an author. Naturally the simple result has been
that the discarded author has tendered his rejected paper to
some other society, and the Entomological Society has heard
of him no more, but his more than worthless articles may
continue to be published to the world by some other society.
On the other hand these societies cannot help having an eye
to their own continuance, and consequently to their own
funds, and therefore at times a valuable communication may
be looked at askance, because it may be expensive to publish,
and command very little return, though even then the
support of the Royal Society often enables the publication of
such valuable but expensive papers.
I believe that the Société Entomologique de France, which
was founded in 1832, is the oldest of the existing Scientific
Entomological Societies—I omit the Entomological Club,
which met last night, as, although older, I consider it more
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND. v., 1900. E
al
( ‘ii ty
social than scientific. The French Society was very quickly
followed by our own Society in 1833, which by some curious
fatality called itself The Entomological Society of London—
why not of Great Britain, or Britain, or even England }
From these the number of Entomological Societies increased
and multiplied wonderfully, until the danger now is the other
way, inasmuch as it is almost impossible to keep abreast with
the enormous amount of literature which is now published.
This is one of the disadvantages of the present end of the
century as against the beginning, as I find that the number
of Natural History Transactions, Proceedings, Bulletins, and
Magazines amounted to nearly 950, as noted in the Zoological
Record for 1898. Our grandparents had difficulty in obtain-
ing descriptive material published in other countries, but
there was but little to obtain, and we know that they com-
monly did exchange their publications, and the point I wish
to urge is that those publications were well-thought-out publi-
cations, over which the author had probably spent many years
before issuing them to the world. We now have such a
considerable number of Societies with their Transactions and
Proceedings, besides innumerable Magazines devoted wholly or
partly to Entomology, that it is impossible for anybody to be
quite level with the literature of the day, and this leads me to
the statement that there is growing on the one side a tendency
to issue loose crude descriptions of so-called new species by
students who have worked at an order for a few months,
because of the facilities given for such publications; on the
other side the old authors waited and thought out their whole
volume, while the new age dashes into print in the next
monthly magazine. I wish we could go back more to the
ponderous tomes which represented years of well-digested
work. The loose crude descriptions tend to choke the flow of
knowledge, because the tangle of synonymy becomes so over-
whelming that nothing but the arrival of the monographer
can cut the “sudd.”
Just however as difficulties increase so do methods of
coping with those difficulties increase, and the establishment
of Gerstecker’s Bericht, and our own Zoological Record,
should prevent any careful student from being much behind
(sie }
the actual living working world of science Nevertheless it
must be recognised as an absolute impossibility that a student
in any place, except such as London, Paris, Vienna, Berlin,
etc., can by any means whatever obtain ready access to the
hundred and one more or less obscure publications in which
descriptions of new species are sometimes published, and as
this evil is likely to increase indefinitely, a limit must be put
to what are to be considered scientific publications, just as
there is a limit to the number of languages we are compelled
to recognise. I live in a small town of about ten thousand
inhabitants—may I describe a new species of Diptera in my
most approved style in our local journal, which circulates for
a few miles round, and claim priority of nomenclature? The
natural answer would be that it would be so absurd that the
description ought to be ignored ; nevertheless nobody now-a-
days dares to say it must be ignored because the publication is
practically unknown and inaccessible to the scientific world. I
go so far as to say that the scientific world will have to draw
a line sooner or later between recognised scientific and
unscientific works. I have taken an extreme case in referring
to my local journal; but I will take the next stage. The
Field is a newspaper well known to all of you, and is included
in the publications enumerated in the Zoological Record of
1898 ; but does any one wish to contend that the Meld is a
right and proper medium for the publication of, say, a new
species of Ichneumonide? The Rev. J. G. Wood, who was
one of our best popular writers on Natural History, described
and gave a new name to a species of Millepede in one of his
chief popular works. Does anybody consider that description
to have been sufliciently introduced to the notice of the
scientific world? It is obvious that a compulsory limit must
be defined as to what should be considered scientific publi-
cations, and the sooner that limit is defined so much the
better. There would be no hardship on new describers, as it
would only be necessary for them to get their description
published in some recognised scientific paper, as soon as
possible after their unrecognised description had appeared ;
and if, as might happen, an author should be unable to get his
paper published in any of the recognised scientific journals,
al
( (xiv )
he would be wise to consider it as a strong proof that his
description deserved to be ignored ; or again, if while waiting
to see his description published in the approved manner,
good descriptions from some other hand and relating to the
same subjects should in the meantime appear in a recognised
scientific publication, then the popular author would have to
be content with seeing his own name take second place. If
an international agreement could be arrived at in regard to
the recognised scientific publications, which from 950 (in
addition to hundreds of others not included) might easily be
reduced to 200, some control could also be placed over the ,
surviving 200, so that if any of them persistently published
papers unworthy of publication in a scientific journal, the
guilty ones should be excluded from the recognised list. It
is all very well to say that you must have a universal agree-
ment to such a matter as this ; it seems to me that you never
will get a universal agreement to anything, but if you can get a
majority to work upon certain lines, you can afford to ignore
the minority, as the world is certain in the long run to agree
with the majority, even if only for the sake of convenience.
This raises another subject which must come before the
scientific world before long, and that is, that there must be
a punishment for offenders. We all know the description of
a beetle, “rufus, oculis nigris,” but many descriptions of recent
times convey no more information, and it is most manifestly
unfair that such descriptions should have the slightest right
of priority. I can show you in this library close to us a new
species of Pulex described by a Fellow of this Society in the
following words, “‘pallide piceo-fusca!” without a word on
structure or comparison. I am a strong believer in the rule
of Priority just as I am in the rule of Honesty, but while
the offender who breaks the rule of Honesty is punished, the
offender concerning Priority, because of the very heinousness
of his offence, is at first overlooked and is subsequently par-
doned and rewarded ! There is something wrong here. Bigot
for instance described in the Ann. Soc. Ent. France for 1880
a large number of new species of Syrphidx, and amongst them
a new European Orthonewra (O. varipes), of which he states
that the face was partly yellowish, which is a character im-
C sale)
possible for a species of Orthonewra ; a moments examination
of the specimen showed it to be Paragus tibialis, one of the
very commonést European Syrphide ; surely such a paper
should be ruled as valueless and excluded from all rights to
priority ; in fact, let it be as has been the case with a most
elaborate paper on Diptera, published by Lioy in 1864, in
which innumerable new genera were proposed on most inade-
quate grounds, and on which Baron C. R. Osten-Sacken once
rallied Rondani as to his neglect to notice his fellow-country-
man’s work, which produced from Rondani the retort, “ C’est
de la Poésie.’ I heartily agree in referring Lioy’s work to
something outside science ; and the scientific world must soon
refuse to accept crude and ill-digested material as part of its
natural sustenance. There must be some method evolved of
punishing ignorance or carelessness, or else ignorance and
carelessness will by their very volume overwhelm knowledge
and study.
There is another saying in connection with scientific work
which is too good to be lost, and I have always wished that it
were better known. It might serve as a motto to those Ento-
mologists who are in such a hurry to describe new species from
insufficient material and without adequate knowledge. The
tale occurs in Robineau Desvoidy’s ‘ Essai sur les Myodaires,’
page 686, in the description of Limnia marginata, and is as
follows :—‘‘ Cette espéce et le LZ. limbata sont les vrais Musce
marginata et limbata, ainsi nommés par M. Bosc, et ainsi
étiquetés par lui dans sa collection, ot Fabricius en prit la
description. Je rapporte ce fait, parce que, dans une autre
collection de Paris, j’ai vu le Musca marginata étiqueté du
nom de Musca limbata. L’étiquette était de le main méme
de Fabricius. Fabricius venait chaque année compter avec la
nature dans les différentes collections de notre capitale: sa
méthode de description, qu'il ne modifia jamais, l’empécha
bientdt de comprendre dans les cercles trop reserrés qu'il s’était
tracés toutes les espéces qui passaient sous ses yeux. Un jour
M. Bose surprit son embarras sur une boite de mouches qu'il
était prié de lui nommer: aprés plusieur tentatives, Fabricius
quitte Ja plume, referme la boite, et la remet & M. Bose en
riant et en disant ces paroles remarquables: Lst aliquid
_
( -xiwi.)
posterts relinguendum, On voit que Fabricius ne pouvait plus
faire avancer la science, et qu il sentait la nécessité de larges
innovations ; mais il ne se doutait pas encore de l’immensité
de Vhéritage laissé derriére ui.” .
An enormous scientific improvement has developed in the
improved labelling of species both as to locality and date,
and also as to the authorities for the nomenclature of the
specimens in difficult cases. It is impossible that too much
care can be taken in such matters. We know now by ex-
perience from the past the trouble which incorrect labels of
locality may cause, and we also know the immense loss of
value attached to interesting specimens which are without a
history. Although I hate the need of reference to type
specimens, because if the description is adequate no reference
to a type should be necessary, and if the description is in-
adequate it should not hold priority over the next adequate
description, yet I know that the examination of a well-
authenticated type will often open a student’s eyes to the
fact that a mistake has been copied from author to author
which a close examination of an original description would
have shown to be unpardonable. For instance, Musca estracea
of Linné has been accepted for a very long period as a species
of Chilosia, but the slightest examination of Linné’s original
description, which contains the words “‘scutello albido,” would
have shown that his species was no Chilosia, and then the
knowledge that the well-known Scandinavian Lristalis apt-
formis exactly answered to Linné’s M. ewstracea, would have
been quite enough to identify the species without the need for
Haliday, in 1851, to call attention to Linné’s original type.
The careless error arose because the Mid-European Dipterists
wanted to recognise J/. wstracea in one of their own species,
while it happens to be a species confined to the extreme north.
Another point on which great improvement has occurred
is in the accumulation of longer series of specimens. It is
simply marvellous to me to notice the wonderfully good
descriptions made by Meigen from one, two, or three specimens
of a species, yet of course when one comes to an exceedingly
variable species one can see the trap into which the old
authors were sometimes led. We have not quite passed that
(, xvii)
danger yet; I dare say you are most of you acquainted with
the genus Hexmatopota in Diptera !—well, it is an exceedingly
difficult thing to name a British or European species of
Hexmatopota, because we meet with them in hundreds, though
only in three or four species, but it is easy to name a South-
African Hematopota because we have so few specimens for
examination that almost each specimen can be clearly dis-
tinguished from the others. I prophesy that when we have
hundreds of specimens of North-African, Mid-African, and
South-African Hamatopota, we shall be infinitely less certain
about the nomenclature than we are now. It is only by the
accumulation and examination of long series of specimens that
difficult groups of species can be effectually dealt with.
There is another most extreme advantage that British
Entomologists possess now as compared with the first half
of the century, and that is the difference which was caused
by a very few individuals who reduced chaos to symmetry.
Any one who attempted to work at British Coleoptera before
the publication of the late G. R. Waterhouse’s ‘ Catalogue of
British Coleoptera,’ which appeared in 1858, will know
the absolute revolution which enabled the British student to
escape from the awful labyrinth of synonymy which had
previously almost hopelessly checked any advance to the
comparative subsequent symmetry; but since that date the
study of Coleoptera in Britain has advanced by leaps and
bounds, until I believe that it is now as fully advanced as in any
country in the world. Again, in Lepidoptera it seems impos-
sible to realise the jumble of genera which existed, especially
in the Micro-Lepidoptera, until the late H. T. Stainton began
to study them in conjunction with a number of European
workers and several enthusiastic English helpers. Stainton,
like Waterhouse, attacked the most difficult and neglected
groups, but at the same time both of them endeavoured to put
their whole order into symmetrical shape, and it may clearly
be said that the honour is due to those two men above all others
that the two most conspicuous orders of Insects have become
so well arranged and so much studied in Britain. It was a
close race between those two men in arranging those two great
orders: Waterhouse was born in 1810, and published his first
-
( xlviii_ )
writing in 1833, and arranged the whole Order of Coleoptera in
his Catalogue in 1858 ; while Stainton was born in 1822, and
began to publish in 1848, and first dealt with the whole Order of
Lepidoptera in 1856 to 1859 in his ‘ Manual of British Butter-
flies and Moths.” Since those two works the study of British
Lepidoptera and Coleoptera has been comparatively easy.
The other Orders of Insects have since then been very largely
consolidated into shape, though a vast amount remains yet to
be done, and in the Diptera I can with very great earnestness
wish that some young student with sharp eyes and infinite
patience would study the Cecidomyide, for which most ex-
tensive outdoor work is necessary for collecting the galls and
other habitations, and also most minute indoor microscopical
work in describing the imagines and life history.
I find it difficult to give an opiniou between the merits of the
short succinct descriptions which used to be given to new
species, as compared with the exceedingly verbose descriptions
which are often given now-a-days. Itis notable that more than
90 per cent. of Linné’s Diptera, described in few words in
1753, are recognised, while it is more than probable that not
20 per cent. of Walker’s or Bigot’s lengthier and more recent
descriptions are identifiable, though on the other hand the
exceedingly lengthy descriptions of new species in recent
periodicals are impossible to be mistaken if one will only take the
trouble to wade through the descriptions. There is beyond any
doubt a genius in the power of describing. The most perfect
describer of a new species or genus in my experience was the late
Mr, A. H. Haliday, of Belfast. It was simply wonderful how he
would in a few words describe a species beyond all possible
doubt. There is another point in regard to descriptions upon
which I think a much greater insistence ought to be enforced,
and that is ‘comparative distinctions.” I should like to see
it a rule of nomenclature that no new name should stand
unless the author pointed out, not so much the characteristics
of the species or genus itself, as its distinctions from its
allies; it is the duty of the describer to make himself
acquainted with at least the descriptions of allied species, and
if he will not take the trouble to do this, and compare his
new genus or species, his description should be ignored. As
(Clik 7)
far as lies in my power as a President of this Society, I wish
to impress this point: we are now sufficiently advanced in
Entomology that we may well insist upon comparative
distinctions in all cases.
I have not intended my address to be a purely scientific
one, as I have never found the time to dig deeply into the
recesses of science because I have had so many other interests
in life. It may be said that a man may have many interests
and yet be a profound scientific student in his own branch
—perhaps it is so—yet I have had cause in my own small
study of Dipterology to see the vast amount of good scientific
work which has been done, committed to MSS., and—lost!
because the necessary funds for issuing the valuable work or
the business-like ability for obtaining the same have not been
forthcoming. I think it was Professor Huxley who said,
“We scientific men have no time to make money ;” that
might be all very well for Professor Huxley, who had at that
time made a world-wide fame, and for whose publications
publishers and scientific societies were clamouring, but I know
that several most laborious works of our greatest Dipter-
ologists have never seen the light of day because of the lack
of funds or patrons. I believe that an exceedingly elaborate
work of Professor Hermann Loew on the Amber Fauna was
never published, and is now naturally out of date, so that we
are never likely to see it. It is believed also that lost MSS.
and drawings of Meigen still exist (probably in the Jardin
des Plantes, where they may rest in peace another hundred
years) ; while references often occur to ‘ Diptéres des Environs
de Paris,’ by Macquart, and numerous specimens exist which
are labelled with references to it, but no one has seen the work.
In conclusion I desire to say that the pressing changes com-
pulsory upon the new Century consist, (1) in drawing a much
sharper line between scientific and unscientific work, with the
full understanding that unscientific work should hold no
priority rank, and in fact might be altogether ignored, and it
may possibly and even probably be necessary to relegate a
large amount of work already published to the unscientific
category, so that any synonymy subsequently discovered in
this unscientific work would sink as subordinate synonymy ;
-
Coy
(2) that such scientific work must be published sufficiently for
recognition, in some recognised scientific publication ; (3) that
the rules of priority shall not apply to inaccurately and in-
sufficiently described species and genera, and that in all de-
scriptions comparative distinctions should be given against
the allied species or genera, or else they should be considered
insufficiently described; (4) something should be done to
prevent the giving of new names to species (which possibly
required a new name because of pre-occupation) in passing notes
in which no attempt is made to describe the new species or
genus, but simply a remark is made that such and such a name
has been pre-occupied, and the writer substitues such and such
a name in its place. I would like to see all such names “‘ nomina
nuda’ unless a description and comparative distinction be
associated ; (5) above all it is the duty of the new Century to
codify and condense the work of the past Century, so that new
work should be done with a full knowledge of the work which
has been done and with a due appreciation of it, and not with
the recklessness which has been exhibited of late in many
quarters, especially in my own Order of the Diptera.
Gentlemen, I thank you for your attention to my remarks,
and I only wish that I could have given you an Address upon
the course of Entomology during the past year, upon all Orders
and upon all subjects connected with Entomology, such as the
late Professor Westwood would have done.
(wy
INDEX.
Nots.—Where the name only of the Genus or Species is mentioned, the
description will be found on the page referred to.
The Arabic figures refer to the pages of the ‘Transactions’; the Roman
numerals to the pages of the ‘ Proceedings,
New Genera and Species, and those which have been redescribed, will be
found in detail, but in faunistic papers the contents are arranged
generically under the headings of those papers.
The President’s Address is not separately indexed.
Page Page
GENERAL SUBJECTS ............... li ERVIEENOPTMRA! ccscsececescecsessss liv
WGELHOP TERIA sss. ec-ceeeees retecsesue LIM IBPINOPTRMRA) cesscosseecetsecstsce liv
ID RIOT usec eas eeRaGaeRaeenin cicosecoa al 0 NEUROPTERA ...... cs ese eeeceeeee LVL
PR MMUPU IAG oeecy. aus ccalcwmatecew ee liii ORMMAOP TBR Arcs rsntcsvsecrece eee cee lvii
—EEE—_
GENERAL SUBJECTS.
Africa, W., Insects from, exhibited, x.
Annual Meeting, xxviii.
Antennal sting of Longicorn beetle, referred to, x, xxii.
Araujia albens, Flowers of, entrapping butterflies, x.
Balance Sheet, xxxii.
Coloration, similarity of, in various Lepidoptera from the same locality, xx.
Colour-relation between certain pup, etc. and their surroundings (F. Merri-
field and Edward B. Poulton), 369.
Congo, Insects from, exhibited, xiv.
Formalin, value of, as a preservative of larvze and pup, xvii.
Geographical distribution, peculiarities of, in the genera Exoneura and
Pelobius, xix.
Hymenopterous parasite of Weevil, pupa-case of, exhibited, xvi.
Italy, Lepidoptera from, exhibited, x.
Nest of Bees, in an open hedge, photograph exhibited, xi.
President’s Address, xxxiil.
Resemblance, of Longicorn to Phytophaga, vi, x.—of Mantodea to leaves and
flowers, xxvii.
Salt perforated by pupating larvee of Dermestes vulpinus, V.
( >
Sexual Dimorphism in Beetles of the family Rutelidze (Gilbert J. Arrow),
255. Specimens illustrating, exhibited, viii.—in the Rutelid genus
Parastasia (Gilbert J. Arrow), 479.
Stridulating organ in the female of the bed-bug, xiii, xv.
COLEOPTERA.
Adoretosoma metallicum, n. s., 266.
Anomala calcarata, n. s., 259.—clypeata, n. s., 257.—denuda, n. 8s., 258.—
disparilis, n. s.. 256.—distanti, n. s., 258.—imperialis, n. s., 264.—rugosa,
n. s., 263.—solida,n. s., 257.—transvalensis, n. s., 258.
Athous rhombeus from the New Forest, exhibited, xviii.
Barynotus merens, pupa-case of hymenopterous parasite of, exhibited, xvi.
Bostrychus cornutus imported from Zanzibar, exhibited, xix.
Chalenus, A remarkable species of, exhibited, vi.
Cleonus sulcirostris, assimilation of colour to surroundings, 430, xxi.
Dermestes vulpinus, larvee burrowing into salt, v.
Dytiscus dimidiatus and circumcinctus from Wicken Fen, exhibited, xviii.
Galerita bicolor, reputed occurrence of, at Doncaster, xviii.
Goliathus druryi, Notes on the habits of (Albert L. Bennett), xi.
Hypera elongata from Edinburgh, exhibited, xviii.
Longicorn showing resemblance to Diabrotica and Lema, exhibited, vi, x.
Longitarsus rutilus from Halstow, exhibited, ix.
Lytta vesicatoria from Newmarket, exhibited, xviii.
Mecha hecate, living specimen of, from W. Africa, exhibited, xix.
Onychocerus albitarsis, stinging with antenna, x, xxii.
Parastasia, On Sexual Dimorphism in the Rutelid genus, with descriptions of
new species (Gilbert J. Arrow), 479. New species :—P. alternata, 489.—
anomala, 495.—birmana, 481.—cingala, 482.—circumferens, 485,—mira-
bilis, 491.—quinquemaculata, 494.—ruficollis, 494.—timoriensis, 483.—
unicolor, 488.—P. duponti,n. n., 484.
Pelobius, Geographical distribution of the genus, xix.
Plocederus obesus, calcareous pupa-cases of, exhibited, xvii.
Quedius longicornis from Cobham Park, exhibited, vi.
Rutelidz, On Sexual Dimorphism in Beetles of the family (Gilbert J. Arrow),
255. Species of the following genera described or discussed :—Anomala,
256.—Adoretosoma, 265.—Popillia, 266.
Rutelid genera, Anomala, Mimela, Popillia and Strigoderma, Notes on the
(Gilbert J. Arrow), 271.
DIPTERA.
Acnephalum futile, n. s., 87.
Anthrax paniscus from Cornwall, exhibited, xviii.
Apoclea femoralis, n. s., 93.—heteroclita, 94.
Asilidz from Aden and its neighbourhood (F. M. van der Wulp), 81. Species
of the following sub-families and genera described and referred to :—
Acnephalum, 87.—Apoclea, 93.—Asilinew, 92.—Dasypogine, 81.—
Dasythrix, 91.—Habropogon, 89.—Holcocephala, 88.—Hoplistomera, 90.—
Ltamus, 96.—Laphrins, 90.—Leptogaster, 84.— Ommatius, 97.—Philodicus,
92.—Promachus, 92.—Protophanes, 95.—Psilinus, n. g., 85.—Rhadinus,
85.—Saropogon, 81.—Sisyrnodytes, 86.—Stichopogon, 88.
( lit )
Chersodromia hirta from Brora, exhibited, xxii.
Dasythrix ruficornis, n. s., 92.
Eumerus ornatus from Herefordshire and FEF. lunulatus from Cornwall,
exhibited, xviii.
Habropogon senilis, n. s., 89.
Holcocephala punctulata, nu. s., 88.
Hoplistomera caliginosa, vu. s., and leucocoma, n. s., 90.
Itamus sodalis, n. s., 96.
Mallota eristaloides from Herefordshire, exhibited, xviii.
Ommatius tenellus, n. s., 97.
Philodicus gracilis, n. s., 92.
Protophanes costalis, n. s., 95.
Psilinus, n. g., 85.
Saropogon tncisuratus, n. s., 82—pulverulentus, nu. s., 88.—rubriventris, D. s.,
83.
HEMIPTERA.
Aleyrodicus dugesii injurious to white mulberry, xxii.
Aonidia banksizx, n. s., 473.
Apiomerus, viscous secretion of, ii.
Apiomorpha cucurbita, n. s., 446.—helmsit, n. s.,447.—maliformis, n. s., 446.
Ascelis melaleuce, u.s., 461.
Aspidiotus dryandre, n. s., 465.
Asterolecanium hakex, n. s., 456.—petrophilx, n. s., 456.
Atalanta auricoma exhibited, i.
Bed-bug, anomalous asymmetrical structure in female, xiii, xv.—‘‘ spermato-
phagous organ ” of female, xv.
Brachytes bicolor infesting Asparagus, xxii.
Callipappus bufo, n. s., 438.—farinosus, n. s., 437.
Ceronema dryandrx, un. s., 460.
Ceroplastes roseatus, The development of (C. H. Dolby-Tyler), 277.
Chionaspis agonis, n. 8., 471.—-ethelx, n. s., 471.—aanthorrhex, n. s., 472.
Cicadidz, Descriptions of four new species of (W. L. Distant), 475 [genus
Platypleura).
Coccidz, Notes and descriptions of some species of Western Australian
(Claude Fuller), 435. Species of the following genera described and
referred to :— Aonidia, 473.— A piomorpha, 444.— Ascelis, 461.—Aspidiotus,
464.—Asterolecanium, 456.—Callipappus, 437.—Ceronema, 460.—Chion-
aspis, 471.—Coccus, 439.—Cylindrococcus, 451.—Cystococcus, n. g., 462.—
Dactylopius, 454.—Eriococcus, 439.—Fiorinia, 472.—Icerya, 438.—In-
glisia, 460.—Lecaniodiaspis, 455.—Lecanium, 458.—Lichstensia, 457.—
Maskellia, 473 —Mytilaspis, 468.—Olliffia, n. g., 442.—Opisthoscelis, 464.
—Ourococcus, n. g., 452.—Parlatoria, 466.—Poliaspis, 470.—Pulvinaria,
458.— Rhizococcus, 443.—Signoretia, 457.—Sphexrococcus, 448.—Tarchardia,
457.
Cylindrococcus gracilis, n. s., 451.
Cystococcus, n. g., 462.—echiniformis, n.s., 462.
Dactylopius grevillex,nu.s., 454.—lanigerus, n. s., 454.—macrozamix, 0. s., 454.
Dysdercus cingulatus, nymphs injurious to the cotton-plant, xxii.
Enchophora stellifer, lepidopterous larvz in secretion of, i.
-
( liv )
Eriococcus agonis, n. 8., 439.—apiomorphe, n. s., 489.—cypreeformis, 0. s.,
440.—elegans, n. s., 440.—gurney?, nu. s., 441.—hakew, n. s., 441.—imper-
Fectus, n. s., 442.—tricarinatus, n.s., 442.
Fiortnia acacix, var. bilobis, n. v., 472.
Inglisia foraminifer, var. loranthi, n. v., 460.
Lecanitodiaspis melaleuce, n. 8., 455.
Lecanium baccatum, var. marmorewn, a. v., 458.—frencht, var. macrozamiv,
n. V., 459.
Lichstensia hakearum, n. s., 457.
Mytilaspis elongata, u.s., 469.—spinosa, n. s., 469.
Nepa cinerea, eggs exhibited, and mode of ovipositing described, xiv.— with
parasitic Acari exhibited, xiv.
Notonecta, eggs exhibited, and mode of ovipositing described, xiv.
Olliffia eucalypti, un. s., 443.
Opisthoscelis conica, n. s., 464.
Ourococcus, n. g., 452.—casuarine, n. s., 453.—cobbii, n. s., 453.—eucalyptt,
n. s., 402.
Parlatoria dryandrex, n. 8., 467.—petrophile, n. s., 468.—viridis, n. s., 467.
Platypleura andriana, n. s., 476.—heathi, n. s., 475.—pembana, n. s., 477.—
quanza, 0. 8., 476.
Poliaspis intermedia, nu. s., 470.—nitens, n. s., 470.
Pulvinaria maskelli, var. viminarie, a. v., 458.
Rhizococcus tripartitus, n. s., 433.
Sphexrococcus ethelwe, n. s., 449..—leavi, n. s., 448.—morrisont, n. s., 450.—
var. elongata, n. V., 451.—teppert, n. s., 449.—tomentosus, n. s., 450.
Tarchardia conveca, n. 8., 457.
HYMENOPTERA.
Andrena, 6, Illustrations of specific characters in the armature and ultimate
ventral segments of (Rev. F. D. Morice), 229.—taraxraci, Giraud, and
the species most resembling it, Notes on (Rev. F. D. Morice), 2438.
Andrena curtivalvis, a. s., 252.—stabiana, n. s., 252.
Bee’s nest in an open hedge, photograph exhibited, xiii.
Braconide, British, A Monograph of, Part viii (Rev. T. A. Marshall), i. Species
of the following families and genera characterised :—Aphidiides, 11.—
Aphidius, 32.—Chxnon, 6.—Celinius, 1.—Dyscritus, 72.—Ephedrus, 20.—
Monoctonus, 24.—Pachylomma, 76.—Pachylommatidx, 73.—Polemon, 8.
—Praon, 14.—Toxares, 23.—Triozys, 26.
Ceratina cucurbitina from Switzerland, exhibited, xix.
Ezxoneura, Geographical distribution of the genus, xix. £. libanensis from
Mt. Lebanon, exhibited, xix.
Hornets, girdling ash-twig, xx.
Prestwichia aquatica bred from egg of Pelobius, xv.
LEPIDOPTERA.
Aimene punctigera, n. s., 188.
Altai Mountains, On the Lepidoptera of the (H. J. Elwes), 295. Species of
the following genera enumerated and referred to:—Adopxa, 367.—
Apatura, 330.—Aporia, 314.—Anthocharis, 318.—Araschnia, 330.—
Cra 2)
Argynnis, 337.—Augiades, 367.—Carcharodus, 365.—Cenonympha, 362.—
Colias, 318.—Epinephile, 361.—Erebia, 342.—Erebomorpha, n. g., 351.—
Erinnys, 367.—Grapta, 331.—Hesperia, 365.—Heteropterus, 367.—
Leucophasia, 318.—Limenitis, 330.—Lycxna, 323.—Melanargia, 342.—
Melitz#a, 332.—Neptis, 330.—Gineis, 352.—Pamphila, 366.— Papilio, 311.
—Pararge, 360.—Parnassius, 311.—P2eris, 315.—Polyommatus, 322.—
Rhodocera, 321.—Satyrus, 359.—Thanaos, 366.—Thecla, 321.—Triphysa,
364.— Vanessa, 330.
Anthrocera, allied species of, exhibited, iii.—filipendula, colour-aberrations
of, exhibited, iv.
Arctia lubricipeda, var. fasciata and new form, exhibited, x.
Arguda bipartita, n. s., 116.
Argynnis dia, var. alpina, n. v., 239.—freija, var. pallida, nu. v., 338.—frigga,
var. alpestris, n. v., 340.
Bacotia sepium, exhibited, xxiv.
Boarmia abietaria, melanic examples of, exhibited, iv.—rhomboidaria, dark
aberrations, exhibited, xviii.
Bulgaria, collection from, exhibited and discussed, xxi.
Calisto, Hibn., A Monograph of the genus (Percy I. Lathy), 221. Species
described :—C. confusa, n. s., 227.—nubila, n. s., 223.—pulchella, n. s.,
295.
Callarctia, v. g., 168.
Callimorpha nepos, n. s., 166.
Chalcosia venosa, teratomorphic specimen of, exhibited, xvi.
Charayia, larva, with parasitic fungus, exhibited, iv.
China, Northern, Japan and Corea, Lepidoptera Heterocera from (J. H.
Leech), 99. Species of the following families enumerated and referred
to:—Aimene, 187.—Agaristide, 210.—Agrisius, 175.—Alcidis, 218.—
Alphxa, 162.—Arctia, 159.—Arctiide, 147.—Arectinia, 160.—Arctiine,
Arctioblepsis, 102.—Areas, 162.—Arctornis, 144.—Arguda, 116.—Ario-
lica, 203.—Aroa, 119.—Belippa, 109.—Bhima, 111.—Bizone, 171.—
Bombycocera, 101.—Callarctia, n. g., 168.—Callimorpha, 165.—Calpenia,
165.—Camptoloma, 164.—Cania, 107, 218.—Chalcosiine, 217—Chelono-
morpha, 211.—Chelura, 218.—Cifuna, 122.—Clisiocampa, 111.—Corma,
217.—Creatonotus, 163.—Crinocraspeda, 112.—Daplasa, 128.—Dasychira,
123.—Detopeia, 170.—Dendrolimus, 109.—Diacrisia, 156.—Digama, 146.
—Earias, 204.—Eliqma, 169.—Epiplemidex, 219.— Eugoa, 189.— Euproctis,
132.—Eusemia, 210.—Gabala, 205.—Gastropacha, 116.—Gazalina, 132.—
Geometridw, 219.—Gnophria, 1177.—Halias, 204.—Heterogenea, 108.—
Hypengoa, n. g., 189.—Hyphorma, 100.—Hypsa, 145.—Hypsidx, 145.—
Kerala, 174.—Kosala, 112.—Lelia, 120.—Lasiocampidx, 109.—Leucoma,
142.—Limacodidxe, 99, 218.—Lithosia, 180.—Lithostinew, 169.—Locharna,
127.—Lymantria, 128.—Lymantriide, 118.—Macrobrochis, 176.—Macro-
nola, 174.—Malacosoma, 117.—Mardara, 126.—Melanema, 175.—
Microleon, 107.—Miltochrista, 190.—Mimerastria, 210.—Mimensemia,
214.— Miresa, 104.—Monema, 103.—Narasodes, 189.—Narosa, 109.—
WNatada, 102.—Nemeophila, 157.—Nicwa, 164.—Nola, Noline, 206.—
Notodontidw, 216.—Nudaria, 201.—Numenes, 126.—Nyctemera, 169.—
Wycteoline, 202.—Ocneria, 1381.—Ocnogyna, 161.—Odonestis, 113.—
Gonistis, 178.—Orgyia, 118.—Pantana, 121.—Paraona, 176.—Parasa,
(ei 5
105.—Pelochyta, 167.—Phalwnoides, 212.—Phissama, 163.—Phocoderma,
103, 218.—Phragmatobia, 161.—Phrixolepia, 102.—Phyllodesma, 117.—
Pintia, 217.—Pecilocampa, 112.—Porthesia, 140.—Prabhasa, 180.—
Psychogoés, 219.— Pterothysanidx, 118.—Pterothysamus, 118.—Rhamnosa,
107.—Rhyparia, 154.—Rhyparioides, 155.—Samera, 186.—Schistomirta,
219.—Scopelodes, 99.—Setina, 199.—Setinochroa, 199.—Sidyma, 176.—
Siglophora, 206.—Sinna, 202.—Somera, 216.—Spilosoma, 147.—Stauropus,
216.—Stenoloba, 216.—Stiymatophora, 201.—Stilpnotia, 141.—Susica, 101.
—Syfania, 214.—Teulisna, 186.—Thanatarctia, 160.—Thosea, 101.—
Thyrgorina, 158.—Thysanoptyx, 179.—Trabala, 118.—Turnaca, 217.—
Tyana, 203.—Uranitide, 218.—Zalissa, 212.
Cledeobia augustalis, variety, exhibited, xx.
Caenonympha pamphilus, interesting variety from Corfu, exhibited, xvi.
Cenonympha, species from Bulgaria, exhibited, xxi.
Colias hyale, varieties exhibited, xxiv.
Colour-relation between the pupze of Papilio machaon, Pieris napi and many
other species, and the surroundings of the larve preparing to pupate, ete.
On the (F. Merrifield and Edward P. Poulton). Species of Lepidoptera
referred to:—Amphidasis betularia, 429. Eupithecia pimpinellata, 429.
Notodonta ziczac, 428. Papilio machaon, 372.—podalirius, 389. Pieris
brassicx, 405.—napi, 390.—rape, 422. Pyrameis cardui, 424. Stau-
ropus fagi, 428. Vanessa antiopa, 429.—to, 425.—polychloros, 429.—
urtice, 424.
Crambus inquinatellus, variety exhibited, xx.
Crinocraspeda ? tinexperta, n. 8., 112.
Deilephila lineata from Colorado, exhibited, xx.
Endotricha flammealis, variety, exhibited, xx.
Epinephile tithonus, aberration, exhibited, iii.
Epunda lutulenta, British varieties of, ix.
Erebia flavofasciata from Campolungo exhibited and discussed, xx.—goante,
variety of, exhibited, xxi.—species of, from Bulgaria, exhibited, xxi,—
Jletchert, n. s., 347.
Evrebomorpha, n. g., 351.
Eriopus latreille: from Dalmatia, exhibited, xvi.
Eudorea dubitalis, variety of, exhibited, xx.
Euproctis argentata, n. s., 1389.—inconspicua, n. s., 1383.—pauperata, n. s., 138.
—recurvata, n. 8., 1388.—straminea, n. s., 185.—unipunctata, n. s., 136.
Fumea, Observations upon, and exhibition of specimens of the genus,
XXiv.
Gnophria? sinensis, n. s., 178.—vittata, n. s., 178.
Hemaris bombyliformis with wings covered with scales, exhibited, xv.
Hypengoa flavogrisea, n. 8., 190.
Hyphorma sericea, n. 8., 100.
Lithosia suffusa, n. s., 183.
Lozopera beatricella, exhibited, xx.
Lycx#na baton from Spain, exhibited, xvi.
Melitwa cynthia from Bulgaria, exhibited, xxii—didyma, interesting variety
from Corfu, exhibited, xvi.
Mhicropteryx (Eriocephala) ammanella, Hiibn., A contribution to the Life-
history of (T. A. Chapman), 253.
€ Tur 7)
Miltochrista acerba, nu. s., 196.—fasciata, n. 8. 197.—fleruosa, n.8., 96.—
nigrivend, 0D. 8., 196.—undulata, n. s., 191.
Noctua rubi, aberration, exhibited, iii.
Nyctemera? trigona, n. s., 170.
Odonestis hampson?, n. s., 115.
Gneis bore, var. ammon, n. v., 356.—dubia, n. s., 354.—norna, var. altaica,
n. v., 353.
Qonistis subnigra, n. 8., 179.
Pantana nigrolimbata, n. 8., 121.—simplex, n. s., 122.
Peronea cristaya, variety of, exhibited, xx.
Proutia betulina and salicolella, exhibited, xxiv.
Setina griseata, n. 8., and modesta, n. 8., 200.
Siglophora ? ferruginea, 0. 8., 206.
Somera pryert, 0. 8., 216.
Spilosoma lubricipeda, aberrations produced by inbreeding from normal forms,
exhibited, ii.—flaveolum, n. s., 154.—purum, n. 8., 151.—robustum, n. S.,
149.—soror, n. s., 152.
Stauropus nigrilinea, n. 8., 216.
Stigmonota trauniana, variety, exhibited, xx.
Thais polyxena, interesting variety from Greece, exhibited, xvi.
Thestor ballus, interesting variety from Alexandria, exhibited, Xvi.
Thyrgorina costimacula, n. 8., 158.—phasma, n. 8., 159.
Thysanoptyx directa, n. s., 180.
Vanessa urtice, remarkable variety from Sheppey, exhibited, xviii.
NEUROPTERA.
Ameletus perscitus, n.s., 291.
Ant-lion larva from Cannes, exhibited, xvi.
Atalophlebia versicolor, n. 8., 286.
Corydalis, A second Asiatic species of (R. McLachlan), 281.—orientalis, n. s.,
281, exhibited, xvii.
Deleatidium, n. g., 288.—Lilli2, n. s., 289.
Ephemeridz of New Zealand, An annotated List of the (Rev. A. E. Eaton),
285. Species of the following genera described or referred to:—
Ameletus, 290.—Atalophlehia, 286.—Coloburiscus, 289.—Deleatidium, n. g.,
288.—Ichthybotus, n. g., 285.— Oniscigaster, 292.—Siphlurus, 293.
Ichthybotus, n. g., 285.—hudsont, un. s., 285.
Oniscigaster distans, n. s., 293.—intermedius, D. 8., 292.
ORTHOPTERA.
Acridium xgyptium from Maidenhead, exhibited, xiii.
Idolum diabolicum, resemblance to flowers, xxvii.
Locustid, Chinese clay model of a, exhibited, xiii.
Pxcilocerus, species injurious to Calotropis trees in Nubia, xiii.
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND. V., 1900. E
EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.
Illustrating the Rev. T. A. Marshall’s “ Monograph of British
Braconide.”
DACNUSIDA,
Fic. 1. Polemon lipare, Giraud, 2.
LS
APHIDIIDZ.
Praon flavinode, Haliday, ?.
Cocoon of P. flavinode, surmounted by the empty
skin of Stiphonophora absinthii.
Ephedrus validus, Haliday, ?.
Toxares deltiger, Haliday, 2.
. Fore wing of Toxares.
Monoctonus paludum, Marshall, 9.
. A valve of the terebra of Wonoctonus seen sideways.
Aphidius pini, Haliday, 9.
Aphidius gregarius, Marshall, 9.
Dyscritus planiceps, Marshall, ?.
oS
“Westwood Bequest.
T.A Marshall del
Trans. Ent,Soc. Lond. 1899. PUL.
>
British Braconide -
Mintern Bros .Chromo.
EXPLANATION OF Puate II.
Illustrating Mr. F. M. van der Wulp’s paper on “ Asélide from
Aden and its neighbourhood.”
Fie. 1. Saropogon incisuratus, n. sp. Wing.
2. Saropogon pulverulentus, n. sp.
3. Leptogaster nitidus, Wied. Wing.
4, Rhadinus ungulinus, Low. Head.
5 ad z Fore leg.
6 * 5 Wing.
. Psilinus cinerascens, n. sp.
8. 3 5 Head, front view.
9. > s » in profile.
10. Sisyrnodytes brevis, Macq. Wing.
11. Acnephalum futile, n. sp.. 3
12. Holcocephala punctulata, n. sp. Head, front view.
13. Pf . 5, in profile.
14. =e a Wing.
Trans Ent. Soc. Lond. 1899 .PU I.
VD.W.del. R.E.Mintern lth. Mintern Bros.imp.
Asilidee from Aden.
EXPLANATION OF PiatE III.
Illustrating Mr. F. M. van der Wulp’s paper on “ Asilidx from
Aden and its neighbourhood.”
Fic. 1. Stichopogon inconstans, Wied. Wing.
2. Hoplistomera caliginosa, n. sp. 5,
3. Dasythrix ruficornis, n. sp. -
4. Promachus rectangularis, Low. _ ,,
5. Philodicus gracilis, n. sp.
6. Apoclea femoralis, Wied. -
iP He heteroclita, n. sp. a
8. Protophanes costalis, n. sp. Head.
a: <p 5 Male genitalia.
10. ‘ 35 Wing.
11. Ztamus sodalis, n. sp. Male genitalia.
12. “5 i Ovipositor.
13. a a ~ Wing:
14. Ommatius tenellus, n. sp. Head.
5: PA a Wing.
ee ae Soc. Lond). 1899. PLAT.
14.
15.
V.D.W-del. R.E Mintern lith . Mintern Bros imp.
Asilidze from Aden .
“i
' iv ay
H
» aa
i‘. ; De a
4
rie
1) OR oa)
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.
Fic. 1. Calisto zangis, Fabr., ¢.
2: F aeyleme
3. C. nubila, sp. nov., ¢.
4, C. archebates, Mén., ¢.
5. C. pulchella, sp. nov., ¢.
P a, See
a] ab, tenebrosa, ab. nov., 2.
. C. herophile, Hiibn., 2.
Y iy Ss
10. C. hysius, Godt., ¢.
11. f Ol,
12. C. confusa, sp. nov., ¢.
” ” ?.
i 10) SU sp
13.
THE
GENUS CALISTO.
West Newman Chr
EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.
la. 7th ventral segment, A. cottana.
| 1b. r » A. labialis.
2. Position of 6th and 7th ventral segments, A. bimaculata.
3. rp 7th and 8th KS ss A. bimaculata.
: 4a. Stipes in Andrena (morio) diagram.
4, Stipites of ¢ genitalia, 4. morio.
5 A. fulvicrus.
| 6. - 3 ie A. gwynanda.
ne e a A. florea.
: 8. 4 ‘ P A. cingulata.
9. a - as A, bucephala.
10. 33 x A, suerinensis.
; 11. ef -s ss A. schencki.
; 12. is 5 Hi A, tscheki.
| i1Sy * i ns A. chrysosceles.
; Tae 5 9 A. angustior.
ile *. ‘i “ A, ovina.
16. a es Fn A. scita.
| Ly. 3 s = A, flessx.
ty 18, 5 “ “; A. hattorfiana.
19, MA * 3 A. nycthemera,
20. » 53 x“ A. circinata.
, 2] - 7 - A. analis.
22, _ Pe 7 A, nigro-olivacea,
23. 19 9 99 A, tibialis.
eR Sea
Trams. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1899. Pv. Vv.
West, Newman lith.
Cs Oe ee ee
Pe te ee) ee Ae ee
et a
a
8th ventral segment (vadvula ventralis) in—
SEB ea)
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.
- thoracica, ventral view (la do., lateral view).
. braunsiana, ,,
. rufohispida, ,,
. megacephala, ,,
. tscheki, -
. schencli, -
. albicrus, 53
. fucata, dorsal
. ovina, ventral
. labialis, 5
. decipiens, Ay
. Suerinensis, ,,
1. ephippium, ,,
1. circinata, +
. Tufiventris, ,,
. scila,
. bucephala, ,,
. flessx,
”
(2a
(Ba
(6a do.,
» ).
» ).
%» ).
(9a lateral, 9b dorsal).
(10a lateral).
(lla
(12a
(13a
- (14a
(15a
(16a
(18a
)
ye
:
)
)
, 164 dorsal).
Trans. Ent.So0c.Lornd. 1899. PU.VI.
18a.
West, Newman lith .
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.
8th ventral segment (valvula ventralis) in—
wa
1. A. nigro-olivacea, ventral view (la dorsal, 16 lateral
2. A. livens, RA Ee (caer Yi
3. A truncatilabris, ,, a Oe 365 fe):
4. A. ferrugineicrus, ,, ne MAGS ras AG Stee
5. A. giraudi, a ae Giclees BD yin es
6. A. taraxaci, 55 tt Oi! Pr GDe ia ee
7. A. curtivalvis, + ga Chay LD ean Oe
8. A. stabiana, Le a ts!) Maer Shr 3. >):
9. A. senecionis, oF end oess Ob! Sees
10. A. humilis, var.
with black clypeus ,, 5 0a. 10k ar he
11. Do. var. with white
clypeus (= fulves-
cens, Sm.), ie fy. bce 45; Tbe seule
) Trans. Ent. Soc Lond. i899.PY,. Vi,
106. 11b.
West, Newman bth.
EXPLANATION oF Puate VIII.
(Figures 1—3 magnified ; 4 and 5 natural size.)
Fic. 1. Larval form, 40 hours after fixation.
a 5 LO mayar ca % (a) seen from above.
” a » = (b) lateral profile view.
. Adult 2 9.
or
Trans .Ent. Soc. Lond 1899. PU.VIIL.
GDdeladnat.
R.Mintern Jith. Mintern Bros imp.
Ceroplastes roseatus, Towns &Ckll
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.
. Corydalis orientalis, McLach., ¢ (less than natural size).
. Left mandible, enlarged.
. Portion of an antennz, much enlarged.
. Sub-mentum, ete., enlarged.
. Apex of abdomen, from above, enlarged,
a 35 » side, enlarged.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1899, Pl. LX.
Corydalis orientalis, McLach., d.
ol
“A.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.
(Figures of details diversely enlarged.)
Fig. la to 1d. Ichthybotus Hudsoni :—a and b, neuration of base of
disk and pterostigmatic region of fore-wing : ¢, legs
of imago, 1, 2,3 ¢ and1@, with tarsus 2 and claws
1 of ¢ more enlarged: d, ventral view of part of
the extremity of the ¢ abdomen showing one
forceps-limb and in stippled outline the median
and part of an outer caudal seta.
Qaand 2b. Atalophlebia versicolor :—a, fore-wing of ¢ subimago :
b, penis from beneath.
3. . . A. dentata:—anterior portion of fore-wing of ¢
imago.
4aand 4b. Deleatidium Lillii:—a, forceps of g¢ imago from
beneath: b, penis from the side.
5. . . Ameletus ornatus (?) :—fore-wing of 9 subimago.
6a . . Oniscigaster intermedius :—posterior dorsal segments
of @ imago,
6b and 6c. O. distans:—b, posterior abdominal segments of 2
imago, from the side: ¢, ventral markings of 4th
and 5th abdominal segments of ¢ subimago.
Trans. Ent. Soc Lond .1899.PU.X.
eae
oe
Mintern Bros.amp
A.E Eaton ‘del*
RE.Mintern hth.
b
is (=: Hal A See
wee sire at 4A “pie
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.
Fig. 1. Erebia maurisius, ¢.
2. »” ”
oF
” ” d.
2.
Oo eB ww
Se leet Ls
.
=
~~
rr
5 theano, 6.
” ” 2 i
- kefersteint, var. vel ab.? ¢.
kefersteini, @.
» ” ore
” 4 =
Weel GS GS
—
oO
.
~
S
isi Knight ad nat lth. : West,Newman chromo
Fic. 1. Erebia rossii, var. ero, g.
2. . ” ” o >
3. » ” ab., 3 <
4. ,, _fletcheri, @. ;
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.
dabanensis, ¢.
”» q.
% var. vel species nova, 9.
” ”
ae
od
Bee
e:
=
a
ear West, Newman chromo
aa
bd
is)
qo,
a
p
SSSI SSeS Se = — SS oes | SR SSS See
BUTTERREFLIES FROM TR, Ali lA MOUNTAIN:
EXPLANATION OF Piate XIII.
Fie. 1. GHneis mulla, Stgr.? g.
norna, var, altaica, ¢.
nanna, 2.
iy | abit de
norna, var. altaica, 9.
dubia, @.
mulla, Stgr.? 2.
nanna, 2.
sculda, tab vel species nova, g.
aml 7 ee Cc 7 ag 7 900 D7 }
trans. foTW. J0Cc. Lond. L896 TNO RPA AG
c
BUTTE LIES FROM THE ALTAI MOUNTAINS
7 Ly ae
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.
Fia. 1. Eneis hora, var. verdanda, ¢.
2. » bore, var. ammon, ¢.
» dubia, §.
5, bore, var. panza, g.
» sculda, g.
hora, var. verdanda, var.? @.
» bore, var. ammon, 2.
» tunga, 9.
» sculda, 9.
oad eal Le ena) ed
V,
XIV
CO, “AL
PI
19.
West,Newman chromo
i nat-bth
-
ht ac
Knuig
FI@.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.
1. Callipappus farinosus, adult 2 side view ; 1 a, diagram of
section of same; A, the marsupium; B, the genital
orifice ; C, the larval exit ; DD D, the body cavity ; 10,
posterior view, showing the slit-like larval exit (all
natural size) ; 1c, fragments of secretion (enlarged),
2. Callipappus bufo, adult ? side view ; 2 a, posterior view,
showing triangular larval exit (both natural size) ; 2 b,
antenne of larva ; 2, end of abdomen of larva (both
enlarged),
3. Callipappus westwoodi, adult Q side view, the ventral,
larval exit at a (natural size) ; 3a, fragment of secretion
(enlarged).
4, Eriococeus elegans, adult 9s in situ (x 1.5).
5. - cyprexformis, adult 9s in situ (x 2).
6. 5: tricarinatus, test of adult 2, dorsal view ; 6 a,
end view (enlarged).
the 5 hakex, anal tubercle of adult 2 (enlarged).
8. " apiomorphe, - ‘s 5
9. 5 gurneyi, filament of immature ? (enlarged).
10. Olliffia eucalypti, anal tubercles, ete., of adult 2 (enlarged).
11. Rhizococcus tripartitus, adult 9s in situ; lla, side view
(x 2); 11 6, antenna of 9 (enlarged).
12. Apiomorpha helmsii, galls of adult 2; 12 a, immature ?
gall; 12 b, 2 gall (all natural size).
13. Fs cucurbita, apex of Q gall ; 13 a, section of same
(natural size).
14, 45 maliformis, section of apex of 9 gall (reduced).
15. ” pomiformis, ” ” ” ”
16. Sphxrococcus tepperi, social gall (natural size).
17. aa socialis, social gall (natural size),
18. ‘5 tormentosus, test of adult 9 (natural size),
19: ss antenna of 9 (enlarged).
20. i ethele, twig aborted by attack of (natural size).
21. i leaii, adult and immature @ galls (natural
size).
22. a morrisoni, gall of 2 (natural size); 22 a,
section of same,
23. - morrisoni, var, elongata, gall of 9 (natural size).
all
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV. (continued).
. Cylindrococcus gracilis, gall of 2 (natural size).
5. Owrococcus casuarine, tubercles of adult 2 ; 25 a, the same
with glassy tube or tail and internal secretory organ at b.
. Ourococeus casuarine, infested twig showing glassy tails.
cobbii, anal extremity of 2; 27 a, the same with
secretory organ and tail indicated (enlarged).
eucalypti, extremity of 9’s abdomen showing 3
internal secretory organs (enlarged).
central, cordate organ (more enlarged).
section of infested bark, a 2 cavity.
9
9
9 92
. Lecan ‘oilinapts melaleuce, adult 9s in situ (natural size).
2. Tarchardia melaleuce, apical joint of antenna of 9 (enlarged).
. Opisthoscelis conica, galls of 2 on leaf (natural size).
leg of adult 9 (enlarged).
” bb}
. Ascelis melaleuce, galls (natural size) ; 35 a, section of gall
(enlarged),
3. Cystococeus echiniformis, gall of 2 ; 36 a, section of same ;
36 b, adult 9 (natural size).
. Lichstensia hakearwm, adult 2s in sitw (natural size).
. Ceronema banksix, adult 9 (enlarged).
dryandre, adult 2 ; 39 a, end of abdomen; 395
antenna (all enlarged).
”
. Lecanium frenchii, var. macrozamix, adult 9, end of
abdomen ; 40a, marginal fringe ; 40 b, antenna (enlarged),
. Aspidiotus dryandre, pygidium.
. Gymnaspis perpusilla, Q scale (enlarged).
. Parlatoria dryandre, antenna of adult ?.
44, Mytilaspis elongata, pygidium.
46. SS spinosa, .,
46. Poliaspis intermedia, _ ,,
Aq. 4 nitens, 3
48. Chionaspis ethele, ‘
49. Inglisia foraminifer, var. loranthi, adult ? dorsal view ;- a,
end view (x 2); b, antenna; c, anal lobes (enlarged).
fossilis, adult 2 dorsal view ; a, end view ; b, side
view (x 2).
”
|
}
|
\ |
Lisstiaell dla
\J Claucle Faken,
Helog, Dujardin. aris.
Western Australian Coccidae
o
|
(9) oe
\\)
°
°
= . 4B ere?
7 x
+S ° °
. 00
Co
°
ao
>
v
o
oh
‘5
3
a5,
30
oo
)
ee
°
°
20
o
0°
AA
6
29,
%
Trans .Ent.Soc. Lond .1899.PU.XV.
a ae
;
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.
Illustrating Mr. W. L. Distant’s paper “‘ Descriptions of four new
species of Cicadide.
Fic. 1. -Platyplewra heathi, n. sp.
2: 3 andriana, n. sp.
3. a quanza, N. sp.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lonel.1899. PU_XVI1,
Horace Kmight dgi,.et lth. Mintern Bros Chromo.
New Ethi opian Cicadidee.
itn a
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.
Illustrating Mr. G. J. Arrow’s paper on Sexual Dimorphism in
the genus Parastasia.
Fie. 1. Parastasia Pascoei, Waterh., 2.
”» ” ” g .
. P. birmana, Arrow, ¢.
bP) 9 2 e
. P. andamanica, Ohaus, 3.
”? ? ve =
P. timoriensis, Arrow, ¢.
” ” g =
. P. Percheroni, Montr., ¢.
” ” 2 S
. P. wnicolor, Arrow, ¢.
PP) PB) 2 ,
CHAR” RF wb
a
NES
| Trans.Ent. Soc. Lond. 1899. PU. XVII,
¥F.0Pickard-Cambridge del,et lth Mintern Bros inp.
Sexual Dimorphism in Parastasia.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES
iwi |
3 9088 00843 3104